Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
140
SAILING DIRECTIONS
(PLANNING GUIDE)
★
2019
SEVENTEENTH EDITION
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Internet: http://
bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
II
Preface
Pub. 140, Sailing Directions (Planning Guide) North Atlan-
7. Mailing address: Maritime Safety Office
tic Ocean and Adjacent Seas, Seventeenth Edition, 2019, is is- National Geospatial-Intelligence
sued for use in conjunction with the following Sailing Agency
Directions (Enroute) Publications:
Mail Stop N64-SFH
Pub. 131, Pub. 132, Pub. 141, Pub. 142, Pub. 143, Pub. 145, 7500 Geoint Drive
Pub. 146, Pub. 147, Pub. 148, Pub. 191, Pub. 192, Pub. 193, Springfield VA 22150-7500
Pub. 194 and Pub. 195.
Digital Nautical Charts 1, 8. 9, 10, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22,
and 28 provide electronic chart coverage for the area covered New editions of Sailing Directions are corrected through the
0.0
tion refer to both the paper chart and the Digital Nautical Chart
0.0Geographic names or their spellings do not necessarily re-
(DNC).
flect recognition of the political status of an area by the United
Corrective Information.—Users should refer corrections,
States Government.
0.0
Pub. 140
III
Pub. 140
IV
Pub. 140
Date of Change: 26 October 2019
Notice to Mariners: 43/2019
Country File List of Changes
Russia Vessel Traffic Service
Saint Bartthelemy Meteorology, Navigational Information
Saint Martin Meteorology, Navigational Information
Slovenia Meteorology (new)
Spain Meteorology, Search and Rescue
Sweden Firing Areas
Trinidad and Tobago Search and Rescue
Turkey Firing Areas, Pilotage, Regulations, Search and Rescue, Vessel Traffic Service
Turks and Caicos Is- Time Zone
lands
Ukraine Navigational Information, Pilotage, Traffic Separation Schemes, Vessel Traffic Service,
Appendix II, Appendix VIII (new)
United Kingdom Cautions, Meteorology, Pilotage, Search and Rescue, Submarine Operating Areas,
Vessel Traffic Service, Appendix III
Venezuela Cautions, Fishing Areas (new), Meteorology
Pub. 140 V
VI
Pub. 140
Conversion Tables
Feet to Meters
Feet 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1.52 1.83 2.13 2.44 2.74
10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3.96 4.27 4.57 4.88 5.18 5.49 5.79
20 6.10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7.32 7.62 7.92 8.23 8.53 8.84
30 9.14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11.58 11.89
40 12.19 12.50 12.80 13.11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93
50 15.24 15.54 15.85 16.15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17.98
60 18.29 18.59 18.90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20.12 20.42 20.73 21.03
70 21.34 21.64 21.95 22.25 22.55 22.86 23.16 23.47 23.77 24.08
80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25.30 25.60 25.91 26.21 26.52 26.82 27.13
90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28.35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30.17
Fathoms to Meters
Fathoms 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9.14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46
10 18.29 20.12 21.95 23.77 25.60 27.43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75
20 36.58 38.40 40.23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47.55 49.38 51.21 53.03
30 54.86 56.69 58.52 60.35 62.18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32
40 73.15 74.98 76.81 78.64 80.47 82.30 84.12 85.95 87.78 89.61
50 91.44 93.27 95.10 96.93 98.75 100.58 102.41 104.24 106.07 107.90
60 109.73 111.56 113.39 115.21 117.04 118.87 120.70 122.53 124.36 126.19
70 128.02 129.85 131.67 133.50 135.33 137.16 138.99 140.82 142.65 144.47
80 146.30 148.13 149.96 151.79 153.62 155.45 157.28 159.11 160.93 162.76
90 164.59 166.42 168.25 170.08 171.91 173.74 175.56 177.39 179.22 181.05
Meters to Feet
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13.12 16.40 19.68 22.97 26.25 29.53
10 32.81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49.21 52.49 55.77 59.06 62.34
20 65.62 68.90 72.18 75.46 78.74 82.02 85.30 88.58 91.86 95.14
30 98.42 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95
40 131.23 134.51 137.80 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.88 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
60 196.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.54 219.82 223.10 226.38
70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19
80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.99
90 295.28 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80
Meters to Fathoms
Meters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0.00 0.55 1.09 1.64 2.19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4.92
10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7.11 7.66 8.20 8.75 9.30 9.84 10.39
20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12.58 13.12 13.67 14.22 14.76 15.31 15.86
30 16.40 16.95 17.50 18.04 18.59 19.14 19.68 20.23 20.78 21.33
40 21.87 22.42 22.97 23.51 24.06 24.61 25.15 25.70 26.25 26.79
50 27.34 27.89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31.17 31.71 32.26
60 32.81 33.36 33.90 34.45 35.00 35.54 36.09 36.64 37.18 37.73
70 38.28 38.82 39.37 39.92 40.46 41.01 41.56 42.10 42.65 43.20
80 43.74 44.29 44.84 45.38 45.93 46.48 47.03 47.57 48.12 48.67
90 49.21 49.76 50.31 50.85 51.40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53.59 54.13
Abbreviations
Directions
N north S south
NNE northnortheast SSW southsouthwest
NE northeast SW southwest
ENE eastnortheast WSW westsouthwest
E east W west
ESE eastsoutheast WNW westnorthwest
SE southeast NW northwest
SSE southsoutheast NNW northnorthwest
Vessel types
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship ro-ro Roll-on Roll-off
LNG Liquified Natural Gas ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquified Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier
OBO Ore/Bulk/Oil
Time
ETA estimated time of arrival GMT Greenwich Mean Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Coordinated Universal Time
Water level
MSL mean sea level LWS low water springs
HW high water MHWN mean high water neaps
LW low water MHWS mean high water springs
MHW mean high water MLWN mean low water neaps
MLW mean low water MLWS mean low water springs
HWN high water neaps HAT highest astronomical tide
HWS high water springs LAT lowest astronomical tide
LWN low water neaps
Communications
D/F direction finder MF medium frequency
R/T radiotelephone HF high frequency
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System VHF very high frequency
LF low frequency UHF ultra high frequency
Navigation
LANBY Large Automatic Navigation Buoy SPM Single Point Mooring
NAVSAT Navigation Satellite TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System VTC Vessel Traffic Center
SBM Single Buoy Mooring VTS Vessel Traffic Service
Miscellaneous
COLREGS Collision Regulations No./Nos. Number/Numbers
IALA International Assoc of Lighthouse Authorities PA Position approximate
IHO International Hydrographic Office PD Position doubtful
IMO International Maritime Organization Pub. Publication
Pub. 140
Contents
Page
Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
Chartlet—Sector Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V
Conversion Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX
COUNTRIES
ALBANIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 GUATEMALA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
ALGERIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 GUINEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
ANGUILLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 GUINEA-BISSAU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 HAITI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
ARUBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 HONDURAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
BAHAMAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 IRELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
BALTIC SEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 ISRAEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
BARBADOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 ITALY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
BELGIUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 JAMAICA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
BELIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 LATVIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
BERMUDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 LEBANON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
BLACK SEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 LIBERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
BOSNIA-HERZEGOVINA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 LIBYA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 LITHUANIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
BULGARIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 MALTA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
CANADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 MARTINIQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
CAPE VERDE ISLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 MAURITANIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
CARIBBEAN SEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 MEDITERRANEAN SEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
CAYMAN ISLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 MEXICO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
COLOMBIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 MONACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
COSTA RICA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 MONTENEGRO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
CROATIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 MONTSERRAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
CUBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 MOROCCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
CURACAO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 NETHERLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
CYPRUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 NICARAGUA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
DENMARK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
DOMINICA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 NORTH SEA AND THE ENGLISH CHANNEL . . . . . 525
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 NORWAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
EGYPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 PANAMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
ESTONIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 POLAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
FAROE ISLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 PORTUGAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
FINLAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 ROMANIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
FRANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 RUSSIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
GAMBIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 SAINT BARTHELEMY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
GEORGIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 SAINT KITTS AND NEVIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
GERMANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 SAINT LUCIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
GIBRALTAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 SAINT MARTIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
GREECE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUELON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
GRENADA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES . . . . . . . 661
GUADELOUPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 SENEGAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Pub. 140 XI
SIERRA LEONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
SINT MAARTEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
SLOVENIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
SPAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
SWEDEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
SYRIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
TUNISIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
TURKEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
UKRAINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
UNITED KINGDOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
VENEZUELA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
1
ALBANIA
General 1 The terrain is mostly mountainous with hills and small plains
Buoyage System 1 along the cost.
Cautions 1
Currency 2 Buoyage System
Government 2
Holidays 2 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Industries 2 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Languages 2
Mined Areas 2 Cautions
Navigational Information 2
Pilotage 3 General
Pollution 3 Hydrographic information for the coast of Albania may be
Regulations 3 inadequate; charts and publications covering these waters may
Search and Rescue 3 not be up-to-date. Prudent navigation is advisable.
Ship Reporting System 3
Time Zone 3 Coastal Depths
U.S. Embassy 3 Mouths of Albanian rivers and their deltas are subject to
great change; the alluvial banks extending for some distance
General offshore from these rivers and their deltas are constantly
changing and increasing in size, particularly during heavy rains
Albania is located in southeastern Europe between Greece, and when the rivers are swollen. Considerable changes to the
Serbia, and Montenegro. The country borders the Adriatic Sea coastline have been reported between Lumi i Vjoses (40°40'N,
and the Ionian Sea. 19°18'E.) and Pellgu i Drinit (41°44'N, 19°26'E.), 60 miles N.
The climate is mild and temperate. The winters are cool, Mariners are warned to navigate with great caution, sound con-
cloudy, and wet while the summers are hot and clear. tinuously when near the coast, and to give the coast a wide
Pub. 140
2 Albania
berth at night. Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
moon, include Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan), Eid Al-Adha
Explosives Dumping Areas (End of Pilgrimage), Hijrah (Islamic New Year), and the
Explosives dumping areas have been reported (1999) in the Prophet's Birthday.
Adriatic Sea off the coast of Albania. See Italy—Firing Ar-
eas—Explosives Dumping Areas for further information Industries
Marine Exploitation The main industries are food processing, footwear, apparel
Vessels engaged in seismic surveys and other research proj- and clothing, lumber, oil, cement, chemicals, mining, basic
ects may be encountered in the Adriatic Sea, normally inside metals, and hydropower.
the 200m depth curve. The main exports are textiles and footwear, asphalt, metals
and metallic ores, crude oil, cement, vegetables, fruit, and to-
bacco. The main export-trading partners are Italy, Kosovo, and
Currency Spain.
The main imports are machinery and equipment, foodstuffs,
The official unit of currency is the lek, consisting of 100 qin-
chemicals, and textiles. The main import-trading partners are
dars.
Italy, Turkey, Germany, Greece, and China.
Government Languages
Albanian (Tosk) is the official language.
Mined Areas
A large area, formerly declared dangerous due to mines, ex-
ists off the Albanian coast and lies within the area bounded by
lines joining the following positions:
a. A position on the shore at 41°30'N.
b. 41°30'N, 19°00'E.
c. 40°30'N, 19°00'E.
d. 40°15'N, 19°10'E.
Flag of Albania e. then E to a position on the shore at 40°15'N.
The area is now considered to be safe for surface navigation,
Albania is a parliamentary democracy. The country is divid- but could still present a hazard for vessels anchoring, fishing,
ed into 12 counties. or engaged in submarine or sea bed activity.
Albania is governed by a President, who is elected by the It is reported that measures have been taken to clear the
People’s Assembly to serve a 5-year term. The Council of Min- coastline exposed to mined waters.
isters is proposed by the President and approved by the Peo- Vessels should enter Gji i Vlores and Gji i Durresit during
ple’s Assembly. The unicameral People’s Assembly, composed daylight only and should follow the recommended track shown
of 140 members serving 4-year terms, is elected by proportion- on the charts.
al representation.
The legal system is based on civil law. Navigational Information
The capital is Tirana.
Enroute Volume
Holidays Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
nean.
The following holidays are observed:
Maritime Claims
January 1 New Year’s Day The maritime territorial claims of Albania are, as follows:
Easter Sunday Variable
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Orthodox Easter Sunday Variable
Fisheries or Economic 15 miles.
May 1 Labor Day Zone
October 19 Mother Teresa Day Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
November 28 Independence Day of Exploitation.
Pub. 140
Albania 3
Pub. 140
5
ALGERIA
Pub. 140
6 Algeria
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
nean.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Algeria are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Algeria 7
Pub. 140
9
ANGUILLA
Pub. 140
10 Anguilla
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Anguilla are, as follows:
Holidays Regulations
The following holidays are observed: Marine Parks, designed to conserve the marine environment
around Anguilla, have been established in the following loca-
January 1 New Year’s Day tions:
Good Friday Variable 1. Dog Island.
2. Prickly Pear Cays and Seal Island Reef.
Easter Monday Variable 3. Shoal Bay and Island Harbour.
May 5 Labor Day 4. Rendezvous Bay
5. Little Bay.
May 30 Anguilla Day 6. Sandy Island.
Second Saturday in June Queen’s Birthday Various regulations, including no anchoring on the coral, ap-
ply in these areas. White mooring buoys may be used by ves-
December 25 Christmas Day sels under 16.8m long who have a Marine Park Mooring
December 26 Boxing Day Permit. Red mooring buoys are used by dive boats.
Further details may be obtained from the Department of
Fisheries and Marine Resources, South Hill.
Industries
Search and Rescue
The main industries are tourism, boat building, and offshore
financial services. The Anguilla Marine Police Unit is responsible for coordi-
The main exports are lobster, fish, livestock, salt, concrete nating search and rescue operations in association with MRCC
blocks, and rum. The main import-trading partners are the Fort de France (Martinique).
United Kingdom, the United States, and Saint Martin. MRCC Fort de France can be contacted, as follows:
The main imports are fuels, foodstuffs, manufactured goods, 1. Telephone: 596-596-709292
chemicals, trucks, and textiles. The main import-trading part- 596-596-731616
ners are the United States and the United Kingdom. 2. Facsimile: 596-596-632450
3. E-mail: antilles@mrccfr.eu
Languages
Time Zone
English is the official language.
The Time Zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
ings Time is not observed.
Meteorology
U.S. Embassy
Marine weather forecasts are available, in English, from the
Antigua and Barbuda Meteorological Service (http://www.anti- Anguilla is a dependent territory of the United Kingdom.
guamet.com) There is no diplomatic representation.
Pub. 140
11
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA
General Currency
Antigua and Barbuda lies in the central portion of the Lee- The official unit of currency is the Eastern Caribbean dollar.
ward Islands.
The local weather is generally dry and sunny, with the best Fishing Areas
weather from November to May. The sea breezes moderate the
heat and humidity. Fishing is conducted on the bank between Antigua and Bar-
Antigua is low-lying and of volcanic origin. The island is of buda. Numerous lobster pot floats may be encountered. Deep-
modest elevation with a gently rolling aspect. The hills on the sea fishing takes place W and S of Antigua.
SW side of the island are very irregular and serve as land-
marks. Reefs and shoals surround most of the island. Government
Barbuda is a flat, featureless coral island with a large lagoon
on its W side. The island has a maximum elevation of only Antigua and Barbuda is a parliamentary democracy. The
40m. country is divided into six parishes and two dependencies.
Pub. 140
12 Antigua and Barbuda
Languages
English is the official language. Several local dialects are al-
so spoken.
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts are available, in English, from the
Antigua and Barbuda Meteorological Service (http://www.anti-
guamet.com)
Pub. 140
Antigua and Barbuda 13
Pub. 140
15
ARUBA
General 15 Cautions
Buoyage System 15
Currency 15 Many small fishing vessels may be found anchored up to 3
Government 15 miles off the coast of Aruba. It is very common for these ves-
Holidays 16 sels not to show any lights.
Industries 16 A tanker transfer area, best seen on the chart, is located
Languages 16 WSW of Aruba. Tankers in this area should be given a wide
Navigational Information 16 berth as they are either anchored or, if underway, unable to ma-
Pilotage 16 neuver.
Regulations 16 The prevailing trade winds sometimes carry dense smoke
Search and Rescue 16 from the oil refineries seaward. The resultant haze may obscure
Signals 16 the island until within a distance of 6 miles.
Time Zone 16 The NE coast of Aruba is exposed to heavy breakers and
U.S. Embassy 17 should not be approached.
General Currency
Aruba is an island located in the Caribbean Sea N of Venezu- The official unit of currency is the Aruban florin.
ela.
The climate is tropical marine, with little seasonal tempera- Government
ture variation. A brief rainy season occurs from October to De-
cember. Aruba is an integral part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands.
The terrain is flat, with a few hills and scant vegetation. The island is fully autonomous concerning internal affairs. The
Dutch government is responsible for defense and foreign af-
fairs.
Buoyage System The Chief of State is King Willem-Alexander of the Nether-
lands. Aruba is governed by a Governor-General, appointed by
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See the King, for a 6-year term. The Prime Minister is elected by
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. the Staten to a 4-year term. The unicameral Staten is composed
Pub. 140
16 Aruba
Navigational Information
Enroute Volumes
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 2.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Aruba are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Aruba 17
U.S. Embassy The mailing address is P.O. Box 158, Willemstad, Curacao.
There is no U.S. embassy; the Consul General to Curacao is U. S. Consulate Curacao Home Page
accredited to Aruba.
The U.S. Consulate is situated at J. B. Gorsiraweg #1, Wil- https://cw.usconsulate.gov
lemstad.
Pub. 140
19
BAHAMAS
Pub. 140
20 Bahamas
pointed by the Governor-General. The bicameral legislature is Bahamas Meteorological Department (http://bahamasweath-
composed of a 16-member Senate (appointed by the Governor- er.org.bs).
General to 5-year terms) and a 39-member House of Assembly
(directly elected to 5-year terms). Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Bahamas 21
Pub. 140
23
BALTIC SEA
General 23 the sills of the Kattegat under the proper environmental condi-
Buoyage System 23 tions.
Cautions 24 In general, the Baltic Sea is shallow, with depths in the
Climatology 24 southern Baltic Sea rarely over 100m, between 100 and 200m
Currents 29 in the central Baltic Sea, and less than l00m in the Gulf of
Fishing Areas 29 Bothnia.
Ice 29 An 18m deep channel through the Danish Straits connects
Navigational Information 33 the North Sea and the Baltic Sea. The Sound forms a flat and
Mined Areas 32 shallow area between Denmark and Sweden, with a sill depth
Pilotage 33 of 8m between Copenhagen and Malmo. The Darss Sill, be-
Pollution 34 tween Darsser Ort and Gedser, has a depth of 8m and separates
Regulations 35 the Store Belt and the Arkona Basin. Depths greater than l00m
Routes 36 in the southern Baltic Sea are found in the Bornholm Basin and
Ship Reporting System 36 in the Gdansk depression.
Signals 36 Gotland is flanked by Gotland Deep to the W and Landsort
Tides 36 Deep to the E, with maximum depths of 246m and 459m, re-
Appendix I—Routes in and around the Baltic Sea 37 spectively. The southern Baltic shoals to the S to less than 20m.
Appendix II—Gulf of Finland Reporting System 41 The Gulf of Finland is shallower than 100m, as is most of the
Gulf of Bothnia, except for a deep valley SW of Aland with
General depths greater than 200m. Several deep but narrow channels
connect the Aland Sea with the Gulf of Bothnia. All basins in
The Baltic Sea is an intracontinental sea connected to the the Baltic Sea area are separated by one or more sills, with gen-
North Sea by the narrow Danish Straits (the Belts region of the eral depths of between 70 and l00m.
Kattegat). The influx of fresh water into the Baltic Sea exceeds
evaporation and results in a permanent salinity stratification. Buoyage System
The Neva River, flowing into the Gulf of Finland, and the
Vistula River, flowing into the Baltic Sea proper, are the two Navigational aids in the S and E parts of the Gulf of Finland
largest rivers in the region. The fresh water supply to the Baltic may at times be unreliable.
Sea (from precipitation, ice, and river runoff) generates a Some floating and fixed aids to navigation have been fitted
brackish outflow of surface water. More dense saline water en- with Automatic Identification System (AIS), as follows:
ters the Baltic Sea along the bottom of the Skagerrak and over 1. Real (synthetic) AIS.
Pub. 140
24 Baltic Sea
2. Virtual AIS—particularly used during winter months on maritime dangers, safety, government policy, and other
when conventional buoyage is withdrawn. time-sensitive matters pertaining to U.S. flag vessel operations.
For further information on AIS, see North Atlantic For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Cau-
Ocean—Navigational Information. tions—U. S. Maritime Advisory System.
Cautions Climatology
Wind Effects on Water Levels General
In the Skagerrak, Kattegat, Baelterne, and The Sound, The Naval Research Laboratory Monterey, a corporate re-
changes in water level are caused primarily by large-scale search laboratory for the United States Navy and Marine
winds, atmospheric pressure variation over the North Sea and Corps, publishes port studies and forecaster handbooks that
the Baltic Sea, and differences in water level between the two may be of use to the mariner. These publications can be ac-
seas. The extreme water rise in Oslofjord due to winds may be cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site.
as much as 6m. West winds in the Skagerrak, or S winds in the The European Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa-
Kattegat and in Oslofjord, increase the water level; E winds in tion on the following ports:
the Skagerrak, or N winds in the Kattegat and in Oslo fjord 1. Germany—Kiel.
have the opposite effect. The highest water levels are in the vi- 2. Lithuania—Klaipeda.
cinity of the Baelterne and The Sound when gale winds ex- 3. Poland—Gdynia.
ceeding 28 knots persist over the Baltic Sea for an extended 4. Sweden—Gothenburg.
period. Under these conditions, the fetch over the Baltic Sea is
at a maximum and the rise of water in the southwestern Katte- Naval Research Laboratory Monterey Home Page
gat is considerable.
In the Baltic Sea, the Gulf of Finland, and the Gulf of Both- http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil/pubs.htm
nia, the principal changes in water level are caused by meteoro-
logical conditions. The entire water mass of the Baltic Sea can THE SKAGERRAK AND THE KATTEGAT
be set in oscillation by variation in winds or atmospheric pres- General.—Late fall and early winter brings the worst weath-
sure distribution. er to the Skagerrak-Kattegat area. The procession of fronts and
The natural period of oscillation of the Baltic Sea-Gulf of storms keeps winter skies under an almost continuous blanket
Finland system is about 27 hours. Maximum rises and falls of of clouds with many days of light rain or drizzle. The shortness
water level of about 1m meter above or below mean water level of the day adds to the bleakness and aids in keeping tempera-
can occur at Gedser Rev. Water level fluctuations are some- tures steady. Low temperatures with a small diurnal range
what lower to the W of this shoal. Changes in water level asso- bring high relative humidities over much of the area. Inland
ciated with these oscillations are slow and vary from about 0.1 ports up fjords and rivers experience more radical changes in
to 0.25m in an hour. weather than do coastal ports. Temperatures vary more as do
Short-period variations in water level of plus or minus 0.5m relative humidities, cloud cover and precipitation.
within about an hour, a phenomenon known locally as “seebar- Weather patterns are depressingly redundant from October
en” (sea bears), are caused by wind shifts or sudden atmo- through January. Cloudy conditions (cloud cover greater than
spheric pressure changes associated with fronts of line squalls. or equal to 6/8) can be expected on about 15 to 25 days per
Also, water level fluctuations of plus or minus 0.5m may occur month. They are most common in the Sound and least frequent
when the current flow into the Baelterne and The Sound has along the shores of the Skagerrak. However, fall and early win-
persisted for several days. ter is the rainy season along the Norwegian coast where 102 to
178mm of precipitation per month fall on 10 to l5 days. Out-
Kelp side of Norway, 25 to 76mm occur on 8 to 12 days under
In certain places in the W part of the Baltic Sea, kelp can oc- cloudy skies. Some of this precipitation falls as snow. Tem-
cur in large quantities, particularly in the spring and fall. It peratures get below freezing from October through April or
grows abundantly on sandy bottoms in depths of up to 9m and May.
may extend to within 1 to 2m of the surface. Accumulation of Freezing temperatures are most common in continental situ-
dead kelp in autumn and spring may be thick enough to inter- ations along the German coasts, Sweden, northern Denmark,
fere with echo-sounder readings. and Norway. In general, nighttime lows can be expected to fall
to freezing or below on 15 to 26 days per month in mid winter.
Floating Hazards During this season relative humidities are high with practically
In the W waters of the Baltic Sea mariners are advised to no diurnal variation. The average spread is about 5 per cent at
maintain a constant lookout for floating obstructions, fish most. Morning maximums in January range from 85 to 92 per
traps, fish pots, and sections of damaged piers, especially cent, while afternoon minimums range from about 80 to 90 per
during the winter and immediately thereafter. cent. Snow can occur from about October through May and is
most probable in December, January and February. The proba-
Post Glacial Land Rise bility of snow decreases S through The Sound and the
See Sweden—Cautions for further information. Baelterne, but picks up slightly along the German coasts. The
continental port of Oslo records snow on 61 days in an average
U.S. Maritime Advisory System year. This drops to 50 days along coastal Norway and to about
U.S. Maritime Advisories rapidly disseminate information 40 days near Goteborg. In the Baelterne, 20 snow days occur
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 25
on the average and increases to near 30 days at Rostock. readings fall into the low teens (°C) at night. This in turn is re-
January is usually a good snow month since temperatures are sponsible for a wide spread in relative humidities. These hu-
coldest. Daytime maximums are in the low single digits (°C) midities vary from the low 70 to upper 80 per cent range in the
except at inland ports like Oslo where the average January morning down to the 60 to 70 per cent range in the afternoon.
maximum is -2.8°C. Nighttime lows range from -3.9° to -1.1°C Humidities can drop to extremely low values when, occasion-
along the coasts to the upper single digits below 0°C up fjords ally a hot dry flow off the continent engulfs the area. This is
and rivers. Extreme low temperatures occur under clear skies most likely in late summer and can send temperatures soaring
when the Siberian High occasionally pushes over the area into the upper 20s to low 30s (°C) or above. Extreme tempera-
bringing a frigid easterly flow. Clear conditions (cloud cover tures range from the mid 30s (°C) in continental locations
less than or equal to 2/8) are observed on 1 to 7 days per month down to the upper 20s (°C) over coastal Norway. Oslo’s conti-
in January. When conditions are right temperatures can plum- nental location is reflected in its extreme of 33.9°C.
met to -17.8°C and below. Extremes range from -20.6°C at ex- Extratropical Cyclones.—A nearly continuous stream of
posed ports to -28.9°C at more continental locations. lows and fronts move through or near the Skagerrak and Katte-
By February changes in the weather patterns are already tak- gat, producing a variety of day to day weather. These storms
ing place and this is reflected in the average conditions. As are strongest in autumn and early winter. Most pass to the N,
days become a little longer and skies a little clearer, tempera- but still influence the weather with their large circulations and
tures begin a slight upward trend that becomes more apparent fronts. The winter storms that move directly through the region
in March when average temperatures increase 1° to 3°C. The bring strong, variable winds and rain or snow. Fronts move
number of cloudy days decrease. February marks the beginning through on the average of once or twice a week, except occa-
of a relatively dry season that extends through May. Precipita- sionally when a large high pressure system intrudes. In winter
tion amounts average 25 to 63mm on about 5 to 12 days per and spring these fronts sometimes become stationary, causing
month. Temperatures show their greatest rise in April and May. prolonged periods of cloudy rainy weather. Stationary fronts in
This results in a decrease and more of a variation in relative hu- the Skagerrak often trigger storm development.
midities. Morning ranges run from about 75 to 88 per cent, While early winter storms are usually the most potent, the
while afternoon humidities drop to the low 50 per cent to mid greatest number of lows that pass directly over the region occur
70 per cent range. in spring and summer. If these lows stall they can produce sev-
As spring melts into summer cloudiness continues to de- eral days of poor weather. This is less likely during these sea-
crease, temperatures rise and humidities fall. But rainfall sons with the weakening of the blocking Siberian High.
amounts increase. Outside of Norway’s autumn maximum, av- Stalling is most likely to occur when a low pressure system oc-
erage rainfall amounts are largest in August. Midsummer casionally drifts N from Poland. Lows and fronts in spring and
amounts range from 51 to 102mm mostly in showers and thun- summer are usually characterized by narrow bands of showers
derstorms on 10 to 14 days per month. Instability needed for followed by rapid clearing. These showers are often heavy.
shower activity is produced by frontal passages and surface Winds.—Along the Norwegian coast from Kristiansand to
heating. Heating alone is usually not enough along these Oslo, fall and early winter winds roughly follow the coastline.
coasts. By July, average maximums are around 21.1°C; slightly Northeast winds are common but not predominant. Winds from
cooler at exposed ports and slightly warmer at more sheltered the W through N are also common. At Oslo, from November
locations. Even at a continental port like Rostock, July tem- through February, N and NW winds prevail but are often sec-
peratures get above 24.4°C on only about 7 days. ondary to calms both in the morning and afternoon. Calms are
Thunderstorms are most often associated with frontal pas- also frequent at Kristiansand. February winds become even
sages from May through September. Along Skagerrak shores, more complex as the frequency of winds from the S quarter in-
they occur on just 6 to 8 days each season; Oslo records an av- crease. Average wind speeds range from 2 to 4 knots at protect-
erage of 11. They are slightly more frequent along Kattegat ed ports to up to 10 to 12 knots at more exposed locations.
coasts, particularly near the entrance to the Sound; 6 to 10 days Winter winds along the Kattegat coasts and the E shore of the
with thunderstorms can be expected in an average year. It is S Skagerrak assume the more familiar SW through W flow.
of the Kattegat that thunderstorms are most likely. Along the However, E and NE winds are quite common. At Stromstad
shores of Kiel Bay and Mecklenburger Bucht they occur on 12 and Goteborg calms are a frequent occurrence. In fact at Gote-
to 20 days annually and 2 to 5 days per month from May borg morning calms occur 20 to 30 per cent of the time from
through September. Along the shores of the Lille Baelt (Little July through May and 15 to 20 per cent of the time in the after-
Belt), thunderstorms are recorded on 8 to 15 days annually; in noons from November through March. In general, wind speeds
Great Belt and the Sound this figure drops to 10. Thunder- average 5 to 10 knots in winter. At Skagen, this average is
storms and showers are often responsible for heavy rainfall about 13 knots.
amounts in a short period of time. Record 24-hour amounts South through W winter winds are also common in the
most often occur in the summer and run 51 to 102mm. Even Sound, the Belts, and the entrance to the Baltic. Along the
with this rain, clear conditions (cloud cover less than or equal shores of the Baelterne, fall and winter winds are spread main-
to 2/8) are at a peak in May, June and July; about 5 to 10 days ly between the SE through NW at average speeds of 4 to 12
per month are clear. knots. Along Kiel Bay, winter winds blow at an average speed
Cloudy conditions (cloud cover greater than or equal to 6/8) of 8 to 10 knots, often out of the S through W. On the coast of
are at a minimum from May through September: however they Germany, SE through W winds at an average 10 to 13 knots are
still occur on 6 to 14 days per month. September is the least common.
cloudy month south of the Kattegat. The lack of cloudiness Beginning in February and continuing through spring, the al-
helps create a wide temperature spread as 21.1°C daytime ready variable winds become more variable and average wind
Pub. 140
26 Baltic Sea
speeds begin to show a diurnal variation. As the days become Gales.—The relative infrequency of coastal gales makes
longer and less cloudy, the land-sea breeze effect deflects exist- them more dangerous when they do occur. Gales in this region
ing winds and at times prevails. At Oslo, S and SW winds are occur on from 1 to 20 days annually while wind speeds be-
more frequent, particularly during the afternoon. East winds tween 28 and 34 knots are much more frequent. At Kobenhavn
are felt more often along the Norwegian coast. Average speeds for example, winds of gale force occur on the average of just 2
range from 2 to 8 knots in the morning and from 4 to 10 knots days annually while winds equal to or greater than 28 knots oc-
in the afternoon. Along the E shores of the Skagerrak and the cur on 26 days in an average year.
Kattegat, morning E winds become more common, as do after- The most dangerous coastal gale in the Skagerrak occurs in
noon winds from the SW through NW. Northeast and E winds southeastern Norway, where it is known as the “sno” or “elve-
are more frequent along the W shores of the Kattegat during gusts.” This winter wind has been known to drop temperatures
spring. In general, SW and W winds are still the most common by 17°C. It is a cold mountain outflow that streams down val-
winds along the shores of the Kattegat and to the S, particularly leys and fjords. It is a strong gusty wind that often occurs on
in the afternoon. In The Sound and the Baelterne, the tendency clear days and builds to gale force within a few hours. Shelter
is toward an increase in morning winds off the land and after- is often found in tributary fjords when main fjord winds are
noon winds off the water. At Kobenhavn in May, for example, strong. These winds are particularly strong in narrow channels
NW through N morning winds diminish and S and SW winds or around projecting headlands. Gales along the Norwegian
increase in frequency by afternoon. On the coast of Germany, coasts are most likely to occur with the most frequent wind di-
SE through S winds become less frequent during the day, while rection. Oksoy is one of the most exposed ports and gales blow
W and W winds are on the increase. Wind speed averages in on the average of 2 to 3 days per month from October through
general range from about 4 to 8 knots in the morning up to 5 to March. Oslo is a well-sheltered port where gales occur on the
12 knots during the afternoon. average of 1 day a year. When gales blow from the SW or W,
Land and sea breezes are most effective from about May the winds in Oslo fjord are usually 10 to 15 knots lighter than
through September. They often prevail and at other times de- along the Skagerrak coast. South gales, however, expose Oslo
flect existing flow. They can strengthen or weaken this existing fjord. Southeast gales are strongest along the S tip of Norway.
flow but on the average wind speeds are stronger in the after- Just off Skagen, on the northern tip of Denmark, winds equal to
noon than they are in the morning. The sea breeze is the more or greater than 28 knots blow on an average of 5 to 6 days per
influential of the two. For example, summer winds up Oslo month from October through March.
fjord in the morning are a struggle of opposing forces with S Along the Kattegat coasts, the occasional NW winds of win-
winds, NE winds, and calms in the battle. By afternoon, there ter and early spring can be dangerous. In the violent squalls
is little doubt as to the prevailing wind; at Oslo S and SW that sometimes accompany these winds, a vessel may find it-
winds rule. The sea breeze effect from Kristiansand to Faeder self against a lee shore, owing to a sudden wind shift, at a time
is complicated by the fact that it is perpendicular to the prevail- when heavy snow obscures all landmarks. The E winter wind
ing wind. It is, therefore, most noticeable on quiet summer can also be dangerous particularly in the E approaches to the
days. At these times an E breeze will develop shortly after sun- Kattegat. In exceptionally heavy weather it can reach 50 knots
rise and will gradually veer through the day, ending up from and be accompanied by snow and intense cold. These winds
the SW by late afternoon. This progressively varying wind is are generated by a buildup in high pressure over Russia and
known locally as “Solgangsver.” Scandinavia, so are just as likely to be preceded by a rising as a
From Oslo S along the W coast of Sweden, the story is the falling barometer. Strongest winds along the German coast
same. In the morning SW and W winds are most frequent, fol- blow most frequently from a S through W direction; gales oc-
lowed closely by calms and E winds which are generated by cur on an average of 1 to 4 days per month from October
the land breeze. By afternoon, SW and W winds dominate the through May. In general, winds are strongest in the S part of
wind picture as a result of the sea breeze, the prevailing wind, the Baelterne leading to the Baltic Sea. At Marstal, for exam-
and the combination of both. The sea breeze is less effective ple, winds reach 41 knots or more on 1 to 3 days per month
along the Kattegat’s W shore, since it opposes the normal pre- from September through March while Samso and Goteberg
vailing flow. In the Baelterne and The Sound, SW and W have 2 to 3 days with these winds each year. The open waters
morning winds either increase or decrease in frequency during of the Kattegat are more exposed to strong winds than the
the day, depending on the direction of the sea breeze. It usually coasts. Gale-force winds are infrequent from May through Au-
coincides with the prevailing directions, however. In some cas- gust, when they are occasionally generated by a thunderstorm.
es, the sea breeze reroutes the prevailing wind to the S or SE. Visibility.—Fog and poor visibilities are least frequent over
The average wind speeds increase by 2 to 4 knots during the the open waters of the Skagerrak and Kattegat. In the confined
day, with afternoon speeds averaging 8 to 12 knots. waterways of The Sound, Baelterne, and the numerous fjords,
Along the shores of Kiel Bay, the sea breeze seems to play a fog provides a hazard to already hazardous navigation. The fog
secondary role to the prevailing SW to NW flow. The pure sea that produces these visibilities occurs most often from autumn
breeze when conditions allow comes into Kiel Bay from the to spring with a maximum period in winter. It is a land fog that
NE and more from the E or N at other locations. Summer develops under clear skies and light wind, and then drifts out
winds on the German coast, leading to the Baltic Sea, show an over the water. Because of the lack of sunlight in these seasons
increase in winds off the water during the day with a decrease it does not dissipate rapidly. Inland, it occurs as cold air from
in land breezes. For example, at Wustrow, W winds, which are the highlands drains down into the fjords under quiet condi-
the most common morning wind, nearly double in frequency tions. Winter fog may also form when sea ice cools a warm
by afternoon. Average wind speeds reach a peak of 8 to 10 damp SE flow or when a light cold wind blows over relatively
knots in the afternoon. warm water. Good visibilities are most frequent when strong N
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 27
winds bring an Arctic flow over Europe. 14.4°C at Sandvig down to -31.1°C at Kalingrad. Usually min-
Along the coast of Norway, visibilities drop below 0.6 mile imum temperatures fall below freezing on 20 to 26 days per
on 2 to 5 days per month from October through April. At Oslo, month; their average ranges from -6.7° to -1.1°C. Daytime
these visibilities occur on 3 to 12 days per month from Septem- maximums range from -1.7°C at Riga, to 2.8°C at Sandvig. An
ber through April, with the maximum occurring in December average temperature spread of 4° to 5°C results in a 2 to 4 per
and January. In general, most fjords have a fog frequency simi- cent diurnal variation of relative humidities in December and
lar to Oslo’s. At Skagen, fog occurs on 2 to 6 days per month in January. Early morning maximum relative humidities average
every month but August. Along the shores of The Sound, fog is in the upper 80 to low 90 per cent range; afternoon minimums
prevalent from September through April, when it occurs on range from the mid to upper 80 per cent range. Frequent days
about 4 to 12 days per month, reaching a peak from December of light rain or snow continue through the winter. Average
through March. Although there is little diurnal variation, fog is measurable amounts of 25 to 51mm fall on 8 to 10 days per
most likely during the morning hours. Through the Baelterne, winter month. Snow occurs on about 7 to 14 days per month
fog occurs on about 3 to 10 days per month from September from December through March and on more than 2 days per
through April. Along the N coasts of Germany fog is also re- month from November through April. Precipitation often falls
ported on 3 to 10 days per month, with a peak in late fall and under cloudy conditions which occur 15 to 22 days per month
early winter. Summertime brings good visibilities to almost the from November through February. Clear skies are seen on just
entire region. Radiation fog can form in the morning hours if 1 to 3 days per month during this period. Fog is still common
clear quiet conditions have prevailed during the night. Howev- and occurs on 2 to 10 days per month at most locations.
er, this fog is quickly dissipated by the rising sun. Most suscep- In early spring, fogs often occur when warm, moist air
tible to summer morning fogs are Skagen, Oksoy, and Samso. moves over cooler water or melting ice. These fogs may be
patchy. By late spring, fog becomes more infrequent and skies
BALTIC SEA in general become clearer. The skies are clearest from May
General.—Autumn through early winter are the worst times through September along the Baltic Sea coasts. At Visby, for
along Baltic Sea shores. Rainy, foggy days, cool temperatures, example, in an average June, there are 5 cloudy days and 9
and clouds abound. Spring and early summer are the best clear days. Along with this improvement is the decline in rainy
times; skies are blue, visibilities are good, temperatures are days. Minimum rainfall amounts of less than 50mm usually oc-
mild, and rain is infrequent. cur in February or march. Rain falls on only about 6 to 8 days
Shorter days and cloudy skies bring an ominous look to the per spring month and snow is rare by May, as are freezing tem-
Baltic in autumn. Those cloudy days (cloud cover greater than peratures. Average nighttime minimums are up to the upper
or equal to 6/8), which numbered less than a dozen in Septem- single digits (°C) by May. Daytime highs climb from around
ber, become more and more frequent until by December their 4.4°C in March to the mid to upper teens (°C) by May. This in-
number has grown to 18 to 22. Clear days (cloud cover less fluences relative humidities which average from the low 70 to
than or equal to 2/8) occur just once or twice in December. Un- mid 80 per cent range during the morning and down to the mid
der these cloudy skies, rain and snow become frequent. While 50 to mid 70 per cent by afternoon.
amounts average just 25 to 76mm, they occur over a period of Summer days are warmest, on the average, in July and Au-
8 to 14 days per month. At Riga, for example, precipitation gust, when under partly cloudy skies temperatures climb to
falls on 12 to 14 days per month from August through Novem- around 21.1°C and relative humidities fall into the 60 per cent
ber. Beginning in October, this could occur as snow. Early and range. Sometimes if it warms up enough. an afternoon shower
late season snows usually melt upon reaching the ground. The or thunderstorm may develop on the coast. Showers occur on 8
real snow season is from December through March. Below to 12 days per month and become thunderstorms on 2 to 4 of
freezing nighttime temperatures are common by October. The these days. Showers can also be triggered by fronts moving
following month, average nighttime lows are around the freez- through the Baltic Sea. They bring amounts totaling 635mm
ing mark, with average daily maximums in the mid single dig- per month on the average. At times, these showers can be
its (°C). This range of temperatures shortens the wide summer heavy and maximum 24-hour amounts range from 51 to
range of relative humidities while the decreasing temperatures 102mm along Baltic shores. Temperature extremes occur when
help raise humidities. By November, early morning humidity hot dry air flows off the continent. Record highs range from the
readings are in the 84 to 92 per cent range with afternoon hu- upper 20s to the mid 30s (°C). Summer nights are pleasant as
midities dropping into the low to mid 80 per cent range. When temperatures drop into the low teens (°C) while humidities
humidities are high, nighttime skies are clear, and conditions climb to the 75 to 90 per cent range. Early morning fog is a
are calm, there is an excellent chance of fog. The rapidly cool- possibility under clear nighttime skies at the more continental
ing land produces a radiation fog which often drifts out over ports. This is usually a shallow land fog which dissipates soon
coastal waters. Fog may also form when a mild flow of warm after sunrise.
moist air moves over cooler waters. At Kalmar and Stockholm, Extratropical Cyclones.—The day-to-day weather along
this occurs with south and west winds during fall and winter. the Baltic Sea shores is produced mainly by the low pressure
Snow and rain add to the poor visibilities, which are at their systems that move through or near the area. These storms are
worst from October through March. Riga averages 6 to 11 days largest and most intense in late autumn and early winter. Most
per month during that period. come from the Atlantic Ocean; the most intense are those that
January and February are the coldest months along the Baltic move E across Denmark and then NE across southern Sweden
Sea coasts. Extreme low temperatures can occur during this pe- into Finland. The secondary Skagerrak lows can also become
riod if a large high moves off the continent and brings a frigid intense in the Baltic Sea. Winter storms blocked or forced NE
E flow over the Baltic Sea. Recorded extremes range from - by the mountains of Scandinavia are often large enough to
Pub. 140
28 Baltic Sea
bring a S to SW flow over the Baltic Sea. The occasional cember through March, snow depths can reach 50 to 75cm
storms that move into the area from the Barents Sea bring bad along the northern Gulf of Bothnia coasts and the E shores of
weather to the entire Baltic Sea. Spring and summer lows are the Gulf of Finland. Maximum daily temperatures in these ar-
less intense but can trigger heavy showers and thunderstorms eas usually remain below freezing from November through
along the Baltic Seacoasts. Most of these come from the W April and mid-winter minimums fall to about -11 to -16°C on
Some stall E of Stockholm and cause extended periods of the average. Shores along the entrance to the Gulf of Finland
clouds and rain. Occasionally, shallow summer lows drift N and the Gulf of Bothnia are moderated somewhat by the warm-
from Poland and bring periods of heavy rains. er Baltic waters. Extreme temperatures range from -23 °C at
Winds.—A general S through W flow is prevalent along these entrances to -40°C in the eastern and northern reaches of
Baltic Sea shores from September through January or Febru- the Gulfs. The low temperatures bring high relative humidities
ary. At some ports, like Riga and Klaipeda, topography is re- with little diurnal variation. Skies are cloudy from late summer
sponsible from a high frequency of SE winds. These winds are through early spring. December is the grayest month; cloudy
mainly the result of large storm systems moving to the north. conditions (cloud cover greater than or equal to 6/8) can be ex-
Variability is introduced when storms move through the Baltic pected on up to 26 days at Tallinn and Leningrad. Clear condi-
Sea. Fronts passing through often bring a following NW flow, tions (cloud cover less than or equal to 2/8) are infrequent at
while large highs from off the continent bring E winds. Day-to- any time of the year. Snow and fog are responsible for poor
day winds are variable but there is little regular variation in di- winter visibilities. Heavy snow, even in high winds, can reduce
rection or speed. Average wind speeds range from 6 to 10 visibility to a few yards. Blizzard conditions can occur in this
knots. region. Winter fog is often the type which forms when cold air
Even more variable are the winds of spring. At many loca- blows off the land or ice, over relatively warmer waters. This is
tions this change is noticeable by February. In March, there is called sea smoke and is most frequent in autumn. Poor visibili-
an increase in the frequency of N through E winds. Morning ties are most likely along the Gulf of Finland shores. From
winds, at some locations, are variable in direction. The land- September through April, visibilities fall below 0.6 mile on 4
sea breeze begins to take hold in March. In calm weather it to 8 days per month on these shores and on 2 to 5 days per
dominates, but more often it acts to deflect and either strength- month along Gulf of Bothnia coasts. Best visibilities are en-
en or weaken existing flow. Ports with a W exposure to the countered along the Swedish coast.
Baltic Sea, like Klaipeda, are subject to an afternoon increase Spring is a season of moderating temperatures, clearing
in SW through NW winds and a decrease in N through E skies, and the fewest days with precipitation. Summer brings
winds. Along the southern Baltic Sea coast at a port like pleasant temperatures, showers and partly cloudy skies. Spring
Swinoujscie, the frequency of N and NW winds becomes more and summer are the least cloudy seasons along the shores of
prevalent during the day while S and SW winds fall off. the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland. Clear conditions occur on up
Wind speeds in spring and summer also show a significant to 4 to 8 days per month, while cloudy conditions are observed
diurnal variation. Average speeds range from 4 to 8 knots in the on as few as 6 to 12 days per month. The best conditions occur
morning and 10 to 12 knots during the afternoon. during May, June, and July, when shallow lows bring narrow
Gales.—Along the Baltic Sea coasts, an encounter with bands of clouds and showers. Showers and thunderstorms are
strong winds is most likely from October through March. At responsible for much of the spring and summer rain. Totals are
exposed ports, gales occur on up to 5 days per month from No- usually greatest in August with averages of 51 to 76mm. These
vember through February, while at a protected port like Stock- showers can reduce visibilities briefly, but in general, visibili-
holm gales occur on less than 5 days in an average year. Winter ties at ports improve during the spring and are best in June and
gales most often ride SW winds. In spring, gales from the NE July. This is not true over open water and at entrances to ports
may be encountered when a low moves across Poland, from the where mild winds blowing over cooler waters cause consider-
Adriatic Sea, and pushes up against a large high over Scandina- able fog in summer. The fog at ports usually forms in the early
via. In general, gales can be expected on 2 days per month or morning and is quickly burnt off by the increasing tempera-
less from May through July. Summer gales are often from the tures. Temperatures on summer afternoons rise above 21°C
NW Thunderstorms and squalls may produce brief gusts of from about May through September but mostly in July, when
gale force. Ports most susceptible to summer gales include they get up over 21°C on 10 to 20 days.
Klaipeda, Riga, and Kalmar. Temperature rises begin in March and continue through July.
Biggest rises occur from March through June when average
GULF OF BOTHNIA AND GULF OF FINLAND daily maximums increase from the low single digits below 0°C
General.—The climate of the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland, and low single digits (°C) to the upper teens (°C) and average
particularly the eastern Gulf of Finland and northern Gulf of daily minimums increase from single digits below 0°C to upper
Bothnia, is more continental than that of the other regions. This single digits (°C). During this same period, relative humidities
means a greater temperature range and more snow. The region drop off and their diurnal variation becomes greater. By June,
is sheltered somewhat by the mountains of Scandinavia, which maximums in the 70 per cent range and minimums into the 60
results in scanty precipitation amounts. per cent range are common. July is usually the warmest month;
Late autumn and winter weather is the worst and along with average daily maximums range from 18.3° to 23.9°C while
the ice practically prohibits navigation of these waters. The minimums run in the low teens (°C). Extremes are most likely
first snow usually occurs in October and the last in early May. in June, July or August when temperatures from the upper 20s
From November through March snow falls on 10 to 20 days to mid 30s (°C) have been recorded. Lows in midsummer have
per month except near the entrance to the Gulf of Finland, dipped below freezing at only a very few ports. Freezing tem-
where 5 to 10 snow days per month can be expected. From De- peratures usually occur last in May and start again in Septem-
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 29
ber. Days with snow, therefore, do not occur from June through days annually. These winds are most likely from fall through
August. Rain, however, occurs on about 6 to 12 days per month spring and can occur on up to 5 days per month in winter.
during this period and thunderstorms can be expected on 1 to 4 When a large winter Siberian high pushes W, cold strong E
days per month from May through September. winds can blow without let-up for several days. The coasts of
Extratropical Cyclones.—The Gulf of Bothnia and the Finland and Sweden are sheltered from strong winds. At Hel-
Gulf of Finland are shielded from many storms by the moun- sinki, gales just don’t occur and Haparanda hasn’t recorded a
tains of Scandinavia. Most storms move into the area from the wind of 41 knots or more in 16 years of observations. In gener-
S through W. Large winter storms to the W and N of Norway al, gales along these coasts occur on less than 10 days a year.
are effective weather producers in the gulfs. They also can trig- Umea is one of the more exposed locations; winds of 41 knots
ger Skagerrak lows, which may move through the area bring- or more occur on 9 days annually.
ing strong rapidly-shifting winds. Lows that move directly over
the gulfs are often more frequent in spring and summer. They Currents
are, however, weak shallow systems with narrow bands of
clouds and showers. Mean flow in the Baltic is very weak. Circulation is general-
Winds.—Along the shores of the Gulf of Finland and the ly cyclonic (counterclockwise) and is driven by density differ-
Gulf of Bothnia, the winter wind regime becomes established ences due to the Coriolis effect. Mean current velocities in the
in November and breaks down in March. Wind directions on surface layer are a few centimeters per second (less than 0.1
both shores of the Gulf of Finland and on the E shore of the knot) and are less than 1 cm/sec (less than 0.02 knot) at the bot-
Gulf of Bothnia vary mainly from SE to SW at a average of 7 tom. In areas where the channel constricts or the depth decreas-
to 14 knots. There is little diurnal variation in either direction es over a sill, current velocities increase to 1 to 2 knots.
or speed on these short days. Along the E coast of Sweden to- Mean flow in the Baltic is slightly more persistent along the
pography interferes with this prevailing flow and at many ports E coast than along the W coast due to the freshwater influx and
it becomes secondary to N winds caused by cold air flowing the Coriolis effect. Storms over the Baltic Sea are frequent and
down the mountains. Wind speeds are also less and run 5 to 8 may be persistent, but mean winds are light and they do not af-
knots on the average. An extreme example of sheltering occurs fect the general circulation.
at Harnosand, Sweden where from November through Febru- In the Gulf of Bothnia and the Gulf of Finland circulation is
ary calms occur about one-half of the time. Come February, cyclonic, with an average speed of 1 cm/sec (0.02 knot). There
there is a noticeable increase in NE winds along all coasts and is one large counterclockwise gyre in the Bothnian Bay and an-
more variability in general. At Helsinki, N and NE winds are other in the Bothnian Sea. In the Gulf of Bothnia, Gulf of Fin-
the two most common directions in February. As days grow land, and parts of the northern Baltic Sea, the surface current is
longer the sea breeze alters the prevailing flow; along all coasts proportional to the wind speed and may increase to 1.5 knots.
there is a noticeable increase in onshore components from Strong E winds may cause the surface currents throughout the
morning to afternoon. The sea breeze influence is also reflect- Gulf of Finland to set W. Strong W winds may cause the sur-
ed in the wind speeds, which increase from 7 to 10 knots in the face currents throughout the Gulf of Finland to set W.
morning to 10 to 12 knots during the afternoon. Mean currents in the Aland Sea are S at the surface and N
The land-sea breeze effect reaches a peak in summer. Morn- near the bottom; flow reversals in the surface layer due to the
ing winds tend to be variable, particularly when the land breeze wind may last for several months.
comes from a different direction than the normal flow. At Han-
ko, Finland for example, normal flow is from the S through
SW while land breezes, which occur when normal flow is Fishing Areas
slack, are from a N direction. The result is that in July, at Han-
ko, morning directions that occur 10 to 14 per cent of the time Trawling takes place year round in depths of 25m to 350m.
include N, E, SE, S, SW, NW, and calm. Sea breezes can The trawl may be towed by a single vessel using otter boards or
strengthen or sometimes can reverse existing winds. Therefore by two vessels using kites
the variable light winds of morning give way to a preponder- Seine net fishing occurs year round along the entire W coast
ance of off-the-water breezes during the afternoon. North com- of Sweden, in Skagerrak, and the North Sea, usually in depths
ponents are common along the S shore of the Gulf of Finland, of 25 to 300m.
while S components are common along the N shore of the Gulf In areas of bottom net fishing it should be expected that, es-
of Finland. In the Gulf of Bothnia, W components are prevalent pecially during winter, broken and drifting net posts dangerous
in the afternoon along the E shores, while E components are to small craft may be encountered.
found on W shores. Morning wind speeds that average 7 to 9
knots increase to a 10 to 13-knot range in the afternoon. Sep-
tember remains very much like summer, with sea breezes still Ice
evident and morning winds still variable. There is an afternoon
increase in wind speed but it is just slightly less than it was in General
mid-summer. This wind speed increase is even less noticeable The ice season begins in general in later October and ends in
in October, while more and more the prevailing winds tend to early March in the Baltic Sea. The surface water temperature in
remain the same all day. the southern Baltic Sea is 10° to 11°C when ice begins to form
Gales.—Gales are infrequent along the shores of the two in the northern Baltic Sea. The 10°C difference between N and
gulfs. The most exposed coast lies between Tallinn and Vy- S surfaces waters decreases throughout the winter. In March,
borg. Winds reach 30 knots or more on from about 20 to 40 increasing solar radiation warms the surface waters and the ice
Pub. 140
30 Baltic Sea
begins to break up. The entire Baltic Sea freezes over during a drop to 2°C. By March, the surface waters begin to warm
severe winter, except for a small area in the extreme S. Large again, ending the ice season.
sections of the Baltic Sea remain ice-free during a mild winter,
with a temperature of 4°C in the southern Baltic Sea. Kattegat, The Sound, and The Baelt
The ice season may start 2 weeks early or late and end 2 Kattegat.—Ice starts forming along the Swedish coast near
weeks early or late, depending upon how much heat has been Goteborg at the beginning of January. Some time later, it is
stored in Baltic Sea waters during the previous summer. During possible to find ice of very low concentrations (below 10 per
summer, the thermocline is steep and near the surface. Heat is cent) everywhere near the Swedish and Danish coasts. By the
lost from surface water in the fall as strong winds mix the wa- end of January, ice of very low concentration can be sporadi-
ter column to a depth of 60m. Freezing begins in late Novem- cally found in the whole area of Kattegat.
ber during an average year. In mid-February the concentrations can reach 25 per cent
near the Swedish coast but in the rest of the area, values are
Gulf of Bothnia and Gulf of Finland somewhat lower. At the beginning of March the situation is
By early January, ice covers all of the Bothnian Bay, but in very similar to that at the end of January and by the end of
the central Bothnian Sea the temperature is 1°C and the water March are similar to that of mid-January.
remains open until late February. By early February, the Gulf At the beginning of April, ice (with very low concentration)
of Finland is ice-covered. The Bothnian Sea remains open until can only be found near the Danish and Swedish coasts and by
late February as the temperature in the S waters continue to the middle of the month Kattegat is totally ice free.
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 31
Table of Ice Dates at Various Ports in the Gulf of Finland and the Gulf of Bothnia
Years Onset Clearance
Place
Observed Earliest Average Latest Earlies Average Latest
Sweden
Gavle 34 17 November 28 December 23 February 31 December 4 January 16 May
Sandarme 30 19 November 19 December 22 February 12 February 18 April 23 May
Hudiksvall 30 19 November 19 December 9 March 17 February 23 April 13 May
Harnosand 34 17 November 1 January 22 February 19 February 10 April 16 May
Umea 34 9 November 16 December 27 February 6 February 15 April 22 May
Skelleft-
30 4 November 14 December 2 March 27 February 8 May 28 May
ehamn
Pitsundet 30 9 November 19 December 23 January 29 March 8 may 28 May
Lulea 34 25 October 20 November 14 December 4 May 16 May 28 May
Estonia
Tallinn 38 21 December 22 January — — 6 April 14 May
Osmussaar 42 17 December 30 January — — 10 April 18 May
Russia
Vyborg 40 5 November 28 November 2 January 8 April 29 April 12 May
Sankt Peter-
40 5 November 29 November 2 January 8 April 20 April 15 May
burg
Kronshtadt 47 21 October 16 November 24 December 6 April 3 May 21 May
Finland
Roytta 30 15 October 5 November 29 November 1 May 20 May 1 June
Kemi 34 1 November 3 December 1 January 19 April 22 May 10 June
Oulu 30 15 October 5 November 2 December 19 April 5 May 29 May
Raahe 30 24 October 15 November 30 December 13 April 8 May 29 May
Kokkola 34 21 October 25 November 2 January 9 April 5 May 26 May
Pietarsaari 30 27 October 23 November 28 December 21 March 27 April 20 May
Vaasa 34 22 October 27 November 8 January 26 March 25 April 20 May
Kaskinen 30 25 October 12 December 17 January 21 March 23 April 20 May
Pori-Manty-
29 12 November 2 December No ice No ice 10 April 20 May
luoto
Rauma 34 29 October 11 December 16 February 1 January 14 April 20 May
Uusikaupun-
30 20 November 15 December 2 February 4 February 19 April 20 May
ki
Turku 34 30 October 15 December 15 February 20 February 7 April 2 May
Maarianham-
34 10 December 1 January 6 March 30 January 5 April 5 May
ina
Russaro 34 28 December 26 January 10 March 1 January 9 April 11 May
Hanko 34 12 December 11 January 24 February 29 December 8 April 3 May
Helsinki 34 11 November 19 December 2 January 13 February 11 April 8 May
Loviisa 34 9 November 12 December 20 January 13 March 20 April 11 May
Orrengrund 34 5 December 1 January 19 February 10 January 19 April 17 May
Pub. 140
32 Baltic Sea
Table of Ice Dates at Various Ports in the Gulf of Finland and the Gulf of Bothnia
Years Onset Clearance
Place
Observed Earliest Average Latest Earlies Average Latest
Kotka 30 19 November 11 December 20 January 8 February 17 April 8 May
Hamina 30 14 November 7 December 15 January 27 March 23 April 15 May
Table of Ice Dates at Various Ports in Norway and Sweden in Skaggerat and Kattegat
Onset Clearance
Place
Earliest Average Latest Earlies Average Latest
Norway
Kristiansandsfjorden 29 January 10 February 23 February 7 February 3 March 17 March
Grimstad 16 December 13 February 12 March 16 December 18 March 24 March
Galtesundet 2 January 8 February 16 March 7 February 22 March 19 April
Brevikfjorden 14 December 25 January 26 February 16 December 21 March 19 April
Larviksfjorden 1 December 26 January 21 March 4 January 12 March 20 April
Oslo 16 December 27 January 3 March 16 December 27 February 12 April
Halden 2 December 12 January 24 February 1 February 13 March 20 April
Sweden
Stromstad 1 January 13 February 17 March 10 January 21 March 22 April
Lysekil 20 January 7 February 21 February 20 February 17 March 12 April
Marstrand 7 January 8 February 28 February 28 February 14 March 9 April
The thickness of the ice in the central area of Kattegat does Smalandsfarvandet the thickness of ice is typically between 20
not exceed 10cm except possibly in the second half of Febru- and 30cm.
ary, when it can be between 10 and 20cm. Near the Swedish The situation at the beginning of March is similar to that at
coast the latter values are known to occur between early Febru- the end of January and, at the end of March, is similar to that at
ary and mid-March. the beginning of January. The thickness of ice is below 10 cm
The Sound.—In the first days of the year the sea starts throughout the region by the end of March and is ice free in
freezing in the central part of The Sound, creating ice of a very April.
low concentration. By mid-January, ice of a very low concen-
tration can exist within the entirety of The Sound. At the end of Mined Areas
January, ice concentrations as high as 25 per cent can be found
in the central part of The Sound. Residual dangers due to mine activities may exist in the fol-
In February and early March it is possible to find concentra- lowing areas:
tions between 10 and 25 per cent in the whole Sound. By mid- 1. South and SE of Trelleborg.
March, the concentrations are again below 10 per cent and in 2. A number of small and large areas within 35 miles of
April, The Sound is ice free. Bornholm (55°08'N., 14°55'E.).
The thickness of the ice is never greater than 10cm, except 3. On the Swedish coast in the approaches to Nynasham
possibly in the second half of February, when it can have val- SE of Vastergrundet (58°50'N., 18°01'E.).
ues between 10 and 20cm. 4. Southsoutheast of Gotland centered on position
The Baelt.—In the beginning of January, ice of a very low 56°00'N, 19°00'E.
concentration may exist in the central part of this region and by 5. In the Gulf of Gdansk centered on position 54°39'N,
the middle of the month, it can exist everywhere. By the end of 19°15'E.
January, concentrations between 10 and 25 per cent can be 6. In the approaches to Klaipeda (55°44'N, 21°05'E.).
found in Lillebaelt and in Smalandsfarvandet. The thickness of 7. Northwest of Klaipeda centered on position 56°00'N,
the ice is typically less than 10cm. 20°00'E.
During February, ice of 10 to 25 per cent concentration may 8. An area in the approaches to, and surrounding Liepaja
be found everywhere. In the first half of this month the ice is (56°32'N, 20°59'E.).
still less than 10cm thick except in Smalandsfarvandet, where 9. A large area extending from the approaches to
it can have a thickness between 10 and 20cm. In the second Ventspils (57°24.4'N., 21°31.7'E.) continuing NE through Ir-
half of February and in the first few days of March, the latter be Strait and the W part of the Gulf of Riga.
values can be found anywhere in the areas covered by ice. In 10. In the N part of the Gulf of Riga centered on position
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 33
Automatic Identification System (AIS) and Voyage Data Baltic Pilotage Home Page
Recorder (VDR) http://www.balticpilotage.org
For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational
Pub. 140
34 Baltic Sea
The sea area of the Baltic Sea proper, including the Gulf of Sulphur Emission Control Areas
Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland and the entrance to the Baltic Sea, Sulphur Emission Control Areas (SECA) are areas where
but not those areas under the sovereignty of Russia, is a MAR- special controls are in effect to reduce sulphur oxide (SOx)
POL Special Area. It is bounded by the parallel of the Skaw in emissions from ships. The Baltic Sea is a SECA. Restrictions
the Skagerrak at 57°44.8'N. on emissions of nitrous oxide (NOx) are also in effect in the
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Pollu- ECA. For further information, see North Sea and the English
tion—MARPOL Special Areas. Channel—Pollution—Sulphur Emission Control Areas.
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 35
NOx Emission Control Areas cargo regardless of size. For further information, see North At-
Beginning on 1 January 2021, the Baltic Sea will be an IMO- lantic Ocean—Regulations—Restrictions on Navigation
designated NOx Emission Control Area (NECA). The regula- When Approaching EU Coasts.
tion will require all vessels built after 2021 to reduce NOx
emissions by 80% as compared to 2016 limits, which would be IMO Recommendations for Transiting the Entrances of the
done by equipping the new vessels with catalysts or by using Baltic Sea
LNG fuels. The following recommendations have been made by the
IMO regarding vessel transits through the entrances to the Bal-
Regulations tic Sea:
1. The Sound.—Loaded oil tankers with a draft of 7m
Schengen Agreement or more, all loaded chemical tankers and gas carriers, irre-
The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create free move- spective of size, and vessels carrying shipments of irradiated
ment for persons within the European Union (EU) and to inten- nuclear fuel, plutonium, or high level radioactive wastes
sify the fight against cross-border crime. In practice, the (INF cargoes) should use the pilotage service established by
Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on journeys the governments of Denmark and Sweden when navigating
between the member states will cease, while the external fron- in a designated part of The Sound described below.
tier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards countries that are The designated area lies SE of a line extending from Svin-
not signatories to the Schengen Agreement. For further infor- baden Light (56°09'N., 12°33'E.) to Hornbaek, 4 miles SW,
mation, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Schengen and N of a line extending from Skanor (55°25'N., 12°50'E.)
Agreement. to Aflandshage, the southernmost point of Amager Island,
lying 12 miles NW.
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification Vessels should be aware that anchoring may be necessary
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- owing to the weather and sea conditions, in relation to the
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for size and draft of ship and the sea level. Vessels should also
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the take into account information from the pilot or from the ra-
EU region. dio navigation information services in the area.
The participating EU countries in the Baltic Sea are, as fol- 2. Route T.—Vessels with a draft of 11m or more, and
lows: vessels carrying shipments of irradiated nuclear fuel, pluto-
1. Denmark. nium, or high level radioactive wastes (INF cargoes), regard-
2. Estonia. less of their size and draft, are to use the pilotage services
3. Finland. locally established by the coastal states.
4. Germany. Vessels should be aware that anchoring may be necessary
5. Latvia. owing to the weather and sea conditions, in relation to the
6. Lithuania. size and draft of ship and the sea level. Vessels should also
7. Poland. take into account information from the pilot or from the ra-
8. Sweden. dio navigation information services in the area.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- 3. Route T (Depth reductions).—Charted depths may
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- be up to 2m less due to unknown obstructions, sand migra-
cation. tion, and tidal or meteorological effects. Vessels should not
enter the area unless they have a draft which provides suffi-
Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Con- cient underkeel clearance, taking into account the draft in-
trol (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) creasing factors, including squat and the effect of a course
The NIR of the PMoU has introduced a mandatory reporting alteration.
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port or an- In certain area of the Storebaelt (Great Belt), Hatter Rev,
chorage in the Paris MoU region. Vengeancegrund, and in the narrow passage E of Langeland,
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- vessels are to exhibit the signal for a vessel constrained by its
lations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port draft as prescribed in Rule 28 of the 72 COLREGS.
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR). Shipowners and masters should consider the full potential of
new and improved navigation equipment in SOLAS Chapter V,
European Union (EU) Advanced Manifest Rule including Electronic Chart Display and Information System
All cargo vessels sailing from a non-EU port to an EU port (ECDIS) when navigating in these narrow waters of The Sound
must submit an Entry Summary Declaration (ENS) to the first and along Route T.
port of call in the EU 24 hours prior to the cargo being loaded.
for further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regula- Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
tions—European Union (EU) Advanced Manifest Rule. The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia,
Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un-
Restrictions on Navigation When Approaching EU Coasts der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a
European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC establishes PSSA.
common vessel traffic monitoring information systems A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
throughout EU waters. The rules apply to all commercial ves- its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
sels over 300 gt and all vessels carrying dangerous or polluting operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
Pub. 140
36 Baltic Sea
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- SafeSeaNet (SSN)
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. SeaSafeNet (SSN) is the mandatory reporting system of the
Norwegian Coastal Administration (NCA). The system is
Ship Sanitation Control Certificates based on the requirement contained in EU Directive 2002/59/
Information concerning Ship Sanitation Control Certificates EC and implemented by Norwegian legislation. For further in-
(SSCC) and Ship Sanitation Control Exemption Certificates formation, see Norway—Ship Reporting System.
(SSCEC) can be found in North Atlantic Ocean—Regula-
tions.
GDANREP
Routes GDANREP is a mandatory reporting system co-located with
the Gulf of Gdansk Vessel Traffic Service. The system covers
The route information in this section considers routes to and the territorial and internal waters of Poland in the Gulf of
from selected ports in the Baltic Sea. Gdansk S of 54°45'N, between the Reporting Lion and the Pol-
In general, these routes are as direct as safe navigation per- ish coast. For further information, see Pub. 194, Sailing Direc-
mits. However, in some instances, a divergence is made to tions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part).
avoid dangers to navigation, to take advantage of favorable cur-
rents, or to minimize the effects of adverse currents. It should GOFREP
not be inferred that recommendations in this chapter necessari- The Gulf of Finland Reporting System (GOFREP) is a man-
ly represent adopted or established sea lanes. Routes between datory ship reporting system. It covers the international waters
ports consist of a series of rhumb lines unless stated otherwise. in the Gulf of Finland E of the Western Reporting Line and
When a route may be followed in either direction the reverse Russian territorial waters W of longitude 26°30.0'E. In addi-
route is not described. tion, Estonia and Finland have implemented mandatory ship
Detailed information on these routes can be found in Appen- reporting systems to their national water areas outside VTS ar-
dix I—Routes in and around the Baltic Sea. eas. These reporting systems provide the same services and
make the same requirements of shipping as the system operat-
Ship Reporting System ing in international waters; further information on these sys-
tems can be found in Pub. 195, Sailing Directions (Enroute)
BELTREP Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
BELTREP, a mandatory ship reporting system, operates in The mandatory ship reporting system in the international wa-
the N and central parts of Store Baelt and is operated by Great ters of the Gulf of Finland, including the national mandatory
Belt VTS. For further information, see Sector 2 in Pub. 194, ship reporting systems of Estonia and Finland, are collectively
Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part). referred to as GOFREP; the area of coverage is referred to as
the GOFREP area. Further information on GOFREP can be
SOUNDREP found in Appendix II.
SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship reporting system, has been
established between Denmark and Sweden in the central and Signals
southern parts of The Sound in order to improve safety and
protect the marine environment. This reporting system, which For information on international port traffic signals and visu-
is operated by Sound VTS, includes a Reporting Area and an al storm warning signals, see North Atlantic Ocean—Appen-
inner Operational Area. dix IV—International Port Traffic Signals and Visual
Storm Warning Signals.
The Operational Area of SOUNDREP covers the entire area
of The Sound, as well as the N and S approaches to The Sound. Tides
Participation in SOUNDREP is mandatory for all vessels of
300 gross tons and over proceeding to or from ports or anchor- Tides are mixed (two high and two low waters each day, with
ages in The Sound or when passing through the reporting area. marked inequality between heights of successive high and suc-
For further information, see Sector 1 in Pub. 194, Sailing Di- cessive low waters), or diurnal (one high and one low water
rections (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part). each day) in the Baltic region.
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 37
Pub. 140
38 Baltic Sea
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 39
Stockholm to Riga.—When clear of the harbor and after negotiating the various channels of Stockholm, proceed to
position 59°10'N, 19°14'E. Then as direct as prudent navigation permits, shape course to position 57°52'N, 21°36'E. From
this latter position follow the directions previously given for the Swinoujscie to Riga route.
To Gulf of Finland ports.—From the positions S of Falsterbo (55°24'N., 12°47'E) or WNW of Kap Arkona (54°41'N.,
13°27'E.), steer to a position about 10 to 12 miles SE of the S tip of Gotland, then to a position about 20 miles N of the W
arm of Hiiumaa, in the entrance of the Gulf of Finland.
Vessels bound for St. Petersburg steer from the entrance of the Gulf of Finland so as to pass N of Naisaar (Nargen)
(59°34'N., 24°31'E.) and Rodsher (59°58'N., 26°40'E.) and then S of the S extremity of Ostrov Gogland. Various courses as
direct as prudent navigation will allow can be steered to St. Petersburg.
Ports in Finland on the N side of the Gulf of Finland can be approached as directly as prudent navigation will allow from
the entrance. Caution is advised while navigating either shore and the fairways of the Gulf of Finland as they are
encumbered with many shoal areas and shallow depths.
To Gulf of Bothnia ports.—Vessels traversing Gulf of Bothnia head generally NW through Alands Hav and then N
through Sodra Kvarken. This route may be followed as safe navigation permits passing W of the Marketskallen and Sodra
Kvarken buoys until NE of Grundkallen. From this position direct courses may be shaped for the approaches to most ports
in the S part of the Gulf of Bothnia.
Vessels bound for ports in the N part of the Gulf of Bothnia can shape a course from a position NE of Grundkallen to a
position SE of Sydostten (63°20'N., 20°22'E.). Then, favoring that side of the approach, proceed through Norra Kvarken,
proceeding either NE via Ostra Kvarken or NNE via Vastra Kvarken. The former route may be preferred by vessels bound
for the Finnish side. Then as directly as prudent navigation will permit, proceed to the approaches of the many ports in the
area.
Caution.—Mariners should exercise caution when navigating in the vicinity of Ostra Kvarken and Vastra Kvarken,
particularly during foggy weather, as the current is uncertain and sometimes precedes the wind.
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 41
GOFREP—Contact Information
Traffic Center Call Sign Facsimile Frequency E-mail
Tallinn Traffic Tallinn Traffic 372-6205766 VHF channel 61 gofrep@vta.ee
Helsinki Traffic Helsinki Traffic 358-204-485394 VHF channel 60 gofrep@fta.fi
Sankt Petersburg Traffic Sankt Petersburg Traffic 7-8-812-3807020 VHF channel 74 gofrep@rsbm.ru
Pub. 140
42 Baltic Sea
A Full Report, on departure from a port, is given to the All vessels towing in the GOFREP Area shall report the total
Traffic Center of the country whose port the vessel is depart- length of the tow.
ing in the Gulf of Finland area. GOFREP procedures in winter traffic.—The Traffic Sepa-
Full Reports are made by AIS. If the vessel does not have ration Schemes in the Gulf of Finland, or any part of these
AIS or if it is not possible to transmit the Full Report by AIS, schemes, may be withdrawn temporarily during difficult ice
vessels shall provide a Full Report to the relevant Traffic conditions. Even when the Gulf of Finland is fully or partially
Center by facsimile or e-mail at least 1 hour prior to entering covered with ice, the requirements concerning vessels set out
the area or by VHF when crossing the Western Reporting in the operating instructions for GOFREP remain in force un-
Line or the Vainameri Reporting Line. less otherwise indicated.
2. Short Report.—Vessels shall submit a Short Report, Vessels traveling in a convoy led by an icebreaker or receiv-
as follows: ing direct assistance from an icebreaker are not required to sub-
a. Upon entering the GOFREP area from the Estonian mit a Short Report when they cross the GOFREP Reporting
or Finnish VTS areas in the Gulf of Finland. Lines. The icebreakers report the names of the vessels which
b. Upon crossing the Western Reporting Line or the they are assisting, the position of the vessels in the convoy, and
Vainameri Reporting Line inbound to the Gulf of Finland. the relevant VHF operating channel.
c. Upon crossing the Central Reporting Line. A vessel entering the GOFREP Area in a convoy led by an
d. Whenever there is a change in the vessel’s naviga- icebreaker must submit a Short Report to the nearest Traffic
tional status, excluding the change of status when berthing Center when it leaves the convoy and if it subsequently be-
or unberthing. comes trapped in the ice.
A Short Report is given on VHF to the Traffic Center of During the winter, vessels must submit a Full Report in line
the country to which monitoring area the vessel is proceed- with the provisions of the general requirements for GOFREP
ing. reporting. When they leave a port in the Gulf of Finland, how-
The formats for GOFREP Full Reports and Short Reports ever, they must submit a Full Report before they can join a con-
are given in the accompanying table titled GOFREP—Message vey. It is recommended that a Full Report be submitted in
Requirements. advance as an e-mail message.
Other requirements.—Vessels not under command or re- Vessels making for Russian ports will be provided, on re-
stricted in their ability to maneuver in the Gulf of Finland shall quest, with up-to-date information about the reporting points,
report their navigational status to the relevant Traffic Center at as well as with contact details and meeting coordinates for the
the earliest possible moment. icebreakers by all the Traffic Centers included in the GOFREP
In addition to the reporting requirement in the Full Report of system. If the ice conditions are difficult, Helsinki Traffic and
Designator I (port of destination), a vessel shall report all pos- Tallinn Traffic will broadcast information about the reporting
sible stops or abnormal choice of route (for example: if a vessel points and the contact details for icebreakers at specific times
anchors for bunkering near a port other than the port of destina- on their reserve channels. These broadcasts are preceded by an
tion). announcement on VHF channel 16.
GOFREP—Message Requirements
Full Short
Designator Information Required
Report Report
ALFA Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number or MMSI. X X
CHARLIE Geographical position (two six-digit groups).
X1 X1
DELTA Bearing and distances in nautical miles from a clearly-identified landmark.
ECHO True course (three-digit group). X X
FOXTROT Speed in knots (to one decimal place). R1 R1
HOTEL Time (UTC) and point of entry into the Reporting Area. R1
INDIA Destination and ETA. X
OSCAR Vessel’s draft (in meters to one decimal place). X
Hazardous cargo on board (main classes and total quantity in metric tons up to
PAPA two decimal places). The amount of Class 1 and Class 7 cargo, if any, shall be X2
reported separately.
QUEBEC Brief details of any defects or restrictions on maneuverability. R2 R2
ROMEO Description of any pollution or dangerous cargo lost overboard. R2 R2
TANGO Contact information of agent in the Gulf of Finland. X
UNIFORM Vessel type and length. X
Pub. 140
Baltic Sea 43
GOFREP—Message Requirements
Full Short
Designator Information Required
Report Report
WHISKEY Number of persons on board. X
Characteristics and estimated quantity of bunker fuel (for ships carrying more
XRAY X
than 5,000 tons of bunkers,) and navigational status.
KEY
X Required information.
X1 Required information. Either the CHARLIE or DELTA format may be used.
Required information. In addition, information on cargo other than dangerous cargo is collected from
2 all vessels entering or leaving ports of the European Union countries in the Gulf of Finland. Vessels
X are not required to report the information on cargo other than dangerous cargo. Information is
requested from vessels only if it cannot be obtained by other means.
R1 May be required to be reported by Traffic Centers.
To be reported if circumstances affecting normal navigation in accordance with SOLAS and
R2 MARPOL conditions occur, as relevant. This report shall be made without delay.
Pub. 140
45
BARBADOS
General
Firing Areas
Barbados is an island nation located in the Caribbean Sea
NE of Venezuela. A firing practice area for use by the Barbados Coast Guard
The climate is tropical, with a rainy season from June to Oc- has been established W of the N extremity of Barbados and is
tober. There is little temperature variation over the year and it bounded by lines joining the following positions:
is seldom excessively hot. The hurricane season extends from a. 13°21.1'N, 59°46.1'W.
May through September. b. 13°18.1'N, 59°43.2'W.
The terrain is relatively flat, rising gently to a central high- c. 13°16.1'N, 59°43.2'W.
land. d. 13°13.1'N, 59°46.2'W.
Pub. 140
46 Barbados
e. Then the minor arc of a circle with a radius of 7.9 The main exports are manufactured goods, sugar, molasses,
miles centered on position 13°17.1'N, 59°39.2'W and ex- rum, other foods and beverages, chemicals, and electrical com-
tending in a clockwise direction from point d to point a. ponents. The main export-trading partners are the United
Use of the area will be promulgated in advance by NAVAR- States, Trinidad and Tobago, Guyana, and Jamaica.
EA IV warnings. The main imports are consumer goods, machinery, food-
stuffs, construction materials, chemicals, fuels, and electrical
Government components. The main import-trading partners are the United
States, Trinidad and Tobago, and China.
Languages
English is the official language.
Meteorology
Four-day marine weather forecasts for Barbados are avail-
able, in English, from the Barbados Meteorological Service
(http://www.barbadosweather.org).
Navigational Information
Flag of Barbados
Enroute Volume
Barbados is a parliamentary democracy. The country is di- Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
vided into 11 parishes and one city. ume 1.
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a
Governor-General. The Prime Minister and the cabinet are ap- Maritime Claims
pointed by the Governor-General. The bicameral Parliament is The maritime territorial claims of Barbados are, as follows:
composed of a 21-member Senate (appointed by the Governor-
General) and a 30-member House of Assembly (directly elect- Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
ed to 5-year terms).
The legal system is based on English common law. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The capital is Bridgetown. Zone
Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen-
Holidays tal Margin.
The following holidays are observed: * Requires advance permission or notification for inno-
cent passage of warships in the territorial sea.
January 1 New Year’s Day
Maritime Boundary Disputes
January 21 Earl Barrow Day Joins other Caribbean states to counter Venezuela’s claim
April 28 Heroes Day that Isla Aves (15°42'N., 63°38'W.) sustains human habitation,
which would permit Venezuela to extend its Exclusive Eco-
Good Friday Variable
nomic Zone over a large portion of the Caribbean Sea.
Easter Sunday Variable Barbados is seeking arbitration on the claim that the N limit
Easter Monday Variable of Trinidad and Tobago’s maritime boundary extends into the
territorial waters of Barbados. Guyana has also expressed its
May 1 Labor Day intention to challenge the boundary claim.
Whitmonday Variable
Regulations
August 1 Emancipation Day
First Monday in August Kadooment Day Mandatory no anchoring areas are located in the approaches
to Bridgetown, as follows:
November 30 Independence Day 1. Sharks Bank—bounded by lines joining the following
December 25 Christmas Day positions:
a. 13°05'18.6''N, 59°38'06.1''E.
December 26 Boxing Day b. 13°05'23.6''N, 59°37'56.7''E.
c. 13°05'16.0''N, 59°37'49.3''E.
Industries d. 13°05'08.6''N, 59°37'57.1''E.
2. Long Shoal—bounded by lines joining the following
The main industries are tourism, sugar, light manufacturing, positions:
and component assembly for export. a. 13°07'25.4''N, 59°38'40.2''E.
Pub. 140
Barbados 47
Pub. 140
49
BELGIUM
Pub. 140
50 Belgium
Pub. 140
Belgium 51
Pub. 140
52 Belgium
Pilotage dom—Pilotage.
A pilotage agreement based on an international treaty be-
Pilotage is compulsory for all ocean-going vessels except, as tween Belgium and the Netherlands applies to the estuary of
follows: Westerschelde. Both countries have authority to pilot vessels
1. Barges. from sea to Antwerpen and Ghent and conversely. For further
2. Estuary trade. information, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North
3. Fluvial maritime trade. Sea.
4. Vessels up to 80m long. In addition to the lights and shapes required by Rule 29 of 72
5. Vessels at anchor, unless otherwise decided by the au- COLREGS, pilot vessels in Belgian waters also exhibit a white
thorities. flare at intervals of up to 10 minutes.
6. Vessels equipped to carry sand, gravel, or dredged ma-
terial and carrying such materials. Pollution
7. Vessels owned or managed by Dutch, Belgian, or
Flemish authorities. In the event of pollution, masters of vessels in the Belgium
8. Vessels owned or managed by Flemish or Dutch pilot- and Netherlands pilotage areas are requested to send a report
age authorities. containing the following information:
Pilotage is compulsory for the following ocean-going ves- 1. Vessel name.
sels, regardless of length: 2. Vessel type.
1. Vessels carrying oil, gas, or chemicals (fully loaded, 3. Nationality.
partially loaded, or empty but not yet gas-free). 4. Position.
2. A vessel part of a pushing-ahead combination, unless 5. Date and time (in local time).
exempted by the authorities. 6. Wind force and direction.
3. A vessel being towed, unless exempted by the authori- 7. High water (Vlissingen).
ties. 8. Tidal current (speed and direction).
Inbound vessels should send a pilotage request via their 9. Any other relevant information.
agent to the appropriate pilot station (Zeebrugge, Oostende, or Reports should be made as quickly as possible to Oostande
Nieuwpoort) at least 6 hours in advance. Outbound vessels or Coast Guard (VHF channel 67). As an alternative, reports can
vessels shifting berths should send a pilotage request at least 3 be relayed via Vlissingen (VHF channel 14) or Zandvliet (VHF
hours in advance. The pilot station should be notified of any channel 12 or 14).
changes to the pilot boarding time of more than 1 hour. Oostande Coast Guard (Oostande MRCC) can be contacted,
For information concerning Deep Sea Pilotage in the North as follows:
Sea, the English Channel, and Skagerrak, see United King- 1. Telephone: 32-59-701000
Pub. 140
Belgium 53
Pub. 140
54 Belgium
3. E-mail: mrcc@mrcc.be Traffic Separation Schemes
MRCC Oostende maintains a continuous listening watch for
distress traffic on 2182 kHz, 2187.5 kHz, VHF channel 16, and Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Belgium are, as fol-
VHF channel 70. lows:
A watch during inclement weather is also kept at DePanne 1. At North Hinder (comprising North Hinder North and
(51°06'N., 2°35'E.), Middelkerke (51°11'N., 2°49'E.), and North Hinder South Traffic Separation Schemes). (IMO ad-
Blankenberge (51°19'N., 3°08'E.). opted)
Lifeboats and rescue equipment are maintained at Oostende 2. In the approaches to the Hook of Holland (comprising
(51°09'N., 2°43'E.), Nieuwpoort (51°14'N., 2°55'E.), and Zee- Maas West Outer, Maas West Inner, Maas Northwest, and
brugge (51°20'N., 3°12'E.). Maas North Traffic Separation Schemes). (IMO adopted)
3. At West Hinder. (IMO adopted)
Ship Reporting System 4. Off North Hinder. (IMO adopted).
Pub. 140
55
BELIZE
General 55 Currency
Buoyage System 55
Currency 55 The official unit of currency is the Belize dollar, consisting
Fishing Areas 55 of 100 cents.
Government 55
Holidays 56 Fishing Areas
Industries 56
Languages 56 The coastal areas on the Caribbean Sea coast are extensively
Meteorology 56 fished by local vessels working out of small harbors and rivers.
Navigational Information 56
Regulations 56 Government
Search and Rescue 56
Signals 57
Time Zone 57
U.S. Embassy 57
General
Belize is located in Central America between Guatemala and
Mexico. The country borders the Caribbean Sea.
The climate is tropical, very hot, and humid, with a rainy
season from May to February.
The terrain is flat, with a swampy coastal plain. The interior
consists of rich grasslands and low mountains rising in the S.
Flag of Belize
Buoyage System
Belize is a parliamentary democracy and an independent
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See commonwealth under the United Kingdom The country is di-
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. vided into six districts.
Pub. 140
56 Belize
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a Meteorology
Governor-General. The Prime Minister and the cabinet are ap-
pointed by the Governor-General. The bicameral National As- Marine synopsis and forecasts for the next 24 hours and tide
sembly is composed of a 12-member Senate (appointed by the times are available in English from the Belize National Meteo-
Governor-General to 5-year terms) and a 31-member House of rological Service (http://www.hydronet.gov.bz).
Representatives (directly elected to 5-year terms).
The legal system is based on English common law. Navigational Information
The capital is Belmopan.
Enroute Volume
Holidays Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 2.
The following holidays are observed:
Maritime Claims
January 1 New Year’s Day The maritime territorial claims of Belize are, as follows:
March 9 Baron Bliss Day
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Carnival Variable (week before
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Lent)
Zone
Good Friday Variable
* Claims straight baselines. The territorial sea is only 3
Holy Saturday Variable miles from the mouth of the Sarstoon River to Ranguana
Easter Sunday Variable Cay.
Pub. 140
Belize 57
Pub. 140
59
BERMUDA
Pub. 140
60 Bermuda
Languages
English is the official language.
Meteorology
Flag of Bermuda Marine weather forecasts are available in English from the
Bermuda Weather Service (http://www.weather.bm).
Bermuda is a parliamentary democracy and a self-governing
overseas territory of the United Kingdom. It is divided into Navigational Information
nine parishes and two municipalities.
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a Enroute Volume
Governor. The Premier and the cabinet are appointed by the Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
Governor. The bicameral Parliament is composed of an 11- ume 1.
Pub. 140
Bermuda 61
Pub. 140
63
BLACK SEA
Pub. 140
64 Black Sea
The Tyagun is reported to affect ports on the Caucasian coast 3. Turkey—Istanbul and Marmaris.
between Tuapse and Batumi.
Winds
U.S. Maritime Advisory System In general, winds are strongest in winter and in the N of the
U.S. Maritime Advisories rapidly disseminate information region.
on maritime dangers, safety, government policy, and other In winter, winds over the open sea throughout the region
time-sensitive matters pertaining to U.S. flag vessel operations. vary substantially from day to day due to the frequent transit-
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Cau- ing of depressions, but in the W part of the Black Sea, winds
tions—U. S. Maritime Advisory System. from between NE and NW predominate. Winds from E are a
common winter feature in the SE of the area, but NW winds
Offshore Surveys are also frequent and occasionally strong.
Seismic and other survey vessels operating in connection In summer, the winds are generally lighter and more variable
with offshore oil and gas fields may be encountered in the N in direction but in the SE, winds from a W point are most fre-
and W parts of the Black Sea and in the Sea of Azov. quent; strong winds are unusual and winds rarely exceed force
6.
Waterspouts In coastal waters within about 20 miles of the coast, winds
A waterspout is a vortex similar to a tornado. They can have blowing over the open seas may be considerably modified due
a diameter varying from several meters to hundreds of meters to land and sea breeze effects and topographical influences.
and a life span of several minutes to tens of minutes. Water- Land and sea breezes are well marked in the summer
spouts typically move at about 20 knots with wind speeds with- throughout the region and are also frequent in spring and au-
in the waterspout of as much as 100 to 200 knots. tumn. The sea breeze usually sets in about mid-morning as an
Waterspouts usually develop in hot weather in the summer onshore breeze; it freshens until mid-afternoon, when it may
and early fall in the S and SE parts of the Sea of Azov and reach force 3 to 4, and fades soon after dusk. The land breeze is
along the coasts of Caucasus, Krymskyi Pivostriv, and Bulgar- usually weaker and blows offshore from late evening until
ia. They can occur any time of day or night but are more com- shortly after sunrise. In windy conditions, the effect of the land
mon during the day. or sea breeze may be to modify the prevailing wind by rein-
forcing it, opposing it or causing a change in its direction.
Climatology Local topography, such as the position of mountain barriers
and the direction of valleys, may have an important effect on
General the wind. The Rionskiy Valley, which extends E from near Po-
The climate of the area varies from fine hot sunny summers ti, has very high ground on either side; in winter the winds fre-
of the Mediterranean type to the very cold winters which are quently blow through the valley from the E, sometimes very
substantially colder than conditions in the Mediterranean Sea. strongly due to funneling, and in the summer they blow from
Most disturbed weather occurs in winter and is usually asso- the W. The effects are apparent at a considerable distance off-
ciated with depressions moving E across the area. There may shore.
be some rain at all times of the year, turning to snow in winter; At Novorossiysk, a violent wind known as the bora is a well-
amounts are generally small in the N and W of the region and known feature caused by the NE airstream being deflected
summer in Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara) is usually dry. around the N flank of Bolshoy Kavkaz (Caucusus Mountains)
Along the N coast of Turkey, high ground near the coast in- and channeled through a gap in the hills.
duces appreciable annual rainfall; the wettest conditions are Along the N coast of Turkey, katabatic SE winds blow in
found in the SE around Batumi and Poti, where rainfalls are coastal waters when cool air drains at night from high ground
substantial, especially from September to November. to the S. These winds occur especially in winter.
Fog at sea may occasionally be encountered in winter and In Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara), which includes Istan-
spring but is rare in summer. In coastal areas, fog and poor vis- bul Bogazi (The Bosporus) and Canakkale Bogazi (The Darda-
ibility are again most frequent in winter and spring and are par- nelles), the NE winds are predominant throughout the year, and
ticularly common in the far N, with incidence decreasing especially in summer, when they are a part of the seasonal N
markedly farther S. airstream which blows in the Aegean Sea. These winds are
The Naval Research Laboratory Monterey, a corporate re- widely known as meltem (Turkish) or etesians (Greek). When
search laboratory for the United States Navy and Marine not blowing from the NE, winds in this area are most often
Corps, publishes port studies and forecaster handbooks that from the SW.
may be of use to the mariner. These publications can be ac- Regional winds in the Black Sea are, as follows:
cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site. 1. Trampotan—A N wind along the coasts of Bulgaria
and Krymskyi Pivostriv. At Yalta, winds speeds may cause
Naval Research Laboratory Monterey Home Page significant damage.
http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil/pubs.htm 2. Levan—A humid S wind which brings overcast skies
and rain and can cause heavy swells in the open sea. It is
most frequent in January and February.
The European Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa- 3. Not—A strong humid S wind which brings fog and
tion on the following ports: rain the the N coast of the Black Sea.
1. Bulgaria—Varna. 4. Harbiy—A S wind which raises a positive surge of wa-
2. Romania—Constanta. ter. and may drive fishing vessels ashore, especially in Yal-
Pub. 140
Black Sea 65
tynka Zakota. those given above for the N and S coasts, according to latitude.
5. Boneti or Ponente—A W wind along the coasts of Bul- On average, the W coast experiences more frost than the E
garia and Krymskyi Pivostriv which is accompanied by over- coast.
cast skies and occasional rain. Spring and autumn are periods of rapid temperature adjust-
6. Karadzhol—A W wind along the coast of Bulgaria ment. The largest changes are in April/May and in October/No-
which usually brings overcast skies and rain. vember and are effected in a series of irregular and fluctuating
7. Lodoz—A hot S or SW wind on the W coast of the rises and falls.
Black Sea. It is the most frequent in summer and fall and is
accompanied by fine weather. Precipitation
Regional winds in the Sea of Azov are, as follows: In coastal areas, there is a very large difference between the
1. Lavan—An E winds usually occurring in fall and win- precipitation received by the N and W coasts, where the
ter, but which may also occur in spring, is a moist and some- amounts are small at all seasons, and that in the SE, where rain-
times strong wind accompanied by overcast skies and rain, fall is substantial, especially in the autumn.
which raises a moderate sea. In the N and W, summer is slightly wetter than winter, but
2. Maistra—A cold dry NW wind blowing over the land. the difference is small; annual amounts are generally no more
3. Not—A strong warm humid S wind which brings for than 300 to 500mm. There is rain, usually in the form of show-
and rain and sometimes hail, to the N coast of the Sea of ers, on around 4 to 6 days per month in summer; in winter rain
Azov. and snow is more often of frontal origin and can be expected
4. Ostraya—A warm moist S of SE wind. on around 10 days per month on the N coast and slightly less
frequently on the W coast.
Temperature On the E coast, precipitation amounts are greater than else-
There is a very large seasonal temperature change from sum- where and increase markedly from N to S. In the NE, rainfalls
mer to winter in this region. The climate varies from virtually are largest in winter, with around 10 rain days per month and
tropical conditions in most parts in summer to almost arctic the least in summer, when rain falls on some 5 days each
conditions in the N in winter. month. The total annual rainfall is between 400 and 700mm.
Summer maximum temperatures are reached in July and Au- Farther SE, the amount of rain increases progressively, prob-
gust, when average temperatures vary little throughout the re- ably due to the frequent moist onshore winds and frontal de-
gion and mean daily temperatures range between maxima of 25 pressions which affect the area, coupled with the orographic
to 30°C and minima of 17 to 19°C. Extreme high temperatures effects of the mountains which rise close inland. The Bat’umi
recorded in the coastal areas are generally around 38 to 41°C, locality is the wettest area of all, with annual rainfalls of
but over the open sea, where the sea surface temperature has a around 2,500mm; monthly amounts vary from around 80mm in
significant modifying influence, extreme maximum tempera- spring to about 300mm in autumn, which is the wettest time of
tures are more moderate and generally around 27 to 32°C. the year. The number of days each month on which rain can be
Winter minimum temperatures occur in January or February, expected varies only slightly throughout the year, from about
with the lowest values on the N and NW coasts; here mean dai- 15 days in the wet season to 9 or 10 days in the spring.
ly temperatures remain close to or below freezing point, with On the S coast of the Black Sea there is a pronounced sea-
daily minima of -5 to -10°C. Extreme minima of between -25 sonal variation, with the largest rainfalls in winter (around 100
to -30°C have been recorded; in the N coast of Sea of Azov, to 150mm per month) and the least in summer, with monthly
which is the coldest locality of all, an extreme minimum read- amounts of around 50mm. Rain is often associated with frontal
ing of -33°C has been recorded. depressions and especially the N or NW winds, which usually
Temperatures rise progressively farther, S but even in the blow after the depression has passed; the orographic effect of
Black Sea, daily maxima of 5 to 10°C and minima of 1 to 2°C the high ground along the coast is an important factor. Annual
are normal. falls vary somewhat according to the degree of exposure to the
The S and SE coasts of Kryms’kyy Pivostriv are noted for N winds and the proximity of high ground; most parts receive
relatively mild winters; the mean daily minimum temperature between 1,000 and 1,500mm annually, but there is a drier re-
remains marginally above 0°C. gion from about Samsun to Sinop, where annual falls of 500 to
The highest average winter temperatures are over the open 750mm are more usual. In winter, rain falls on some 12 to 15
sea, where average values of 7 to 8° C are usual. days per month, in summer 4 to 8 days per month.
Frost may occur in all parts around the Black Sea in winter. Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara) has most rain in winter
In the N the first frost usually occurs in October and the last in when frontal depressions move through the area en route from
April. From December to March frosts are frequent; at many the Mediterranean Sea to the Black Sea. Rainfalls of 100 to
stations on the N coast and especially in Sea of Azov frost can 120mm per month are normal, with rain on about 10 to 15 days
be expected on almost every day in January. Frosts are much per month. Summer is a dry season, when less than 40mm falls
less frequent around the S part of Kryms’kyy Pivostriv than in the NE of the area and barely 10mm per month in Canakkale
elsewhere in the N. Bogazi (The Dardanelles). Rain can be expected on fewer than
In the S part of the Black Sea, frosts usually occur from De- 4 days per month.
cember to March, but there may be occasional instances of Over the open sea, the frequency of observations recording
frost in November and April. Frost is much less frequent than precipitation is similar to those in coastal waters. Rain occurs
in the N and even in mid-winter it is rare for the temperature to most often in winter, while at other seasons it is infrequent. It is
remain below the freezing point all day. likely that over much of the sea area rain falls with an average
On the Wand E coasts, occurrences of frost range between frequency of less than 1 day in 5.
Pub. 140
66 Black Sea
Rainfall amounts are not recorded at sea but it is apparent of Marmara), humidities are about 5 per cent higher.
that orographic influences are important in inducing the com- On the S and SE coasts, more humid conditions are usual
paratively large falls in the SE and S coastal areas. It is thus with values slightly higher than those recorded in winter. In the
likely that amounts of rain falling at sea in these parts will de- early morning humidity is around 80 to 85 per cent; this falls to
crease with distance from the shore. about 75 per cent in the afternoon.
For most of the year rain is the usual form of precipitation Spring and autumn produce little variations in morning val-
but, during winter and early spring, snow may fall in all parts ues of relative humidity throughout the region (typically
of the region. In some N localities, snow frequency may equal around 80 per cent), although in the afternoon humidities be-
or exceed rain frequency in January and February. come drier in the N (55 to 65 per cent) than in the S (65 to 75
Over the open sea snow has been recorded in all months per cent).
from October to April but it is unusual in any month other than
January and February. Some 10 per cent of observations record Cloud Cover
snow in winter in the N and E areas of the Black Sea. Cloud amounts are greater in winter throughout the region.
In coastal areas all parts can expect some snow from Decem- At sea, average amounts are 5 to 6 oktas, with the W part of the
ber to March. It is rare in most parts before November and after Black Sea being rather more cloudy than the E part. Winds
April, although in the N of the region snow is sometimes expe- from a S point give increasing amounts of cloud from S to N;
rienced in October and May. It falls most frequently in the N, as the air flows over progressively cooler seas, small amounts
especially in the Sea of Azov, where in January and February, of stratocumulus in the S increase farther N to give overcast
the frequency may reach 7 to 10 days per month and snow is as skies of stratocumulus or stratus which extend to the N coasts.
common as rain at that season. An especially dangerous situa- With winds from a N point, skies are usually well broken on
tion arises when snow and strong winds combine to give bliz- the N coasts, but as air passes over warmer seas farther S, in-
zard conditions with almost zero visibility. creasing instability gives development of cumulus and strato-
The likelihood of snow decreases farther S, but even in the cumulus and greater likelihood of showers. There is little
central part of the W coast of the Black Sea and in Canakkale diurnal variation in cloud amounts at sea.
Bogazi (The Dardanelles) where snow frequency is least, snow In coastal waters the winter months are cloudy in all regions
may fall on some 3 to 4 days per month in January and Febru- with amounts averaging 6 to 7 oktas. Onshore winds produce
ary. the cloudiest conditions particularly where high ground rises
Thunderstorms are infrequent at sea and rare in winter. In steeply from the coast line. Conversely, offshore winds are of-
summer it seems likely that most storms are either associated ten accompanied by little or no low cloud, especially when the
with cold fronts crossing the area or otherwise develop inland coast lies on the leeward side of high ground. Although there is
and subsequently drift offshore. little variation in cloud amounts according to the time of day,
In coastal areas, thunderstorms are most frequent on the NE the trend is for greater cloud amounts in the morning with pos-
coast of the Sea of Azov and also on the E coast of the Black sibly some decrease in the afternoon and evening.
Sea where the mountains are nearest the coast; these areas can Summer is generally fine with around 2 to 3 oktas of well
expect thunderstorms on around 3 to 6 days per month in sum- broken cumulus at sea and in most coastal areas. An exception
mer. While the summer months are generally the season for is the SE coastal area between Sokhumi and Giresun where the
maximum thunderstorm activity, the SW part of the Black Sea summer months are more cloudy than elsewhere with cloud
and Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara) experience most thun- amounts around 4 to 5 oktas. Farther W along the N coast of
derstorms in autumn. Turkey cloud amounts decrease and Marmara Denizi enjoys
summer skies with very little cloud (2 oktas or less).
Humidity Although cloud amounts are small, cloudiest conditions oc-
Winter high humidities are recorded on the N and W coasts cur around midday and in the afternoon. Development of large
of the Black Sea and in the Sea of Azov; cold ground and cold cumulus and cumulonimbus cloud with associated showers is
sea cause high values of around 90 per cent, but humidities are not uncommon inland and these clouds can sometimes drift
usually lower by afternoon and average about 80 per cent. ashore to affect coastal waters.
The S coasts of Kryms’kyy Pivostriv and Marmara Denizi
(Sea of Marmara) are rather less humid, with average winter Visibility
early morning values of around 82 per cent and falling to 71 Fog is most likely to be encountered in coastal waters rather
per cent in the afternoon. than over the open sea; greatest incidence is in winter and
On the E and S coasts of the Black Sea, the air is drier, with spring. Off the coast of Romania some 10 per cent of observa-
early morning humidity around 75 per cent, which is probably tions record fog in winter; in the SW part of the Black Sea and
due to offshore winds at night where high ground rises close off the S coast, the frequency is about 4 to 6 per cent. In other
inland. Afternoon values are only slightly less at about 70 per sea areas fog is rare at all seasons.
cent. Poor visibility (less than 2 miles) is very common in the win-
Summer distribution of relative humidity is almost the re- ter in the NW part of the region off the coast of Romania; it is
verse of the winter pattern. Lowest humidities are found on the frequent in the SE and SW areas of the Black Sea in spring.
coast N including Sea of Azov and in the NE as far S as Novo- Poor visibility is unusual in summer and autumn.
rossiysk; early morning values are about 70 to 75 per cent Highest fog frequencies are on the N coast and in Sea of
while afternoons are generally hot and dry with humidities of Azov, where moist S airstreams are chilled by the cold plains
50 to 60 per cent or even lower. On the W coast similar values and coastal waters in winter, giving widespread and persistent
are normal in the N, but farther S and in Marmara Denizi (Sea fog. Fog is common from October to March with the highest
Pub. 140
Black Sea 67
evidence in December when fog may occur in around 5 to 9 lation is greatest after the melting of the snows in late spring
days per month; early morning is usually the worst time of day. and early summer, when the discharge from the rivers is great-
Odessa and Rostov-Na-Donu are particularly prone to fog; est. In late summer and autumn, when the volume of water dis-
snow falls are partly responsible for visibility falling below fog charged by the rivers is relatively small, the circulation is
limits. generally weaker and more subject to changes due to the influ-
The S shores of Krymskyy Pivostriv are markedly less foggy ences of the wind. The largest variations in the current are
than other N parts; fog incidence is usually no more than 2 to 4 found in the NW part of the sea; here, especially during the
days per month on average from December to May. spring, the outflow of the River Danube is often felt well off-
Fog is infrequent in summer. Arctic sea smoke or steam fog shore, causing a considerable E, or even NE, set.
may occur in the NW and in Sea of Azov in autumn and winter Local current systems are found off the mouths of rivers. As
when very cold E and NE winds blow offshore over a relatively a rule river water flows out of the mouth in a direction at right
warm sea. The sea surface appears to be steaming and the re- angles to the trend of the coastline, then gradually turns to the
sulting fog can be dense though usually shallow. right and may even turn so much towards the shore as to pro-
On the W coast of the Black Sea, fog is most frequent from duce an eddy returning towards the mouth.
October to March. Average occurrence is 3 to 5 days per month
in most parts but this increases markedly farther N to as much Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardenelles)
as 8 to 10 days per month in the far NW. Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles) is about 40 nautical
At Bralia on the River Danube, fog frequency is highest in miles long, with a maximum width of 4 nautical miles and a
December but all months from October to March have frequen- minimum width of 0.8 mile. The average channel depth is 92m.
cies between 3 and 7 days per month. Surface flow through the Turkish Straits carries low-salinity
Fog is unusual in July and August. Black Sea water through Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus) into
The high ground bordering the E and S coasts gives consid- Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara), through Canakkale Bogazi
erable protection from the moist airstreams likely to produce (The Dardanelles), and into the Aegean Sea. A bottom current
fog. Frequency is generally highest in April and May (3 to 5 flows from the Aegean Sea through the Turkish Straits and into
days per month on average). Radiation fog is the most common the Black Sea carrying denser Mediterranean water N The
type and is most likely to develop at night and in the early depth of the interface between the oppositely-flowing currents
morning especially in the valleys, estuaries and over low lying averages about 20m. There is very little mixing of the two wa-
ground. It usually disperses after sunrise. Snow and heavy rain ter types through the straits.
can seriously impair visibility and in the Bat’umi locality fog is The surface current flows through Canakkale Bogazi (The
frequent during the wet season in September and October (3 to Dardanelles) in a narrow stream which is delimited by projec-
5 days per month). Otherwise the incidence of fog is generally tions of the coast. Standing vortices and eddies form in coastal
low on these coasts from July to December. bays and on either side of the stream channel. Current speeds
Fog is infrequent in Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara); the are lowest at the N entrance to the strait and increase S under
highest incidence is in winter, when it occurs generally on 1 to normal wind conditions. During SW winds the surface current
2 days per month and locally on the S shores of the central part becomes weaker and broader in the strait; NE winds cause the
of Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara) on around 4 days per current to strengthen and narrow in the main channel. As the
month in November. surface current slows under opposing winds, the stream broad-
Fog is most likely in the early morning, dispersing in the ens, and the vortices weaken and may disappear. When the
forenoon. stream intensifies under NE winds, the vortices and eddies in-
Fog is rare in the summer. crease in strength and extent. Opposing strong S winds may
cause the surface currents to flow in the opposite direction, but
Currents only for a couple of days at most.
Current speeds at the entrance to the Aegean Sea average be-
Black Sea tween 1.5 and 2.5 knots. During the spring and early summer
Currents in the Black Sea, which in general are weak and in- the current may be as high as 5 knots off Nara Burnu because
consistent, consist of a main circulation setting counterclock- of maximum river discharge and strong N winds at that time.
wise along its shores, with several branches connecting its At the entrance to Marmara Denizi (Sea of Marmara), the sur-
various parts. Countercurrents, setting in a direction contrary to face current is rarely higher than 0.5 knots. Strong NE winds
that of the main current, occur between the main current and may cause the current to increase to 1.5 knots. During late au-
the shore in many places. These countercurrents are very irreg- tumn and early winter surface currents are weakest due to S
ular. There is also an almost constant flow of water from the winds.
Black Sea through Marinara Denizi (Sea of Marmara) to the
Mediterranean Sea. Fishing Areas
Currents in the Black Sea caused by either the outflow of the
rivers, the bulk of which enters the NW part of the sea, and the The predominant fish stocks and fishing areas are located, as
influence of the wind. Variations in the amount of discharge follows:
from the rivers, and variations of the wind distribution, due to 1. Sturgeon and mackerel—In the NW part of the Black
the passage of depressions and other causes, may effect the Sea.
normal currents to a very large extent, and, in some areas, may 2. Herring—Kerch Strait and off the mouths of the River
even reverse their direction. Danube and Rika Dnipro.
The strength and consistence of this counterclockwise circu- 3. Anchovies—Along the coast of Krymskyy Pivostriv.
Pub. 140
68 Black Sea
4. Flounder—Throughout most of the Black Sea. last exchange at sea. For further information, see North Atlan-
tic Ocean—Pollution—Ballast Water Management.
Ice
MARPOL Special Areas
Ice is formed during the prolonged periods of frost which oc- MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda-
cur in the winter in the N parts of the Black Sea and Sea of tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
Azov. The severity of the winter, and therefore the extent and been adopted.
thickness of the ice cover, varies in different years but even in The sea area of the Black Sea proper is a MARPOL Special
the most severe winter, only a comparatively small part of the Area. The boundary between the Mediterranean Sea and the
whole area of the Black Sea is affected by ice. Black Sea is the parallel of 41°00'N.
Navigation is usually affected in only the three following re- For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Pollu-
gions: tion—MARPOL Special Areas.
1. The River Danube.
2. The NW part of the Black Sea. Regulations
3. The Sea of Azov, including Kerch Strait.
Ice begins to appear from the middle of December to the be- Schengen Agreement
ginning of January. February is the month of greatest ice cover The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create free move-
in all the above regions. The ice begins to dissipate at the end ment for persons within the European Union (EU) and to inten-
of February, with the area being completely free of ice by the sify the fight against cross-border crime. In practice, the
end of March. Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on journeys
between the member states will cease, while the external fron-
tier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards countries that are
Navigational Information not signatories to the Schengen Agreement. For further infor-
mation, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Schengen
Electronic Navigational Communications Agreement.
For information on the International Maritime Satellite Or-
ganization (INMARSAT), the Global Maritime Distress and European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification
Safety System (GMDSS(), the Global Positioning System Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu-
(GPS), and SafetyNET, see North Atlantic Ocean—Naviga- ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for
tional Information. vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the
EU region.
International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code The participating EU countries in the Black Sea are, as fol-
The ISPS Code applies to ships on international voyages and lows:
port facilities directly interfacing with these ships. All vessels 1. Bulgaria.
should fully comply with the provisions of Chapter XI-Part 2 2. Romania.
of the SOLAS Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code. Ves- Further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regula-
sels shall demonstrate that appropriate maritime security mea- tions—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifica-
sures are in place according to ISPS Code regulations. For tion.
further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigation-
al Information. Restrictions on Navigation When Approaching EU Coasts
European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC establishes
Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navigation common vessel traffic monitoring information systems
(ATON) throughout EU waters. The rules apply to all commercial ves-
For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational sels over 300 gt and all vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
Information. cargo regardless of size. For further information, see North At-
lantic Ocean—Regulations—Restrictions on Navigation
Enroute Volume When Approaching EU Coasts.
BA NP 24, Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (British Admi-
ralty publication) Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Con-
trol (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR)
Pollution The NIR of the PMoU has introduced a mandatory reporting
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port or an-
Ballast Water Management chorage in the Paris MoU region.
International guidelines have been adopted by the IMO to For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic organisms and lations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port
pathogens from ships’ ballast water and sediment discharge in- State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR).
to marine ecosystems. The guidelines include the retention of
ballast water onboard, ballast exchange at sea, ballast manage- Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
ment aimed at preventing or minimizing the uptake of contam- Information concerning Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
inated water or sediment, and the discharge of ballast ashore. (SSC) and Ship Sanitation Control Exemption Certificates (SS-
Particular attention is drawn to the hazards associated with bal- CEC) can be found in North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations.
Pub. 140
Black Sea 69
Pub. 140
71
BOSNIA-HERZEGOVINA
Pub. 140
72 Bosnia-Herzegovina
refining, ammunition, and motor vehicle assembly.
The main exports are metals, clothing, and wood products.
The main export-trading partners are Germany, Croatia, Italy,
Serbia, Slovenia. and Austria.
The main imports are machinery and equipment, chemicals,
fuels, and foodstuffs. The main import-trading partners are
Germany, Italy, Serbia, Croatia, China, and Slovenia.
Languages
Flag of Bosnia-Herzegovina Bosnian, Croatian, and Serbian are the official languages.
Pub. 140
Bosnia-Herzegovina 73
until the last Sunday in October. 71000 Sarejevo. The mailing address is the same.
Pub. 140
75
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
General 75 Cautions
Buoyage System 75
Cautions 75 Rollers.—Rollers or ground swell in the area of the islands,
Currency 75 frequently occur from October to May and sometimes continue
Fishing Areas 75 for 3 or 4 days. The rollers appear to loosen sand, thus discol-
Government 75 oring the water N of the islands as far as the edge of Virgin
Holidays 76 Bank. In some places near the W end of Anegada, where the
Industries 76 bottom is composed of fine sand, the formation of the banks is
Languages 76 frequently changed.
Meteorology 76 In general, they set in after a prevalence of E and SE winds.
Navigational Information 76 They also follow winds from the NE, especially when these
Search and Rescue 76 winds are strong. The wave height may exceed 2m have been
Time Zone 76 observed to break over depths of 16m off the N coast of Torto-
U.S. Embassy 76 la.
General Currency
The British Virgin Islands, located NE of the U.S. Virgin Is- The official unit of currency is the U.S. dollar, consisting of
lands, consists of 16 inhabited and more than 20 uninhabited 100 cents.
islands.
The islands, all of which are of volcanic origin except for Fishing Areas
Anegada, are steep and hilly. Anegada, the northeasternmost
island of the chain, is a low coral island. The coastal waters surrounding the British Virgin Islands are
The climate is subtropical and humid. Temperatures are heavily fished. The main fishing centers are Anegada, Jost van
moderated by the trade winds. Hurricanes and tropical storms Dyke, Salt Island, and Peter Island.
can occur from July through October.
Government
Buoyage System
The British Virgin Islands are an internally self-governing
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See overseas territory of the United Kingdom.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a
Pub. 140
76 British Virgin Islands
United States.
Languages
English is the official language. Spanish and Creole are also
spoken.
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts are available, in English, from the
Flag of the British Virgin Islands Antigua and Barbuda Meteorological Service (http://www.anti-
guamet.com)
Governor. The Premier and the Executive Council are appoint-
ed by the Governor. The 13 members of the unicameral Legis-
lative Council are directly elected to 4-year terms.
The legal system is based on English common law.
Navigational Information
The capital is Road Town. Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
Holidays ume 1.
The following holidays are observed: Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of the British Virgin Islands
January 1 New Year’s Day are, as follows:
March 10 Commonwealth Day
Territorial Sea 12 miles.
Good Friday Variable
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Easter Sunday Variable
Zone
Easter Monday Variable
Whitmonday Variable Search and Rescue
Second Saturday in June Queen’s Birthday A National Emergency Committee is responsible for coordi-
July 1 Territories Day nating national distress and mass casualty operations. Virgin
Islands Search and Rescue (VISAR), a volunteer organization,
August 1-3 Bank Holidays
works closely with the U.S. Coast Guard. VISAR is not
October 21 St. Ursala’s Day manned 24 hours, but rescue coordinators and lifeboat crews
November 14 Prince of Wales’ Birth- are on call 24 hours. VISAR can be contacted, as follows:
1. Telephone: 1-284-4990911
day
2. Facsimile: 1-284-4946613
December 25 Christmas Day 3. E-mail: admin@visar.org
December 26 Boxing Day 4. Web site: https://visar.org
Time Zone
Industries
The Time Zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
The main industries are tourism, light industry, construction, ings Time is not observed.
rum, concrete blocks, and offshore financial activities.
The main exports are rum, fresh fish, fruits, livestock, gravel, U.S. Embassy
and sand. The main export-trading partner is the United States.
The main imports are building materials, automobiles, food- The British Virgin Islands are a dependent territory of the
stuffs, and machinery. The main import-trading partner is the United Kingdom. There is no diplomatic representation.
Pub. 140
77
BULGARIA
General 77 General
Buoyage System 77
Cautions 77 Bulgaria is located in southeastern Europe on the Black Sea,
Currency 78 between Romania on the N and Greece and Turkey on the S.
Government 78 The S part of the country has a Mediterranean climate, with
Holidays 78 mild moist winters and hot dry summers. Further N conditions
Industries 78 become more Continental, with a larger range of temperatures
Languages 78 and greater amounts of rainfall in the summer and early fall.
Meteorology 78 The terrain is mostly mountainous, with lowlands in the N
Mined Areas 78 and SE.
Navigational Information 78
Pilotage 79 Buoyage System
Pollution 79
Regulations 80 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Restricted Areas 80 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Search and Rescue 84
Time Zone 84 Cautions
Traffic Separation Schemes 84
U.S. Embassy 84 Local Magnetic Anomalies
Vessel Traffic Service 84 Magnetic anomalies of as much as 18° have been reported in
Appendix I—Burgas Vessel Traffic Service 85 the vicinity of Ostrov Sveta Anastasiya (42°28'N., 27°33'E.).
Appendix II—Varna Vessel Traffic Service 87 A local anomaly has been reported in the vicinity of Chemi
Nos (42°56'N., 27°54'E.).
Pub. 140
78 Bulgaria
Currency Industries
The official unit of currency is the lev, consisting of 100 The main industries are electricity, gas, and water; food, bev-
stotinki. erages, and tobacco; machinery and equipment; base metals;
automotive parts; chemical products; coke; refined petroleum;
and nuclear fuel.
Government The main exports are clothing, footwear, iron and steel, ma-
chinery and equipment, fuels, agricultural products, tobacco
Bulgaria is a parliamentary democracy. The country is divid-
and information technology components. The main export-
ed into 28 provinces.
trading partners are Germany, Italy, Romania, Turkey, and
Bulgaria is governed by a directly-elected President serving
Greece.
a 5-year term. The Prime Minister is nominated by the Presi-
The main imports are machinery and equipment, metals and
dent and elected by the National Assembly. The unicameral
ores, chemicals and plastics, fuels, minerals, and raw materials.
National Assembly consists of 240 directly-elected members,
The main import-trading partners are Germany, Russia, Italy,
serving 4-year terms.
Romania, Turkey, and Spain.
The legal system is civil law and criminal law based on Ro-
man law.
The capital is Sofia. Languages
Bulgarian is the official language.
Meteorology
NAVTEX warnings for the eastern Black Sea are available,
in English, from the Bulgarian National Institute of Meteorolo-
gy and Hydrology—Varna Branch (http://varna.meteo.bg/nav-
tex.html).
Mined Areas
Flag of Bulgaria Former Mined Area No. 31-M (43°00'N., 28°00'E.) is locat-
ed about 8 miles NE of Cherni Nos.
Pub. 140
Bulgaria 79
Pub. 140
80 Bulgaria
mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the gation, fishing, or anchoring are announced by radio naviga-
sea have been adopted. tional warnings 3 to 5 days before the start of the prohibition or
Further information can be found in North Atlantic dangerous operation.
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Areas Prohibited for Navigation
Regulations
Varnenski Zaliv
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification Area 13—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- tions:
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for a. 43°12'24.0''N, 27°57'18.0''E.
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the b. 43°12'07.2''N, 27°57'21.0''E.
EU region. c. 43°12'08.4''N, 27°57'36.0''E.
The report should be sent, as follows: d. 43°12'25.2''N, 27°57'34.8''E.
Pub. 140
Bulgaria 81
Pub. 140
82 Bulgaria
c. 43°22.7'N, 28°26.9'E. d. 43°11.7'N, 27°52.8'E.
d. 43°23.0'N, 28°26.9'E. (coast) e. 43°12.5'N, 27°52.2'E. (coast)
Pub. 140
Bulgaria 83
Pub. 140
84 Bulgaria
b. 43°12'50.7''N, 27°58'53.6''E. March until the last Sunday in October.
c. 43°12'44.0''N, 27°59'08.1''E.
d. 43°12'40.0''N, 27°59'40.5''E. Traffic Separation Schemes
e. 43°12'40.1''N, 27°59'54.6''E.
f. 43°12'50.0''N, 28°00'17.1''E. Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Bulgaria are, as fol-
g. 43°13'08.5''N, 28°00'17.0''E. lows:
Area No. 81—Area bounded by the coast and lines joining 1. Between Burgas and Nos Kaliakra. (Government of
the following positions: Bulgaria)
a. 43°13'09.5''N, 27°58'53.6''E. 2. In the Approaches to Burgas. (Government of Bulgar-
b. 43°12'54.8''N, 27°58'53.5''E. ia)
c. 43°12'52.0''N, 27°59'48.9''E. 3. In the Approaches to Midia. (Government of Bulgaria)
d. 43°13'03.9''N, 28°00'17.1''E.
e. 43°13'08.5''N, 28°00'17.0''E. U.S. Embassy
Note.—Former Regulated Areas 13, 35, 42, 44, and 45,
which may still be charted on some charts, are no longer in The U. S. Embassy is situated at 16 Kozyak Street, Sofia.
force. The mailing addresses are, as follows:
1. Bulgaria address—
Search and Rescue 16 Kozyak Street
Sofia 1408
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Varna 2. U. S. address—
can be contacted, as follows: Department of State
1. Telephone: 359-52-603268 5740 Sofia Place
359-52-633067 Washington, DC (20521-5740)
359-888-952113 (mobile)
2. Facsimile: 359-52-603265
3. E-mail: mrcc@marad.bg U. S. Embassy Bulgaria Home Page
Varna Coast Radio Station (LZW) maintain a continuous lis- https://bg.usembassy.gov
tening watch for distress traffic on 2182 kHz, 2187.5 kHz, and
VHF channel 16. Distress information is forwarded to MRCC
Varna. Vessel Traffic Service
Vessel Traffic Services operate, as follows:
Time Zone 1. Burgas (42°29'N., 27°29'E.). For further information,
see Appendix I.
The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav- 2. Varna (43°11'N., 27°55'E.). For further information,
ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is observed from the last Sunday in see Appendix II.
Pub. 140
Bulgaria 85
Pub. 140
Bulgaria 87
Pub. 140
89
CANADA
General 89 General
Areas to be Avoided 89
Buoyage System 90 Canada, the largest self-governing country in the Common-
Cautions 90 wealth of Nations, is a federal state established in 1867 by the
Currency 91 British North America Act. Discovered by Cabot in 1497, it
Firing Areas 91 was formed from the colonies originally settled by the French
Fishing Areas 93 and British in the 17th century together with lands owned by
Government 95 the Hudson’s Bay Company. The Dominion was finally com-
Holidays 96 pleted by the inclusion of Newfoundland in 1949.
Ice 96 The country now contains the whole of the North American
Industries 105 continent N of the border of the United States of America, ex-
Languages 105 cluding Alaska, which is part of the United States of America,
Meteorology 105 but including all of the islands, known as the Canadian Arctic
Navigational Information 105 Archipelago, which lie between the Arctic Ocean, on the W,
Offshore Drilling 106 and the median line with Greenland, on the E.
Pilotage 106 The climate varies from temperate in the S to subarctic and
Pollution 108 arctic in the N.
Regulations 109 The terrain is mostly plains, with mountains in the W and
Search and Rescue 119 lowlands in the SE.
Signals 121
Submarine Operating Areas 121 Areas to be Avoided
Time Zone 126
Traffic Separation Schemes 126 An IMO-adopted seasonal Area to be Avoided has been es-
U.S. Embassy 127 tablished in Roseway Basin, located between Browns Bank
Vessel Traffic Service 127 and Baccaro Bank on the southern Scotian Shelf S of Cape Sa-
Appendix I—ECAREG/NORDREG Ship Reporting ble.
Requirements 129 This area, applicable to vessel of 300 gross tons and over
Appendix II—Time Zones 137 solely in transit, is seasonally active from June 1 until Decem-
Appendix III—MCTS Center Contact Information 139 ber 31 and is bounded by lines joining the following positions:
Appendix IV—Icebreaker Signals 141 a. 43°16'N, 64°55'W.
Appendix V—Marine Mammals and Whale Protection b. 42°47'N, 64°59'W.
Areas 143 c. 42°39'N, 65°31'W.
Pub. 140
90 Canada
d. 42°52'N, 66°05'W. Magnetic Anomalies
The major threats to right whales in this area are collisions Hudson Bay—West Side.—Magnetic anomalies are locat-
with ships. Mariners are requested to avoid passage through ed, as follows:
this area. If passage through this area is necessary, decrease 1. About 50 miles E of Eskimo Point (61°05.9'N.,
vessel speed, post a lookout, and steer the ship around any right 94°01.8'W.).
whales. 2. In the SE approach to Rankin Inlet (62°41'N.,
If a right whale is sighted or a collision occurs, please report 91°35'W.) between Marble Island and the Mirage Islands.
the position (in latitude and longitude) to the Department of 3. An area of considerable variation begins about 75
Fisheries and Oceans via any Marine Communications Traffic miles NE of Churchill. Variations range from 10°W to 10°E
Services Center (MTSC) or by facsimile (902-426-2698). extending SW to Churchill and are then about half this
Note.—Further information on right whales may be found in amount until reaching Churchill.
Regulations—Conservation of Marine Mammals. 4. In the central part of the bay about 190 miles ENE of
Churchill.
Buoyage System 5. Vessels should note the change of variation across
Hudson Bay is very rapid on the order of about 1° for every
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See 10 miles. This is due to the proximity of the Magnetic North
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Pole.
In winter, floating aids to navigation may be out of position, Hudson Bay—North Side.—Magnetic anomalies are locat-
their equipment inoperative, their shape altered by ice forma- ed, as follows:
tion or structural damage, under the ice, or their color indistin- 1. In Fisher Strait (62°56'N., 84°22'W.) between South-
guishable due to freezing spray, marine growth, or guano. ampton Island and Coats Island.
Many buoys are removed prior to the winter season; some of 2. In the vicinity of Salliq (Coral Harbor (64°07'N.,
these buoys are replaced by winter spar buoys. 83°05'W.) on the s coast of Southampton Island.
Lights on the S coast of Newfoundland from Cape St. Fran- Hudson Bay—East Side.—Magnetic anomalies are located,
cis (52°34'N., 55°42'W.), on the Avalon Peninsula, to Cape An- as follows:
guille, on the shore of Cabot Strait, as well as certain lights in 1. Off the N end of Mansel Island (62°05'N., 79°45'W.) in
Notre Dame Bay, Bonavista Bay, Trinity Bay, Conception Bay, the NE entrance of the channels on either side of the island.
and the Bay of Islands, are exhibited year-round. Other lights 2. In the vicinity of the Digges Islands (61°34'N.,
are exhibited only during the navigation season. Lights used 77°52'W.).
solely as harbor lights are not exhibited when the harbor is 3. In the vicinity of Magnet Island (60°16'N., 77°38'W.).
closed. Lights shown primarily for the benefit of fishermen are Hudson Strait.—Magnetic anomalies are located, as fol-
only shown during the fishing season. lows:
A number of special purpose buoys are used in Canadian wa- 1. About 4 miles off the Plover Islands (60°17'N.,
ters. These buoys have no lateral or cardinal significance; they 69°34'W.).
may be lit or unlit, have a variety of shapes, and may display 2. About 12 miles E of Cape Hopes Advance (61°04'N.,
yellow reflective tape. Examples of special purpose buoys in- 69°33'W.).
clude anchorage buoys, cautionary buoys, diving buoys, keep 3. A particularly violent anomaly has been reported in an
out buoys, and information buoys. area extending from 10 miles E to 5 miles W of Charles Is-
land (62°39'N., 74°17'W.). Abnormal variation have also
Cautions been reported S of the island.
4. The magnetic compass is erratic off the Foxe Peninsu-
Automatic Identification System la.
The Canadian Coast Guard’s Marine Communications and 5. An anomaly of about 10° has been reported in the en-
Traffic Services (MCTS) Centers operate an Automatic Identi- trance to Erik Cove (62°33'N., 77°24'W.).
fication System (AIS) at the following MCTS Centers: Newfoundland—Northeast coast.—Magnetic anomalies
1. Newfoundland—Placentia and Port-aux-Basques. are located, as follows:
2. Nova Scotia—Sydney and Halifax. 1. A variation anomaly of 3°E has been observed be-
3. Quebec—Les Escoumins and Quebec. tween Cape Norman (51°32'N., 55°04'W.) and the SW end
MCTS Centers are able to receive dynamic information (po- of Centre Bank.
sition, heading, and speed), static information (vessel descrip- 2. Off the coast between Savage Point (51°20'N.,
tion), and voyage information as transmitted by the vessel’s 56°42'W.) and Capstan Point. 2.75 miles SW.
AIS. Although MCTS Centers will be able to receive this infor- 3. In the vicinity of Saddle Island (51°44'N., 56°26'W.).
mation, the service should only be used when other methods of Labrador—East Coast.—Magnetic anomalies are located,
communicating with the MCTS Centers fail. AIS binary ser- as follows:
vices are currently unavailable. 1. In the vicinity of Cape St. Francis (52°34'N.,
55°42'W.).
Hudson Bay Rocket Area 2. In the approaches to Davis Inlet, from a position about
The National Research Council Rocket Area is located with- 27 miles E of Cape Harrigan (55°51'N., 60°19'W.) and 18
in Hudson Bay. For further information, see Pub. 146, Sailing miles NE of Cape Harrigan
Directions (Enroute) Newfoundland, Labrador, and Hudson 3. East of Navchak Bay in position 59°00'N, 61°00'W.
Bay. 4. An abnormal variation of up to 20° from normal has
Pub. 140
Canada 91
been observed off the N entrance to Ikkerasak Strait 8. On the N side of Baie des Ha Ha (48°21'N., 70°47'W.)
(57°48.6'N., 61°53.4'W.). and over the banks lying 10 to 22 miles S.
St. Lawrence River—North Shore.—Magnetic anomalies
are located, as follows: Navigation in the Vicinity of the Grand Banks
1. In an area located about 9 miles SW Pointe de Natash- All vessels transiting in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of
quan (50°05'N., 61°44'W.); changes to the magnetic varia- Newfoundland shall avoid, as far as practicable, the fishing
tion of up to 5° have been reported. banks N of 43°N and pass outside of regions known or believed
2. In Baie de Blanc-Sablon (51°25'N., 57°08'W.). to be endangered by ice.
3. In the vicinity of Ile Plate (50°45'N., 58°45'W.) and
over the banks lying 10 to 22 miles S. Currency
4. About 13 miles S of Grande Pointe (50°12'N.,
63°27'W.). The official unit is the Canadian dollar, consisting of 100
5. Within 5 miles of the coast between Riviere Sainte- cents.
Jean and Sept-Iles.
6. In the vicinity of Pointe Claveau (48°16'N., 70°07'W.). Firing Areas
7. In the vicinity of Anse a la Croix (48°21'N., 70°40'W.)
and in the vicinity of position 48°21.2N. 70°20.7'W. Firing practices, bombing practices, and defense exercises
Pub. 140
92 Canada
take place in a number of areas off the coast of Canada. The Firing Exercise Areas
principal types of practices carried out are:
1. Air-to-Air, Air-to-Sea, or Air-to-Ground Firing.—Air- Chartlet
Area Coordinates
to-air firing is carried out by aircraft firing at a large white or No.
red sleeve, a winged target, or flag towed by another aircraft Delta Three 44°10'N, 63°45'W 1
moving on a steady course. Air-to-sea or air-to-ground firing 44°10'N, 63°30'W
is carried out from aircraft at towed or stationary targets on 44°00'N, 63°30'W
sea or land, the firing taking place to seaward in the case of 44°00'N, 63°45'W
those on land. All marine craft operating as range safety
craft, target towers, or control launches for radio-controlled Delta Four 44°10'N, 64°00'W 1
targets will display, for identification purposes, while on or 44°10'N, 63°45'W
in the vicinity of the danger area, the following signals: 44°00'N, 63°45'W
a. A large red flag at the masthead. 44°00'N, 64°00'W
b. A painted canvas strip, 1.8m by 0.9m with red and Hot Box One 44°00'N, 63°00'W 1
white checkers in 0.3m squares, on the fore deck or cabin 44°19'N, 63°00'W
roof. 44°19'N, 62°30'W
2. Anti-aircraft Firing.—This may be from guns, missiles, 44°00'N, 62°30'W
or machine guns at a target towed by aircraft as in 1 above, at
Echo Two 44°19'N, 63°30'W 1
a pilotless target aircraft, or at balloons or kites. Practice may
take place from shore batteries or ships. Warning signals, as 44°19'N, 63°00'W
a rule, are shown from shore batteries; ships fly a red flag. 44°10'N, 63°00'W
44°10'N, 63°30'W
3. Firing from Shore Batteries or Ships at Sea at Fixed or
Floating Targets.—Warning signals usually shown as in 2 Echo Three 44°10'N, 63°30'W 1
above. 44°10'N, 63°00'W
4. At Remote-controlled Craft.—These craft are about 44°00'N, 63°00'W
21m in length and carry “not under command” shapes and 44°00'N, 63°30'W
lights, as well as normal navigation lights. Exercises consist-
Golf One 44°00'N, 64°00'W 1
ing of surface firing by ships, practice bombing, air to sea
44°00'N, 63°30'W
firing, and rocket firing will be carried out against these craft
43°30'N, 63°30'W
or targets towed by them.
43°30'N, 64°00'W
A control craft will keep visual and radar watch up to ap-
proximately 8 miles and there will be cover from the air over Golf Two 44°00'N, 63°30'W 1
a much greater range to ensure that other shipping will not 44°00'N, 63°00'W
be endangered. 43°30'N, 63°00'W
Warning signals, when given, usually consists of red flags by 43°30'N, 63°30'W
day and fixed red or flashing red lights by night. The absence Golf Three 43°30'N, 63°30'W 1
of any such signal cannot, however, be accepted as evidence 43°30'N, 63°00'W
that a practice area does not exist. Warning signals are shown 43°00'N, 63°00'W
from just before practice commences until it ceases. 43°00'N, 63°30'W
Ships and aircraft carrying out night exercises may illumi-
nate with bright red or orange flares. Golf Four 43°30'N, 64°00'W 1
A vessel may be aware of the existence of a practice area 43°30'N, 63°30'W
from local Notice to Mariners or similar method of promulga- 43°00'N, 63°30'W
tion and by observing the warning signals or the practice. 43°00'N, 64°00'W
Hotel One 44°00'N, 63°00'W 1
Firing Exercise Areas 44°00'N, 62°30'W
Chartlet 43°30'N, 62°30'W
Area Coordinates 43°30'N, 63°00'W
No.
Delta One 44°19'N, 64°00'W 1 Hotel Two 44°00'N, 62°30'W 1
44°19'N, 63°45'W 44°00'N, 62°00'W
44°10'N, 63°45'W 43°30'N, 62°00'W
44°10'N, 64°00'W 43°30'N, 62°30'W
Pub. 140
Canada 93
Pub. 140
94 Canada
nets, and hook and line from April to October. • Winter season—On the S coast of Fortune Bay be-
2. Caplin—A small bait fish appearing in large numbers ginning in September.
in the shallows of the E coast of Newfoundland from mid-Ju- 4. Lobster—All along the coast of Newfoundland from
ly until early August. small boats tending traps set close to shore in depths of 15 to
3. Herring—Fishing carried on in the shallow reaches of 20m during an 8 to 10-week spring season.
the great bays of Newfoundland, generally within 3 miles of Labrador fishing areas are, as follows:
the coast. The different herring seasons are, as follows: 1. Cod—Conducted from June to October, mainly along
• Spring season—Appear on the W coast of New- the Strait of Belle Isle, but also as far N as Nain; along the
foundland near and in St. George’s Bay, appearing at the coasts and islands between Chateau Bay and the Ironbound
time of the full moon in the beginning of May. Islands; and vessels working an area within 50 miles of the
• Fall season—In the Bay of Islands from October to coast, generally NE of Venison Tickle, to seaward of
the following June. Hamilton Island, NW of Makkovik, to seaward of Nain, and
Pub. 140
Canada 95
Pub. 140
96 Canada
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a Ice
Governor-General. The Governor-General appoints a Prime
Minister after Parliamentary elections are held. The bicameral General
Parliament consists of a 105-member Senate, appointed by the One of the main hazards to shipping when approaching the E
Governor-General and who may serve until 75 years of age, coast of Canada is the pack ice and the large number of ice-
and a directly-elected 338-member House of Commons, bergs and growlers carried S by the Labrador Current. In the
serving 4-year terms. Gulf of St. Lawrence, ice formation commences in the first half
The legal system is based on English common law, except in of December and clears in mid-April. The danger from ice in-
the province of Quebec, where the legal system is based on creases due to the prevalence of fog, especially in the vicinity
French civil law. of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland and the Banks of Nova
The capital is Ottawa. Scotia.
The Canadian Coast Guard has a limited number of ice-
Holidays breakers available for the escort and support of shipping and
those are heavily committed. It is emphasized that icebreaker
The following holidays are observed: support cannot always be provided on short notice. In order to
make the most efficient use of available resources it is import-
January 1 New Year’s Day ant that vessels keep Canadian Ice Operations Centers in-
formed about their positions and projected movements.
January 2 Day After New Year’s Day
(Montreal and Quebec City
only) Canadian Ice Service
February 12 Family Day (British Columbia http://www.ice-glaces.ec.gc.ca
only)
Good Friday Variable General requirements include the capability of communicat-
ing on the following frequencies: 2237 kHz, 2134 kHz, 2738
Easter Sunday Variable kHz, 2182 kHz, 156.8 MHz, and 156.3 MHz.
Easter Monday Variable Experience has shown that non-ice-strengthened ships with
an open water speed of about 12 knots often become hopeless-
First Monday on or Victoria Day ly beset in relatively light ice conditions, whereas an adequate-
preceding May 24 ly powered ice-strengthened ship should be able to make
June 24 Saint-Jean-Baptiste Day progress through six- or seven-tenths first year ice.
(Montreal and Quebec City These latter ships are often able to proceed independently
only) without any assistance other than routing advice. The route
recommended by the appropriate Ice Operations Officer is
July 1 Canada Day
based on the latest available information and masters are ad-
First Monday in Civic Holiday (except Quebec) vised to adjust their course accordingly.
August For further information, also see the sections on ice naviga-
First Monday in Labor Day tion in Bowditch (Pub. 9), and the ice communications sections
in Pub. 117, Radio Navigational Aids and Pub. 102, Interna-
September
tional Code of Signals.
Second Monday in Thanksgiving Day
October Superstructure icing may be encountered in the Gulf of St.
November 11 Remembrance Day Lawrence and in the proximity of the Newfoundland and Nova
Scotia coasts during winter months.
December 25 Christmas Day Ice has been reported to form a thickness of about 10cm in 4
December 26 Boxing Day to 12 hours, when freezing air temperatures are combined with
sea spray. This combination rapidly produces an unstable con-
Note.—Canadian holidays falling on a Saturday or dition in smaller vessels, and the danger should be minimized
Sunday are observed the following Monday. by adjusting course and speed to reduce the amount of spray
being accumulated and by chopping the ice as it forms on the
The Province of Quebec observes the local holidays of superstructure, seeking shelter or, if circumstances permit,
Epiphany, Ash Wednesday, Ascension Day, All Saints’ Day, steering towards warmer water.
and Immaculate Conception Day. Observations indicate that icing is most frequently encoun-
Newfoundland observes the local holidays of St. Patrick’s tered W of the 40°W in the vicinity of Newfoundland and up to
Day, St. George’s Day, Discovery Day, Orangeman’s Day, An- 250 miles from the Nova Scotia coastline between the months
nual Regatta Day, and Boxing Day. of January and March.
Pub. 140
Canada 97
Pub. 140
98 Canada
Pub. 140
Canada 99
Vessels crossing the North Atlantic Ocean shall avoid, as far Umanak Fjord, where about 5,000 to 8,000 icebergs are calved
as practicable, crossing the Grand Banks of Newfoundland N from 10 major glaciers each year. Disko Bay also produces a
of 43°N and pass outside regions known or believed to be en- small number of icebergs from two glaciers.
dangered by ice. A few Canadian glaciers on Baffin Island, Bylot Island, Dev-
The above precautions are also advisable in the vicinity of on Island, Coburg Island, and southern Ellesmere Island calve
the Nova Scotia banks. icebergs, but only in small numbers. The annual production of
icebergs from Canadian glaciers is estimated to be about 150.
Icebergs—General Total annual production of icebergs in Baffin Bay is estimated
Icebergs are a common feature of Arctic waters, along the to be 25,000 to 30,000, although some estimates are as high as
Labrador coast, and on the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. 40,000. More than 90 per cent of the icebergs come from west
Icebergs differ from sea ice in that they are formed from fresh- Greenland glaciers.
water ice originally on land. They form when pieces of glacier
ice break off or calve into the sea. Icebergs S of 48°N
A second type of floating glacial ice is created when frag- In an average year, about 300 icebergs drift S of 48°N, but
ments calve from ice shelves along the northern coast of there is considerable year-to-year variation in this number.
Greenland and the Arctic Archipelago, particularly Ellesmere Based on International Ice Patrol observations, the total num-
Island. The floating pieces of ice are known as ice islands. ber of icebergs crossing 48°N has varied from a high of about
They are mainly found in the Arctic Ocean, the Beaufort Sea, 2,200 icebergs in 1984 to a low of no icebergs in 1966 and
and the channels of the Canadian Archipelago and the eastern 2006. The graphic titled Annual Counts of Icebergs Crossing
Arctic. Ice islands have a total thickness of 30 to 50m and may 48°N Latitude (1950-2010) shows the annual variability be-
have an area in excess of 150 square miles. tween 1951 and 2010. Icebergs drift all year, although when in
Arctic icebergs are normally an opaque flat white in color, winter pack ice their drift rate is slowed. As the sea ice cover
with soft hues of blue or green. along the Labrador and Baffin coasts deteriorates, icebergs
Almost all icebergs found along the E coast of Canada origi- move more freely. Within a given year, most icebergs cross
nate from the glaciers of West Greenland. Most of the active 48°N between March and June. On average, almost two-thirds
glaciers along the west Greenland coast are located between of the icebergs have been observed in April.
Smith Sound and Disko Bay. Melville Bay, from Cape York to
Upernavik, is a major source of icebergs; it is estimated that 19 International Ice Patrol
active glaciers produce 10,000 icebergs annually. A second ar- The sinking of the Titanic in 1912 prompted the maritime
ea of importance is Northeast Bay, including Karrats Fjord and nations with ships transiting the Grand Banks area off New-
Pub. 140
100 Canada
foundland, Canada, to establish an iceberg patrol in the area. Seasonal Outlooks
Since 1913, the International Ice Patrol (IIP) has been respon- Seasonal Outlooks for Ice Conditions in the Great Lakes,
sible for monitoring the extent of iceberg danger. The Ice Pa- Gulf of St. Lawrence and Newfoundland Waters are issued in
trol is funded by the 20 member nations signatory to the Safety early December and use ice reconnaissance, analysis, and fore-
of Life at Sea (SOLAS) Convention who reimburse the United casting to provide an overview of expected winter ice condi-
States for this service. It has proven to be an outstanding exam- tions in southern areas. Seasonal outlooks are updated twice
ple of effective international cooperation for the preservation monthly during the ice-navigation season, providing 30-day ice
of life and property at sea. forecasts. This information is available on line at http://
In February or March of each year, depending on the iceberg www.ec.gc.ca/glaces-ice.
conditions, the International Ice Patrol begins its annual service
of guarding the SE, S, and SW limits of the regions of icebergs Ice Reports
in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland for the The production of daily ice analysis charts and daily ice haz-
purpose of informing ships of the extent of this dangerous re- ard bulletins is the responsibility of the Canadian Ice Service,
gion. Reports of ice in this area are collected from passing Environment Canada, Ottawa. This ice information service co-
ships and from Ice Patrol aircraft. Ice information is broadcast ordinates the data recorded during aircraft reconnaissance
in Ice Patrol Bulletins. See Pub. 117, Radio Navigational Aids flights with satellite imagery. These and other inputs are ana-
and U.S. Notice to Mariners No. 1 of each year. lyzed and used to develop both daily and weekly regional ice
It should always be borne in mind that all original reported analysis charts of current conditions. From these charts and
positions of pack ice or bergs may be subject to large observa- predicted meteorological parameters, plain language daily ice
tional errors and that they become less reliable as time goes on, hazard bulletins and 30-day ice forecast bulletins are also pre-
owing to the impossibility of forecasting the drift. pared. All these ice products are available on the web site of
In the case of the bergs, the surface current, subsurface cur- the Canadian Ice Service. The mailing address for this office is:
rent, wind, and the wash of the sea all have their effect on its Canadian Ice Service
drift, the current having the most effect, so that a berg is often 373 Sussex Drive
seen drifting to windward. Lasalle Academy, Block E
The IIP provides a service which monitors the extent of the Ottawa, Ontario, KlA 0H3
iceberg danger in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of New- Telephone: 877-789-7733
foundland. Information on Limit of All Known Ice (LAKI) is Facsimile: 613-947-9160
broadcast to all shipping. The IIP uses reports from various E-mail: cis-scg.client@ec.gc.ca
sources. They include icebergs detected by IIP, Canadian re- Web site: http://ice-glaces.ec.gc.ca
connaissance flights, and reports of sighting made by the pass- Plain language daily ice hazard bulletins are broadcast by
ing vessels. Canadian Coast Guard Radio Stations. For details of stations
broadcasting these reports, broadcast times, frequencies used,
International Ice Patrol Home Page and times of transmissions, consult the Canadian Coast Guard
publication Radio Aids for Marine Navigation (Atlantic, St.
http://www.uscg.mil/lantarea/iip/home.html Lawrence, Great Lakes, Winnipeg, Arctic, and Pacific) (http://
www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/Marine-Communications/Home).
The iceberg limits vary considerably through the ice season
and between seasons. The number of icebergs crossing 48°N Ice Navigation, Routing, and Requests for Icebreaker As-
have been tracked. This count has an advantage, by providing a sistance
single value for the season severity, but also the disadvantage Commencing December 1 of each year and until ice is no
that it runs loose (trackline deviation) from the predicted ice- longer likely to hinder shipping, the Canadian Coast Guard op-
berg population that require mariners to keep clear of the dan- erates Ice Operations Centers in Halifax, St. John’s, and Que-
ger zone. The size of the LAKI also dictates aircraft bec. During this period, vessels inbound to Newfoundland, the
requirements for IIP reconnaissance. Gulf of St. Lawrence, or the St. Lawrence River should report
to ECAREG Canada through any MCTS Center 24 hours prior
North American Ice Service (NAIS) to their expected entry into the ice, stating the following:
The NAIS, a partnership that includes the International Ice 1. Position.
Patrol and the Canadian Ice Service, distributes a joint iceberg 2. Destination.
analysis chart to define the extent of the iceberg danger for the 3. Whether loaded or in ballast.
waters in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland and 4. Ice class, if any.
along the E coast of Labrador. This chart will be updated each 5. Classification society.
day by 1200 UTC and when changing ice conditions require a This procedure will facilitate the passing of ice information
revision. Further information can be obtained at either of the and a suggested shipping track, as necessary.
following web sites: Ships outbound from ice-covered Canadian ports should re-
port to the nearest Ice Operations Center via ECAREG Canada
International Ice Patrol: http://www.uscg-iip.org or through any MCTS Center 2 hours prior to sailing, if possi-
ble, for ice information, recommended ice routing, and ice-
Canadian Ice Service: http://ice-glaces.ec.gc.ca breaker escort, if necessary.
Pub. 140
Canada 101
All radio communications mentioned addressed to ECAREG the conditions in order to decide whether it is safe to follow
CANADA and passed through an MCTS Center will be han- and at what speed. Communications and operating procedures
dled free of charge to the ship. must be established before any escort operation starts and
During the winter navigation season, MCTS Centers broad- maintained throughout. The following are factors to consider
cast ice advisories and forecasts on a regular schedule. regarding the escort:
Icebreaker Assistance.—Vessels requesting icebreaker as- 1. The width of the broken track in comparison with the
sistance should provide the following details in addition to following ship’s beam.
those already provided in their ECAREG report: 2. The size, thickness, and strength of the ice pieces left
1. Draft fore and aft. in the track.
2. Displacement tonnage. 3. The likelihood of pressure conditions which may cause
3. Open water speed. the track to close rapidly.
4. Ice class and classification society. The track of an escort and surrounding conditions should be
5. Number of propellers. treated as a separate Ice Regime. Extreme caution must be ex-
6. Shaft horsepower. ercised when working in an icebreaker’s track due to the con-
7. Type of propulsion system. fined aspect of the track.
Contact information for the above systems can be seen in the Early Season Voyage.—An early season voyage can be de-
table titled Contact Information for Canadian Ice Control scribed as a voyage where the vessel intends to enter the Arctic
Zones. prior to the main onset of melt and expects to enter a zone out-
Ice operations support to vessels in the Northern Canada side of the Zone/Date System described in Ice Navigation in
Vessel Traffic Services (NORDREG) Zone, which includes Canadian Waters Entry could be possible under the Ice Regime
Hudson Strait and Hudson Bay, is provided by the Canadian System if there is an indication of positive Ice Numerals. In
Coast Guard. Icebreaker assistance, as well as ice information this case it will be necessary for the vessel to have on board an
and ice routing, should be requested through NORDREG. Fur- Ice Navigator and send an Ice Regime Routing Message to
ther information on NORDREG can be obtained in Appendix NORDREG. Following the voyage an After Action Report
I—ECAREG/NORDREG Reporting Requirements. must be submitted even though only positive Ice Numerals
In Canadian waters, the Canadian Coast Guard publication may have been encountered.
Ice Navigation in Canadian Waters should be consulted. Late Season Voyage.—Late season voyages deserve special
attention because of the certainty that ice conditions will wors-
Ice Navigation in Canadian Waters en during the voyage and the possibility that they will deterio-
rate rapidly. Severe late season storms can cause pressure
http://www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/Ice_home/Ice_Publications/Ice- events and move large quantities of multi-year ice from high
Navigation-in-Canadian-Waters latitudes into the shipping channels.
With these voyages, a vessel may wish to enter a zone out-
Winter Navigation on the River and Gulf of St. Lawrence side the Zone/Date System in Ice Navigation in Canadian Wa-
(TP 14355) ters; entry is permitted provided there is an Ice Navigator on
This publication is a complement to Ice Navigation in Cana- board and an Ice Regime Routing Message is sent to NOR-
dian Waters and is intended for use by ship owners, operators, DREG that illustrates positive ice regimes. On late season voy-
charterers, agents, and ship’s officers who seek practical infor- ages this communication with NORDREG is very important
mation on hazards which may be encountered when transiting considering that the availability of icebreaker support may be
ice-covered waters in eastern Canada and in the St. Lawrence crucial if ice conditions deteriorate rapidly.
River.
Icebreaker Signals
Winter Navigation on the River and Gulf of St. For informations on operational signals used to supplement
Lawrence (TP 14355) radiotelephone communication between icebreakers and assist-
ed vessels and other signals which may be used during ice-
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/maritimesafety/tp-tp8941- breaking operations, see Appendix IV—Icebreaking Signals.
menu-395.htm
Guidelines for the Control of Oil Tankers and Bulk Chemi-
Escorted Operations cal Carriers in Ice Control Zones of Eastern Canada
When ice conditions prevent or significantly impede a ship's (Transport Canada TP 15163B)
operations, it may be desirable or necessary to work together Special risks of ice damage may exist in certain waters off
with another vessel or be escorted. Escorted operations are spe- the E coast of Canada during winter and spring months. These
cifically allowed for in the Ice Regime System and must be risks may affect vessel safety and contribute to maritime pollu-
considered on an individual basis while planning routes and tion.
defining local ice regimes. Under some circumstances an es- These guidelines apply to all laden oil tankers and to tankers
cort can be effective in easing the ice conditions along the carrying liquid chemicals in bulk when proceeding through an
route; however, if the escort’s broken track is too narrow, or if active Ice Control Zone in eastern Canadian waters S of lati-
the ice is under pressure, the effectiveness of an escort can be tude 60°00'N.
severely limited. These guidelines are normally in effect from November 6
The icebreaker will decide whether it is safe to break a track, until July 31 of the following year. However, this period may
but the master of the escorted ship must continue to evaluate be extended or shortened, depending on the prevailing ice con-
Pub. 140
102 Canada
ditions as declared by the Canadian Coast Guard. During this Traffic Services (MCTS) Center for updated information.
period, the Canadian Coast Guard may declare any Ice Control Eastern Canadian waters S of latitude 60°00'N are divided
Zone to be an active Ice Control Zone. This information will be into Ice Control Zones, as follows:
promulgated though Notices to Shipping and Notices to Mari- 1. Ice Control Zone Z.—All waters in the Bay of Fundy
ners. Vessels can also contact any Canadian Coast Guard Ice bounded by a line joining Machias Seal Island (44°30.0'N.,
Operations Center or the nearest Marine Communications and 67°06.0'W.) to Cape St. Marys (44°05.0'N., 66°13.0'W.), in-
Pub. 140
Canada 103
cluding the Canadian waters of Passamaquoddy Bay. (47°04.0'N., 64°48.0'W.) and North Cape (47°04.0'N.,
2. Ice Control Zone Y.—All waters bounded by lines 64°00.0'W.).
joining the following positions: 7. Ice Control Zone W.—The SW boundary of the zone
a. Cape St. Marys (44°05.0'N, 66°13.0'W.) consists of a line joining Western Head, Bonne Bay
b. Machias Seal Island (44°30.0'N, 67°06.0'W.), then (49°32.0'N., 58°00.0'W.) and Cape Whittle (50°10.0'N.,
following the limits of the Canadian Exclusive Economic 60°04.0'W.).
Zone to: The NE boundary of the zone consists of a line joining
c. 43°25.0'N, 55°05.0'W. Flowers Cove (51°18.0'N., 56°44.0'W.) and the Quebec/Lab-
d. 45°00.0'N, 56°25.0'W. rador border (51°25.0'N., 57°07.0'W.).
e. 45°00'.0N, 62°00.0'W. 8. Ice Control Zone U.—All waters bounded by lines
3. Ice Control Zone X.—The SE boundary of the zone joining the following positions:
consists of lines joining the following positions: a. 47°36.0'N, 58°41.5'W, then SE following the limits
a. 45°00.0'N, 62°00.0'W. of the Canadian Exclusive Economic Zone to
b. 45°00.0'N, 56°25.0'W. b. Latitude 52°02'56.0'''N, then due W to the coast of
c. 47°36.0'N, 58°41.5'W. Labrador.
The NW boundary of the zone consists of a line joining An additional boundary consists of a line joining Flowers
Cape North (47°03.0'N., 60°25.0'W.) and Cape Ray Cove (51°18.0'N., 56°44.0'W.) and the Quebec/Labrador
(47°37.0'N., 59°18.0'W.). border (51°25.0'N., 57°07.0'W.).
4. Ice Control Zone X1.—All waters within Ice Control 9. Ice Control Zone T.—All waters bounded, as follows:
Zone X south of latitude 45°30.0'N encompassing Cheda- a. South boundary—latitude 52°02'56.0''N.
bucto Bay and Canso Strait. b. East boundary—the limits of the Canadian Exclu-
5. Ice Control Zone V.—All waters of the Gulf of St. sive Economic Zone.
Lawrence contained within the following boundaries: c. North boundary—latitude 60°00.0'N.
a. Southeast boundary—A line joining Cape North Any vessel to which these guidelines apply should adhere to
(47°03.0'N., 60°25.0'W.) and Cape Ray (47°37.0'N., the following recommendations:
59°18.0'W.). 1. Have a copy of these guidelines (TP 15163) on board.
b. Northeast boundary—A line joining Western Head, The owner, charterer, or agent of the vessel should ensure the
Bonne Bay (49°32.0'N., 58°00.0'W.) and Cape Whittle master is informed of these guidelines.
(50°10.0'N., 60°04.0'W.). 2. When proceeding through an active Ice Control Zone,
c. West boundary—longitude 66°00.0'W. the ship shall have on board at least one “Ice Advisor” who
6. Ice Control Zone V1.—All waters within Ice Control meets the requirements described in paragraph 10 of TP
Zone V encompassed within Northumberland Strait S of the 15163.
following boundaries: Ships that become beset in the ice and ships that request ice-
a. East approach—A line joining East Point breaker assistance should report their status and position every
(46°27.0'N., 61°58.0'W.) and Magaree Harbour 4 hours until passage is resumed or icebreaker assistance ar-
(46°27.0'N., 61°07.0'W.). rives. Failure to transmit status reports will automatically can-
b. West approach—A line joining Point Escoumins cel a request for icebreaker assistance.
Pub. 140
104 Canada
While navigating in an active Ice Control Zone, ships should Vessels in or approaching eastern Canadian waters must
report the following information daily at 1200 UTC, 1600 comply with Eastern Canada Vessel Traffic Services Regula-
UTC, and 2000 UTC, or at any other time as requested: tions (ECAREG) and Vessel Traffic Services Zones Regula-
1. Position. tions as described in Appendix I—ECAREG/NORDREG
2. Ice conditions. Reporting Requirements.
3. Course.
4. Speed.
Ships navigating in an active Ice Control Zone should take Batture Floes
the following precautions: Batture floes are large, thick, uneven, and discolored floes
1. Proceed at a moderate speed, taking into account visi- often up to 8km or more across. They form on the upstream
bility, prevailing ice conditions, and the possibility of colli- side of shoals and islets and along the tidal flats in the St. Law-
sions with random ice in open water. rence River and St. Lawrence Estuary when cold weather pre-
2. Have two searchlights mounted for night navigation. cedes or accompanies the neap tides. They are composed of ice
3. Obtain current ice information and a recommended of different thicknesses formed under pressure during the ebb
route to follow in the event the intended route crosses an ac- tide, with the whole mass freezing together and gradually in-
tive Ice Control Zone. creasing in size with each successive tide. As the tidal range in-
When a vessel incurs damage or suffers a casualty, the inci- creases between the neaps and springs, large sections of
dent or accident should be reported to ECAREG Canada or the grounded ice break away and drift downriver and into the NW
local MCTS Center as soon as possible. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
Pub. 140
Canada 105
Pub. 140
106 Canada
Internet Maritime Safety Information 5. Prince Edward Island—Charlottetown and the Confed-
See the table titled Canadian Coast Guard Marine Safety eration Bridge.
Information. 6. Quebec—St. Lawrence River.
Pilotage in compulsory pilotage areas is required for the fol-
Offshore Drilling lowing vessels:
1. Canadian-registered vessels greater than 1,500 gross
Oil Drilling tons.
Extensive oil and gas exploration and exploitation is 2. All vessels not registered in Canada, including floating
underway off the E coast of Canada. Mariners are cautioned cranes.
that fixed and floating drilling platforms, a floating production 3. Any combination of tug and tow, if more than one unit
storage and offloading unit, supply vessels, and shuttle tankers is being towed, regardless of gross tonnage.
may be encountered underway or at anchor. 4. Pleasure craft greater than 500 gross tons.
The major projects in this area are, as follows: 5. Ferries entering or leaving a port that is not one of their
1. Hibernia Gravity Based Structure (46°45'01.8''N., regularly-scheduled terminals.
48°46'58.8''W.) is located about 170 miles E of Cape Race. 6. Oil rigs.
The facility is surrounded by a Precautionary Area. Vessels shall send their ETA at least 12 hours prior to arrival,
2. Terra Nova Floating Production Storage and Off- with any changes sent as soon as possible. The ETA message
loading Vessel (FPSO) (46°28'31.8''N., 48°28'51.6''W.) is should include the following information:
located about 20 miles SE of the Hibernia Gravity Based 1. Port.
Structure. This facility is surrounded by a Precautionary Ar- 2. Date of assignment (order date).
ea with a radius of 10 miles. 3. Vessel name.
3. Sea Rose Development (46°47'31.2''N., 48°01' 4. Nationality.
24.0''E.) is located E of the Hibernia Gravity Based Struc- 5. Call sign.
ture, and is surrounded by a Precautionary Area. 6. Draft.
Vessels intending to enter any of the Precautionary Areas are 7. Gross tonnage.
advised to contact the Terra Nova and Sea Rose facilities on Atlantic Pilotage Authority.—The Atlantic Pilotage Au-
VHF channel 16 and comply with any instructions given. thority, with its office in Halifax, is responsible for pilotage in
Further information on the developments can be found in Canadian waters in and around the provinces of Nova Scotia,
Sector 2 of Pub. 146, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Newfound- Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland, and New Brunswick, in-
land, Labrador, and Hudson Bay. See the graphic titled cluding the waters of Chaleur Bay in the province of Quebec, S
Canada—Offshore Exploration and Exploitation Areas. of Cap d’Espoir (48°25'N, 64°19'W.). All pilot orders for arriv-
Notices to Mariners and Notices to Shipping broadcast by al, departure, and moves are placed through the Atlantic Pilot-
radio are issued whenever possible to give information on the age Authority Dispatch Office (APA DISPATCH), which can
establishment, or changes in position, of these platforms. Infor- be contacted, as follows:
mation regarding the latest positions of installations and ves- 1. Telephone: 1-877-272-3477 (toll free)
sels in the area may be obtained on request from ECAREG 1-902-426-7610 (INMARSAT)
Canada. 2. Facsimile: 1-866-774-2477 (toll free)
It should be noted that information on the establishment, or 1-902-425-1746 (INMARSAT)
change of position, may be received well after a platform is lo- 3. E-mail: dispatch@atlanticpilotage.com
cated in a new position, with the result that mariners may ex- 4. Web site: http://www.atlanticpilotage.com/agents
pect to encounter them without necessarily receiving prior If direct communication is not possible, pilotage requests
information. can be made through any Marine Communications and Traffic
Services Center, with a clear request to “Please forward to At-
Pilotage lantic Pilotage Authority Dispatch, Halifax.” The name of the
port where the pilot is required should be clearly identified.
General.—Radio messages from ships requiring pilotage When requesting a pilot, vessels must provide the following
shall include the following information: information:
1. The time in UTC that the pilot is required on board. 1. Port.
2. The place the vessel is to boarded. 2. Vessel name.
3. The pilot service to be performed. 3. Call sign.
4. Whether or not the vessel is granted radio pratique. 4. Date of assignment (order date).
Compulsory pilotage areas are located, as follows: 5. Type of order (i.e. trip, move, etc.).
1. Labrador—Voisey’s Bay. 6. Draft.
2. New Brunswick—Miramichi, Restigouche, and St. 7. Length/breadth/molded draft.
John. 8. Gross registered tons.
3. Newfoundland—Bay of Exploits (Botwood and Lew- 9. Air draft (if applicable).
isport), Holyrood, Humber Arm, Placentia Bay, St. John’s, 10. Certificate number (if applicable).
and Stephenville. 11. Agent’s name.
4. Nova Scotia—Cape Breton (Sydney Harbor, Bras d’Or 12. Requester’s name.
Lakes, Chedabucto Bay, and St. Peter’s), Strait of Canso, 13. Any special instructions.
Halifax, and Pugwash. 14. Hazardous/dangerous cargo.
Pub. 140
Canada 107
Pub. 140
108 Canada
For a change to an existing pilotage request, the following sponsible for pilotage in Churchill, Manitoba, and in all
information should be given: Canadian waters S of the seaward entrance to St. Lambert Lock
1. Port. in the province of Quebec, and in the province of Ontario.
2. Call sign.
3. Date of original assignment. Pollution
4. Agent’s name.
5. Requester’s name. The International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pol-
6. Information to be changed. lution Damage 1992 (CLC) came into force on May 29, 1999
Laurentian Pilotage Authority.—For all Canadian waters for Canada. All vessels covered by this convention are now re-
in and around the province of Quebec, N of the seaward en- quired to carry a certificate showing that a contract of insur-
trance to St. Lambert Lock, except the waters of Chaleur Bay, ance or other security that satisfies the requirements of the
S of Cap d’Espoir, the Laurentian Pilotage Authority, with 1992 CLC is in force with respect to the vessel. The area of ap-
headquarters in Montreal, is responsible. plication has now been extended to include voyages to offshore
The master of every vessel inbound in the Gulf of St. Law- terminals within the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). This
rence and destined for a port W of Les Escoumins must request means that some vessels previously exempt under the 1969
a pilot through an MCTS Center (see Appendix III) or the Lau- CLC may now be subject to the requirements for certification
rentian Pilotage Authority, as follows: under the 1992 CLC. A 1992 CLC certificate is required for all
1. Facsimile: 514-283-3647 ocean-going vessels carrying, in bulk as cargo, more than
2. E-mail: pilote.mtl@apl.gc.ca 2,000 tons of crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil, lubricating
Pilotage notifications must be sent, as follows: oil, or any other persistent hydrocarbon mineral oil that enters
1. Vessels arriving from the Strait of Belle Isle, the Cabot of leaves a port or offshore terminal within Canadian waters or
Strait, or the Strait of Canso—24 hours, 12 hours, and 6 the Canadian EEZ.
hours prior to the ETA at Les Escoumins Pilot Station. As of April 1995, Canadian Shipping Act amendments re-
2. Vessels arriving from the St. Lawrence Seaway or from quire that oil tankers of 150 gt, and all other vessels of 400 gt
ports between Montreal and Quebec—12 hours and 4 hours trading in Canadian waters S of 60°N, enter into an arrange-
prior to departure. ment with a certified response organization.
3. Vessels departing from Saguenay, Pointe-au-Pic, Such vessels must also carry a declaration attesting to the ex-
Cacouna, or from a port E of Les Escoumins—12 hours and istence of an arranged response also naming the ship’s insurer
4 hours prior to departure. and persons authorized to implement the vessel’s oil pollution
4. Vessels moving within the harbors of Montreal or Que- emergency plan and its clean up.
bec—3 hours prior to moving. Under the amendments, any person or ship found discharg-
Departing vessels and vessels moving within the harbor ing pollutants in Canadian water faces fines of up to $250,000
should request a pilot 12 hours in advance, with a confirmation (Canadian dollars) and or 6 months imprisonment. Individuals
sent 4 hours in advance. found guilty of a marine pollution related offense face fines of
When requesting a pilot for the vessel’s first visit in a calen- up to $1 million (Canadian dollars), and/or 3 years imprison-
dar year in a compulsory pilotage area, the following informa- ment.
tion must be provided: The Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution from Dan-
1. Vessel name. gerous Chemicals expressly forbids the discharge of oil, oily
2. Flag. mixtures, noxious liquids, dry chemicals listed in Schedule 1 of
3. Call sign. the regulations, sewage or sewage sludge, organotin com-
4. Agent’s name. pounds, or garbage in Canadian waters. Smoke pollution
5. Length/breadth/molded draft. caused by ships is also covered by the regulations. Penalties for
6. Deepest draft. contravention of the regulations include fines of up to $1 mil-
7. Speed. lion (Canadian dollars), and/or 3 years imprisonment. For fur-
8. Deadweight tons. ther information, including mandatory documents, record
9. Net registered tons. keeping, inspections, and exceptions, consult the “Regulations
10. The immediate and final destinations of the vessel by Title” section at the following web site:
within the compulsory pilotage area.
For any subsequent pilotage requests (arrivals, movements, Canada Department of Justice Home Page
or departures) in a calendar year, the following information
must be provided: http://laws.justice.gc.ca/en/index.html
1. Vessel name.
2. Call sign. All vessels operating in Canadian and adjacent waters are re-
3. Deepest draft quested to report oil slicks or pollution of any type to the near-
4. Speed. est Marine Communications and Traffic Services (MCTS)
5. Any changes in the information provided in the first Center (see Appendix III).
pilotage request of the calendar year. Vessels can also report spills to the nearest Canadian Coast
6. Immediate destination. Guard 24/7 regional spill reporting telephone line (toll free), as
7. Final destination. follows:
Great Lakes Pilotage Authority.—The Great Lakes Pilot- 1. Central and Arctic Region: 1-800-265-0237
age Authority, with its head office in Cornwall, Ontario, is re- 2. Maritime Region: 1-800-565-1633
Pub. 140
Canada 109
3. Newfoundland Region: 1-800-563-9089 administration (as defined in the Canadian Regulations) take
4. Quebec Region: 1-800-363-4735 steps to reduce the likelihood of a marine transportation securi-
The report should include the following information: ty incident.
1. Name of vessel. MARSEC Levels are defined in the Marine Transportation
2. Location of vessel. Security Regulations, as follows:
3. Time of incident or sighting. 1. MARSEC Level 1—The level for which minimum se-
4. Location of pollution. curity procedures are maintained at all times.
5. Extent of pollution and quantity of pollution, if known. 2. MARSEC Level 2—The level for which security pro-
6. Name of source of pollution, including port of registry cedures additional to those of MARSEC level 1 are main-
for a vessel. tained for a limited period as a result of heightened risk of a
7. Any other relevant information. security threat or security incident.
3. MARSEC Level 3—The level for which security pro-
North American Emission Control Area. cedures additional to those of MARSEC Level 1 and MAR-
The North American Emission Control Area is in force and SEC Level 2 are maintained for a limited period when a
applies to all Canadian waters S of 60°N, including the 200- security threat or security incident is probable or imminent,
mile Exclusive Economic Zone. All vessels must use fuel with regardless of whether the specific target is identified.
a sulphur content of no more than 0.10% when operating in MARSEC Level 1 has been in effect since July 1, 2004. A
this area. vessel to which the regulations apply must operate under
MARSEC Level 1 at all times unless directed by the Minister
Regulations of Transport to increase to a higher MARSEC level.
The operator of a vessel shall, before the vessel enters a port
Marine Transport Security and 96-Hour Notification Prior or interfaces with a marine facility, ensure that all procedures
to Entering Canadian Waters are taken that are specified in the vessel security plan for com-
The Marine Transportation Security Regulations came into pliance with the MARSEC level in effect for the port or marine
force on July 1, 2004. These regulations address marine securi- facility.
ty levels, ship reporting responsibilities, and the responsibili- Vessel Responsibilities.—Any vessel that is operating at a
ties of the Canadian Government for the provision of higher MARSEC level than that in effect in the port or marine
information to vessels pertaining to security. facility it is interfacing with, or is about to interface with, shall
The entire text of the Canadian Marine Transportation Secu- report their MARSEC level to a Marine Communications and
rity Regulations and the Marine Transportation Security Act Traffic Services (MCTS) Center of the Canadian Coast Guard.
can be found on the Transport Canada web site. MARSEC Reports shall include the following information:
1. Identification of the vessel (vessel’s name and radio
Transport Canada Home Page call sign).
2. Time and position of the vessel.
http://www.tc.gc.ca 3. Destination of the vessel.
4. MARSEC level at which the vessel is operating.
Application.—The Canadian Marine Transportation Securi- If an MCTS Center advises that there is a change in the
ty Regulations apply to vessels and marine facilities (ports) in MARSEC level affecting any port or other area within Canadi-
Canada and Canadian ships outside Canada engaged on voyag- an waters and a vessel cannot comply with the written proce-
es between a port in one country and a port in another country dures as outlined in the vessel security plan, the vessel must
and that: notify an MCTS Center (see Appendix III).
1. Are more than 100 tons gross tonnage, other than a When at anchor or alongside a marine facility, if a vessel re-
towing vessel. ceives notice from a Port Administration or a marine facility
2. Carry more than 12 passengers security officer that the MARSEC Level in the port or marine
3. Are towing vessels engaged in towing a barge astern or facility in which the vessel is located or is about to enter or in-
alongside or pushing ahead, if the barge is carrying certain terface with is raised to a higher level, the master of a vessel
dangerous cargoes means [dangerous goods], other than shall ensure that the vessel complies, without undue delay, be-
products, substances, or organisms identified in Class 3, 4, 8 fore interfacing with the facility and no later than 12 hours af-
or 9 of the schedule to the Transportation of Dangerous ter being notified of the higher level, with all procedures
Goods Act, 1992, that are carried in bulk or in such a quanti- specified in the vessel security plan for compliance with that
ty as to require an emergency response assistance plan under higher MARSEC level.
section 7.1 of the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regu- If the vessel is in a Canadian port, alongside or at an anchor-
lations. age, it shall ensure that the local Port Authority or the marine
The regulations do not apply to pleasure craft, fishing ves- facility security officer who issued the notice is advised if the
sels, vessels without a crew that are in drydock, dismantled or vessel cannot comply with the higher MARSEC level that has
laid up vessels, or government vessels. been implemented.
Maritime Security (MARSEC) Levels.—MARSEC levels If the vessel is a Canadian ship in the waters of a contracting
are based on the International Maritime Organization’s Interna- government, the vessel should communicate its MARSEC lev-
tional Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code security lev- el information to the relevant maritime authority of that coun-
els and describe the levels of threat that necessitate that the try. If the vessel is a Canadian ship in the waters of a non-
master of a vessel, the operator of a marine facility, or a port contracting government, and the master has to use temporary
Pub. 140
110 Canada
procedures or upgrade the vessel’s MARSEC level to maintain 4. Name of vessel’s operator.
the safety of the vessel, the master shall communicate this in- 5. Name of vessel’s classification society (not applica-
formation to a Canadian MCTS Center (see Appendix III). ble to tall ships).
Pre-arrival Information Report (PAIR).—The PAIR sub- 6. Vessel’s international radio call sign.
mission applies to vessels, including tall ships, bound for Ca- 7. Vessel’s International Ship Security Certificate, Ca-
nadian waters, as follows: nadian Vessel Security Certificate, or Ship Security Compli-
1. SOLAS vessels of 500 gross tons or more. ance Document Number.
2. SOLAS and non-SOLAS vessels carrying 12 or more 8. Vessel’s International Maritime Organization num-
passengers. ber, if it is a SOLAS ship.
3. Non-SOLAS vessels over 100 gross tons (excluding 9. The IMO Unique Company Identification Number of
towing vessels). its company and the IMO Unique Registered Owner Identifi-
4. Non-SOLAS vessels that are a towing vessel engaged cation Number of its owner.
in towing a barge astern or alongside or pushing ahead, if the 10. Date of issuance, date of expiry, and name of the is-
barge is carrying certain dangerous cargo. suing body of its International Ship Security Certificate, Ca-
The PAIR submission does not apply to fishing vessels, plea- nadian Vessel Security Certificate, or Ship Security
sure craft, government vessels, nor to vessels operating solely Compliance Document.
on the Great Lakes or to the portions of a vessel’s voyage on 11. Confirmation that the vessel has an approved vessel
the Great Lakes after pre-arrival information has been given security plan.
prior to its entrance into the St. Lawrence Seaway. 12. Vessel’s current MARSEC level.
All pre-arrival information must be submitted 96 hours in 13. A statement of when its last ten declarations of secu-
advance, except as follows: rity were completed.
1. If the duration of the segment of the voyage before en- 14. Details of any security breaches, security incidents,
tering Canadian waters is less than 96 hours but more than or security threats involving the vessel during the last ten
24 hours, the PAIR shall be submitted at least 24 hours be- calls at marine facilities and during the time spent at sea be-
fore entering Canadian waters. tween those calls.
2. If the duration of the segment of the voyage before en- 15. Details of any deficiencies in its security equipment
tering Canadian waters is less than 24 hours, the PAIR shall and systems, including the communication systems, and the
be submitted as soon as practicable before entering Canadian way in which the master of the vessel intends to rectify them.
waters but no later than the time of departure from the last 16. Name of vessel’s agent, contact person, and the 24-
port of call. hour telephone and facsimile numbers, if applicable (not ap-
All vessels are required to send their PAIR fully completed. plicable to tall ships).
It is the responsibility of the master of the vessel to ensure that 17. Name of vessel’s charterer, if applicable.
all the information provided to Transport Canada is complete 18. Vessel’s position and time at which it reached that
and correct. Masters of vessels required to submit a PAIR who position.
fail to submit or submit incomplete or inaccurate information 19. Vessel’s course and speed.
subject their vessel to control actions such as, but not limited 20. Vessel’s first port of call in Canada, with the ETA at
to, inspection, detention, redirection, or expulsion from Cana- that port of call and, if applicable, its final destination, with
dian waters. an ETA at that destination.
The preferred method of receiving a PAIR is via the 96-hour 21. Name of a contact person at the marine facility that it
PAIR PDF form, which can be obtained by e-mail, as follows: will visit and their 24-hour telephone and facsimile numbers.
1. tc.pair-npa.tc@tc.gc.ca (English form). 22. The following information in respect to each of the
2. tc.npa-pair.tc@tc.gc.ca (French form). last ten marine facilities visited:
Once the e-mail is sent, an attached PDF form will automati- a. Receiving facility (company dealt with).
cally be forwarded to the requestor. The forms can be saved b. Marine facility visited (pier berthed at).
and e-mailed to Transport Canada. The PAIR should be sent, as c. City and country.
follows: d. Date and time of arrival.
1. Vessels planning to transit through Canadian territorial e. Date and time of departure.
waters or enter Canadian waters inbound to a Canadian port 23. A general description of the cargo, including cargo
on the W coast shall send a PAIR to Transport Canada Ma- amount (not applicable to tall ships).
rine Security Operations Center West via e-mail (mar- 24. The presence and description of any dangerous sub-
secw@tc.gc.ca) (telephone: 1-250-363-4850). stances or devices on board, if applicable.
2. Vessels planning to transit through Canadian territorial 25. The following contact information:
waters or enter Canadian waters inbound to a Canadian port a. Master’s name.
on the E coast, including a Canadian or American port in the b. E-mail address, if applicable.
Great Lakes, and the Canadian Arctic shall send a PAIR to c. Satellite or cell phone number, if applicable.
Transport Canada Marine Security Operations Center East All reasonable measures shall be taken to report any changes
via e-mail (marsece@tc.gc.ca) (telephone: 1-902-427-8003). to previously-reported PAIR information. The vessel shall not
The vessel’s PAIR shall include the following information: enter Canadian water unless the change has been reported and,
1. Vessel’s name. in the case where a change has occurred after the vessel has en-
2. Country of registry. tered Canadian waters, that changed is reported prior to the
3. Name of vessel’s registered owner. vessel’s first interface with a marine facility in Canada.
Pub. 140
Canada 111
Pub. 140
112 Canada
Practices and Procedures for Public Ports safe navigation of a ship in the area in which a ship is to be
Transport Canada, pursuant to Section 76 of the Canada Ma- navigated is as complete, accurate, intelligible, and current as
rine Act, has instituted practices and procedures to be followed the information contained in the documents and publications
by all ships entering, berthing, departing, maneuvering, or an- referred to in those provisions.
choring in the waters of all public ports. These practices and 7. The master of a ship shall ensure that the charts, docu-
procedures, which have been developed for the purposes of ments, and publications required by these regulations are, be-
promoting safe and efficient navigation and environmental pro- fore being used for navigation, correct and up-to-date, based on
tection within the limits of public ports, can be accessed at the information that is contained in the Notices to Mariners, Notic-
web site below: es to Shipping, or Radio Navigational Warnings.
Pub. 140
Canada 113
Pub. 140
114 Canada
Controlled Access Zones tion is in Halifax, Nova Scotia and its approaches. The Halifax
The Minister of National Defense has designated certain ar- CAZ is comprised of the water area in Halifax Harbour and the
eas of Canadian waters as Controlled Access Zones (CAZ). A contiguous area of water NW of a line joining the following
designated CAZ is in effect for an indeterminate period. The positions (Chartlet 1):
Chief of the Defense Staff sets conditions for access/non-ac- a. 44°30'11.4''N, 63°31'11.4''W.
cess into a CAZ. b. 44°35'33.0''N, 63°26'36.6''W.
Information on the status of a CAZ is given in the Canadian Designated CAZs within the Halifax Harbour CAZ are, as
Annual Notice to Mariners, the Canadian Monthly Notice to follows (Chartlet 2):
Mariners, and through the local Vessel Traffic Management 1. Water area contiguous to Canadian Forces Base Hali-
System. The local Queen’s Harbormaster should be contacted fax Naval Jetty NA1 bounded by lines joining the following
if a vessel determines that it will pass through a CAZ. positions (Chartlet 2):
The only CAZ located in the waters covered by this publica- a. 44°37'58.8''N, 63°31'30.0''W.
Pub. 140
Canada 115
Pub. 140
116 Canada
b. 44°37'51.6''N, 63°31'28.8''W. e. 44°36'39.0''N, 63°31'45.6''W.
c. 44°37'48.6''N, 63°31'25.2''W. f. 44°36'44.4''N, 63°31'55.2''W.
d. 44°37'43.8''N, 63°31'33.0''W. g. 44°36'41.4''N, 63°32'08.4''W.
e. 44°37'34.8''N, 63°31'25.8''W. h. 44°36'48.0''N, 63°32'18.0''W.
f. 44°37'27.0''N, 63°31'13.2''W. i. 44°36'43.8''N, 63°32'39.6''W.
g. 44°37'22.8''N, 63°30'55.8''W. 8. Water area within 200m of a designated vessel under-
h. 44°37'27.0''N, 63°30'45.0''W. way in the Halifax CAZ.
2. Water area contiguous to Canadian Forces Base Hali- 9. Water area within 500m of a designated vessel that is
fax Naval Jetties NB, NC, ND, NE, NF, NG, NH, NI, NJ, stationary, including at anchor, in the Halifax CAZ.
and NK2 bounded by lines joining the following positions
(Chartlet 2): Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Con-
a. 44°39'52.2''N, 63°35'31.2''W. trol (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR)
b. 44°39'55.8''N, 63°35'24.0''W. The NIR of the PMoU has introduced a mandatory reporting
c. 44°39'46.8''N, 63°35'07.2''W. system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port or an-
d. 44°39'29.4''N, 63°34'33.0''W. chorage in the Paris MoU region.
e. 44°39'19.8''N, 63°34'25.8''W. Reports should be sent to MCTS Center Halifax. See Appen-
f. 44°39'12.0''N, 63°34'38.4''W. dix III for contact information.
3. Water area contiguous to Canadian Forces Base Hali- For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
fax Naval Jetty NL3 bounded by lines joining the following lations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port
positions (Chartlet 2): State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR).
a. 44°40'13.2''N, 63°35'16.2''W.
b. 44°40'08.4''N, 63°35'25.2''W. Quarantine Reporting Requirements
c. 44°40'01.8''N, 63°35'21.0''W. In the following circumstances only, the person in charge of
d. 44°39'57.6''N, 63°35'11.4''W. a vessel shall, by radio (via the nearest MCTS Center), tele-
e. 44°39'58.8''N, 63°35'05.4''W. phone, or e-mail, at least 24 hours prior to the vessel’s ETA at
4. Water area contiguous to Canadian Forces Base Hali- its port of destination, notify the quarantine officer at the quar-
fax Naval Jetty NN3 bounded by lines joining the following antine station for that port of the occurrence, as listed in the ta-
positions (Chartlet 2): ble titled Quarantine Stations, when one of the following
a. 44°42'31.2''N, 63°38'13.8''W. occurs:
b. 44°42'22.8''N, 63°38'13.2''W. 1. A member of the crew or a passenger on board the ves-
c. 44°42'17.4''N, 63°38'04.8''W. sel exhibits one or more of these symptoms:
d. 44°42'14.4''N, 63°37'52.2''W. a. Appears obviously unwell.
e. 44°42'19.2''N, 63°37'43.8''W. b. Cough with blood.
5. Water area in Bedford Basin bounded by lines joining c. Fever or chills (profuse sweating, unusually flushed
the following positions (Chartlet 3): or pale skin, shivering).
a. 44°42'03.6''N, 63°39'33.0''W. d. Shortness of breath oR difficulty breathing.
b. 44°42'13.8''N, 63°38'55.2''W. e. Repeated coughing.
c. 44°42'33.0''N, 63°39'03.6''W. f. Diarrhea.
d. 44°42'24.6''N, 63°39'42.6''W. g. Headache.
6. Water area SE of the MacDonald Bridge bounded by h. Recent confusion.
lines joining the following positions (Chartlet 2): i. Skin rash.
a. 44°39'55.2''N, 63°34'54.6''W. j. Bruising or bleeding, without injury.
b. 44°39'37.8''N, 63°34'20.4''W. k. Death.
c. 44°39'30.6''N, 63°34'28.8''W. That person or persons should be isolated in order to mini-
d. 44°39'46.2''N, 63°35'03.0''W. mize the exposure of crew and passengers.
7. Water area SW of McNabb Island bounded by lines 2. The person in charge of the vessel is, during the period
joining the following positions (Chartlet 2): of 4 weeks preceding the ETA of the vessel or since the last
a. 44°36'20.4''N, 63°32'27.0''W. submission of a declaration of health, whichever is lesser,
b. 44°36'19.2''N, 63°32'03.0''W. aware of any instance of illness among the crew or passen-
c. 44°36'22.2''N, 63°31'51.0''W. gers that is suspected to be communicable in nature and may
d. 44°36'23.4''N, 63°31'43.2''W. lead to the spread of the disease.
Quarantine Stations
Quarantine
Contact Number
Entry Point Station
(24 hours)
Location
British Columbia, Yukon Territories, or Northwest Territories 2 Vancouver 1-604-317-1720
Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, or Labrador 1 Halifax 1-902-873-7659
Pub. 140
Canada 117
Quarantine Stations
Quarantine
Contact Number
Entry Point Station
(24 hours)
Location
Quebec or any Canadian port accessed via the St. Lawrence River 1 Montreal 1-514-229-2561
3. A certificate establishing that the vessel has been de- and infection which could introduce communicable diseases.
ratted or exempted from de-ratting procedures has expired or Vessels engaged in international trade are required to obtain a
is about to expire. Ship Sanitation Control Certificate or a Ship Sanitation Control
At the same time, the person is charge of a vessel shall, by Exemption Certificate every 6 months. For further information,
radio, provide the quarantine officer with the following infor- a free copy of the Ship Sanitation Certificate Program Inspec-
mation: tion Policy and Procedure Manual can be requested by e-mail
1. Vessel name and nationality. (phb_bsp@hc-sc.gc.ca).
2. The ports called at during the vessel’s voyage. Inspections can be requested, as follows:
3. The nature of the cargo on board the vessel. 1. Facsimile: 514-283-4317
4. Number of crew members. 2. E-mail: giles.chartrand@hc-sc.gc.ca
5. Number of passengers. janice.valliere@hc-sc.gc.ca
6. Port of destination of the vessel and the name of the
vessel’s owner or, if the owner is not in Canada, the name of Asian Gypsy Moth High Risk Period
the vessel’s agent in Canada. The Asian Gypsy Moth High Risk Period in Canada is in ef-
7. The condition of all persons on board the vessel and fect from March 1 until October 15. Vessels that have called at
details of any death or illness occurring during the voyage. high-risk ports in Russia, Japan, China, and Korea from June to
8. Whether the body of any person is being carried on the December of the previous year will not be permitted to enter
vessel. Canada unless they possess a Phytosanitary Certificate or are
9. The ETA of the vessel at its port of destination. inspected at the entrance to Canadian waters. If signs of Gypsy
10. The date and place of issuance of any de-ratting certif- Moths are found during the inspection, the vessel will be re-
icate or de-ratting exemption certificate applicable to the jected and not allowed to enter Canadian waters during the
vessel. High Risk Period. For a listing of high risk ports in Asia, see
When the circumstances outlined in paragraphs 1 through 3 the table titled Asian Gypsy Moth High Risk Ports.
require vessels bound for any St. Lawrence River or Great
Lakes port to notify the quarantine officer, this should Minor Waters
preferably be done 48 hours prior to arriving in Quebec City or, The following sheltered waters on the E coast of Canada are
if not proceeding past Quebec City, 48 hours prior to arrival at specified as minor waters:
the destination. To ensure prompt and efficient service, 1. New Brunswick:
messages should be sent through an E coast MCTS Center (see a. St. John Harbor—Inside the S breakwater and inside
Appendix III). a line drawn between the S extremity of the N breakwater
The person in charge of a vessel who wishes to change the and the easternmost point of Partridge Island.
port of destination after receiving instructions from the quaran- b. Shediac Harbour—West of a line drawn between
tine officer shall notify the quarantine officer of the change and Pointe du Chene and Caissie Point.
request new instructions. c. Miramichi Bay—West of a line drawn from the E
shore of Neguac Beach to the E shores of Portage Island
Ship Sanitation Certificate Program and Fox Island and then to the W point of Preston Beach.
Health Canada protects public health by ensuring that inter- d. Nepisiquit Bay—Inside a line drawn between Alston
national vessels stopping in Canada are free of contamination Point and Cron Point.
Pub. 140
118 Canada
e. Dalhousie Harbour and the Restigouche River— must obey the directions of the police and comply with any or-
West of a line drawn from Maguacha Point, Quebec to the ders.
mouth of the Charlo River.
f. Shippigan Sound—Inside the breakwater at Ship- Beam Restrictions—St. Lawrence River between Quebec
pigan Gully and S of a line drawn between Grasse Point and Montreal
and Pokesudi Point. Much of the navigable channel between Quebec and Montre-
g. Miscou Harbour—East of a line drawn between Her- al is designed for unrestricted two-way navigation of vessels
ring Point and Mya Point. with a maximum beam of 32.5m. In order to provide safe ac-
h. Passamoquoddy Bay—As far as Campobello Island cess to newer larger vessels, the Canadian Coast Guard, Trans-
and inside a line drawn at the N entrance between East port Canada, and the Laurentian Pilotage Authority are
Quoddy Head and Deadman Head. undertaking a study to determine the maximum beam allowed
2. Newfoundland.—Humber Arm E of a line drawn be- for these vessels to safely navigate the St. Lawrence River be-
tween Frenchman’s Head and McIver’s Point. tween Quebec and Montreal.
3. Nova Scotia: The following measures are applicable:
a. Bras d’Or Lake, Great Bras d’Or and all connected 1. Vessels with a beam greater than 32.5m and up to
waters—Inside a line drawn between Carey Point and 40.1m—The following measures apply:
North Point, and N of the seaward entrance of St. Peters a. Vessels with a beam between 32.5m and 40.2m are
Canal. authorized to transit at any time.
b. Annapolis Gut and Digby Gut—Inside a line drawn b. When two vessels whose combined beam is be-
between Prim Point Light and Victoria Beach at the en- tween 65.0m and 72.6m meet, each vessel’s individual
trance to Digby Gut. speed through the water shall not exceed 9 knots where the
c. Halifax Harbour—Inside a line drawn between Os- navigable channel does not exceed 245m.
borne Head and the E extremity of Chebucto Head. c. No two vessels whose combined beam is between
4. Prince Edward Island: 65.0m and 72.6m shall meet at the following locations:
a. Charlottetown Harbour—Inside a line drawn be- • Sainte-Croix Bend.
tween Canseaux Point and Battery Point. • Cap Charles Bend.
b. Summerside Harbor—Inside a line drawn between • Cap-a-la-Roche Bend.
Phelan Point and Indian Head Breakwater. • Belmouth Bend.
c. Cardigan Bay—Inside a line drawn between Pan- • The section between Cap Saint-Michel and Ile
mure Head and Red Point. aux Vaches.
• The downstream sector of Tetrauville.
Canadian Coast Guard d. All overtaking situations involving two vessels
In addition to their traditional roles, Canadian Coast Guard whose combined beam is between 65.0m and 72.6m shall
vessels are utilized for maritime security patrols. The patrols not be permitted in the locations mentioned in c above and
will be conducted in Canadian waters from Les Escoumins to in areas where the navigable channel does not exceed
Thunder Bay. Canadian Coast vessels dedicated to maritime 245m.
security operations will be clearly marked as police vessels. In e. The Marine Communications and Traffic Services
addition, these vessels may exhibit a flashing blue light, flash- Officer (MCTSO) shall notify all vessels of the presence
ing at regular intervals at a rate of 50 to 70 flashes per minute. of these large vessels and inform the latter of the vessels to
Mariners are advised that the police officers on board Cana- which measures will apply when meeting or overtaking.
dian Coast Guard Maritime Security vessels have the authority f. For vessels whose combined beam is greater than
to stop other vessels in appropriate circumstances. Mariners 72.6m, the following apply:
Pub. 140
Canada 119
• These vessels shall not meet or overtake one an- missions may display a square flag having an orange triangle
other in the bends or straight sections of the navigable on a yellow background.
channel that do not exceed 245m. A ship-to-air distress signal for use in Canadian waters has
• If a vessel must stop, the vessel proceeding with been designed in conjunction with the Canadian Forces Search
the current or the tidal current will be the stand-on ves- and Rescue Authorities. The signal consists of a cloth painted
sel. with fluorescent paint showing a disc and square to represent
• The MCTSO will give the vessels involved the ball and flag of the well-known visual distress signal.
enough advance notice to allow them to make the neces- The signal should be secured across a hatch or cabin top. In
sary arrangements to comply with these measures. the event of foundering it should be displayed by survival craft.
• Pilots shall advise the MCTSO of the arrange- Search and rescue aircraft will recognize this signal as a dis-
ments made to enable the MCTSO to advise other traf- tress signal and will look for it in the course of a search. Other
fic. aircraft on seeing this signal are requested to make a sighting
2. Vessels with a beam greater than 40.1m—These ves- report to the nearest JRCC/MRSC.
sels are not authorized to transit upstream from Quebec. The signals are commercially available but they may be
made at home or aboard ship without difficulty. A length of un-
Search and Rescue bleached calico, or similar material 1.8m long, together with a
can of orange-red fluorescent spray paint are the principal re-
The Canadian Forces (CF) in cooperation with the Canadian quirements.
Coast Guard (CCG) are responsible for coordinating all Search This signal is voluntary equipment, but it is hoped that mas-
and Rescue (SAR) activities in Canada, including Canadian ters of tugs, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft will take advan-
waters and the high seas off the coasts of Canada. tage of this opportunity to increase the effectiveness of search
The CF provides dedicated SAR aircraft in support to marine and rescue operations.
SAR incidents. The CCG coordinates maritime SAR activities Search Initiator Buoys on tugs of more than 5 gross tons con-
and provides dedicated maritime SAR vessels in strategic loca- sist of a float free buoy attached to the tug with free running ca-
tions. ble. In the event the tug sinks, the buoy will float free and mark
Joint Rescue Coordination Centers (JRCC) operate at Hali- the wreck. It is equipped with a radio transmitter capable of
fax, Nova Scotia ,and Trenton, Ontario to coordinate activities sending radio signals on frequencies of 121.5 MHz and 243
in the region. The JRCC is the headquarters of a coordinated MHz. An amber or white light of high intensity attached to the
network of agencies trained and responsible to search for and top of the buoy is visible for at least 5 miles and operates for 48
aid vessels in distress. There are CF and CCG officers at the hours. The buoy is radar reflective and painted fluorescent or-
JRCCs who are on a 24-hour watch to arrange the response to ange.
marine SAR incidents. Coast Guard stations, which are equipped with a lifeboat and
The JRCCs and the Maritime Rescue Coordination Subcen- are operational 24 hours, are located, as follows:
ters (MRSC) in Quebec and St. Johns can be contacted, as fol- 1. St. John, New Brunswick.
lows: 2. Shippegan, New Brunswick (seasonal).
1. JRCC Halifax 3. Westport, Nova Scotia.
a. Telephone: 1-902-427-8200 4. Clark’s Harbor, Nova Scotia.
1-800-565-1582 (Maritimes) 5. Sambro, Nova Scotia.
1-800-563-2444 (Newfoundland and 6. Bickerton, Nova Scotia.
Labrador) 7. Louisbourg, Nova Scotia.
b. Facsimile: 1-902-427-2114 8. Souris, Prince Edward Island (seasonal).
c. E-mail: jrcchalifax@sarnet.dnd.ca 9. Summerside, Prince Edward Island (seasonal).
2. JRCC Trenton 10. Cap-aux-Muelles, Quebec (seasonal).
a. Telephone: 1-613-965-3870 11. Havre Saint-Pierre, Quebec (seasonal).
1-800-267-7270 (Canada only) 12. Riviere-au-Renard, Quebec (seasonal).
b. Facsimile: 1-613-965-7279 13. Tadoussac, Quebec (seasonal).
c. E-mail: jrcctrenton@sarnet.dnd.ca 14. Kegashka, Quebec
3. MRSC St. Johns 15. Quebec, Quebec (seasonal).
a. Telephone: 1-709-772-5751 16. Burin, Newfoundland.
1-800-563-2444 (Newfoundland 17. Burgeo, Newfoundland.
and Labrador) 18. Port-aux-Chois, Newfoundland (seasonal).
b. Facsimile: 1-709-772-2224 19. Lark Harbor, Newfoundland (seasonal).
c. E-mail: mrscqsj@sarnet.dnd.ca There are no Coast Guard stations on the coasts of Labrador
4. MRSC Quebec City or Hudson Bay. In Hudson Strait, a Coast Guard icebreaker on
a. Telephone: 1-418-648-3599 station can be contacted for assistance in an emergency.
1-800-463-4393 (Quebec) Fixed wing search and rescue aircraft are based in Green-
b. Facsimile: 1-418-648-3614 wood, Nova Scotia. Search and rescue helicopters are based in
c. E-mail: mrscqbc@dfo-mpo.gc.ca Gander, Newfoundland.
The JRCC at Halifax maintains a 24-hour watch (call sign
VCS) on 500 kHz, 2182 kHz, and 156.8 MHz. Airborne Life Raft
Canadian government vessels deployed on search and rescue Canadian Forces fixed wing aircraft and helicopters are ca-
Pub. 140
120 Canada
pable of dropping inflatable life rafts and survival equipment. event of foundering it should be displayed by survival craft.
The complete drop consists of a line 305m long with a ten-man Search and rescue aircraft will recognize this signal as a dis-
dinghy at each end and a number of survival packages in be- tress signal and will look for it in the course of a search. Other
tween. This is dropped upwind to a distressed mariner; the din- aircraft on seeing this signal are requested to make a sighting
ghies inflate upon contact with the water. report to the Rescue Coordination Center.
The signals are commercially available but they may be
Helicopter Evacuation made at home or aboard ship without difficulty. A length of un-
When evacuation of personnel by helicopter is planned, pre- bleached calico, or similar material 1.8m long, together with a
pare a suitable hoisting area, preferably aft, with a minimum can of orange-red fluorescent spray paint are the principal re-
radius of 16m if possible. Booms, flagstaffs, stays, running rig- quirements.
ging, antenna wires, etc., must be cleared away; secure aw- This signal is voluntary equipment, but it is hoped that Mas-
nings and all loose gear. At night, light the pick-up area but ters of tugs, fishing vessels, and pleasure craft will take advan-
shade the lights so as not to blind the pilot. Allow the basket or tage of this opportunity to increase the effectiveness of search
stretcher from the helicopter to touch the deck before handling and rescue operations.
to avoid static shock. Do not secure any line from a helicopter
to your vessel. Aircraft Signals
The following maneuvers performed in sequence by an air-
Rescue Auxiliary craft mean that the aircraft wished to direct a surface craft to-
The Canadian Coast Guard Auxiliary is a volunteer organi- wards an aircraft or a surface craft in distress. First, the aircraft
zation which has been organized by the Coast Guard. The aux- circles the surface craft at least once. Second, the aircraft cross-
iliary is comprised of experienced marine individuals to es the projected course of the surface craft close ahead at low
supplement the regular facilities by providing SAR services. altitude and rocks its wings, or opens and closes the throttle or
changes the propeller pitch. Due to high noise levels onboard
Distress Message surface craft, the rocking the wings is the primary means of at-
If you are in distress (threatened by grave and imminent dan- tracting attention. The above mentioned sound signals may be
ger) transmit the International Distress Call on VHF channel less effective and are regarded as alternative methods. Third,
16. If transmission on this frequency is impossible, any other the aircraft heads in the direction in which the surface craft is
available frequency on which attention might be attracted to be directed. A repetition of such maneuvers has the same
should be used. Any Marine Communications and Traffic Ser- meaning.
vices Center or vessel that hears a distress message will reply The following maneuver by an aircraft means that the assis-
and initiate SAR action. tance of the surface craft to which the signal is directed is no
longer required—The aircraft crosses the wake of the surface
Urgency Message craft close astern at a low altitude and rocks its wings, or opens
The transmission of a distress message may start an exten- and closes the throttle, or changes the propeller pitch.
sive sea and air search which sometimes continues for days in
hazardous weather. Therefore, if you are in urgent need of as- Radar Reflectors
sistance but not in distress, transmit the urgency signal on the Operators of disabled wooden craft that are, or may consider
frequencies described above. For further details concerning themselves to be, the object of a search are requested to hoist
distress and urgency communications, mariners should consult on a halyard or to otherwise place aloft any metallic object that
Radio Aids to Marine Navigation. would assist their detection by radar. All Coast Guard patrol
vessels, planes, and some buoy tenders utilize this equipment
Canada Radio Aids to Marine Navigation and thus can continue searches in darkness and during other
periods of low visibility if it can be assumed that the object of
http://www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/Marine-Communications/Home the search can be detected through the use of this aid.
Actual observations have shown that wooden hulls or other
Ship-to-Air Distress Signal non-metallic objects are suited as radar targets according to the
Ship-to-air distress signal for use in Canadian waters has size, orientation, shape, and other radar reflecting qualities of
been designed in conjunction with the Canadian Forces Search the object. Their value as radar targets may be enhanced by the
and Rescue Authorities. The signal consists of a cloth painted use of special radar reflecting devices properly oriented and
or impregnated with fluorescent paint showing a disc and placed as high above the water line as possible. The largest me-
square to represent the ball and flag of the well known visual tallic object available should be used.
distress signal. Evaluation tests by Canadian Forces aircraft in-
dicate that the most suitable color combination is black sym- Ship Reporting System
bols on a background of orange-red fluorescent paint.
The smallest useful size is a cloth 1.8 by 1.1m showing sym- EACAREG/NORDREG
bols which have dimensions of 46cm and are the same distance The purpose of this section is to describe the ship reporting
apart. Grommets or loops should be fitted at each corner to take procedures to be followed by vessels when within or intending
securing lines. to enter the waters of Eastern Canada or Arctic Canada to
which the Arctic Waters Pollution Prevention Act applies. The
As the purpose of the signal is to attract the attention of air- two systems are, as follows:
craft it should be secured across a hatch or cabin top. In the 1. ECAREG.—The Eastern Canada VTS Zone
Pub. 140
Canada 121
(ECAREG) consists of Canadian waters on the E coast of ination Service. The Examination Service special flag consists
Canada S of the parallel of 60°N latitude and in the St. Law- of a red and white center with a blue border, and the national
rence River E of the meridian of 66°W longitude, except the flag of Canada.
waters within Ungava Bay and the waters within the VTS Canadian signal regulations are subject to frequent additions
Zones referred to in the Vessel Traffic Services Zones Regu- and changes. U.S. Notice of Mariners No. 1 for the current year
lations. should be consulted.
2. NORDREG,—The Arctic Canada VTS Zone (NOR-
DREG) includes those waters of Ungava Bay, Hudson Bay,
and James Bay S of the parallel of 60°N latitude and the wa-
Submarine Operating Areas
ters to which the Arctic Waters Pollution Prevention Act ap- The Canadian Maritime Command operates submarines on
ply. It excludes MacKenzie Bay and Kugmallit Bay S of the the Atlantic coast, based at Halifax, N.S. Mariners are cau-
parallel of 70°N latitude and E of the meridian of 139°W tioned that they may encounter these submarines anywhere off
longitude. the Canadian coasts, particularly in the vicinity of the home
Further information on both ECAREG and NORDREG can port. U.S. Navy submarines are also frequently encountered off
be found in Appendix I. the coasts of Canada. Submarines may be surfaced or sub-
merged, operating independently or with surface ships and/or
Signals aircraft.
When a surface ship is operating with a submarine the sur-
Mariners are informed that, if it is necessary for the Depart- face ship will fly the International Code Group “NE2” meaning
ment of National Defense to take control of certain Canadian “Submarines are exercising in this vicinity, you should proceed
ports, the signals listed in the table titled Canada—Port Con- with great caution.”
trol Signals will be displayed from a conspicuous position at Vessels should steer so as to give a wide berth to any ship
or near the ports concerned or by an Examination or Traffic flying this signal. If, from any cause, it is necessary to ap-
Control Vessel. proach it, vessels should proceed at slow speed until warning is
Masters of vessels are warned that should they approach the given of the danger zone by VHF bridge-to-bridge radio, flags,
entrance to a port which is being controlled by the Department or signal lamp. At all times, a good lookout should be kept for
of National Defense they should not enter a declared Danger- submarines whose presence may only be indicated by a peri-
ous Area or approach boom defenses without permission, nor scope or snorkel showing above the water.
should they anchor or stop in a dangerous area or prohibited A submarine operating either independently or with a sur-
anchorage unless instructed to do so. face ship or aircraft, when at a depth too great to show its peri-
scope, may indicate its position by releasing a “smoke candle”
Canada—Port Control Signals or a “flare.”
Warnings that submarines are exercising in specified areas
Meaning Day signal Night signal may be issued as “CANHYDROLANT” messages on standard
Three flashing red navigational warning broadcasts.
Three red balls, lights vertically
Entry prohibited vertically dis- displayed and Submarine Operating Areas
played visible all around Area Coordinates Chartlet
the horizon No.*
Three green lights Alpha 44°42'N, 63°00'W 1
vertically displayed 44°19'N, 63°00'W
Entry permitted —
and visible all 44°19'N, 63°40'W
around the horizon 44°28'N, 63°40'W
One green light Note.—Does not include
Movement with- between two red Halifax Harbor. Extends to
in a port or an- lights vertically harbor limits only.
Blue flag
chorage prohib- displayed and Bravo 44°28'N, 63°40'W 1
ited visible all around 44°19'N, 63°40'W
the horizon 44°19'N, 64°00'W
44°28'N, 64°05'W
Masters are advised therefore to communicate with any gov-
Charlie One 44°28'N, 64°05'W 1
ernment or port authority vessel found patrolling in the area to 44°19'N, 64°00'W
ascertain the recommended approach route to the port. 44°00'N, 64°00'W
In certain circumstances, it may be necessary to take special
44°00'N, 64°40'W
measures to examine, or to establish the identity of, vessels de-
siring to enter ports and to control their entry. This is the func- Note.—Chartlet No. 1 may be found in the section titled
tion of the Examination Service, whose officers will be afloat “Firing Areas.”
in Examination Vessels or Traffic Control Vessels.
These vessels will wear the distinguishing flags of the Exam-
Pub. 140
122 Canada
Pub. 140
Canada 123
Pub. 140
124 Canada
Pub. 140
Canada 125
At any time after a submarine accident survivors may start Submarine Indicator Buoys
attempting to escape. Conditions inside are likely to deteriorate Canadian Victoria Class submarines are fitted with two indi-
rapidly and postponement of escape will only be made in order cator buoys, one at each end of the ship, which are tethered to
to allow rescue ships time to reach the scene. Any ship finding the submarine by a mooring line and can be released from in-
an indicator buoy should not leave the position but should re- side in case of emergency or if for any reason the submarine is
main in the area, well-clear, ready to pick up survivors. unable to surface. The buoys are marked either FORWARD or
The survivors will ascend nearly vertically and it is import- AFT to indicate which end of the submarine they were released
ant that plenty of sea room is given to enable them to do so in and are all marked with the submarine’s identification number.
safety. On arrival at the surface, personnel may be exhausted or These buoys do not contain a telephone and there is, there-
ill, and if circumstances are favorable, the presence of a boast fore, no requirement to approach it close by. Great care should
already lowered is desirable. Some personnel may require re- be taken to avoid damage to the buoy and its mooring line and
compression and it will be the aim of the Commander of either it should only be touched if it shows signs of sinking. In this
Maritime Forces Atlantic or Pacific, as appropriate, to get per- case, a boat should endeavor to support the buoy while putting
sonnel to a recompression chamber without delay. minimal possible strain on the mooring line. Attaching a life
In order that those trapped in the submarine know that help is raft to the wire may be the best means of achieving adequate
at hand, Canadian Maritime Forces will drop up to 12 small support. There is a great danger of parting the wire and losing
charges, individually at 5-second intervals, into the sea. There the location of the distressed submarine.
is no objection to the use of small charges for this purpose, but The buoys, known as Type 639 Model 060, are made of alu-
it is vital that they are not dropped to close, since men in the minum and are cylindrical in shape. They are 76.2cm in diame-
process of making ascents are particularly vulnerable to under- ter and 79.8cm high, with a cylindrical projection on the
water explosions and may easily receive fatal injuries; a dis- bottom about 16.5cm deep. There is a mooring bolt on the bot-
tance of 0.25 mile is considered safe. Vessels can also indicate tom, from which is suspended 1,000m of 1.3cm (circumfer-
their presence by the intermittent running of an echo sounder ence) nylon mooring line. Orange and silver reflective tape is
on high power, or by banging on the outer skin of an underwa- wrapped alternately around the upper half of the buoy.
ter portion of the ship’s hull with a hammer. Such sounds are The buoy has a visual three-digit identification number in ac-
likely to be heard by the submarine and should be carried out at cordance with ATP 57—NATO Submarine Search and Rescue
frequent intervals. Manual.
Pub. 140
126 Canada
ping to a low-pitched tone, then a break. This is repeated and
these repeating tones will trigger automatic-receiving SAR
equipment.
2. GMDSS frequency 406.025 MHz—a 15-digit code is
transmitted in digitized format. This code is received by sat-
ellite, which will correspond to the specific indicator buoy.
The code is identified by the Rescue Coordination Centers.
Ships hearing these signals should immediately report their
position, depth of water, and, if possible, an indication of signal
strength. It the buoy is sighted in depths of water greater than
1,000m, it is certain to be adrift; this fact should also be report-
ed as soon as possible.
Pub. 140
Canada 127
Pub. 140
Canada 129
Pub. 140
130 Canada
Pub. 140
Canada 131
Pub. 140
132 Canada
need only contain the ship’s name, call sign, position, and re- tion for the vessel.
vised time of departure Vessels must obtain a clearance from the MCTS Center
This report is not required where the ship is proceeding to before entering the NORDREG Zone.
another berth in the same port. The information required for this report is given in the col-
Exiting the Zone.—A report consisting of Items 1, 2, 4, and 8 umn labeled SP1 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
from the information listed under ECAREG Information Re- Formats.
quirements shall be made immediately before the ship crosses 2. Departing a Berth or Anchorage.—A Sailing Plan re-
the seaward boundary of the VTS Zone. port shall be provided at least 1 hour but not more than 2
In a case where exiting a VTS Zone coincides with entering hours prior to departing from a berth within the NORDREG
a Local VTS Zone, this report is not required. The Local VTS Zone, unless the vessel is moving to another berth in the
Zone reporting requirements procedures shall be followed. same port.
Note.—A vessel which cannot establish contact with The information required for this report is given in the col-
ECAREG CANADA should continue its voyage and make the umn labeled SP2 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
required reports as soon as possible. Formats.
A report shall be made whenever a significant change occurs 3. Getting Underway After an Incident.—A Sailing Plan
in the information previously provided in any report made pur- report shall be provided immediately before a vessel gets un-
suant to the Eastern Canada Vessel Traffic Services Zones Reg- derway within the NORDREG Zone if the vessel has been
ulations except where the report was made when departing stranded, has stopped as a result of a breakdown in the main
from a VTS Zone. propulsion systems or steering systems, or has been involved
in a collision.
Information Services The information required for this report is given in the col-
Inbound vessels may obtain recent navigational information umn labeled SP3 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
by contacting ECAREG CANADA through a coast radio sta- Formats.
tion, stating the following: Position Reports (PR) shall be sent, as follows:
1. Vessel’s name and call sign. 1. Entering at the NORDREG Zone boundary.—A Posi-
2. Position, destination, and intended route. tion Report shall be provided immediately after a vessel en-
3. Most recent edition of Canadian Notices to Mariners ters the NORDREG Zone.
held. The information required for this report is given in the col-
4. List of recent Notices to Shipping held. umn labeled PR1 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
Formats.
NORDREG Zone Reports 2. Daily Report.—A Position Report shall be provided
NORDREG Reports shall be addressed to NORDREG daily at 1600 UTC unless the vessel is transmitting LRIT in-
CANADA and communicated either directly to NORDREG formation.
CANADA or to the nearest Canadian Coast Guard MCTS Cen- The information required for this report is given in the col-
ter (see Appendix III). All times indicated in NORDREG Re- umn labeled PR2 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
ports shall be in UTC. The master of the ship shall ensure that Formats.
these reports are made in accordance with the stated require- 3. Other situations.—A Position Report shall be provided
ments. as soon as feasible after a vessel’s master becomes aware of
The waters of Kugmallit Bay and McKenzie Bay are consid- any of the following:
ered part of the NORDREG Zone. A final report must be sub- a. Another vessel in apparent difficulty.
mitted to NORDREG Canada by southbound vessels in b. Any obstruction to navigation.
Kugmallit Bay to Kittigauzit Bay Light (69°24'N., 133°38'W.) c. Any aid to navigation that is not functioning prop-
in the MacKenzie River at mile 1081. Northbound vessels from erly or is damaged, out of position, or missing.
the MacKenzie River to Tuktoyatuk or the Beaufort Sea or d. Any ice or weather conditions that are hazardous to
northbound from Shallow Bay must submit a Sailing Plan Re- safe navigation.
port to NORDREG CANADA. e. Any pollutant in the water.
Every report shall begin with the term NORDREG and be The information required for this report is given in the col-
followed by whichever of the following two letters corresponds umn labeled PR3 in the tabled titled NORDREG—Message
to the report: Formats.
1. SP—Sailing Plan Report. Final Reports (FR) shall be sent, as follows:
2. PR—Position Report. 1. When the vessel arrives at a berth in the NORDREG
3. FR—Final Report. Zone.
4. DR—Deviation Report. 2. Immediately before a vessel exits the NORDREG
Sailing Plan (SP) reports shall be sent, as follows: Zone.
1. Prior to Entering the NORDREG Zone.—A Sailing Deviation Reports (DR) shall be sent, as follows:
Plan report shall be provided 24 hours prior to entering the 1. When a vessel’s position varies significantly from the
NORDREG Zone or as soon as possible after leaving a port position that was expected based on the SP.
that is less than 24 hours from the NORDREG Zone. This 2. When a vessel’s intended voyage changes from the SP.
ensures that vessels are not delayed in obtaining a clearance Note.—A report shall be made whenever a significant
from the MCTS Center and enables the MCTS Center to as- change occurs in the information previously provided in any
sess current conditions and prepare relevant safety informa- report made pursuant to the Northern Canada Vessel Traffic
Pub. 140
Canada 133
Services Zones Regulations except where the report was made ments, the following information may be required to be report-
when departing from a VTS Zone. ed:
1. The name of the ship.
ECAREG/NORDREG Reporting Contacts 2. The radio call sign of the ship.
See the accompanying table titled ECAREG/NORDREG 3. The position of the ship.
Contact Reporting Information. 4. Estimated time that the ship will enter the VTS Zone.
5. The destination of the ship.
6. Estimated time the ship will arrive at its destination.
Local VTS Zone Reports 7. Whether any pollutant or dangerous cargo is carried on
With respect to Local VTS Zones as specified in the Vessel board the ship or any vessel or object being towed or pushed
Traffic Services Zones Regulations, the master of a ship shall by the ship.
report to the MCTS Officer in accordance with the regulations 8. The estimated time that the ship will depart the berth.
described below. 9. The estimated time at which the ship will next arrive at
Information Required.—Depending on the reporting require- a location requiring a report.
NORDREG—Message Formats
Iden-
Content SP1 SP2 SP3 PR1 PR2 PR3 FR DR
tifier
Vessel name, flag, call sign (if applicable), IMO
A number (if applicable), and MMSI number (if X X X X X X X X
applicable).
Date and time (UTC)—date and time of report (6
B digits followed by a Z (day of month is 2 digits; X X X X X X X
hour and minutes is 4 digits)).
Vessel position by latitude and longitude—latitude
is a 4-digit group in degrees and minutes with N or
C
S; longitude is a 5-digit group in degrees and
minutes W.
Vessel position by geographical place name. If the X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
vessel is not at a known place, use the name of a
D known place followed by the vessel’s true bearing
(a 3-digit group) and distance in nautical miles
from that place.
E Course—true heading (a 3-digit group). X X X X O
F Speed in knots (a 2-digit group). X X X X O
G Port of departure (name of last port of call). X O
Date/time/position of entry into the NORDREG
Zone or departure from a berth within the
H X X O
NORDREG Zone (date and time as expressed in B;
position as expressed in C or D).
I Destination and ETA (as expressed in B). X X X O
Date/time/position of departure from the
NORDREG Zone or arrival at a berth within the
K X O
NORDREG Zone (date and time as expressed in B;
position as expressed in C or D).
Vessel’s intended route (a brief description of the
L X X X O
intended route through the NORDREG Zone).
O Draft in meters and centimeters (a 4-digit group). X2 X3 X3 O
Pub. 140
134 Canada
NORDREG—Message Formats
Iden-
Content SP1 SP2 SP3 PR1 PR2 PR3 FR DR
tifier
Cargo—A brief description of the vessel’s cargo
and the cargo of any vessel being towed or pushed.
The description must include:
P 1. The class and quantity of all dangerous X X3 X3 O
cargo.
2. The technical name and quantity of all
pollutants.
Defects, damages, and deficiencies, as well as
Q circumstances adversely affecting the vessel’s X2 X3 X3 O
normal navigation (brief details).
Weather and ice (brief description of prevailing
S
weather and ice conditions).
X X3 X3 X X X O
X2 This information is not required for vessels entering directly from the ECAREG Zone.
X3 Not required if the corresponding information has not changed since the previous Sailing Plan report.
The following details should be included:
1. The total amount of oil on board that is for use as fuel or carried as cargo, expressed as cubic meters.
2. If the vessel’s owner or master holds an Arctic Pollution Prevention Certificate in respect of the vessel, give
X4 the certificate’s expiration date and the name of the issuing authority.
3. The vessel’s ice class, if applicable, and the name of the classification society that assigned the ice class.
4. If the vessel is getting underway after having been stranded, stopped as a result of a breakdown in the main
propulsion or steering system, or involved in a collision, give a brief description of the applicable incident.
A brief description if any of the following items occur:
1. Another vessel in apparent difficulty.
2. Any obstruction to navigation.
X5 3. Any aid to navigation that is not functioning properly or is damaged, out of position, or missing.
4. Any ice or weather conditions that are hazardous to safe navigation.
5. Any pollutant in the water.
O Information to be included only if corresponding information has changed since the last report.
Entering a Zone.—At least 15 minutes before a ship intends tained in Items 1, 3, and 9 above.
to enter a zone, a report shall be made specifying the informa- Arriving at a Berth.—As soon as practicable after a ship ar-
tion contained in Items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 above. rives at a berth, a report shall be made specifying the informa-
Ships in possession of a valid Traffic Clearance are not re- tion contained in Items 1 and 3 above.
quired to provide this report. Departure Maneuvers.—A departure maneuver is defined as
Arriving at a Calling-In-Point (CIP).—When a ship arrives an operation during which a vessel leaves a berth and gets safe-
at a CIP, a report shall be made specifying the information con- ly underway. Immediately before commencing a departure ma-
Pub. 140
Canada 135
neuver, a report shall be made specifying the information 1. The occurrence on board the ship of any fire.
contained in Items 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 8 above. 2. The involvement of the ship in a collision, grounding,
Immediately after completing a departure maneuver, a report or striking.
shall be made specifying the information contained in Items 1, 3. Any defect in the ship’s hull, main propulsion sys-
3, and 9 above. tems, steering systems, radars, compasses, radio equipment,
Maneuvers.—A Traffic Clearance is required 15 minutes pri- anchors, or cables.
or to commencing any maneuver, such as: 4. Any discharge or threat of discharge of a pollutant
1. A compass adjustment. from the ship into the water.
2. The calibration and servicing of navigational aids. 5. Another ship in apparent difficulty.
3. A sea trial. 6. Any obstruction to navigation.
4. A dredging operation. 7. Any aid to navigation that is functioning improperly,
5. The laying, picking up, and servicing of submarine ca- damaged, out of position, or missing.
bles. 8. The presence of any pollutant in the water.
6. Any other maneuver that may be detrimental to safe 9. The presence of a ship that may impede the move-
navigation. ment of other ships.
The request for Traffic Clearance should include the infor- 10. Any ice and weather conditions that are detrimental to
mation contained in Items 1 and 3 above, as well as a descrip- safe navigation.
tion of the intended maneuver. As soon as practicable after the Note.—Items 6, 7, and 8 are not required if the information
maneuver is completed, a report describing the maneuver just has been previously promulgated by a Notice to Shipping.
completed shall be made. Mariners are encouraged to provide, on a voluntary basis,
Change in information.—A report shall be made whenever a any information pertaining to charts and publications which
significant change occurs in the information previously provid- may not be on board so that arrangements can be made to em-
ed in any report made pursuant to the Vessel Traffic Services bark the necessary items.
Zones Regulations except where the report was made when de-
parting from a VTS Zone. Variations
Non-routine reports.—Pursuant to the Eastern Canada Ves- Ferries and other vessels on a regularly scheduled voyage
sel Traffic Services Zone Regulations or the Vessel Traffic Ser- may be exempted from making routine reports. Formal varia-
vices Zones Regulations, a report indicating the vessel’s name, tions to reporting procedures will be granted only where alter-
position, and a description of the incident shall be made prior nate arrangement to provide essential information are made
to the vessel proceeding, as soon as the master becomes aware and where the equivalent procedure or practice is deemed to be
of any of the following conditions: as safe as that required in the regulations.
Pub. 140
136 Canada
Formal variations may be obtained by submitting a written variations may be granted from time to time on a one time only
request to the appropriate Regional MCTS Superintendent, Ca- basis by an MCTS Officer where the procedure or practice re-
nadian Coast Guard. quested is deemed to be as safe as that required in the regula-
In circumstances other than those described above, informal tions.
Pub. 140
Canada 137
Canada—Time Zones
Location Standard Time Daylight Savings Time
+2 1/2
Newfoundland (except Labra- Observed from the second Sunday
+3 1/2
dor) in March until the first Sunday in
November.
PAPA (+3)
Atlantic Zone—New Bruns-
Observed from the second Sunday
wick, Nova Scotia, Anticosti E QUEBEC (+4)
in March until the first Sunday in
of 63°W, and Labrador
November.
Atlantic Zone—Eastern Quebec QUEBEC (+4) Not observed.
Eastern Zone—Eastern QUEBEC (+4)
Northwest Territories, Ottawa, Observed from the second Sunday
eastern Ontario, western ROMEO (+5) in March until the first Sunday in
Quebec, and Anticosti W of November.
longitude 63°W
Eastern Zone—Nunavet and
ROMEO (+5) Not observed.
western Ontario
Central Zone—Manitoba, ROMEO (+5)
central Northwest Territories, Observed from the second Sunday
SIERRA (+6)
Cambridge Bay, and in March until the first Sunday in
Kugluktuk/Coppermine November.
Central Zone—Saskatchewan SIERRA (+6) Not observed.
SIERRA (+6)
Mountain Zone—Mountain
Observed from the second Sunday
Northwest Territories and TANGO (+7)
in March until the first Sunday in
Alberta
November.
Mountain Zone—Some towns
in northeastern British TANGO (+7) Not observed.
Columbia
TANGO (+7)
Pacific Zone—British
Observed from the second Sunday
Columbia, Yukon Territory, and UNIFORM (+8)
in March until the first Sunday in
western Northwest Territories
November.
Pub. 140
138 Canada
Pub. 140
Canada 139
Pub. 140
Canada 141
Operational Signals to be Used to Supplement Radiotelephone Communications Between Icebreakers and Assisted Vessels
The signal K made by sound or light may be used by and ice- is required by the escorted vessel(s).
breaker to remind vessels of their obligation to maintain a con- The signals are seldom used in practice but are listed in case
tinuous radio listening watch. voice radio communication fails.
The emergency stop signal on an icebreaker, a red revolving The use of these signals does not relieve any vessel from
light placed high up on the aft end of the superstructure and complying with the International Regulations for Preventing
visible from astern, will be activated when an emergency stop Collisions at Sea.
Pub. 140
Canada 143
Pub. 140
144 Canada
entangled whales, or dead whales, as follows: Fjord.
1. The nearest Marine Communication and Traffic Ser- 2. Baie Sainte-Marguerite Closure Area—essels must not
vice Center. enter an area NE of a line joining Cap Nord-ouest and Cap
2. For the S part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence—Marine Sainte-Marguerite between June 21 and September 21. For
Animal Response Society (telephone: 1-866-567-6277). further information, see the graphic titled Protection Mea-
3. For Newfoundland and Labrador—Whale Release and sures for Beluga Whales—Baie Sainte-Marguerite.
Strandings (telephone: 1-888-895-3003). 3. Baie Sainte-Marguerite Transit Area—It is recom-
4. For Quebec—Marine Mammal Emergencies (tele- mended vessels transiting this area from June 21 to Septem-
phone: 1-877-722-5346). ber 21 maintain and speed of 5-10 knots without stopping.
All whale species in the St. Lawrence Estuary are protected For further information, see the graphic titled Protection
by the Marine Mammal Regulations. Within the boundaries of Measures for Beluga Whales—Baie Sainte-Marguerite.
the Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park, specific protection The maximum speed in the marine park is 25 knots.
measures are in force; the measures can be found in park regu- All incidents, including collisions with whales should be re-
lations. Any collision with a marine mammal within the park ported by telephone (1-866-508-9888). For any other situation
boundaries must be immediately reported to park wardens involving a marine mammal that is dead or in trouble, contact
(telephone: 1-866-508-9888). the emergency network, as follows:
For any collision that occurs outside the park boundary or for 1. VHF: VHF channel 16
any situation involving a marine mammal that is dead or in 2. Telephone: 1-877-722-5346
trouble, contact the emergency network, as follows: Caution Areas.—Three distinct caution areas, designated
1. VHF: VHF channel 16 by color, have been established in the park, as follows:
2. Telephone: 1-877-722-5346 1. Caution Area (Yellow)—Heightened vigilance is criti-
cal for navigators transiting in this area to reduce the risk of
Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park collisions with whales. It is recommended to post a lookout
General.—The waters in and around the Saguenay–St. Law- to increase the chance of seeing the whales and thus take the
rence Marine Park are well known for the resident endangered necessary measures to avoid them. If bypassing the whales is
beluga population and the wide diversity of whales that mi- not possible, vessels should slow down and wait for the ani-
grate there to feed, particularly between April and November. mals to move away from the vessel to a distance greater than
The Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park is bounded by the 400m before resuming original speed. It is more difficult to
coast and lines joining the following positions: see the animals at night, therefore increased caution is rec-
a. 47°42'11.55''N, 69°59'37.84''W. (coast) ommended.
b. 47°38'38.99''N, 69°53'16.00''W. 2. Slow Down to 10 Knots or Less Area (Red)—To re-
c. 47°52'53.99''N, 69°37'17.23''W. duce the risk of collisions with whales in the feeding area it
d. 48°04'30.00''N, 69°31'42.01''W. is recommended that vessels post a lookout and slow down
e. 48°17'28.00''N, 69°17'17.00''W. to a maximum speed of 10 knots over the water when transit-
f. 48°20'26.05''N, 69°23'34.03''W. (coast), then continu- ing the slowdown area. It is further recommended to remain
ing up the Saguenay River to a line joining the following po- in the Laurentian Channel N of Ile Rouge to minimize the
sitions: impact of noise in the sensitive area S of the island, which is
g. 48°20'56.68''N, 70°41'42.00''W. highly frequented by herds of beluga whales composed of fe-
h. 48°22'32.74''N, 70°42'20.73''W. males and young.
Regulations.—When beluga whales are less than 0.5 mile 3. Area to be Avoided (Hatched Red)—To reduce noise
from a motorized vessel, the vessel must maintain a speed of and risk of collisions with whales, vessels should avoid tran-
between 5 and 10 knots The vessels must continue to move for- siting through this area that is highly frequented by blue
ward and maintain its heading. A minimum distance of 400m whales, an endangered species. If it is necessary to pass
must be maintained between the vessel and the whale at all through the area, slow down to a maximum speed of 10
times. Minimum distances must also be maintained between knots over the water.
the vessel and the following whale species: For the location of these areas, see the graphic titled St.
1. Blue whales—400m. Lawrence Marine Park Whale Protection Caution Areas.
2. All other whale species—200m. These protection measures apply to merchant vessels and
If a vessel unexpectedly encounters a threatened or endan- cruise ships between Pointe a Boisvert and Cap de la Tete au
gered whale at a distance of less than 400m, the vessel must re- Chien are in effect from 1 May until 31 October. However,
duce speed to a speed no greater than the minimum these measures should only be taken when they will not jeopar-
maneuvering speed and move away to a distance of greater dize navigational safety.
than 400m.
In addition to the caution areas described below, several ad- Gulf of St. Lawrence—Protection of the North Atlantic
ditional regulated areas exist in the Saguenay Ford, as follows: Right Whale
1. Saguenay Fjord Slowdown Area—A maximum speed Due to the changing migratory habits of the North Atlantic
of 15 knots is in effect from May 1 to October 31 at the Right Whale and their increased presence in the Gulf of St.
mouth of the Saguenay Fjord between Buoy S7 and Buoy S8 Lawrence, the Government of Canada has put in place seasonal
and between the ferry docks at Baie-Sainte-Catherine and speed restrictions in specified areas. These restrictions are a
Tadoussac For further information, see the graphic titled combination of static zone and dynamic speed reduction sec-
Protection Measures for the Mouth of the Saguenay tors. For further information, see the graphic titled Gulf of St.
Pub. 140
Canada 145
Pub. 140
146 Canada
Lawrence—Static Zone and Dynamic Sectors. operate at a speed not exceeding 10.0 knots over the ground
These measures are in effect from April 28 to November 15. during the above specified dates.
These dates are subject to change dependent on North Atlantic Within the static zone, there are four dynamic sectors desig-
Right whale presence. Once the mandatory speed restriction nated A, B, C, and D. Within these sectors, vessels may pro-
has been lifted, vessels are asked to voluntarily reduce their ceed at a safe operational speed when the Government of
speed to not exceed 10.0 knots over the ground in the presence Canada has determined that whales do not appear to be present.
of North Atlantic Right Whales only if maritime conditions When North Atlantic Right Whale presence has been deter-
permit safe operation of their vessel at that speed. mined inside a dynamic sector, vessels 20m or more in length
The static zone is bounded by lines joining the following po- will be notified through a Notice to Shipping (NOTSHIP) and
sitions: are required to reduce their speed to not exceed 10.0 knots over
a. 47°10'N, 62°00'W. the ground within that sector.
b. 47°10'N, 65°00'W. Speed restrictions within the dynamic sectors (A, B, C and
c. 50°20'N, 65°20'W. D) will be in effect for 15 days, from the date of issuance, and
d. 50°20'N, 63°20'W. can be extended in the event of continued whale presence. The
e. 49°43'N, 63°00'W. establishment of speed reduction zones and sectors will be an-
f. 49°04'N, 62°00'W. nounced through NOTSHIPs.
Within the static zone, with the exclusion of the dynamic For further information, see the graphic titled Gulf of St.
sector corridor, vessels 20m or more in length are required to Lawrence—Static Zone and Dynamic Sectors.
Pub. 140
Canada 147
Grand Manan Basin and Roseway Basin—Protection of The major threats to right whales in this area are collisions
Right Whales with ships and entanglement in fixed fishing gear.
The following seasonal guidelines for Right Whale Critical Avoid this area if possible. Due to a large portion of this
Areas are in effect from 1 June through 31 December and are habitat occurring in or near the main shipping channel to
provided to assist mariners avoid, disturb, or strike right Saint John, New Brunswick, this may not be possible.
whales: If the area cannot be avoided, decrease vessel speed to 10
1. Grand Manan Basin, Bay of Fundy.—This area, which knots or less, if possible, post a lookout, and steer ship
is important to right whales for feeding and is where mothers around any right whales.
bring their calves, is bounded by lines joining the following 2. Roseway Basin, located between Browns and Baccaro
positions: Banks on the southern Scotian Shelf.—An IMO-adopted
a. 44°49'N, 66°27'W. seasonal Area to be Avoided has been established in this ar-
b. 44°47'N, 66°17'W. ea. For further information, see Areas to be Avoided.
c. 44°40'N, 66°17'W. Ships operating in the right whale critical areas in the Bay of
d. 44°33'N, 66°22'W. Fundy and Roseway Basin should ask all watches to keep a
e. 44°29'N, 66°30'W. lookout for right whales. During the night and other periods of
f. 44°29'N, 66°37'W. reduced visibility, vessel operators should use the slowest safe
g. 44°42'N, 66°37'W. speed to reduce the risks of collisions with right whales.
Pub. 140
149
CAPE VERDE ISLANDS
General
The Cape Verde Islands consists of ten major islands and five
small islets. This group, lying between 350 and 450 miles off
the African coast, is of volcanic origin and is mountainous.
The climate, which is dry and tropical, and vegetation are
similar to the adjoining African mainland.
Buoyage System
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See Flag of the Cape Verde Islands
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Cape Verde Islands is a republic. The country is divided into
Cautions 22 municipalities.
Cape Verde Islands is governed by a directly-elected Presi-
The haze over the islands is often so thick that surf is sighted dent who serves a 5-year term. The Prime Minister is nominat-
before the land is visible. ed by the National Assembly and appointed by the President.
Local magnetic anomalies have been reported throughout the The unicameral National Assembly is composed of 72 directly-
island group, especially in the following areas: elected members serving 5-year terms.
Pub. 140
150 Cape Verde Islands
The legal system is modeled after the Portuguese legal sys- are, as follows:
tem.
The capital is Praia. Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Holidays
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The following holidays are observed: Zone
Continental Shelf 200 miles.
January 1 New Year’s Day
* Claims archipelagic status. Requires advance permis-
January 13 Democracy and Liberty sion or notification for innocent passage of warships in the
Day territorial sea.
January 20 National Heroes’ Day
Ash Wednesday Variable
Regulations
Good Friday Variable Quarantine messages must be sent between 0700 and 1800,
not more than 12 hours or less than 6 hours prior to the arrival
Easter Sunday Variable
of the vessel.
May 1 Labor Day
May 19 Municipal Day Search and Rescue
June 1 Children’s Day Capitania dos Portos de Barlavento (CPB) is responsible for
July 5 Independence Day coordinating search and rescue operations. A Rescue Coordi-
nation Center, which operates 24 hours and relays all calls to
August 15 Assumption Day CPB, is located on Sal Island.
November 1 All Saints’ Day Cape Verde MRCC CPB can be contacted, as follows:
1. Telephone: 238-2-324342
December 25 Christmas Day 238-2-326475
2. Facsimile: 238-2-324271
Industries 3. E-mail: capitaniasv@cvtelecom.cv
Sao Vicente Coast Radio Station (D4A) maintains a continu-
The main industries are food and beverages, fish processing, ous listening watch for distress traffic on 2182 kHz, 2187.5
clothing and footwear, salt mining, and ship repair. kHz, VHF channel 16, and VHF channel 70. The radio station
The main exports are fuel, footwear, clothing, fish, and can be contacted, as follows:
hides. The main export-trading partners are Spain, Portugal, 1. Telephone: 238-2-322158
and the Netherlands. 238-2-232263
The main imports are foodstuffs, industrial products, trans- 2. Facsimile: 238-2-321882
port equipment, and fuels. The main import-trading partners 3. E-mail: s.movelmaritimo@cvtelecom.cv
are Portugal, Spain, the Netherlands, and China.
Time Zone
Languages
The Time Zone description is NOVEMBER (+1). Daylight
Portuguese is the official language. Criolo, an indigenous Savings Time is not observed.
language, is a mixture of Portuguese and West African words.
U.S. Embassy
Navigational Information
The U.S. Embassy is situated at Rua Abilio Macedo 6, Praia.
Enroute Volume The mailing address is C. P. 201, Praia.
Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
and Northwest Africa.
U. S. Embassy Cape Verde Islands Home Page
Maritime Claims http://praia.usembassy.gov
The maritime territorial claims of the Cape Verde Islands
Pub. 140
151
CARIBBEAN SEA
Pub. 140
152 Caribbean Sea
will be held responsible for the repatriation of stowaways. cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site.
Pub. 140
Caribbean Sea 153
southern Gulf of Mexico or recurve over Puerto Rico and on NE through E; they are steadiest and strongest in winter when
out into the mid-Atlantic Ocean. This is also true of many late afternoon wind speeds often reach 15 to 20 knots. Gale force
September storms. In early September many tropical cyclones winds are unlikely more than once a year, occurring in a thun-
move ENE to N of Puerto Rico, where they either continue derstorm or a rare tropical cyclone. Along the Caribbean coast
through the Straits of Florida into the Gulf of Mexico or re- of Venezuela and Colombia and on the offshore islands, E
curve NE into the mid-Atlantic Ocean. October activity de- winds are common in winter and prevalent in summer; NE
creases to August levels of about two or three tropical winds are secondary winds. Winter winds are strongest, with
cyclones, of which one reaches hurricane intensity. Early in the average speeds ranging from 8 to 12 knots in the morning to 12
month, storm development occurs just E of the West Indies and to 14 knots during the afternoon. Along the Colombian coast,
in the western Caribbean Sea, while late activity is concentrat- trade winds reinforced by “northers” result in gales blowing 3
ed in the western Caribbean Sea. The mean tracks run W to 4 per cent of the time from January through March. Else-
across the southern Caribbean Sea, then NW to western Cuba, where these winds reach 20 to 25 knots. Extreme winds have
and either continue into the Gulf of Mexico or NE across Cuba reached 50 knots along these coasts and hurricanes, which usu-
and into the Atlantic Ocean. ally remain well to the N, could bring even higher speeds. The
For further information, see the table titled Average Occur- trades are strong enough and persistent enough that land-sea
rence of Tropical Storms and Hurricanes in the North At- breezes are usually only modifying influences.
lantic, the Caribbean Sea, and the Gulf of Mexico in North Local influences and the land-sea breeze effect are more im-
Atlantic Ocean—Climatology. portant along the E coasts of Central America and Mexico,
which lie on the fringes of the Subtropical High. Winds here
General Winds are steadiest in spring and summer. Along the Central America
The trade winds that prevail over this region originate in the coasts E and NE winds are common year round, except in the
clockwise circulation around the Subtropical High. In the sum- area of the Panama Canal, where NE and N winds are frequent.
mer when the high is strongest and most extensive, the trade Summer winds are the steadiest. East winds blow more than
winds are very persistent. They are mainly NE through E, ex- one-half the time and NE winds nearly one-half the time
cept in the Gulf of Mexico, on the W edge of the high, where around the Panama Canal. At most Central American ports, E
SE through S winds prevail. Although trade winds frequently winds prevail from April through July and, with the aid of the
reach 10 to 15 knots, summer gales occur less than 5 per cent sea breeze, blow up to 80 per cent of the time during the after-
of the time and are most often associated with a tropical storm noon. In the waters just north of the Panama Canal, winter
or hurricane. East and S of the Gulf of Mexico, the Northeast winds reach speeds of 17 to 27 knots about 27 per cent of the
Trade Winds still prevail in winter. In the Gulf of Mexico, time, but gale-force winds are rare. Summer winds are weaker.
winds are variable, mostly from the E semicircle; N winds are Off Belize, summer winds are stronger and reach 17 to 27
frequent in the northern Gulf of Mexico, and NE through SE knots up to 20 per cent of the time compared to 13 per cent in
winds are common to the S. South of 30°N, these regimes are January. At Central American ports, average afternoon speeds
often penetrated by strong outbreaks of cold air from the N range from 12 to 16 knots compared to 8 to 10 knots in the
known as “northers.” morning. Hurricanes have been responsible for winds of 150
“Northers” penetrate as far south as the Caribbean coast of knots along these coasts N of Costa Rica.
Colombia. They often result in gales in the northern Gulf of Along the E coast of Mexico, winds are most variable in
Mexico; squalls of gale force may occasionally occur along the winter, when NW through SE winds are common. Winds blow
SW shore of Bahia de Campeche. Gales do not usually reach at 17 to 27 knots about 20 per cent of the time in winter. Gales
the Caribbean Sea, although “northers” may reinforce the trade are infrequent except from Coatzacoalcos to Tampico, where
winds enough to cause gales along the Colombian coast. they blow from 4 to 9 per cent of the time. In summer, NE
In the waters around Bermuda, winds are steadiest in sum- through SE winds prevail. E winds blow 40 to 50 per cent of
mer, when S through SW winds are common. Gales are rare. the time E of Coatzacoalcos. Winds reach 17 to 27 knots about
Northeast and E winds are also frequent in a variable fall wind 5 to 15 per cent of the time. Gales occur in rare tropical cy-
regime. From December through April, winds are mostly from clones. Wind speeds have exceeded 100 knots in both hurri-
the SW through NW; N and S winds are also common. During canes and “northers.”
this period gales blow 3 to 8 per cent of the time; January and In the West Indies and southeastern Bahamas, trade winds
February are the roughest months. dominate throughout the year. In the northwestern Bahamas,
winds are also under the influence of extratropical systems in
Coastal and Local Winds winter. In general, winter winds are more variable. Northeast
The trade winds prevail along most coasts, particularly in through E winds blow about 70 to 85 per cent of the time at av-
summer. Winter winds are sometimes interrupted by weather erage speeds of 10 to 14 knots; in the northwestern Bahamas,
systems from higher latitudes. These interruptions are most NE through SE winds prevail. Gales blow less than 1 per cent
frequent in the Bahamas and the Gulf of Mexico. When the cir- of the time and wind speeds of 28 knots or more occur up to 5
culation is weak, the land-sea breeze effect is noticeable. This per cent of the time. These speeds are most likely off Haiti and
effect often results in a weakening or strengthening and per- Cuba and in the northwestern Bahamas. In summer, the trade
haps a deflection of the prevailing flow. On windward coasts, winds are even more persistent. East winds blow 60 to 80 per
the sea breeze reinforces the trade winds, usually NE through cent of the time while NE or SE winds are secondary and occur
SW winds, while on leeward coasts it opposes and diminishes about 15 to 25 per cent of the time. Gales are rare and wind
this flow. speeds average 10 to 15 knots with some diurnal variations.
From Cabo Orange to Trinidad, trade winds blow from the Winds of 28 knots or more usually occur less than 1 per cent of
Pub. 140
154 Caribbean Sea
the time; S of Haiti they occur 2 to 3 per cent of the time. Ex- Cloudiness is frequent year round on these coasts, while
cept during tropical cyclones, brief squalls, and northers, wind poor visibilities are infrequent. South of Trinidad, December
speeds remain below gale force. “Northers” are most likely in through May is the cloudiest time, when overcast conditions
winter and most frequent in the Bahamas and Cuba, where (cloud cover equal to or greater than 2/8) appear on 6 to 12
gales blow on 1 or 2 days during the winter season (November days per month, while clear skies (cloud cover equal to or less
through April). than 2/8) are rare. March through November is the cloudiest
The winds around Bermuda, which lies between the trade re- time along the N coasts of Colombia and Venezuela, where
gime and the westerlies, are variable. Winter winds blowout of overcast skies are observed on up to 18 to 28 days per month.
the S through NW. Wind speeds average 12 to 14 knots on the Visibilities are usually excellent along these coasts. They drop
island and in waters to the S, and range up to 17 to 18 knots to near zero briefly in heavy showers and to less than 1 mile on
north of Bermuda. Gales blow 3 to 8 per cent of the time and less than 5 days annually in fog; this is most likely in the rainy
are most likely N of the island. Summer winds are steadier and season.
blow out of the S through SW about 60 per cent of the time at Temperatures and humidities are fairly constant along these
average speeds of 8 to 10 knots. Southeast and W winds are al- shores. The diurnal range of both is usually greater than any
so common. Gales are rare. seasonal fluctuation. Warm and humid are the general condi-
tions. During the year average daytime high temperatures
Waterspouts range from the upper 20s (°C) to the low 30s (°C), while night-
In the SW part of the North Atlantic Ocean, waterspouts are time lows range from the upper teens (°C) to low 20s (°C). Ex-
usually either tornadoes that have moved off the coast or ones cept for Colombia, September and October are usually the
that have formed over water. Usually the land tornado is more hottest and driest months, although humidities remain near 80
severe. They are most likely to occur along the shores of the per cent. Along the Colombian coast, July and August are usu-
Gulf of Mexico and the Bahamas, where 20 to 30 have been re- ally warmest. Extreme temperatures range from lows in the up-
ported in every 10,000 marine observations. In general, in the per teens (°C) to highs around 37.8°C.
Caribbean Sea region, 5 to 10 waterspouts per 10,000 observa- In general, relative humidities on exposed coasts will rise to
tions is average. near 90 per cent at night and drop to the 70 per cent range
during the afternoon. Sheltered ports show much more diurnal
North Coast of South America variability in both temperature and relative humidity.
Dry and rainy seasons, abundant cloudiness, and warm hu-
mid days are characteristic of conditions along these shores. Central America
South of Trinidad, the Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) The ITCZ, “northers,” E waves, tropical cyclones, and the
is the controlling factor, while systems from the United States windward position of these coasts are responsible for the abun-
are an additional influence along the N coasts. Showers are dant rainfall and cloudiness found on the shores.
more likely over the ocean at night and along the coasts in the The rainy cloudy season generally runs from about May
afternoon. through December. Average annual rainfall amounts range
From Cabo Orange to Trinidad, showers in the ITCZ are re- from about 2,030 to 6,100mm. These amounts are variable
sponsible for most of the 1,775 to 3,800mm of rain that falls from year to year. Annual totals of as little as 3,810mm to as
along these coasts. Along the French Guiana coast, the rainy much as 7,620mm have fallen along the southern Nicaragua-
season runs from winter through early summer, while fall is northern Costa Rica coast where precipitation is normally
dry. To the N, the start of the rainy season is delayed until late heaviest. Along the N coast of Belize, where average amounts
spring, when the ITCZ begins its N movement; a secondary run 1,270 to 2,030mm, totals of more than 2,540mm and less
rainy season is the fall when it is moving S again. Along this than 1,015mm have been recorded. During the rainy season,
entire coast, late spring or early summer is the rainiest time, precipitation, mostly in the form of heavy showers, can be ex-
when 255 to 405mm of precipitation occur on 15 to 30 days per pected on 15 to 20 days per month along the coasts of Belize,
month. Thunderstorms are most likely in spring and summer Guatemala, and northern Honduras. This increases to 18 to 27
and can occur on up to 5 to 10 days per month. They are often days per month to the S. Thunderstorms are frequent and most
responsible for heavy rains, which may total 100mm in 24 likely from June through October, when they occur on 10 to 20
hours, or 150 to 175mm in rare occurrences. days per month around the Panama Canal; they are almost as
Rainfall decreases to an average of 380 to 1,010mm annually frequent along the NE coast of Honduras. Elsewhere they oc-
along the Venezuela-Colombia coast. The driest region is on cur on less than 10 days per month. Heavy showers are com-
the Peninsula de Paraguana in the Gulf of Venezuela; here at mon along these coasts and more than 405mm of rain has
Las Piedras less than 50mm accumulates each year. The rainy fallen in a 24-hour period.
season runs from May through December and is the product of The rainy season is also the cloudy season. Along the coasts
the N reaches of the ITCZ and the S extent of cold air surges of Belize, Guatemala, and northern Honduras from June
from the United States. When either of these two factors is through October, overcast conditions (sky cover equal to or
more active than normal, monthly amounts can double or triple greater than 2/8) occur on about 18 to 24 days per month; the
along these shores. On the average, the rainiest time is between least cloudy time is March and April when skies are overcast
September and December, when 100 to 255mm per month can on about 6 to 8 days per month. To the S, skies are overcast on
be expected on 5 to 12 days per month. Summer showers often 15 to 31 days per month from May through December; June,
cause more rainy days but less rain. Thunderstorms occur on 2 July, and August are usually the cloudiest when almost every
to 13 days per month from May through November; September day is overcast at some time. Cloudiness is particularly abun-
and October are the most active months. dant along the coasts of Costa Rica and Panama. Late winter
Pub. 140
Caribbean Sea 155
and early spring are the least cloudy times; overcast skies occur temperatures usually occur in the late spring or early summer,
on 5 to 12 days per month. reaching the upper 20s to low 30s (°C) during the day and fall-
Visibilities are usually good. They drop below 2 miles only ing to the low 20s (°C) at night. Extremes range from around
infrequently in early morning fog, heavy showers, haze, and 37.8°C down to 10.0°C. Along the N coast, January daytime
smoke. Along some coasts there are many days with haze, temperatures range from the upper teens to low 20s (°C), with
which is caused by the abundance of tiny sea-salt particles. It is nighttime lows in the low teens (°C). August is usually the hot-
most apparent in the daytime, but only infrequently reduces test time of the year, with daytime highs in the low 30s (°C)
visibilities to less than 6 miles. Poor visibilities are most likely and nighttime lows in the low 20s (°C). Extremes range from
to occur during the rainy season in heavy showers, so they are over 37.8°C down to as low as -11.1°C at Brownsville. Howev-
likely for a brief period every day or two. er, freezing temperatures are restricted to N of Tampico.
Temperatures and relative humidities vary more during the Relative humidities are fairly high year round. For example,
day than they do during the year. January is usually the coolest at Brownsville in the morning relative humidities range from
time of the year, while spring and early fall are the warmest the mid 80s to low 90s (per cent), dropping off to mid 50s (per
and spring often the driest. Average daily maximums are usual- cent) during summer afternoons and the mid 60s (per cent)
ly in the upper 20s (°C) in winter and the low 30s (°C) from during winter afternoons. Similar diurnal variations occur to
spring through fall. During this time, temperatures get above the S, but to a lesser degree. Along the shores of Bahia de
32.2°C on 10 to 25 days per month N of Cabo Gracias a Dios, Campeche and on the E coast of Yucatan, humidities are often
but on only 1 to 10 days per month to the S. Mean daily mini- highest in summer and early fall, when averages reach the up-
mum temperatures range from the upper teens (°C) to low 20s per 80s (per cent).
(°C). Extremes range from near 37.8°C down to the low to up-
per teens (°C), except on the coast of Belize, where tempera- Caribbean Islands
tures have fallen to the upper single digits (°C) in winter. Most of these islands are mountainous, with the exceptions
Relative humidities reach the 80 and 90 per cent range of Bermuda, the Bahamas, and the E fringe of the Lesser Antil-
during the early morning hours throughout the year; the highest les. The islands differ widely in physical characteristics and to
humidities often occur in fall and winter, with the lowest hu- a lesser extent in climate. Despite the fact that climate varies
midities occurring in spring. During the afternoons, relative with altitude and exposure, tropical or semi-tropical conditions
humidities fall into the 70 per cent range; in the S, some sum- exist throughout. With the exception of Bermuda, the area is
mer readings fall only to the low 80s (per cent). dominated by trade winds, which make the high temperatures
and humidities bearable. Rain comes mostly in the form of sea-
Gulf Coast of Mexico sonal showers that are the result of the trade winds, E waves,
This coastal region is swept by prevailing moist onshore tropical cyclones, and extratropical systems from the N. Visi-
winds year round. It is characterized by high humidity, moder- bilities are usually good.
ate to large annual rainfall totals, and considerable cloudiness. In the N islands there are often two rainy seasons, but this
Temperatures are high and winter temperatures remain mild. varies from island to island and even on the same island. In the
There are noticeable differences in climate from N to S. Lesser Antilles, the rainy season usually runs from April or
Precipitation is the result of onshore winds, E waves, tropical May through December. Showers often occur during the after-
cyclone activity, and frontal systems from the N. The rainiest noon on the coast and are sometimes heavy. Over open waters
area is along the S shore of Bahia de Campeche, where Coa- they are more likely at night or in the early morning hours and
tzacoalcos records an annual average of 2,925mm. Amounts are seldom heavy or prolonged.
decrease N to about 760mm around Brownsville and S to Temperatures are remarkably uniform as monthly averages
460mm at Progreso. Most of the rain falls from May through range from about 21.1°C to 29.4°C, except for Bermuda, where
November. It occurs on 10 to 20 days per month from June it gets a little cooler in winter (about 17.2°C). Places exposed
through October between Tampico and Chetumal, in the lower to the trades are cooler and more pleasant than those to the lee-
part of Yucatan. Thunderstorms occur on about 2 to 6 days per ward.
month from May through October along the entire coast. From Relative humidities are high, averaging around 70 to 80 per
about Tampico N, November through March is the cloudiest cent for the year. Since it varies with temperature, relative hu-
time, while farther S the summer and fall months are cloudiest. midity is usually highest just before sunrise, around 85 to 90
Visibilities are generally good. However, N of Coatzacoalcos per cent, and lowest in the afternoon, around 60 to 70 per cent.
fog drops visibilities to less than 0.5 mile up to 1 to 2 per cent While cloudiness is abundant in this area, usually neither
of the time in winter and on 50 to 80 days annually. These poor completely cloudy skies nor completely clear skies persist for
visibilities are most likely during the morning hours. Heavy an entire day. Average amounts range from 4/10 to 6/10; the
showers during the rainy season can also reduce visibilities to cloudiest periods usually coincide with rainy seasons.
this level for a short period.
The temperatures along this coast show a real difference Bermuda
from N to S. For example, the average daily maximum tem- Bermuda has the most changeable climate of all the island
perature at Brownsville varies -4.4°C from winter to summer groups. The surrounding sea is its controlling feature, as there
compared to -13.3°C at Chetumal. This changeover is gradual are no topographic effects.
from N to S. East of Veracruz, the more tropical regime is ap- During the winter, maximum temperatures are in the upper
parent. Coldest temperatures still occur in January. Average teens (°C), while in summer they climb to around 29.4°C.
daytime readings are in the low to upper 20s (°C), while night- Mean minimum temperatures are about 6°C lower than the
time lows vary from the upper teens to low 20s (°C). Highest maximums. The Gulf Stream protects Bermuda somewhat
Pub. 140
156 Caribbean Sea
from extremely cold or hot outbreaks from the United States. Relative humidities range from around 80 per cent around
Extremes range from 37.2°C to 4.4°C; this compares to 40.6°C sunrise down to 70 per cent in the afternoon.
and -8.9°C extremes at Savannah. There are few visibility problems.
The average annual rainfall of 1,140 to 1,400mm is well dis-
tributed throughout the year. Jamaica
Relative humidities run in the 70 to 80 per cent range in all Although the island is relatively small, it is high, so its cli-
months. mate is influenced by topography. At Kingston, the average
daily maximum is always above 29.4°C; it reaches 32.2°C in
Bahamas July and August. Average daily minimums range from 19.4°C
Topographic effects are slight since the islands are small and in January and February to 23.3°C in August.
low. Annual rainfall averages vary from around 760mm along the
During the winter, average daily maximums range from the lee coast to the S, to up to 255 to 510mm along the windward
low 20s (°C) in the NW to around 26.7°C in the SE, while slopes of the NE part of the island. Winter and mid-summer are
nighttime lows usually drop to the upper teens (°C). Summer the dry seasons, while the rainy seasons occur in May and June
daytime temperatures often climb to near 32.2°C while falling and again from August to November.
to the mid 20s (°C) at night. Extremes of 35.0°C and 3.3°C Relative humidities range from the mid 80s to low 90s (per
have occurred. cent) in the early morning to the 60 per cent range during the
In general, rainfall decreases and temperatures increase from afternoon.
NW to SE. In the NE, an average of 100 to 175mm of rain falls
on 10 to 17 days per month from May through October.The Puerto Rico
rainiest season in the SE is September through November, Average daily and annual temperature ranges are small along
when 75 to 125mm falls on 10 to 14 days per month on the av- the coasts of Puerto Rico. Average winter daytime tempera-
erage. tures are in the upper 20s (°C), while nighttime lows fall into
Relative humidities show little monthly variation, but range the upper teens to low 20s (°C). During the summer and early
from 75 to 85 per cent at night down to the 65 to 75 per cent fall, daytime highs usually climb to near the 32°C mark, while
during the afternoon. nighttime lows fall into the low 20s (°C).
Cuba The island’s topography most affects rainfall. Most rain falls
Cuba exerts a definite topographic influence upon the tropi- on the N and E slopes of the mountain range that extends E to
cal marine climate. Average daily maximums are generally W across the S central part of the island. Average annual coast-
above 26.7°C, climbing to near 32.2°C during the summer al amounts range from 890 to 1,780mm. The smallest amounts
months at some locations. Average daily minimums range from are generally found along the S coast while the largest amounts
21.1° to 23.9°C in summer and 16.7° to 21.1°C in winter. are found on the N coast. In general, precipitation is greatest in
Along the coast precipitation averages range from about October and November with a secondary maximum in May.
1,015 to 1,140mm annually; the S coast is slightly less rainy February and March are the driest months.
than the N. Western Cuba has one dry season between Novem- Relative humidities are usually in the 80 per cent range in the
ber and April and a rainy one from May through October. East- early morning and the 60 to 70 per cent range during the after-
ern Cuba has two dry periods around February or March and noon.
again around July, and two rainy seasons, from April to June Showers are about the only detriment to good visibilities.
and from September to December.
The average relative humidity is about 75 per cent, ranging Leeward Islands
from 85 to 90 per cent at sunrise down to 60 to 65 per cent Average daily maximum temperatures during January
during the warmest part of the day. through March are in the upper 20s (°C), while mean daily
Fog is uncommon, occurring on 1 or 2 days per month in late minimums are in the low 20s (°C). During the summer and ear-
winter or early spring. ly fall, the temperatures range from the low 20s to low 30s
(°C).
Hispaniola (Haiti and the Dominican Republic) The annual average rainfall is about 1,270 to 1,525mm, de-
This large island modifies temperature and rainfall. The N pending on exposure. Most rain occurs from September
coast, due to the trade winds, has a more typical maritime cli- through November, while February and March are the driest
mate than either the S or W coasts. On the S and W coasts aver- months. During the rainy season about 125 to 175mm fall on
age daily maximum temperatures range from 27.8° to 34.4°C 10 to 20 days per month.
throughout the year, compared to a 26.1° to 30.6°FC range Average relative humidity increases from 65 to 70 per cent in
along the N coast; also, the range between maximums and min- March up to 70 to 80 per cent by November.
imums is much smaller on the N coast.
Rainfall varies considerably along the coasts. The driest lo- Windward Islands, Barbados, Trinidad, and Tobago
calities on the W coast record about 505 to 635mm, reaching Average daily maximum temperatures range from the upper
nearly 2,030mm per year in the NE. Along the S coast, rainfall 20s to low 30s (°C) from January through March, and reach the
is least at the center of the island, increasing to the E and W. 29° to 32°C range the rest of the year. Minimums are usually
The rainy season is quite irregular, but December through 5.5° to 8.3°C cooler.
March are the driest months on the S and W coasts, while June Rainfall amounts, which vary with exposure and topography,
to August is the driest time on the N coast. range from 1,270mm on leeward slopes up to 2,540mm on
Pub. 140
Caribbean Sea 157
some windward coasts. Maximum rainfall occurs between June observations made in October, 1961 did not exceed 2.0 knots;
and November. February through April is usually the dry peri- in October, 1959, speeds as high as 4.0 knots were recorded. In
od. May 1959, measurements 30 miles north of the strait showed
surface current speeds of about 3.5 knots; but 12 days later the
speed had decreased to only about 1.0 knot.
Relative humidities, which are high year round, reach a peak When the Yucatan Current is strong, the core is narrow and
in summer and autumn, when early morning readings climb to farther W, being located close to the 183 curve. When it is
near 90 per cent and afternoon readings drop to about 75 per weakest, during winter, the core is broader and lies 10 to 20
cent. miles E of the 183m curve. The current is about 65 miles wide.
Clockwise eddies occur about 60 miles N and S of the W tip of
Currents Cuba. Eddies are also observed on the E edge of Banco de
Campeche.
A part of the west-setting North Equatorial Current flows After passing through Yucatan Channel, the current widens
past the Lesser Antilles and through the Caribbean, and anoth- and branches out as it enters the Gulf of Mexico. During win-
er part flows north of the Bahama Islands as the Antilles Cur- ter, strong N winds intensify the countercurrents that frequent-
rent. ly occur in the W and S parts of the gulf; these winds may
The Antilles Current is probably stronger, larger, and more induce a S current over the entire gulf.
persistent than previous descriptions have indicated. Generally, The Florida Current sets through the Straits of Florida from
the surface flow shows little seasonal variation in speed, direc- the Gulf of Mexico. In summer, the part of the surface current
tion, and size. The current originates in the vicinity of the Lee- S of 25°N moves farthest S; it flows at a mean speed of 2.0
ward Islands as part of the Atlantic North Equatorial Current. knots and a maximum speed of about 6.0 knots. The part of the
The frequency of set in the prevailing direction averages about current N of25°N shifts farther W of its mean position, flowing
55 per cent, the main surface speed being about 0.6 knot. at a mean speed of 2.9 knots and a maximum speed of 6.5
About 85 per cent of the observations are between 0.1 and 0.9 knots. In winter, the shift is in the opposite direction and the
knot, 10 per cent between 1.0 and 2.0 knots, and 1 per cent mean speeds are less by about 0.2 to 0.5 knot. The Florida Cur-
over 2.0 knots. The greatest seasonal change is likely to occur rent does not significantly change direction during the year, but
near the northern boundary of the Antilles Current. During its speed varies slightly from one season to another.
winter, when the Bermuda High migrates to its southernmost Fluctuations in current speed can occur under the influence
position, the N boundary of the current also moves S, and the of tide-producing forces, with maximum speed occurring daily
current tends to be more variable. about 9 hours before the upper or lower transit of the moon
The Caribbean Current is a strongly persistent and well-de- over the local meridian. The mean speed also appears to in-
fined current that sets W throughout the year; its mean speed is crease in some regions and to decrease in others after maxi-
0.9 knot and its maximum speed is about 3.5 knots. The high- mum N and S lunar declinations. The current in the Miami-Cat
est speeds occur in the axis of the current located in the S part Cay region is partly out of phase with astronomical forces;
of the Caribbean Sea, where speeds average 1.1 knots about 80 mean maximum speeds of 2.8 knots occur about 3 days after
per cent of the time. The speed of the current over Rosalind neap tides and mean maximum speeds slightly below 2.5 knot
Bank (16°30'N., 80°30'W.) is strong, averaging 1.2 knots; how- occur at spring tides.
ever, this region is not included in the main band of highest Strong currents can be expected in the entrances and chan-
speed, and the swift flow over the bank appears to be due to nels of the Leeward Islands and the Windward Islands leading
funneling of the slower prevailing flow from the E. The flow in to the Caribbean Sea.
the prevailing direction is very consistent, being located in a
steady trade wind region, and there is little variation between Fishing Areas
seasons. Because of the limiting topography of the region, the
Caribbean Current has the basic characteristic of a one-way The coastal waters and offshore banks of this region are rich
flow through a channel. Countercurrents may form along the fishing areas. Large numbers of fishing vessels, ranging in size
shores of the Caribbean; one of these, moving E along the from small canoes to large trawlers, may be encountered in this
coasts of Panama and Colombia, is strongest from August to area.
October, when it attains a maximum speed of 2 knots.
The Yucatan Current passes through Yucatan Strait between Navigational Information
18° and 26°N and has a predominant NNW set. It extends from
the Caribbean Sea N of Honduras to the N edge of Campeche Electronic Navigational Communications
Bank and toward the Mississippi Delta. The outstanding fea- For information on the International Maritime Satellite Or-
ture of this current is its W intensification, which occurs most ganization (INMARSAT), the Global Maritime Distress and
noticeably in the region of maximum current strength, about 40 Safety System (GMDSS(), the Global Positioning System
to 60 miles wide between about 21°N and 22°N. West of 86°W, (GPS), and SafetyNET, see North Atlantic Ocean—Naviga-
the current is strongest and most constant in April, May, and tional Information.
June and weakest during October, November, and December.
East of 86°W, the current is considerably weaker, with lessened International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code
persistence in the prevailing direction. The strength of the Yu- The ISPS Code applies to ships on international voyages and
catan Current is practically independent of the width of the port facilities directly interfacing with these ships. All vessels
strait; its speed may vary at any time of the year. A number of should fully comply with the provisions of Chapter XI-Part 2
Pub. 140
158 Caribbean Sea
of the SOLAS Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code. Ves- Regulations
sels shall demonstrate that appropriate maritime security mea-
sures are in place according to ISPS Code regulations. For Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigation- Information concerning Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
al Information. (SSC) and Ship Sanitation Control Exemption Certificates (SS-
CEC) can be found in North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations.
Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navigation
(ATON) Ship Reporting System
For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational
Information.
CARICOM (Caribbean Community) Advance Passenger
Enroute Volumes Information System (APIS)
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea CARICOM APIS is a mandatory reporting system providing
Volume 1. Advance Passenger Information (API) about passengers and
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol- crew to the Joint Regional Communications Center (JRCC)
ume 2. Barbados for vessels bound for or departing from a port in the
following participating CARICOM member states:
Pollution 1. Antigua and Barbuda.
2. Barbados.
Ballast Water Management 3. Dominica.
International guidelines have been adopted by the IMO to 4. Grenada.
prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic organisms and 5. Guyana.
pathogens from ships’ ballast water and sediment discharge in- 6. Jamaica.
to marine ecosystems. The guidelines include the retention of 7. St. Kitts and Nevis.
ballast water on board, ballast exchange at sea, ballast manage- 8. St. Lucia.
ment aimed at preventing or minimizing the uptake of contam- 9. St. Vincent and the Grenadines.
inated water or sediment, and the discharge of ballast ashore. 10. Trinidad and Tobago.
Particular attention is drawn to the hazards associated with bal- The JRCC Barbados has been selected by the governments
last exchange at sea. For further information, see North Atlan- of the participating CARICOM states as the agent for collect-
tic Ocean—Pollution—Ballast Water Management. ing and collating data from arriving and departing vessels and
can be contacted, as follows:
MARPOL Special Areas 1. Telephone: 1-246-4297931 (Maritime)
MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda- 1-246-4354659 (eAPIS)
tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have 2. Facsimile: 1-246-2284040
been adopted. 3. E-mail: maritime.compliance@impacsjrcc.org
The Wider Caribbean Region, consisting of the sea area of 4. Web site: http://www.impacsjrcc.org
the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea including the bays
and seas therein and that portion of the Atlantic Ocean within The Electronic Advance Passenger Information Service (eA-
the boundary constituted by latitude 30°00'N from Florida E to PIS) is a web-based application that provides a means of up-
longitude 77°30'W; then by a rhumb line to position 7°20'N, loading and transmitting passenger and crew information.
50°00'W; then by a rhumb line to position 7°20'N, 50°00'W; Further details and downloadable forms can be obtained from
and then by a rhumb line leading SW to the E boundary of CARICOM Advance Passenger Information System web site.
French Guiana, is a MARPOL Special Area. Failure to provide these reports may result in heavy fines and/
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Pollu- or prosecution.
tion—MARPOL Special Areas. Arriving vessels should submit an API, as follows:
1. Vessels arriving from a port outside of the CARICOM
Sulphur Emission Control Areas area—Not less than 24 hours prior to arrival.
Sulphur Emission Control Areas (SECA) are areas where 2. Vessels arriving from a port within the CARICOM ar-
special controls are in effect to reduce sulphur oxide (SOx) ea—Not less than 1 hour prior to arrival.
emissions from ships. The Gulf of Mexico coast of the United Departing vessels should submit an API, as follows:
States is part of the North American Emission Control Area. 1. Vessels departing for a port outside of the CARICOM
The sea area located off the Atlantic coast and the Caribbean area—Not more than 15 minutes after departure.
coast of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands is part of the 2. Vessels departing for a port within the CARICOM ar-
United States Caribbean Emission Control Area. ea—Not less than 1 hour prior to arrival at that port.
The North American Emission Control Area became effec- CARICOM APIS support can be obtained, as follows:
tive on 1 August 2012. The United States Caribbean Emission 1. Telephone: 1-246-4367790
Control Area became effective on 1 January 2014. 1-246-4297931
Restrictions on emissions of nitrous oxide (NOx) and partic- 1-246-4340933
ulate matter are also in effect in the two ECAs. 2. Facsimile: 1-246-2284080
For further information, see North Sea and the English 3. E-mail: apis-support@impacsjrcc.org
Channel—Pollution—Sulphur Emission Control Areas. 4. Web site: http://www.caricomapis.org
Pub. 140
Caribbean Sea 159
SURNAV Signals
The SURNAV system is intended to prevent accidental pol-
lution in the territorial waters of Guadeloupe and Martinique as For information on international port traffic signals and visu-
well as in the waters within 50 miles of the coast of Guade- al storm warning signals, see North Atlantic Ocean—Appen-
loupe and Martinique. dix IV—International Port Traffic Signals and Visual
For further information, see Martinique—Ship Reporting Storm Warning Signals.
System
Pub. 140
161
CAYMAN ISLANDS
Pub. 140
162 Cayman Islands
Government The main import-trading partners are the United States, Trini-
dad and Tobago, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands Antil-
les, and Japan.
Languages
English is the official language.
Meteorology
Wind and sea state synopsis, together with offshore waters
forecasts for the Caribbean Sea and the southwest Atlantic
Flag of the Cayman Islands Ocean, are available, in English, from the Cayman Islands Na-
tional Weather Service (http://www.weather.gov.ky/portal/
The Cayman Islands are a parliamentary democracy and a page/portal/nwshome).
self-governing dependent overseas territory of the United
Kingdom. It is divided into six districts.
Elizabeth II, recognized as the chief of state, appoints a Gov-
Navigational Information
ernor. The Premier is appointed by the Governor. The 20-mem- Enroute Volume
ber unicameral Legislative Assembly consists of two appointed Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
members and 18 directly-elected members, all serving 4-year ume 1.
terms.
The legal system is based on British common law and local Maritime Claims
statutes. The maritime territorial claims of the Cayman Islands are, as
The capital is Georgetown. follows:
Holidays Territorial Sea 12 miles.
The following holidays are observed: Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
January 1 New Year’s Day
January 27 National Heroes Day Regulations
Ash Wednesday Variable Quarantine
Good Friday Variable The Pre-Arrival Notification Form should be sent at least 24
hours prior to arrival in the Cayman Islands, preferably sending
Easter Sunday Variable it immediately after the vessel’s departure from the previous
Easter Monday Variable port-of-call. The form is an Excel spreadsheet; the spreadsheet
and instructions on how to complete the form can be down-
Third Monday in May Discovery Day loaded from the web site of the Cayman Islands Port Authority
Whitsunday Variable (http://www.caymanport.com).
The form should be e-mailed, as follows:
Whitmonday Variable
1. Port Security Officer: jwoods@caymanport.com
First Monday following the Queen’s Birthday 2. Immigration Office: icm@gov.ky
second Saturday in June Vessels should contact Port Security on VHF channel 16
First Monday in July Constitution Day when within VHF range.
Pub. 140
Cayman Islands 163
The Cayman Islands are a dependent territory of the United U. S. Embassy Jamaica Home Page
Kingdom. There is no diplomatic representation.
Consular services are provided through the U.S. Embassy in https://jm.usembassy.gov
Jamaica situated at 142 Old Hope Road, Kingston 6.
Pub. 140
165
COLOMBIA
Pub. 140
166 Colombia
Colombia. October 12 * Dia de la Raza
Piracy incidents have been reported (2006) in Barranquilla.
November 1 All Saints’ Day
Currency November 11 * Cartagena
Independence Day
The official unit of currency is the Colombian peso, consist-
ing of 100 centavos. December 8 Immaculate Conception
December 25 Christmas Day
Government * If the holiday does not fall on a Monday, it is
celebrated on the following Monday.
Industries
The main industries include textiles, food processing, oil,
clothing and footwear, beverages, chemicals, cement, and min-
ing (gold, coal, and emeralds).
The main exports are petroleum, coffee, coal, nickel, emer-
alds, clothing, bananas, and cut flowers. The main export-trad-
ing partners are the United States, Panama, and China
The main imports are industrial equipment, transportation
equipment, consumer goods, chemicals, paper products, fuels,
Flag of Colombia and electricity. The main import-trading partners are the Unit-
ed States, China, Mexicoand Brazil.
Colombia is a constitutional republic in which the executive
branch dominates the government structure. The country is di- Languages
vided into 32 departments and one capital district.
Colombia is governed by a directly-elected President who Spanish is the official language.
serves a 4-year term. The Cabinet is appointed by the Presi-
dent. The bicameral Congress is composed of a 108-member Navigational Information
Senate and a 172-member House of Representatives. Members
of both houses are directly elected to serve 4-year terms. Enroute Volumes
The legal system is based on Spanish and French civil law Pub. 125, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of South
and a criminal code modeled after United States procedures. America.
The capital is Bogota. Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 2.
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed: The maritime territorial claims of Colombia are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Colombia 167
Pub. 140
168 Colombia
Pub. 140
169
COSTA RICA
General
Costa Rica is located in Central America, bordering the Ca-
ribbean Sea and the North Pacific Ocean, between Nicaragua
and Panama.
The climate is tropical, having its dry season from December
to April and its rainy season from May to November.
The terrain is primarily coastal plains separated by rugged
mountains.
Pub. 140
170 Costa Rica
directly-elected members serving 4-year terms. Instituto Meteorologico Nacional (http://www.imn.ac.cr).
The legal system is based on Spanish civil law.
The capital is San Jose. Navigational Information
Holidays Enroute Volumes
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The following holidays are observed: ume 2.
Pub. 153, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexi-
January 1 New Year’s Day co and Central America.
Mid April Juan Santamaria Maritime Claims
(Anniversary of the The maritime territorial claims of Costa Rica are, as follows:
Battle of Rivas)
Holy Thursday Variable Territorial Sea 12 miles.
Good Friday Variable Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Easter Sunday Variable Zone
The main industries are medical equipment, textiles and Search and Rescue
clothing, construction materials, fertilizer, and plastic products.
The main exports are bananas, pineapples, coffee, melons, Puntarenas Coast Radio Station (TEC) maintains a continu-
ornamental plants, sugar, beef, seafood, electronic compo- ous listening watch on VHF channel 16 for distress traffic.
nents, and medical equipment. The main export-trading part- Maritime Rescue Coordination Center Costa Rica can be
ners are the United States, Belgium, Panama, the Netherlands, contacted, as follows:
Nicaragua, and Guatemala. 1. Telephone: 506-2286-4418
The main imports are raw commodities, consumer goods, 506-2286-6880
capital equipment, petroleum, and construction equipment. 2. Facsimile: 506-2286-5813
The main import-trading partners are the United States, China, 3. E-mail: Operaciones.sng.cr@gmail.com
and Mexico. Rodmurillo01@gmail.com
Ariasmartin600@yahoo.com
Languages Costa Rica is part of the Corporacion Centroamericana de
Servicios de Navegacion Aerea (COCESNA), the Central
Spanish is the official language. American aeronautical search and rescue network. Rescue
Sub-Center (RSC) Costa Rica works with RCC Centro Ameri-
Meteorology ca and can be contacted, as follows:
1. Telephone: 506-372-2043
Marine weather bulletins are available, in Spanish, from the 506-368-3702
Pub. 140
Costa Rica 171
Pub. 140
173
CROATIA
Pub. 140
174 Croatia
1. Between Stonski Kanal (42°47'N., 17°46'E.) and Split b. 42°55'N, 17°12'E.
(43°31'N., 16°26'E.). c. 42°47'N, 17°19'E.
2. Near the islands lying between Otocic Jabuka d. 42°43'N, 17°23'E.
(43°06'N., 15°28'E.) and Otok Vis, 26 miles E. e. 42°43'N, 17°10'E.
3. North of 44°00'N.
The anomalies in the N are less intense than those in the S. P-8 (S of Otok Mljet)—Area bound by line joining the fol-
lowing positions:
Currency a. 42°47'N, 17°l9'E.
b. 42°41'N, 17°45'E.
The official unit of currency is the kuna, consisting of 100 li- c. 42°32'N, 17°42'E.
pa. d. 42°37'N, 17°16'E.
Pub. 140
Croatia 175
Languages Pilotage
Serbo-Croatian is the official language, which is spoken by Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels exceeding 500
96 per cent of the population. gt. Pilotage is also compulsory for vessels carrying hazardous
cargo proceeding between Croatian ports and while in Croatian
waters. Certain vessels under 500 gt may be subject to pilotage
Meteorology should the harbormaster’s office consider this necessary.
The harbor authorities may be contacted 24 hours on VHF
Marine forecasts for the Adriatic Sea are available in Croa- channel 9. The pilot associations may be contacted 24 hours on
tian and English from the Croatian Meteorological and Hydro- VHF channel 12.
logical Service (http://www.meteo.hr). Coastal pilotage is compulsory, as follows:
1. Vessels 40,000 gt and over carrying dangerous liquid
Mined Areas chemicals or flammable liquid gas or oil tankers bound for
the ports of Rijeka, Zadar, Sibenik, Split, and Ploca.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area 0.5 mile NW 2. Vessels 500 gt and over bound for the ports of Plomin
of Otok Skrda Light (44°29'N., 14°51'E.) due to mines on the and Brsica.
sea bed. 3. Vessels 500 gt and over and yachts 1,000 gt and over
navigating in the area of the Tihi Kanal or the Fazanski
Navigational Information Kanal.
4. Vessels 500 gt and over and with an loa of 100m and
Enroute Volume over navigating in the area of Sedmovrace, except for vessels
Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra- engaged in public scheduled services.
nean. Coastal pilotage should be requested 6 hours in advance.
Pub. 140
176 Croatia
Pollution shore:
a. 42°24.5'N, 18°30.6'E.
Pollution Reporting b. 42°24.5'N, 18°30.7'E.
Vessels navigating or located in the internal waters, territori- 6. A sea belt in front of Sava Kovacevic ship repair yard
al sea, or ecological or fisheries protection zone of Croatia of Tivat, bounded by lines joining the following positions:
should contact MRCC Rijeka regarding any situation that a. 42°25.9'N, 18°41.8'E.
could result in the pollution of the sea or the coast. Reports b. 42°25.8'N, 18°41.4'E.
should be made when there is a discharge or the risk of dis- c. 42°26.2'N, 18°41.3'E.
charge of dangerous, harmful, or polluting material into the sea d. 42°26.4'N, 18°41.5'E.
and/or for any slick consisting of polluting materials, or for any 7. A sea belt, 300m wide, offshore of Otok Palagruza.
containers or packages floating in the sea. 8. A sea belt, 300m wide, along the S coast Otok Brac
The report should include the following information: from Rt Zastup to Uvala Farska, delimited by the following
1. Vessel name. points:
2. Call sign. a. 43°17.9'N, 16°27.5'E.
3. Position. b. 43°16.2'N, 16°32.4'E.
4. Departure port. 9. A sea area in the bay of Luka Budava, SW of a line,
5. Destination port. the outermost points of which on the shore are marked by
6. Number of persons on board. two pyramidal structures.
7. Details of the accident, incident, or event. 10. A sea area, 500m wide, offshore of Otok Goli.
8. The address from which additional information can be 11. The sea area around Brionski Otoci, bounded by lines
obtained on the dangerous and/or polluting cargo carried on joining the following positions:
board. a. 44°56.8'N, 13°42.6'E.
9. Preventative measures being undertaken to mitigate b. 44°54.9'N, 13°42.8'E.
the consequences of pollution. c. 44°53.1'N, 13°45.1'E.
10. Other information in accordance with IMO Resolu- d. 44°53.9'N, 13°46.7'E.
tion A.851(20), General Principles for Ship Reporting Sys- e. 44°54.5'N, 13°47.2'E.
tems and Reporting Requirements, including Guidelines for f. 44°55.5'N, 13°46.8'E.
Reporting Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods, Harmful g. 44°56.9'N, 13°44.7'E.
Substances, and/or Marine Pollutants. The following navigation prohibited areas have been estab-
MRCC Rijeka can be contacted on VHF channels 16 and 70 lished in Croatian waters:
or by telephone (see Search and Rescue). 1. Within 300m of three sections of the coast of Otok Vis:
a. Between 43°03.5'N, 16°03.8'E, on the shore, and
MARPOL Special Area 43°02.8'N, 16°03.8'E, on the shore, in the vicinity of Rt
The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL Barjak and including Otocici Barjak.
Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where b. Between 43°00.6'N, 16°04.6'E, on the shore, and
special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution 43°00.4'N, 16°05.0'E, on the shore, in the vicinity of Rt
in the sea have been adopted. Stupisce.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic c. Between 43°02.4'N, 16°14.4'E, on the shore, and
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas. 43°03.9'N, 16°15.7'E, on the shore.
2. Uvala Stupica Mala and the channel between Rt Raso-
Prohibited Areas he and Otocic Mazirina.
3. A sea area, 500m wide, surrounding Rt Zecevo.
The following prohibited areas have been established in Cro- 4. Uvala Zagracina (44°08.2'N., 14°53.8'E.), Uvala Dum-
atian waters: boka (44°07.2'N., 14°16.0'E.), and Uvala Bukasin
1. A sea belt, 100m wide, along the N shore of Poluotok (44°06.6'N., 14°56.7'E.), on the NE coast of Dugi Otok.
Lustica peninsula, between Spiljice and Donji Krasici and 5. Within a 500m radius of Marinca Rat
between Rose and Rt Dobrac. 6. Within a radius of 500m of Rt Gruj, Goli Rat, Rt Razn-
2. A sea belt, 300m wide, along the N shore of Malo jic, and from position 42°43.2'N, 17°52.1'E.
More from Uvala Vodice to Rt Meded, delimited by the fol- 7. Through Novsko Zdrilo.
lowing shore points: 42°59.4'N, 17°28.5'E and 42°56.4'N, Prohibited areas for vessels greater than 500 gt, and for ves-
17°32.8'E. sels carrying dangerous substances, or which have not been
3. The sea area in the Stonski Kanal, within a line join- certified gas-free, have been established in the following areas:
ing Rt Blaca and Zuronja. 1. In Pamanski Kanal S of Rt Podvara (44°03'N.,
4. In two areas within 300m of that part of the coast of 15°18'E.).
Otok Lastovo from 42°45.3'N, 16°48.6'E, on the shore, to 2. In Kolocepski Kanal between Otok Kolocep (42°40'N.,
42°45.8'N, 16°49.4'E, on the shore, including the area within 18°01'E.) and Veliki Vratnik (42°45'N., 17°47'E.).
300m of the coast of Otok Mrara; and within 300m of that 3. In Peljeski Kanal between Rt Raznjic (42°55'N.,
part of the coast of Otok Lastovo from 42°43.8'N, 16°50.2'E, 17°12'E.) and Rt Osicac (43°01'N., 17°01'E.).
on the shore, to 42°44.0'N, 16°52.1'E, on the shore. 4. In the channels between Otok Kornat and Dugi Otok
5. A sea belt, 300m wide, along the shore of Poluotok on the W, and Otok Pasman and Otok Ugljan on the E, from
Prevlaka peninsula, bounded by the following points on the Otok Zirje (43°39'N., 15°40'E.) to Otok Molat (44°15'N.,
Pub. 140
Croatia 177
Pub. 140
178 Croatia
Information concerning Maritime Rescue Coordination Sub- border (the outer limit of the territorial sea) to the limits of
centers (MRSC) is given in the table titled Croatia—MRSC the Rijeka, Zadar, Sibenik, Split, Ploce, Pula, and Dubrovnik
Contact Information. VTS sectors.
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis- 3. Routeing sectors—Rijeka, Zadar, Sibenik, Split, Ploce,
tening watch on international distress frequencies. MRCC Ri- and Dubrovnik.
jeka also maintains a continuous listening watch on 2187.5 4. Maneuvering sectors—Pula, Rijeka, Zadar, Sibenik,
kHz. Split, Ploce, and Dubrovnik.
Croatia VTS provides an Information Support Service (IS)
Ship Reporting System and a Traffic Organization Service (TOS), as follows:
1. Information Support.—The VTS provides informa-
The Adriatic Ship Reporting System (ADRIREP), a manda- tion support for the safe navigation of all vessels in the area,
tory system for certain vessels, is in effect for the Adriatic Sea including:
N of latitude 40°25'N. For further information, see Italy—Ship a. Information about other vessels in the VTS area.
Reporting System. b. Meteorological and hydrographic information.
c. Mooring/anchorage information.
Time Zone d. Information regarding pilotage.
e. Fairway conditions.
The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings f. Condition of aids to navigation.
Time (BRAVO (-2)) is maintained from the last Sunday in g. Information about hazards that could affect the safe-
March until the last Sunday in October. ty of navigation.
h. Any other information affecting the safety of navi-
gation.
Traffic Separation Schemes The above information is provided within the VTS area in
the event of mandatory reporting of a vessel, on request or
Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Croatia are, as follows: whenever the VTSO considers it necessary.
1. Off Otok Palagruza. (Government of Croatia) Within a Maneuvering Sector and port areas, the VTS pro-
2. In Vela Vrata. (Government of Croatia)
vides Information Support only in the event of an immediate
3. In the North Adriatic Sea. (IMO adopted) and serious threat to the safety of navigation.
Vessels must take responsibility for considering any infor-
U.S. Embassy mation obtained from the Information Support service.
2. Traffic Organization Service.—The VTS organizes
The U.S. Embassy is situated at 2 Thomas Jefferson Street, navigation and manages traffic to prevent the development of
Zagreb.
possible dangerous traffic/navigational situations and to en-
The mailing address is 2 Thomas Jefferson Street, 10010 Za- able the safe and effective navigation of all vessels.
greb. To organize navigation and manage traffic, the VTSO may
issue the following mandatory instructions to one or more
U. S. Embassy Croatia Home Page vessels or all vessels in the VTS Routeing Sector:
a. Prohibition of passage or the prohibition of passage
https://hr.usembassy.gov in a specific area by a particular vessel or group of vessels.
b. Prohibition of overtaking or the establishment of an
Vessel Traffic Service overtaking area.
c. Prohibition of departure from a port or an anchorage
The Croatia Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) and associated or entry into a VTS sector.
vessel reporting systems have been established in Croatia. Par- d. Prohibition of entry into a port or anchorage or exit
ticipation is mandatory. from a VTS sector.
Croatia VTS is divided into the following sectors: e. Consent to or restriction on speed over ground.
1. Sector A—The area of the Republic of Croatia Ecolog- f. Stipulation of the course or VTS sailing plan of a
ical and Fisheries Protection Zone, which is composed of a vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo or carrying
Northern Area and a Southern Area. out towing or in some other manner with limited maneu-
2. Sector B—The parts of the internal waters and territo- verability.
rial seas of the Republic of Croatia from the international g. Prohibition of anchoring and the establishment of an
Pub. 140
Croatia 179
Pub. 140
180 Croatia
7. Vessels engaged in towing or pushing another vessel b. Vessels fulfilling its reporting obligation in accor-
regardless of length. dance with the ADRIREP system.
All vessels required to participate in the VTS must: 2. Entry Report.—All vessels intending to enter a port,
1. Inform the VTS of their position and intentions on the mooring, or anchorage located in Sector B must report to the
appropriate VHF channel according to sector instructions. VTS 15 minutes before ETA or at the latest when entering,
2. Comply with all instructions issued by the VTS. and report the following information to the VTS:
3. Take account of all information received from the a. Vessel name.
VTS. b. Vessel call sign.
Vessels required to participate in the VTS and leaving a Ma- c. Statement of intention, giving name of port.
neuvering Sector or a Routeing Sector, when crossing into Sec- d. Mooring/anchorage.
tor B, have no obligation to report. The VTS will contact 3. Arrival Report.—All vessels, immediately after
vessels as to their next steps. mooring or anchoring in a port in Sector B, must report the
The master of a vessel required to participate in the VTS is following information to the VTS:
responsible for its operation and must inform the VTS if pre- a. Vessel name.
vented from doing so. b. Vessel call sign.
Vessels sailing regular domestic routes, navigating in accor- c. Declaration of status (moored or anchored).
dance with a published timetable, and port tugs when undertak- d. Location.
ing towing in a port need not report to the VTS. 4. Departure Report.—All vessels ready to leave port or
Public vessels not fitted with AIS must report to the VTS by change position within a port from a mooring or anchorage
telephone. in Sector B must report this to the VTS and include the fol-
Other vessels and yachts with an loa of 40m or more may lowing information
voluntarily participate in the VTS. a. Vessel name.
In the Maneuvering Sectors and the port areas, the body that b. Vessel call sign.
manages the port provides port control or operating services on c. Statement of intention (departure or change in posi-
the appropriate VHF sector channel. tion).
When a vessel submits a Departure Report, the VTS must
Reporting Requirements—VTS Croatia (Sector A and Sec- grant or deny consent to depart, in all instances with the ap-
tor B) proval of the harbormaster’s office, and will provide the fol-
Sector A.—All vessels may voluntarily maintain a continu- lowing information:
ous listening watch on VHF channel 10. VHF channel 60 is the a. Consent to depart (consent is issued after embarka-
secondary channel which may be utilized for the provision of tion of a pilot, if the vessel is taking a pilot on board)
VTS services if requested by the VTSO. b. Information about port services
Sector B.—The following reports are required: 5. Deviation Report.—Vessels must submit a Deviation
1. Pre-entry Report.—All participating vessels intend- Report to the VTS if there has been a change in destination, a
ing on entering Sector B having been navigating internation- major change in ETA, or any other deviation from planned
ally must submit a pre-entry report to the VTS 15 minutes actions as soon as the change is known, stating the following
before or at least when entering Sector B, stating: information:
a. Vessel name. a. Vessel name.
b. Vessel call sign. b. Vessel call sign.
c. Position. c. Nature of the deviation.
d. Course. d. Reason for the deviation.
e. Speed.
f. Destination. Reporting Requirements—Routeing Sectors and Maneu-
g. ETA. vering Sectors for Port VTS Sectors (Dubrovnik, Ploce, Pu-
A Pre-entry Report need not be submitted by: la, Rijeka, Sibenik, Split, and Zadar)
a. Vessels supplying information via AIS and not Routeing Sectors.—All vessels required to participate in the
heading for a destination in the VTS area. VTS must report, as follows:
Pub. 140
Croatia 181
Pub. 140
183
CUBA
Pub. 140
184 Cuba
The Guantanamo Bay Naval Defensive Sea Area is the area Holidays
between the high and low water marks and the sea and in and
about the entrance channel within the following lines: The following holidays are observed:
1. A line bearing 180° and extending 3 miles from the
shoreline of the E boundary of the U.S. Naval Base Guanta- January 1 New Year’s Day/Libera-
namo (longitude 75°05'1502''W). tion Day
2. A line bearing 180° and extending 3 miles from the
shoreline of the W boundary of the U.S. Naval Base Guanta- January 2 Public Holiday
namo (longitude 75°14'02''W). May 1 Labor Day
3. A line joining the outer extremities of the bearing lines
described above in paragraph 1 and paragraph 2. May 20 Independence Day (from
All vessels are directed to stand clear of the Guantanamo Spain)
Bay Naval Defensive Sea Area. July 25-27 Revolution Days
October 10 Commemoration of Wars
Magnetic Anomalies
of Independence (Grito
Local compass deflections have been reported N of the
de Yara)
entrance to Puerto de Moa (20°40'N., 74°54'W.).
December 25 Public Holiday
December 31 Public Holiday
Currency
The official unit of currency is the Cuban peso, consisting of Industries
100 centavos.
The main industries are petroleum, sugar milling and refin-
ing, tobacco, construction, nickel, steel, cobalt, cement, phar-
maceuticals, and agricultural machinery.
Firing Areas The main exports are petroleum, sugar, nickel, tobacco, fish,
U.S. military exercise areas are established in the waters S of medical products, citrus, and coffee. The main export-trading
the Florida Keys and off Guantanamo Bay. partners are Venezuela, Russia, and Lebanon.
Local Notice to Mariners are promulgated giving the limits The main imports are petroleum, food, machinery and equip-
of the area, nature of exercise, time and duration, and applica- ment, and chemicals. The main import-trading partners are
ble navigational rules. China, Spain, Russia, and Brazil.
Languages
Government Spanish is the official language.
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts are available in Spanish from the
Instituto de Meteorologia de la Republica de Cuba (INSMET)
(http://www.insmet.cu).
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Flag of Cuba Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Cuba is a communist state comprised of 15 provinces and
one special municipality. Maritime Claims
Cuba is governed by a President appointed by the National The maritime territorial claims of Cuba are, as follows:
Assembly for a 5-year term. The unicameral National Assem-
bly is composed of 605 members serving 5-year terms. They Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
are directly elected from slates approved by special candidate
commissions; no other political candidates are allowed to stand Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
for office. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
The legal system is based on Spanish law and American law,
with large elements of Communist legal theory. Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen-
The capital is Havana. tal Margin.
Pub. 140
Cuba 185
* Cuba claims straight baselines enclosing varying dis- Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
tances of water between Cabo Frances, Isla de la Juventad, The waters surrounding the Sabena-Carmaguey Archipelago
Cayo Breton, and Cabo Cruz as internal waters. have been declared a PSSA by the International Maritime Or-
ganization.
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
Internet Maritime Safety Information
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
Navigational warnings are available, in English and Spanish,
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
from the Cuban Geospatial Data Authority (http://
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
www.iderc.cu/web/iderc/avisos-radiados).
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
Pilotage Prohibited Areas
North coast.—Vessels are prohibited from anchoring or re-
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels for entry, de-
maining in the area of the territorial sea of Cuba between the
parture, berthing, casting off, and towing. Pilotage is provided
beacon in the vicinity of the mouth of the Rio Jaimanitas
by Practicos de Cuba, who can be contacted, as follows:
(23°05.6'N., 82°29.4'W.) and Arrecife de Nicolao (23°14.2'N.,
1. Telephone: 53-7-8608516
80°21.8'W.). This prohibition does not impede the passage of
53-7-8621840
vessels through this area to or from Cuban ports or the right of
53-7-8641037
innocent passage.
2. E-mail: practicosdecuba@gmail.com
South coast.—Vessels are prohibited from anchoring or re-
practicosdecuba@epp.transnet.com
maining in the area of the territorial sea of Cuba between longi-
3. Web site: http://www.practicosdecuba.transnet.cu
tude 75°14'W and longitude 76°30'W. This prohibition does
The port operations of Guantanamo Bay (19°54'N.,
not impede the passage of vessels through this area to or from
75°10'W.) are controlled by U.S. Naval authorities.
Cuban ports or the right of innocent passage.
Navigation is prohibited in the area bounded by lines joining
Pollution the following positions:
a. 22°02'45''N, 80°29'00''W.
Discharging hydrocarbons, pollutants, or garbage is prohibit-
b. 22°50'00''N, 80°35'00''W.
ed within the territorial waters of Cuba or its Exclusive Eco-
c. 22°40'00''N, 81°03'00''W.
nomic Zone.
d. 22°45'00''N, 81°20'00''W.
Pollution reports, including reports involving the presence of
e. 22°05'47''N, 81°17'00''W.
oil patches and other substances, should be forwarded to the
Ministry of Transport, Maritime Safety and Survey Division
(CENTRO AVISO NACIONAL), through the nearest coast ra- Cuba—Port Signals
dio station and should include the following information: Signal Meaning
1. Date and time of discovery
2. Position, direction of drift, approximate size, and de- This is the position of the various lights
scription of type of substance. on the mast. There are six lights arranged
3. Proximity to the nearest Cuban coastal zone, mention- R vertically which combine to make the
ing the port and provincial authority. G appropriate signal. The distance between
4. Name and nationality of vessels found close to the sub- R the lights as seen from the vessel will
stance. W vary dependent upon the signal being dis-
5. Any other relevant information R played and the lights in use.
The Maritime Safety and Survey Division can also be con- G G = Green light.
tacted, as follows: R = Red light.
1. Telephone: 53-7-8816607 W = White light
53-7-8819498 G One or more vessels approaching port.
2. Facsimile: 53-7-8811514
Vessel(s) 1 or 2 miles off maneuvering to
3. Telex: 28-511229 MITRANS CU G
enter port with clear approach to the
4. E-mail: dsim@mitrans.transnet.cu G
channel.
Regulations G Vessel(s) 1 or 2 miles off has requested
R pilot. Do not enter. Wait there for pilot.
Vessels should send their ETA to Mambisas Habana. If an- W Pilot launch returning to station.
other port other than Habana is the vessel’s first port of call, the
ETA should also be sent to Mambisas (name of port). R
Channel not clear.
All vessels approaching Cuban ports should contact the Port R
Signal Station on VHF channel 16, or by light signals, to an- R
nounce their presence, nationality, and characteristics. Entry and exit prohibited for all types of
R
The maximum permitted vessel speed in inner Cuban waters vessels.
R
is 6 knots, unless otherwise directed.
Pub. 140
186 Cuba
Pub. 140
Cuba 187
Pub. 140
189
CURACAO
Firing Areas
General
Air and surface firing exercise areas are located from 8 to 26
Curacao is an island in the Caribbean Sea located about 35 miles SW of Curacao.
miles off the coast of Venezuela.
The tropical climate of the island is eased by the Northeast Government
Trade winds, resulting in mild temperatures. It is semi-arid,
with an average yearly rainfall of about 60 cm. Curacao is an integral part of the Kingdom of the Nether-
The terrain is generally low and hilly. lands. The island is fully autonomous concerning internal af-
Pub. 140
190 Curacao
fairs. The Dutch government is responsible for defense and Languages
foreign affairs.
King Willem-Alexander of the Netherlands is the chief of Papiamento, a Spanish-Portuguese-Dutch-English dialect,
state. The Governor-General is appointed by the King follow- Dutch, and English are the official languages.
ing legislative elections. The Prime Minister is elected by the
Estates of Curacao (parliament). The unicameral Estates of Cu- Meteorology
racao is composed of 21 directly-elected members serving 4-
year terms. Marine weather forecasts are available in English from the
The legal system is based on Dutch civil law, with some En- Meteorological Department Curacao (http://www.meteo.cw).
glish common law influence.
The capital is Willemstad.
Navigational Information
Enroute Volumes
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 2.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Curacao are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Curacao 191
Service provides fixed wing aircraft only for search purposes. ings Time is not observed.
There is a communications link with the U.S. Coast Guard
Rescue Coordination Center in San Juan, Puerto Rico. U.S. Embassy
Signals The U.S. Consulate is situated at J. B. Gorsiraweg #1, Wil-
lemstad.
The day signal for a gale warning (winds speeds of 34 knots The mailing address is P.O. Box 158, Willemstad, Curacao.
and over) is a red square flag with a black square center.
U. S. Consulate Curacao Home Page
Time Zone
https://cw.usconsulate.gov
The Time Zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
Pub. 140
193
CYPRUS
Pub. 140
194 Cyprus
e. 35°08.9'N, 32°48.3'E. (coast) by a United Nations buffer zone.
All firing exercises are announced by navigational warnings
Area KT-003.—Located E of Cape Kormkiti and bounded Holidays
by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
a. 35°21.4'N, 33°09.0'E. (coast) The following holidays are observed:
b. 35°24.0'N, 33°09.0'E.
c. 35°24.0'N, 33°11.6'E.
January 1 New Year’s Day
d. 35°21.3'N, 33°11.6'E. (coast)
All firing exercises are announced by navigational warnings March 25 Greek Independence Day
Area KT-004.—Located NE of Kyreniai and bounded by April 1 EOKA Day
lines joining the following positions:
a. 35°23.0'N, 33°22.8'E. May 1 Labor Day
b. 35°33.0'N, 33°22.8'E. October 1 Independence Day
c. 35°33.0'N, 33°41.0'E.
d. 35°23.0'N, 33°41.0'E.
The following additional holidays are observed by the Greek
All firing exercises are announced by navigational warnings
Area KT-005.—Located SE of Cape Eloea and bounded by Orthodox Cypriot community:
lines joining the following positions:
a. 35°18.9'N, 34°13.0'E. January 6 Epiphany
b. 35°16.0'N, 34°15.0'E. May 6 Green Monday
c. 35°12.0'N, 34°08.0'E.
d. 35°15.0'N, 34°05.0'E. Good Friday Variable
Holy Saturday Variable
Government Easter Monday Variable
Cyprus is an independent republic. The country is divided August 15 Assumption Day
into six districts. Great Britain retains sovereignty over the ar-
October 28 OHI Day
eas containing its military bases on the island at Akrotiri and
Dhekelia. December 25 Christmas Day
December 26 Boxing Day
January 6 Epiphany
Good Friday Variable
Easter Monday Variable
December 25 Christmas Day
Flag of Cyprus December 26 Boxing Day
Cyprus is governed by directly-elected President who serves The following holidays are observed by the Turkish Cypriot
a 5-year term. The unicameral House of Representatives is community:
composed of 80 directly-elected members (56 from the Greek
Cypriot community and 24 from the Turkish Cypriot commu-
January 1 New Year’s Day
nity) serving 5-year terms. The Turkish Cypriot members have
not attended legislative sessions since 1963. February 13 Founding of the Turkish Feder-
The legal system is based on English common law with civil ated State of Cyprus
modifications. April 23 Opening of the Turkish Grand
The capital is Nicosia. National Assembly
Since 1974, the Republic of Cyprus has been divided de fac-
to into two autonomous areas. The Greek Cypriots control the May 19 Turkish Youth Day
only internationally-recognized government of the republic, al- August 30 Turkish Victory Day
though their effective authority is limited to the Greek Cypriot
communities. October 29 Turkish Republic Day
In 1983, Turkish Cypriots declared independence and
formed the “Turkish Republic of Northern Cyprus,” with its Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
capital at Lefkosa. The Turkish Republic has been recognized moon, include Ramazan Bairam (End of Ramadan), Kurban
only by Turkey. The Greek and Turkish nations are separated Bairam (End of Pilgrimage), and the Prophet's Birthday.
Pub. 140
Cyprus 195
Pub. 140
196 Cyprus
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- rotiri Royal Air Force Base in the British Sovereign Base Area,
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- can be contacted, as follows:
cation. 1. Telephone: 357-25-276854
357-25-275002
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- 357-25-953449
tion 2. Facsimile: 357-25-276795
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as 3. E-mail: akrotiriops@hotmail.com
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 Cyprus Radio operates a maritime radio service which main-
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo tains a continuous listening watch on international distress fre-
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant quencies and can be contacted, as follows:
port authority at least 24 hours in advance. 1. Telephone: 357-24-304454
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- 357-24-304452
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- 2. Facsimile: 357-25-669950
tions. 3. E-mail: cyprus.radio@jrcc.org.cy
Restricted Areas
Submarine Operating Areas
Marine reserves are located off the coast of Cyprus, as fol-
lows: Submarines frequently exercise in an area centered about 23
1. Southeast of Paphos.—An area in the vicinity of posi- miles NNW of Cape Kormakiti (35°24'N., 32°55'E.).
tion 34°42.9'N, 32°27.0'E.
2. In Akrotiki Bay E and SE of Limassol.—Areas in Time Zone
the vicinity of the following positions:
a. 34°42.2'N, 33°08.6'E. The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
b. 34°40.8'N, 33°05.0'E. ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is observed from the last Sunday in
3. West and NW of Cape Greco.—Areas in the vicinity March until the last Sunday in October.
of the following positions:
a. 34°58.7'N, 33°58.8'E. U.S. Embassy
b. 35°02.9'N, 34°02.0'E.
These areas may be marked by lighted or unlighted buoys or The U.S. Embassy is situated at the corner of Metochiou
beacons. Street and Ploutarchou Street, Engomi 2407, Nicosia.
The mailing address is P.O. Box 24536, 1385 Nicosia.
Search and Rescue
U. S. Embassy Cyprus Home Page
The Joint Rescue Coordination Center (JRCC) Larnaca (call
sign: Cyprus Rescue) is responsible for search and rescue oper- https://cy.usembassy.gov
ations in Cypriot waters and can be contacted, as follows:
1. Telephone: 357-24-643005
2. Facsimile: 357-24-643254 Vessel Traffic Service
3. E-mail: info@jrcc.org.cy
rescuecy@gmail.com A Vessel Traffic Service operates in the approaches to Li-
4. Web site: http://www.mod.gov.cy/jrcc massol (34°39'N., 33°02'E.). For further information, see Pub.
JOC Akrotiri, which operates 24 hours and is located at Ak- 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterranean.
Pub. 140
197
DENMARK
Pub. 140
198 Denmark
Denmark—Daybeacon Topmarks
Ice may also wear the color off buoys; topmarks or reflectors quency radio beacons situated around the coast of Denmark are
may be lost or damaged. reported (1999) to have been discontinued.
Submarine cables and are marked by pairs of beacons, as fol- Air Cushion Vehicles operate between Malmo and Koben-
lows: havn, on the same route as hydrofoils. They have a maximum
1. Front beacon—A white circular mark with a red cen- speed of 35 knots and operate in accordance with the Interna-
ter. If lighted, a fixed red light will be displayed. tional Rules of the Road. When airborne, they carry a rotating
2. Rear beacon—A white circular mark with a red center yellow warning light. The vehicle makes difficult leeway with
above a white diamond-shaped mark with a red border. If the wind abeam. Signals made on a ship's bell are difficult to
lighted, a fixed red light over a fixed white light will be dis- hear aboard the air cushion vehicle.
played. After heavy storms sands erodes from the W and NW coasts
Lighted buoys with the word “Kabel” in black letters may be of Jutland and is deposited in the harbor entrances on the W
laid along the line of the cable. coast of Denmark. These deposits cause changes to the sea bed
Submarine pipelines are marked by pairs of beacons in line. and may result in unpredictable current and wave conditions.
The front and rear beacons have yellow diamond-shaped top- Vessels should contact the port authorities for the latest infor-
marks. If lights are shown, a fixed yellow light is exhibited mation prior to entering these harbors.
from each beacon. Many Danish lighthouses, particularly those in Kattegat and
Firing or danger areas are marked by pairs of beacons with Storebaelt, are built on reefs and have foundations not visible
triangular topmarks having black and yellow bands. The rear below the surface. Shoal water may exist within 30m of the
topmarks point down while the front topmarks point up. base of each lighthouse.
Denmark has recently completed virtual Automatic Identifi- Broken and drifting fishing stakes may present a danger to
cation System (AIS) Aids to Navigation (ATON) trials. For navigation along the coasts of Denmark, especially during and
further information on AIS ATON, see North Atlantic after the winter season.
Ocean—Navigational Information.
Magnetic Anomalies
Vessels should note that magnetic compasses may be affect-
Cautions ed when transiting in the area of the main power cables be-
tween Denmark and Sweden.
In conjunction with the establishment of GMDSS (Global Local deflections of the compass have been reported 2 miles
Maritime Distress and Safety System), numerous medium fre- N of Kristianslund (55°19'N., 10°49'E.).
Pub. 140
Denmark 199
A local magnetic anomaly has been reported in the S part of wards to Travemunde, Germany.
The Sound in a position about 1.5 miles SW of Drogden Light
(55°32.2'N., 12°42.7'E.). Currency
Magnetic deviations of up to 70° have been experienced in
the vicinity of a power cable extending S from a position about The official unit of currency is the Danish krone, consisting
4 miles W of Trelleborg, Sweden through Kadetrenden and on- of 100 ore.
Pub. 140
200 Denmark
Pub. 140
Denmark 201
Pub. 140
202 Denmark
Pub. 140
Denmark 203
Pub. 140
204 Denmark
If a reporting ship changes its voyage plans, it shall notify areas due to the existence of mines and other objects contain-
Danish Ice Service as soon as possible. ing explosives. Navigation, anchoring, fishing and/or other
The Danish Ice Service (via the MAS) may be contacted, as subsurface activities are prohibited in the areas listed below.
follows: North Sea.—Navigation is prohibited in the area between
1. VHF: VHF channel 16 the W coast of Denmark and lines joining the following posi-
2. Telephone: 45-72-850000 (switchboard) tions:
45-72-850369 a. 55°27.8'N, 8°18.7'E.
45-72-812054 b. 55°28.2'N, 8°15.2'E.
45-72-850364 (ice reports) as well as the area which extends from position b, 1 mile from
3. E-mail: mas@sok.dk the coast, to 55°49'N. The harbor approaches in the area are ex-
4. Web site: https://www.forsvaret.dk/istjenesten empt from the prohibition.
(in Danish only)
Sild.—Anchoring, fishing with bottom equipment, and sea-
General bed activity are prohibited in the following areas:
Ice formation along the North Sea coast of Denmark is rare. 1. A circle with a radius of 1 mile centered on position
Any ice formation is kept broken up by tidal currents and the 55°05'N, 8°16'E.
warmer saltier water from the S part of the North Sea. Danish 2. A circle with a radius of 1 mile centered on position
fjords are subject to heavier icing than along the coastal areas. 55°02'N, 7°58'E.
Romo and Mano.—Anchoring, fishing with bottom equip-
Industries ment, and seabed activity are prohibited in the area between the
W coast of Romo and Mano and a line joining the following
The main industries are iron, steel, non-ferrous metals, positions:
chemicals, food processing, machinery and transportation a. 55°03.9'N, 8°29.3'E.
equipment, textiles and clothing, electronics, construction, fur- b. 55°05.0'N, 8°19.9'E.
niture and other wood products, shipbuilding and repair, wind c. 55°17.0'N, 8°19.9'E.
turbines, pharmaceuticals, and medical equipment. d. 55°17.0'N, 8°33.1'E.
The main exports are machinery and instruments, meat and Kattegat.—Navigation is prohibited in the following areas:
meat products, dairy products, fish, pharmaceuticals, furniture, 1. Stensnaes.—An area with a width of 1 mile along the
and wind turbines. The main export-trading partners are Ger- coast from 57°15.0'N to Vorsa Bro at position 57°12.3'N,
many, Sweden, the United Kingdom, Norway, and the United 10°29.7'E. The approach to Vorsa Bridge is exempt from the
States. prohibition.
The main imports are machinery and equipment, raw materi- 2. Rageleje.—An area bounded by a line joining the fol-
als for industry, chemicals, grain, foodstuffs, and consumer lowing positions:
goods. The main import-trading partners are Germany, Swe- a. 56°09.6'N, 12°07.7'E.
den, the Netherlands, China, and Norway. b. 56°09.4'N, 12°05.8'E.
c. 56°10.4'N, 12°05.5'E.
Languages d. 56°10.3'N, 12°07.5'E.
3. Entrance of Kalo Vig.—An area bounded by a line
Danish is the official language. English is the predominant joining the following positions:
second language. a. 56°11.9'N, 10°19.3'E.
b. 56°12.4'N, 10°18.0'E.
Meteorology c. 56°13.3'N, 10°19.0'E.
d. 56°13.4'N, 10°19.6'E.
Marine weather forecasts, in English and Danish, are avail- e. 56°13.0'N, 10°20.7'E.
able from the Danmarks Meteorologiske Institut (http://
www.dmi.dk/en/hav/#danmark). Albaek Bugt.—Anchoring, fishing with bottom equipment,
and sea bed activity are prohibited in an area bounded by a line
Mined Areas joining the following positions:
a. 57°35.5'N, 10°25.7'E. (Albaek Harbor)
General b. 57°35.5'N, 10°39.7'E.
Mariners should consult Notice to Mariners and the latest c. 57°30.3'N, 10°39.7'E.
best scale chart for any additional danger areas. d. 57°26.9'N, 10°35.8'E.
A risk does still exist with regard to anchoring, fishing, or e. 57°26.9'N, 10°32.7'E.
any form of submarine activity close to the sea bed. Baltic Sea—Bornholm.—Navigation is prohibited in the
Former NEMEDRI Danger Area No. 9 is an area in which following areas:
danger due to mines laid between 1939 and 1945 still exist. For 1. A circle with a radius of 0.5 mile centered on position
further information, see North Sea and English Channel— 55°02.4'N, 14°38.0'E.
Mined Areas. 2. A circle with a radius of 0.3 mile centered on position
55°04.7'N, 15°14.3'E.
Residual Danger from Surface Mines 3. A circle with a radius of 0.3 mile centered on position
Residual dangers are still considered to exist in the following 55°21.1'N, 15°07.6'E.
Pub. 140
Denmark 205
Residual Danger from Bottom Mines radius of 0.5 mile centered on position 55°02.9'N, 14°39.8'E.
Due to the residual dangers of bottom mines or other objects 12. North of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
containing explosives, vessels are cautioned against anchoring, of 1 mile centered on position 55°33.0'N, 15°01.9'E.
fishing with bottom equipment, and seabed activity in the fol- 13. North of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
lowing danger areas listed below. of 0.3 mile centered on position 55°34.4'N, 15°13.1'E.
14. East of Bornholm.—The area bounded by a line join-
Baltic Sea ing the following positions:
1. South of Aero.—The area bounded by a line joining a. 55°03.8'N, 15°10.1'E.
the following positions: b. 55°03.8'N, 15°11.4'E.
a. 54°46.5'N, 10°26.9'E. c. 55°02.1'N, 15°11.4'E.
b. 54°46.5'N, 10°31.3'E. d. 55°02.1'N, 15°10.1'E.
c. 54°45.0'N, 10°31.3'E. 15. East of Bornholm.—The area bounded by a line join-
d. 54°45.0'N, 10°26.9'E. ing the following positions:
2. Keldsnor.—The area bounded by a line joining the a. 55°25.0'N, 15°31.9'E.
following positions: b. 55°25.0'N, 15°41.9'E.
a. 54°43.0'N, 10°34.2'E. c. 55°23.0'N, 15°41.9'E.
b. 54°41.6'N, 10°32.7'E. d. 55°23.0'N, 15°54.9'E.
c. 54°39.2'N, 10°39.2'E. e. 55°07.0'N, 15°54.9'E.
d. 54°41.0'N, 10°40.7'E. f. 55°07.0'N, 15°29.9'E.
3. Keldsnor.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5 g. 55°05.0'N, 15°29.9'E.
mile centered on position 54°38.3'N, 10°40.1'E. h. 55°05.0'N, 15°24.9'E.
4. Keldsnor.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5 i. 55°10.0'N, 15°24.9'E.
mile centered on position 54°41.0'N, 10°48.1'E. j. 55°10.0'N, 15°27.9'E.
5. Langeland-Lolland.—The area bounded by a line k. 55°23.0'N, 15°27.9'E.
joining the following positions: l. 55°23.0'N, 15°31.9'E.
a. 54°40.0'N, 11°13.6'E. 16. East of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
b. 54°38.0'N, 11°13.6'E. of 3 miles centered on position 55°21.0'N, 15°37.1'E.
c. 54°44.8'N, 10°53.7'E. 17. East of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
d. 54°45.0'N, 10°49.6'E. of 1 mile centered on position 55°16.0'N, 16°12.3'E.
e. 54°43.0'N, 10°48.4'E. 18. East of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
6. Zingst.—The circular area with a radius of 1 mile of 1 mile centered on position 55°08.0'N, 16°10.5'E.
centered on position 54°41.0'N, 12°46.9'E. 19. East of Bornholm.—At approximate position
7. Mon-Falsterbo.—The area bounded by a line joining 52°12.3'N, 15°16.2'E (about 6 miles NE of Svaneke).
the following positions: 20. East of Bornholm.—The area bounded by a line join-
a. 55°05.8'N, 12°20.7'E. ing the following positions:
b. 55°18.7'N, 12°46.8'E. a. 55°03.1'N, 15°08.3'E.
c. 55°20.4'N, 12°53.2'E. b. 55°03.1'N, 15°09.4'E.
d. 55°19.4'N, 12°56.5'E. c. 55°02.5'N, 15°09.3'E.
e. 55°16.5'N, 12°56.5'E. d. 55°02.5'N, 15°08.2'E.
f. 55°09.5'N, 12°41.1'E. 21. East of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
g. 55°04.8'N, 12°27.5'E. of 0.5 mile centered on position 55°02.2'N, 15°09.5'E.
h. 55°05.4'N, 12°21.2'E. 22. East of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
8. West of Bornholn.—The area bounded by the line of 0.5 mile centered on position 54°51.9'N, 16°00.8'E.
joining the following positions: 23. South of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
a. 55°09.2'N, 13°04.7'E. of 0.5 mile centered on position 54°37.0'N, 15°38.9'E.
b. 55°06.3'N, 13°20.2'E. 24. South of Bornholm.—The circular area with a radius
c. 55°05.3'N, 13°19.7'E. of 0.5 mile centered on position 54°41.8'N, 15°02.4'E.
d. 55°08.3'N, 13°04.1'E.
9. West of Bornholm.—The area bounded by the line Kattegat
joining the following positions: 1. Northwest of Gillege.—The circular area with a radi-
a. 54°59.0'N, 13°19.1'E. us of 1 mile centered on position 56°13.5'N, 12°09.0'E.
b. 54°57.8'N, 13°26.9'E. 2. Northeast of Gniben.—The area bounded by a line
c. 54°56.9'N, 13°26.3'E. joining the following positions:
d. 54°58.1'N, 13°18.7'E. a. 56°02.7'N, 11°17.2'E.
10. West of Bornholm.—The area bounded by the line b. 56°02.7'N, 10°20.4'E.
joining the following positions: c. 56°00.9'N, 10°20.4'E.
a. 54°49.1'N, 13°31.9'E. d. 56°00.9'N, 11°17.2'E.
b. 54°49.1'N, 13°35.4'E. 3. Hjelm to Sjaellands Rev.—The area bounded by a
c. 54°48.1'N, 13°35.4'E. line joining the following positions:
d. 54°48.1'N, 13°31.9'E. a. 56°04.3'N, 11°05.9'E.
11. Southsouthwest of Ronne.—The circular area with a b. 56°04.8'N, 10°47.5'E.
Pub. 140
206 Denmark
c. 56°05.8'N, 10°47.5'E. Storebaelt
d. 56°05.3'N, 11°05.9'E. Northeast of Albuen.—The circular area with a radius of
4. Southwest of Anholt.—The circular area with a radius 0.5 mile centered on position 54°52.5'N, 11°00.1'E.
of 2 miles centered on position 56°36.5'N, 11°28.7'E. Southeast of Samso.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5
5. Jegens Bugt.—The circular area with a radius of mile centered on position 55°46.1'N, 10°33.1'E.
150m centered on position 57°19.8'N, 11°06.6'E.
6. Albaek Bugt.—The area bounded by the coast and a Lillebaelt
line joining the following positions: 1. Sandvig.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5 mile
a. 57°35.5'N, 10°25.6'E. (Albaek Havn) centered on position 55°10.0'N, 9°36.3'E.
b. 57°35.5'N, 10°39.6'E. 2. Between Aero and Als.—The area bounded by a line
c. 57°30.3'N, 10°39.6'E. joining the following positions:
d. 57°26.9'N, 10°35.7'E. a. 54°50.0'N, 10°07.9'E.
e. 57°26.9'N, 10°33.6'E. (Frederikshavn Havn) b. 54°50.0'N, 10°14.9'E.
7. East of Skagen.—The area bounded by a line joining c. 54°47.0'N, 10°14.9'E.
the following positions: d. 54°47.0'N, 10°07.9'E.
a. 57°44.5'N, 11°08.9'E.
b. 57°48.5'N, 11°29.9'E. Limfjorden
c. 57°44.9'N, 11°31.9'E. 1. North of Egholm.—The circular area with a radius of
d. 57°39.0'N, 11°02.6'E. 250m centered on position 57°05.4'N, 9°49.6'E.
e. 57°42.5'N, 10°37.9'E. 2. East of Fur.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5
8. North of Laeso.—An area E of Tonneberg Bank mile centered on position 56°49.0'N, 9°08.7'E.
(57°28'N., 11°15'E.) and an area close NW of Osterby Havn, 3. Lovns Bredning.—The circular area with a radius of
with a radius of 150m centered on position 57°19.8'N, 0.5 mile centered on position 56°3.05'N, 9°03.9'E.
11°06.7'E.
9. The areas listed below are bounded by a circle, with a Skagerrak
radius of 0.5 mile, with their centers on the following posi- 1. Between Denmark and Norway.—The area bounded
tions: by a line joining the following positions:
a. 57°45.5'N, 10°42.4'E. a. Lodbjerg Light.
b. 57°36.8'N, 10°26.7'E. b. 57°00.0'N, 7°44.9'E.
c. 57°34.6'N, 10°40.7'E. c. 57°35.0'N, 6°59.9'E.
d. 57°30.5'N, 10°46.6'E. d. Lista Light.
e. 57°28.2'N, 11°19.3'E. and to the E by a line joining the following positions:
f. 57°24.0'N, 11°31.6'E. e. Bragerna (57°0.08'N, 8°54.9'E).
g. 57°22.2'N, 11°25.8'E. f. Lillesand (Saltholmen Light).
h. 56°49.9'N, 10°34.7'E. g. 57°40.0'N, 8°54.9'E.
i. 56°45.0'N, 11°29.7'E. 2. Southeast of Arendal.—The area bounded by a line
j. 56°42.3'N, 10°24.8'E. joining the following positions:
k. 56°40.9'N, 11°29.5'E. a. 58°14.0'N, 9°26.9'E.
l. 56°40.0'N, 11°19.7'E. b. 58°16.0'N, 9°26.9'E.
m. 56°39.4'N, 11°25.4'E. c. 58°19.1'N, 9°40.2'E.
n. 56°36.5'N, 11°39.9'E. d. 58°17.0'N, 9°40.2'E.
o. 56°28.6'N, 11°19.7'E. 3. The areas listed below are bounded by a circle, with a
p. 56°43.2'N, 11°38.2'E. radius of 0.5 mile, with their centers on the following posi-
q. 56°19.7'N, 11°09.1'E. tions:
r. 56°18.0'N, 11°13.9'E. a. 57°57.0'N, 11°17.9'E.
s. 56°15.9'N, 11°28.2'E. b. 57°54.0'N, 11°13.7'E.
t. 56°13.0'N, 11°28.9'E. c. 57°45.5'N, 10°42.4'E.
u. 56°09.9'N, 10°21.2'E. d. 57°46.0'N, 10°10.6'E.
v. 56°09.0'N, 10°26.7'E. e. 57°44.6'N, 9°51.7'E.
w. 56°03.5'N, 10°39.7'E. f. 57°26.1'N, 9°03.7'E.
x. 56°00.0'N, 11°02.7'E. g. 57°45'.0N, 8°59.0'E.
y. 55°57.5'N, 11°21.1'E.
z. 55°51.0'N, 11°12.3'E. North Sea
aa. 55°25.8'N, 11°46.5'E. 1. West coast of Jylland.—The area along the W coast
ab. 56°00.7'N, 11°14.2'E. of Denmark at a distance of 1 mile from the coast between
the parallels of 55°49.0'N and 56°52.9'N.
Sundet 2. East of Horns Rev.—The circular area with a radius
1. Drogden.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5 mile of 0.1 mile centered on position 55°34.4'N, 7°59.59'E.
centered on position 55°36.4'N, 12°42.9'E. 3. Horns Rev.—The area bounded by a line joining the
2. Koge Bugt.—The circular area with a radius of 0.5 following positions:
mile centered on position 55°30.8'N, 12°33.0'E. a. 55°45.5'N, 7°43.6'E.
Pub. 140
Denmark 207
b. 55°44.6'N, 7°48.4'E. rial Sea only with permission after giving advanced notice.
c. 55°32.8'N, 7°43.0'E.
d. 55°34.1'N, 7°36.2'E. Maritime Boundary Disputes
4. Southwest of Horns Rev.—The area bounded by a It has been reported (2008) that Canada, Denmark, Green-
line joining the following positions: land, Norway, Russia, and the United States have agreed to let
a. 55°25.0'N, 6°51.4'E. the United Nations rule on their overlapping territorial claims
b. 55°30.1'N, 7°28.6'E. in the coastal waters of the Arctic Ocean. Coastal states may
c. 55°29.1'N, 7°29.1'E. claim the sea bed beyond the normal 200-mile limit if the sea
d. 55°23.8'N, 6°51.9'E. bed is part of a continental shelf of shallower waters. For fur-
5. Southwest of Horns Rev.—The area bounded by a ther information, see Pub. 180, Sailing Directions (Planning
line joining the following positions: Guide) Arctic Ocean (Arctic Ocean—Navigational Informa-
a. 55°22.0'N, 7°12.0'E. tion—Maritime Boundary Disputes.)
b. 55°22.0'N, 7°16.2'E. It has been reported (2009) that the United Nations has con-
c. 55°19.5'N, 7°16.2'E. curred with Norway’s Arctic claim, which will eventually lead
d. 55°19.5'N, 7°12.0'E. to an expansion of Norwegian territory in the Arctic region.
6. Northwest of Knudedyb.—The circular area with a Dispute with Iceland, the United Kingdom, and Ireland over
radius of 0.5 mile centered on position 55°20.7'N, 8°14.6'E. the Faroe Islands’ continental shelf boundary outside 200
7. West coast of Fano.—An area with a width of 1 mile, miles.
limited to the N and S by the parallels 55°27.8'N, and
55°16.9'N, respectively, and towards the E by the W coast of Internet Maritime Safety Information
Fano and by a line joining the following positions: Navigational warnings and Notice to Mariners are available,
a. 55°20.2'N, 8°28.1'E. in English and Danish, from the Danish Maritime Authority
b. 55°17.3'N, 8°32.6'E. (http://www.dma.dk/SikkerhedTilSoes/Sejladsinformation/Ad-
varster/Sider/default.aspx).
Navigational Information
Deep-Water Routes
Enroute Volumes See Baltic Sea—Navigational Information—Deep-Water
Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea. Routes.
Pub. 193, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Skagerrak and Katte-
gat. Pilotage
Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern
Part). Deep Sea Pilotage
For information on requesting Deep Sea Pilotage in the Bal-
Maritime Claims tic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Pilotage.
The maritime territorial claims of Denmark are, as follows:
Recommended Pilotage
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. ** Pilotage is recommended through Route T by IMO Resolu-
tion MSC 138(76) for the following vessels:
Contiguous Zone 24 miles. 1. Vessels with a draft of 11m or greater.
Fisheries or Economic Zone 200 miles. 2. All vessels carrying irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium,
or highly radioactive waste as defined in the INF Code, re-
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the limit gardless of size.
of Exploitation. Pilots for Route T board in the following positions:
* Claims straight baselines. Advance permission or notifi- a. 57°47.0'N, 10°38.0'E or 57°44.0'N, 10°45.0'E (Ska-
cation for innocent passage of warships in the territorial sea gen).
only required for more than three warships at once. b. 56°24.0'N, 11°05.0'E (Grenaa).
c. 55°23.5'N, 11°00.0'E (Sprogo NE).
** Territorial sea limits reduced in the following areas to d. 54°40.7'N, 10°46.2'E or 54°45.0'N, 10°52.4'E (Store-
retain a high seas corridor: baelt (Great Belt)).
1. Kattegat. e. 54°37.0'N, 12°16.0'E (Gedser).
2. Northern and southern approaches to The Sound. f. 55°20.0'N, 14°47.0'E (Bornholm).
3. Samso Baelt. Pilotage is also recommended by IMO Resolution MSC
4. Kadet Renden. 138(76) for the following vessels when transiting Sundet (The
5. Fehmarn Belt. Sound):
6. Kieler Bucht. 1. Loaded oil tankers with a draft of 7m and over.
7. Bornholmsgat. 2. Loaded chemical tankers and gas carriers, regardless of
size.
The territorial sea of Denmark is claimed by using strait 3. Vessels carrying shipments of irradiated nuclear fuel,
baselines. The area outside the baselines is known as the Outer plutonium, or high level radioactive waste (INF cargo).
Territorial Sea; the area inside the baselines is known as the In- The limits of the area where this pilotage is recommended is,
ner Territorial Sea. Foreign vessels may enter the Inner Territo- as follows:
Pub. 140
208 Denmark
1. North limit—A line connecting Svinbaden Light Compulsory pilotage does not apply in the following areas:
(56°09'N., 12°33'E.) in Sweden and Hornbaek Harbor 1. The North Sea and Skagerrak—
(56°06'N., 12°28'E.) in Denmark. a. West of longitude 10°39.0'W where the vessel’s dis-
2. South limit—A line connecting Skanor Harbor tance to the baseline is greater than 3 miles.
(55°25'N., 12°50'E.) in Sweden and Alfandshage (55°33'N., b. Route T—N of latitude 57°48.0'N and E of longi-
12°36'E.), the southernmost point of Amager Island in Den- tude 10°39.0'E.
mark. 2. Kattegat—
Pilots for Sundet (The Sound) board in the following posi- a. Route A.
tions: b. Route T—N of latitude 56°29.0'N when the vessel’s
a. 57°47.0'N, 10°38.0'E or 57°44.0'N, 10°45.0'E (Ska- draft is less than 11m.
gen). 3. Langelandsbaelt—
b. 56°07.5'N, 12°30.0'E (Helsingor). a. Route H—S of latitude 54°48.0'N.
c. 55°46.0'N, 12°42.0'E (Kobenhavn). b. Route T—S of latitude 54°48.0'N when the vessel’s
d. 55°31.0'N, 12°43.0'E (Drogden). draft is less than 11m.
e. 55°20.0'N, 14°47.0'E (Bornholm). 4. Baltic Sea—Waters surrounding Bornholm and Erthol-
Vessels on a non-stop transit (Bornolm-Skagen or Gedser- mene, provided that the vessel is more than 3 miles from the
skagen and vice versa) with a draft of 11m and over should em- baseline.
ploy two pilots. Ordering Deep Sea Pilots or Harbor Pilots can be carried out
Vessels should use the pilotage service established by the directly with the DanPilot—Danish State Pilotage or with a
governments of Denmark and Sweden. However, Danish pilots private pilot. Contact information for the ordering offices
may not conduct pilotage E of the island of Ven; Swedish pilots which accept pilot bookings are given in the accompanying ta-
may not use the Drogden traffic lane. ble titled Denmark—Pilotage Ordering Offices.
Swedish pilots (Sound Pilots) are ordered 5 hours in advance DanPilot-Danish State Pilotage.—DanPilot-Danish State
via VTS Malmo and can be contacted, as follows: Pilotage provides pilotage for:
1. Telephone: 46-771-630690 (for ports between Vast- 1. Aabenraa (55°02'N., 9°26'E.).
erkik and Simrishamn) 2. Aarhus (transit) (56°10'N., 10°14'E.).
46-771-630680 (for ports between Ystad 3. Aeroskobing (54°54'N., 10°25'E.).
and Hoganas) 4. Allinge (55°17'N., 14°48'E.).
2. Facsimile: 46-40-301868 5. Asnaesverkets (55°40'N., 11°04'E.).
3. E-mail: southcoastpilot@sjofartsverket.se 6. Assens (55°16'N., 9°53'E.).
4. Web site: http://www.sjofartsverket.se 7. Bandholm (54°50'N., 11°30'E.).
Danish pilots are ordered through DanPilot-Danish State Pi- 8. Dragor (55°36'N., 12°41'E.).
lotage and can be contacted through the information contained 9. Drogden (55°36'N., 12°42'E.).
in the table titled Denmark—Pilotage Ordering Offices. 10. Enstedsvaerket (55°01'N., 9°26'E.).
11. Esbjerg (55°29'N., 8°25'E.).
General 12. Faaborg (55°06'N., 10°14'E.).
Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels entering 13. Fredericia (55°33'N., 9°45'E.).
Danish internal and external waters and destined for a Danish 14. Fredrikshavn (57°26'N., 10°33'E.).
port, loading to or from another vessel in Danish territorial wa- 15. Fredrikssund (55°51'N., 12°03'E.).
ters (ship-to-ship transfers), or requiring to anchor in Danish 16. Frederiksvaerk (Stalvalsvaerks Havn) (55°58'N.,
territorial waters: 12°01'E.).
1. Vessels carrying oil or having uncleaned cargo tanks 17. Gedser (54°34'N., 11°56'E.).
that have not been inerted. 18. Grenaa (56°25'N., 10°56'E.).
2. Vessels carrying chemicals. 19. Gulfhaven (55°12'N., 11°15'E.).
3. Vessels carrying gases. 20. Helsingor (Elsinore) (56°02'N., 12°37'E.).
4. Vessels with more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel oil. 21. Horsens (55°51'N., 9°52'E.).
5. Vessels carrying highly radioactive cargo. 22. Hundested (55°58'N., 11°51'E.).
6. Towed vessels 150 gross tons and over or with an loa 23. Kalundborg (55°40'N., 11°05'E.).
of 28m or greater in dredged or marked channels when enter- 24. Kobenhavn (55°42'N., 12°37'E.).
ing or leaving the harbor. When the towed vessel is not 25. Koge (55°27'N., 12°12'E.).
manned or cannot be propelled by its engines, the tugs shall 26. Kolding (55°30'N., 9°30'E.).
use a pilot. Vessels towing or being towed within the same 27. Korsor (55°20'N., 11°07'E.).
harbor are exempt from pilotage. 28. Lillebelt (55°21'N., 9°51'E.).
Pilotage is not compulsory for the following vessels: 29. Mariager Fjord (56°42'N., 10°20'E.), including Hobro
1. Danish vessels flying a foreign flag which are entitled (56°38'N., 9°48'E.) Hadsund (56°43'N., 10°07'E.), and
to navigate without a pilot. Kongsdal (56°41'N., 10°04'E.).
2. Vessels designed exclusively to carry liquid carbon di- 30. Marstal (54°51'N., 10°31'E.).
oxide in bulk. 31. Middelfart (55°30'N., 9°44'E.).
3. Offshore support vessels carrying (in bulk) acetic acid, 32. Naestved (55°14'N., 11°45'E.).
hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid, liquid carbon dioxide, 33. Nakskov (54°50'N., 11°07'E.).
or liquid nitrogen. 34. Nyborg (55°18'N., 10°48'E.).
Pub. 140
Denmark 209
35. Nykobing, Falster (54°46'N., 11°52'E.). Danish Pilot Service—Danish Pilot Service provides pilot-
36. Odense (55°25'N., 10°23'E.). age service for:
37. Orehoved (54°58'N., 11°51'E.). 1. Aabenraa (55°02'N., 9°26'E.)—Sea and harbor pilot-
38. Randers Fjord (56°36'N., 10°18'E.), including Rand- age.
ers (56°28'N., 10°04'E.). 2. Aalborg, Limfjorden (57°03'N., 9°56'E.).
39. Rudkobing (54°56'N., 10°42'E.). 3. Aggersund, Limfjorden (57°00'N., 9°18'E.).
40. Rodby Havn (54°39'N., 11°4210'E.). 4. Arhus (55°10'N., 10°14'E.)—Sea pilotage.
41. Ronne (55°06'N., 14°41'E.). 5. Enstedsvaerket (55°01'N., 9°26'E.)—Sea and harbor
42. Skagen (The Skaw) (57°43'N., 10°36'E.). pilotage.
43. Soby (54°57'N., 10°16'E.). 6. Fredericia (55°33'N., 9°45'E.)—Sea and harbor pilot-
44. Stevns Pier (55°19'N., 12°27'E.). age
45. Stigsnaes (55°12'N., 11°15'E.), including Gulfhavn. 7. Fur Havn, Limfjorden (56°48'N., 9°01'E.).
46. Storebaelt (Great Belt) (55°20'N., 11°02'E.). 8. Gulfhavn (55°12'N., 11°15'E.)—Sea pilotage.
47. Strudstrupvaerket (56°15'N., 10°21'E.). 9. Holstebro-Struer, Limfjorden (56°30'N., 8°35'E.).
48. Stubbekobing (54°54'N., 12°03'E.). 10. Kalundborg (55°40'N., 11°05'E.)—Sea and harbor
49. Sonderborg (54°55'N., 9°47'E.). pilotage.
50. Svendborg (55°03'N., 10°37'E.). 11. Lemvig, Limfjorden (56°33'N., 8°18'E.).
51. Vejle (55°42'N., 9°34'E.). 12. Logstor, Limfjorden (56°58'N., 9°15'E.).
52. Vordingborg (55°00'N., 11°55'E.). 13. Nordjyllandsvaerket, Limfjorden (57°04'N.,
10°02'E.).
The following ports utilize pilots not provided by DanPilot- 14. Nykobing, Limfjorden (56°48'N., 8°52'E.).
Danish State Pilotage but pilots may still be ordered using the 15. Oddesund, Limfjorden (56°35'N., 8°34'E.).
above procedures: 16. Skive, Limfjorden (56°34'N., 9°03'E.).
1. Aalborg (57°03'N., 9°56'E.). 17. Stignaes (55°12'N., 11°15'E.)—Sea pilotage.
2. Arhus (55°10'N., 10°14'E.). 18. Thisted, Limfjorden (56°57'N., 8°42'E.).
3. Aggersund (57°00'N., 9°18'E.). 19. Thyboron, Limfjorden (56°42'N., 8°14'E.).
4. Bogense (55°34'N., 10°05'E.). 20. Vilsund, Limfjorden (56°53., 8°38.).
5. Ebeltoft (56°12'N., 10°40'E.). Danish Pilot Service can be contacted through the informa-
6. Egernsund (54°55'N., 9°36'E.). tion contained in the table titled Denmark—Pilotage Order-
7. Fur Havn (56°48'N., 9°01'E.). ing Offices.
8. Grasten (54°55'N., 9°36'E.).
9. Hantsholm Havn (57°08'N., 8°36'E.). Pilot Ordering
10. Hirstshals Havn (57°36'N., 9°58'E.). DanPilot-Danish State Pilotage.—Inbound vessels should
11. Hvide Sande (56°00'N., 8°07'E.). send a request for pilotage 18 hours in advance, with confirma-
12. Kerteminde (55°27'N., 10°40'E.). tion or correction sent 4 hours in advance.
13. Lemvig (56°33'N., 8°18'E.). Outbound vessels should send a request for pilotage 4 hours
14. Logstor (56°58'N., 9°15'E.). in advance and confirmed or corrected 1 hour prior to depar-
15. Nexo (55°04'N., 15°08'E.). ture.
16. Norresundby (57°03'N., 9°56'E.). DanPilot-Danish State Pilotage offices will also forward pi-
17. Nykobing Mors (56°48'N., 8°52'E.). lot order requests for private pilotage service providers.
18. Oddersund (56°35'N., 8°34'E.). Danish Pilot Service.—Pilot are ordered, as follows:
19. Romo Havn (55°05'N., 8°34'E.). 1. Skagen, Storebaelt South, and Gedser—ordered 24
20. Saeby (57°20'N., 10°32'E.). hours and 12 hours in advance by e-mail or telephone, with
21. Skagen (57°43'N., 10°36'E.). confirmation sent 6 hours prior to ETA by telephone.
22. Skive (56°34'N., 9°03'E.). 2. Pols Rev, Route T Lighted Buoy No. 21, Route T
23. Struer (56°30'N., 8°35'E.). Lighted Buoy No. 23, Fredericia Roads, Kaludborg Roads,
24. Thisted (56°57'N., 8°42'E.). and Aabenraa Roads—ordered at least 6 hours in advance by
25. Thorsminde (56°22'N., 8°07'E.). telephone.
26. Thyboron (56°42'N., 8°14'E.). 3. Limfjorden—ordered 6 hours in advance, with confir-
Vessels should also see the appropriate Sailing Directions mation sent 3 hours prior to ETA at Hals 1, Hals 2, Hals 3, or
(Enroute) for further details of these pilotage areas. the entrance to Limfjorden West.
Pub. 140
210 Denmark
The following information should be supplied with the Vessels may be contacted by shore stations and requested to
request for pilotage: give the following information:
1. Vessel’s name, call sign, and IMO number. 1. Type of cargo on board.
2. Gross tonnage, loa, beam, draft, and speed. 2. Density of oil cargo at a temperature of 15°C.
3. Name of cargo under IBC codes. 3. Kinematic viscosity of oil cargo at a temperature of
4. ETA at pilot boarding position. 50°C.
5. Destination for pilotage. 4. Destination.
6. Any faults affecting the vessel’s maneuverability. The following shore stations may initiate these requests:
7. Contact and payment information. 1. Denmark—Naval District Bornholm or Naval District
8. Payer’s information. Kattegat.
2. Estonia—Tallinn Traffic.
Pollution 3. Finland—Helsinki Traffic.
4. Latvia—MRCC Riga.
All incidents, including maritime casualties, which involve a 5. Norway—Brevik VTS or Fedje VTS.
discharge or dumping of oil or other harmful substances, shall 6. Sweden—Sound VTS.
be reported to the Joint Rescue Coordination Center (JRCC) Further information can be obtained at the European Mari-
Arhus or Lyngby Radio, which can be contacted, as follows: time Safety Agency (EMSA) Home Page.
1. JRCC Arhus
a. Telephone: 45-72-850380 EMSA Home Page
b. Facsimile: 45-72-850384
c. E-mail: jrcc@sok.dk http://www.emsa.europa.eu
2. Lyngby Radio http://www.emsa.eu.int
a. Telephone: 45-72-198410
b. E-mail: vfk-ktp-joc-lyngbyradio@fiin.dk MARPOL Special Area
lyngbyradio@mil.dk The Baltic Sea, including the Gulf of Bothnia and the Gulf of
Finland, has been designated as a MARPOL Special Area.
Dangerous or Polluting Cargo MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special mandato-
In order to prevent and reduce the damage to the environ- ry methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
ment in case of an incident involving vessels bound to or leav- been adopted.
ing from Danish ports and carrying dangerous or polluting Further information can be found in North Atlantic
cargo, the Danish authorities require that such vessels provide Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
certain information, as contained in Danish Statutory Order This Special Area is under intensive surveillance for pollu-
No. 1728 of December 16, 2015 on the Provision of Informa- tion and violations of traffic rules. Further information on pol-
tion on Dangerous or Polluting Goods on Board Vessels (Min- lution reporting can be found in Baltic Sea—Pollution—
istry for the Environment). Pollution Reporting.
Vessels passing through Danish waters, not bound to or com-
ing from a Danish port, and anchoring in Danish waters, are re-
quired to report to the Danish authorities, as follows: Places of Refuge—North Sea
1. Maritime Surveillance Center North: In accordance with European Union directives and IMO
• Telephone: 45-72-850651 (24 hours) guidelines, the following areas have been designated as places
• Facsimile: 45-99-221538 of refuge for vessels in distress and which pose a high risk of
• E-mail: mocn-orum@mil.dk (24 hours) pollution:
mocn@mil.dk (office hours) 1. Esbjerg (55°28'N., 8°26'E.).
2. Maritime Surveillance Center South (in the Baltic Sea 2. Hantsholm (57°08'N., 8°36'E.).
S and E of Sjaelland and Funen): 3. Hirtshals (57°36'N., 9°58'E.).
• Telephone: 45-72-851800 (24 hours) 4. Thyboron (56°42'N., 8°14'E.).
• Facsimile: 45-56-910444 Other locations may be designated by the Danish Maritime
• E-mail: mocs-orum@mil.dk Assistance Service as necessary.
Pub. 140
Denmark 211
1. Frederickshavn (57°26'N., 10°33'E.). depths. Furthermore, there is intensive eastbound and west-
2. Albaek Bugt (57°36'N., 10°26'E.). bound ferry traffic in Store Baelt, particularly in the area im-
3. Gremaa Havn (56°25'N., 10°56'E.). mediately S of Sprogo. Therefore, a radio reporting service
4. Kobrnhavens Red anchorages (55°42'N., 12°36'E.). (SHIPPOS) has been established in the Danish waters of the
5. Kalundborg (55°40'N., 11°05'E.). Baltic Sea, including the transit route known as Route T.
6. Knudshoved Havn (55°18'N., 10°51'E.). Vessels over 50m long passing S of German Bight Lightfloat
7. Lindholm Terminal (55°18'N., 10°48'E.). (54°11'N., 7°28'E.) must report to German Bight Traffic. Fur-
8. Langelandsbaelt South. ther information may be found in Sector 8 of Pub. 192, Sailing
9. Boto Ost (54°37'N., 12°00'E.). Directions (Enroute) North Sea.
10. Ronne (55°06'N., 14°42'E.). Danish Harbor Regulations
The following areas have been designated as places of refuge Extracts are, as follows:
for vessels in distress and which pose a low risk of pollution: Article 2. Vessels lying at anchor in a harbor or roadstead, or
1. Pakhusbugt (56°43'N., 11°38'E.). in pilotage waters in the vicinity of the same, must display in
2. Koge Flak East. the fore part of the vessel, where it can best be seen, a black
3. Romso South. ball 0.6m in diameter.
4. Kalundborg Fjord (55°43'N., 11°00'E.). Article 5.. Before entering a harbor or proceeding to a pier,
5. Tragten. vessels must display their national flag.
6. Agerso Sund North. Article 6. No vessel may anchor in a harbor or proceed
7. Vang Pier (55°15'N., 14°44'E.). alongside a pier, except in a case of necessity, until permission
8. Tejn (55°15'N., 14°50'E.). has been obtained from the harbor authority.
Other locations may be designated by the Danish Maritime Article 8. The master of a vessel, or agent, must report to the
Assistance Service as necessary. harbor authority and furnish all information required before a
vessel can be allotted a berth.
Regulations No vessel carrying inflammable liquids or explosive goods
as cargo may enter a harbor or approach a pier until the harbor
General authority has been informed of all details concerning such car-
During maneuvers, regular exercises, or for other reasons, go.
vessels may be prohibited from entering or leaving Kobenhavn Article 13. Vessels with inflammable liquids or explosive
and certain Danish inner waters, or to make such navigation goods as cargo shall on entering a harbor and during her stay in
subject to special regulations. At such times a warning signal the harbor with such cargo on board, exhibit flag B, of the In-
consisting of three red balls by day, and three red lights, verti- ternational Code of Signals by day, or a red light at night, at the
cally disposed, at night will be displayed from conspicuous po- foremast head, or, if the vessel has no mast, on a staff erected
sitions. Similar signals will be displayed by patrol vessels. for the purpose at least 3m in height.
Vessels desiring to enter or leave Danish waters and having Articles 20, 21, and 33. Vessels loading and unloading in-
observed the warning signals should display the pilot flag and flammable liquids may only do so from approved berths and
await the arrival of the patrol or pilot vessel. legitimate storage tanks.
Vessels in Danish territorial waters must display their nation- Loading and unloading directly from or to railway tankers,
al flag both by day and at night. tanker lorries or similar transportable containers may be al-
Patrol and pilot vessels will give further information as nec- lowed in exceptional cases by permission of the Fire Service,
essary to incoming vessels. Vessels leaving Danish harbors after prior declaration to the Ministry of Justice consultant for
should obtain the necessary information beforehand. inflammable substances. The address is Kobenhavn Fire Ser-
Danish law requires all vessels within Danish waters to carry vice, Vester Voldgade 80, Kobenhavn K.
updated charts and navigational publications appropriate to the These regulations do not affect vessels bunkering.
intended voyage and imposes the duty upon masters to be
properly informed of all relevant regulations and navigational Quarantine
information. Quarantine messages must be sent between 12 hours and 4
With the object of ensuring the safety of navigation of large hours prior to the vessel’s ETA and should reach quarantine au-
ships passing through Danish waters, and also of reducing the thorities between 0700 and 2100. The messages should be ad-
risk of oil pollution resulting from the grounding and collision dressed “Quarantine (name of port).” The ports accepting these
of tankers, the Danish government has established a transit messages are Alborg, Arhus, Esbjerg, Frederikshavn, Koben-
route between Skagen and the area NE of Gedser with a mini- havn, and Odense.
mum depth of water 17m. The route, named Route T, is recom-
mended in Danish waters for those vessels over 40,000 dwt or Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
with a draft of 13m. The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
The route is marked by lights and lighted buoys. Danish pi- sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
lotage assistance is available. see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
Under ice conditions Danish icebreakers, as far as possible,
render free assistance to shipping. Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
In spite of the good buoyage, navigation through Danish wa- The Wadden Sea and adjacent parts of the North Sea in the
ters presents, however, in certain areas difficulties to large common Wadden Sea area of Denmark, Germany, and the
ships on account of narrow waters, sharp bends and shallow Netherlands were granted (2002) the status of PSSA by the In-
Pub. 140
212 Denmark
ternational Maritime Organization. For further information, see b. Facsimile: 45-72-850658
North Sea and English Channel Sea—Regulations. c. E-mail: moc-orum@mil.dk
The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia, Rescue craft on the Baltic Sea coast are maintained at the
Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un- following locations:
der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a 1. Ronne (55°06'N., 14°42'E.).
PSSA. 2. Nexo (55°04'N., 15°09'E.).
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of 3. Skagen (57°43'N., 10°36'E.).
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels 4. Saeby (57°20'N., 10°32'E.).
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost 5. Osterby (57°19'N., 11°08'E.).
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- 6. Anholt (57°43'N., 10°31'E.).
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. 7. Grenaa (56°25'N., 10°56'E.).
8. Klintholm (56°57'N., 10°28'E.).
Navigation Through Danish Waters 9. Gedser (54°34'N., 10°56'E.).
The English-language publication “Navigation Through Rescue craft on the North Sea coast are maintained at the
Danish Waters” can be accessed through the Danish Maritime following locations:
Authority, as follows: 1. Romo Havn (55°05'N., 8°34'E.).
2. Sonderho (55°21'N., 8°28'E.).
Navigation Through Danish Waters 3. Esbjerg (55°28'N., 8°6'E.).
4. Hvide Sande (56°00'N., 8°07'E.).
http://www.frv.dk/en/ifm/navigation/navigation_ntdw.htm 5. Thorsminde Havn (56°22'N., 8°3074'E.).
6. Thyboron Havn (56°43'N., 8°14'E.).
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification 7. Vester Agger (56°47'N., 8°14'E.).
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 8. Norre Vorupor (56°58'N., 8°22'E.).
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for 9. Hanstholm Havn (57°08'N., 8°36'E.).
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the 10. Torup Strand (57°08'N., 9°07'E.).
EU region. 11. Lonstrup (57°28'N., 9°48'E.).
The report should be sent to the port authorities, 12. Hirtshals Havn (57°36'N., 9°58'E.).
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- Ship Reporting System
cation.
BELTREP
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- BELTREP, a mandatory ship reporting system for all vessels
tion of 50 gross tons and over or with an air draft of 15m and over,
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as operates in the N and central parts of Store Baelt and is operat-
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 ed by Great Belt VTS. For further information, see Sector 2 in
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant Part).
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- SOUNDREP
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship reporting system, has been
tions. established between Denmark and Sweden in the central and
southern parts of The Sound in order to improve safety and
Search and Rescue protect the marine environment. This reporting system, which
is operated by Sound VTS, includes a Reporting Area and an
The Joint Rescue Coordination Center (JRCC) Denmark co- inner Operational Area.
ordinates all search and rescue operations. However, JRCC The Operational Area of SOUNDREP covers the entire area
Denmark has no direct radio communication with vessels in of The Sound, as well as the N and S approaches to The Sound.
distress. Participation in SOUNDREP is mandatory for all vessels of
All communication is through MSC and coast radio stations, 300 gross tons and over proceeding to or from ports or anchor-
which all maintain a continuous listening watch on all interna- ages in The Sound or when passing through the reporting area.
tional distress frequencies. For further information, see Sector 1 in Pub. 194, Sailing Di-
Contact information is, as follows: rections (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part.)
1. JRCC Denmark
a. Telephone: 45-72-850380 Signals
b. Facsimile: 45-72-850384
c. E-mail: jrcc@sok.dk Dredge Signals
2. Maritime Assistance Service—JRCC Denmark Dredge signals, in addition to those prescribed by the Inter-
a. Telephone: 45-72-850370 national Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, are given
b. E-mail: mas@sok.dk below. Either the signal permitting passage or the signal pro-
3. MSC hibiting it may, if necessary, be shown from both sides of the
a. Telephone: 45-72-850700 dredge simultaneously.
Pub. 140
Denmark 213
Vessels may pass on the side on which the following signals Warning Signals for Fishing Vessels
are shown: Warning signals for fishing vessels, maintained by the Dan-
1. By day.—A black diamond. ish Fishing Association, are shown from a number of locations
2. By night—Two green lights, vertically disposed. along the W coast of Jutland. The signals are shown from a
Vessels may not pass on the side on which the following sig- mast, about 12m high, with a yard. In poor visibility, sound sig-
nals are shown: nals are given by horn. In hazy weather Signal No. 1 may be
1. By day.—A black ball. accompanied by the firing of a gun by day or of a rocket at
2. By night.—Two red lights, vertically disposed. night.
Dredges, when anchored or underway in poor visibility or The landing place is marked by the alignment of the
when dredging equipment may hinder normal navigation, may following signals:
sound the following signals on a bell: 1. By day—A red and white flag.
1. At least six single strokes on a bell—Inbound vessels 2. At night—Two red lights.
leave the dredge to port. Outbound vessels leave the dredge In reduced visibility a sound signal of three long blasts is
to starboard. made, similar to Signal No. 1.
2. At least six double strokes on a bell—Inbound vessels These signals are shown at the following locations:
leave the dredge to starboard. Outbound vessels leave the 1. About 0.7 mile N of Stenbjerg Beacon (56°55'N.,
dredge to port. 8°21'E.).
2. Norre Vorupor (56°58'N., 8°22'E.).
Diving Signals 3. Lild Strand (57°09'N., 8°58'E.).
Flag “A” of the International Code, illuminated at night, de- 4. Torup Strand.
notes that a diver is at work. Vessels must pass with great cau- 5. Lonstrup.
tion and, as far as possible, with their engines stopped.
Submarine Operating Areas
Restricted Maneuvering Signals
A vessel which, because of its length or draft when navigat- Danish naval vessels escorting exercising submarines dis-
ing in a narrow channel, is obliged to keep to the deeper part of play the Answering Pennant and the signal HP from the Inter-
the channel, may display the following signals as a warning to national Code of Signals.
other shipping that it is unable to maneuver freely: Danish submarines underway on the surface display, in addi-
1. By day.—A black cylinder at least 3m in length and tion to the required navigation lights, a quick flashing blue
1m in diameter. light, at 115 flashes per minute, positioned 1m above the mast-
2. By night.—Three red lights, vertically disposed, at head light, visible for a distance of 5 miles.
least 2m apart and visible all round the horizon at a range of Danish submarines are equipped with telephone buoys, used
at least 2 miles, in addition to normal navigational lights. only in distress, which can be released from a submerged
submarine. The buoys are fitted with a flashing light and a
The sound signal D in Morse code may be also made by day green triangular flag. A plate on the upper side gives
or night. instructions for use.
When towing, the signals are shown by the vessel being Vessels sighting this buoy should contact the submarine by
towed. means of the telephone. Do not moor to the buoy, as this may
In certain channels within the territorial waters of Denmark, damage the attached cable. A report, which should include all
a vessel displaying the above signals has undisputed right of relevant information, should be sent immediately to the Danish
way, and all other vessels are obliged to keep clear. naval authorities.
Submarines, both surfaced and dived, exercise frequently in
Cable or Chain Ferries the areas WSW and NNW of Helgoland (54°11'N., 7°53'E.).
Cable or chain ferries display three red all-around lights po- A submarine exercise area is located in the S part of
sitioned in a triangle with its apex at the top. Lillebaelt about 7.5 miles S of Pols Huk (54°53'N., 10°04'E.).
Pub. 140
214 Denmark
Pub. 140
215
DOMINICA
General 215 Dominica lies within the hurricane belt of the Caribbean Sea.
Buoyage System 215
Currency 215 Buoyage System
Government 215
Holidays 216 The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See
Industries 216 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Languages 216 Many lights have been reported as extinguished, irregular, or
Meteorology 216 unreliable.
Navigational Information 216
Search and Rescue 216 Currency
Ship Reporting System 216
Time Zone 216 The official unit of currency is the East Caribbean dollar.
U.S. Embassy 216 The U.S. dollar is also legal tender.
General Government
Dominica lies at the N end of the Windward Islands. It is lo-
cated between Guadeloupe and Martinique.
The island, the highest island of the Lesser Antilles, is of
volcanic origin and is very mountainous, with fertile soil. The
highest peaks are usually obscured by clouds.
The tropical climate of the island is modified by the North-
east Trade Wind.
Rain is very heavy in the mountains and averages about
1,400mm along the coast. The heaviest rainfall occurs during
the rainy season (May to August), although a considerable
amount of rain also falls during the dry season (January to Flag of Dominica
April).
Heavy squalls can have considerable force when the trade Dominica is a parliamentary democracy in the British Com-
wind is strong, may come off the high land and through the monwealth of Nations. The country is divided into ten parish-
deep valleys of the island, especially off the W coast of the is- es.
land. Dominica is governed by a President elected by the House of
Pub. 140
216 Dominica
Assembly to a 5-year renewable term. The Prime Minister is Navigational Information
appointed by the President. The unicameral House of Assem-
bly is composed of 32 members who serve 5-year terms; 21 Enroute Volume
members are directly elected, while the remaining 11 members Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
are appointed. ume 1.
The legal system is based on English common law.
The capital is Roseau. Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Dominica are, as follows:
Holidays
Territorial Sea 12 miles.
The following holidays are observed:
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
January 1 New Year’s Day Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
January 2 Merchant’s Holiday
Carnival Variable Maritime Boundary Disputes
Good Friday Variable Disputes Venezuela’s sovereignty claim over Isla Aves
(15°42'N., 63°38'W.). Joined other Caribbean states to counter
Easter Sunday Variable Venezuela’s claim that Isla Aves sustains human habitation,
Easter Monday Variable which would permit Venezuela to extend its Exclusive Eco-
nomic Zone over a large portion of the Caribbean Sea.
First Monday in May May Day
Whitsunday Variable Search and Rescue
Whitmonday Variable
The Dominica Marine Police Unit is responsible for coordi-
First Monday in August August Monday nating search and rescue operations in association with MRCC
November 3 Independence Day Fort de France (Martinique).
MRCC Fort de France can be contacted, as follows:
November 4 Community Service 1. Telephone: 596-596-709292
Day 2. Facsimile: 596-596-632450
December 25 Christmas Day 3. E-mail: antilles@mrccfr.eu
The Dominica Coast Guard maintains a continuous listening
December 26 Boxing Day watch for distress traffic on 7850 kHz and VHF channel 16.
English is the official language. A French patois is also spo- U.S. Embassy
ken
The U.S. Ambassador to Barbados is accredited to Domini-
Meteorology ca. The embassy is situated in Wildey Business Park, Wildey,
St. Michael, Bridgetown.
Marine synopsis and forecasts for Dominica and the Lesser The mailing addresses are, as follows:
Antilles are available in English from the Dominica Meteoro- 1. Barbados address—
logical Service (http://www.weather.dm). P.O. Box 302
Pub. 140
Dominica 217
Pub. 140
219
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Pub. 140
220 Dominican Republic
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of the Dominican Republic
are, as follows:
Pub. 140
221
EGYPT
General 221 details concerning transit of the Suez Canal are fully described
Buoyage System 221 in Pub. 172, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Red Sea and the Per-
Cautions 221 sian Gulf.
Currency 221
Government 221 Buoyage System
Holidays 222
Industries 222 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Languages 222 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Meteorology 222
Navigational Information 222 Cautions
Offshore Drilling 222
Pollution 223 General
Regulations 223 Areas prohibited to navigation may extend up to 25 miles off
Routes 223 the Egyptian coast. Vessels navigating off the Egyptian coast or
Search and Rescue 223 bound for Egyptian ports should obtain the latest information
Signals 223 from their agents.
Time Zone 224
Traffic Separation Schemes 224 Locust Reports
U.S. Embassy 224 See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa-
Vessel Traffic Service 224 tion.
General Currency
Egypt is located in Northern Africa, bordering the Mediter- The official unit of currency is the Egyptian pound, consist-
ranean Sea, between Libya and Israel. ing of 100 piastres.
The climate is arid, with hot dry summers and moderate win-
ters. Government
The terrain is a vast desert plateau by the Nile valley and del-
ta. Egypt is a republic. The country is divided into 27 governor-
The Suez Canal, a sea-level waterway, connects Port Said ates.
(Bur Said) on the Mediterranean Sea with Suez (As Suways) Egypt is governed by a directly-elected President serving a
on the Red Sea. Regulations, restrictions, and other operational 4-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the President.
Pub. 140
222 Egypt
Languages
Arabic is the official language. English and French are wide-
ly understood.
Meteorology
Internet Weather Services
Marine forecasts for the next 24 hours, covering the sea area
of north Africa and the eastern Mediterranean Sea, including
wind, wave/swell, and pressure outlooks, as well as astronomi-
cal data for the next 5 days, are available, in English, from the
Flag of Egypt Egyptian Meteorological Authority (http://www.nwp.gov.eg/
index.php/reports/marine-forcast).
The unicameral 596-member House of Representatives con-
sists of 448 directly-elected members, 120 members directly
elected from party list constituencies (woman, youth, Chris-
tians, and workers), and 28 members appointed by the Presi-
Navigational Information
dent, all serving 5-year terms. Enroute Volumes
The legal system is based on English common law, Islamic Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
law, and the Napoleonic code. nean.
The capital is Cairo. Pub. 172, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Red Sea and the Per-
sian Gulf.
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed: The maritime territorial claims of Egypt are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Egypt 223
Pub. 140
224 Egypt
Pub. 140
225
ESTONIA
Pub. 140
226 Estonia
Pub. 140
Estonia 227
8. Pamu Harbor. Serviced from the open sea up to posi- The main imports are machinery and electrical equipment,
tion 58°21.4'N, 24°27.0'E. mineral fuels, foodstuffs, vehicles, chemical products, and met-
The Estonian Maritime Administration Winter Navigation als. The main import-trading partners are Finland, Germany,
Section is responsible for the icebreaking service and can be Lithuania, Sweden, Latvia, Poland, Russia, and the Nether-
contacted, as follows: lands.
1. Telephone: 372-6-205707
2. Facsimile: 372-6-205766 Languages
3. E-mail: winternavigation@vta.ee
In 2016, Estonia operated one icebreaker, the Eva 316. Estonian is official language.
In Estonian waters, vessels which have requested icebreak-
ing assistance and which are bound for Tallinn, Muuga, Kopli, Meteorology
or Paldiski should wait for the icebreaker at the E end of the
traffic separation scheme off Kopu Poolsaar, in position Marine weather forecasts in Estonian, Russian, and English
59°10'N, 22°00'E. are available from the Estonian Meteorological and Hydrologi-
Vessels needing icebreaker assistance should send a request, cal Institute (http://www.ilmateenistus.ee).
via their agent, to the Winter Navigation Section, 12 hours be-
fore a planned departure from a port, or 24 hours prior to arriv- Mined Areas
al at a defined assembly point. The request should be
confirmed 4 hours in advance. The request should contain the The approaches to Parnu Laht (58°15'N., 24°25'E.) lie within
following information: a former mined area.
1. Date of request. For information on the former Mine Danger Area in the Gulf
2. Vessel name. of Finland, see Finland—Mined Areas.
3. Call sign.
4. Flag. Navigational Information
5. Length overall
6. Breadth. Enroute Volumes
7. Maximum draft and draft when navigating in a con- Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern
voy. Part).
8. Moulded depth. Pub. 195, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and
9. Gross tonnage. Gulf of Bothnia.
10. Main propulsion power (in kW) and number of main
engines. Maritime Claims
11. Speed in normal conditions. The maritime territorial claim of Estonia is, as follows:
12. Displacement when navigating in a convoy.
13. Classification society. Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
14. Ice class.
15. Dangerous cargo on board. Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
16. Departure port. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles **
17. Destination port. Zone
18. Date of arrival at assembly point or from departure
port. Continental Shelf **
19. Time of arrival at assembly point or from departure * Claims straight baselines. Nuclear-powered vessels must
port. apply for permission to enter the territorial sea 30 days in
20. Name and signature of ship’s agent or owner. advance. Innocent passage is prohibited to ships carrying
21. Contact information of ship’s agent or owner. radioactive materials, explosives and marine pollutants
For information on obtaining general ice information for the defined as hazardous, and certain oil and fertilizer pro-
Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice. ducts unless the cargo is loaded or unloaded in an Eston-
For information on the onset and clearance of ice in ports in ian port.
the Gulf of Finland and the Gulf of Bothnia, see Baltic Sea—
Ice. ** To defined coordinates.
Pub. 140
228 Estonia
Pilotage hull tankers of certain sizes and ages. Denmark, Estonia, Fin-
land, Latvia, Norway, and Sweden have adopted measures to
The Estonian Vessel Traffic Service is part of the administra- monitor the observance of theses regulations. For further infor-
tive area of the Estonian National Maritime Board. The activi- mation, see Denmark—Pollution.
ties of the VTS are to provide pilot service, deep sea pilotage,
icebreaker service, radar traffic control, and VTS service. MARPOL Special Area
Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels passing The Baltic Sea, including the Gulf of Bothnia and the Gulf of
through the straits and entering/leaving harbors in the inner Finland, has been designated as a MARPOL Special Area.
water areas of Estonia; such vessels may only proceed along MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special mandato-
established shipping routes or channels. However, within the ry methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
Gulf of Riga, the use of established shipping routes or channels been adopted.
is permissible without a pilot. Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Estonia Pilots Home Page This Special Area is under intensive surveillance for pollu-
tion and violations of traffic rules. Further information on pol-
http://www.loots.ee
lution reporting can be found in Baltic Sea—Pollution—
Pollution Reporting.
Requests for a pilot should be made 24 hours in advance of
ETA at the pilot boarding station; the request should be con-
firmed 6 hours and 2 hours prior to arrival at the pilot boarding Regulations
position. Vessels shifting position within the port area should
only do so with a pilot on board. Departing vessels must re- Vessels navigating in Estonian waters are obliged to observe
quest pilotage 4 hours and 1 hour prior to departure. the requirements of MARPOL 73/78 and the Helsinki Conven-
Pilots can be ordered via e-mail through an agent licensed to tion of 1974, wherein the Baltic Sea is defined as a Special Ar-
operate in Estonia from a company providing pilotage services. ea.
The pilots station may be contacted, as follows: Vessels causing any form of marine pollution or damage to
1. Telephone: 372-6-053888 (information only) the environment may be arrested and detained by Estonian au-
2. Facsimile: 372-6-053881 (pilot ordering) thorities.
3. E-mail: tellimus@loots.ee (pilot ordering) Estonia prohibits the transport of certain hazardous substanc-
Information on the Electronic Pilot Ordering System can be es through its territorial waters unless bound for Estonia. This
found at http://ele.loots.ee. list includes radioactive materials, explosives, infectious sub-
stances, hazardous marine pollutants, some MARPOL catego-
ries of chemicals, certain crude or persistent oil products, and
Pollution some fertilizers.
Pub. 140
Estonia 229
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- Ship Reporting System
tion
GOFREP.—The Gulf of Finland Reporting System (GOF-
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as
REP) is a mandatory ship reporting system. It covers the inter-
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
national waters in the Gulf of Finland E of the Western
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
Reporting Line and Russian territorial waters W of longitude
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
26°30.0'E. In addition, Estonia and Finland have implemented
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
mandatory ship reporting systems to their national water areas
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
outside VTS areas. These reporting systems provide the same
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
services and make the same requirements of shipping as the
tions.
system operating in international waters; further information
on these systems can be found in Pub. 195, Sailing Directions
Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
(Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
The mandatory ship reporting system in the international wa-
sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
ters of the Gulf of Finland, including the national mandatory
see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
ship reporting systems of Estonia and Finland, are collectively
referred to as GOFREP; the area of coverage is referred to as
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
the GOFREP area. Further information on GOFREP can be
The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia,
found in Baltic Sea—Appendix II.
Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un-
der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a
PSSA. Time Zone
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is maintained from the last Sunday
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
in March until the last Sunday in October.
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
Traffic Separation Schemes
Search and Rescue Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Estonia are, as follows:
1. Approaches to Tallinn. (Government of Estonia)
The Joint Rescue Coordination Center (JRCC) Tallinn is re- 2. Off Kopu Peninsula (Hiiumaa Island) (Kopu Poolsaar).
sponsible for coordinating search and rescue operations and (IMO adopted)
can be contacted, as follows: 3. Off Hankoniemi Peninsula. (IMO adopted)
1. Telephone: 372-6-191224
372-6-191226 U.S. Embassy
372-6-922500
2. Facsimile: 372-6-922501 The U.S. Embassy is situated at Kentmanni 20, 15099 Tal-
3. E-mail: jrcc@politsei.ee linn. The mailing address is the same.
JRCC Tallinn, in addition to Tallinn Radio (ESA), maintains
a continuous listening watch for distress traffic on 2182 kHz,
U. S. Embassy Estonia Home Page
2187.5 kHz, VHF channel 16, and VHF channel 70.
Tallinn Radio (ESA) can be contacted, as follows: https://ee.usembassy.gov
1. Call sign: Tallinn Radio
Pub. 140
230 Estonia
Vessel Traffic Service 24°45'E.). For further information, see Pub. 195, Sailing Direc-
tions (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
A Vessel Traffic Service is in operation in Tallin (59°29'N.,
Pub. 140
231
FAROE ISLANDS
Pub. 140
232 Faroe Islands
Languages
Danish and Faroese, a derivative of Old Norse, are the main
languages.
Meteorology
Navigational warnings are available, in English and Danish,
from the Danmarks Meteorologiske Institut (http://
www.dmi.dk/products-in-english).
Flag of the Faroe Islands
Navigational Information
Holidays
Enroute Volume
The following holidays are observed: Pub. 141, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Scotland.
Pub. 140
Faroe Islands 233
Pub. 140
235
FINLAND
General 235 Sea, the Gulf of Bothnia, and the Gulf of Finland between
Buoyage System 235 Sweden and Russia.
Cautions 236 The climate is cold and potentially subarctic, but compara-
Currency 236 tively mild due to the moderating influence of the North Atlan-
Firing Areas 236 tic Current, the Baltic Sea, and many lakes.
Fishing Areas 236 The terrain is mostly low, having flat to rolling plains inter-
Government 236 spersed with lakes and low hills.
Holidays 237
Ice 237 Buoyage System
Industries 239
Languages 240 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Meteorology 240 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Mined Areas 240 Caution should be exercised in relying upon floating aids,
Navigational Information 240 particularly during periods of ice, in stormy weather, and when
Pilotage 240 summer markings are being changed to winter ones.
Pollution 241 Although ordinary buoys are routinely withdrawn or re-
Regulations 241 placed by spar and ice buoys, any floating aid may become
Restricted Areas 242 submerged by ice or moved off station.
Routes 244 Only certain buoys are fitted with color reflectors. Those re-
Search and Rescue 244 flectors in use conform to the IALA buoyage system. Radar re-
Ship Reporting System 245 flectors are usually painted yellow.
Time Zone 245 Beacons and lighted beacons, known as border marks, are
Traffic Separation Schemes 245 sometimes used to mark sections of a main fairway. They may
U.S. Embassy 245 be up to 12m high, fitted with radar reflectors, and painted in
Vessel Traffic Service 245 accordance with the IALA system.
Appendix—Average Date for Setting Navigation Submarine cable landing places are marked by a notice
Restrictions 247 board with the word “Kaapali.”
Surveying marks, established when necessary, consist of
General large spars with cylindrical topmarks, with or without a flag, or
of smaller spars or small buoys. These marks differ from, and
Finland is located in Northern Europe, bordering the Baltic cannot be mistaken for, aids to navigation.
Pub. 140
236 Finland
Most buoys and lighted buoys are removed in winter when 3. About 9.5 miles S of Nahkiainen Light in position
the ice conditions worsen and they may be replaced by Virtual 64°27'N, 23°49'E.
Automatic Identification System (Virtual AIS). In some cases, 4. Within an area with a radius of about 3.5 miles be-
floating aids may be replaced by ice buoys, which may become tween Nahkiainen Light (64°36.7'N., 23°53.8'E.) and Raahe
submerged under the ice or moved off station due to anchor ca- Light (64°39.1'N., 24°13.4'E.).
bles breaking or movement of the concrete anchor mooring. 5. Within an extensive area within 15 miles N and 23
miles NE of Nahkiainen Light (64°36.7'N., 23°53.8'E.).
Cautions
Currency
General
In conjunction with the establishment of GMDSS (Global The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
Maritime Distress and Safety System), it is reported (2000) cents.
that numerous medium frequency radiobeacons situated
around the coasts of Finland have been discontinued. Firing Areas
In the coastal waters and inlets of Finland, numerous logs are
always found adrift, particularly after storms and spring fresh- Firing practice areas extend up to 12 miles offshore between
ets. These logs constitute a serious hazard to small and moder- Kokkloa Majakka (63°59.8'N., 22°51.8'E.) and the islet of Ul-
ate-size vessels. kokalla (64°19.9'N., 23°26.8'E.).
A firing practice area is located S of Santahamina. When
Channel Depths gunnery practice in taking place, strobe warning lights are acti-
Finland has revised (2011) its channel depths designation vated in position 60°08'44.4''N, 25°04'54.0''E and position
procedure. The channel depth is referred to as the authorized 60°08'13.8''N, 25°03'03.6''E. When these lights are displayed,
draft, which means the maximum design draft at which a ship vessels should keep clear of the area between the warning
can use a channel. The user of the channel may, on a case-by- lights and the South Finland Winter Route.
case basis and after careful consideration of all relevant factors, A firing practice area, best seen on the chart, lies in the ap-
exercise discretion to exceed the authorized draft. proaches to Kokkola (63°50'N., 23°11'E.).
Further details can be found in Finnish Transport Agency Firing practice exercises are usually not announced to mer-
(FTA) Instruction 4955/1021/2011 (The Channel Depth Prac- chant vessels as radio navigation warnings. However, dates and
tice in Finland—Principles and Implementation) available on times of current or planned gunnery exercises, along with
the FTA web site (http://www.fta.fi). range safety office contact details, are available on the Finnish
Defense Force web site (http://puolustusvoimat.fi/en/current-
Post Glacial Land Rise issues/firings-and-noise). Clicking on the “Subscribe” menu
Depths in the Gulf of Bothnia are decreasing gradually due will allow the receipt of automated e-mails, in English, Finn-
to post-glacial land rise. For further information, see Swe- ish, or Swedish, regarding practices in specific areas.
den—Caution. Firing information can also be obtained from the Maritime
Operations Center Control Room, as follows:
Local Magnetic Anomalies 1. Telephone: 358-299-300666
Magnetic anomalies off the S coast of Finland are located, as 2. E-mail: tilannekeskus.merive@mil.fi
follows:
1. Close offshore of the islands and islets between Hanko Fishing Areas
(59°49'N., 22°58'E.) and Porkkalanselka.
2. North of the islets of Barkholm (60°07'N., 25°23'E.). Fish traps may be 1 mile or more in length and may be found
3. About 1.5 miles SW of Tunnholm (60°11'N., in or outside a public channel. The traps are marked at both
25°47'E.). ends and at intervals of about 0.8 mile with a flag by day or a
4. Within a 2-mile radius of Morumshall Read Range light by night. Unless forced to do so by the narrowness of the
Light (60°11.9'N., 26°02.6'E.). channel, vessels should not approach within 50m of a trap.
Magnetic anomalies off the SW coast of Finland are located, Salmon nets are set from May to July off the W coast of
as follows: Sweden. The main concentration of these nets is in the vicinity
1. On the S side of Saaristomeri between Bengtskar of the outermost shoals between Merikarvia (61°51.5'N.,
(59°43.4'N., 22°29.9'E.) and Nyhamn (59°57.8'N., 21°30.0'E.) and Norrskar (63°14.0''N., 20°36.0''E.). The nets
19°57.2'E.). are unlit but are usually marked by flags and/or floats.
2. From 5 to 13 miles offshore from the SW side of Ahv-
enanmaa between latitude 59°56'N and latitude 60°06'N. Government
3. About 2 miles N of Stora Sottunga (60°08'N.,
20°40'E.). Finland is a republic. The country is divided into 19 regions.
Magnetic anomalies off the W coast of Finland are located, Finland is governed by a directly-elected President who
as follows: serves a 6-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the
1. About 2.75 miles N of Nurminen (60°52.0'N., President with the approval of the Parliament. The unicameral
21°09.5'E.). Parliament consists of 200 directly-elected members, based on
2. Within an area extending 2 miles W and 4 miles SW of proportional representation, serving 4-year terms.
Strommingsbadan Light (62°58.8'N., 20°44.4'E.). The legal system is based on a civil law system.
Pub. 140
Finland 237
Finland—Icebreakers
Name Call sign Telephone Mobile Telephone E-mail
Arctia Icebreakers, Ltd
Urho OHMS 358-306-207500 358-400-219681 urho.bridge@arctia.fi
Sisu OHMW 358-306-207400 358-400-219682 sisu.bridge@arctia.fi
Voima OHLW 358-306-207650 358-400-318156 voima.bridge@arctia.fi
Pub. 140
238 Finland
Finland—Icebreakers
Name Call sign Telephone Mobile Telephone E-mail
Fennica OJAD 358-306-207700 358-400-107157 fennica.bridge@arctia.fi
Nordica OJAE 358-306-207800 358-400-246551 nordica.bridge@arctia.fi
Otso OIRT 358-306-207300 358-400-219680 otso.bridge@arctia.fi
Kontio OIRV 358-306-207200 358-400-592747 kontio.bridge@arctia.fi
Polaris OJQT 358-942-450459 358-468-767900 polaris.bridge@arctia.fi
Alfons Hakans, Ltd
Zeus OJHB — 358-400-184031 tug.zues@alfonshakans.fi
Finland—Ice Information
Entity Contact information Remarks
Telephone 358-9-6857659 An online service which pro-
358-9-6857639 vides a daily ice chart and ice re-
Baltic Icebreaking
Facsimile port covering the entire Baltic
Management (BIM- 358-9-6857659 Sea area, the positions of ice-
Web)
breakers, traffic restrictions in
Web site http://www.baltice.org force.
358-295-343000 (0800-1615)
358-295-343328 (traffic restrictions)
Telephone
Finnish Transport Inquiries concerning traffic re-
358-50-4714850 (Operations Services--24 hours in
Infrastructure Agen- strictions, dispensations, vessel
winter)
cy—Winter Naviga- suitability for winter naviga-
tion Unit E-mail winternavigation@fta.fi tion, ice conditions, etc.
http://www.likennevirasto.fl/web/en/merchant-
Web site
shipping/winter-navigation
Telephone 358-46-8767050 (24 hours)
Information on icebreakers,
Arctia Shipping E-mail icebreakers@arctia.fi crew exchange schedules, assis-
Web site http://www.arctia.fi tance areas, etc.
358-2515500
Telephone
358-5063304 (24 hours)
Alfons Hakans Ltd
E-mail office.turku@alfonshakans.fi
Web site http://www.alfonshakans.fi
Telephone 358-295-393464
Ice Service of the Facsimile 358-295-393413 Inquiries concerning the ice sit-
Finnish Meteorolog- uation, ice forecasts, or other is-
ical Institute E-mail ice@fmi.fi sues.
Web site http://en.ilmatieteenlaitos.fi/ice-conditions
Baltic Sea Portal of
the Ice Service of Useful information on Baltic
Web site http://en.ilmatieteenlaitos.fi/sea-ice
the Finnish Meteo- Sea ice.
rological Institute
Pub. 140
Finland 239
crew is in such condition that operation in ice can be presumed 3. The ship shall be prepared to make fast or let go the
to endanger the safety of the ship, or if there is good reason to towing cable at any time.
suspect that the ship is less suitable for operation in ice than 4. A ship, which is towed by an icebreaker, may only use
what is generally expected for ships belonging to the same ice its propulsion machinery in accordance with instructions
class. given from the icebreaker. The vessel’s propulsion machin-
A vessel stuck in the ice must notify the icebreaker of its po- ery shall be ready for rapid maneuvering at all times.
sition without delay. 5. During the towing evolution, the vessel being towed
All instructions given from the icebreaker shall be followed. must use manual steering/navigation. By manual steering,
Vessels which do not follow the traffic regulations and traffic the vessel should try to stay in line with the icebreaker.
instructions which have been issued or the orders given by the State icebreakers show a blue light visible around the hori-
icebreaker can be refused assistance. Particular attention shall zon at their masthead during the hours of darkness.
be paid to the following: The FMA does not accept any responsibility for delay, dam-
1. During hours of darkness, Finnish icebreakers display age, or other loss caused to a ship, its crew, passengers, or car-
a fixed blue all-around light at the top of the mast. go as a result of ice conditions. Every ship is responsible for its
2. A careful watch shall be kept for signals from the ice- own safety.
breaker or from other ships in convoy. The VHF channel
specified shall be monitored continuously, as well as VHF Ice Accretion Warnings
channel 16 and 2332 kHz. The Ice Service of the Finnish Meteorological Institute is-
3. The propulsion machinery of the ship shall be con- sues ice accretion warnings during the winter season in con-
stantly ready for rapid maneuvers. Any problems arising in junction with the weather forecasts, which can be accessed on
the assisted vessel relating to engine power or maneuvering their web site (http://www.ilmatieteenlaitos.fi).
capabilities must be reported to the icebreaker without delay. Vessels are requested to pass information on ice accretion to
4. In order to avoid collisions, a vessel in the convoy shall the Baltic Sea Icebreaking Web (http://www.baltice.org) under
inform the icebreaker without delay on the specified VHF “Topical” or directly to the Finnish Meteorological Institute
channel if it stops or slows its speed substantially. (https://virpo.fmi.fi/reports).
5. Finnish icebreakers are equipped with two rotating red
lights, one placed above the other, which are switched on Imposition of Traffic Restrictions
when the icebreaker makes an unexpected stop or a sharp re- Restrictions enter into force 5 days after their date of issue,
duction in speed. The assisted ship(s) must then immediately except for relaxations, which enter into force immediately.
take whatever measures are necessary to promptly execute Typical restrictions in various locations are, as follows:
full astern. 1. Bay of Bothnia.—The first restrictions (Ice Class I and
6. To be eligible for icebreaker assistance, vessels navi- Ice Class II/2,000 dwt) for the ports in the northern part of
gating in ice-covered waters must be equipped with a power- the Bay of Bothnia are normally imposed in December. The
ful searchlight. Ships which form part of a convoy and which maximum restriction (Ice Class IA/4,000 dwt) has been ap-
have stuck in the ice shall keep their searchlights extin- plied in combination with the cargo restriction of 2,000 tons.
guished. 2. Sea of Bothnia.—The first restrictions (Ice Class I and
7. If the vessel sustains or is suspected to have sustained Ice Class II/2,000 dwt) are normally imposed in January-
damage, this must be communicated to the icebreaker imme- February. During an average winter the maximum restriction
diately. The incident will be recorded in the icebreaker’s log- is Ice Class IA and Ice Class IB/2,000 dwt.
book, along with the prevailing ice, weather conditions, and 3. In the Archipelago Sea.—The first restrictions (Ice
other relevant information. Any damage sustained must be Class I and Ice Class II/2,000 dwt) have been imposed some-
reported to the Operational Management of the current ice- what later than in the Sea of Bothnia although the restric-
breaking company. Having reported to the icebreaker does tions are about the same. The strictest restriction during a
not relieve the vessel from further reporting to the authorities normal winter is Ice Class IA and Ice Class IB/2,000 dwt.
or the vessel’s owner. 4. Gulf of Finland.—The first restrictions (Ice Class I and
The Finnish-Swedish Ice Class Designations defines ice- Ice Class II/2,000 dwt) have normally been imposed at the
strengthening requirements, as described in the table titled end of January. The maximum restriction during an average
Finnish-Swedish Ice Class Designations in Sweden—Ice. winter is Ice Class IA/2,000 dwt.
For a comparison between the Finnish-Swedish Ice Class 5. Lake Saimaa area.—The minimum restriction applied
Designations and the class designations used by selected clas- has been Ice Class I and Ice Class II/1,300 dwt. The maxi-
sification societies, including ice strengthening codes, see mum restriction applied has been Ice Class IA/2,000 dwt.
Sweden—Appendix—Equivalences Between Ice Class No- For further information on ice restrictions in the 23 Finnish
tations. winter ports, see the tables titled Typical Ice Class/Size Re-
In difficult conditions, such as strong ice pressure or passage strictions to Navigation (2003/2004 to 2016/2017) in the Ap-
through heavy ice ridges, towing may be the only means of en- pendix.
suring safe and effective navigation. Particular attention should
be paid, as follows: Industries
1. The icebreaker shall determine when the ship is to be
towed. The main industries are metals and metal products, electron-
2. Towing usually takes place by taking the vessel's stem ics, machinery and scientific instruments, shipbuilding, pulp
into the towing fork of the icebreaker. and paper, foodstuffs, chemicals, textiles, and clothing.
Pub. 140
240 Finland
The main exports are electrical and optical equipment, ma- Maritime Claims
chinery, transport equipment, paper and pulp, chemicals, met- The maritime territorial claims of Finland are, as follows:
als, and timber. The main export-trading partners are Germany,
Sweden, the United States, the Netherlands, China, and Russia. Territorial Sea * 12 miles (3 miles in the
The main imports are foodstuffs, petroleum and petroleum Gulf of Finland).
products, chemicals, transport equipment, iron and steel, ma-
chinery, computers, electronics, textile yarn and fabrics, and Contiguous Zone 14 miles.
grains. The main import trading partners are Sweden and Ger- Fisheries or Economic Defined by coordinates.
many. Zone
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
of Exploitation.
Languages
* Claims straight baselines. Requires advance permission
Finnish and Swedish are the official languages. or notification for innocent passage of warships in the
territorial sea.
Meteorology
Internet Maritime Safety Information
Marine weather forecasts, in Finnish, English, and Swedish, Navigational warnings are available, in English, from the
are available from the Finnish Meteorological Institute (http:// Finnish Transport Agency (https://extranet.liikennevirasto.fi/
en.ilmatieteen.fiweather-and-sea). pooki_www/merivaroitukset/list_en.html).
Pub. 140
Finland 241
Pub. 140
242 Finland
known, the ETA, and the purpose of the visit. amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
3. Whether the vessel possesses a valid International gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
Ship Security Certificate or a valid Interim International bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
Ship Security Certificate. If it does, include the name of the port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
competent authority that issued it, along with the expiration For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
date of the certificate. If the vessel does not have these certif- ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
icates, an explanation must be given. tions.
4. Whether the vessel has an approved Ship’s Security
Plan. Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
5. The current Security Level of the vessel and the ves- The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
sel’s location at the time of submitting the notification. sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
6. The last ten port facilities visited by the vessel, in see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
chronological order, and the Security Level at each port.
7. In addition to the measures set out in the approved Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
Ship’s Security Plan, any special or additional security mea- The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia,
sures implemented that were embarked upon by the vessel Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un-
during vessel/port interfaces within the period referred to in der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a
paragraph 6. PSSA.
8. Events during vessel/vessel interfaces within the peri- A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
od referred to above in paragraph 6, and the vessel’s location its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
during the period in question. operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
9. Whether the security measures under the approved care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
Ship’s Security Plan have been followed in vessel-to-vessel rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
activities; if not, an explanation must be given of which se-
curity measures were not followed and which security mea- Restricted Areas
sures were taken in lieu.
10. A general description of the cargo and information on Certain areas in Finnish waters have been designated as re-
any hazardous substances on board the vessel. stricted areas. Regulations for these areas prohibit landing or
11. Verification that the vessel has a crew list and a pas- approaching the shore closer than 100m in the vicinity of mili-
senger list. tary areas. Fishing; anchoring outside authorized anchorages,
12. Any other matters concerning security. except in an emergency; and underwater activities are prohibit-
13. Contact details of the vessel’s duly authorized repre- ed without prior permission.
sentative at the port of destination. Applications for permission to engage in restricted activities
14. Name and title or permission of the person making the in these areas should be submitted to the authorities, as fol-
notification, and the date, time, and place of its completion. lows:
If the duration of the voyage from the vessel’s previous port
of call is less than 24 hours, the information should be submit- Area Authority
ted no later than the vessel’s departure from the previous port
of call. If the port of call is not known or if it changes during Kotka Coastal Command HQ
the voyage, the information should be submitted as soon as the Operations Branch
port of call is known. 1 to 3
P.O. Box 203
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification 48101 Kotka
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu-
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for Gulf of Finland Naval Command
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the Operations Branch
EU region. 4 to 13
PL 5
The report shall be submitted through the vessel’s agent or
representative in the destination port through the PortNet Infor- 02471 Upinniemi
mation System (http://www.portnet.fi). If the agent or repre- Archipelago Sea Naval Command
sentative is not known, the master should contact the company
or charterer to establish the contact information. Information Operations Branch
can only be entered into the PortNet Information System by au- 14 to 18
PL 5
thorized parties who have been granted access to the system.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- 20241 Turku
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi-
cation. The numbers located on the graphic titled Finland—
Restricted Areas correspond to the numbers of the restricted
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- areas listed below, as follows:
tion 1. Haapasaari.—Area bounded by a line joining the
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as following positions:
Pub. 140
Finland 243
Pub. 140
244 Finland
a. 59°50.55'N, 22°15.25'E. Search and Rescue
b. 59°45.38'N, 22°14.04'E.
c. 59°41.27'N, 22°14.63'E. The Border Guard (BG) is the authority in Finland responsi-
d. 59°41.54'N, 22°22.16'E. ble for search and rescue operations. The Maritime Search and
e. 59°45.51'N, 22°21.61'E. Rescue Service, under the control of the BG, consists of Mari-
f. 59°46.83'N, 22°21.50'E. time Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Turku and Mari-
g. 59°47.63'N, 22°21.41'E. time Rescue Coordination Subcenter (MRSC) Helsinki.
h. 59°48.00'N, 22°21.53'E. MRCC Turku is the central point of contact in operational SAR
i. 59°50.25'N, 22°21.88'E. matters.
j. 59°50.60'N, 22°20.67'E. The Border Guard can be contacted, as follows:
15. Uto.—Area bounded by a line joining the following 1. Telephone: 358-295-421000
positions: 1. Facsimile: 358-295-411500
a. 59°48.46'N, 21°20.05'E. 2. Web site: http://www.raja.fi/sar
b. 59°46.54'N, 21°20.21'E. MRCC Turku and MRSC Helsinki maintain a continuous
c. 59°41.55'N, 21°20.08'E. listening watch for distress traffic on 2187.5 kHz, VHF channel
d. 59°42.00'N, 21°29.94'E. 16, and VHF channel 70. The centers can be contacted, as fol-
e. 59°45.47'N, 21°29.93'E. lows:
f. 59°47.62'N, 21°29.94'E. 1. MRCC Turku
16. Gylto.—Area bounded by a line joining the following a. Call sign: Rescue Center Turku
positions: b. Telephone: 358-294-1000 (alert)
a. 60°06.55'N, 21°26.63'E. 358-294-1006 (Maritime As-
b. 60°05.50'N, 21°27.98'E. sistance Service)
c. 60°06.02'N, 21°31.76'E. c. Facsimile: 358-294-1019
d. 60°07.63'N, 21°31.47'E. d. E-mail: mrcc@raja.fi
e. 60°08.34'N, 21°30.99'E. 2. MRSC Helsinki
f. 60°08.59'N, 21°29.55'E. a. Call sign: Rescue Center Helsinki
g. 60°08.01'N, 21°28.87'E. b. Telephone: 358-294-1002 (alert)
17. Houtskar.—Area bounded by a line joining the fol- 358-294-1090 (other)
lowing positions: c. Facsimile: 358-294-1099
a. 60°12.81'N, 21°27.94'E. d. E-mail: mrsc.helsinki@raja.fi
b. 60°12.85'N, 21°29.93'E. The national alarm number (telephone: 358-294-1000) al-
c. 60°13.43'N, 21°30.09'E. ways connects to the nearest MRCC or MRSC.
d. 60°13.68'N, 21°29.78'E. The Finnish coast is divided into maritime SAR areas which
e. 60°13.69'N, 21°28.62'E. are identical to the Finnish Coastguard districts.
f. 60°13.76'N, 21°28.30'E. Coastguard stations and rescue craft are located, as follows:
g. 60°13.70'N, 21°27.44'E. 1. Gulf of Finland
h. 60°13.47'N, 21°27.35'E. a. Hamina (60°34.0'N., 27°12.0'E.)—Motor lifeboat.
18. Pansio.—Area bounded by a line joining the follow- b. Haaspasaaari (60°17.2'N., 27°11.4'E.)—Coast-
ing positions: guard station.
a. 60°26.88'N, 22°06.66'E. c. Sapokanlahti (Kotka) (60°27.5'N., 26°57.4'E.)—
b. 60°25.75'N, 22°07.05'E. Coastguard station.
c. 60°26.00'N, 22°09.44'E. d. Orrengrund (60°16.5'N., 26°27.0'E.)—Coastguard
d. 60°27.17'N, 22°08.84'E. station.
e. Valkom (60°24.5'N., 26°15.5'E.)—Motor lifeboat.
Semi-Restricted Areas f. Glosholmen (60°11.5'N., 25°50.5'E.)—Coastguard
Semi-restricted areas have been established throughout Finn- station.
ish waters and are regulated by the same laws and guidelines as g. Porvoo Oil Harbor (60°18.0'N., 25°33.0'E.)—Res-
apply to restricted areas. See the appropriate chart for limits of cue station.
these areas. h. Pirttsaaren (60°10.0'N., 25°26.0'E.)—Coastguard
station.
Routes i. Suomenlinna (60°11.5'N., 24°59.0'E.)—Coast-
guard station.
Two IMO-adopted two-way routes connect the three sections j. Helsinki (60°1.00'N., 24°57.0'E.)—Rescue cruiser
of the In Norra Kvarken TSS. An IMO-adopted two-way route and two motor lifeboats.
also leads to and from the southwesternmost section of the k. Porkkala (59°58.0'N., 24°25.0'E.)—Coastguard sta-
same TSS. tion.
An IMO-recommended two-way route is located in the SE l. Inkoo (60°02.5'N., 24°00.5'E.)—Lifeboat.
approach to the Aland Sea. m. Kantvik (60°05.0'N., 24°23.0'E.)—Lifeboat.
Pub. 140
Finland 245
n. Bagaskar (59°56.0'N., 24°01.0'E.)—Coastguard sta- ters of the Gulf of Finland, including the national mandatory
tion. ship reporting systems of Estonia and Finland, are collectively
o. Jussaro (59°49.0'N., 23°34.0'E.)—Coastguard sta- referred to as GOFREP; the area of coverage is referred to as
tion. the GOFREP area. Further information on GOFREP can be
p. Tammisaari (59°59.0'N., 23°26.6'E.)—Motor life- found in Baltic Sea—Appendix II.
boat.
q. Hanko (59°49.0'N., 22°58.0'E.)—Coastguard sta- Time Zone
tion and rescue cruiser.
2. Gulf of Bothnia The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
a. Enskar (60°13.0'N., 19°20.0'E.)—Coastguard sta- ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is observed from the last Sunday in
tion and lifeboat. March until the last Sunday in October.
b. Uusikaupunki (60°48.0'N., 21°24.0'E.)—Rescue
cruiser. Traffic Separation Schemes
c. Rauma (61°08.0'N., 21°30.0'E.)—Motor lifeboat.
d. Ryovaskeri (61°23.3'N., 21°25.7'E.)—Coastguard Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Finland are, as follows:
station. 1. Off Kalbadagrund Lighthouse. (IMO approved)
e. Reposaari (61°36.7'N., 21°27.2'E.)—Rescue cruis- 2. Off Porkkala Lighthouse. (IMO approved)
er. 3. Off Hankoniemi Peninsula (Hanko). (IMO approved)
f. Merikarvia (61°51.0'N., 21°29.0'E.)—Coastguard 4. The Aland Sea. (IMO adopted)
station. 5. In Norra Kvarkan. (IMO adopted)
g. Storkarren (62°09.1'N., 21°19.1'E.)—Coastguard
station.
h. Kaskinen (62°20.1'N., 21°11.6'E.)—Motor lifeboat. U.S. Embassy
i. Ebbskar (63°26.2'N., 21°04.3'E.)—Coastguard sta-
tion. The U.S. Embassy is situated at Itainen Puistotie 14B, Hel-
j. Molpehallorna (62°54.0'N., 21°05.0'E.)—Coast- sinki.
guard station. The mailing addresses are, as follows:
k. Vallgard (63°09.7'N., 21°15.4'E.)—Coastguard sta- 1. Finland address—
tion. Itainen Puistotie 14B
l. Kummelskar (63°27.6'N., 21°46.6'E.)—Coastguard 00140, Helsinki
station. 2. U. S. address—
m. Vaasa (63°06.0'N., 21°37.0'E.)—Motor lifeboat. APO AE (09723)
n. Pietarsaari (63°41.0'N., 22°43.0'E.)—Motor life-
boat. U. S. Embassy Finland Home Page
o. Masskar (63°43.5'N., 22°35.5'E.)—Coastguard sta-
tion. https://fi.usembassy.gov
p. Maraskaret (63°55.5'N., 22°56.5'E.)—Coastguard
ststion. Vessel Traffic Service
q. Rahja (64°13.3'N., 23°41.8'E.)—Coastguard sta-
tion. Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) in Finland operate in accor-
r. Raahe (64°41.0'N., 24°29.0'E.)—Rescue cruiser. dance with the Finnish Vessel Traffic Service Act and the Finn-
s. Oulu (65°00.0”N., 25°28.0'E.)—Motor lifeboat. ish Vessel Traffic Service Decree. The objectives of the VTS
t. Virpiniemi (65°07.6'N., 25°14.3'E.)—Coastguard are, as follows:
station. 1. Increase the safety and efficiency of maritime traffic.
u. Roytta (65°46.0'N., 24°10.0'E.)—Coastguard sta- 2. Prevent environmental damage caused by maritime
tion and motor lifeboat. traffic.
The VTS provides the following services to vessel traffic:
Ship Reporting System 1. Information Service.—Providing information to ves-
sels in the VTS area when vessels report in, at set intervals,
GOFREP.—The Gulf of Finland Reporting System (GOF- when requested by a vessel, or as determined to be necessary
REP) is a mandatory ship reporting system. It covers the inter- by the VTS. The following information can be passed:
national waters in the Gulf of Finland E of the Western a. Other vessels in the VTS area.
Reporting Line and Russian territorial waters W of longitude b. Changes in matters concerning the VTS areas and
26°30.0'E. In addition, Estonia and Finland have implemented the traffic within it.
mandatory ship reporting systems to their national water areas c. Meteorological and hydrological information.
outside VTS areas. These reporting systems provide the same d. Operations of pilots and icebreakers.
services and make the same requirements of shipping as the e. Condition and availability of fairways and the status
system operating in international waters; further information of aids to navigation.
on these systems can be found in Pub. 195, Sailing Directions f. Any danger threatening a vessel.
(Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia. g. Other information affecting the safety of vessel traf-
The mandatory ship reporting system in the international wa- fic.
Pub. 140
246 Finland
2. Navigational Assistance Service.—Given to identi- c. Vessels must request the VTS to designate an an-
fied vessels on request or when deemed necessary by the chorage area. The VTS has the authority to deny permis-
VTS in difficult navigational circumstances or weather or ice sion to anchor.
conditions. Navigational assistance can be given, as follows:
a. In fairways. The following traffic arrangements may be in effect in the
b. In areas where traffic is controlled by radar. VTS area:
c. When an inbound vessel approaches the pilot board- a. Passing and overtaking prohibitions.
ing position. b. Departure and entry clearance procedures.
Navigational assistance may include the following: c. Separation of traffic in terms of time or distance.
a. Information on the vessel’s course and speed. Departure clearance procedures are in use in all ports and
b. Information on the vessel’s position relative to the anchorage areas. Inbound vessels must be given clearance by
fairway axis or waypoint in accordance with the VTS Sail- the VTS before entering the VTS area.
ing Plan. Departure and entry clearance can be denied for the time it
c. Information on the positions, identities, and inten- takes the fairway to become clear, if an outbound or inbound
tions of surrounding traffic. vessel intends to enter a fairway when passing and overtak-
d. Warnings to individual vessels. ing are prohibited, or when other vessels are in the fairway.
3. Traffic Organization Service.—Managing vessel Departure and entry clearance procedures may be adjusted
traffic with permanent vessel traffic arrangements in order to to take into account traffic separation when traffic separation
prevent dangerous situations and traffic congestion. For the procedures are in force.
purpose of organizing vessel traffic, the following consider- Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows:
ations apply: 1. Gulf of Bothnia (62°59'N., 21°24'E.).
a. Vessel must ask the VTS for permission to depart 2. Hanko (59°49'N., 22°57'E.).
from a port or anchorage and to enter into the VTS area. 3. Helsinki (60°03'N., 24°15'E.)—divided into three sec-
Permission can be denied if the VTS determines there is a tors (designated 1, 2 (Western), and 2 (Eastern)).
dangerous situation or congestion in the area of the fair- 4. Kotka (60°18'N., 26°45'E.).
way. 5. Archipelago VTS (Saaristomeri) (60°23'N., 21°11'E.).
b. Vessel traffic in the VTS area is organized in terms 6. Turku (60°26'N., 22°13'E.).
of distance. Traffic separation can be initiated when there 7. West Coast (61°23'N., 21°14'E.).
is a special vessel transiting along the fairway, when sever- For further information, see Pub. 195, Sailing Directions
al vessels are travelling in the same direction, or when (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
there are vessels whose routes intersect or meet. The sepa- Note.—The primary language to be used in communications
ration distance is 0.5 mile. is English.
Pub. 140
Appendix—Average Date for Setting Navigation Restrictions
Finland
Turko 26 January 20 February 1 March — —
Hanko 26 January 20 February 1 March — —
Koverhar 26 January 2 February 1 March — —
Inkoo and Kantvik 26 January 18 February 24 February 25 February —
Helsinki 26 January 14 February 24 February 3 March —
Skoldvik 30 January 13 February 17 February 28 February —
Loviisa 16 January 26 January 12 February 24 February —
Kotka 16 January 26 January 12 February 24 February —
Hamina 16 January 26 January 12 February 24 February —
Pub. 140
247
248
Pub. 140
Finland
Hanko — — — 3 April * 15 March 1April
Koverhar — — — 3 April * 15 March 1 April
Inkoo and Kantvik — — 21 March 29 March 23 March 3 April
Helsinki — — 27 March 3 April 23 March 4 April
Skoldvik — — 31 March 12 March 25 March 6 April
Loviisa — — 31 March 30 March 17 March 11 April
Kotka — — 31 March 30 March 17 March 11 April
Hamina — — 31 March 30 March 17 March 11 April
* Ice Class IA, IB 3000, IC, II 2000.
249
FRANCE
Pub. 140
250 France
The fairway beneath bridges is marked by lateral daymarks, Dover Strait and English Channel—Risk of Collision
as follows: See North Sea—Cautions—Dover Strait and English
1. Starboardhand—Green or black triangle on a white Channel—Risk of Collision for further information.
square background.
2. Porthand—Red rectangle with a white border. Dover Strait and English Channel—Sand Waves
The daymarks are painted on the span of the bridge above See North Sea—Cautions—Sand Waves for further infor-
the limits of the fairway or on the piers if the entire channel be- mation.
tween them is navigable. At night, the daymarks may be illu-
minated or green or red lights may be shown from the same Currency
positions. A white light (flashing or isophase) may also be ex-
hibited on the arch indicating the best part of the channel. The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
Firing practice areas may be marked by white buoys, with a cents.
blue cross as seen from above, and have the letters ZD painted
on the side. Firing Areas
France is using virtual Automatic Identification System
(AIS) Aids to Navigation (ATON) to temporarily replace miss- Coastal Battery Exercises.—Firing practices take place
ing navigational aids. For further information on AIS ATON, from French coastal batteries at any season of the year and are
see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational Information. announced by Notices to Mariners.
The following warning signals are given:
Cautions 1. By day—A red flag is displayed from the battery from
which the firing is taking place, and from the signal stations
High Speed Craft in the vicinity, from 1 hour before the practice until the prac-
High speed craft operate between the coast of France and the tice is completed. The battery fires a blank round 1 hour be-
coast of the United Kingdom. For further information, see fore the practice, and two blank rounds, 30 seconds apart, 10
United Kingdom—Cautions. minutes before the practice. The target tugs and range boats
also display a red flag during the firings.
Locust Reports 2. By night—When a night practice is planned, the signal
See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa- stations in the vicinity of the battery display, from sunrise to
tion. sunset, two red flags, vertically disposed. At sunset and until
the practice is completed, two horizontally-disposed red
Offshore Dredging lights are shown at the battery, and a red light is shown from
North coast of France—Aggregate dredging is carried out the signal stations in the vicinity.
along the N coast of France, particularly E of 3°00'W. Thirty minutes before the practice, two red flares are fired at
5 minute intervals by the signal stations. The battery fires a
Survey Vessels blank round 1 hour before, and two blank rounds, 30 seconds
French survey vessels carrying out wire-drag surveys usually apart, 10 minutes before the practice begins. A white flare
operate in pairs and are connected by a wire up to 3,000m long marks the end of the practice.
that is supported by floats. The vessels display two black balls. In addition to the usual lights, the target tug exhibits three
Other vessels should keep well clear and, in particular, should red lights, disposed vertically, and range boats exhibit one red
not pass between the survey vessels. light at the masthead, during the firings.
The exercises include surface firing, ground to air and air to
Visibility ground firing, torpedo launchings, bombing, and anti-subma-
Poor visibility is associated with onshore winds, especially rine warfare, minesweeping operations, etc., and are broadcast
in the area of the entrance points to the Bay of Biscay. at least 4 days in advance by radio.
French naval vessels and aircraft carry out exercises, day and
Magnetic Anomalies night, off all points of the coast, but particularly in certain
Local magnetic anomalies have been reported between zones, which are hereinafter described. The exercises include
Grand Lejon (48°45'N., 2°40'W.) and Plateau des Roches Dou- surface firing, ground to air and air to ground firing, torpedo
vres, 22 miles NNW. launchings, bombing, anti-submarine warfare, minesweeping
Local magnetic anomalies have been reported between operations, etc., and are broadcast at least 4 days in advance by
Grand Lejon (48°45'N., 2°40'W.) and Rohein, 6 miles SSE. radio and by the local press. These areas are generally located,
Magnetic anomalies have been reported along the E coast of as follows:
Corsica, especially between latitude 41°35'N and latitude 1. Atlantic coast.—Anywhere off the coast but particular-
42°17'N. Deviations of up to 5° have been observed. ly in Baie de la Seine and off Ile d’Ouessant, L’Iroise, and
Magnetic anomalies have been reported within an area Brest.
bounded by lines joining Cap de Carteret (49°22'N., 1°49'W); 2. Mediterranean coast.—In the area bounded by the
the island of Sark, 21 miles W; and Cap de Flamanville French coast, latitude 41°40'N, longitude 5°00'E, and a line
(49°32'N., 1°53'W.). joining Monaco (longitude 7°25'E) and Cap Corse
In the vicinity of Dielette (49°33.2'N., 1°51.8W.) the normal (43°00'N., 9°25'E.). Although most of this activity is concen-
magnetic variation can be increased by 2°; in the approach to trated within 30 miles of the naval base at Toulon, mariners
Cap de la Hague it can be increased by as mu8ch as 1°. may encounter ships, submarines, and aircraft anywhere
Pub. 140
France 251
Pub. 140
252 France
Courtesy of SHOM
Bay of Biscay Firing Areas
Pub. 140
France 253
Pub. 140
254 France
c. 47°08'52''N, 3°26'00''W. Petit Serranier
d. 47°14'00''N, 3°08'00''W. This range is used for gunnery exercises fired by naval ves-
e. 47°17'40''N, 3°11'40''W. (coast) sels at Petit Sarranier Rock. It is bounded by a line joining the
Area R14.—An area bounded by the coast and lines joining following positions:
the following positions: a. 43°04'00''N, 6°15'10''E.
a. 47°34'34''N, 3°07'00''W. (coast) b. 43°02'40''N, 6°18'35''E.
b. 47°32'20''N, 3°10'20''W. c. 42°56'35''N, 6°17'00''E.
c. 47°36'04''N, 3°15'02''W. d. 42°56'35''N, 6°13'00''E.
d. 47°37'24''N, 3°11'56''W. (coast) e. 42°59'50''N, 6°15'10''E.
f. 43°04'00''N, 6°15'10''E.
MEDITERRANEAN SEA FIRING DANGER AREAS The firing ship maneuvers in the N part of the above area and
fires toward the S. A ship patrols that part of the range not visi-
General ble to the firing ship.
French naval aircraft and vessels may conduct exercise in the This range is not used between June 15 and September 15.
area bounded, as follows: Warning signals are a red flag displayed by Ile de
1. Northern boundary—French coast. Porquerolles signal station and at the masthead of one of the
2. Western boundary—Longitude 5°00'E. firing ships.
3. Southern boundary—Latitude 41°40'N.
4. Eastern boundary—the W coast of Corsica and a line Levant Area
joining Cap Corse (43°00'N., 9°25'E.) and Monaco The Levant Area consists of an air-to-ground range and an
(43°44'N., 7°25'E.). air-to-air range, as follows:
Although most of this activity is concentrated within 30 1. The air-to-ground portion of the range is used by air-
miles of the naval base at Toulon (43°07'N., 5°55'E.), vessels craft for firing at targets on the ground on the NE part of the
may encounter naval vessels, submarines, and aircraft any- Ile du Levant. It is bound by the following points, distances
where within this area. Exercises may include missile firings, and bearings from Madone Tower (43°01.9'N., 6°28.2'E.):
torpedo firings, and gunnery exercises; at night, warships and a. 1.2 miles 016°. (Pointe de Castelas)
aircraft may be darkened and operating without navigational b. 1.7 miles 010°.
lights. c. 3.4 miles 034°.
d. 5.3 miles 052°.
West of Sanary-Sur-Mer e. 4.8 miles 090°.
A firing area, formerly a mine-laying area, is bounded by the f. 2.4 miles 090°.
coast and lines joining the following positions: g. 2.2 miles 063°.
a. 43°07'02''N, 5°43'59''E. Points d and e are joined by the arc of a circle centered 1.5
b. 43°06'09''N, 5°45'32''E. miles, 053°, from Madone Tower.
c. 42°06'38''N, 5°45'32''E. The firing range is not in use from June 15 to September
d. 42°06'38''N, 5°46'50''E. 15.
e. 42°05'26''N, 5°46'50''E. 2. The air-to-air portion of the range is rectangular
f. 43°05'26''N, 5°45'32''E. shaped and is 16 miles long and 8 miles wide. The starting
g. 43°05'44''N, 5°45'32''E. point is position 42°56'12''N, 6°20'00''E.
h. 43°06'47''N, 5°43'42''E. The long NW side is 16 miles bearing 050° from the above
point. The short SW side is 8 miles bearing 140° from the
Saint-Elme-La Renardiere (Presqu'ile de Saint-Mandrier) same point.
This firing range is associated with the Saint-Elme batteries The firing range is not in use from July 1 to September 1.
(43°04.5'N., 5°54.2'E.) and La Renardiere (43°04.3'N., When either range is in use, warning signals, consisting of a
5°55.6'E.). red square flag (by day) or a fixed red light (by night), are
The firing azimuths of Saint-Elme are included between shown from the following locations on Ile du Levant (43°02'N.,
170° and 230° from the mast of Pointe de Saint-Elme. 6°29'E.):
The firing azimuths of La Renardiere are, as follows: 1. The disused signal station on Pointe du Titan.
1. Wide Renardiere—Bearing 120° from the Cap Cepet 2. La Madone Tower, near the center of the island.
flagpole to the meridian 6°00'E, then along this meridian to a 3. From the firing battery.
bearing of 230° from the flagpole. Lizerot (Ile du Levant).—This range is used by vessels fir-
2. Narrow Renardiere—Defined by lines drawn 170° to ing at a target which consists of a mooring buoy anchored at
230° from La Renardiere. position 43°01'30''N, 6°31'30''E, or 1.6 miles bearing 193°
Warning signals are displayed from Cap Cepet signal station from the l'Esquillade tower. The danger area is inside a circular
(La Croix des Signaux) and at the masts of the firing batteries. sector with a radius of 10 miles centered on position
They consist of a red flag by day and red lights at night. The 42°58'30''N, 6°28'00''E, and bound by lines extending from this
user of the range fires one round of blanks 1 hour before firing same point on bearings of 025° and 065°.
is to commence and two rounds of blanks 10 minutes prior to Warning signals are a blue flag and a red flag hoisted on Ma-
firing. The firing range is not in use from June 15 to September done Tower and a red flag hoisted by the firing ship. At night,
15. red lights are shown from the same places.
The firing range is not in use from June 15 to September 15.
Pub. 140
France 255
Diane (R66) While the blue flag is displayed at the launching mole mast,
This air-to-ground firing range on the E coast of Corse is un- vessels and small boats are prohibited from stopping and lay-
der the authority of the Solenzara Air Base. The area is bound- ing out fishing nets in the protected zone of the launching
ed by lines joining the following positions: range. While the red flag is displayed from the mole mast, the
a. 41°41.2'N, 9°22.8'E. same vessels are prohibited from navigating in, or entering, the
b. 41°35.0'N, 9°30.0'E. protected zone.
c. 41°35.0'N, 9°41.9'E. In the event of a night launching, a fixed red light is shown at
d. 42°04.5'N, 9°42.0'E. the top of the mole mast from one-half hour before the first
It is used during the daytime hours from Monday to Friday. launching until the end of the firing practice.
While the red light is shown, vessels and small boats are pro-
Solenzara (D67) hibited from navigating in, or entering, the protected zone.
This air-to-air firing range on the E coast of Corse is bound- The launch stationed at the end of the firing line will display
ed by lines joining the following positions: a red flag when it has recovered the torpedo.
a. 42°18.0'N, 9°42.0'E. Long Distance Launching Range.—The axis of the long dis-
b. 42°19.0'N, 9°47.0'E. tance launching range is oriented at 060°. A protected zone of
c. 42°07.0'N, 10°25.9'E. 0.25 mile has been established on each side of the axis. The
d. 41°54.5'N, 10°32.0'E. length of this range is unlimited seaward and, as its use is ex-
e. 41°54.5'N, 9°42.0'E. ceptional, it is unmarked.
This air-to-air firing area is active from Monday to Friday For long distance firing, the warning signals and regulations
(except during the summer). remain the same as for the main launching range. In addition, a
blue flag is displayed at the Seche a l’Huile tower to repeat that
Corsica—Northwest Coast of the launching mole. Vessels anchoring should do so at a pru-
A firing practice area extends up to 2.5 miles seaward from dent distance from the range.
Capo Cavallo (42°31.0'N., 8°40.1'E.) to Punta Ricci
(42°33.6'N., 8°43.1'E.). Fishing Areas
LAUNCH RANGES General
These launch ranges are part of installations designed for Although French fishermen are frequenting fishing zones
special activities. Their organization and operation are con- farther and farther from the coast with larger and larger trawl-
trolled by the Naval Commander-in-Chief of the Third Region ers, coastal fishing remains essential to the economies of cer-
at Toulon. Activation is announced via local Notice to Mari- tain regions, and concentrations of fishing vessels are likely to
ners. be encountered, especially at night, off the French coast.
Golfe de Saint-Tropez Torpedo Range.—The torpedo
launching range is established between the launching mole, sit- Atlantic Coast
uated abreast of Chateau Bertaud, and Seche a l'Huile tower, There are the large concentrations of trawlers and drifters
which stands about 0.5 mile ESE of Pointe des Sardinaux. fishing for herring in autumn and the first days of winter in the
This range includes a launching range for submarines, North Sea, in the vicinity of Le Sandettie and Cap Gris-Nez
bounded by the following points given in distance and bearing (especially in December and January), then S of the Strait of
from Seche a l'Huile tower: Dover, following the fish S from October until the beginning of
a. 0.75 mile, 214.0° January.
b. 1.7 miles, 226.0° The drifters, especially, are not maneuverable, as they are ei-
c. 1.7 miles, 244.0° ther paying out or taking in nets, or are moored to their nets.
d. 1.3 miles, 248.5° The nets which may reach several miles in length, are sup-
e. 0.6 mile, 229.0° ported by buoys, which show white lights at night; the buoys
Launching can occur every day, usually performed during may be equipped with radar reflectors.
the day from 0800 to sunset, in clear weather, without prior no- The Bay of Biscay is an area of intensive fishing activity.
tice. A protected zone of 0.25 mile has been established around Large fishing fleets are based at fishing ports on the NE and S
the launching range, on each side of the 4.6 mile line of fire ax- shores of the bay.
is, which is oriented 055° on the Seche a l’Huile tower. The tuna fleet, about 250 vessels, moves slowly NE from a
The range is permanently marked by mooring buoys placed position about 350 miles SW of Cape Ortegal (43°46'N.,
in the vicinity of the axis, up to about 3.2 miles from the 7°52'W.) in June to a position about 140 miles N of the cape in
launching mole. At night these buoys are not individually lit, August. The fleet then divides, as follows:
but are covered by the white sector of Pointe de Bertaud mole 1. One part moves NW, then W, reaching a point about
light. Thirty minutes before the first launching of a firing prac- 350 miles W of Ile d’Ouessant (48°28'N., 5°05'W.) in Octo-
tice, a blue flag is displayed at the mast of the launching mole, ber.
until the end of the firing practice. A small boat displaying a 2. The other part moves E, then S, and then SW, reaching
blue flag is stationed at the end of the firing line. a point about 60 miles NNW of Santander (43°27'N.,
Five minutes before each launching, a red flag is displayed 3°49'W.), also in October.
from the launching mole, and at the same time a loud sound The fleet is usually widely dispersed in June, but tends to
signal occurs. Each launching is announced by two brief sound concentrate in August and September.
signals. Trawlers work up to 100 miles offshore SW and W of the
Pub. 140
256 France
coast of Brittany, but elsewhere in the Bay of Biscay they are July 14 Bastille Day
seldom found more than 50 miles offshore.
Oyster beds are numerous in the vicinity of the French coast. August 15 Assumption Day
The beds are normally marked by buoys. November 1 All Saint’s Day
Languages
French is the official language.
Meteorology
Flag of France
Marine weather forecasts are available, in French, from Me-
France is a republic. The country is divided into 18 regions teo France (http://www.meteofrance.com/previsions-meteo-
(13 metropolitan regions and five overseas regions), with a fur- marine/bulletin).
ther subdivision into 101 departments (96 metropolitan depart-
ments and five overseas departments). Mined Areas
France is governed by a directly-elected President who
serves a 5-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the Mariners should consult Notice to Mariners and the latest
President. The bicameral Parliament is composed of a 348- best scale chart for any additional danger areas. A risk exists in
member Senate, indirectly elected by an electoral college, serv- the following areas with regard to anchoring, fishing or any
ing 6-year terms, and a directly-elected 577-member National form of submarine or seabed activity.
Assembly, serving 5-year terms.
The legal system is based on French civil law. Mine Danger Areas
The capital is Paris. Approach to Correjou and Port de Tresseny (Kerisoc).—
An area bound by the coast, the parallel of 48°40'N and the me-
ridians of 4°23'W and 4°32'W.
Holidays Baie de la Fresnaie, Baie de l’Arguenon, and Baie de
The following holidays are observed: Lancieux.—An area bound by the coast, by a line joining
Pointe de la Latte (48°40.2'N., 2°09.5'W.) to a position 0.5 mile
N of Ile Agot and by the meridian of 2°09.5'W.
January 1 New Year’s Day
Strait of Dover to Dunkerque.—Former NEMEDRI Dan-
Good Friday Variable ger Area No. 7 is an area in which danger due to mines laid be-
tween 1939 and 1945 still exists. The limits of Former Danger
Easter Sunday Variable
Area No. 7 are comprised of all waters bound by the land and
Easter Monday Variable the lines joining the following approximate positions:
May 1 Labor Day a. The coast of France in 2°32'30''E.
b. 51°06'54''N, 2°35'00''E.
May 8 World War II Victory Day c. 51°11'00''N, 2°35'00''E.
Ascension Day Variable d. 51°13'30''N, 2°29'20''E.
e. 51°08'15''N, 2°12'00''E.
Whitsunday Variable f. 51°08'40''N, 2°12'00''E.
Whitmonday Variable g. 51°07'03''N, 2°07'15''E.
Pub. 140
France 257
Pub. 140
258 France
d. 48°08'28''N, 4°32'46''W. Temporary Explosives Dumping Areas
Area Centered on
Temporary Explosives Dumping Areas Deposit Zone Locality
radius (approx.)
Area Centered on
Deposit Zone Locality Anse de Dinan 200m 48°14.5'N, 4°35.4'W.
radius (approx.)
Boulogne-Sur-Mer 200m 50°46.1'N, 1°34.4'E. Morgat-Douarnenez 200m 48°11.0'N, 4°21.1'W.
lle de Sein 200m 48°03.0'N, 4°50.2'W.
Dieppe 195m 49°57.8'N, 1°05.5'E.
Audierne 200m 47°59.l'N, 4°32.1'W.
Le Havre 200m 49°28.7'N, 0°02.0'E.
Trouville 200m 49°24.0'N, 0°01.2'E. Le Guilvinec 200m 47°45.4'N, 4°16.3'W.
Pub. 140
France 259
The position in which the device is dumped must be careful- For further information, see North Sea and English Chan-
ly marked, and if this procedure is considered to be dangerous nel—Offshore Drilling.
then the vessel must remain in the area until the arrival of the
intervention team. Pilotage
Navigational Information Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of a certain length or ton-
nage for each port within a defined compulsory pilotage area.
Enroute Volumes Pilotage is compulsory in many ports for vessels carrying hy-
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra- drocarbons or dangerous substances.
nean. Vessels arriving or departing ports in northwestern Europe
Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe can request Deep Sea Pilots before reaching busy areas. These
and Northwest Africa. pilots should be requested from certain Deep Sea Pilot Stations
Pub. 191, Sailing Directions (Enroute) English Channel. in France, the United Kingdom, or other European countries
along the North Sea coasts and the Baltic Sea. For further in-
Maritime Claims formation, see United Kingdom—Pilotage.
The maritime territorial claims of France are, as follows: Vessels transiting the English Channel eastward can pick up
Deep Sea Pilots off Cherbourg, Le Havre, Boulogne, and Cal-
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. ais.
French pilot vessels have the following distinguishing fea-
Contiguous Zone 24 miles. tures:
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. ** 1. Black hull with a narrow white band.
Zone 2. Anchor painted on the funnel, if any.
3. Lettering indicating the pilot station painted in white
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
on the bulwarks fore and aft.
of Exploitation.
* Claims straight baselines.
** Atlantic coast only. In the Mediterranean Sea, only Pollution
claims a 12-mile fishery limit and a 200-mile Ecological
Protection Zone. All vessels navigating in French coastal waters are requested
to report the following incidents:
1. Pollution caused by hydrocarbons or other noxious
Deep-Water Routes substances.
See North Sea and English Channel—Navigational Infor- 2. Barrels, containers, or other packages found at sea lia-
mation—Deep-Water Routes. ble to cause pollution.
3. Incidents such as collisions or fire at sea liable to cause
Internet Maritime Safety Information pollution.
See the table titled Internet Maritime Safety Information. 4. Jettisoning of hydrocarbons to help save vessels and
safeguard human life at sea.
Channel Navigation and Information Service (CNIS)
The CNIS operates from Dover Strait Coast Guard and Reports should be sent to the nearest CROSS Stations, either
CROSSMA Griz Nez. The broadcasts include information con- directly or through a coast radio station. The report should be-
cerning traffic, navigation, and visibility. gin with the word POLREP and contain the following informa-
For further details of these regulations, see Pub. 191, Sailing tion:
Directions (Enroute) English Channel. 1. Classification of report (doubtful, probable, or con-
firmed).
Offshore Drilling 2. Date and time of observation reported. Indicate if
time is UTC or local. Identity of the observer or the report’s
Drill rigs may operate off the coast in the English Channel originator. Indicate the name and call sign of the vessel send-
throughout the year. ing the report.
Pub. 140
260 France
3. Position and extent of the pollution (if possible, give ous cargo, or noxious substances must keep at least 7 miles
the latitude and longitude or distance from a conspicuous from the French coast except, as follows:
point). Estimate of pollution (dimensions of polluted area; 1. In the northeastbound lane of the Straits of Dover
tonnage of hydrocarbons pumped out; or number of barrels, Traffic Separation Scheme.
containers, etc.). Position of observer with respect to the pol- 2. Within the passages and fairways to the following
lution. French Atlantic ports:
4. Speed and direction of wind and current.
5. Meteorological conditions and sea state. Dunkerque Saint Brieuc
6. Pollution characteristics. Type of pollution (hydrocar-
bons (crude or refined), jettisoning of chemical products in Calais Roscoff
containers or bulk). In each case, give the appearance (liquid, Boulogne Brest
floating solids, oily appearance, semi-liquid sludge, tarry
lumps, dispersed hydrocarbons, changes in water color, visi- Dieppe Douarnenez
ble vapor). Give all distinguishing marks on the containers or Fecamp Le Havre- Concarneau
barrels. Antifer
7. Source and cause of pollution (from vessel or other
Rouen and the ports Lorient
installations). If the origin is a vessel, indicate if it appears to
of the lower Seine
have been deliberate or an accident; in the latter case, give a
brief description. If possible, give the name, type, size, and Caen/Ouistreham Ports of the Loire
nationality of the home port of the polluting vessel. If the Cherbourg Les Sables-d’Olonne
vessel is on passage, give its course and speed.
8. Identification of vessels in the vicinity (to be given if Granville La Rochelle/La
the polluter cannot be identified and if the pollution appears Pallice
to be recent). The Transfer of Cargo Ports of La Gironde
9. Proof of details (photographs or samples). Operations Area ENE and Bayonne
10. Action taken or planned. of Pointe de Saire in
11. Expected development in pollution (arrival at coast- Baie de la Seine
line) giving time of estimates.
12. Countries and organizations informed. Saint Malo
13. Any other information judged of value (names of wit-
nesses). 3. Raz Blanchard, the channel between Alderney and the
coast of France.
MARPOL Special Area 4. Within the passages and fairways to the following
MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda- French Mediterranean ports:
tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
been adopted. Several areas off the coasts of France have been Port-La-Nouvelle Ajaccio
designated as MARPOL Special Areas, as follows:
1. The Mediterranean Sea. Sete Porto-Vecchio
2. The Northwest European Waters (Atlantic coast). Golfe de Fos Solenzara
Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Marseille Lucciana
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Toulon Bastia
Regulations
5. In the Corsica Channel Traffic Separation Scheme and
General Precautionary Areas.
Vessels should send an ETA between 18 hours to 24 hours in 6. In the Strait of Bonifacio.
advance or upon departure from the last port of call.
All vessels bound for a port should maintain a listening Mandatory Access Routes/Channels
watch on VHF channel 16, or on a channel designated by the Many French ports contain Mandatory Access Routes/Chan-
port authority or pilot station before entry into the approach nels, which are required to be used by vessels greater than
channel. 1,600 gt which originate from or are bound to these harbors
and roadsteads, and are carrying hydrocarbons, dangerous car-
Navigation and Procedures in French Territorial Waters go, or noxious substances. The ports where these Mandatory
Vessels greater than 1,600 gt carrying hydrocarbons, danger- Access Routes/Channels are in operation are contained the ta-
Pub. 140
France 261
Pub. 140
262 France
knots, in a continuous strip 300m wide along the French Medi- products are prohibited from anchoring in French inshore mar-
terranean coast, and around the islands and islets off the coast. itime waters. Internal maritime waters are defined as being be-
However, this speed limit is not applicable in the approach tween the coast and the strait baselines or closing lines of bays,
routes and anchorage areas of the ports mentioned in the pre- including the following areas along the English Channel/North
ceding regulation. Sea coast:
1. Baie de Seine—From Cap de la Heve Light to the light
Seaplanes on the W jetty at Trouville.
During the summer season, seaplanes, when combating for- 2. Rade de Saint-Vaast-la-Capelle—From Cap Levi Light
est fires, normally use open and calm areas to fill their water to Fort de Nacqueville.
tanks. No prior warning can be given. These planes make pass- 3. Anse de Vauville—From Jobourg signal tower to the
es at very low altitude over the selected landing axis. Upon Flamanville signal tower.
sighting this maneuver all vessels, sailboats, small craft and 4. Baie du Mont-Saint-Michel—From Pointe du Roc
divers must, without fail, depart as quickly as possible from the Light to Ilot Herpin and continuing on to Pointe du Grouin.
landing axis, on a perpendicular course, to a distance of 0.25
mile. Pre-arrival Quarantine Reporting
This zone is to remain free and clear until 1 hour after the Messages should be sent to the appropriate port at the indi-
passage of the last plane. The following areas on the S coast of cated time before the vessel’s ETA; information concerning the
France may be used: message address and sending time is listed in the table titled
1. La Ciotat. France—Pre-arrival Quarantine Reporting Information.
2. Sanary. The message should contain the following information:
3. Toulon. 1. Name and call sign of vessel.
4. Hyeres. 2. Message address.
5. Saint-Tropez. 3. Vessel nationality and type.
6. Saint-Raphael. 4. ETA at pilot station.
7. Villefranche. 5. Port and date of departure.
8. Beaulieu. 6. Last port-of-call and date.
9. Etang de Thau. 7. Number of crew and passengers.
10. Berre. 8. The condition of all persons and animals on board.
11. Marseille. 9. Date and place of issue of any de-ratting certificate or
The following gulfs and bays of Corse may be used: de-ratting exemption certificate applicable to the vessel.
1. Saint-Florent. 10. Request for free pratique.
2. Calvi.
3. Sagone. Special IMO Navigation Recommendations in the English
4. Ajaccio. Channel
5. Valinco. Special IMO recommendations for navigation off certain ar-
6. Figari. eas off the United Kingdom and in the English Channel are in
7. Porto-Vecchio. effect. For further information, see North Sea and English
Channel—Regulations.
Tanker Regulations
Single hull oil tankers over 15 years old carrying heavy fuel Restricted and Regulated Anchorages
oil, tar, or bitumen must contact the appropriate CROSS station Restricted and regulated anchorage areas are located within
24 hours prior to entering the Exclusive Economic Zone of French internal waters and the territorial waters of France in
France. the Mediterranean Sea. The regulations apply to the following
Single hull oil tankers carrying heavy petroleum products are vessels:
prohibited from entering or departing from French ports or ter- 1. Vessels of 300 gt and over.
minals and from anchoring in French waters without prior per- 2. Vessels 45m in length and over.
mission. Local port authorities should be contacted for further infor-
Single-hull tankers of 5,000 dwt and greater carrying heavy mation.
Pub. 140
France 263
Search and Rescue opted Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) and Inshore Traffic
Zones (ITZ) in the English Channel and off Ushant.
Atlantic Ocean
France has four Regional Surveillance and Rescue Opera- France—MRCC Contact Information (Atlantic Ocean)
tions situated on the Atlantic coast. These centers are located in
MRCC Griz-Nez (50°52'N., 1°35'E.), MRCC Jobourg MRCC Gris Nez
(49°41'N., 1°54'E.), MRCC Corsen (48°25'N., 4°47'E.), and Telephone 33-3-21872187
MRCC Etel (47°40'N., 3°12'E.).
A Search and Rescue Organization, Centre Regional de Sur- Facsimile 33-3-21877855
veillance et de Sauvetage (CROSS) covers the English Channel E-mail gris-nez@mrccfr.eu
and S part of the North Sea. MRCC Griz-Nez has been desig-
http://www.cross-grisnez.developpement-
nated as the initial point of contact for foreign search and res- Web site
durable.gouv.fr
cue authorities or when one of the other MRCCs is unable to
deal with the incident. Contact information for the MRCCs can MRCC Jobourg
be found in the table titled France—MRCC Contact Infor- Telephone 33-2-33521616
mation (Atlantic Ocean).
CROSS provides a permanent, full-time weather operational Facsimile 33-2-33527172
presence along the coast of France. CROSS also coordinates jobourg.mrcc@developpement-durable.gouv.fr
surveillance of marine traffic, especially within the 12-mile E-mail
limit, maritime search and rescue, fishery surveillance out to jobourg@mrccfr.eu
200 miles, monitors pollution, and collects data for future use. http://www.cross-jobourg.developpement-
The purpose of the marine traffic surveillance is to enhance Web site
durable.gouv.fr
navigational safety which includes the policing of the IMO ad-
Pub. 140
264 France
Pub. 140
France 265
5°21'E.). nel and W coasts of the United Kingdom, including the Shet-
land Isles, is in effect.
Ship Reporting System Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Ocean—Ship Reporting System.
United Kingdom Ship Movement Report System (MAREP)
The United Kingdom Ship Movement Report System Bonifacio Strait Reporting System (BONIFREP)
(MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system which applies to the The Strait of Bonifacio borders the S side of Corsica and
following vessels: separates it from Sardinia, a province of Italy. The Bonifacio
1. All merchant vessels of 300 gross tons and over. Ves- Strait Reporting System (BONIFREP) has been established
sels of less than 300 gross tons are strongly encouraged to within the Strait of Bonifacio and its E and W approaches. The
participate. system is mandatory for all vessels of 300 gt and over. Further
2. Any vessels “not under command” or at anchor in a information can be found in Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (En-
Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) or an Inshore Traffic Zone route) Western Mediterranean.
(ITZ).
3. Any vessel “restricted in its ability to maneuver.” SURNAV
4. Any vessel with defective navigational aids. SURNAV is a system designed to monitor the movements
Further information can be found in United Kingdom— and condition of vessels carrying hydrocarbons, dangerous car-
Ship Reporting System and United Kingdom—Appendix I. go, or noxious substances navigating in the approaches to the
French coasts of the North Sea, the English Channel, the Atlan-
Dover Strait Reporting System (CALDOVREP) tic Ocean, and the Mediterranean Sea. The regulations apply to
CALDOVREP, a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS the following vessels:
regulations, has been established in a 65-mile stretch of the 1. Vessels carrying hydrocarbons or the gaseous residues
Dover Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS). All vessels 300 gross of hydrocarbons as specified in Annex 1 of MARPOL 73.
tons and over are required to participate in this system; speci- 2. Non-inert tankers and vessels carrying the following:
fied vessels under 300 gross tons are also required to partici- a. Noxious liquid substances as specified in Annex 2
pate in the system. Vessels participating in this system are of MARPOL 73 and classed in Category A and Category
tracked by radar and AIS. Vessels which appear to be navigat- B in Chapter 17 of the IBC Code.
ing within a TSS contrary to the requirements of Rule 10 of the b. Liquefied gas in bulk.
International Collision Regulations (72 COLREGS) will be re- c. Plutonium-239, uranium-233, uranium-235, urani-
ported to their flag state. um-238, thorium, or any material containing them, with
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- the exception of ores.
tions (Enroute) English Channel. d. Acetaldehyde (UN 1089), ether ethyl (UN 1155),
ethyl vinylic ether (UN 1302), monoethylamine (UN
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP) 1036), ammonium nitrate (UN 0222), or propylene oxide
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP), a Vessel Traffic Ser- (UN 1280).
vice (VTS) system, has been established in the W approaches e. Composite organochlorides, such as organochloride
to the English Channel. It is a mandatory reporting system un- pesticides (UN 2761, UN 2762, UN 2995, and UN 2996).
der SOLAS regulations and operates within an area with a radi- 3. Vessels carrying the following:
us of 40 miles centered on Ile d’Ouessant. All vessels over 300 a. Noxious liquid substances as specified in Annex 2
gross tons are required to participate in this system. Special of MARPOL 73.
IMO provisions have also been established for vessels using b. Harmful liquid substances as specified in Annex 3
the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) situated off Ouessant of MARPOL 73.
(Ushant). c. Dangerous cargo as specified in the International
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- Maritime Code of Dangerous Goods (IMDG), including
tions (Enroute) English Channel. radioactive materials specified in the INF Code.
d. Dangerous cargo as specified in Chapter 17 of the
Jobourg Vessel Traffic Service (MANCHEREP) IBC Code and Chapter 19 of the IGC Code.
MANCHEREP is a mandatory reporting system operating Vessels carrying the indicated cargo shall report to the
under SOLAS regulations which has been established in an ar- appropriate CROSS station, as given in Appendix I—
ea covering the Traffic Separation Scheme off Les Casquets. SURNAV—Reporting Stations and Contact Information.
All vessels over 300 gross tons are required to participate in Movement information.—Vessels indicated above intend-
this system; specified vessels under 300 gross tons are also re- ing to enter or pass through French territorial waters shall send
quired to participate in the system. a movement information report, prefixed SURNAV-FRANCE,
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- to the relevant CROSS center (for vessels in the North Sea, the
tions (Enroute) English Channel. English Channel, or the Atlantic Ocean) or to CROSS La Gar-
de (for vessels in the Mediterranean Sea). The message shall be
Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) sent 6 hours prior to entering French territorial waters or 6
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP), hours prior to leaving a port or anchorage on the French coast.
a mandatory reporting system covering the waters off Belgium, The format and information required can be found in Appen-
the W coast and English Channel coasts of France, Ireland, dix II—Atlantic Coast—Movement Information and Ap-
Portugal; the N and W coasts of Spain, and the English Chan- pendix II—Mediterranean Coast—Movement
Pub. 140
266 France
Courtesy of SHOM
France—Mediterranean Sea Environmental Protection Zone
Information. with the IBC and IGC sets of rules; the vessel’s INF catego-
Any subsequent changes should be reported immediately. ry, if applicable; and the amount and location within the ves-
Vessels indicated above arriving from a port or anchorage sel if they are transported in mobile tanks or containers,
outside the European Union and intending to anchor in French including any identification marks.
territorial waters shall send a message to the relevant CROSS 9. Confirmation of the existence on board of a suitable
center (for vessels in the North Sea, the English Channel, or the list, manifest, or lading plan, giving precise details of the
Atlantic Ocean) or to CROSS La Garde (for vessels in the dangerous or polluting cargo carried by the vessel and their
Mediterranean Sea) when leaving the loading port, or as soon locations.
as possible in the event of a change in destination, stating the 10. Number of crew on board.
following information (or indicating what authority within the Contact information for the appropriate CROSS station can
European Union holds that information): be found in Appendix I—SURNAV Reporting Stations and
1. Name, call sign, and MMSI of vessel. Contact Information.
2. Nationality of vessel. During the entire transit or stay within French territorial or
3. Length overall and draft of vessel. inshore waters, except when berthed at a quayside in a port,
4. Port of destination. vessels indicated above shall maintain a continuous listening
5. ETA at the port of destination, at the pilot station, or watch on the following frequencies:
in the intended anchorage area, as requested by the compe- 1. DSC—2187.5 kHz and VHF channel 70.
tent authority. 2. VHF channel 16.
6. ETD. 3. On any specified channel.
7. Passage plan. Accident and incident at sea information.—All vessels
8. Precise technical description of the dangerous or pol- 300 gross tons and over on commercial passage within the lim-
luting cargo; UN numbers, if applicable; the IMO risk cate- its of the French Economic Zone or the Mediterranean Sea En-
gory determined in accordance with the IMDG Code and vironmental Protection Zone (see graphic titled France—
Pub. 140
France 267
Mediterranean Sea Environmental Protection Zone) shall ities to prevent any navigational dangers and risks of pollu-
immediately report the following information to the responsi- tion.
ble CROSS center (for vessels in the North Sea, the English
Channel, or the Atlantic Ocean) or to CROSS La Garde (for Signals
vessels in the Mediterranean Sea):
1. Any incident or accident affecting the safety of the Signal Stations
vessel (e.g. collision, grounding, damage, failure or break- Signal stations are situated on the principal points and head-
down, intrusion or displacement of cargo, and all hull defects lands of the French coast. Independently of its military func-
or structural failures). tion, each station is equipped to display storm signals, transmit
2. Any incident or accident affecting navigational safety urgent messages pertinent to the safety of shipping, and warn
(e.g. failures likely to affect the vessel’s maneuverability or of marine disasters in its vicinity, and guide rescue craft.
defects affecting the propulsion system, steering system, Communication between vessel and signal station is made
electrical generating system, navigation equipment, or com- by light signal, flag signals of the International Code of Sig-
munications equipment). nals, and, in some cases, by radiotelephone (2716 kHz).
3. Any situation likely to cause pollution of the water or Some lighthouses are normally equipped with radiotele-
coast line (e.g. any discharge or the risk of discharge of pol- phone. In case of non-functioning of the latter equipment they
lutants into the sea). may show the following signals:
4. Any slicks of pollution and any containers or packages 1. A ball above, or below, a square flag indicates immedi-
observed adrift in the sea. ate assistance is required.
The format and information required can be found in Ap- 2. A black flag at the masthead indicates a shipwreck in
pendix II—Atlantic Coast—Accident and Incident at Sea the vicinity.
Information and Appendix II—Mediterranean Coast—Ac-
cident and Incident at Sea Information. Strong Wind Signals
The vessel suffering the accident shall also: Light signals, which operate during daylight hours only, may
1. Inform the appropriate CROSS station of the develop- be exhibited from certain ports and indicate predicted strong
ing situation. winds, as follows:
2. Maintain a continuous listening watch, as follows: 1. Eight white flashes in 4 seconds followed by 4 seconds
a. DSC—2187.5 kHz and VHF channel 70. of darkness—Winds of force 6 or greater predicted to occur
b. VHF channel 16. in the next 6 hours.
c. On any specified channel. 2. Very quick white flashes—Winds of force 6 or greater
3. Take all precautions stipulated by the maritime author- already occurring or predicted to occur in the next 3 hours.
ities to prevent any navigational dangers and risks of pollu-
tion. Tidal Signals
Assisting vessel information.—Any vessel called upon to The state of the tide is indicated by the following signals dis-
assist or tow a damaged or defected vessel shall immediately played at the masthead:
send a message, prefixed SURNAV-FRANCE, to the appropri- 1. A blue pennant by day or two green lights, horizontally
ate CROSS center (for vessels in the North Sea, the English disposed, at night signify the LW stand.
Channel, or the Atlantic Ocean) or to CROSS La Garde (for 2. A white flag with a black diagonal cross by day or two
vessels in the Mediterranean Sea). The format and information white lights, horizontally disposed, at night signify the HW
required can be found in Appendix II—Atlantic Coast—As- stand.
sisting Vessel Information and Appendix II—Mediterra- 3. An elongated black cone, point up, by day or a green
nean Coast—Assisting Vessel Information. light over a white light at night signify the rising tide.
The assisting vessel shall also: 4. An elongated black cone, point down, by day or a
1. Inform the appropriate CROSS station of the develop- white light over a green light at night signify the falling tide.
ing situation. The height of the tide above chart datum is indicated by a
2. Maintain a continuous listening watch, as follows: summation of the calculated values of three columns of certain
a. DSC—2187.5 kHz and VHF channel 70. day shapes (day signal) or lights (night signal), as listed in the
b. VHF channel 16. table titled France—Tidal Signals. Examples of how to deter-
c. On any specified channel. mine tidal height using these signals are given in the table titled
3. Take all precautions stipulated by the maritime author- France—Sample Tidal Signal Calculations.
France—Tidal Signals
Location Day Signal Night Signal Meaning
Black cone, point down Green light Height of 0.2m
First Column
Black cylinder Red light Height of 0.1m
Second Column Black cylinder Red light Height of 1m
Third Column Black ball White light Height of 5m
Pub. 140
268 France
Pub. 140
France 269
Pub. 140
France 271
CROSS
Traffic Contact Information
station
Call sign: Gris-Nez Traffic
VHF: VHF channels 13, 16, and 79
For vessels on passage in the French
Economic Zone E of a line joining Cap Telephone: 33-3-21872187
CROSS
d’Antifer and the Greenwich Lightfloat, Facsimile: 33-3-21877855
Gris-Nez
marking the entrance to the Dover Strait
TSS. Telex: 42-130680 (CROSSGN 130680F)
grisnez.mrcc@developpement-durable.gouv.fr
E-mail:
grisnez@mrccfr.eu
For vessels on passage in the French Call sign: Jobourg Traffic
Economic Zone W of a line joining Cap VHF: VHF channels 13, 16, and 80
d’Antifer and the Greenwich Lightfloat,
marking the entrance to the Dover Strait Telephone 33-2-33521616
CROSS Jo- TSS, and E of a line joining the follow- Facsimile 33-2-33527823
bourg ing positions:
a. 49°31.0'N, 4°00.0'W.
b. 48°53.0'N, 2°20.0'W. jobourg.mrcc@developpement-durable.gouv.fr
E-mail:
c. 48°49.0'N, 1°49.0'W. jobourg@mrccfr.eu
d. 48°37.7'N, 1°34.0'W.
For vessels on passage in the French Call sign: Ouessant Traffic
Economic Zone W of a line joining the
VHF: VHF channels 13, 16, and 79
following positions:
CROSS a. 49°31.0'N, 4°00.0'W. Telephone: 33-2-98893131
Corsen b. 48°53.0'N, 2°20.0'W. Facsimile: 33-2-98896575
c. 48°49.0'N, 1°49.0'W.
d. 48°37.7'N, 1°34.0'W. E-mail: ouessant-trafic@developpement-durable.gouv.fr
and N of latitude 47°47' 33''N.
Call sign: Crossa Etel
VHF: VHF channel 16
For vessels on passage in the French Telephone: 33-2-97553535
CROSS Etel Economic Zone S of latitude Facsimile: 33-2-97554934
47°47'33''N.
Telex: 42-950519 (CROSS B 950519F)
etel.mrcc@developpement-durable.gouv.fr
E-mail:
etel@mrccfr.eu
Call sign: CROSS MED
VHF: VHF channels 16 and 70
CROSS La For vessels going to French Mediterra- Telephone: 33-4-94611616
Garde nean ports. Facsimile: 33-4-94271149
Telex: 42-430024 (CROMD B 430024F)
E-mail: lagarde@mrccfr.eu
Pub. 140
France 273
Pub. 140
274 France
Pub. 140
France 275
Pub. 140
277
GAMBIA
Pub. 140
278 Gambia
Pub. 140
279
GEORGIA
General 279 ters may be different from those charted and described in navi-
Buoyage System 279 gational publications. Mariners should use extreme caution
Cautions 279 when attempting to identify navigational aids.
Currency 279
Government 279 Cautions
Holidays 280
Industries 280 General
Languages 280 The ports of Sokhumi (43°00'N., 41°01'E.) and Ochamchi-
Mined Areas 280 ra (42°44'N., 41°26'E.) and all waters within 12 miles of the
Navigational Information 280 coast between the Russian/Georgian border (43°23.0'N.,
Pilotage 281 40°00.6'E.) and Mys Anaklia (42°24.3'N., 41°33.2'E.) are
Pollution 281 closed to navigation to all vessels except those carrying hu-
Regulations 281 manitarian aid. Such vessels should anchor off Poti (42°09'N.,
Restricted Areas 282 41°39'E.) to obtain clearance prior to entry.
Search and Rescue 283
Ship Reporting System 283 Tyagun
Time Zone 283 The Tyagun, an unpleasant and sometimes dangerous wave
Traffic Separation Schemes 283 condition which may occur inside a harbor, is reported to affect
U.S. Embassy 284 ports on the Caucasian coast between Tuapse and Batumi. For
Vessel Traffic Service 284 further information, see Black Sea—Cautions—Dangerous
Appendix—Georgia Ship Reporting System 285 Waves.
Pub. 140
280 Georgia
rectly-elected members serving 4-year terms. Ukraine, and Germany.
The legal system is based on civil law.
The capital is Tbilisi. Languages
Georgian is the official language.
Mined Areas
Former Mined Areas
May 12 St. Andrew the Apostle Approaches to Batumi (NW of Mys Zelenyy)
Day Area No. 4 (former Area No. 36)—Area bounded by lines
May 26 Independence Day joining the following positions:
a. 41°44'25.8''N, 41°40'00.0''E.
August 28 Assumption Day b. 41°44'25.8''N, 41°41'30.0''E.
(Mariamoba) c. 41°41'45.0''N, 41°39'54.0''E.
October 14 Svetitskhovlobo d. 41°41'19.2''N, 41°38'36.0''E.
e. 41°42'02.4''N, 41°38'00.0''E.
November 23 St. George’s Day
(Giorgoba) Approaches to Batumi
Area No. 5 (former Area No. 37)—Area bounded by lines
Industries joining the following positions:
a. 41°43'33.0''N, 41°30'34.8''E.
The main industries are agriculture, steel, machine tools, b. 41°42'30.0''N, 41°34'48.0''E.
electrical appliances, mining (manganese, gold, and copper), c. 41°40'13.2''N, 41°36'12.0''E.
chemicals, wood products, and wine. d. 41°37'32.4''N, 41°31'51.6''E.
The main exports are vehicles, ferro-alloys, fertilizers, nuts, e. 41°40'33.0''N, 41°28'22.8''E.
scrap metal, gold, and copper. The main export-trading part-
ners are Russia, Azerbaijan, Turkey, Armenia, China, and Bel- Navigational Information
gium.
The main imports are fuels, vehicles, machinery and parts, Enroute Volume
grain and other foods, and pharmaceuticals. The main import- BA NP 24, Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (British Admi-
trading partners are Turkey, Russia, China, Azerbaijan, ralty publication).
Pub. 140
Georgia 281
Pub. 140
282 Georgia
Pub. 140
Georgia 283
Pub. 140
284 Georgia
Pub. 140
Georgia 285
Pub. 140
286 Georgia
Pub. 140
287
GERMANY
General 287 The climate is temperate with cool, cloudy, wet winters and
Areas to be Avoided 287 summers. There is an occasional warm tropical foehn wind and
Buoyage System 288 relative high humidity.
Cautions 288 The terrain is lowlands in the N, uplands in the central por-
Currency 289 tion, and the Bavarian Alps located in the S.
Firing Areas 289
Fishing Areas 290 Areas to be Avoided
Government 290
Holidays 291 The Winfarm Borssele Pass Area to be Avoided is located
Ice 291 within Winfarm Borssele and is bounded by lines joining the
Industries 292 following positions:
Languages 292 a. 51°40'25.8''N, 3°07'49.8'E.
Meteorology 292 b. 51°40'52.2''N, 3°07'03.6'E.
Mined Areas 292 c. 51°41'51.0''N, 3°03'46.8'E then an arc with a radius of
Navigational Information 293 0.283 mile centered on position 51°42'00.0''N, 3°03'24.0''E
Pilotage 293 to
Pollution 294 d. 51°42'07.2''N, 3°02'59.4'E.
Regulations 294 e. 51°42'36.0''N, 3°01'33.0'E.
Search and Rescue 298 f. 51°43'31.2''N, 2°58'22.8'E then an arc with a radius of
Signals 298 0.283 mile centered on position 51°43'23.4''N, 2°57'55.8''E
Submarine Operating Areas 301 to
Time Zone 302 g. 51°43'52.2''N, 2°57'51.6'E.
Traffic Separation Schemes 302 h. 51°44'33.6''N, 2°56'08.4'E.
U.S. Embassy 302 i. 51°44'50.4''N, 2°55'12.0'E.
Vessel Traffic Service 302 j. 51°45'19.2''N, 2°52'48.0'E.
Appendix—AIS Coverage in the German Bight and the k. 51°45'51.6''N, 2°51'23.4'E.
North Sea 305 l. 51°45'58.2''N, 2°51'55.8'E.
m. 51°45'33.6''N, 2°52'59.4'E.
General n. 51°45'04.8''N, 2°55'22.2'E.
o. 51°44'44.4''N, 2°56'34.2'E.
Germany is located in Central Europe, bordering the Baltic p. 51°44'09.6''N, 2°58'04.2'E.
and North Sea, between the Netherlands and Poland, S of Den- q. 51°43'39.6''N, 2°59'47.4'E.
mark. r. 51°41'14.4''N, 3°08'04.2'E.
Pub. 140
288 Germany
The following ships are recommended to avoid this area: Cautions
1. Vessels greater than 45m in length.
2. vessels not carrying dangerous cargo. Magnetic Anomalies
Ships involved in the construction and maintenance of wind A local magnetic anomaly exists about 8 miles N of War-
turbines and their associated infrastructure are permitted to be nemunde (54°11.1'N., 12°05.4'E.).
in this area. Magnetic deviations of up to 70° have been experienced in
the vicinity of a power cable extending S from a position about
4 miles W of Trelleborg, Sweden through Kadetrenden and on-
Buoyage System wards to Travemunde, Germany.
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See Marking of Fixed Fishing Gear
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Moored or fixed fishing nets are usually marked by flags,
Prohibited areas are marked by yellow buoys, sometimes with one flag at every sixth net and two flags at the beginning
with a red cross, marked “Sperrgebiet.” and end of each set of nets. When nets are towed, the end of the
Submarine cable buoys are painted yellow, are usually spher- last net of the set is marked by a white light; the outer end of a
ical, and marked with the letter “K” or word “Kabel” in white. line of moored or fixed nets is also marked by a similar light.
Obstructions outside the buoyed channels are not normally
marked. High Speed Craft
Cable landing places are marked by a white panel with an in- High speed ferries operate in Die Ems between Emden
verted black anchor surrounded by a red border and crossed by (53°20'N., 7°11'E.) and Borkum (53°33'N., 6°45'E.).
a red diagonal. The cable direction is marked by two beacons,
with the front beacon marked by a panel similar to the landing Wind Farms
place panel and topped by a red triangle topmark with its point Wind farms are located off the coast of Germany, as follows:
up and the rear beacon consisting of similar markings, except 1. Nordergrunde Wind Farm—Under construction (2016)
the red triangle topmark is point down. in an area centered on position 53°50.0'N, 8°10.0'E.
2. Nordsee Ost Wind Farm—Eighty turbines within an
Winter seamarks are the same color as the fair weather area centered on position 54°26.5'N, 7°41.0'E.
marks, however topmarks may be absent or replaced by bush 3. Meerwind Sud Ost Wind Farm—Centered on position
brooms and straw wisps. Special purpose buoys are barrel- 54°23.5'N, 7°42.0'E.
shaped in most cases, but other shapes may be used. 4. Amrumbank Wind Farm—Under construction (2016)
Anchorage buoys are painted red, and may carry a red cylin- in an area centered on position 54°31.3'N, 7°42.5'E.
drical topmark, to mark the limit of an anchorage on the port 5. Butendiek Wind Farm—Eighty turbines within an area
hand side of a fairway. centered on position 55°01.0'N, 7°46.4'E.
The limit of an anchorage on the starboard side of a fairway 6. Dan Tysk Wind Farm—Within an area centered on po-
is marked by black buoys, and may carry a black conical top- sition 55°09.0'N, 7°12.0'E.
mark. 7. Horns Rev 1 Wind Farm—Eighty turbines within an
The dangerous goods anchorage is marked by yellow buoys area centered on position 55°29.3'N, 7°50.6'E.
with the letter “P” in black. 8. Horns Rev 2 Wind Farm—Ninety-one turbines within
Military prohibited areas are marked by white buoys with ei- an area centered on position 55°36.0'N, 7°35.3'E.
ther a blue cross or a blue band, marked “Sperrgebiet,” or 9. Horns Rev 3 Wind Farm—Under construction in an ar-
“Warngebiet,” respectively. Yellow buoys with a red cross ea centered on position 55°41.2'N, 7°39.8'E.
mark all other prohibited areas. All German wind farms are surrounded by a safety zone ex-
Dumping grounds are marked by buoys painted yellow at the tending about 500m from the outer boundary of the wind farm.
top and black at the lower part, and may carry a black flag. Navigation rules are, as follows:
In inshore waters, some aids may be withdrawn or altered 1. Under construction or in the testing phase—Naviga-
during the winter, or when ice is forming or breaking up. tion is prohibited within the safety zone. Fishing with bottom
Lighted buoys may be replaced by unlighted buoys; unlighted trawl nets, drift nets, or similar equipment, as well as anchor-
buoys may be replaced by spar buoys or floating beacons. The ing, are prohibited within the safety zone.
replacements have the same characteristics at the original 2. In normal operations—Navigation in the safety zone
buoyage but may be without topmarks. changes may be an- may be allowed when the visibility is 500m or greater and
nounced by Notice to Mariners. Buoyage may be damaged, the wind speed is less than Force 8. Fishing with bottom
displaced, or sunk if subject to heavy ice movement. trawl nets, drift nets, or similar equipment, as well as anchor-
ing, are prohibited within the safety zone.
Fishing grounds are marked by blue buoys or unpainted
poles, either of which may carry a yellow topmark in the shape Sea Level Changes in the German Bight
of a fish. The rise and fall of sea levels in the German Bight corre-
Moored or fixed fishing nets are usually marked by flags, spond with sea level changes observed in the NW part of the
with two at the beginning and end of each line of nets and a North Sea as a result of changes in the wind and barometric
single flag placed every sixth net. Towed nets are marked at the pressure. These changes, which may be as much as 0.9m above
end of the last net by a white light. The outer end of a line of or 0.7m below predicted levels, occur about 15 hours after the
moored or fixed nets is also marked by a white light. variations in sea level in the North Sea occur and are indepen-
Pub. 140
Germany 289
dent of local changes in wind and barometric pressure. A sum- 1. By day.—Flags BB vertically.
mary of the highest and lowest high water and low water are 2. By night.—A red light above two white lights.
given below: A vessel towing a target or targets for firing practice will dis-
play the following signals:
Netherlands German 1. By day.—Two black cones, points down, in a vertical
Ports Ports line.
2. By night.—In addition to the lights prescribed by the
2.75 to 3.4m 3.6 to 4.0m International Rules of the Road, two red lights above a white
Highest HW
above MHWS above MHW light in a vertical line.
2.6 to 3.1m If a vessel approaches the tow too closely, a flare will be
Lowest HW — shown on the towing vessel. Targets which are being towed at
below MHW
night when firing is not in progress display two white lights,
1.1 to 1.4m 2.0 to 2.3m
Lowest LW one forward and the other aft, at the same elevation.
below MLWS below MLWS
When firing is in progress, targets do not display lights. As
targets may be towed as far as 1 mile astern of the towing ves-
The probability of lowered low water levels in the North Sea sel, a wide berth should be given to the tow.
is given below: When torpedo firing exercises are in progress, signal stations
and patrol vessels in the vicinity display the following signals:
LW level Probability in 1. By day.—Two black cones, points down, above a black
lowered by ball, displayed vertically.
January July 2. By night.—In addition to the lights prescribed by the
0.2m 25% 5% International Rules of the Road, two red lights above a green
light, displayed vertically.
0.4m 5% 0.1%
Minelaying and mine countermeasures practice areas are lo-
0.6m 1% 0 cated in the E approaches to Fehmamsund E of Fehmam, in the
E part of Keiler Bucht W of Fehmam, and in the E part of
0.8m 0.5% 0
Mecklenburger Bucht.
1.0m 0.1% 0
1.2m 0.02% 0 Baltic Sea
Warngebiet Todendorf, used for anti-aircraft firing, and
Warngebiet Pulos, used for tank firing, extend up to 12 miles
Currency off the coast from Schonberger Strand (54°25'N., 10°25'E.) to
the NE shores of Hohwachter Bucht The outer perimeter is
The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100 marked by lighted buoys while the inner perimeter is marked
cents. by lighted and unlighted buoys. Warning signals for the firing
areas are displayed from signal towers located, as follows:
Firing Areas 1. Heidkate (54°26.0'N, 10°29.0'E.
2. Hubertsburg (54°22.7'N, 10°32.6'E.
General 3. Neuland (54°22.6'N, 10°36.0'E.
North Sea and Baltic Firing Danger Areas have been estab- 4. Wesseck (54°19.0'N, 10°48.1'E.
lished for the occasional use of the German Navy. 5. Blankeck(54°21.2'N, 10°52.0'E.
Local announcements of firing practice are made. Usually 6. On the coast WNW of Heiligenhafen (54°22.9'N,
there is no obstruction to shipping. Firing may be carried out 10°56.1'E.
by day or at night when the visibility is good and the target area The signals are described in the table titled Wargebiet Fir-
is clear. Patrol vessels may warn approaching vessels. ing Areas.
The danger areas in Kieler Bucht, Hohwachter Bucht, To-
dendorf, and Putlos should be avoided during firing exercises Warngebiet Firing Areas
but vessels may pass through after permission has been granted
by the Bundeswahr. Todendorf Naval Coast Radio Station Area Day signal Night signal
transmits updated situation broadcasts concerning the danger Todendorf One red ball over
areas on VHF channel 11 from Monday through Friday at One red light over
two red triangles,
0730, 1100, and 1530; in exceptional cases, broadcasts will al- two white lights,
points up, vertical-
so be made on Saturday at 0730 and 1100. The station’s broad- vertically disposed
ly disposed
cast will be announced 5 minutes in advance on VHF channel
16. Putlos One red triangle,
One white light
Gunnery, aerial bombing, and torpedo firing occur at various point up, over two
over two red lights,
times and locations along the German coast. Shipping is for- red balls, vertical-
vertically disposed
bidden, or otherwise subjected to special regulations within the ly disposed
firing area. When firing or aircraft exercises are in progress,
lightships, signal stations, and patrol vessels in the vicinity dis- A torpedo firing range, about 7.5 miles long and 0.5 mile
play the following signals: wide, is located in Eckernforder Sud (54°31'N, 10°14'E.). The
Pub. 140
290 Germany
N and S limits of the range are marked by buoys. When the ar- ed by lines joining the following positions:
ea is activated, the following warning signals are shown from a a. 54°40'N, 7°13'E.
signal mast on the torpedo firing stand and from patrol safety b. 54°40'N, 7°27'E.
craft: c. 54°20'N, 7°27'E.
1. By day—Two blacks cones, point down, above a black d. 54°20'N, 7°13'E.
ball, vertically disposed. Area ED-D41A, a firing practice area located NW of Helgo-
2. At night—Two white lights above a green light, verti- land, is bounded by lines joining the following positions:
cally disposed. a. 54°57'11.0''N, 8°03'38.0''E.
A firing danger area is established N of Zingst and is occa- b. 54°52'39.0''N, 8°12'26.0''E.
sionally closed to shipping. The approximate boundaries are: c. 54°44'00.0''N, 8°11'00.0''E.
a. 54°26.7'N, 12°44.6'E. d. 54°39'00.0''N, 8°12'00.0''E.
b. 54°30.2'N, 12°37.7'E. e. 54°29'43.2''N, 8°18'30.0''E.
c. 54°37.0'N, 12°37.7'E. f. 54°16'19.8''N, 7°53'00.0''E.
d. 54°37.0'N, 13°00.5'E. g. 54°15'30.0''N, 7°34'00.0''E.
e. 54°26.6'N, 12°59.5'E. A mine-laying practice area is located about 2.5 miles NE of
A military training area, marked by blue and white can Dune, a sandy islet close E of Helgoland.
buoys, established in Greifswalder Bodden is restricted to ship- Two firing practice areas are located N of the German Bight
ping. The approximate boundaries are: Western Approach Traffic Separation Scheme, as follows:
a. 54°10.5'N, 13°47.7'E. 1. Area ED-D44—bounded by lines joining the following
b. 54°11.4'N, 13°47.7'E. positions:
c. 54°11.4'N, 13°50.0'E. a. 54°40'00.0''N, 6°30'00.0''E.
d. 54°10.6'N, 13°51.6'E. b. 54°40'00.0''N, 7°00'00.0''E.
e. 54°09.5'N, 13°51.9'E. c. 54°15'00.0''N, 7°00'00.0''E.
f. 54°09.3'N, 13°50.6'E. d. 54°15'00.0''N, 6°30'00.0''E.
g. 54°09.2'N, 13°49.3'E. 2. Area ED-D46—bounded by lines joining the following
Two firing practice areas are located NW of Oder Bank in positions:
the approaches to Greifswalder Bodden, as follows: a. 55°00'00.0''N, 6°30'00.0''E.
1. Area ED-D47A—bounded by lines joining the follow- b. 55°00'00.0''N, 7°15'00.0''E.
ing positions: c. 55°10'00.0''N, 7°20'00.0''E.
a. 55°39.5'N, 14°19.5'E. d. 55°10'00.0''N, 7°50'00.0''E.
b. 55°39.2'N, 13°57.5'E. e. 55°00'00.0''N, 7°43'25.2''E.
c. 55°37.8'N, 13°51.5'E. f. 54°15'00.0''N, 7°13'36.0''E.
d. 55°27.3'N, 14°00.0'E. g. 54°40'00.0''N, 7°00'00.0''E.
e. 55°27.3'N, 14°08.0'E. h. 54°15'00.0''N, 7°00'00.0''E.
f. 55°21.0'N, 14°08.0'E. i. 54°40'00.0''N, 7°30'00.0''E.
g. 55°21.0'N, 14°17.0'E.
2. Area ED-D47B—bounded by lines joining the follow- Fishing Areas
ing positions:
a. 55°37.8'N, 13°51.5'E. Baltic Sea
b. 55°37.1'N, 13°50.0'E. On the E coast of Rugen, herring fishing is carried out using
c. 55°10.5'N, 13°58.5'E. fish traps and fixed bottom nets. Vessels should maintain suffi-
d. 55°10.5'N, 13°15.5'E. cient distance when passing the fishing areas and to not anchor
e. 55°21.0'N, 14°17.0'E. within them if possible.
f. 55°21.0'N, 13°05.5'E. In Tromper Wiek and Prorer Wiek, herring fishing, using
fish traps and fixed bottom nets, occurs from January until the
North Sea end of May.
A firing practice area encompasses the S part of Meldorfer
Off the SE side of Jasmund, fishing nets are set out from
Bucht (54°05'N., 8°55'E.) and a large part of Bielshovensand.
February to May and from September to November.
Warnings are promulgated via Notice to Mariners. The limits
Greifswalder Budden experiences extensive fishing between
of the area are marked by beacons and vessels must not transit
mid-February and mid-June in its N half and year-round in its
the area during firing practice. The following signals are dis-
S half. Fishing with fixed nets for herring takes place from
played at Busum, Meldorf, and Fredrichskoog and from range
May to March. In the spring fishing season additional fishing
safety vessels when firing practice is in progress:
buoys with orange-colored balls, which have no navigational
1. By day—One red ball over two red triangles, points
significance, will be moored clear of the main fairways to mark
up, vertically disposed.
the fishery areas.
2. At night—One red light over two white lights, vertical-
ly disposed.
A large firing practice area is centered on Arum Bank Government
(54°35'N., 8°00'E.) between latitude 54°15'N and latitude
54°55'N. Germany is a federal republic. The country is divided into 16
A torpedo exercise area, located NW of Helgoland, is bound- states.
Pub. 140
Germany 291
Ice
North Sea
Ice occurs frequently in the German Bight and during severe
winters may hinder navigation. Ice formation normally is con-
fined to shallow waters but in severe winters the ice may be-
Flag of Germany come heavier. During E winds, the ice may extend as far as
Helgoland or beyond. Tidal action tends to break up the ice,
Germany is governed by a President who is elected by a Fed- with a rapid disintegration after mid-February. Inland water-
eral Convention to a 5-year term. The Chancellor is elected by ways are subject to heavier icing than the coastal areas.
the Federal Assembly to a 4-year term. The bicameral Parlia-
ment (Bundestag) is composed of the 709-member Federal Di- Ice Service
et (membership may differ in each election cycle), directly The Ice Service, which includes the Ice Breaking Service
elected through a combination of direct and proportional repre- and Ice Reporting Service, assists vessels in German Baltic wa-
sentation, serving 4-year terms, and the appointed 69-member ters during ice operations. There are three Ice Service Centers
Federal Council (Bundesrat), consisting of three to six mem- (ISC) to assist vessels, as follows:
bers from each state based on that state’s population, serving 1. ISC Kiel-Holtenau covers the Kiel Canal. The section
terms based on each state’s individual election cycle. of ISC Kiel-Holtenau covering the area of the Kiel Canal
The legal system is based on German civil law. from km 0.0 to km 49.5 can be contacted, as follows:
The capital is Berlin. a. Call sign: Kiel Kanal 2
b. VHF: VHF channel 2
Holidays c. Telephone: 49-4852-885362
49-4852-885369 (after office hours)
The following holidays are observed: d. Facsimile: 49-4852-885400
49-4852-885407 (after office hours)
The section of ISC Kiel-Holtenau covering the area of the
January 1 New Year’s Day
Kiel Canal from km 49.5 to km 98.7 can be contacted, as fol-
Good Friday Variable lows:
Easter Sunday Variable a. Call sign: Kiel Kanal 3
b. VHF: VHF channel 3
Easter Monday Variable c. Telephone: 49-431-3603483
May 1 Labor Day 49-4852-885469 (after office hours)
d. Facsimile: 49-431-3603296
Ascension Day Variable 49-4852-885407 (after office hours)
Whitsunday Variable e. E-mail: nautik.wsa-brunsbuettel@wsv.bund.de
2. ISC Lubeck covers the western Baltic Sea from the
Whitmonday Variable Denmark/Germany border to Ob Buk Light at longitude
Corpus Christi Variable 11°42'E. It can be contacted, as follows:
a. Call sign: Trave Traffic
October 3 German Unity Day
Kiel Traffic
December 24 Christmas Eve b. VHF: VHF channel 13 (Trave Traffic)
Pub. 140
292 Germany
VHF channel 67 (Kiel Traffic) The main exports are motor vehicles, machinery, chemicals,
c. Telephone: 49-451-6208360 computer and electronic products, electrical equipment, phar-
49-451-6208362 maceuticals, metals, transport equipment, foodstuffs, textiles,
49-4502-8475511 (after office hours) rubber products, and plastic products. The main export-trading
d. Facsimile: 49-451-6208190 partners are the United States, France, China, the Netherlands,
e. E-mail: wsa-luebeck@wsv.bund.de the United Kingdom, and Italy.
vkz-travemuende@wsv. bund.de The main imports are machinery, data-processing equip-
3. ISC Stralsund covers the western and southern Baltic ment, vehicles, chemicals, oil and gas, metals, electronic
Sea from Ob Buk Light at longitude 11°42'E to the Germa- equipment, pharmaceuticals, foodstuffs, and agricultural prod-
ny/Poland border. It can be contacted, as follows: ucts. The main import-trading partners are the Netherlands,
a. Call sign: Stralsund Traffic China, France, Belgium, Italy, and Poland
Sassnitz Traffic
Warnemunde Traffic Languages
b. VHF: VHF channel 67 (Stralsund Traf-
fic) German is the official language.
VHF channel 13 (Sassnitz Traffic)
VHF channel 73 (Warnemunde Meteorology
Traffic)
c. Telephone: 49-3831-249360 Shipping weather is available, in German, from Deutschlan-
49-381-20671841 (after office dradio (http://www.deutschlandradio.de/seewetter).
hours) Maritime forecasts for the North Sea, the Baltic Sea, and the
d. Facsimile: 49-381-20671845 Mediterranean Sea are available, in English and German, from
e. E-mail: wsa-stralsund@wsv.bund.de the German Weather Service (http://www.dwd.de/EN/special-
nvd.wsa-stralsund@wsv.bund.de users/weatheratsea_en/weatheratsea_node.html).
Requests for ice breaking assistance are normally directed to
the appropriate ISC. Requests should contain the following in- Mined Areas
formation:
1. Vessel name. Mine Danger Areas
2. Call sign. Baltic Sea.—The following areas may be dangerous to an-
3. Flag. choring, fishing, or other sea bed activities:
4. Size. 1. An area 1 mile in diameter centered on position
5. Ice class. 54°41'N, 10°48'E.
6. Engine power. 2. An area from 2.5 to 4.5 miles off the S coast of Lolland
7. Position. as far E as Kramnitse Havn (54°42'N., 11°15'E.).
8. Destination. 3. Rectangular areas centered 8 miles WNW and 4.5
During the voyage, vessels should follow the instructions miles SW of Keldsnor Light (54°43.9'N., 10°43.3'E.).
given by the ISC. After the initial contact with the ISC or the 4. A circular area with a diameter of 1 mile centered 6
icebreaker, vessels should maintain a continuous listening miles SSW of Keldsnor Light.
watch as directed. 5. A circular area with a diameter of 0.3 mile centered
Icebreakers contact information can be found in the table ti- 6.75 miles S of Keldsnor Light.
tled Germany—Icebreaker Contact Information. North Sea.—A mine field, with a radius of 0.15 mile, lies W
For information on obtaining general ice information for the of Sylt, centered on position 54°48'54.0''N, 8°05'15.6''E.
Baltic Sea, including the BSH Ice Report normally published
from late-November/early-December to late-May/early-June, Former Mine Danger Areas
see Baltic Sea—Ice. Former NEMEDRI Danger Area No. 9 is an area in which
danger due to mines laid between 1939 and 1945 still exists.
Industries For further information, see North Sea and English Chan-
nel—Mined Areas.
The main industries include iron, steel, coal, cement, auto- Former mine danger areas are located in German waters, as
mobiles, chemicals, machinery, vehicles, machine tools, elec- follows:
tronics, food and beverages, shipbuilding, and textiles. 1. In Kieler Bucht, including the coastal waters of
Pub. 140
Germany 293
Schleswig-Holstein from the S part of Flensburg Fjord 20 4. Bulk carriers with a length of 250m and over, a beam
miles S to Echernforder Bucht, and from Kieler Forde E to of 40m and over, or a draft of 13.5m and over, en route to or
Fehmarn, up to a distance of 12 miles offshore. from the River Weser or the River Jade.
2. Off Marstal Bugt (54°42'N., 10°33'E.). 5. Other vessels with a length of 350m and over, or a
3. Off the S extremity of Langeland. beam of 45m and over, en route to or from the River Jade,
4. Off the SW coast of Lolland. the River Weser, or the River Elbe.
5. In Mecklenburger Burcht and the coastal water further Pilots must be requested 24 hours prior to arrival at the pilot
E up to a distance of 10 miles offshore. boarding position or upon departure from the last port of call.
In these areas, mines are no longer a hazard but anchoring, Further information concerning pilot boarding positions, pilot-
fishing, and any form of sea bed activity could be dangerous. age request messages, ETA messages, and helicopter boarding
procedures may be found in Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (En-
Navigational Information route) North Sea in Sector 8.
In adverse weather conditions, pilots will board between the
Enroute Volumes normal boarding position and the sheltered position of the pilot
Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea. vessel in the River Ems, the River Jade, the River Weser, or the
Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern River Elbe for the following categories of vessels:
Part). 1. Tankers as listed in paragraph 1 and paragraph 2
above.
Maritime Claims 2. Vessels 170m long and over or with a beam of 28m and
The maritime territorial claims of Germany are, as follows: over, other than oil, gas, and chemical tankers, on the River
Ems, the River Jade, the River Weser, and the River Elbe.
Territorial Sea 12 miles. * 3. Car carriers and ro-ro vessels with a length of 140m
and over or a beam of 23m and over, on the River Ems.
Fisheries or Economic Zone 200 miles. **
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit District Pilotage
of Exploitation. District pilotage is compulsory, as follows:
1. Tankers carrying gas, chemicals, petroleum, or petro-
* Claims straight baselines. A special claim extends the
limit to include the deep water anchorage W of Helgoland. leum products in bulk.
Territorial sea limits reduced in the following areas to 2. Unloaded tankers if not cleaned, degassed, or com-
pletely inerted after carrying petroleum or petroleum prod-
retain a high seas corridor:
ucts with a flash point below 35°C.
1. Kattegat. 5. Fehmarn Belt. 3. All vessels greater than 90m in length.
2. Northern and southern 6. Kieler Bucht. 4. All vessels greater than 13m in beam.
approaches to The Sound. 5. Vessels with drafts greater than:
a. 6.0m—Flensburger Forde and the River Ems.
3. Samso Baelt. 7. Bornholmsgat. b. 8.0m—Kieler Forde and the River Jade.
4. Kadet Renden. c. 8.0m—bound for Bremerhaven.
d. 6.5m—bound for destinations above Bremerhaven
** To defined coordinates. and the River Elbe.
Pilots must be requested 12 hours before arrival at the pilot
Internet Maritime Safety Information boarding position or upon departure from the last port of call.
Navigational warnings are available, in English, from the Further information may be found under the appropriate river
German Hydrographic Office (https://www.bsh.de/EN/TOP- in Sector 8 of Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North
ICS/Shipping/Navigational_Information/Warnings_and_notic- Sea.
es/warnings_and_notices_node.html).
Deep Sea Pilotage
Pilotage Vessels requiring a licensed Deep Sea Pilot in the North Sea,
the English Channel, or the Baltic Sea should send a request to
German Bight Pilotage the following Pilot Agencies through their port agents:
Pilotage is compulsory, as follows: 1. Die Elbe.
1. Tankers with a length of 150m and over, or a beam of 2. Die Weser.
23m and over en route to or from the River Ems, the River 3. Helgoland.
Jade, the River Weser, or the River Elbe and carrying gas, 4. North Sea Pilot Association.
chemicals, petroleum, or petroleum products in bulk. Requests for German Deep Sea Pilots should be made, as
2. Unloaded tankers if not cleaned, degassed, or com- follows:
pletely inerted after carrying petroleum, petroleum products, 1. Vessels berthed in German North Sea ports.—6 to 8
or chemicals with a flash point below 35°C en route to or hours before ETD.
from the River Ems, the River Jade, the River Weser, or the 2. Vessels berthed in Continental North Sea ports.—24
River Elbe. hours before ETD.
3. Bulk carriers with a length of 220m and over, or a 3. Vessels berthed in the United Kingdom, North Sea,
beam of 32m and over, en route to or from the River Elbe. and Channel ports.—48 hours before ETD.
Pub. 140
294 Germany
Deep sea pilots may also be requested from pilotage organi- Low Sulphur Fuel—Reporting Requirements
zations in other countries bordering these areas. Further infor- In connection with reducing sulphur emissions, ships using
mation on Deep Sea Pilots may be found in United different marine fuels are only allowed to call at a German port
Kingdom—Pilotage. if the following entries regarding fuel changeover operations
For information on requesting Deep Sea Pilotage in the Bal- have been correctly entered in the ship’s log book:
tic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Pilotage. 1. Quantity of low-sulphur marine fuel (less than or equal
to 1.5 per cent by mass) in each tank.
Miscellaneous 2. Date, time, and position of each fuel changeover oper-
Tankers of all nationalities coming from sea and entering the ation.
territorial waters of the Federal Republic of Germany must The master shall ensure that this changeover operation oc-
complete a check list before the pilot starts his duties. This curs early enough to ensure that upon entering the sulphur ox-
check list enables the pilot to satisfy himself about the condi- ide (SOx) control area (North Sea or Baltic Sea), the fuel oil
tion of the ship and her equipment for safe operation, or in the system has been fully flushed of any residues of marine fuel
case of deficiencies, to enable him to take these into account. which do not have a low sulphur content.
Two copies of the check list are required. One copy of the The master shall ensure the contact point at the German port-
checklist is for the pilot to examine and send to the responsible of-call of the log book entry not less than 24 hours prior to ar-
authority, while the other is to be retained on board the ship. rival or, if the voyage is less than 24 hours, not later than the
Failure to complete the check list correctly or to produce it up- departure time from the previous port. In circumstances where
on request may result in a fine. the destination port is not known until less than 24 hours prior
to arrival, the report is to be made as soon as the information
Pilot Vessels becomes available.
A large SWATH vessel operates as a mother ship at the outer If the fuel changeover occurs at a later time than required
pilot boarding position in Die Elbe. A smaller SWATH vessel above, the master shall make the log book entry immediately
may be used for direct transfers on vessels with a freeboard of afterwards and report the entry without delay.
more than 2 to 2.5m, depending on weather conditions. Both The reporting requirements do not apply to the following
craft have red hulls marked with the word PILOT. vessels:
Elsewhere, German pilot vessels are conventional, with 1. Vessels employed in government non-commercial pur-
black hulls with the word LOTSE marked in white letters on poses, including service and scientific research vessels, as
both sides and a yellow funnel with a black top. well as vessels engaged in pilot-transfer services.
2. Warships and state-owned vessels not engaged in com-
Helicopter Pilotage Operations mercial purposes.
Wind direction on the location of landing/winching area 3. Vessels with a hull length not exceeding 45m.
must be considered when embarking or disembarking pilots by For further information on Sulphur Emissions Control Ar-
helicopter. Vessels should steer to keep the relative wind direc- eas, see North Atlantic Ocean—Pollution.
tion four points to starboard or port. A red and white windsock
should be hoisted from a turbulence-free area where it can be MARPOL Special Area
clearly visible to the helicopter pilot. Vessels should adjust The Baltic Sea, including the Gulf of Bothnia and the Gulf of
their course and speed to minimize rolling, pitching, and to Finland, has been designated as a MARPOL Special Area.
prevent heavy sea sprays. Loose obstacles should be removed MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special mandato-
from the landing and winching area. Firefighting equipment ry methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
must be kept on standby. been adopted.
Oil, gas, and chemical tankers should take precautionary Further information can be found in North Atlantic
measures against flash point mishaps. Vessel personnel should Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
be well-familiar with the safety guidelines for helicopter land- This Special Area is under intensive surveillance for pollu-
ings or winching operations over a vessel’s deck. tion and violations of traffic rules. Further information on pol-
lution reporting can be found in Baltic Sea—Pollution—
Pollution Pollution Reporting.
Pub. 140
Germany 295
Pub. 140
296 Germany
the River Elbe and which, on account of their draft, have when passing TG17 Lighted Buoy.
reached the point of no return even before passing the Off Ter- 3. In the case of a vessel outbound from River Weser,
schelling and in the German Bight TSS and which, after con- when passing No. 1 Lighted Buoy (Neue Weser Fairway), or
sultation with the pilots, are exhibiting the signals of Rule 28 A1 Lighted Buoy (Alte Weser Fairway).
of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at 4. In the case of a vessel outbound from River Elbe and
Sea. proceeding in a W direction, when passing a line connecting
The restricted obligation in Rule 18(d) of the Collision Reg- Helgoland Light and Nordergrunde N Lighted Buoy.
ulations not to impede the safe passage of vessels constrained While vessels are sailing in the area of extension of the terri-
by their draft has thus been replaced, as far as the area of exten- torial sea, they shall remain constantly available for radio con-
sion of the territorial sea is concerned, by the clear, unambigu- tact by the coast radio station “German Bight Traffic” on VHF
ous, and unrestricted obligation not to impede the safe passage channel 80 or VHF channel 16, even after they have dispatched
of vessels constrained by their draft. their reports under the provisions of paragraph 2 or 3 above.
This provision shall apply irrespective of visibility condi- During maneuvers, exercises, or for other causes, the en-
tions. Therefore, information on any movements of vessels trance of vessels into river mouths and harbors, as well as de-
constrained by their draft will be broadcast in good time by the parture therefrom, may depend on special conditions or may be
coast radio station “German Bight Traffic” to all vessels navi- entirely prohibited. In such cases a warning signal, consisting
gating in the area of extension of the territorial sea. of three red balls by day, and three red lights, disposed vertical-
These safety broadcasts will be announced at 15 minute in- ly at night, will be shown from conspicuous positions.
tervals on VHF channel 16 and transmitted on VHF channels Similar signals will be shown by patrol vessels, which, under
80 and 79 immediately following the situation report. As soon certain circumstances, will also carry the pilot flag.
as vessels have been informed through such safety broadcasts All vessels wishing to enter or leave German territorial wa-
of the position of vessels constrained by their draft, they shall ters must, on observing the warning signal, fly the pilot flag
take avoiding action as prescribed above. and await the arrival of the patrol or pilot vessel. Further in-
All vessels of a length exceeding 50m, including pushed and structions can be obtained from the patrol vessel. Should the
towed units, shall be subject to compulsory reporting to ship- warning signal be made at night, it is advisable to anchor out-
ping police authorities before entering into, and when sailing side the German territorial limits or remain in harbor.
in, the area of extension of the territorial sea of the Federal Re- If hailed by, or if a gun is fired from, the patrol vessel all ves-
public of Germany in the North Sea. This regulation in no way sels in sight must immediately stop or heave-to.
affects the obligation of vessels to report to the shipping police Vessels must submit to an examination when required.
authorities before entering onto, and when sailing on, the River The patrol or pilot vessel will give full particulars as to the
Ems, the River Jade, the River Weser, the River Hunte, the Riv- following:
er Elbe, or on the Kiel Canal. 1. Whether a special examination service is in force, and
In good time before any such vessel enters into the area of where it takes place.
extension of the territorial sea, the vessel’s name, position, di- 2. Whether, and for how long, the harbor entrance or river
mensions, and port of destination shall be communicated to the mouth is closed.
coast radio station “Deutsche Bucht Revier Radio” on VHF 3. Whether special regulations are in force for the naviga-
channel 80 when the vessel in question passes any one of the tion of a particular waterway.
following positions: Outbound vessels will be given the aforementioned informa-
1. In the case of a vessel proceeding in the German Bight tion, or their examination will be carried out in the harbor, ac-
Western Approach TSS in an E direction, when passing TG7 cording to circumstances.
Lighted Buoy.
2. In the case of a vessel proceeding in the Off Terschell- Dangerous or Polluting Cargo Pre-entry Report
ing and in the German Bight TSS or in the associated inshore Vessels carrying packaged or bulk dangerous or polluting
traffic zone in an E direction, when passing the separation cargo are required to submit a Pre-entry Report to the Central
scheme German Bight Western Approach TSS in an E direc- Reporting Point (Zentrale Meldestelle) via the web site at Cux-
tion, when passing TG7 Lighted Buoy. haven (http://www.zmgs.de) or through authorized agencies in
3. In the case of a vessel enroute from N and heading for the following circumstances:
a position anywhere between German Bight Light vessel and 1. When the vessel comes from a port outside the Europe-
Helgoland, when passing 54°20'N. an Union and next calls at a port, berth, or anchorage in Ger-
While any such vessel is sailing in the area of extension of many.
the territorial sea, the vessel’s name, position, cruising speed, 2. When a vessel leaves a German port.
and time of passage shall be communicated to the coast radio The report must contain the information as listed in the ta-
station “Deutsche Bucht Revier Radio” on VHF channel 80 bled titled Pre-Entry Report.
when the vessel in question passes any one of the following po- When a vessel bound for or leaving the internal waters of
sitions: Germany is involved in a marine casualty or in any other inci-
1. In the case of a vessel proceeding in the German Bight dent or circumstances from which actual damage to the Ger-
Western Approach TSS in an E direction, when passing GW man coastal area arises or may arise, the vessel’s master shall
9 Lighted Buoy. forward the information on the marine casualty, incident, or
2. In the case of a vessel proceeding in the traffic separa- circumstances, completed with the designators listed in the ta-
tion scheme Off Terschelling and in the German Bight TSS ble titled Pre-Entry Report, to the Central Reporting Point.
or in the associated inshore traffic zone in an E direction, The requirement to forward this information under Designator
Pub. 140
Germany 297
P shall be considered fulfilled if the master indicates which au- European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
thority of a Member State of the European Union is holding tion
this information. Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
Pre-Entry Report gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
Designator Information Required port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
Vessel’s name, type, flag, and call sign or For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
A ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
IMO number.
tions.
Length (in meters), beam (in decimeters),
and draft (in decimeters) upon arrival in Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
U
German waters or upon departure from a The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
German port. sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
ETA at port of destination in Germany or see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
I
ETD from a German port.
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
L Intended route. The Wadden Sea and adjacent parts of the North Sea in the
Correct technical names, quantities, and lo- common Wadden Sea area of Denmark, Germany, and the
cations of the dangerous or polluting cargo, Netherlands were granted (2002) the status of PSSA by the In-
with UN numbers and classes according to ternational Maritime Organization. For further information, see
IMDG, IBC, or ICG Codes (INF code for North Sea and the English Channel—Regulations.
P
radioactive material) and, if in portable The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia,
tanks or containers, their identification Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un-
marks. A corresponding list is kept on the der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a
bridge or in the master control room. PSSA.
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
W Number of persons on board.
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
Nature Reserves care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
The North Sea coast of the Federal Republic of Germany, in- rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
cluding large areas of the shallower channels and drying flats
off, and inshore of, the German Frisian Islands, is designated a Advance notification requirements for certain vessels
National Park. Entry and activities within the park are con- The following vessels are subject to additional advance noti-
trolled. As a general rule, entry into the unpopulated areas is fication requirements:
prohibited. Mariners should consult the German authorities for 1. Gas and chemical tankers older than 10 years of age.
details. 2. Bulk carriers older than 12 years of age.
3. Oil tankers over 3,000 gross tons and older than 15
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification years of age.
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 4. Passenger vessels, other than ro-ro ferries and high
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for speed passenger craft, older than 15 years of age.
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the The advance notification shall be sent at least 3 days prior to
EU region. the ETA at the port. If the voyage from the previous port is ex-
The 72-hour report shall be sent, as follows: pected to take less than 3 days, the advance notification shall
be sent prior to leaving the previous port.
Mail BG Verkehr, Port State Control The advance notification shall be submitted to See-Be-
Reimerstwiete 2 rufsgenossenschaft by one of the following methods:
The 24-hour report shall be sent through the Central Ger- The advance notification shall contain the following infor-
man Reporting System Home Page (http://www.zmgs.de). mation:
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- 1. Vessel name.
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- 2. Flag.
cation. 3. IMO number.
Pub. 140
298 Germany
4. Deadweight tons. 23. Travemunde (53°58'N., 10°53'E.).
5. Date of construction of the vessel, as determined by 24. Timmendorf Poel (53°59'N., 11°23'E.).
the date indicated in the vessel’s safety certificates. 25. Warnemunde (54°11'N., 12°05'E.).
6. For tankers: 26. Wustro (54°20'N., 12°24'E.).
a. Configuration (single hull, single hull with segre- 27. Darber Ort (54°28'N., 12°31'E.).
gated ballast tanks, double hull). 28. Zingst (54°26'N., 12°41'E.).
b. Condition of the cargo and ballast tanks (full, emp- 29. Stralsund (54°19'N., 13°06'E.).
ty, inerted). 30. Kloster/Vitte Hiddensee (54°35'N., 13°07'E.).
c. Volume and type of cargo. 31. Breege (54°37'N., 13°21'E.).
7. ETA at the port. Rescue craft on the North Sea coast are maintained by the
8. Planned duration of the port call. German Maritime Search and Rescue Association at the fol-
9. Planned operations at the port of destination (loading, lowing locations:
unloading, other). 1. * Hafen von Borkum (53°33'N., 6°45'E.).
10. Planned statutory survey inspections and substantial 2. Juist (53°41'N., 7°00'E.).
maintenance/repair work to be conducted in the port of desti- 3. Hafen von Norddeich (53°37'N., 7°10'E.).
nation. 4. * Hafen von Norderney (53°42'N., 7°10'E.).
5. Baltrum (53°44'N., 7°24'E.).
Tanker Regulations 6. * Hafen von Langeoog (53°43'N., 7°30'E.).
Single hull tankers over 5,000 dwt carrying or transporting 7. Neuharlingerseil (53°42'N., 7°42'E.).
fuel oils are prohibited from entering the territorial waters of 8. Wangerooge (53°46'N., 7°52'E.).
Germany. 9. * Helgoland (54°11'N., 7°53'E.).
10. Wangersiel (53°41'N., 8°02'E.).
Search and Rescue 11. * Hooksiel (53°38'N., 8°02'E.).
12. Wilhelmshaven (53°32'N., 8°08'E.).
The German Sea Rescue Service (GSRS) is responsible for 13. Fedderwardersiel (53°36'N., 8°21'E.).
coordinating search and rescue operations and is supported by 14. * Bremerhaven (53°33'N., 8°35'E.).
search and rescue units of the German navy. The Maritime 15. * Cuxhaven (53°52'N., 8°43'E.).
Rescue Coordination Center in Bremen maintains a continuous 16. Brunsbuttel (53°54'N., 9°09'E.).
listening watch on VHF channel 16, VHF channel 70, and 17. * Busum (54°08'N., 8°52'E.).
2187.5 kHz (North Sea only) for distress traffic and can be 18. Eiderdamm (54°16'N., 8°51'E.).
contacted, as follows: 19. * Nordstrannd (54°30'N., 8°49'E.).
1. Call sign: Bremen Rescue Radio 20. * Hafen von Amrum (54°38'N., 8°23'E.).
1. VHF: VHF channels 16 and 70 21. Hafen von Hornum (54°45'N., 8°18'E.).
2. Telephone: 49-421-536870 22. Westerland (54°55'N., 8°19'E.).
3. Facsimile: 49-421-5368714 23. * List (55°01'N., 8°26'E.).
4. E-mail: mail@mrcc-bremen.de (non-emergerncy) * These locations have permanently-manned rescue cruisers
Rescue craft on the Baltic Sea coast are maintained by the capable of speeds of 20 to 26 knots. Other locations have res-
German Maritime Search and Rescue Association at the fol- cue boats and secondary craft, capable of speeds of 8 to 20
lowing locations: knots, that are manned as and when required.
1. Sassnitz (54°31'N., 13°38'E.).
2. Glowe (54°34'N., 13°28'E.). German Maritime Search and Rescue
3. Greifswalder Oie (54°15'N., 13°15'E.). Association Home Page
4. Lauterbach (54°20'N., 13°30'E.).
5. Stralsund (54°19'N., 13°06'E.). https://www.seenotretter.de/en
6. Freest (54°08'N., 13°44'E.).
7. Zinnowitz (54°05'N., 13°55'E.). Emergency tugs are stationed in Kiel (54°20'N., 10°10'E.),
8. Ueckermunde (54°44'N., 14°04'E.). Rostock (54°05'N., 12°07'E.), and Sassnitz (54°39'N.,
9. Langballigau (54°39'N., 9°39'E.).
13°26'E.).
10. Gelting (54°45'N., 9°53'E.).
11. Maasholm (54°41'N., 9°59'E.).
12. Schleswig (54°31'N., 9°34'E.). Signals
13. Damp (54°35N., 10°02'E.).
14. Eckernforde (54°28'N., 9°51'E.). Vessels entering German waterways should have on board a
15. Schilksee (54°26'N., 10°10'E.). copy of New Traffic Regulations on German Waterways for
16. Laboe (54°24'N., 10°13'E.). Seagoing Vessels. Some of the more important signals from
17. Lippe (54°20'N., 10°39'E.). these regulations are described below.
18. Heiligenhafen (54°23'N., 10°59'E.). The new traffic signs are mostly self-evident; those prohibit-
19. Puttgarden (54°30'N., 11°14'E.). ing anything consist of white rectangular daymarks with a red
20. Fehmarn/Grobenbrode (54°30'N., 11°30'E.). border. The prohibited item is shown as a black symbol crossed
21. Neustadt (54°06'N., 10°49'E.). by a red diagonal stripe. A bollard or letter P indicates that
22. Gromitz (54°09'N., 10°58'E.). mooring is prohibited.
Pub. 140
Germany 299
Pilot signals are in accordance with the International Code of down, vertically disposed.
Signals. 2. By night.—Two red lights over a green light, vertically
Vessels show the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany disposed.
and a rectangular green flag by day; by night they show four
green vertical lights in addition to the lights prescribed by the Long-term Waterway Closure
International Rules of the Road. In the event of a long-term closure of a German waterway,
Visual storm warning signals are not used. the following signals will be shown in the vicinity:
1. By day.—One black ball over two black cones, points
Local German Signals Supplementing International Traffic together, vertically disposed.
Signals 2. By night.—One red light over one green light over one
Some ports use an additional yellow light to allow smaller white light, vertically disposed.
vessels to ignore certain International Traffic Signals, as listed
in the accompanying table titled Local German Signals Sup- The L flag from the International Code, or that letter in
plementing International Traffic Signals Morse Code sounded by a local authority craft, indicates that
the vessel addressed should stop.
Slow Speed
The signals to be used when vessels must navigate slowly to Passage through Movable Bridges, Locks and Flood Bar-
prevent wake damage are, as follows: rages
1. Day signal—One red cylinder displayed vertically. The passage to be used through bridges is indicated by one
2. Night signal—One red light between two white lights, or two yellow diamond daymarks close together, or its limits
vertically disposed. are marked by diamond daymarks painted red and white verti-
cally, the outer halves being red.
Obstructions in Channel Visual and sound signals involving movable bridges, locks,
In the event of an obstruction in the fairways of German wa- and flood barrages are given in the table titled Germany—Sig-
ters, the following signals will be shown in the vicinity: nals Involving Movable Bridges, Locks, and Flood Barrag-
1. By day.—Two black balls over a black cone, point es.
Pub. 140
300 Germany
Germany—Quarantine Signals
Day (International Code of
Meaning Night (Flashing Light)
Signals flags)
Inbound vessels not coming from
an infection zone within the last
1. 28 days and have answered “no” ZT over ZT ZT (— — . . —)
to all questions in the maritime
declaration of health
Inbound vessels coming from an
infection zone within the last 28
2. days and have answered “no” to ZV over ZT ZV and ZT (— — . . . . . — — — . . —)
all questions in the maritime dec-
laration of health
Inbound vessels not coming from
an infection zone which have re-
3. sponded “yes” to Questions 3 to 6 ZU over ZU ZU (— — . . . . —)
in the maritime declaration of
health
Inbound vessels coming from an
infection zone within the last 28
4. days which have responded “yes” ZV over ZU ZV and ZU (— — . . . . . — — — . . . . —)
to Questions 3 to 6 in the mari-
time declaration of health
Inbound vessels on intermediate
A number pennant corre-
or long-distance voyages that ful-
sponding to the number of the
fill the requirements of No. 3 or Flashing light corresponding to the number
question answered “yes” in
5. No. 4 above will display these of the question answered “yes” in the mari-
the maritime declaration of
signals in addition to those sig- time declaration of health
health under ZU ZU or ZV
nals required in No. 3 or No. 4
ZU
above
Vessels which have responded
Either Q over Q or Q over the
6. “yes” to Question 1 or 2 in the A red light over a white light
First Substitute
maritime declaration of health
Inbound vessels which are con-
Either QQ over QQ or Q over
7. taminated or suspected of being The sound signal — — . — —
the First Substitute
contaminated
Inbound vessels with a sick per-
son on board who does not have a
8. ZU over ZU The sound signal ZU (— — . . . . —)
contagious disease requiring
quarantine
Pub. 140
Germany 301
Quarantine Signals side two red lights, disposed vertically, respectively, and vis-
Quarantine signals are as provided in the International Code ible in accordance with the rules governing the exhibition of
of Signals. In addition, at night a red light over a white light side lights.
signifies “I have not received pratique.” These two lights must 4. A stern light as laid down in the Rules for Preventing
be at least 2m apart and visible all around the horizon. This sig- Collisions at Sea.
nal may be set only inside the harbor limits. 5. An all round orange light, showing about 100 flashes
Signals, based on the International Code of Signals, which per minute, visible for at least 3 miles.
indicate the health of those on board the vessel and are given in Submarines are usually not in a position to carry their run-
the table titled Germany—Quarantine Signals. ning lights in the prescribed order and height. Since the lights
are attached close together at the conning tower and the second
Customs Boats Signals masthead light often is missing, the danger arises that a subma-
Customs vessels display the following signals: rine surfaced will be taken at night for a much smaller vessel,
1. Day signal—Third substitute pennant from the Inter- and accordingly, its speed will also be underestimated. Subma-
national Code of Signals. rines require special attention during their surfacing.
2. Night signal—White light below the stern light. It is possible that a surfacing submarine is not completely able
to maneuver, and also is not in a position to show immediately
Distress Signals the signals prescribed for ships unable to maneuver. Many sub-
A fire alarm is a steady tone on the siren for 1 minute inter- marines announce their surfacing by signalling with smoke can-
rupted twice. dles or flares, some also use a searchlight, with which they cast
A disaster alarm is a twice interrupted steady tone on the si- rays on the water surface from below.
ren of 1 minute, then steady tone of 1 minute after a pause of Submerged submarines are often accompanied by other ves-
12 seconds. sels, which call attention to the exercises below the surface
In order to indicate that distress signals made by a ship or with the international signal “NE 2.” Vessels so marked should
aircraft have been seen, and that help is coming, by day the flag be avoided as far away as possible. If one should be forced to
of the Society for Saving Shipwrecked Persons will be dis- approach such a vessel, nevertheless, it must be done at slow
played at the flagstaff on the lifesaving station, and, if the sta- speed. The escort vessel will point out the danger zone with
tion is concealed from view, a signal bomb, which will rise to a flags or megaphone. A sharp lookout must be kept for peri-
height of about 150m and then detonate, will be fired on the scopes. When submarines dive so far below that they cannot
shore. This signal can also be used at night, together with the show the periscope any longer, they announce their position
general night signal, made by firing a light rocket. occasionally with a smoke candle, which develops a strong
Further, the lifeboats, when proceeding by day to a ship in smoke track when it reaches the water surface.
distress, will from time to time fire white rockets and/or white German sunken submarines which can no longer surface un-
stars, and, in addition, will, at night, burn white flares. der their own power, need immediate assistance and identify
German coastal signal stations and light vessels answer dis- themselves, if possible, with the following signals:
tress signals at sea, when observed, as follows: 1. By rising marker buoys which are attached to the sub-
1. By day.—Suitable flag signals from the International marine with a wire.
Code of Signals. 2. By shooting off signals, which give off white or yellow
2. By night.—Five white light balls fired at intervals of smoke or flames on the water surface (during the day yellow
about 1 minute. In case of necessity, this signal will be re- smoke signals are used, if possible).
peated. 3. By pumping out fuel oil or engine oil.
4. By releasing air.
Submarine Operating Areas When such signals are observed and especially when a mark-
er buoy is sighted, it should be reported immediately by the
German Submarine Operating Areas are located in the North most expedient means, giving, if possible, in that connection,
Sea (off Deutsche Bucht) and in the Baltic Sea off Flensburger the name or nationality of the submarine, if the marker buoy
Forde (North Surface Area) and Eckernforder Bucht (South carries such an indication. The most accurate possible ship’s
Surface Area); for limits see the charts. Submarines may also position is important at that juncture. If one finds that the
operate in Eckernforder Bucht (54°31'N, 10°14'E.), in the W marker buoy is drifting and is no longer attached to the subma-
part of Mecklenburger Bucht, off the E coast of Rugen, in the rine, this must be added to the report.
sea area NNW of Helgoland centered on position 54°30'N, With water depths of more than 200m, one can assume that a
7°33'E, and in Kriegers Flak in the vicinity of position 54°5'N, sighted marker buoy is drifting, since the buoy wire is usually
13°00'E. Ships and fishing vessels are requested to use extreme not longer; with lesser depths one can observe it by carefully
caution when vessels are operating in these areas. hauling up the wire.
Submarines of the German Navy show the following lights Care must be taken not to break the buoy wire, and one must
when proceeding on the surface: not make fast any vessel to the buoy or to the wire. A drifting
1. A blue light at the bow, visible all round for a distance marker buoy may also have detached itself from a submarine
of 1 mile. during the voyage and therefore does not point to an accident
2. A white light at the masthead, visible from right ahead to in every case. As long as no rescue vessel has arrived at a sunk-
two points abaft the beam on either side for a distance of 5 en submarine, every other vessel can contribute to the rescue of
miles. the submarine crew and should not, if possible, leave the scene
3. On the starboard side two green lights and on the port of the accident. Since the living conditions quickly deteriorate
Pub. 140
302 Germany
in a sunken submarine, the crew may be forced to abandon the c. Approaches to the River Jade. (IMO adopted)
submarine before the arrival of the rescue vessels. d. Terschelling—German Bight. (IMO adopted)
One should therefore stay at such a distance from the scene e. East Friesland. (IMO adopted)
of the wreck that one does not impede the vertically ascending 2. The Baltic Sea
survivors, and keep a boat clear for rescuing them. In most cas- a. Off Kiel Lighthouse. (IMO adopted)
es, the survivors require medical assistance and pressure cham- b. South of Gedser. (IMO adopted)
bers, which must be prepared or called in, as far as possible. To c. North of Rugen. (IMO adopted)
notify the submarine crew of the presence of an assisting ves- d. Aldergrund. (IMO adopted)
sel, very small detonators are employed, however, only at a
minimum distance of 0.25 mile from the submarine, so that U.S. Embassy
persons leaving the submarine and rising in the water, will not
be injured. The U.S. Embassy is situated at Clayalle 170.
One can also knock vigorously against the ship’s hull below The mailing address is Clayallee 170, 14191, Berlin.
the water line with a hard object, or switch on the echo sound-
ing machines. These signals should be repeated from time to U. S. Embassy Germany Home Page
time and may possibly be answered by the submarine by re-
leasing pyrotechnics, which develop flares or smoke on the wa- http://de.usembassy.gov
ter surface. Most submarines are equipped with two marker
buoys, of which one is attached forward, the other aft. In many
cases, the marker buoys are provided with a quick flashing Vessel Traffic Service
light or with a telescope aerial and an automatic emergency
transmitter. Vessel Traffic Services provide regulatory measures to con-
Besides these marker buoys, there are long cylindrical buoys trol traffic flow to prevent accidents and/or threat to the envi-
with telescope aerials, which are dropped by airplanes and ronment by providing information, warnings, advice, or
serve as sonic buoys for tracking down submarines. They instruction. The fact that a VTS is in operation in a given area
should not be confused with the marker buoys. shall not relieve that master of the duty to comply with the pro-
visions of the Collision Regulations and, while navigating in
Time Zone the area of German jurisdiction, to comply with any supple-
mentary national rules and regulations as may be applicable.
The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings While within an area covered by a VTS, a continuous listen-
Time (BRAVO (-2)) is observed from the last Sunday in March ing watch on the appropriate VHF channels must be main-
until the last Sunday in October. tained.
There are four types of reports which must be sent when op-
Traffic Separation Schemes erating in a German VTS area, as follows:
3. Sailing Plan (SP).—An SP must be sent before enter-
Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Germany are, as fol- ing a VTS area or before leaving a berth within a VTS area.
lows: For information on which vessel are required to submit SPs,
1. The North Sea see each individual port in Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (En-
a. German Bight Western Approach. (IMO adopted) route) North Sea or Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute)
b. Approaches to the River Elbe. (IMO adopted) Baltic Sea (Southern Part), as appropriate.
Pub. 140
Germany 303
The SP must contain the information listed in the table ti- AIS Reporting
tled Sailing Plan Information. German VTS Centers are able to receive, answer, and for-
4. Position Report (PR).—A PR must be sent when ward information received by Automatic Identification Sys-
passing certain Reporting Points in the VTS area. The PR tems (AIS). Vessels required to submit mandatory reports to
must contain the information listed in the table titled Posi- German VTS Centers are requested to:
tion Report Information. 1. Have their AIS switched on and tuned before entering
5. Deviation Report (DR).—A DR must be sent by ves- the area of German AIS coverage.
sels changing their SP. 2. Transmit the mandatory reports by AIS.
6. Incident Report (IR).—An IR must be sent by vessels
when an accident impairs safety or the environment.
Pub. 140
Germany 305
Pub. 140
307
GIBRALTAR
Pub. 140
308 Gibraltar
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
nean.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Gibraltar are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Gibraltar 309
Pub. 140
311
GREECE
General 311 The terrain is mostly mountainous with ranges extending in-
Areas to be Avoided 311 to the sea as peninsulas or chains of islands.
Buoyage System 311
Cautions 311 Areas to be Avoided
Currency 312
Firing Areas 312 An IMO-adopted In the Region of Vorioi Sporadhes Islands
Fishing Areas 317 Area to be Avoided is bounded by lines joining the following
Government 317 positions:
Holidays 317 a. 39°34.0'N, 24°10.0'E.
Industries 318 b. 39°20.0'N, 24°25.0'E.
Languages 318 c. 39°00.0'N, 24°10.0'E.
Meteorology 318 d. 39°00.0'N, 24°00.0'E.
Navigational Information 318 e. 39°02.0'N, 23°51.0'E.
Offshore Drilling 318 f. 39°25.0'N, 23°51.0'E.
Pilotage 318 g. 39°30.0'N, 24°00.0'E.
Pollution 318 In order to avoid risk of pollution and damage to the environ-
Regulations 318 ment in the area surrounding the Vorioi Sporadhes Islands,
Search and Rescue 321 which has been designated as a marine sanctuary, all vessels
Submarine Operating Areas 322 carrying chemical, toxic, or nuclear substances and tankers of
Time Zone 322 over 500 gross tons carrying oil should avoid this area.
Traffic Separation Schemes 322
U.S. Embassy 322 Buoyage System
Vessel Traffic Service 322
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
General Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Pub. 140
312 Greece
Magnetic Anomalies Karos)—Area bounded by lines joining the following po-
Local magnetic anomalies are located, as follows: sitions:
1. Off Charsonisos Akrotiri (35°35'N., 24°10'E.). a. 35°33'N, 24°39'E.
2. About 3 miles N of Nisos Tilos (36°26'N., 27°22'E.), b. 35°26'N, 24°39'E.
where a variation of 9°W of normal has been observed. c. 35°26'N, 24°49'E.
d. 35°29'N, 24°49'E.
Marine Farms G. Akrotiri (Area LGD 90) (E of Khersonisos Akroti-
Marine farms and their associated moorings may be found ri)—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
anywhere close inshore along the coasts of Greece. tions:
a. 35°28'00''N, 24°22'00''E.
Currency b. 35°36'00''N, 24°22'00''E.
c. 35°36'00''N, 24°12'00''E.
The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100 d. 35°31'00''N, 24°12'00''E.
cents. e. 35°28'00''N, 24°08'30''E.
f. 35°27'00''N, 24°10'00''E.
Firing Areas H. Soudhas (N coast of Kriti)—Akrotiri Practice Area
(Part of Area LGD 90)—Area bounded by lines joining
Information concerning firing practice and exercise areas is the following positions:
broadcast by coastal radio stations as Hellenic Navwarnings. a. 35°28'46''N, 24°10'16''E.
If the limits of a pre-designated firing practice range or exer- b. 35°28'09''N, 24°10'26''E.
cise area were to change suddenly, this information would be c. 35°27'59''N, 24°09'38''E.
referred to in the announcement of firing practices or exercises. I. Agioi Apostoloi (Area LGD 91) (W of Khersonisos
In addition to the existing pre-designated firing practice Akrotiri)—Between 35°30'36''N and 35°32'56''N and
ranges and exercise areas, firing practice or exercises may be 23°58'41''E and 24°00'00''E.
executed in other areas not predesignated, in which case an an- Note.—The above areas are activated with advance
nouncement will be made at least 48 hours before the start of warning.
the firing practice or exercises, describing the limits of the area, 3. Areas Controlled by the Navy.—Mine Warfare Ex-
as well as the time and duration of the practice or exercises. ercises:
1. Areas Controlled by the Navy.—Submarine Weap- A. Strymonikos (Area MWE 1) (Strimonikos Kol-
ons Firing Practice: pos)—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
A. Gulf of Megara (Kolpos Megaron)—Between tions:
37°52'00''N and 37°56'30''N and 23°11'00''E and a. 40°44'20''N, 23°58'00''E.
23°21'00''E. b. 40°33'40''N, 23°53'00''E.
B. Velopoula (NW of Nisis Velopoula)—Between c. 40°39'40''N, 23°45'00''E.
36°55'N and 37°12'N and 23°05'E and 23°20'E. d. 40°45'30''N, 23°45'00''E.
C. Argoliko (Argolikos Kolpos)—Area bounded by B. Atherida (Area MWE 2) (S of Akra Atheridha)—
lines joining the following positions: Area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following
a. 37°09'30''N, 22°59'30''E. positions:
b. 37°18'00''N, 22°52'00''E. a. 40°21'50''N, 22°39'25''E. (coast)
c. 37°21'30''N, 22°58'30''E. b. 40°20'00''N, 22°43'00''E.
d. 37°13'00''N, 23°06'00''E. c. 39°57'07''N, 22°42'17''E. (coast)
Note.—The above areas are periodically activated after an C. Epanomi (Area MWE 3) (S of Akra Epanomi)—
announcement made 48 hours before the start of the firing Area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following
practice. positions:
2. Areas Controlled by the Navy.—Firing Practice a. 40°22'45''N, 22°53'20''E. (coast)
from Ships, Aircraft, and Land Artillery: b. 40°20'30''N, 22°52'00''E.
A. Myrtoon (Area LGD 83) (SW of Nisos Milos)— c. 40°11'00''N, 23°l7'00''E.
Between 36°20'N and 36°40'N and 23°40'E and 24°10'E. d. 40°13'15''N, 23°18'50''E. (coast)
B. Hydra (Area LGD 84) (N of Nisis Velopoula)—Be- D. Aigina (Area MWE 4) (NW of Nisos Aiyina)—Ar-
tween 37°00'N and 37°10'N and 23°00'E and 23°36'E. ea bounded by lines joining the following positions:
C. Petrokaravo (Area LGD 85) (Saronikos Kolpos)— a. 37°48'00''N, 23°12'40''E.
Between 37°22'N and 37°37'N and 23°35'E and 23°44'E. b. 37°48'00''N, 23°24'00''E.
D. Platia (Area LGD 86) (NW of Nisos Aiyina)—Area c. 37°45'30''N, 23°24'00''E.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: d. 37°44'30''N, 23°21'00''E.
a. 37°47'N, 23°17'E. e. 37°40'30''N, 23°19'00''E.
b. 37°52'N, 23°22'E. f. 37°40'30''N, 23°13'00''E.
c. 37°50'N, 23°26'E. E. Mesolongi (Area MWE 5) (Patraikos Kolpos)—Ar-
d. 37°44'N, 23°22'E. ea bounded by the coast and lines joining the following
E. Akra Spatha (LGD 88) (N of Kriti)—Between positions:
36°05'N and 36°15'N and 23°45'E and 24°00'E. a. 38°18'36''N, 21°32'00''E. (coast)
F. Akra Chondros (Area LGD 89) (Akra Khondhros b. 38°17'00''N, 21°32'00''E.
Pub. 140
Greece
Pub. 140
313
Greece—Firing Ranges
314
Pub. 140
Greece
Courtesy of the Hellenic Navy Hydrographic Service
Greece—Underwater Practice and Exercise Areas
Greece 315
Pub. 140
316 Greece
f. 35°36'N, 26°41'E. b. 40°23'00''N, 23°04'45''E.
g. 35°31'N, 24°11'E. c. 40°16'15''N, 23°31'30''E.
F. Area R1 (Target Collection)—Defined by a circle d. 40°04'30''N, 23°23'00''E.
with a radius of 1,000m centered at position 35°32'00''N, Note.—The range is active daily from 0530UTC until
24°13'00''E. 1230UTC, except Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, by
G. Area R2 (Target Collection)—Defined by a circle announcement.
with a radius of 1,000m centered at position 35°28'00''N, F. Andravida (Area LGD 93) (E of Nisos Zak-
24°11'45''E. inthos)—Area bounded by lines joining the following po-
Note.—Area A, Area B, and Area C are active every sitions:
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday from 0530UTC a. 37°51'N, 21°15'E.
until sunset, by announcement. These areas are not active b. 37°46'N, 21°14'E.
during the period from April 1 to October 31, unless there is c. 37°46'N, 21°20'E.
a relevant announcement. d. 37°50'N, 21°19'E.
Area Al and Area A2 are active daily from 0500UTC until Note.—The range is active Monday to Thursday from
sunset, except Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, by an- 0500UTC to 2100UTC and on Friday from 0500UTC to
nouncement. 1300UTC, except Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. Area
All ships passing through the above areas, during the days LGD 93 and Area LGD94 are never activated simultane-
and hours that they are activated, must monitor VHF chan- ously.
nels 12 and 16 on which Kriti Firing Control Range Station G. Paleochorion (Area LGD 73) (E of Nisos Zak-
(call sign: Namficontrol) broadcasts information. inthos)—Area bounded by lines joining the following po-
6. Areas Controlled by the Air Force.—Firing practice sitions:
by aircraft, ships, and land artillery may be scheduled in the a. 37°48'30''N, 21°14'48''E.
following areas, and are normally activated with advance b. 37°47'50''N, 21°05'45''E.
warning: c. 37°41'50''N, 21°07'50''E.
A. Zakynthos (Area LGD 61)—Area bounded by lines d. 37°41'25''N, 21°15'45''E.
joining the following positions: H. Mesara (Area LGD 69) (S coast of Kriti)—Area
a. 37°12'N, 20°18'E. bounded by lines joining the following positions:
b. 37°56'N, 20°00'E a. 35°01'N, 24°36'E.
c. 37°56'N, 20°28'E. b. 35°06'N, 24°10'E.
d. 37°15'N, 20°49'E. c. 35°11'N, 24°10'E.
B. Andros (Area LGD 68) (E of Nisos Andros)—Area d. 35°05'N, 24°36'E.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: I. Nisos Karavia (Area LGD 76) —Area bounded by
a. 38°02'N, 24°52'E. lines joining the following positions:
b. 38°16'N, 25°21'E a. 36°56'N, 23°29'E.
c. 37°48'N, 25°49'E. b. 36°42'N, 23°32'E
d. 37°34'N, 25°23'E. c. 36°41'N, 23°48'E.
e. 37°42'N, 25°01'E. d. 36°47'N, 23°55'E.
f. 38°00'N, 24°52'E. J. Asproneri Zirou (Area LGD 79) (S coast of Kri-
Note.—The range is active daily from sunrise to sunset, ti)—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, by announce- tions:
ment. a. 35°01'40''N, 26°00'00''E.
C. Psathoura (Area LGD 65) (N of Nisos Psathou- b. 34°54'30''N, 26°01'00''E.
ra)—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi- c. 34°55'30''N, 25°55'30''E.
tions: d. 34°58'40''N, 25°52'20''E.
a. 39°26'00''N, 23°53'00''E. K. Maleme (Area LGD 81) (Kolpos Khanion)—Area
b. 39°43'00''N, 23°40'00''E. bounded by lines joining the following positions:
c. 40°00'30''N, 24°18'00''E. a. 35°29'N, 23°46'E.
d. 39°43'00''N, 24°31'00''E. b. 35°29'N, 23°51'E.
Note.—The range is active daily from 0500UTC until c. 35°34'N, 23°55'E.
1500UTC, except Fridays, Saturdays, Sundays, and holi- d. 35°36'N, 23°49'E.
days, by announcement. e. 35°36'N, 23°46'E.
D. Kasandra (Area LGD 64) (Kolpos Kassandras)— Note.—The range is active daily from sunrise until
Area bounded by lines joining the following positions: 2100UTC, except Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, by
a. 40°14'30''N, 23°20'30''E. announcement.
b. 40°16'00''N, 23°20'30''E. L. Nea Anchialos (Area LGD 71) (Pagasitikos Kol-
c. 40°16'00''N, 23°29'00''E. pos)—Defined by a circle with a radius of 5 miles centered
d. 40°10'00''N, 23°30'00''E. on position 39°13'15''N, 22°48'30''E. The range is a pro-
e. 40°08'00''N, 23°25'00''E. hibited area. It is active daily from sunrise to sunset, ex-
E. Poteidaia (Area LGD 92) (Thermaikos Kolpos)— cept Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, by announcement.
Area bounded by lines joining the following positions: M. Pagasitikos (Area LGD 82) (Pagasitikos Kolpos)—
a. 40°13'30''N, 22°58'00''E. Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
Greece 317
Pub. 140
318 Greece
May 1 Labor Day from the Hellenic Navy Hydrographic Service (https://
www.hnhs.gr/en/online2/2015-05-16-18-50-25).
Holy Ghost Variable
August 15 Assumption Day Offshore Drilling
October 4 Liberation of Xanthi Oil and gas production platforms are located about 4 miles
(Xanthi only) off the W coast of Nisos Thasos (40°40'N., 24°42'E.).
October 26 St. Dimitrios Day
(Thessaloniki only) Pilotage
October 28 OXI Day
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels greater than 500 gt.
December 25 Christmas Day Greek coastal vessels, Greek naval vessels, and naval vessels of
December 26 Second Day of foreign countries that extend free pilotage to Greek naval ves-
Christmas sels are exempt from the payment of pilotage.
The pilots, designated by the government and under the ju-
risdiction of the navy, serve only in an advisory capacity.
Industries Pilot vessels are painted black, with a white band 0.45m
wide on each side. The letter P is painted on both sides. During
The main industries include tourism, food and tobacco pro- daylight hours, pilot vessels display the Greek flag from the
cessing, textiles, chemicals, metal products, mining, and petro- stern and the pilot flag at the bow. At night, the appropriate in-
leum products. ternational lights are displayed.
The main exports are food and beverages, manufactured To call a pilot, a vessel should make one of the signals as
goods, petroleum products, chemicals, and textiles. The main specified in the International Code of Signals.
export-trading partners are Italy, Germany, Turkey, and Cy- The port authority must be notified by the captain or agent of
prus. the exact hour of sailing, and the notification must be given at
The main imports are machinery, transport equipment, fuels, least 2 hours prior to the time of sailing in the case of vessels
and chemicals. The main import-trading partners are Russia, lying in the port, and 10 hours prior in case of vessels lying
Germany, Italy, Russia, Iraq, South Korea, China, and the outside the port.
Netherlands. Vessels lying in the Gulf of Athens must give such notifica-
tion 24 hours in advance.
Languages
Greek is the official language.
Pollution
MARPOL Special Area
Meteorology The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
Marine bulletins are available, in Greek and English, from special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
the Hellenic National Meteorological Service: in the sea have been adopted.
(http://www.hnms.gr/hnms/english/navigation/navigation_ht- Further information can be found in North Atlantic
ml). Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Pub. 140
Greece
Pub. 140
319
320 Greece
The reports can be sent through either of the following meth- of the time of passage and in any case not later than 2000.
ods: The request for passage must include the following infor-
1. By e-mail to ssn@yen.gr. mation:
2. By facsimile to the local Coast Guard authorities. The a. Vessel’s name.
facsimile numbers should be obtained by the vessel’s agent. b. Nationality.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- c. Gross tons.
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- d. Length overall.
cation. e. Maximum draft during passage.
f. Type of cargo.
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- g. Requested time for passage.
tion Vessels using the channel must monitor VHF channels
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as 12 and 16. Vessels without a pilot, regardless of flag, be-
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 fore entering the channel must report their intentions to Pi-
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo raievs pilot station by RT, or by other means, so as to be
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant notified in the event that passage through the channel is
port authority at least 24 hours in advance. prohibited. Salamina Naval Base has the right to postpone,
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- prohibit, or limit passage due to operational or other con-
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- ditions.
tions. Pilotage is required 24 hours for foreign flag vessels
over 150 gross tons.
Prohibited Areas to Navigation Towing by one or more tugboats is obligatory during the
Navigation without prior permission from the naval authori- day for vessels over 120m in length, and during the night
ties is prohibited in the following areas: for vessels over 75m in length.
1. Saronikos Kolpos In the S channel, the following conditions apply:
A. Salamina Naval Base (Stenon Navstathmou) a. Southbound vessels have priority of passage over
Salamina area—Lines joining the following positions: northbound vessels.
a. 37°59'51''N, 23°31'19''E. b. Small boats and ferries engaged in local traffic
b. 38°00'03''N, 23°32'53''E. must keep clear of vessels entering or exiting the chan-
c. 37°57'55''N, 23°32'42''E. nel.
d. 37°57'54''N, 23°32'36''E. c. Warships and merchant vessels with pilots have
Skaramangas area—Lines joining the following posi- priority of passage over merchant vessels without pilots.
tions: d. The passage of ships sailing in opposite direc-
a. 37°58'00''N, 23°33'24''E. tions through the channel is prohibited.
b. 37°57'00''N, 23°32'57''E. Passage in both channels is not permitted at a speed
c. 38°00'05''N, 23°33'08''E. greater than 6 knots, except in cases when lower speeds
d. 38°00'21''N, 23°35'08''E. are not sufficient for safe passage. In such cases, only the
e. 38°00'15''N, 23°35'24''E. speed which is absolutely necessary in excess of the limit
Between the above prohibited areas is a channel for nav- is permitted.
igation with a width of 365m. The W side of the channel is B. Ormos Salaminos—The area bound by the meridi-
bounded by a line joining the following positions: ans 23°25'57''E and 23°26'36''E, the parallel 37°56'12''N,
a. 38°00'03''N, 23°32'53''E. and the coast to the S.
b. 37°57'55''N, 23°32'42''E. 2. Kikladhes Nisoi
The E side of the channel is bounded by a line joining A. Nisos Siros to Ormos Foinikos—An area bounded
the following positions: by lines joining the following positions:
a. 38°00'05''N, 23°33'08''E. a. 37°23'16.14''N, 24°52'39.55''E.
b. 37°57'56''N, 23°32'57''E. b. 37°23'27.00''N, 24°52'39.55''E.
The passage of any non-naval vessel through the above c. 37°23'27.00''N, 24°52'54.55''E.
channel as well as through the channel found to the S of it, d. 37°23'18.40''N, 24°52'54.55''E.
which has a width of 240m and a maximum allowable B. Patraikos Kolpos to Akra Papas—The area up to
draft for passage of 10.9m, is permitted under the follow- a distance of 450m from the coast that extends from posi-
ing conditions and restrictions: tion 38°11'32.7''N, 21°22'17.0''E to position 38°11'33.2''N,
a. Foreign flag vessels are permitted passage during 21°24'36.9''E.
daytime (sunrise to sunset) after receiving permission 3. Kriti (Crete)
from the naval base, which is requested via the Central A. Ormos Soudhas—The area bounded by lines join-
Harbormaster's Office of Piraeus or Elevsis. ing the following positions:
b. Passage during the night (sunset to sunrise) must, a. 35°27'53''N, 24°09'34''E.
in principle, be avoided. However, if it is necessary, pas- b. 35°28'46''N, 24°10'10''E.
sage may be allowed by permission from Salamina Na- c. 35°28'46''N, 24°09'24''E.
val Base. d. 35°28'46''N, 24°09'09''E.
Permission must be requested through the Harbormas- e. 35°29'40''N, 24°04'46''E.
ter’s Office of Piraievs or Elevsis at least 1 hour in advance f. 35°29'25''N, 24°04'38''E.
Pub. 140
Greece 321
A second area bounded by lines joining the following position 37°11'18''N, 26°47'39''E.
positions: Navigation is prohibited in the area up to a distance of
a. 35°30'12''N, 24°10'11''E. 100m from the coast extending from position 37°11'18''N,
b. 35°30'07''N, 24°11'04''E. 26°48'18''E to position 37°11'26''N, 26°48'16''E.
c. 35°28'58''N, 24°10'18''E. C. Tris Mpoukes—Navigation is prohibited in the area
d. 35°28'58''N, 24°09'24''E. up to a distance of 250m from the coast extending from
e. 35°28'58''N, 24°09'11''E. position 38°47'15.1''N, 24°35'58.8''E to position
f. 35°30'04''N, 24°03'49''E. 38°45'55.9''N, 24°37'03.0''E.
g. 35°30'04''N, 24°03'48''E. D. Approaching the coasts without prior permission
Between the above prohibited areas is a channel for nav- from the naval authorities is prohibited in the following ar-
igation with a width of 365m. The N side of the channel is eas:
bounded by a line joining the following positions: a. Piraievs to Ormos Kanellopoulouar—The en-
a. 35°28'58''N, 24°10'18''E. tire bay up to the line joining the following positions:
b. 35°28'58''N, 24°09'24''E. i. 37°56'04.7''N, 23°37'27.1''E.
c. 35°28'58''N, 24°09'11''E. ii. 37°56'01.0''N, 23°37'28.0''E.
d. 35°29'50''N, 24°04'52''E. iii. 37°56'00.6''N, 23°37'39.9''E.
The S side of the channel is bounded by a line joining b. Nisos Ayios Yeoryios—The entire coast of the is-
the following positions: land.
a. 35°29'40''N, 24°04'46''E. c. Nisos Poros—The area bounded by lines joining
b. 35°28'46''N, 24°09'09''E. the following positions:
c. 35°28'46''N, 24°09'24''E. i. 37°30'31.4''N, 23°27'10.6''E.
d. 35°28'46''N, 24°10'10''E. ii. 37°30'13.5''N, 23°27'18.6''E.
Permission from the naval authorities, requested through iii. 37°30'16.9''N, 23°27'35.9''E.
the Khania Harbormaster's Office, is required for passage iv. 37°30'28.1''N, 23°27'36.8''E.
through the above channel during daytime and at night for d. Ormos Ayios Marina—Approaching and land-
all foreign flag vessels. ing at the naval installations on the N shore of the bay
The area of the port of Soudhas, which is defined by the are prohibited.
following positions, is open to navigation and anchorage: Anchorage and fishing are prohibited up to a distance
a. 35°29'25''N, 24°04'38''E. of 450m from the coast of the same area.
b. 35°29'40''N, 24°04'46''E. e. Akra Limnonari—The area up to a distance of
c. 35°29'51''N, 24°04'51''E. 100m from the coast extending from position
d. 35°30'04''N, 24°03'48''E. 38°48'25.34''N, 24°24'56.29''E to position
B. Ormos Kiriamadhi—The area of the bay E of a 38°48'37.69''N, 24°40'30.74''E.
line joining the following positions:
a. 35°18'14.95''N, 26°17'24.76''E.
b. 35°18'02.43''N, 26°17'24.57''E. Search and Rescue
C. An area bounded by lines joining the following po-
sitions: The Joint Rescue Coordination Center (JRCC) Pireaus is re-
a. 35°28'17.80''N, 24°14'05.58''E. sponsible for coordinating search and rescue operations. JRCC
b. 35°27'04.15''N, 24°15'33.46''E. Piraeus can be contacted, as follows:
c. 35°27'04.28''N, 24°16'52.34''E. 1. Telephone: 30-210-4112500
d. 35°29'11.63''N, 24°16'52.04''E. 30-210-4220772
e. 35°29'11.33''N, 24°14'05.34''E. 30-210-4101116
4. Dhodhekanisos 30-210-4101117
A. Nisos Leros to Limin Lakki—Navigation is pro- 30-210-4101118
hibited in the area up to a distance of 200m from the coast 30-210-4101119
extending from position 37°06'59.0''N, 26°50'31.0''E to 30-210-1371126
position 37°07'25.5''N, 26°51'28.0''E. 30-210-1371325
B. Nisos Leros to Ormos Partheni—Navigation is 2. Facsimile: 30-210-4132398
prohibited in the area up to a distance of 350m from the 30-210-4191561
coast extending from position 37°11'48''N, 26°47'02''E to 3. E-mail: jrccpgr@hcg.gr
Pub. 140
322 Greece
The search and rescue area is divided into five subareas, a. 35°45'00''N, 23°50'00''E.
which can be contacted using the information given in the table b. 35°36'00''N, 23°50'00''E.
titled Greece—RSC Contact Information. c. 35°36'00''N, 24°06'00''E.
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis- d. 35°45'00''N, 24°06'00''E.
tening watch for distress traffic on international distress fre- An area extending about 10 miles N and 15 miles W of
quencies. Khersonisos Akrotiri (35°35'N., 24°10'E.) between the meridi-
ans of 24°00'E and 24°30'E.
Submarine Operating Areas Greek submarines operating on the surface display an all
round orange light showing about 80 flashes per minute.
Diaporion (N of Nisoi Dhiaporioi)—Bounded by a line
joining the following positions: Time Zone
a. 37°50'00''N, 23°10'00''E.
b. 37°50'00''N, 23°22'00''E. The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
c. 37°56'30''N, 23°22'00''E. ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is observed from the last Sunday in
d. 37°56'30''N, 23°10'00''E. March until the last Sunday in October.
Aigina (NW of Nisos Aiyina)—Bounded by a line joining
the following positions: Traffic Separation Schemes
a. 37°46'00''N, 23°19'00''E.
b. 37°46'30''N, 23°19'00''E. Traffic Separation Schemes in Greece are, as follows:
c. 37°46'30''N, 23°20'00''E. 1. Saronikos Kolpos (IMO-adopted).
d. 37°46'00''N, 23°20'00''E. 2. Approaches to Thessaloniki (IMO-adopted).
Agios Georgios (S of Nisos Yeoryios)—Bounded by a line
joining the following positions:
a. 37°12'00''N, 23°50'00''E. U.S. Embassy
b. 37°12'00''N, 24°05'00''E.
c. 37°23'00''N, 24°05'00''E. The U.S. Embassy is situated at 91 Vasilissis Sophias Ave-
d. 37°23'00''N, 23°50'00''E. nue, 10160 Athens.
Spetses (S of Nisos Spetsai)—Bounded by a line joining the The mailing address is PSC 108, APO AE (09842-0108).
following positions:
a. 36°55'00''N, 23°05'00''E. U. S. Embassy Greece Home Page
b. 36°55'00''N, 23°20'00''E.
c. 37°12'00''N, 23°20'00''E. https://gr.usembassy.gov
d. 37°12'00''N, 23°05'00''E.
Drepano (N of Kriti off Akra Drapanon)—Bounded by a Vessel Traffic Service
line joining the following positions:
a. 35°45'00''N, 24°00'00''E. The purpose of a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) center is to
b. 35°45'00''N, 24°30'00''E. collect, manage, assess, and promulgate any information relat-
c. 35°26'00''N, 24°30'00''E. ing to marine vessel traffic, the safety of life at sea, the safety
d. 35°26'00''N, 24°19'00''E. of navigation, the protection of the marine environment, search
e. 35°35'30''N, 24°19'00''E. and rescue, and marine transport in general. VTS centers oper-
f. 35°35'30''N, 24°00'00''E. ate on a 24-hour basis.
Khios (S of Khios)—At position 37°56'N, 26°10'E. Greek VTS centers are located, as follows:
Lesvos (S of Lesvos)—At position 38°50'N, 26°00'E. 1. Igoumenitsa (39°30'N., 20°16'E.).
Khersonisos Akrotiri (N and E of Khersonisos Akrotiri)— 2. Kerkira (Corfu) (39°38'N., 19°55'E.).
Bounded by a line joining the following positions: 3. Lavrion (Laurium) (37°42'N., 24°04'E.).
Pub. 140
Greece 323
4. Patrai (38°15'N., 21°44'E.). location within the vessel, and IMO classification.
5. Piraeus (Peiraias) (37°57'N., 23°36'E.). g. Draft and maximum height above the waterline.
6. Rafina (38°01'N., 24°01'E.). h. Quantity and type of fuels and petroleum residues.
7. Steno Rion-Andirrion (38°19'N., 21°46'E.). i. Number of crew.
Further information on each VTS can be found in the appro- j. Number of vehicles and passengers (by category).
priate Sector of Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern k. Owner’s agent or representative.
Mediterranean. Scheduled passenger ferries or passenger/vehicle ferries
Participation in Vessel Traffic Services is mandatory for the need only submit the vessel name and the information con-
following vessels: tained in c, e, f, and j above.
1. Commercial vessels over 300 gross tons. The Initial Report is considered to be the vessel’s sailing
2. All vessels with an loa greater than 40m. plan and must be followed exactly.
3. All vessels restricted in their ability to maneuver. 2. Arrival Report.—Submitted at least 15 minutes after
4. All vessels carrying dangerous cargo. the mooring, berthing, or anchoring of the vessel. The report
5. Passenger vessels carrying more than 50 passengers. should contain the following information:
All VTS centers provide the following services: a. Vessel name and call sign.
1. Information services.—Providing and distributing in- b. Position and time of mooring or anchoring.
formation of interest to shipping, when judged necessary or 3. Departure Report.—Submitted at least 15 minutes
on request from a vessel. This information may include: prior to departure from the vessel’s moored or anchored po-
a. A report on the position or identity of a vessel. sition. The report should contain the following information:
b. The speed of a vessel. a. Vessel name and call sign.
c. The destination or intended movement of a vessel. b. ETD.
d. Information regarding weather conditions. c. Cargo. For dangerous cargo, indicate the quantity,
2. Navigational assistance services.—Providing infor- UN Number, and IMO classification.
mation, as follows: d. Quantity and type of fuels and petroleum residues.
a. Adverse meteorological conditions. e. Number of crew and passengers, if any.
b. Situations where pilotage is difficult. Scheduled passenger ferries or passenger/vehicle ferries
c. Situations where a vessel’s equipment is missing, need only submit the vessel name and the number of passen-
inadequate, or malfunctioning, in order to assist the master gers and vehicles, by category.
or pilot with making correct decisions. If a Departure Report has been submitted, no Initial Report
3. Traffic organization services.—Providing the follow- is required.
ing: 4. Final Report.—Submitted at least 15 minutes prior to
a. Management and control of vessel traffic. the vessel leaving the VTS area. The report should contain
b. Control of priority sequencing of vessels entering or the following information:
leaving a harbor. a. Vessel name, flag, and call sign.
c. Forward planning of vessel movements in an area to b. Position.
avoid high levels of congestion. c. Destination.
The following vessels, when in a VTS area, are required to 5. Interim Report.—Submitted only on request from a
maintain a listening watch on the prescribed VHF channel and VTS Center and includes such information as requested by
to report to the appropriate VTS center: the VTS Center.
1. Any cargo vessel of 300 gt and over. 6. Correction Report.—Submitted to the VTS Center, as
2. Any passenger vessel capable of carrying more than 50 follows:
passengers. a. When the vessel intends to maneuver differently
3. Any vessel carrying dangerous cargo. from what has previously been reported.
4. Any vessel characterized as, according to the Interna- b. When there is a substantial deviation from informa-
tional Rules for the Prevention of Collisions at Sea, a vessel tion that has previously been reported.
restricted in its ability to maneuver. 7. Special Report.—Submitted to the VTS Center, in-
5. Any power-driven vessel with a length of 50m and cluding the name, flag, and call sign of the vessel, when any
over. of the following occur:
The following reports are made by vessels sailing within a a. Any situation which affects in any way the normal
VTS area: sailing of the vessel (fire, mechanical defect, steering ca-
1. Initial Report.—Submitted at least 15 minutes prior sualty, etc.).
to, and not more than 30 minutes before, entry of the vessel b. Another vessel in difficulty or which has been in-
into the VTS area. The report should contain the following volved in an accident.
information: c. Any hazard to navigational in the area.
a. Vessel name, flag, call sign, MMSI number, type of d. The malfunctioning, failure, absence, or incorrect
vessel, and IMO identification number. position of an aid to navigation.
b. Position. e. Unexpected changes in weather conditions.
c. Destination and ETA. f. Pollution.
d. Course and speed. g. Any substantial change to information that has pre-
e. Time and point of entry into the VTS area. viously been reported in relation to the above.
f. Cargo. For dangerous cargo, indicate the quantity, Note.—Vessels which are required to carry Automatic Iden-
Pub. 140
324 Greece
tification (AIS) equipment are not required to report the details by the VTS center. These vessels are not exempt from other
of their position, course, and speed, unless specified otherwise provisions of these regulations.
Pub. 140
325
GRENADA
General 325 used with caution. Past problems have included the following:
Buoyage System 325 1. Range lights may not be as charted or are poorly situat-
Cautions 325 ed.
Currency 325 2. Lights are unreliable and frequently not lit.
Fishing Areas 325 3. Buoys may be poorly positioned relative to the danger
Government 325 they mark. When removed, it may be a long time before they
Holidays 326 are replaced.
Industries 326
Languages 326 Cautions
Meteorology 326
Navigational Information 326 A permanent exclusion zone, with a radius of about 0.8 mile,
Search and Rescue 326 has been established around Kick ‘em Jenny (12°17'57.0''N.,
Ship Reporting System 326 61°38'12.0''W.), a submerged volcano. For further information,
Signals 326 see Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea, Vol-
Time Zone 327 ume 1.
U.S. Embassy 327
Currency
General
The official unit of currency is the East Caribbean dollar,
Grenada is located in the Caribbean Sea, N of Trinidad and consisting of 100 cents.
Tobago.
The climate is tropical, tempered by the Northeast Trade Fishing Areas
Winds, although at times it may be uncomfortable. The dry
season lasts from January to May. Extensive local fishing takes place around the island.
The terrain is volcanic in origin, with central mountains
forming a ridge running down the center of the island. Government
Buoyage System Grenada is an independent commonwealth of the United
Kingdom. The country is divided into six parishes and one de-
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See pendency.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a
Navigational lights and buoys in the Grenadines should be Governor-General. The Governor-General appoints the Prime
Pub. 140
326 Grenada
United States, Trinidad and Tobago, and China.
Languages
English is the official language. A French patois is also spo-
ken.
Meteorology
Marine weather prognosis and forecasts covering the coastal
waters of Grenada, Carriacou, and Petite Martinique are avail-
Flag of Grenada able, in English, from the Grenada Meteorological Service
(http://weather.mbiagrenada.com).
Minister after legislative elections. The bicameral Parliament
consists of an appointed 13-member Senate and a directly-
elected 15-member House of Representatives, serving 5-year
terms. Navigational Information
The legal system is based on English common law.
Enroute Volume
The capital is Saint George’s.
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed:
The maritime territorial claims of Grenada are, as follows:
January 1 New Year’s Day
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
February 7 Independence Day
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Good Friday Variable
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Holy Saturday Variable Zone
Easter Sunday Variable Continental Shelf 200 miles.
Easter Monday Variable * Claims archipelagic status. Requires advance permis-
May 1 Labor Day sion or notification for innocent passage of warships in the
territorial sea.
Whitsunday Variable
Whitmonday Variable Search and Rescue
Corpus Christi Variable
The Grenada Coast Guard operates the Maritime Rescue Co-
First Monday and Tuesday Emancipation Day ordination Subcenter (MRSC) Grenada and is responsible for
in August the coordination of search and rescue operations. MRSC Gre-
Second Monday and Tues- Carnival nada can be contacted, as follows:
day in August 1. Telephone: 1-473-4441931
1-473-4441932
October 25 Thanksgiving Day 2. Facsimile: 1-473-4442839
December 25 Christmas Day
Ship Reporting System
December 26 Boxing Day
CARICOM (Caribbean Community) Advance Passenger
Industries Information System (APIS)
CARICOM APIS is a mandatory reporting system providing
The main industries include food and beverages, textiles, Advance Passenger Information (API) about passengers and
light assembly operations, tourism, construction, education, crew to the Joint Regional Communications Center (JRCC)
and call-center operations. Barbados for vessels bound for or departing from a port in the
The main exports are bananas, cocoa, nutmeg, fruits and CARICOM area. Further information can be found in Carib-
vegetables, clothing, mace, chocolate, and fish. The main ex- bean Sea—Ship Reporting System.
port-trading partners are the United States, Japan, Guyana, Do-
menica, and Saint Lucia. Signals
The main imports are food, manufactured goods, machinery,
chemicals, and fuels. The main import-trading partners are the Visual storms signals are displayed by day, in St. George’s
Pub. 140
Grenada 327
Pub. 140
329
GUADELOUPE
Firing Areas
General
A firing practice area established NW of Basse-Terre extends
Guadeloupe is an archipelago of nine inhabited islands locat- about 3.5 miles from the coast between Pointe des Peres
ed in the central portion of the Leeward Islands. Basse-Terre is (16°01'N., 61°45'W.) and Pointe du Corps de Garde (16°03'N.,
volcanic in origin and contains interior mountains; an active 61°46'W.).
volcano, from which smoke is always visible and flames are
frequently visible, lies on the S end of the island. Grande-Terre Government
is a low limestone formation surrounded by coral reefs. Most
of the remaining islands are volcanic in origin. Guadeloupe is an overseas department of France. The island
Saint Barthelemy and Saint Martin lie about 135 miles NW elects two senators to the French Senate and four deputies to
of Guadeloupe. The S half of the island of Saint Marten is part the French National Assembly.
of the Netherlands Antilles. Guadeloupe is administered by the directly-elected General
The subtropical climate of the islands is moderated by the Council, consisting of 42 members serving 6-year terms, and
trade winds. Rainfall is abundant in the mountains of Basse- the directly-elected Regional Council, consisting of 41 mem-
Terre but is sparse over Grande-Terre. There are three distinct bers serving 6-year terms.
seasons, as follows: The legal system is based on French law.
Pub. 140
330 Guadeloupe
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts, weather charts, and wind predic-
tions are available, in French, from Meteo France Antilles-
Guyana (http://www.meteo.gp/previsions-meteo-marine-antil-
les-guyane/cotes).
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Flag of Guadeloupe
Maritime Claims
The capital is Basse-Terre. The maritime territorial claims of Guadeloupe are, as fol-
lows:
Holidays
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
The following holidays are observed:
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
January 1 New Year’s Day Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
Good Friday Variable
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
Easter Sunday Variable of Exploitation.
Easter Monday Variable
* Claims straight baselines.
May 1 Labor Day
May 8 World War II Victory Internet Maritime Safety Information
Day Navigational Warnings are available, in French, from the
French Ministry of Defense (http://infonautantilles.weeb-
Ascension Day Variable
bly.com).
Whitsunday Variable
Whitmonday Variable Regulations
July 14 Bastille Day Vessels in transit or stationary within the territorial waters,
August 15 Assumption Day except when alongside in port, should maintain a continuous
listening watch on VHF channel 16 and respond to calls by of-
November 1 All Saints’ Day ficial vessels and French coast radio stations.
November 11 Armistice Day Vessels over 1,600 gt must remain at least 10 miles off the
coast of Guadeloupe, Saint Barthelemy, and Saint Martin, ex-
December 25 Christmas Day cept when in waiting areas or when using approach or access
channels.
Pub. 140
Guadeloupe 331
Pub. 140
333
GUATEMALA
Pub. 140
334 Guatemala
unreliable. December 25 Christmas Day
December 31 New Year’s Eve (half day)
Currency
Industries
The official unit of currency is the quetzal, consisting of 100
centavos. The principal industries are sugar, textiles and clothing, fur-
niture, chemicals, petroleum, metals, rubber, and tourism.
Fishing Areas The main exports are coffee, sugar, petroleum, clothing, ba-
nanas, fruits and vegetables, cardamom, manufactured prod-
The coastal areas along the Caribbean Sea are extensively ucts, precious stones, metals, and electricity. The main export-
fished by local vessels working out of small harbors and rivers. trading partners are the United States, El Salvador, Honduras,
and Nicaragua.
Government The main imports are fuels, machinery and transportation
equipment, construction materials, grain, fertilizers, electricity,
mineral products, chemical products, and plastics. The main
import-trading partners are the United States, China, Mexico,
and El Salvador.
Languages
Spanish is the official language. There are 23 recognized
Amerindian languages.
Meteorology
Wave height, current, and sea temperature data, along with
Flag of Guatemala meteorological and seismic warnings, are available, in Spanish,
from the National Institute of Seismology, Vulcanology, Mete-
Guatemala is a republic with a traditionally dominant execu- orology, and Hydrography (http://www.insivumeh.gob.gt/hi-
tive. The country is divided into 22 departments. drologia/oceanografia.html).
Guatemala is governed by a directly-elected President who
serves a 4-year term. The Council of Ministers is appointed by Navigational Information
the President. The unicameral Congress consists of 158 mem-
bers elected through a party-list proportional representation Enroute Volumes
system serving 4-year terms. Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The legal system is based on civil law. ume 2.
The capital is Guatemala City. Pub. 153, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexi-
co and Central America.
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed: The maritime territorial claims of Guatemala are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Guatemala 335
Pub. 140
337
GUINEA
General
Currency
Guinea lies on the W coast of Africa between Guinea-Bissau
and Sierra Leone and has a coastline of 170 miles on the Atlan- The official unit of currency is the Guinean franc, consisting
tic Ocean. The coastal plain has an irregular and swampy of 100 centimes.
shoreline and extends inland for 50 miles.
All parts of Guinea have a humid tropical climate. Tempera- Government
ture ranges at Conakry from a daily high of 30°C to a low of
23°C. Rainfall is heavy and is more than 3,810mm along the Guinea is a republic. The country is divided into seven re-
coast. gions and one special governorate.
Guinea is governed by a directly-elected President who
Buoyage System serves a 5-year term. The Prime Minister and the Council of
Ministers are appointed by the President. The unicameral 114-
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See member People’s National Assembly is directly-elected to
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. serve 5-year terms.
Aids to navigation in Guinea are unreliable. Lights may be The legal system is based on French civil law, customary
extinguished; buoys and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out law, and decree.
of position. The capital is Conakry.
Pub. 140
338 Guinea
Languages
French is the official language. Each ethnic group has its
own language.
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
and Northwest Africa.
Maritime Claims
Flag of Guinea The maritime territorial claims of Guinea are, as follows:
Time Zone
Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
moon, include Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan), Tabaski, and the The Time Zone description is ZULU. Daylight Savings Time
Prophet’s Birthday. is not observed.
U.S. Embassy
Industries
The U.S. Embassy is situated at Koloma, E of Hamdallaye
The main industries are mining (bauxite, gold, iron, and dia- Circle, Conakry.
monds), light manufacturing, and agricultural processing. The mailing address is P. O. Box 603, Transversale No. 2,
The main exports are bauxite, gold, diamonds, coffee, fish, Centre Administratif de Koloma, Commune de Ratoma, Cona-
and agricultural products. The main export-trading partners are kry.
China, Ghana, and the United Arab Emirates.
The main imports are petroleum products, metals, machin- U. S. Embassy Guinea Home Page
ery, transport equipment, textiles, grain, and foodstuffs. The
main import-trading partners are the Netherlands, China, India, https://gn.usembassy.gov
Belgium, and France.
Pub. 140
339
GUINEA-BISSAU
Buoyage System
Flag of Guinea-Bissau
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Guinea-Bissau is a republic. The country is divided into nine
Aids to navigation in Guinea-Bissau, including those in the regions.
Rio Cacheu, are unreliable. Lights may be extinguished; buoys Guinea-Bissau is governed by a directly-elected President
and beacons may be missing, unlit, or out of position. who serves a 5-year term. The unicameral National People’s
Pub. 140
340 Guinea-Bissau
Assembly consists of 102 directly-elected members serving 4- Navigational Information
year terms.
The legal system is based on Portuguese and French civil Enroute Volume
law. Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
The capital is Bissau. and Northwest Africa.
Pub. 140
341
HAITI
General Cautions
Haiti, occupying the western third of the island of Hispanio- Armed attacks have been reported (2018) against vessels
la, is composed mostly of mountains which reach the coast in anchored off Port-au-Prince.
many places. The highest of the three major mountain ranges is
about 2,680m. Currency
There are several large fertile plains among the mountains.
The coast line is quite irregular producing numerous small The official unit of currency is the gourde, consisting of 100
bays and coves. centimes.
Pub. 140
342 Haiti
Industries
The main industries are agriculture, sugar refining, flour
milling, textiles, cement, and light assembly industries based
on imported parts.
Flag of Haiti
The main exports are reassembled manufactured goods,
Haiti is a republic. The country is divided into ten depart- clothing, coffee, oils, cocoa, and mangoes. The main export-
ments. trading partner is the United States.
Haiti is governed by a directly-elected President who serves The main imports are food, manufactured goods, machinery
a 5-year term. The bicameral National Assembly is composed and transport equipment, fuels, and raw materials. The main
of a directly-elected 30-member Senate, who serve 6-year import-trading partners are the United States, China, Nether-
terms, and a directly-elected 119-member Chamber of Depu- lands Antilles, and Indonesia.
ties, who serve 4-year terms.
The legal system is based on Roman civil law and influenced Languages
by the Napoleanic Code.
The capital is Port-au-Prince. French and Creole are the official languages.
Navigational Information
Holidays
Enroute Volume
The following holidays are observed:
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
January 1 New Year’s Day/Inde-
pendence Day Maritime Claims
January 2 Ancestor’s Day The maritime territorial claims of Haiti are, as follows:
April 7 Death of Toussaint
Louverture Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Pub. 140
Haiti 343
ti are requested to have their vessel masters provide a report to 2. Facsimile: 509-22-226366
the Autorite Portuaire Nationale (APN) in accordance with the 3. E-mail: apromap@yahoo.fr
Notice of Arrival procedures contained in the APN web site,
using the links Telechargements and Notice of Arrival. Time Zone
APN Home Page The Time Zone description is ROMEO (+5). Daylight Sav-
ings Time (QUEBEC (+4)) is observed from the second Sun-
http://apn.gouv.ht day in March until the first Sunday in November.
Vessels bound for Haitian ports shall comply with the APN U.S. Embassy
72-hour notification requirements. Vessels arriving from ports
in the greater Caribbean need to submit this information 24 The U.S. Embassy is situated at Tabarre 41, Route de
hours prior to arrival. The notification form and instructions for Tabarre, Port-au-Prince.
completion can be found at the APN web site. To minimize The mailing addresses are, as follows:
congestion, all ETA information should be sent by e-mail, as 1. Haiti address—
follows: P.O. Box 1634
1. Director of Operations: direxpl@yahoo.com Port-au-Prince
2. Designated Authority: cnanp_ad@hotmail.com 2. U. S. address—
Department of State
Search and Rescue 3400 Port-au-Prince Place
Washington, DC (20521-3400)
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Sema-
nah of the Haitian Maritime Navigation Service is responsible
for coordinating search and rescue operations and can be con- U. S. Embassy Haiti Home Page
tacted, as follows: https://ht.usembassy.gov
1. Telephone: 509-22-244668
Pub. 140
345
HONDURAS
Pub. 140
346 Honduras
Languages
Spanish is the official language. Amerindian dialects are also
spoken.
Meteorology
Marine weather, tidal, and astronomical information are
available, in English and Spanish, from the Honduras Merchant
Marine Directorate (http://www.marinamercante.gob.hn).
Flag of Honduras
Pub. 140
Honduras 347
Pub. 140
349
IRELAND
General 349 lantic Current. The winters are mild and the summers cool. The
Buoyage System 349 climate is consistently humid, and overcast about half the time.
Cautions 349 The terrain is mostly level with rolling interior plain sur-
Currency 350 rounded by rugged hills and low mountains terminating in sea
Firing Areas 350 cliffs on the W coast.
Fishing Areas 350
Government 350 Buoyage System
Holidays 351
Industries 351 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Languages 351 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Meteorology 351 The general direction of lateral buoyage along the S and E
Navigational Information 351 coasts of Ireland is, as follows:
Offshore Drilling 351 1. East from The Bull (51°35.5'N., 10°18.0'W.) along the
Pilotage 351 S coast to Tuskar Rock (52°20'N., 6°12.4'W.).
Pollution 351 2. North through the Irish Sea and the North Channel.
Regulations 352 3. West along the N coast as far as Malin Head
Search and Rescue 353 (53°22.6'N., 7°23.9'W.).
Ship Reporting System 354 The general direction of lateral buoyage along the W and N
Signals 354 coasts of Ireland is, as follows:
Submarine Operating Areas 354 1. North from The Bull along the W coast.
Time Zone 354 2. East along the N coast as far as Malin Head.
Traffic Separation Schemes 354 Ireland has recently completed virtual Automatic Identifica-
U.S. Embassy 354 tion System (AIS) Aids to Navigation (ATON) trials. For fur-
Vessel Traffic Service 354 ther information on AIS ATON, see North Atlantic Ocean—
Navigational Information.
General
Cautions
Ireland is located in Western Europe, occupying almost 85
per cent of the island of Ireland in the North Atlantic Ocean, W High Speed Craft
of Great Britain. High speed craft operate between the coast of Ireland and the
The climate is temperate maritime modified by the North At- coast of the United Kingdom. For further information on high
Pub. 140
350 Ireland
speed craft, see United Kingdom—Cautions—High Speed the surface.
Craft.
South Coast
Magnetic Anomalies Trawling is carried out year round on Nymphe Bank.
A local magnetic anomaly has been reported in the vicinity
of the Blasket Islands (52°05'N., 10°35'W.). East and North Coasts
From Tuscar Rock to Inishtrahull, trawling is carried on
Sea Level Changes throughout the year, mostly between Dublin Bay and Lough
On the W coast of Ireland, the sea level is raised by S and W Strangford, off Larne, and E of Inishtrahull and in the ap-
winds and lowered by N and E winds. proaches to North Channel.
Nets may be encountered off Waterford and South Wexford
Currency coast, up to 30 miles off, from February to June; close off the E
coast of Wexford and the coasts of Wicklow and Dublin, nets
The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100 may be encountered from October to January; from 10 to 25
cents. miles offshore between E and NE of Howth, from June to Au-
gust; off Ardglass, from May to August; close inshore off Kil-
Firing Areas keel, during September and October.
Firing danger areas are located off the coast of Ireland, as West Coast
follows: Some trawling is carried on in Dingle Bay, from October to
1. Gormanston Danger Area D1.—Extends 10 miles June, and in Galway Bay and Donegal Bay throughout the
offshore from Benhead (53°39'N., 6°13'W.). year.
2. Irish Naval Service Firing Practice Area D13.—Ex- Drift nets are also employed in Galway Bay during Septem-
tends 15 miles offshore between Galley Head (51°32'N., ber and October; off the N coast of Mayo and N and W coasts
8°57'W.) and Seven Heads (51°34'N., 8°43'W.). of Donegal, not far offshore, from July to September; and up to
3. Firing Practice Area D14.—Extends 20 miles SW 40 miles W of Inishtrahull, during January, February, May, and
from a line joining The Bull (51°35'N., 10°18'W.) and Great June.
Skellig, 14 miles NW, at the mouth of the Kenmare River.
4. Bear Island Firing Practice Area.—Extends 1 mile E Northwest Coast
from the rifle range located about 0.15 mile N of Leahern’s Trawling is carried out on the NW coast, on and E of Vidal
Point (51°38'N., 9°48'W.). The extremities of the area are Bank, and NW of Tory Island, in depths of 200 to 550m. These
marked by three lighted buoys. deep sea grounds extend N to St. Kilda and beyond.
5. Dundalk Rifle Range.—Extends E from a point 1
mile S of Soldiers Point (54°00.4'N., 6°20.8'W.).
6. Ballykinler Firing Range.—Near the coast about 1
mile E of Dundrum (54°15.4'N., 5°50.4'W.).
Government
Fishing Areas
Southwest Coast
Trawlers fish for a considerable distance off the SW coast of
Ireland, principally in the autumn, however, such vessels may
be encountered here at any time of year. The fishing grounds
are limited to within depths of 550m and extend from off Fast-
net Rock to a position in 51°10'N, 14°30'W, and then N to Por-
cupine Bank. These deep sea fishing grounds also extend S
from off Fastnet Rock to 49°00'N. Flag of Ireland
Fishing is sometimes carried out in the vicinity of Leck Rock
(51°29.5'N., 10°21.5'W.) and Edye Rock, 8 miles SSE. Ireland is a republic. The country is divided into 28 counties
Drift nets may be met with off the SW coast of Ireland far and three cities.
offshore from April to June and inshore during September and Ireland is governed by a directly-elected President who
October. serves a 7-year term. The Prime Minister is nominated by the
British and French mackerel drifters may be encountered House of Representatives and appointed by the President. The
during the months of April to June between the latitudes of the bicameral Parliament composed of the appointed 60-member
Fastnet and the Scilly Isles, and between the meridians of Senate, serving 5-year terms, and the 158-member House of
11°00'W and 6°00'W. Mackerel drifters normally lie to their Representatives, directly elected using a proportional represen-
nets, which may extend up to 3.5 miles and are only marked by tation system, serving 5-year terms.
a can buoy at the end and occasional floats. The usual lights for The legal system is based on English common law, substan-
a drift net vessel are exhibited by the drifters. It is not possible tially modified by indigenous concepts.
to steam over the drift nets without doing damage as they lie on The capital is Dublin.
Pub. 140
Ireland 351
Pub. 140
352 Ireland
the following information: whales or dolphins are taking.
1. Date and time pollution observed, if known. 8. Do not corral whales or dolphins between vessels.
2. Identity of observer. 9. Special care must be taken when young calves are
3. Location. seen. Do not come between a mother and her calf.
4. Estimated size. 10. Successive vessels must follow the same course.
5. Weather conditions. 11. Vessels should not spend more than 30 minutes with
6. Cause, if known. the whales or dolphins.
Contact information for MRCC Dublin is located in Search 12. Do not attempt to swim with the whales or dolphins.
and Rescue. Vessels that do encounter any species are encouraged to log
all sightings and to advise the Irish Whale and Dolphin Group
Regulations or the National Parks and Wildlife Service.
Pub. 140
Ireland 353
Pub. 140
354 Ireland
Pub. 140
355
ISRAEL
General 355 the NE side by Syria, on the SE side by Jordan and the Gulf of
Buoyage System 355 Aqaba, and on the SW side by Egypt. The country extends
Cautions 355 about 260 miles in a N/S direction and varies from 10 to 65
Currency 356 miles in width. The Sinai Peninsula was formerly occupied by
Firing Areas 356 Israel after the 1967 Six Day War until 1982. The Gaza Strip,
Government 357 the westernmost coastal area, is now largely administered by
Holidays 357 the Palestinian Authority. The Dead Sea, lying on the E side of
Industries 357 the country, is 400m below sea level and the lowest point on
Languages 358 the earth's surface. The terrain consists of low, coastal plains,
Meteorology 358 central mountains, and the Negev Desert in the S.
Navigational Information 358 The climate is primarily temperate, although it is hot and dry
Offshore Drilling 358 in the S and E areas.
Pollution 358
Regulations 358
Search and Rescue 359 Buoyage System
Ship Reporting System 359
Time Zone 360 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Traffic Separation Schemes 360 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
U.S. Embassy 360
Cautions
General
Locust Reports
Israel, located in the Middle East, is bordered on the NW See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa-
side by the Mediterranean Sea, on the N side by Lebanon, on tion.
Pub. 140
356 Israel
Gaza Blockade following positions:
The Israeli Navy is enforcing a blockade in the Gaza Mari- a. 33°00'14''N,34°59'04''E.
time Area. For further information on this area, see Regula- b. 32°58'44''N,34°52'53''E.
tions—Security Areas. c. 32°55'18''N,34°48'46''E.
d. 32°54'07''N,34°51'06''E.
Currency e. 32°56'50''N,34°54'17''E.
f. 32°57'55''N,34°59'05''E.
The official currency is the Israeli shekel, consisting of 100 8. Area 603.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
agorot. lowing positions:
a. 32°53'35''N,35°04'43''E.
Firing Areas b. 32°53'46''N,35°04'12''E.
c. 32°51'44''N,35°03'23''E.
Firing and bombing practices may take place off the coast of d. 32°51'33''N,35°03'59''E.
Israel in the exercise areas, as follows: Entry into this area is always prohibited.
1. Area 69A.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- 9. Area 30.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
lowing positions: lowing positions:
a. 33°05'40''N,35°06'13''E. a. 32°42'55''N,34°56'35''E.
b. 33°05'40''N,34°52'00''E. b. 32°42'56''N,34°52'59''E.
c. 33°08'52''N,34°52'54''E. c. 32°40'54''N,34°52'05''E.
d. 33°05'41''N,35°06'13''E. d. 32°40'54''N,34°55'39''E.
Entry into this area is always prohibited. Entry into this area is always prohibited.
2. Area 69B.—An area bounded by the coast and lines 10. Area 24.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
joining the following positions: lowing positions:
a. 33°05'24''N,34°59'10''E. a. 31°59'38''N,34°43'49''E.
b. 33°05'24''N,35°06'19''E. b. 32°00'20''N,34°35'11''E.
c. 33°03'42''N,35°06'17''E. c. 31°54'56''N,34°31'59''E.
d. 33°03'42''N,34°59'10''E. d. 31°55'38''N,34°41'49''E.
Entry into this area is prohibited during the hours of dark- e. 31°56'08''N,34°41'59''E.
ness. f. 31°56'08''N,34°42'18''E.
3. Area 69C.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- Entry into this area is always prohibited.
lowing positions: 11. Area 82.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
a. 33°05'38''N,35°06'13''E. lowing positions:
b. 33°05'40''N,34°59'10''E. a. 31°54'56''N,34°41'27''E.
c. 33°05'30''N,34°59'10''E. b. 31°55'02''N,34°41'05''E.
d. 33°05'30''N,35°06'13''E. c. 31°55'36''N,34°41'22''E.
This area is permanently closed but a permit for daylight d. 31°55'07''N,34°34'29''E.
entry can be obtained. e. 31°52'38''N,34°34'29''E.
4. Area 601.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- f. 31°51'08''N,34°37'41''E.
lowing positions: g. 31°51'07''N,34°39'33''E.
a. 32°58'20''N,35°04'42''E. Entry into this area is always prohibited.
b. 32°59'58''N,35°00'43''E. 12. Area 605.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
c. 32°56'51''N,34°59'27''E. lowing positions:
d. 32°57'14''N,35°04'30''E. a. 31°42'30''N,34°17'35''E.
Entry into this area is always prohibited. b. 31°35'43''N,34°29'28''E.
5. Area 602.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- c. 29°31'03''N,34°55'58''E.
lowing positions: d. 29°31'01''N,34°56'00''E.
a. 32°50'12''N,34°58'47''E. e. 29°30'56''N,34°55'54''E.
b. 32°52'13''N,34°54'49''E. f. 29°30'58''N,34°55'51''E.
c. 32°53'44''N,34°56'23''E. 13. Area 608.—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
d. 32°54'08''N,34°59'04''E. lowing positions:
e. 32°50'09''N,34°59'04''E. a. 31°44'26''N,34°35'47''E.
Entry into this area is always prohibited. b. 31°44'59''N,34°34'28''E.
6. Area 602A.—An area bounded by lines joining the c. 31°42'39''N,34°33'01''E.
following positions: d. 31°42'42''N,34°34'42''E.
a. 32°54'08''N,34°59'04''E. Entry into this area is always prohibited.
b. 32°53'44''N,34°56'23''E. 14. Area 608A.—An area bounded by lines joining the
c. 32°52'13''N,34°54'49''E. following positions:
d. 32°54'07''N,34°51'06''E. a. 31°44'59''N,34°34'28''E.
e. 32°56'50''N,34°54'17''E. b. 31°45'56''N,34°32'11''E.
f. 32°57'55''N,34°59'05''E. c. 31°42'38''N,34°32'11''E.
7. Area 602B.—An area bounded by lines joining the d. 31°42'39''N,34°33'01''E.
Pub. 140
Israel 357
Pub. 140
358 Israel
Languages ocean.
The best method of protecting harbor waters from foreign or-
The official language is Hebrew. Arabic is the official lan- ganisms that may exist in the ballast water collected in foreign
guage of the Arab minority. English is also widely used. harbors and near shore areas is for the ballast water to be ex-
changed in open ocean, beyond any continental shelf or fresh
Meteorology water current effect.
For vessels calling at Israeli Mediterranean ports, ballast ex-
Internet Weather Services change must be carried out in the Atlantic Ocean when practi-
Twenty-four hour maritime forecasts for coastal areas of Is- cable.
rael and the eastern Mediterranean Sea are available, in English Vessels failing to comply with the above procedure will not
and Hebrew, from the Israel Meteorological Service: be permitted to pump out their ballast water during their stay in
(http://www.ims.gov.il/IMSENG/All_Tahazit/homepage.htm). the port or while navigating along the coast of Israel.
A record of the location, date, and time of the ballast water
Navigational Information exchange should be entered in the ship’s log book, or in other
suitable documentation, such as an official ballast water record
Enroute Volumes book. Masters of vessels will be requested to provide ship’s in-
Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra- spectors (pilots) with a completed ballast water exchange re-
nean. port.
Pub. 172, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Red Sea and the Per-
sian Gulf. Pollution Reports
All vessels navigating in Israeli waters should report any pol-
Maritime Claims lution, grounding, or dangerous situation to the Marine and
The maritime territorial claims of Israel are, as follows: Coastal Pollution Division through RCC Haifa. Reports should
include the following details:
1. Date and time in UTC.
Territorial Sea 12 miles. * 2. Position of pollution/dangerous vessel.
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. ** 3. Spread and direction of spillage from polluting vessel.
Zone 4. Visible sheen or color of water surface.
5. Any other information concerning the type of pollu-
Continental Shelf Limit of Exploitation. tion, including length and breadth of surface area covered.
* Reduced to 3 miles off Gaza. The Oil Pollution Response Center is co-located with RCC
Haifa and can be contacted, as follows:
** To median lines or boundaries. 1. Telephone: 972-4-8632072
972-4-8632074
Internet Maritime Safety Information 2. Facsimile: 972-4-8632117
Notice to Mariners and other related information are avail-
able, in English and Hebrew, from the Israeli Administration of Civil Liability
Shipping and Ports: From 20 February 1997, entry to the territorial waters of Is-
(http://asp.mot.gov.il/en/shipping/notice2mariners). rael by oil tankers will be permitted only by those holding an
insurance policy covering civil liability for oil pollution dam-
Offshore Drilling age issued by their flag state.
Oil rigs and drilling platforms may be encountered off the MARPOL Special Area
coast. The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
Major gas fields off Israel are located, as follows: Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
1. Leviathan Gas Field (32°52'N., 33°25'E.). special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
2. Tamar Gas Field (32°50'N., 33°50'E.). in the sea have been adopted.
3. Mira (32°35'N., 34°00'E.). Further information can be found in North Atlantic
4. Dalit (32°30'N., 34°00'E.). Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
5. Arie (32°25'N., 34°10'E.).
6. Noa (31°50'N., 34°10'E.). Vessel Entrance Limitations
7. Mari-B (31°44'N., 34°17'E.). Vessels over a certain age carrying persistent oils (as stated
8. Marine (31°36'N., 34°10'E.). in Regulation 15a of Israeli Regulations of Shipping and Ports)
will not be allowed to enter Israeli territorial waters, as follows:
Pollution 1. Mediterranean Sea—Vessels 25 years of age and older.
2. Gulf of Eilat—Vessels 20 years of age and older.
Ballast Water Exchange
In order to prevent the import of non-native aquatic organ- Regulations
isms into the waters of the ports of Israel from ships’ ballast
water discharges, all ships destined for Israeli ports must ex- General
change any ballast water that has not been taken on in open Normal international courtesies, such as flying the flag of Is-
Pub. 140
Israel 359
rael at the foremast, should be carefully observed while in the lished off the coast of Gaza SW of Area L and is bounded by
waters and ports of Israel. lines joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
360 Israel
10. Vessel type and cargo on board. The file can be downloaded from the Israports web site:
11. Number of crew/passengers. http://eng.israports.co.il/TargetServices/Pages/download.aspx.
12. Agent’s name, telephone number, and facsimile. Vessels with internet access can submit the IMOT and 48-
13. Name of owner and operator. hour reports by registering at the Israel Ports Company TASK
14. Is the ship holding a valid International Ships Security YAM web site (https://taskyam.israports.co.il).
Certificate (ISPS)? All vessels shall contact the Israeli navy on VHF channel 16
15. What is the security level on board (Level 1, Level 2, when 25 miles off the coast. The report shall include the fol-
or Level 3)? lowing information:
16. Are there any guns or weapons on board? If yes, state 1. Vessel’s name and call sign.
type and quantity. 2. Present position, course, and speed.
17. Last port/previous port and date of departure. 3. ETA.
18. Destination. Note.—This contact with the Israeli navy is not a substitute
19. Present position, course, and speed. for the required IMOT report.
20. ETA (UTC). All vessels entering and leaving Israeli ports and proceeding
21. Crew list, including name, rank, nationality, residence to them must do so via the recommended route and approach
(country and city), age, gender, seniority in company, date of channels which may best be seen on the chart.
signing-on, passport number, and S.B. number.
22. AIS is activated.
Vessels which do not report according to the above IMOT Time Zone
procedures or do not comply with the ISPS Code will not be al-
lowed to enter Israeli territorial waters. The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
The vessel’s agent may be requested to furnish additional de- ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is maintained from the end of
tails to be submitted 48 hours prior to arrival according to the March until the end of October; the exact changeover date
nature of the last port of call. should be obtained from local authorities.
The IMOT report must be sent to the Israeli navy by one of
the following methods: Traffic Separation Schemes
1. Facsimile: 972-3-6064567
2. E-mail: shipping@idf.gov.il A Traffic Separation Scheme has been established by the
shipping@yam.netvision.net.il Government of Israel in the approaches to Ashdod. The
The Israeli navy will confirm receipt of the IMOT report via scheme is not IMO adopted.
INMARSAT-C.
If the vessel is not equipped with INMARSAT-C, or if com- U.S. Embassy
munication fails, the IMOT report should be sent through RCC
Haifa by e-mail (rcc@mot.gov.il) or by radio (VHF channel 16 The U.S. Embassy is situated at 14 David Flosser, Jerusalem.
or 70, 2187.5 kHz, 4207.5 kHz, 6312 kHz, or 8414.5 kHz). The mailing address is 14 David Flosser, Jerusalem
The report, when sent by e-mail, must be sent as an attach- 9378322.
ment as the information is being received by a computerized
process. The following instructions must be followed: U. S. Embassy Israel Home Page
1. The attached file must be in the approved format only.
2. The attached file must be named “crewreport.xls”. https://il.usembassy.gov
3. The subject line must be “crewreport”.
Pub. 140
361
ITALY
Pub. 140
362 Italy
protect the Barbara Oil Field and the Ivana Oil Field, as fol- Gulf of Venice consists of a circle with a radius of 1.5 miles
lows: centered on position 45°05.3'N, 12°35.1'E.
1. Ivana Oil Field Area to be Avoided—Bounded by
lines joining the following positions: Local Magnetic Anomalies
a. 44°12'48.0''N, 13°37’30.0''E. Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in the Sicilian
b. 44°17'00.0''N, 13°43’46.2''E. Channel, as follows:
c. 44°25'18.0''N, 13°37’28.2''E. 1. Close W of Pantellaria Bank in position 37°10'N,
d. 44°34'30.0''N, 13°25’28.2''E. 12°00'E.
e. 44°41'54.0''N, 13°24’58.2''E. 2. About 15 miles SSE of Terrible Bank in position
f. 44°52'00.0''N, 13°17’04.2''E. 36°55'N, 13°03'E.
g. 44°52'00.0''N, 13°05’46.2''E. Anomalies have been reported (1976) about 22 miles SSE of
h. 44°37'42.0''N, 13°07’54.0''E. Porto Palo, the SE extremity of Sicilia, in the vicinity of posi-
i. 44°23'00.0''N, 13°14’18.0''E. tion 36°20'N, 15°20'E.
This area must be avoided by all vessels greater than 200 Submarine high tension cables extending W of the Italian
gt. mainland pass N of Isola d’Elba and can cause significant mag-
2. Barbara Oil Field Area to be Avoided—Bounded by netic compass deviations.
lines joining the following positions: Local compass deflections have been reported, off the E
a. 43°58'24.0''N, 13°52’42.0''E. coast of Sardinia, between Aranci (40°59.3'N., 9°36.9'E.) and
b. 44°01'24.0''N, 13°56’48.0''E. Arbatax (39°56.5'N., 9°42.2'E.).
c. 44°09'00.0''N, 13°40’30.0''E.
d. 44°06'36.0''N, 13°37’90.0''E. Currency
This area must be avoided by all vessels greater than 200
gt. The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
A third IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided has been estab- cents.
lished W of the approaches to the Gulf of Venice Traffic Sepa-
ration Scheme. The area is bounded by a circle with a radius of Firing Areas
1.5 miles centered on position 45°05.3'N, 12°35.1'E. Anchor-
ing is prohibited in this area. Firing danger areas off the coast of Italy are subject to spe-
Three Areas to be Avoided, best seen on the chart, are locat- cial regulations. Within territorial waters regulations may pro-
ed NW and SE of Brindisi (40°39'N., 17°58'E.). To avoid the hibit navigation or give notice of danger. Outside the territorial
risk of pollution and damage to the environment, all vessels limits notices of danger may be promulgated.
carrying dangerous or toxic cargo, and all vessels greater than These regulations and notices of danger may be published in
500 gross tons, should avoid these areas. local Notices to Mariners and Port Authority Orders or broad-
cast by coastal radio stations.
Buoyage System Warning signals for gunnery or torpedo launching exercises
consist of the flag hoist “B.” In addition, the appropriate Inter-
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See national Code Signal can be shown. Aircraft flying in the vicin-
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. ity of a prohibited or danger area will be warned by a series of
Along the Italian coast cable landing sites and the limits of rockets, launched at 10-second intervals, which explode in red
the associated prohibited anchorage areas are indicated by yel- or green lights. These signals may be made from shore or an-
low posts displayed in the vicinity of buildings associated with other aircraft.
the cable landing, as follows: Each area is indicated by a letter of the alphabet followed by
1. Power cables—Balls, with the upper half painted yel- three numbers. The significance of each is, as follows:
low and the lower half painted black, displaying the letter E 1. The identifying letter indicates the type of activity
and surmounted by an X topmark. which is responsible for the prohibition or danger in the area.
2. Telephone cables—Balls, with the upper half painted 2. The first of the three numbers identifies the type of ar-
yellow and the lower half painted black, displaying the letter ea and is the same for all areas of the same type. The second
T and surmounted by an X topmark. number identifies the area which has jurisdiction (0 for La
In 2011, the National Lights Department announced that Spezia, 1 for Cagliari, 2 for Messina, 3 for Taranto, and 4 for
maintenance on racons has ceased. When a racon becomes Ancona). The third number identifies the specific area.
non-operational, it will be removed from service and not re- 3. The letters identifying the area and the corresponding
paired. first number are:
T8—Areas used for firing exercises (sea-to-ground).
Cautions E3—Areas used for firing exercises (ground-to-sea).
M5—Areas in which submarine obstacles are present.
Locust Reports S7—Areas used for submarine exercises.
See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa- In addition to the areas mentioned above, there are zones of
tion. restricted airspace identified by the letters P (Prohibited), R
(Restricted), or D (Dangerous). These zones, used for air to air
No Anchorage Area and/or air to surface firing practice, extend from the water sur-
A mandatory no anchorage area in the approaches to the face, and therefore may constitute a hazard to surface naviga-
Pub. 140
Italy 363
D5—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: D87—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 43°42'07''N, 7°50'15''E. a. 44°36'40''N, 12°53'35''E.
b. 43°57'00''N, 8°20'00''E. b. 43°48'06''N, 13°31'47''E.
c. 43°56'27''N, 8°37'28''E. c. 43°46'27''N, 13°13'11''E.
d. 43°51'06''N, 8°38'57''E. d. 43°53'48''N, 12°34'58''E.
e. 43°29'35''N, 8°36'06''E. e. 44°26'25''N, 12°09'42''E.
f. 43°26'05''N, 8°28'41''E. Hazardous air space due to in-flight refueling operations.
g. 43°32'26''N, 8°03'34''E. In operation 24 hours.
Hazardous air space due to intense military aircraft activity.
Scheduled continuously from 0900 to 2400 Monday to Friday. D91—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 43°43'00''N, 7°52'00''E.
D10—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: b. 43°57'00''N, 8°20'00''E.
a. 44°42'00''N, 12°26'00''E. c. 43°55'00''N, 9°20'00''E.
b. 44°37'00''N, 12°31'00''E. d. 43°31'00''N, 9°30'00''E.
c. 44°31'00''N, 12°28'00''E. e. 43°17'00''N, 9°30'00''E.
d. 44°34'00''N, 12°15'00''E. Hazardous air space due to intense military aircraft activity.
e. 44°37'00''N, 12°15'00''E. Scheduled continuously from 0900 to 2400 Monday to Friday.
Hazardous air space due to firing practice. In operation 24
hours. D91A—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 43°43'00''N, 7°52'00''E.
D29—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: b. 43°57'00''N, 8°20'00''E.
a. 43°10'00''N, 9°45'00''E. c. 43°56'27''N, 8°37'28''E.
b. 43°10'00''N, 9°55'00''E. d. 42°29'06''N, 8°45'00''E.
c. 43°00'00''N, 10°02'00''E. Hazardous air space due to intense military aircraft activity.
d. 42°40'00''N, 10°02'00''E. Scheduled continuously from 0900 to 2400 Monday to Friday.
e. 42°40'00''N, 10°20'00''E.
f. 42°19'00''N, 10°34'00''E. E301—Bounded by the parallels 43°45'30''N and
g. 42°07'00''N, 10°25'00''E. 43°48'30''N, the meridian 10°10'00''E, and the coast.
h. 42°20'00''N, 9°45'00''E except for an area with a radius
of 4 miles centered on position 42°35'00''N, 10°05'00''E. E302—Bounded by the parallels 43°03'00''N and
Hazardous air space due to intense military aircraft activity. 43°00'00''N, the meridian 10°27'18''E, and the coast.
D37—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: E303—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 44°00'40''N, 9°35'00''E. a. 43°41'50''N, 10°16'48''E.
b. 44°03'32''N, 9°51'10''E. b. 43°41'00''N, 10°14'00''E.
c. 43°50'00''N, 9°59'00''E. c. 43°41'00''N, 10°13'00''E.
d. 43°50'00''N, 9°47'00''E. d. 43°44'00''N, 10°13'00''E.
Hazardous air space from surface to unlimited ceiling for fir- e. 43°44'00''N, 10°15'00''E.
ing practice. Scheduled continuously from 0001 Monday to
2400 Friday. E304—Bounded by the coast and a line joining the follow-
ing positions:
D67—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: a. 42°16'30''N, 11°39'40''E. (coast)
a. 42°18'00''N, 9°42'00''E. b. 42°17'16''N, 11°33'29''E.
b. 42°19'00''N, 9°47'00''E. c. 42°12'38''N, 11°33'24''E
c. 42°07'00''N, 10°26'00''E. d. 42°10'05''N, 11°40'15''E.
d. 41°34'00''N, 10°42'00''E. e. 42°15'05''N, 11°40'48''E. (coast)
e. 41°14'00''N, 9°42'00''E.
Hazardous airspace from an altitude of 14,400m for air-to- E305—The area enclosed by the minor arc of a circle with a
air firing practice. Scheduled Monday through Friday from radius of 4.5 miles centered on Torre Flavia between the bear-
0630 to 1630. ings of 175° and 280°.
D84—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: E343—Bounded by the parallels 43°50'00''N and
a. 40°34'30''N, 12°19'47''E. 43°53'00''N, and the meridians 13°02'00''E and 13°06'00''E.
b. 40°24'19''N, 12°49'30''E.
c. 39°59'28''N, 12°49'30''E. E344—Bounded by the parallel 43°58'25''N, the coast, and
d. 39°13'26''N, 12°22'13''E. the meridians 12°50'00''E and 12°54'00''E.
e. 39°24'02''N, 11°51'16''E. The area is further subdivided into the following zones:
Pub. 140
364 Italy
a. West of the meridian 12°53'00''E. c. 43°57'24''N, 10°10'00''E.
b. East of the meridian 12°53'00''E. d. 43°50'00''N, 10°06'00''E.
e. 43°54'00''N, 9°54'00''E.
E345—Bounded by the parallels 44°01'00''N and The area is further subdivided into the following zones:
44°02'00''N, the meridian 12°44'00''E, and the coast. 1. Zone A—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
tions:
E346—Bounded by the coast and lines joining the following a. 44°01'00''N, 9°58'06''E.
positions: b. 44°01'00''N, 10°05'00''E.
a. 44°39'02.4''N, 12°15'10.8''E. c. 43°56'00''N, 10°02'18''E.
b. 44°43'00.0''N, 12°32'00.0''E. d. 43°58'00''N, 9°56'24''E.
c. 44°34'00.0''N, 12°32'00.0''E. 2. Zone B—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
d. 44°33'40.2''N, 12°26'34.8''E. tions:
e. 44°32'00.0''N, 12°26'36.0''E. a. 44°01'00''N, 10°05'00''E.
f. 44°33'01.2''N, 12°17'00.6''E. b. 43°57'24''N, 10°10'00''E.
The area is further subdivided into the following zones: c. 43°54'00''N, 10°08'12''E.
a. West of the meridian 12°22'00''E. d. 43°56'00''N, 10°02'18''E.
b. East of the meridian 12°22'00''E. 3. Zone C—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
The area is permanently prohibited to sailing and fishing due tions:
to firing practice from 0800 until 2400 on Monday through a. 43°58'00''N, 9°56'24''E.
Thursday and from 0800 to 1630 each Friday. b. 43°54'00''N, 10°08'12''E.
c. 43°50'00''N, 10°06'00''E.
M501—Bounded by the parallels 44°08'00''N and d. 43°54'00''N, 9°54'00''E.
44°00'00''N, and the meridians 9°30'00''E and 9°50'00''E. The The Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern
area is further subdivided into the following zones: equipment for mechanical and magnetic sweeping or wire-
1. Parallels 44°00'00''N and the coast, and the meridians guided underwater craft.
9°42'45'' and 9°50'00''E.
2. Parallels 44°08'00''N and 44°00'00''N, and the meridi- P2—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
ans 9°36'00''E and 9°42'45''E. a. 44°11'50''N, 9°40'00''E.
3. Parallels 44°08'00''N and 44°00'00''N, and the meridi- b. 44°08'00''N, 10°01'00''E.
ans 9°30'00''E and 9°36'00''E. c. 44°00'20''N, 10°01'00''E.
The Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern d. 44°03'32''N, 9°51'10''E.
equipment for mechanical and magnetic sweeping or underwa- e. 44°01'30''N, 9°40'00''E.
ter wire-guided craft. Airspace prohibited from the surface up to an altitude of
7,450m.
M502—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 44°00'04''N, 9°58'14''E. P3—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
b. 44°00'40''N, 9°59'00''E. a. 44°03'32''N, 9°51'10''E.
c. 44°03'54''N, 9°54'00''E. b. 43°54'06''N, 10°06'40''E.
d. 44°04'36''N, 9°53'01''E. c. 43°50'00''N, 9°59'00''E.
e. 44°04'00''N, 9°52'22''E. Prohibited airspace from the surface up to unlimited ceiling
f. 44°03'18''N, 9°53'20''E. for firing practice. Scheduled continuously from 0800 to 1700
The area is further subdivided into the following zones: Monday through Friday from 1 September to 30 June.
1. M502A—Bounded by a line joining the following po-
sitions: R42—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 44°00'04''N, 9°58'14''E. a. 42°16'30''N, 11°39'40''E.
b. 44°00'40''N, 9°59'00''E. b. 42°17'16''N, 11°33'29''E.
c. 44°03'54''N, 9°54'00''E. c. 42°12'38''N, 11°33'24''E.
d. 44°03'18''N, 9°53'20''E. d. 42°10'05''N, 11°40'15''E.
2. M502B—Bounded by lines joining the following posi- e. 42°15'05''N, 11°40'48''E.
tions: Regulated air space from the surface up to an altitude of
a. 44°03'54''N, 9°54'00''E. 900m from sunrise to sunset for firing practice. Scheduled
b. 44°04'36''N, 9°53'01''E. from 30 minutes prior to sunrise and 30 minutes after sunset.
c. 44°04'00''N, 9°52'22''E.
d. 44°03'18''N, 9°53'20''E. R14—Bounded by a lines joining the following positions:
Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern equip- a. 42°00'57''N, 11°58'26''E.
ment for mechanical and magnetic sweeping or wire-guided b. 41°59'10''N, 12°02'00''E.
underwater craft. c. 41°55'00''N, 11°57'30''E.
d. 41°58'30''N, 11°55'12''E.
M503—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: e. 42°00'28''N, 11°58'06''E.
a. 44°01'00''N, 9°58'06''E.
b. 44°01'00''N, 10°05'00''E. R21—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
Italy 365
T842—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: D112A/B—Bounded by a line joining the following posi-
a. 43°13'00''N, 14°19'00''E. tions:
b. 43°25'00''N, 14°33'00''E. a. 40°15'00''N, 10°00'00''E.
c. 43°11'00''N, 14°55'00''E. b. 40°15'00''N, 11°31'00''E.
d. 42°59'00''N, 14°41'00''E. c. 40°11'00''N, 11°33'00''E.
d. 39°32'00''N, 11°38'00''E.
D40A—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: e. 38°52'00''N, 11°28'00''E.
a. 40°20'00''N, 8°10'00''E. f. 39°10'00''N, 10°00'00''E.
b. 38°40'00''N, 8°10'00''E. g. 39°28'00''N, 9°38'00''E.
Pub. 140
366 Italy
h. 39°43'00''N, 9°40'00''E. e. 38°49'00''N, 8°26'00''E. (coast of Isla Rossa)
Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ- f. 38°57'00''N, 8°37'06''E.
ity and firing exercises. The area is operational from 21 Sep-
tember to 20 June, Monday to Friday from 0700 to 1700, C311—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
except public holidays. a. 38°57'00''N, 8°37'06''E.
b. 38°56'00''N, 8°31'42''E.
D113A/B—Bounded by a line joining the following posi- c. 38°54'00''N, 8°30'42''E.
tions: d. 38°51'48''N, 8°31'24''E.
a. 40°37'00''N, 9°50'00''E. e. 38°50'00''N, 8°32'48''E.
b. 40°40'00''N, 10°35'00''E. f. 38°49'00''N, 8°37'00''E.
c. 40°40'00''N, 10°50'00''E. g. 38°48'54''N, 8°41'18''E.
d. 39°20'00''N, 10°50'00''E. h. 38°50'36''N, 8°44'42''E.
e. 39°20'00''N, 9°47'00''E. i. 38°52'18''N, 8°45'48''E.
f. 39°24'00''N, 9°40'00''E. j. 38°55'10''N, 8°42'30''E.
Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ- Note.—This area is a subzone of Area E311.
ity and firing exercises. The area is operational from 21 Sep-
tember to 20 June, Monday to Friday from 0700 to 1700, R39—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
except public holidays. a. 39°54'40''N, 9°44'20''E.
b. 40°08'00''N, 9°52'50''E.
D114A/B—Bounded by a line joining the following posi- c. 40°00'00''N, 10°08'00''E.
tions: d. 39°48'00''N, 10°00'00''E.
a. 40°37'00''N, 9°54'00''E. e. 39°26'30''N, 9°37'00''E.
b. 40°42'00''N, 11°17'00''E. f. 39°34'27''N, 9°24'35''E.
c. 40°11'00''N, 11°33'00''E. g. 39°39'55''N, 9°21'54''E.
d. 39°46'00''N, 11°36'00''E. Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ-
e. 39°02'00''N, 10°17'00''E. ity and firing exercises. The area is operational from 21 Sep-
f. 39°04'00''N, 10°08'00''E. tember to 20 June Monday to Friday from 0700 to 1900,
g. 39°26'00''N, 9°38'00''E. except public holidays.
Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ-
ity and firing exercises. The area is operational from 21 Sep- R46—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
tember to 20 June, Monday to Friday from 0700 to 1700, a. 39°05'00''N, 8°29'00''E.
except public holidays. b. 38°57'00''N, 8°43'00''E.
c. 38°50'00''N, 8°51'00''E.
D115A/B—Bounded by a line joining the following posi- d. 38°41'00''N, 8°51'00''E.
tions: e. 38°41'00''N, 8°45'00''E.
a. 40°39'25''N, 10°31'48''E. f. 38°50'00''N, 8°23'00''E.
b. 40°42'00''N, 11°17'00''E. Regulated air space from the surface up to an altitude of
c. 40°11'00''N, 11°33'00''E. 8,000m. Scheduled continuously from 0001 Monday to 2400
d. 39°32'00''N, 11°38'00''E. Saturday, except public holidays.
e. 38°52'00''N, 11°28'00''E.
f. 39°03'49''N, 10°30'32''E. R54—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ- a. 40°20'00''N, 8°10'00''E.
ity. The area is operational Monday to Friday from 0500 to b. 40°20'00''N, 8°15'00''E.
2200, except public holidays. c. 40°09'00''N, 8°27'30''E.
d. 39°35'02''N, 8°49'49''E.
D115C—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: e. 39°19'00''N, 8°51'00''E.
a. 40°39'25''N, 10°31'48''E. f. 39°06'00''N, 8°26'14''E.
b. 39°03'49''N, 10°30'32''E. g. 38°45'00''N, 8°10'00''E.
c. 39°10'00''N, 10°00'00''E. Regulated air space from the surface up to an altitude of
d. 39°24'00''N, 9°40'00''E. 19,200m. Scheduled continuously, from Monday to Friday, ex-
e. 40°37'00''N, 9°54'00''E. cept public holidays.
Regulated air space due to intensive military aircraft activ-
ity. The area is operational Monday to Friday from 0500 to R59—A circle with a radius of 5 miles centered on position
2200, except public holidays. 39°46'00''N, 8°27'00''E.
Regulated air space from the surface up to an altitude of
E311—Bounded by the coast and a line joining the follow- 4,500m due to air-to-ground firing practice. Scheduled contin-
ing positions: uously from 0001 Sunday to 1200 Saturday, except public hol-
a. 38°55'10''N, 8°42'30''E. idays.
b. 38°50'00''N, 8°48'00''E.
c. 38°46'15''N, 8°48'00''E. T811—Bounded by the coast and a line joining the follow-
d. 38°43'30''N, 8°41'15''E. ing positions:
Pub. 140
Italy 367
Pub. 140
368 Italy
M522—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: Regulated air space from the surface up to ceiling unlimited
a. The coast, 15°17'00''E. due to intense air-to-ground firing. The area is operational
b. 38°14'00''N, 15°17'00''E. Monday to Friday from 0500 to 2200, except public holidays.
c. 38°20'00''N, 15°30'00''E.
d. 38°20'00''N, 15°37'00''E. T821—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
e. The coast, 15°37'00''E. a. 37°22'30''N, 15°20'00''E.
The area is further subdivided into the following zones: b. 37°22'30''N, 15°29'00''E.
1. Zone A—Bounded by lines joining the following posi- c. 37°04'30''N, 15°29'00''E.
tions: d. 37°04'30''N, 15°21'24''E.
a. The coast, 15°17'00''E. e. 37°14'14''N, 15°15'15''E.
b. 38°14'00''N, 15°17'00''E.
c. 38°17'12''N, 15°24'00''E. T822—Bounded by the parallels 37°11'00''N and
d. The coast, 15°24'00''E. 36°51'00''N, and the meridians 15°25'00''E and 15°53'00''E.
2. Zone B—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
tions: T823—Bounded by the parallels 37°25'00''N and
a. The coast, 15°24'00''E. 37°15'00''N, and the meridians 15°35'00''E and 15°48'00''E.
b. 38°17'12''N, 15°24'00''E.
c. 38°20'00''N, 15°30'00''E. T824—Bounded by the parallels 37°11'00''N and
d. The coast, 15°30'00''E. 37°00'00''N, and the meridians 15°25'00''E and 15°43'00''E.
3. Zone C—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
tions: Augusta—Punta Izzo—Bounded by the parallels
a. The coast, 15°30'00''E. 37°14'15''N and 37°18'21''N and the meridians 15°15'18''E and
b. 38°20'00''N, 15°30'00''E. 15°17'51''E.
c. 38°20'00''N, 15°37'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
d. The coast, 15°37'00''E. arms.
Naval units present in this zone have on their stern equip-
ment for mechanical, magnetic-sweeping, or wire-guided un- Messina—Tono—Bounded by a line joining the following
derwater craft. positions:
a. 38°17'39''N, 15°34'06''E.
P31—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: b. 38°17'35''N, 15°34'35''E.
a. 37°18'00''N, 15°20'00''E. c. 38°17'20''N, 15°34'18''E.
b. 37°05'00''N, 15°20'00''E. d. 38°17'23''N, 15°34'05''E.
c. 37°05'00''N, 15°05'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
d. 37°18'00''N, 15°05'00''E. arms.
R105—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: Milazzo—Rio Rosso—Bounded by a line joining the fol-
a. 38°45'00''N, 13°41'00''E. lowing positions:
b. 38°32'32''N, 13°39'27''E. a. 38°12'00''N, 15°11'30''E.
c. 38°08'00''N, 13°27'00''E. b. 38°12'30''N, 15°12'00''E.
d. 37°53'00''N, 14°17'00''E. c. 38°12'00''N, 15°13'20''E.
e. 38°45'00''N, 14°04'00''E. d. 38°11'15''N, 15°13'00''E.
Regulated air space due to intense military aircraft activity. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
Scheduled Monday to Friday from 0500 to 2300, except arms.
public holidays.
Trapani—Fassino Custonaci—Bounded by a line joining
R106—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: the following positions:
a. 37°43'00''N, 13°34'30''E. a. 38°08'30''N, 12°40'54''E.
b. 37°42'00''N, 13°25'00''E. b. 38°08'40''N, 12°43'02''E.
c. 37°09'00''N, 13°25'00''E. c. 38°06'20''N, 12°42'27''E.
d. 36°35'00''N, 13°55'00''E. d. 38°07'10''N, 12°39'30''E.
e. 36°35'00''N, 14°09'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
f. 37°32'00''N, 14°17'30''E. arms.
Regulated air space due to intense military aircraft activity.
The area is operational Monday to Friday from 0500 to Agrigento—Drasi (Zone A)—Bounded by a line joining
2300, except public holidays. the following positions:
a. 37°13'13''N, 13°38'43''E.
R38A/B—A circle with a radius of 15 miles centered on po- b. 37°11'36''N, 13°39'38''E.
sition 36°40'20''N, 15°00'53''E and bounded on the S by a line c. 37°09'21''N, 13°37'23''E.
joining the following positions: d. 37°13'35''N, 13°35'15''E.
a. 36°30'00'N,14°47'03''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
b. 36°30'00'N,15°14'26''E. arms.
Pub. 140
Italy 369
Pub. 140
370 Italy
E336—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: The Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern
a. 41°27'16''N, 12°40'55''E. equipment for mechanical, magnetic-sweeping, or wire-guided
b. 41°22'00''N, 12°36'00''E. underwater craft.
c. 41°16'00''N, 12°55'00''E.
d. 41°20'30''N, 12°55'50''E. M534—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
e. 41°24'57''N, 12°48'37''E. a. 40°38'24''N, 18°01'30''E.
b. 40°39'12''N, 18°04'00''E.
E337—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: c. 40°36'12''N, 18°06'30''E.
a. 38°49'49''N, 16°38'29''E. d. 40°35'13''N, 18°04'00''E.
b. 38°50'15''N, 16°38'45''E. The Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern
c. 38°50'11''N, 16°39'17''E. equipment for mechanical, magnetic-sweeping, or wire-guided
d. 38°48'37''N, 16°41'11''E. underwater craft.
e. 38°47'53''N, 16°39'59''E.
f. 38°47'53''N, 16°37'45''E. P8A/B—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 41°28'25''N, 12°41'46''E.
E338—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: b. 41°24'51''N, 12°48'42''E.
a. 40°25'31''N, 18°15'30''E. c. 41°24'17''N, 12°45'40''E.
b. 40°30'20''N, 18°16'30''E. d. 41°26'45''N, 12°40'47''E.
c. 40°29'25''N, 18°19'03''E. Prohibited air space (hazardous outside territorial waters)
d. 40°27'45''N, 18°20'58''E. from the surface to unlimited ceiling due to firing practice
e. 40°25'55''N, 18°22'28''E. and airborne target towing.
f. 40°23'05''N, 18°23'18''E.
g. 40°23'54''N, 18°17'30''E. P55—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 40°25'31''N, 18°15'30''E.
E339—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: b. 40°30'20''N, 18°16'30''E.
a. 41°09'05''N, 16°47'18''E. c. 40°29'25''N, 18°19'03''E.
b. 41°11'20''N, 16°47'08''E. d. 40°27'45''N, 18°20'58''E.
c. 41°10'57''N, 16°48'59''E. e. 40°25'55''N, 18°22'28''E.
d. 41°09'40''N, 16°50'12''E. f. 40°23'05''N, 18°23'18''E.
e. 41°09'03''N, 16°47'34''E. g. 40°23'54''N, 18°17'30''E.
Regulated air space due to firing exercises and intense mil-
E3310—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: itary aircraft activities.
a. 41°21'45''N, 16°12'16''E.
b. 41°26'00''N, 16°13'29''E. P97—A circle with a radius of 1 mile centered on position
c. 41°24'00''N, 16°19'09''E. 41°25'27''N, 12°48'23''E.
d. 41°21'20''N, 16°16'23''E.
e. 41°20'30''N, 16°14'08''E. R7—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 41°25'50''N, 12°38'00''E.
E341—Bounded by the parallel 42°07'00''N, the coast, and b. 41°28'55''N, 12°42'40''E.
the meridians 14°44'00''E and 14°47'00''E. c. 41°23'10''N, 12°53'30''E.
d. 41°15'00''N, 12°54'00''E.
M531—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: e. 41°10'25''N, 12°50'00''E.
a. 40°46'00''N, 13°51'00''E. f. 41°15'00''N, 12°44'00''E.
b. 40°43'00''N, 13°50'00''E. Regulated air space from surface up to unlimited ceiling
c. 40°44'00''N, 13°40'00''E. due to intensive firing practice. The area is operational from
d. 40°49'00''N, 13°42'00''E. 1 September to 30 June, except for public holidays, accord-
ing to the following schedule:
M532—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: • Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday—from
a. 40°26'00''N, 16°56'00''E. 0730 to 1700.
b. 40°26'00''N, 17°05'30''E. • Thursday—From 0730 to 2200.
c. 40°21'00''N, 17°05'30''E.
d. 40°21'00''N, 16°52'00''E. R24—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
The Naval Units present in this zone have on their stern a. 40°32'27''N, 14°54'36''E.
equipment for mechanical, magnetic-sweeping, or wire-guided b. 40°30'18''N, 14°49'12''E.
underwater craft. c. 40°24'54''N, 14°52'30''E.
d. 40°27'21''N, 14°57'42''E.
M533—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: Regulated air space from surface to 1,500m (hazardous
a. The coast, 17°12'20''E. outside territorial waters) due to firing exercise.
b. 40°24'00''N, 17°12'20''E.
c. 40°23'54''N, 17°13'24''E. P27—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
d. The coast, 17°13'24''E. a. 40°37'00''N, 17°03'00''E.
Pub. 140
Italy 371
P27A—A circle with a radius of 1,500m centered on posi- R88B—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
tion 40°29'06''N, 17°15'16''E. Scheduled on Monday/Wednes- a. 40°35'30''N, 17°56'00''E.
day/Friday from 0700 to 1700. b. 40°40'45''N, 18°05'43''E.
c. 40°34'44''N, 18°11'00''E.
R60—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: d. 40°22'45''N, 18°03'00''E.
a. 40°26'00''N, 17°41'00''E. e. 40°25'48''N, 17°53'00''E.
b. 40°26'00''N, 17°53'00''E. f. 40°29'16''N, 17°53'00''E.
c. 40°15'00''N, 18°27'00''E. Regulated air space due to intense firing activity. Sched-
d. 40°00'00''N, 18°44'00''E. uled Monday to Friday from 0700 to 1500, except public
e. 39°40'00''N, 18°40'00''E. holidays.
f. 39°40'00''N, 17°41'00''E.
g. 40°15'00''N, 17°34'00''E. R116 (Zone A)—Bounded by a line joining the following
Regulated air space due to firing exercise. Scheduled positions:
Monday to Thursday from 0600 to 2300 and Friday from a. 41°34'00''N, 16°00'00''E.
0600 to 1800, except public holidays. b. 41°42'16''N, 16°11'55''E.
c. 41°34'22''N, 16°30'10''E.
R60A—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: d. 41°23'00''N, 16°17'30''E.
a. 40°26'00''N, 17°11'00''E. e. 41°27'22''N, 16°02'15''E.
b. 40°26'00''N, 17°41'00''E.
c. 40°15'00''N, 17°34'00''E. R116 (Zone B)—Bounded by a line joining the following
d. 39°40'00''N, 17°41'00''E. positions:
e. 39°40'00''N, 17°10'00''E. a. 41°42'16''N, 16°11'55''E.
Regulated air space due to firing exercise. Scheduled b. 41°54'00''N, 16°29'03''E.
Monday to Thursday from 0600 to 2300 and Friday from c. 41°41'00''N, 16°46'00''E.
0600 to 1800, except public holidays. d. 41°36'00''N, 16°32'00''E.
e. 41°34'22''N, 16°30'10''E.
R66 (Zone A)—Bounded by a line joining the following po-
sitions: R118—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
a. 40°20'32''N, 16°16'00''E. a. 41°40'00''N, 15°16'00''E.
b. 40°26'00''N, 16°50'00''E. b. 42°00'00''N, 14°42'00''E.
c. 40°26'00''N, 17°10'00''E. c. 42°17'00''N, 14°50'00''E.
d. 40°09'00''N, 17°35'00''E. d. 42°20'00''N, 15°04'00''E.
e. 39°21'41''N, 17°44'28''E. e. 42°03'00''N, 15°28'00''E.
f. 39°10'00''N, 17°10'00''E.
g. 40°00'00''N, 16°00'00''E. T831—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
Regulated air space due to intense military aircraft activity. a. 41°20'30''N, 12°56'00''E.
Scheduled Monday to Friday from 0500 to 2200 and Satur- b. 41°16'00''N, 12°55'00''E.
day from 0500 to 1300, except public holidays. c. 41°15'50''N, 12°59'40''E.
d. 41°17'30''N, 12°56'15''E.
R66 (Zone B)—Bounded by a line joining the following po- Zone set aside for firing practice by Coast Guard units and
sitions: is an extension of E334.
a. 40°26'00''N, 17°10'00''E.
b. 40°26'00''N, 17°53'00''E. T832—Bounded by the parallels 39°58'00''N and
c. 40°20'00''N, 18°07'00''E. 40°17'00''N, the meridian 16°51'00''E, and the coast.
d. 39°51'00''N, 18°42'00''E.
e. 39°40'00''N, 18°40'00''E. T833—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
f. 39°21'41''N, 17°44'28''E. a. 40°24'30''N, 17°12'15''E.
g. 40°09'00''N, 17°35'00''E. b. 40°24'13''N, 17°13'49''E.
Regulated air space due to firing exercise. Scheduled c. 40°24'05''N, 17°14'10''E.
Monday to Friday from 0500 to 2300 and Saturday from d. 40°21'45''N, 17°16'20''E.
0500 to 1300, except public holidays. e. 40°16'30''N, 17°30'00''E.
f. 40°00'00''N, 17°30'00''E.
R88A—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: g. 40°07'00''N, 17°12'00''E.
a. 40°35'30''N, 17°56'00''E.
b. 40°40'45''N, 18°05'43''E. T833-ALFA—Bounded by a line joining the following posi-
c. 40°35'40''N, 18°09'58''E. tions:
Pub. 140
372 Italy
a. 40°16'30''N, 17°30'00''E. a. 40°24'13''N, 17°13'49''E.
b. 40°21'45''N, 17°16'20''E. b. 40°22'30''N, 17°11'30''E.
c. 40°24'05''N, 17°14'10''E. c. 40°21'42''N, 17°12'42''E.
d. 40°24'13''N, 17°13'49''E. d. 40°21'32''N, 17°14'30''E.
e. 40°24'30''N, 17°12'15''E. e. 40°22'00''N, 17°16'00''E.
f. 40°17'00''N, 17°12'00''E. f. 40°24'05''N, 17°14'10''E.
g. 40°17'00''N, 17°15'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
h. 40°10'00''N, 17°30'00''E. arms.
Note.—This area is a subzone of Area T833.
Brindisi—Punta della Contessa—An area bounded by a
T833-BRAVO—Bounded by a line joining the following line joining the following positions:
positions: a. 40°35'32''N, 18°02'26''E.
a. 40°17'00''N, 17°12'00''E. b. 40°36'18''N, 18°02'06''E.
b. 40°17'00''N, 17°15'00''E. c. 40°39'41''N, 18°02'08''E.
c. 40°10'00''N, 17°30'00''E. d. 40°36'05''N, 18°06'21''E.
d. 40°00'00''N, 17°30'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
e. 40°07'00''N, 17°12'00''E. arms.
Note.—This area is a subzone of Area T833.
Brindisi—Capo Torre Cavallo—An area bounded by a line
T834—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: joining the following positions:
a. 40°03'00''N, 17°13'00''E. a. 40°38'40.0''N, 18°01'12.0''E.
b. 39°52'00''N, 17°38'00''E. b. 40°39'52.1''N, 18°03'40.1''E.
c. 39°34'00''N, 17°38'00''E. c. 40°39'02.0''N, 18°04'24.0''E.
d. 39°34'00''N, 17°13'00''E. d. 40°37'51.0''N, 18°04'27.0''E.
The area is further subdivided into the following zones: e. 40°36'39.0''N, 18°03'22.0''E.
A. Bounded by lines joining the following positions: f. 40°38'08.0''N, 18°01'12.0''E.
a. 40°03'00''N, 17°13'00''E. Firing range facing the sea for firing practice with small
b. 39°52'00''N, 17°38'00''E. arms.
c. 39°47'00''N, 17°38'00''E.
d. 39°47'00''N, 17°13'00''E. Sabaudia—An area bounded by a line joining the following
B. Bounded by the parallels 39°47'00''N and 39°34'00''N positions:
and the meridians 17°13'00''E and 17°38'00''E. a. 41°20'50''N, 12°41'00''E.
b. 41°16'20''N, 12°53'50''E.
T835—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: c. 41°15'00''N, 12°54'00''E.
a. 41°07'00''N, 17°41'00''E. d. 41°10'25''N, 12°50'00''E.
b. 41°07'00''N, 17°53'00''E. e. 41°15'00''N, 12°44'00''E.
c. 40°51'00''N, 17°53'00''E.
Missile Exercise Zones
T836—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: The following sea zones of the Tyrrhenian Sea are prohibited
a. 40°36'00''N, 18°32'00''E. to navigation, anchorage, fishing, and related activities within
b. 40°39'00''N, 18°44'00''E. the limits of the territorial waters, and are declared dangerous
c. 40°21'00''N, 18°44'00''E. outside of these limits due to missile firing exercises:
d. 40°32'00''N, 18°32'00''E. Zone 1
In operation Monday through Friday, from 0800 to 1600 lo- a. 40°00'N, 10°00'E.
cal time. b. 40°00'N, 10°30'E.
c. 39°10'N, 10°30'E.
T—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: d. 39°10'N, 10°00'E.
a. 41°30'00''N, 16°10'00''E. e. 39°26'N, 9°38'E.
b. 41°27'00''N, 16°17'00''E. f. 39°38'N, 9°38'E.
c. 41°24'00''N, 16°20'00''E. Zone 2
d. 41°22'00''N, 16°20'00''E. a. 40°15'N, 10°00'E.
e. 41°25'00''N, 16°10'00''E. b. 40°15'N, 11°31’E.
c. 40°11'N, 11°33'E.
T842—Bounded by a line joining the following positions: d. 39°32'N, 11°38'E.
a. 43°13'00''N, 14°19'00''E. e. 38°52'N, 11°28'E.
b. 43°25'00''N, 14°33'00''E. f. 39°10'N, 10°00'E.
c. 43°11'00''N, 14°55'00''E. g. 39°28'N, 9°38'E.
d. 42°59'00''N, 14°41'00''E. h. 39°43'N, 9°40'E.
Zone 3
Taranto—Capo San Vito—Bounded by a line joining the a. 40°37'N, 9°50'E.
following positions: b. 40°40'N, 10°35'E.
Pub. 140
Italy 373
c. 40°40'N, 10°50'E. 23. Within an area bounded by lines joining the following
d. 39°20'N, 10°50'E. positions:
e. 39°20'N, 9°47'E. a. 44°05.0'N, 13°40.0'E.
f. 39°24'N, 9°40'E. b. 44°20.0'N, 13°20.0'E.
Zone 4 c. 44°24.0'N, 13°28.0'E.
a. 40°37'N, 9°54'E. d. 44°09.0'N, 13°48.0'E.
b. 40°42'N, 11°17'E. 24. Within 5 miles of 44°47'16''N, 13°08'02''E.
c. 40°11'N, 11°33'E. 25. Within 5 miles of 44°30'00''N, 13°30'00''E.
d. 39°46'N, 11°36'E. 26. Within 5 miles of 43°58'18''N, 14°14'59''E.
e. 39°02'N, 10°17'E. 27. Within 4 miles of 42°03'58''N, 17°22'02''E.
f. 39°04'N, 10°08'E. 28. Within an area bounded by lines joining the following
g. 39°26'N, 9°38'E. positions:
These zones are in use from 0800 to 2000 on Monday a. 41°20.0'N, 12°06.0'E.
through Friday, excluding public holidays, from 21 July b. 38°17.0'N, 12°14.0'E.
through 21 September. c. 38°12.0'N, 12°06.0'E.
On the above days and times, vessels that must navigate d. 38°20.0'N, 11°56.0'E.
through the prohibited zone to reach the coast, and particularly e. 38°25.0'N, 12°06.0'E.
the port of Arbatax, must be explicitly authorized to do so by 29. An explosive ordnance hazard is reported to exist in
the local maritime authority. Vessels must contact either or the vicinity of the following positions:
both of the following authorities if transiting the area: a. 40°41'N, 18°30'E.
1. Arbatax Maritime District Office on VHF channel 16 b. 41°20'N, 18°30'E.
(available from 0800 to 2000). c. 42°35'N, 17°36'E.
2. Cagliari Coast Radio Station by telephone at 39-0782- d. 41°48'N, 17°25'E.
667093 (available 24 hours). e. 42°00'N, 17°00'E.
f. 44°30'N, 13°16'E.
Explosives Dumping Areas
Explosives dumping areas are located in the Adriatic Sea and Waters around the coast of Albania
off the coast of Italy. These areas, which may best be seen on It is reported a mine was caught in a fishing net at position
the chart, are situated, as follows: 41°49'N, 18°36'E.
1. Within 4 miles of 42°03'58''N, 17°22'02''E.
2. Within 9 miles of 41°55'57''N, 17°25'13''E. Fishing Areas
3. Within 5 miles of 40°48'32''N, 18°51'09''E.
4. Within 5 miles of 39°49'00''N, 19°00'00''E. Tunny fishing in Italian waters occurs from March to No-
5. Within 4 miles of 42°03'32''N, 17°22'01''E. vember and usually takes place in depths of 15 to 40m within
6. Within 5 miles of 41°20'00''N, 18°44'00''E. 10 miles of the coast. On dark nights, small vessels may be en-
7. Within 1 mile of 41°26'00''N, 16°32'00''E. countered fishing by the light of flares. The motion the these
8. Within 4 miles of 41°46'30''N, 16°32'18''E. vessels may give the flares the appearance of flashing lights.
9. Within 5 miles of 40°41'00''N, 18°29'36''E. Care should be taken not to confuse the flares with navigation-
10. Within 3 miles of 42°00'00''N, 17°00'00''E. al lights.
11. Within 5 miles of 41°20'00''N, 18°30'00''E. Tunny nets are located as much as 7 miles offshore in Golfo
12. Within 5 miles of 41°41'00''N, 17°48'00''E. di Taranto.
13. Within 5 miles of 41°18'24''N, 18°38'15''E. Tunny nets are commonly located off the coasts of Sicily, as
14. Within 5 miles of 44°30'00''N, 13°30'00''E. follows:
15. Within 5 miles of 43°09'21''N, 14°43'31''E. 1. Between Punta del Saraceno (38°06.9'N., 12°40.4'E.)
16. Within 5 miles of 43°00'00''N, 14°40'00''E. and Punta San Giuliano, about 7.75 miles WSW.
17. Within 5 miles of 42°58'00''N, 14°33'27''E. 2. In the vicinity of Capo Granitola (37°35.0'N.,
18. Within 5 miles of 42°58'00''N, 14°46'09''E. 12°50.0'E.).
19. Within an area bounded by lines joining the following 3. In the vicinity of Marinella di Selinunte (37°33.6'N.,
positions: 12°40.4'E.).
a. 41°45'N, 18°05'E. 4. Between Capo San Marco (37°29.8'N., 13°01.2'E.)
b. 41°45'N, 18°20'E. and Porto di Sciacca, 3 miles E.
c. 41°28'N, 18°31'E. 5. In the vicinity of Siculiana Marina (37°20.0'N.,
d. 41°28'N, 18°19'E. 13°24.0'E.).
20. Within an area bounded by lines joining the following 6. In the waters around Isola Favignana (37°56.0'N.,
positions: 12°19.0'E.).
a. 41°48'24''N, 16°52'40''E. 7. In the vicinity of Isolotto Formica (37°59.3’N.,
b. 41°48'22''N, 16°54'13''E. 12°25.5’E.).
c. 41°44'30''N, 16°54'37''E. 8. In the vicinity of Punta di Solanto (38°10.8’N.,
d. 41°44'11''N, 16°53'17''E. 12°46.0’E.).
21. Within 5 miles of 45°15.0'N, 13°00.0'E. 9. In the vicinity of Golfo di Castellammare
22. Within 5 miles of 42°30.0'N, 15°20.0'E. (38°07.0’N., 12°55.0’E.).
Pub. 140
374 Italy
10. In the vicinity of Punta Raisi (38°11.3’N., Night fishing takes place in Italian waters during the summer
13°06.0’E.). months up to 30 miles offshore. Fishing is carried out by staked
11. In the vicinity of Capo Grosso (38°02.0’N., nets, marked on the surface by a long line of white lights. Mar-
13°36.0’E.). iners are cautioned to keep a lookout for small craft which are
12. In the vicinity of Trabia (38°00.0’N., 13°39.0’E.). difficult to see against the background of lighted nets.
13. In the vicinity of Castel di Tusa (38°01.0’N., When trawlers are working in pairs and it is necessary to
14°15.0’E.). warn an approaching vessel not to pass between them, a flare
14. In the vicinity of San Giorgia (38°10.5’N, will be shown on the same side of the trawl, in addition to the
14°56.5'E.). lights prescribed by the COLREGS.
15. Close N of Marina di Patti (38°09.5’N., 14°57.8’E.). Drift net fishing for swordfish may be encountered off the
16. Close N of the village of Oliveri (38°07.5’N. Italian coast.
15°03.5’E.). A controlled fishing area situated in the Gulf of Trieste strad-
17. Off the mouth of the Torrente Mazzarra, about 3 dles the international boundary between Slovenia and Italy. For
miles ENE of Oliveri. further information, see Slovenia—Fishing Areas.
18. On the W side of Perisola di Milazzo (38°15.0’N.,
15°15.0'E.).
19. As much as 6 miles off the coasts off the islands of Government
Isole Eolie.
Bottom-set drift nets for swordfish are used during the sum-
mer off the N coast of Sicily, as follows:
1. Between Cabo Gallo (38°13.4’N, 13°19.1’E.) and Iso-
la di Ustica, about 37 miles NNW.
2. Between Capo Zafferano (38°06.8’N., 13°32.3’E.) and
Isole Eolie, about 60 miles NE.
Tunny nets on the coasts of Italy are being marked in accor-
dance with the IALA special marks. These signals are arranged
on boats or floats in the central outer part of the tunny nets. The
mark could also be equipped with a radar reflector. Particularly
wide tunny nets may be marked by two distinct signals, placed
at the corners of the enclosed sea area. For general information
on tunny fishing, see Spain—Fishing Areas. Flag of Italy
Fishing activities off the islands of Isole Eolie, off the N
coast of Sicily are, as follows: Italy is a democratic republic. The country is divided into 15
1. Long-net fishing can be occurring up to 24 miles off- regions and five autonomous regions.
shore off the islands of Isole Eolie. Italy is governed by a President, elected by an electoral col-
2. Long-net fishing takes place E of Isola Salina from lege composed of both houses of Parliament and 58 regional
April to July. Vessels should avoid this area during the fish- representatives, serving a 7-year term. The Prime Minister is
ing season. appointed by the President. The bicameral Parliament is com-
3. Long-net fishing takes place E of Isola Lipari and Isola posed of a 322-member Senate, with 315 members directly
Vulcano between latitude 38°22.0'N and latitude 38°32.0'N, elected under a system of regional proportional representation
within 5 miles of their coasts, especially from April to July. (the winning coalition in each region receives 55 per cent of the
Vessels should avoid this area during the fishing season. seats from that region) and seven appointed members, serving
4. From 15 April to 15 July each year, large-scale fishing 5-year terms, and a 630-member Chamber of Deputies, who
is carried out in an area NE of Isla Stromboli. During this are directly elected under a national system of proportional
time frame, vessels should pass not less than 5 miles E of representation (the winning national coalition receives 54 per
Strombolicchio Light (38°49.1'N., 15°15.1'E.). cent of the chamber seats), serving 5-year terms.
5. Concentrations of long-net fishing vessels have been The legal system is based on civil law.
encountered, as follows:. The capital is Rome
a. In May—About 12 miles N of Isola Salina.
b. In May—About 15 to 20 milws W of Isola Strom- Holidays
boli.
c. In the end of April—South of Isola Filicudi and Iso- The following holidays are observed:
la Salina.
Night fishing with gill nets occurs during the summer off the January 1 New Year’s Day
E coast of Sicily between Punta di Taomira (37°51’N.,
January 6 Epiphany
15°18’E.) and Capo Murro di Porco (37°00’N., 15°20’E.).
Small fishing boats engaged in sardine net fishing, and ex- Easter Sunday Variable
tending in close formation for 4 miles or more, may be encoun- Easter Monday Variable
tered at a distance of 8 miles off the coast of Sicilia; these boats
carry no special marks or lights to indicate that they are using April 25 Anniversary of the
nets. Liberation
Pub. 140
Italy 375
May 1 Labor Day Marine weather forecast charts for wind and sea conditions
are available, in Italian and English, from the Sardegna Dipart-
June 2 Foundation of the Italian mento Meteoclimatico (http://www.sar.sardegna.it/servizi/me-
Republic teo/bollettinomare_uk.asp).
June 24 St. John’s Day (Florence
only) Mined Areas
June 29 St. Peter and St. Paul’s In the areas indicated below, search is constantly in progress
Day (Rome only) and the presence on the bottom is probable, of magnetic mines,
August 15 Assumption Day torpedoes, or projectiles, or other explosive objects constituting
danger to navigation.
September 19 St. Gennaro’s Day
(Naples only)
Western Mediterranean
November 1 All Saints’ Day 1. Sardinia—Golfo di Oristano—Due to the presence
of explosive devices on the bottom, anchoring and fishing
Sunday nearest November 4 World War I Victory
Anniversary Day are permanently prohibited in the following areas:
a. 39°44.2'N, 8°28.9'E.
December 7 St. Ambrogio’s Day b. 39°48.1'N, 8°30.0'E.
(Milan only) c. 39°47.3'N, 8°31.3'E.
December 8 Immaculate Conception d. 39°46.5'N, 8°31.4'E.
2. Capo Frasca—Navigation, tourism, fishing, and other
December 25 Christmas Day occupations are permanently prohibited along the coast of
December 26 St. Stephen’s Day Capo Frasca in an area bounded by lines joining the follow-
ing positions:
a. 39°42.8'N, 8°26.8'E.
Ice b. 39°42.8'N, 8°26.3'E.
c. 39°46.2'N, 8°26.5'E.
Ice formation may hinder navigation forms in the Golfo de
d. 39°46.6'N, 8°27.9'E.
Venezia during severe winters. River ice has flowed into the Po
e. 39°44.7'N, 8°29.2'E.
delta many times during severe winters.
f. 39°44.2'N, 8°28.9'E.
An additional area where unexploded ordnance lies on the
Industries sea bed, is bounded by lines joining the following positions:
a. 39°48.1'N, 8°30.0'E.
The main industries include tourism, machinery, iron and
b. 39°47.3'N, 8°31.5'E.
steel, chemicals, food processing, textiles, motor vehicles,
c. 39°46.5'N, 8°31.4'E.
clothing, footwear, and ceramics.
d. 39°44.2'N, 8°28.9'E.
The main exports are engineering products, textiles and
3. Sardinia—Giglio Point—Anchoring, fishing, moor-
clothing, production machinery, motor vehicles, transport
ing, and underwater diving are prohibited in a circular zone
equipment, chemicals, food, beverages, tobacco, minerals, and
with a radius of 150m centered on position 40°34'04''N,
non-ferrous metals. The main export-trading partners are Ger-
8°12'14''E due to the presence of explosive devices on the
many, France, the United States, the United Kingdom, and
bottom
Spain. BA 42/2018
4. Sardinia—Capo Caccia—Anchoring, fishing, and re-
The main imports are engineering products, chemicals,
lated activities are prohibited in a circular zone with a radius
transport equipment, energy products, minerals, non-ferrous
of 150m centered on position 40°33'36''N, 8°09'44''E due to
metals, textiles and clothing, food, beverages, and tobacco. The
explosive devices on the bottom.
main import-trading partners are Germany, France, China, the
5. Sardinia—Capo Testa—Anchoring, fishing, and re-
Netherlands, and Spain.
lated activities are prohibited in a circular zone with a radius
of 200m centered on position 40°16'32.7''N, 9°01'08.2''E due
Languages to explosive devices on the bottom.
Italian is the official language. German (parts of the Trenti-
Ligurian Sea
no-Alto Adige region are predominately German speaking),
1. Isola Gallinara—Fishing, diving, and any underwater
French (small French-speaking minority in the Valle d’Aosta
activity are prohibited within an area extending 500m around
region), and Slovene (Slovene-speaking minority in the Tri-
Isola Gallinara due to the occasional presence of unexploded
este-Gorizia area) are in common usage.
ordnance.
2. Celle Ligure—Fishing is prohibited in a circular zone
Meteorology with a radius of 500m, centered on position 44°17.6'N,
8°36.1'E, due to the presence of an explosive device on the
Marine weather forecasts for the western Mediterranean Sea bottom in a depth of 280m.
are available, in Italian and English, from the Aeronautica Mil- 3. Genova—Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in a
itare Italiana Servizio Meteorologico (http://www.meteoam.it). circular zone with a radius of 0.5 mile lying nearly 1 mile
Pub. 140
376 Italy
SSW of Punta Vagno, due to the presence of a mine on the coast between Torre de Cala Forno and the mouth of the Om-
bottom. brone River.
Anchoring, fishing, and other underwater activities are 6. Civitavecchia—Entry is prohibited due to the pres-
prohibited within an area with a radius of 100m centered on ence of possibly explosive devices on the bottom of the sea
position 44°23'18.0''N, °41'24.6''E due to unexploded ord- areas to the NW of the harbor within an area bounded by
nance on the sea bed. lines joining the following positions:
4. Bonassola—About 1 mile offshore of Bonassola, at a a. 42°21.3'N, 11°26.0'E.
depth of 40 to 45m, lies a wreck containing explosive ord- b. 42°18.4'N, 11°33.0'E.
nance. c. 42°16.6'N, 11°32.4'E.
5. Punta Moneglia—The water zone comprised between d. 42°19.0'N, 11°24.2'E.
the parallel 44°13'30''N, the meridian 9°25'00''E, and the An explosive device is found within 150m of position
coast, is dangerous to underwater fishing due to the presence 42°07.8'N, 11°07.7'E.
on the bottom of explosive ordnance. 7. Capo d’Anzio—In the vicinity of Arco Muto, un-
6. Isola del Tino—Explosive ordnance lies in position marked explosive devices are located in a depth of 4m about
44°01'26.5''N, 9°51'02.1''E in a depth of 22m. 100m off the coast.
7. La Spezia Passages—Navigating, fishing, and stop- 8. Anzio—An explosive device lies about 1 mile E of
ping are dangerous due to the presence of explosive ord- the end of Molo Innocenziano at a depth of 7m. Vessels in
nance in an area bounded by lines joining the following transit should navigate with caution.
positions: 9. San Felice Circeo—Navigating, anchoring, fishing,
a. 44°02'36''N, 9°36'42''E. and related activities are prohibited in a circular zone with a
b. 43°57'42''N, 9°41'30''E. radius of 500m centered on position 41°10'54.0''N,
c. 43°56'30''N, 9°39'18''E. 13°07'40.2''E due to explosive devices on the bottom.
d. 44°01'24''N, 9°34'30''E. 10. Waters around Punta Frallis—Navigating, mooring,
8. San Vincenzo—Sunken hulls containing explosive and related activities are prohibited in a circular zone with a
ordnance lie on the bottom at the following positions cen- radius of 150m centered on position 39°49'36.1''N,
tered on circles with a 0.5 mile radius: 9°48'38.9''E due to explosive devices on the bottom.
a. 43°07'18''N, 10°30'42''E. 11. Capo Sferracavallo—Entry is prohibited in an area
b. 43°07'24''N, 10°30'04''E. with a radius of 600m centered on position 39°42.5'N,
c. 43°09'00''N, 10°29'06''E. 9°45.4'E about 3.5 miles E of Capo Sferracavallo due to un-
9. Isola Capraia—A mine is reported to exist NW of the exploded ordnance on the bottom.
island in the vicinity of La Manza. Navigating and anchoring are prohibited within a circular
10. Punta Ferraione—A circular zone with a radius of area with a radius of 200m centered on the following posi-
0.25 mile, lying about 550m N of Punta Ferraione, is danger- tions:
ous due to the presence of an explosive device lying at a a. 39°42'34.4''N, 9°45'25.3''E.
depth of 60m. b. 39°42'27.1''N, 9°45'18.5''E.
c. 39°42'39.0''N, 9°45'25.0''E.
Tyrrhenian Sea d. 39°42'25.1''N, 9°45'28.7''E.
1. Piombino—The sea area, opposite the center of Enel 12. Waters N and NE of Capo San Lorenzo—Navigat-
(a small private harbor), 1 mile from Torre de Sale, is dan- ing, fishing, mooring, and related activities are prohibited in
gerous due to the presence of unexploded munitions lying at an area bounded by the parallels of 39°30'30''N and
a depth of 15m. 39°32'30''N, the meridian of 9°41'00''E, and the coast.
2. Isola Pianosa—A mine is reported to exist near Iso- Navigating, fishing, mooring, and related activities are
lotto La Scola at a depth of 80m. prohibited in an area bounded by lines joining the following
Unexploded ordnance is reported to lie 20m from Punta positions:
del Marchese. a. 39°29'30''N, 9°38'30''E.
3. Follonica.—A wreck containing explosives lies in po- b. 39°29'30''N, 9°39'30''E.
sition 42°54'02.4''N, 10°44'29.4'E. Vessels shall not navigate c. 39°31'30''N, 9°39'30''E.
within 0.5 mile of this position. d. 39°31'30''N, 9°38'00''E.
4. Waters around Follonica—An area that is dangerous Navigating, fishing, mooring, and related activities are
due to the presence of an explosive device on the bottom is prohibited in a circular zone with a radius of 1 mile centered
located within the area bounded by lines joining the follow- on position 39°40'45''N, 9°40'39''E due to explosive devices
ing positions: on the bottom.
a. 42°52.5'N, 10°45.1'E. Navigating, fishing, mooring, and related activities are
b. 42°52.8'N, 10°45.6'E. prohibited in a circular zone with a radius of 400m centered
c. 42°53.5'N, 10°44.6'E. on position 39°33'47.0''N, 9°44'30.1''E due to explosive de-
d. 42°53.1'N, 10°44.7'E. vices on the bottom.
5. Talamone—A wreck, in a depth of 15m, lies approxi- Navigating, fishing, mooring, and related activities are
mately 1 mile W of the Torre de Cala Forno. It is reported to prohibited in a circular zone with a radius of 150m centered
contain unexploded ordnance which has been dispersed on on position 39°30'56.3''N, 9°39'21.7''E due to explosive de-
the bottom. vices on the bottom.
It is prohibited to anchor or fish within 1.5 miles of the 13. Sardinia—Maddalena Archipelago—Roads of
Pub. 140
Italy 377
Pub. 140
378 Italy
nance lies about 150m offshore from the Acquafredda Dis- 36. Sicily—Northwest of Trapani—Unexploded ord-
trict. A prohibited entry area, with a radius of 500m, is nance may be found in the area bounded by lines joining the
centered on position 40°02.2'N, 15°40.1'E. following positions:
29. Golfo di Policastro—Scalea—The circular zone off- a. 38°25'N, 12°06'E.
shore of Torre Lao (Scalea), with a radius of 300m centered b. 38°17'N, 12°14'E.
on position 39°48'54''N, 15°47'48''E is prohibited to transit- c. 38°12'N, 12°06'E.
ing, mooring, stopping, and fishing due to the existence of d. 38°20'N, 11°56'E.
explosive devices on the bottom. The center of the area is 37. Sicily—Trapani—Unexploded ordnance may be
marked by two red buoys. found within 1 mile of position 37°46.5'N, 11°58.5'E.
Operations to remove and dispose of these explosive de-
vices may occur in this area. The salvaged explosive devices Strait of Sicily
are transported to position 39°48'42''N, 15°44'24''E and are 1. Sicily—Porto Empedocle—Unexploded ordnance
destroyed. When these operations are in progress transiting, may be found within 1 mile of position 37°13'21'''N,
mooring, stopping, fishing and all other underwater activities 13°17'07''E.
are prohibited within 1 mile of this position. Vessels are also 2. Sicily—Gela—A prohibited entry area, with a radius
prohibited from coming within 500m of the Italian naval ves- of 1 mile, established due to unexploded ordnance on the sea
sels transporting the explosive devices to this position. bed, lies centered on position 37°02'02.1''N, 14°17'51.2''E.
During the transport of these explosive devices, the transport
vessel will display Flag B of the International Code of Sig- Ionian Sea
nals. 1. Sicily—Stazzo—Due to the presence of unexploded
A prohibited entry area, with a radius of 1 mile, estab- ordnance, in depths of 8 to 30m, in the waters off the marina,
lished due to unexploded ordnance on the sea bed, lies cen- vessels or barges are prohibited from navigating or stopping
tered on position 39°48.9'N, 15°47.0'E. in the sea area 500m wide between the head of the outer
30. Waters around Sant’ Eufemia Lamezia—The sea breakwater and a point 450m from it. Fishing and other un-
area off the coast, bounded by the parallels 38°50'N and derwater activities are also prohibited in this area.
38°53'N and up to 0.5 mile off this same coast, is dangerous 2. Waters around Magnisi Peninsula—The zone con-
to navigation and prohibited to fishing and anchorage due to tained between the parallels 37°09'48''N, 37°09'15''E and the
the presence of explosive devices on the sea bottom. meridians 15°17'05''E and 15°15'55''E, is permanently pro-
31. Golfo di Sant’ Eufemia Lamezia—A wreck, cov- hibited for mooring and fishing and is dangerous to naviga-
ered with mud and containing explosive ordnance, lies on the tion due to submerged ordnance.
bottom at position 38°45'30''N, 16°11'30''E, about 0.3 mile N 3. Reggio Calabria—Unexploded ordnance lies in a
of the Tonnara chimney depth of 290m in position 36°06'15.24''N, 15°36'55.20''E.
The area within a 0.5 mile radius from the above position Trawling and other sea bed activities are prohibited within a
is prohibited to anchorage and any underwater operations. radius of 500m from this position.
32. Capo Cozzo—A device dangerous to navigation lies 4. Capo Spartivento—A wreck containing unexploded
at a depth of about 12m, about 100m from the coast in the vi- ordnance lies in position 37°53'49.2''N, 16°00'43.5''E. Ves-
cinity of Zambrone. sels are prohibited from navigating or stopping within 0.5
33. Sicily—Formiche Shoals—Anchoring, sailing, fish- mile of this position.
ing, and other related activities of any kind are prohibited in 5. Waters around Crotone—An unexploded mine is lo-
the area of the seawall of Argo Capo d’Orlando up to 250m cated in position 39°03.2'N, 17°11.0'E. Vessels should give
from land due to the presence of numerous explosive devices this position a berth of at least 0.5 mile.
on the bottom. 6. Punta Alice—A wreck containing unexploded ord-
34. Golfo di Patti—A prohibited entry area, with a radius nance lies about 20m from shore in position 39°24'19.8''N,
of 100m, established due to unexploded ordnance on the sea 17°07'13.8''E.
bed, lies centered on position 38°09'39.8''N, 14°59'19.2''E in 7. Golfo de Taranto—Unexploded ordnance lies in a
a depth of 20m. depth of 650m in position 40°21.0'''N, 16°58.0'E.
35. Sicily—Golfo di Castellammare—Anchoring, sail- 8. Waters around Taranto—Explosive ordnance is
ing, and stopping by any vessel or craft, along with any other reported to lie in an area SW of Isola San Pietro and Isolotto
related water activities, are prohibited due to the presence of San Paolo, bounded by the bearing of 270° from Punta La
a wartime device in the area bounded by lines joining the fol- Forca, the line of the dike which joins the two islands, and
lowing positions: the bearing of 180° from the red light of San Paolo, in depths
a. 38°06.0'N, 12°47.9'E. between the 40m and 140m curves.
b. 38°06.2'N, 12°48.4'E. 9. Taranto—The following areas are prohibited to an-
c. 38°05.8'N, 12°48.7'E. choring and fishing due to the presence of unexploded ord-
d. 38°05.6'N, 12°48.3'E. nance:
Stay clear a distance of no less than 0.5 mile from this ar- Area 1—Bound by lines joining the following positions:
ea. a. 40°28.0''N, 17°05.7'E.
Anchoring, sailing, and fishing are prohibited, until further b. 40°27.2''N, 17°06.6'E.
notice, and navigation is dangerous in the area of Cala dei c. 40°27.7''N, 17°09.7'E.
Muletti, about 3.2 miles SSE of Capo di Rama, due to the d. 40°28.5''N, 17°10.4'E.
presence of explosive ordnance on the sea bottom. Area 2—Bound by lines joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
Italy 379
Pub. 140
380 Italy
Pub. 140
Italy 381
Pub. 140
382 Italy
shown immediately after the ship’s arrival, to the Harbor Mas- 3. Particulars on the vessel(s) and installation(s) involved
ter’s technical office. including name, type, nationality, gross tonnage, owner, na-
Article 4. Except for the fact that it does not constitute a se- ture and quantity of cargo, and vessel’s registration number.
rious crime, transgressors of the items of the ordinance will be 4. Meteorological conditions with respect to wind direc-
punished according to the terms of Article 1174 or 1231 of the tion and velocity, state of the sea, and direction and velocity
Navigation Codes and Article 32 of the law of June 5, 1962 of the surface current. Whether the prevailing circumstances
number 616, and will also be held responsible for the damages appear to be improving, worsening, or stabilized.
incurred by their illicit behavior should any such damages in- 5. Pollution with regard to type of product spilled, char-
volve people or things. acteristics of the product, quantity spilled, and present rate of
Vessels carrying arms or ammunition must declare them and spill. Statement as to whether samples have been taken and
obtain ministerial permission before entering Italian territorial by whom. If the product floats, estimate dimension of the sea
waters. Complete information must be provided at least 4 days area affected.
prior to arrival. 6. Disposition of the spill with regard to movement, prod-
uct flammability, and proximity of the product to the coast.
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification 7. Measures which have been taken.
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 8. Assistance requested.
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for 9. Other information.
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the
EU region. Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
The reports are sent to the local harbormaster or Coast Guard The waters of the Strait of Bonifacio between Sardinia (Ita-
authority, as follows: ly) and Corsica (France) have been declared by the IMO to be a
1. By e-mail—E-mail addresses use the format “nameof PSSA.
port@guardiacostiera.it” (for example: genova@guardiacos A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
tiera.it). its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
2. By facsimile—Facsimile numbers can be obtained operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
from the local agent or the Coast Guard web site (http:// care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
www.guardiacostiera.it). rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- Vessels Carrying Dangerous Cargo
cation. Special regulations are in force for vessels carrying danger-
ous cargo and entering or departing many Italian ports. These
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- regulations apply to tankers of 1,600 gross tons and over carry-
tion ing petroleum, gas, and other flammable cargo, either fully or
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as partially loaded, including vessels which are empty but not de-
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 clared gas free. Such vessels are required to do the following:
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo 1. Send a report to the Port Captain prior to entering Ital-
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant ian territorial waters.
port authority at least 24 hours in advance. 2. Maintain contact with the Port Captain.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- 3. Advise the Port Captain of any navigational defects.
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- 4. Use a pilot outside compulsory pilotage areas whenev-
tions. er cargo or navigation conditions dictate.
Pub. 140
Italy 383
Based on the information provided above, the following ac- 2. Isola Cerboli (42°51'34.8''N., 10°32'48.0''E.)—0.9
tion(s) may be taken: mile.
1. Vessels bound for Albanian territorial waters—Masters 3. Isola Pianosa (42°35'18.0''N., 10°04'42.0''E.)—4.5
will be advised to ensure there are no illegal Albanian emi- miles.
grants on board when departing Albanian ports. 4. Scog. Africa (42°21'30.6''N., 10°03'50.4''E.)—2 miles.
2. Vessels leaving Albanian territorial waters and declar- 5. Isole di Montecristo (42°20'00.0''N., 10°18'36.0''E.)—
ing their destination to be an Italian port—The vessel can be 6 miles.
inspected to determine the presence of illegal Albanian emi- Prohibited entry areas for vessels over 500 gross tons extend
grants. the indicated distance from the coastline of the following is-
3. Vessels leaving Albanian territorial waters and declar- lands which have been designated as nature reserves:
ing their destination to be other than an Italian port—The 1. Isola Capraia (43°02'18.0''N., 9°54'24.0''E.)—5 miles.
vessel will not be stopped but may be followed to confirm 2. Isola d’Elba including Isola Palmaiola (42°47'54.0''N.,
that their course has not changed towards an Italian port. 10°32'00.0''E.)—2 miles.
3. Isola del Giglio (42°21'30.0''N., 10°04'54.0''E.)—2
Low-sulphur Fuel miles.
Vessels in Italian ports are prohibited from using fuel oil 4. Isola di Giannutri (42°15'03.6''N., 11°03'18.0''E.)—5
containing more than 0.1% sulphur. miles.
Prohibited entry areas for vessels over 500 gross tons have
Strait of Messina been established, as follows:
Vessels of 50,000 gt and over carrying hydrocarbons of other 1. In the waters surrounding Secche della Meloria
harmful substances are prohibited from transiting the Strait of (43°34.3'N., 10°13.5'E.) extending up to 1.5 miles E, up to
Messina. 5.5 miles W, up to 4 miles N, and then S to the N limit of the
Livorno Traffic Separation Scheme.
2. In the Golfo di Manfredonia extending up to 4 miles
Restricted Areas from the coast between position 41°30'24.0''N, 15°55'07.2''E
and position 41°45'45.6''N, 16°09'57.6''E.
Prohibited entry areas for vessels over 500 gross tons extend 3. In the waters off the Promontorio del Gargano extend-
2 miles from the limits of the following marine protected areas: ing up to 2 miles from the coast between position
1. Porto Conte (40°35'30.0''N., 8°11'30.0''E.). 41°45'45.6''N, 16°09'57.6''E and position 41°55'05.4''N,
2. Porto Coesario (40°14'15.0''N., 17°49'30.0''E.). 15°13'28.8''E.
3. S. Maria di Castellabate (40°14'27.0''N., 4. In the waters NW of Golfo di Oristano extending up to
14°52'40.2''E.). 8 miles from the coast between position 39°52'36.0''N,
4. Bergeggi (44°14'15.6''N., 8°26'51.6''E.). 8°26'36.0''E and position 39°58'24.0''N, 8°23'30.0''E.
5. Capo Rizzuto (38°57'26.4''N., 17°11'59.4''E.). 5. In the waters off the N coast of Sicily extending up to 4
6. Isola Asinara (41°05'00.0''N., 8°18'48.0''E.). miles from the coast between position 38°10'18.0''N,
7. Isola di Zannone (40°58'12.0''N., 13°03'12.0''E.). 13°12'18.6''E and position 38°11'40.2''N, 13°21'36.0''E.
8. Isola di Ventotene (40°47'42.0''N., 13°26'12.0''E.) in- 6. In the waters extending 2 miles from the limits of the
cluding Isola de Santo Stefano. marine nature reserve centered on position 40°52'07.8''N,
9. Isola d’Ischia (40°43'00.0''N., 13°54'00.0''E.), includ- 9°44'48.0''E. The section of this restricted area which runs
ing Isola di Vivara, and Isola di Padcida. parallel to the traffic separation scheme in Golfo di Olbia has
10. Gaiola Underwater Park (40°47'30.0''N., a W limit joining the following positions:
14°11'21.0''E.). a. 49°56'39.0''N, 9°39'52.8''E.
11. Punta Campanella (40°34'12.0''N., 14°19'30.0''E.). Ex- b. 49°55'26.4''N, 9°39'52.8''E.
clusionary area is only a width of 1 mile. 7. In the waters off the coast of Sicily in the vicinity of
12. Coast between Infreschi and della Masseta Capo Murro de Porco bounded by the coast and lines joining
(40°01'00.0''N., 15°27'12.0''E.). the following positions:
13. Isole Egadi (37°57'57.6''N., 12°12'21.6''E.). a. 37°02.3'N, 15°18.2'E.
14. Capo Molini (37°34.6'N., 15°10.6''E.). b. 37°02.6'N, 15°18.2'E.
15. Penisola della Maddalena (37°00.7'N., 12°12'21.6''E.). c. 37°02.6'N, 15°19.5'E.
16. Isole Mortoriotto to Isola Soffi (41°04'17.2''N., d. 37°01.1'N, 15°23.8'E.
9°35'36.0''E.). e. 36°57.4'N, 15°23.8'E.
17. Isole di li Nibani (41°07'48.6''N., 9°34'17.4''E.). f. 36°57.4'N, 15°15.7'E.
18. Isola della Bisce (41°09'59.4''N., 9°31'19.2''E.). g. 36°58.3'N, 15°14.9'E.
19. Isola di Ustica (38°42'30.0''N., 13°10'36.0''E.). 8. In the waters surrounding Capo di Milazzo.
20. Isola Tremiti (42°07'27.0''N., 15°30'01.2''E.). 9. In the waters surrounding Isola di Linosa.
21. Isola de Cavoli (39°06'06.0''N., 9°32'00.0''E.), Sardin- 10. In the waters surrounding Isola di Lampedusa.
ia. 11. In the waters surrounding Isola Ciclopi.
Prohibited entry areas for vessels over 500 gross tons extend Vessels over 500 gross tons berthing at the ports of Savona,
the indicated distance from the center of the following islands Vado Ligure, Santa Margherita Ligure, Rapallo, and Portifino
which have been designated as nature reserves: requiring access to the entry prohibited areas surrounding the
1. Isola Gorgona (43°25'42.0''N., 9°54'00.0''E.)—6 miles. Bergeggi and Rapallo nature reserves are advised to contact the
Pub. 140
384 Italy
local port authority for the latest information. formation regarding the Italian Port Coast Guard can be ob-
The Isole Pelagie, including Isola Lampedusa (35°30'N., tained, as follows:
12°36'E.), Isolotto Lampione (35°33'N., 12°19'E.), and Isola di 1. Web site: http://www.guardiacostiera.it
Linosa (35°52'N., 12°52'E.) have been declared Marine Pro- 2. E-mail: itmrcc@outlook.it
tected Areas under Italian law. The boundaries may be marked centraleoperativa1@libero.it
by lighted or unlighted buoys or beacons. Vessels over 500 gt itmrcc@mit.gov.it
requiring access to these areas should contact the port of The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center and the Maritime
Lampedusa District Office before entering these areas. Rescue Coordination Subcenters (MRSC), along with contact
information, are listed in the accompanying table titled Italy—
MRCC and MRSC Contact Information.
Search and Rescue A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch on international distress frequencies.
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Roma, Salvage vessels are stationed at Genova (44°24'N., 8°54'E.),
under the authority of the Italian Port Coast Guard, coordinates Livorno (43°33'N., 10°18'E.), Naples (40°51'N., 14°16'E.), and
search and rescue operations within Italian waters. Further in- Messina (38°12'N., 15°34'E.).
Pub. 140
Italy 385
Pub. 140
386 Italy
Storm Signals broadcasting on 121.5 MHz. The signals can be broadcast
In addition to the International Storm Signals, Italian ports for up to 48 hours.
may display the signals described in the table titled Storm Sig- Italian submarines in distress may also release red smoke
nals. flares, oil, or air bubbles.
Italian submarines operating on the surface display an all
Submarine Operating Areas round rotating amber light showing about 90 flashes per min-
ute.
Submarine operating areas are described below. Ships ap-
proaching these areas should abide by notice to mariners, or if MARITIME COMMAND NORTH—LA SPEZIA
lacking special navigational warnings, they should avoid as
much as possible crossing these areas. S701—Bounded by a line joining the following positions:
When, out of necessity, a ship must enter an area, it must a. 43°44'59''N, 9°31'30''E.
proceed with great caution maintaining a good lookout and ra- b. 43°58'00''N, 9°18'30''E.
dar watch. c. 44°06'00''N, 9°33'00''E.
It is absolutely necessary to comply with the signals of the d. 43°53'00''N, 9°46'00''E.
vessel escorting the submerged submarine, and with Italian sig- The area is further subdivided into the following zones:
nal stations in sight, in order to avoid emergency situations. 1. Zone A—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
Vessels escorting submarines will hoist the signal “NE 2” for tions:
the duration of the exercise. a. 44°02'00''N, 9°25'40''E.
Italian submarines frequently operate in the Ligurian Sea and b. 44°06'00''N, 9°33'00''E.
the Tyrrhenian Sea. c. 43°53'00''N, 9°46'00''E.
Italian submarines unable to surface may release the follow- d. 43°48'40''N, 9°39'00''E.
ing buoys: 2. Zone B—Bounded by lines joining the following posi-
1. EM104—A lighted orange buoy broadcasting distress tions:
signals on 406.025 MHz and a radiobeacon broadcasting on a. 44°02'00''N, 9°25'40''E
243.0 MHz. The signals can be broadcast for up to 60 hours. b. 43°48'40''N, 9°39'00''E.
2. T-1630/SRT—An unlit black and silver buoy broad- c. 43°44'59''N, 9°31'30''E
casting distress signals on 406.025 MHz and a radiobeacon d. 43°58'00''N, 9°18'30''E.
Storm Signals
Day Night Meaning
Gale expected from
Black cone, point up Two red lights, vertically disposed
the NW quadrant
Gale expected from
Black cone, point down Two white lights, vertically disposed
the SW quadrant
Gale expected from
Two black cones, points up, vertically disposed One red light over one white light
the NE quadrant
Two black cones, points down, vertically Gale expected from
One white light over one red light
disposed the SE quadrant
Gale expected from
Two black cones, bases together One red light
any direction
Pub. 140
Italy 387
Pub. 140
388 Italy
APO AE (09624) 4. Strait of Messina (38°12'N., 15°34'E.).
5. Brindisi (40°39'N., 17°58'E.).
U. S. Embassy Italy Home Page 6. Taranto (40°28'N., 17°12'E.).
7. La Spezia (44°05'N., 9°51'E.).
https://it.usembassy.gov 8. Savona (44°19'N., 8°30'E.).
9. Genova (44°24'N., 8°54'E.).
10. Piombino (42°56'N., 10°33'E.).
Vessel Traffic Service 11. Bari (41°09'N., 16°51'E.).
12. Venezia (45°20'N., 12°30'E.).
Vessel Traffic Services operate, as follows:
13. Trieste (45°39'N., 13°46'E.).
1. Cagliari, Sardinia (39°12'N., 9°06'E.).
2. Palermo, Sicily (38°08'N., 13°22'E.). For further information, see Pub. 131, Sailing Direction (En-
3. Trapani, Sicily (38°01'N., 12°30'E.). route) Western Mediterranean.
Pub. 140
Italy 389
Pub. 140
390 Italy
Pub. 140
Italy 391
Pub. 140
393
JAMAICA
General 393 within the 200m depth contour between Grand Pedro Bluff
Buoyage System 393 (17°51'N., 77°44'W.) and Luana Point (18°02'N., 77°57'W.).
Currency 393 Fish traps are located in the vicinity of Pedro Bank
Fishing Areas 393 (17°00'N., 78°06'W.), especially near Pedro Cays, a group of
Government 393 four islets on the SE side of Pedro Bank.
Holidays 393
Industries 394 Government
Languages 394
Meteorology 394
Navigational Information 394
Pilotage 394
Regulations 394
Search and Rescue 394
Ship Reporting System 394
Time Zone 395
U.S. Embassy 395
Pub. 140
394 Jamaica
Pub. 140
Jamaica 395
Pub. 140
397
LATVIA
General 397 Many buoys and lighted buoys are withdrawn or replaced for
Buoyage System 397 the winter. Information on intended changes and dates is prom-
Cautions 397 ulgated in Latvian Notices to Mariners as necessary.
Currency 397 It has been reported (2011) that all navigational aids in the
Firing Areas 397 Gulf of Riga may be unreliable. Mariners should exercise cau-
Government 398 tion when using these aids.
Holidays 398
Ice 398 Cautions
Industries 398
Languages 398 A local magnetic anomaly has been reported to exist in the
Mined Areas 398 vicinity of Liepaja (56°32'N., 20°59'E.).
Navigational Information 400 The normal magnetic variation may increase or decrease by
Pilotage 400 as much as 12° in the SE corner of the Gulf of Riga.
Pollution 400
Regulations 401 Currency
Search and Rescue 401
Time Zone 402 The official unit of currency is the lats, which consists of 100
Traffic Separation Schemes 402 santims.
U.S. Embassy 402
Vessel Traffic Service 402 Firing Areas
General Gulf of Riga (Area M1).—A military practice area bounded
by lines joining the following positions:
Latvia is located in Eastern Europe between Estonia and a. 57°32'N, 23°38'E.
Lithuania and borders the Baltic Sea. b. 57°32'N, 23°53'E.
The climate is maritime and wet, with moderate winters. c. 57°20'N, 23°53'E.
The country’s terrain consists mainly of a low plain. d. 57°20'N, 23°38'E.
West coast N of Liepaja (Area M2).—A military practice
Buoyage System area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following posi-
tions:
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See a. 56°39.1'N, 21°02.6'E. (coast)
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. b. 56°39.1'N, 20°42.0'E.
Pub. 140
398 Latvia
c. 56°46.2'N, 20°42.0'E. Ice
d. 56°46.2'N, 21°03.5'E. (coast)
West coast S of Liepaja (Area Jurmalciems).—A military In Latvian waters during the winter navigation season the re-
practice area bounded by the coast and lines joining the follow- sponsibility for the control and operation of ice services and
ing positions: icebreakers is divided between the harbormasters at Liepaja,
a. 56°11'12.0''N, 21°00'04.2''E. (coast) Ventspils, and Riga. In addition, the harbormaster at Riga also
b. 56°11'05.4''N, 20°35'42.0''E. has responsibility for winter navigation in Irbe Strait, which is
c. 56°20'24.0''N, 20°35'21.0''E. the principal entrance to the Gulf of Riga, as well as for the
d. 56°20'30.0''N, 21°58'19.2''E. (coast) Gulf of Riga itself.
For information on required reports for vessels transiting the
Gulf of Riga in the winter navigation season, see Regula-
Government tions—Ice Regulations.
For information on obtaining general ice information for the
Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
Industries
The main industries are processed foods, processed wood
products, textiles, processed metals, pharmaceuticals, railroad
cars, synthetic fibers, and electronics.
The main exports are food products, wood and wood prod-
ucts, machinery and equipment, metals, and textiles. The main
export-trading partners are Lithuania, Russia, Estonia, Germa-
Flag of Latvia ny, and Sweden.
The main imports are machinery and equipment, consumer
Latvia is an parliamentary republic. The country is divided goods, chemicals, fuels, and vehicles. The main import-trading
into 110 municipalities and nine cities. partners are Lithuania, Germany, Poland, Estonia, and Russia.
Latvia is governed by a President who is elected by the Par-
liament to serve a 4-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed
by the President. The unicameral Parliament consists of 100
members, serving 4-year terms, who are directly elected under
Languages
a system of proportional representation. Lettish is the official language. Polish, Russian, and other
The legal system is based on a civil law system. languages are spoken.
The capital is Riga.
Mined Areas
Holidays
Formerly mined areas, now open to surface navigation, are
The following holidays are observed: located, as follows:
1. Approach to Riga.—An area bounded by the coast-
January 1 New Year’s Day line and lines joining the following positions:
a. 56°58.89'N, 23°49.88'E.
Good Friday Variable b. 57°12.49'N, 23°49.88'E.
Easter Sunday Variable c. 57°12.49'N, 24°06.78'E.
d. 57°18.99'N, 24°06.78'E.
Easter Monday Variable e. 57°18.99'N, 24°16.88'E.
May 1 Labor Day f. 57°12.99'N, 24°17.78'E.
g. 57°10.79'N, 24°08.38'E.
May 4 Declaration on the Re- h. 57°05.59'N, 24°08.38'E.
newal of Independence 2. Southwest of Kolka Rags.—An area bounded by the
Second Sunday in May Mothers’ Day coastline and lines joining the following positions:
a. 57°36.49'N, 22°46.38'E.
June 23 Ligo Day (Midsummer
b. 57°40.49'N, 22°48.28'E.
Solstice Eve)
c. 57°39.19'N, 22°57.38'E.
June 24 St. John’s Day (Jani) d. 57°34.99'N, 22°55.58'E.
(Midsummer Solstice) 3. Irbe Strait.—An area bounded by the coastline and
lines joining the following positions:
November 18 Independence Day
a. 57°19.99'N, 21°27.88'E.
December 25 Christmas Day b. 57°24.99'N, 21°14.88'E.
December 26 St. Stephen’s Day c. 57°39.99'N, 21°32.38'E.
d. 57°39.99'N, 21°25.88'E.
December 31 New Year’s Eve e. 57°47.99'N, 21°25.87'E.
Pub. 140
Latvia 399
Pub. 140
400 Latvia
Pub. 140
Latvia 401
Pub. 140
402 Latvia
Pub. 140
403
LEBANON
General Currency
Lebanon is located in the Middle East bordered on the N and The official unit of currency is the Lebanese pound, consist-
E by Syria and on the S by Israel. ing of 100 piastres.
The climate is Mediterranean with mild to cool, wet winters
and hot, dry summers. The mountains of Lebanon experience Firing Areas
heavy winter snows.
The coast of Lebanon is varied, alternating between sandy A hill, from which firing practice takes place, is located 1.5
Pub. 140
404 Lebanon
miles SSE of Ras Beirut Light. The axis of the firing range, ori- Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
ented 288°, is dangerous up to 2.5 miles from shore. moon, include Lailat al Miraj, Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan),
During firing practice a yellow flag is hoisted in the vicinity Eid Al-Adha (End of Pilgrimage), Hijrah (Islamic New Year),
of the hill. Ashoura, and the Prophet's Birthday.
Government Industries
The major industries are banking, tourism, real estate, con-
struction, food processing, wine, jewelry, cement, textiles, min-
eral and chemical products, wood and furniture products, metal
fabricating, and oil refining.
The main exports are jewelry, base metals, inorganic chemi-
cals, miscellaneous consumer goods, fruits and vegetables, to-
bacco, construction minerals, electrical power machinery and
switching gear, textile fibers, and paper. The main export-trad-
ing partners are China, the United Arab Emirates, South Afri-
ca, Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Iraq.
The main imports are petroleum products, cars, medicinal
products, clothing, meat, livestock, consumer goods, paper,
Flag of Lebenon textile fabrics, tobacco, electrical machinery and equipment,
and chemicals. The main import-trading partners are China, It-
Lebanon is a parliamentary republic. The country is divided aly, Greece, Germany, and the United States.
into eight governorates.
Lebanon is governed by a President who is elected by the
National Assembly to a 6-year term. By custom, the President
Languages
is a Maronite Christian, the Prime Minister is a Sunni Muslim, Arabic is the official language. Armenian, French, and En-
and the Speaker of the National Assembly is a Shia Muslim. glish are also spoken.
The unicameral National Assembly is composed of 128 mem-
bers, who are directly-elected to 4-year terms based on propor-
tional sectarian representation.
Navigational Information
The legal system is a mixture of Ottoman law, canon law, the Enroute Volume
Napoleanic code, and civil law. Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
The capital is Bayrut (Beirut). nean.
Holidays Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Lebanon are, as follows:
The following holidays are observed:
Territorial Sea 12 miles.
January 1 New Year’s Day
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. *
January 6 Armenian Christmas
Zone
January 7 Orthodox Christmas
* To median lines or boundaries.
February 9 St. Maroon’s Day
Good Friday (Christian and Variable Pollution
Orthodox)
MARPOL Special Area
Easter Sunday (Christian Variable The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
and Orthodox) Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
Easter Monday (Christian Variable special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
and Orthodox) in the sea have been adopted.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic
May 1 Labor Day
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
May 6 Martyrs’ Day
August 15 Assumption Day Prohibited Areas
November 1 All Saints’ Day The S coastal area of Lebanon, between 33°06'N and
November 22 Independence Day 33°15'N, is restricted to navigation within 3 miles offshore.
Vessels should remain 6.5 miles to seaward of the line join-
December 25 Christmas Day ing Sidon and Khaldi, just S of Bayrut.
Pub. 140
Lebanon 405
Regulations at which point they will head to the port entrance of their
port of destination.
General 2. Any merchant vessel departing a Lebanese port and
The Lebanese authorities require that all Lebanese and for- destined for any other Lebanese port will sail along the Leb-
eign merchant vessels entering Lebanese territorial waters anese coast using the coastal corridor until their port of desti-
should obtain permission from the Maritime Chamber, via the nation entrance.
agent, 24 to 36 hours prior to arrival. 3. When departing from their port and leaving Lebanese
All vessels should contact Bayrut Port Control on VHF territorial waters, all vessels will leave their port and the ter-
channel 16, when 12 miles from Bayrut port, to request permis- ritorial waters of Lebanon by sailing on a course of 270° as
sion to enter Lebanese territorial waters. safe navigation permits.
The legal and commercial ports are Bayrut (Beirut), Tarabu-
lus (Tripoli), Jounieh (Juniye), Sidon (Sayde) and Sidon Oil Vessels Calling at Israeli Ports
Terminal, and Sur (Sour), with the addition of certain private It has been reported (2013) certification must be obtained
and specialized ports such as Chekka and Selaata. from the Ministry of Economy and Commerce/Boycott Office
Ports are open to traffic during the following periods: of Israel prior to vessels calling at Lebanese ports to determine
1. Bayrut (Beirut)—24 hours. if a vessel has previously called at an Israeli port and/or is pro-
2. Tarabulus (Tripoli), Sidon (Sayde), and Sur—between hibited from calling at Lebanese ports. The certification must
0500 and 2000. be presented to the relevant port authorities along with the ves-
Passage between the above ports is limited to between 0500 sel’s ETA notice.
and 2000.
Normal international courtesies, such as flying the Lebanese
flag at the foremast, should be carefully adhered to by vessels Search and Rescue
while in the waters and ports of Lebanon.
The Lebanese navy, with a Rescue Coordination Center in
UNIFIL Maritime Task Force Regulations Bayrut, is responsible for search and rescue operations in Leb-
The United Nations Interim Force In Lebanon (UNIFIL) anese waters. RCC Bayrut can be contacted, as follows:
Maritime Task Force (MTF) is monitoring merchant traffic 1. Telephone: 961-1-629026
sailing towards Lebanese waters or transiting inside Lebanese 2. Facsimile: 961-1-629023
territorial waters. The UNIFIL-MTF is acting in accordance 3. E-mail: ais@beirutairport.gov.lb
United Nations Security Council Resolution (UNSCR) 1701. Lebanese naval bases maintain a continuous listening watch
Ships approaching Lebanese territorial waters are to be ready for distress traffic on 2182 kHz and VHF channel 16.
to answer United Nations warships’ hailing and to be con- Lebanese Navy Headquarters can be contacted, as follows:
trolled in accordance with UNSCR 1701. 1. Telephone: 961-1-313478
Ships planning to enter Lebanese territorial waters are to 961-1-983458
make sure that their agents in Lebanon inform the appropriate 2. Facsimile: 961-1-983460
Lebanese authorities about their intended arrival. 3. E-mail: navy@army.gov.lb
Four entry corridors have been established into and through
Lebanese territorial waters, as follows: Time Zone
1. Tarabulus (Tripoli) corridor—Beginning at the entry
point (34°30'N., 35°31'E.) on a course of 090° towards The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav-
Tarabulus (Tripoli) port breakwaters. Departure is carried out ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is maintained from the last Sunday
by navigating on a course of 270° until reaching the position in March until the last Saturday in October.
of the entry point.
2. Bayrut (Beirut) corridor—Beginning at the entry point U.S. Embassy
(33°54'N., 35°13'E.) on a course of 090° towards Bayrut
(Beirut) port breakwaters. Departure is carried out by navi- The U.S. Embassy is situated at Awkar, facing the munici-
gating on a course of 270° until reaching the position of the pality.
entry point. The mailing addresses are, as follows:
3. Sidon (Sayde)—Beginning at the entry point 1. Lebanon address—
(33°34'N., 35°08'E.) on a course of 090° towards Sidon P.O. Box 70-840 Antelias
(Sayde) port breakwaters. Departure is carried out by navi- Bayrut, Lebanon
gating on a course of 270° until reaching the position of the 2. U. S. address—
entry point. 6070 Beirut Place
4. Coastal corridor—Along the coastline 3 miles from Department of State
shore to be used by merchant traffic between Lebanese ports. Washington, DC (20521-6070)
Merchant vessels using these corridors must, at all times, ad-
here to the following rules and regulations:
1. Any merchant vessel destined for Tarabulus (Tripoli), U. S. Embassy Lebanon Home Page
Bayrut (Beirut), or Sidon (Sayde) will sail to their destina- https://lb.usembassy.gov
tion using the indicated corridor until 3 miles from the coast,
Pub. 140
407
LIBERIA
Buoyage System
Flag of Liberia
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Liberia is a republic. The country is divided into 15 counties.
Pub. 140
408 Liberia
Liberia is governed by a directly-elected President who Navigational Information
serves a renewable 6-year term. The bicameral National As-
sembly consists of a directly-elected 30-member Senate, serv- Enroute Volume
ing 9-year terms, and a directly-elected 73-member House of Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
Representatives, serving 6-year terms. and Northwest Africa.
The legal system is based on a combination of Anglo-Amer-
ican common law and local customary law. Maritime Claims
The capital is Monrovia. The maritime territorial claims of Liberia are, as follows:
English is the official language. There are also about 20 eth- U.S. Embassy Liberia Home Page
nic group languages, of which a few can be written and are
used in correspondence. https://lr.usembassy.gov
Pub. 140
409
LIBYA
General 409 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Buoyage System 409
Cautions 409 Cautions
Currency 410
Firing Areas 410 Military Operations off Libya
Fishing Areas 410 Military operations are occurring off Libya in an area bound-
Government 410 ed by the coast and latitude 34°00'N. Ships in this area or near
Holidays 411 the boundary line should proceed with extreme caution and
Industries 411 contact the nearest coast radio station to receive a safe track-
Languages 411 line. The vessel should send the following information to the
Mined Areas 411 Maritime Transport Agency (MTA), using the contact informa-
Navigational Information 411 tion in the table titled MTA Contact Information, 72 hours
Pollution 411 prior to arrival and daily at 1200:
Regulations 411 1. Position.
Search and Rescue 412 2. Course.
Ship Reporting System 412 3. Speed.
Submarine Operating Areas 412 4. ETA at the destination.
Time Zone 412 5. Cargo.
U.S. Embassy 412 6. Name of ship’s agent.
Pub. 140
410 Libya
Locust Reports the main nets or the return, whichever extends farthest.
See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa- 2. By night.—Two lights, the upper one red, the lower
tion. white, visible not less than 2 miles, are shown in place of the
above balls.
General Tunny nets which do not extend more than 0.15 mile from
Oil rigs and production platforms may be located anywhere the coast, and are not laid out in areas frequented by shipping,
up to 23 miles off the coast of Libya. are exempt from showing the above night signals.
Vessels anchoring in the roadsteads off Libya in the winter Practical difficulties, especially off the coast of the province
are recommended, with permission of the harbor authority, to of Tripolitania, in the NW part of Libya, may temporarily pre-
leave their daytime anchorage and to anchor further offshore at vent the proper marking of tunny fisheries areas and may affect
night due to the strong winds and occasional gales from the their dimensions and positions. Generally, such fisheries are al-
NW. lotted a water area of about 3 miles along their front, 5.5 miles
on their W side, and 0.5 mile along their E side.
Currency Where nets have been laid out, vessels should keep not less
than 6 miles from the coast to avoid the possibility of fouling
The official unit of currency is the Libyan dinar, consisting them. Great caution should be observed when entering or leav-
of 1,000 millemes. ing a port.
Tunny nets are usually laid as far as:
Firing Areas a. 5 miles offshore of Zuwarah.
a. Northwest, NE, and E from Marsa Sabratah.
Firing exercises take place in two areas off the Libyan coast b. 2.5 miles NNW of Marsa Zuwaghah.
from Ras Ajdir to Tarabulus. These areas are described below, c. 5 miles N of Marsa Dilah.
as follows: d. 5 miles offshore of Zanzur.
1. Area 1.—An area bounded by lines drawn joining the e. 2.5 miles NNW of Ras el-Ahmar.
following positions: f. 3 miles W of Ras al Hallab, the end of which may proj-
a. 33°20'N, 12°36'E. ect as far as 5 miles from shore, in proximity of normal ship-
b. 33°20'N, 13°00'E. ping routes.
c. 33°04'N, 13°00'E. g. 4.5 miles offshore of Ras al Misann.
d. 33°08'N, 12°42'E. h. The sea area fronting Sidi Muftah.
2. Area 2.—An area delimited by the parallel 33°00'N, i. 1.5 miles NNW of Zlitan.
the meridians 12°25'E and 13°10'E, and the coast. j. 2.5 and 5 miles NW of Sidi Bu Fatimah and Marsa Zu-
rayq.
The following areas are prohibited to navigation: k. 2.2 miles offshore of Minqares Sighir (4 miles NE of
1. Khalij Surt (Gulf of Sidra).—An area bounded by Banghazi).
lines joining the following positions:
a. 31°09'N, 19°42'E.
b. 31°09'N, 19°19'E.
Government
c. 31°56'N, 19°19'E.
d. 31°56'N, 19°42'E.
2. An area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
tions:
a. 32°52'N, 12°44'E.
b. 32°58'N, 12°48'E.
c. 32°58'N, 13°06'E.
d. 32°53'N, 13°06'E.
3. An area lying within 10 miles of the coast between
Marsa Dilah (32°48'N., 12°45'E.) and Ras al Ahmar, about
20 miles ENE.
Fishing Areas
Flag of Libya
Tunny Net Areas
During certain seasons of the year, expansive tunny nets are Libya currently functions under a transitional government.
laid out in places off the Libyan coast. The nets are sometimes The country is divided into 22 districts.
upward of 5 miles offshore and should be avoided. Libya is governed by a President elected by the General Na-
The prescribed marking for all tunny fisheries is, as follows: tional Congress. The General National Congress consists of
1. By day.—Two balls displayed vertically, the upper one 200 members elected from constituency and party lists.
red, the lower white, and not less than 2m apart. They are The legal system is based on Italian civil law, French civil
shown at a height of not less than 5m above the sea from law, and Islamic law.
boats or floats moored seaward of the central outer portion of The capital is Tripoli.
Pub. 140
Libya 411
Holidays nean.
Pub. 140
412 Libya
Pub. 140
413
LITHUANIA
General 413 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Buoyage System 413
Cautions 413 Cautions
Currency 413
Firing Areas 413 Environmentally Sensitive Sea Areas (ESSA), best seen on
Fishing Areas 414 the chart, are located NW and SW of Klaipeda.
Government 414
Holidays 414 Currency
Ice 414 The official unit of currency is the litas, consisting of 100
Industries 414 cents.
Languages 414
Navigational Information 414 Firing Areas
Pilotage 415
Pollution 415 Area EYD-17—An area frequently used for firing exercises
Regulations 415 and declared temporarily dangerous to shipping, bounded by
Search and Rescue 415 lines joining the following positions:
Time Zone 416 a. 55°36'35.4''N, 20°45'31.8''E.
U.S. Embassy 416 b. 55°35'18.0''N, 21°06'00.0''E.
Vessel Traffic Service 416 c. 55°31'00.0''N, 21°05'18.0''E.
d. 55°24'35.4''N, 20°59'31.8''E.
General e. 55°21'35.4''N, 20°45'31.8''E.
f. 55°24'35.4''N, 20°41'31.8''E.
Lithuania is located in Eastern Europe, bordering the Baltic g. 55°34'35.4''N, 20°41'31.8''E.
Sea between Latvia and Russia. Area EYD-18—An area frequently used for firing exercises
The climate is maritime, with wet, moderate winters and and declared temporarily dangerous to shipping, bounded by
summers. lines joining the following positions:
The terrain is composed of fertile lowlands, with many scat- a. 55°37'N, 20°46'E.
tered small lakes. b. 55°34'N, 21°00'E.
c. 55°25'N, 21°00'E.
Buoyage System d. 55°22'N, 20°46'E.
e. 55°25'N, 20°42'E.
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See f. 55°34'N, 20°42'E.
Pub. 140
414 Lithuania
The firing areas, which operate under a “clear range” policy, Holidays
are monitored by land-based naval surveillance stations in
combination with vessels participating in firing exercises. For The following holidays are observed:
exercises in which a ship is carrying out operations with light
weapons (such as pistols, rifles, or machine guns) the “clear January 1 New Year’s Day
range” is determined by the vessel conducting the exercise.
Firing is announced 1 hour prior to the exercise by MRCC February 16 Lithuanian Statehood Day
Klaipeda, which transmits a navigational warning on VHF March 11 Independence Statehood
channel 16. Details of upcoming firing exercises can be found Day
on the web site listed in Navigational Information—Internet
Maritime Safety Information. Easter Sunday Variable
Easter Monday Variable
Safety Offices May 1 Labor Day
Klaipeda Rescue July 6 Crowning of Mindaugas
Call sign Klaipeda Rescue August 15 Assumption Day
VHF VHF channel 16 November 1 All Saints’ Day
370-46-391257 December 25 Christmas Day
Telephone 370-46-391258 December 26 Boxing Day
370-46-218107
Facsimile 370-46-391259 Ice
Navy Duty Officer For information on obtaining general ice information for the
Telephone 370-46-314833 Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
Facsimile 370-46-391309 Industries
Fishing Areas The main industries are metal-cutting machine tools, electric
motors, television sets, refrigerators and freezers, petroleum re-
Coastal fishing grounds have been created in Lithuanian ter- fining, shipbuilding, furniture making, textiles, food process-
ritorial waters from the shoreline out to the 20m depth contour. ing, fertilizers, agricultural machinery, optical equipment,
Vessels passing through this area should be aware of the exis- lasers, electronic components, computers, amber jewelry, in-
tence of fishing equipment that may affect safe navigation. formation technology, video game development, and biotech-
nology.
Government The main exports are refined fuels, machinery and equip-
ment, chemicals, textiles, foodstuffs, and plastics. The main
export-trading partners are Russia, Latvia, Poland, Germany,
the United States, and Estonia.
The main imports are oil, natural gas, machinery and equip-
ment, transport equipment, chemicals, textiles and clothing,
and metals. The main import-trading partners are Russia, Ger-
many, Poland, Latvia, Italy, and the Netherlands.
Languages
Lithuanian is the official language. Polish and Russian are
also spoken.
Flag of Lithuania
Navigational Information
Lithuania is a parliamentary democracy. The country is di-
vided into 60 municipalities. Enroute Volume
Lithuania is governed by a directly-elected President serving Pub. 194, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern
a 5-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the Presi- Part).
dent. The unicameral 141-member Parliament has 71 directly-
Maritime Claims
elected members and 70 members elected through a system of
proportional representation, all serving 4-year terms. The maritime territorial claims of Lithuania are, as follows:
The legal system is based on civil law.
The capital is Vilnius. Territorial Sea * 12 miles. **
Pub. 140
Lithuania 415
Maritime Boundary Disputes For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
The 1998 maritime boundary treaty with Latvia has not been lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi-
ratified by the Latvian Parliament, primarily due to concerns cation.
over oil exploration rights.
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
Internet Maritime Safety Information tion
Navigational Warnings, Notices to Mariners, and associated Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as
information are available, in English, from the Lithuanian amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
Transport Safety Administration (https://ltsa/lrv.lt/naudinga-in- gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
formacija/navigational-warnings). bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
Pilotage For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
Pilotage is compulsory for entering and leaving all Lithua- tions.
nian ports and for mooring and casting off. Generally, pilots
should be ordered through the local agent 12 hours in advance Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
and confirmed 4 hours prior to arrival. The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
Pollution see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
Pub. 140
416 Lithuania
The Time Zone description is BRAVO (-2). Daylight Sav- U. S. Embassy Lithuania Home Page
ings Time (CHARLIE (-3)) is maintained from the last Sunday
in March until the last Sunday in October. https://lt.usembassy.gov
Pub. 140
417
MALTA
Pub. 140
418 Malta
Pub. 140
Malta 419
Pub. 140
420 Malta
The capital is Valletta. Navigational Information
Holidays Enroute Volume
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
The following holidays are observed: nean.
Maritime Claims
January 1 New Year’s Day The maritime territorial claims of Malta are, as follows:
February 10 St. Paul’s Shipwreck
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Carnival Varies
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
March 19 St. Joseph Day
Fisheries or Economic 25 miles.
March 31 Freedom Day
Zone
Good Friday Variable Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
Easter Sunday Variable of Exploitation.
May 1 Worker’s Day * Claims straight baselines. Requires advance permission
or notification for innocent passage of warships in the
June 7 Commemoration of the
territorial sea.
Uprising of 7 June 1919
June 29 St. Peter and St. Paul Feast
Day Offshore Drilling
August 15 Assumption of the Blessed
Virgin Mary Oil exploration is taking place over most of the width of
Malta Channel between Malta and the S coast of Sicily.
September 8 Our Lady of Victories Feast
Day Pollution
September 21 Independence Day
MARPOL Special Area
December 8 Immaculate Conception The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
December 13 Republic Day Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
December 25 Christmas Day in the sea have been adopted.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Industries Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Pub. 140
Malta 421
Pub. 140
422 Malta
Gozo. 2. U.S. address—
5800 Valletta Place
Time Zone Dulles, VA (20189)
Pub. 140
423
MARTINIQUE
General 423 from June through October. The island is subject to hurricanes.
Buoyage System 423 December through May are generally the coolest, driest, and
Cautions 423 most comfortable months.
Currency 424 The predominant current around Martinique fluctuates be-
Government 424 tween WNW in winter and NNW in summer. It is most pro-
Holidays 424 nounced from March to September and moderate for the rest of
Industries 424 the year. The average rate is 1 knot.
Languages 424 The terrain is mountainous, with an indented coast line. The
Meteorology 424 island is dominated by Mount Pelee, almost 1,400m high, a
Navigational Information 424 dormant volcano visible up to 45 miles.
Pilotage 424
Regulations 425 Buoyage System
Search and Rescue 425
Ship Reporting System 425 The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See
Time Zone 425 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
U.S. Embassy 425
Appendix—SURNAV (FRENCH WEST INDIES) 427 Cautions
General Seaplane operating areas are located off the W and S coasts
of Martinique.
Martinique is an island in the Caribbean Sea. It lies near the Local deflections of the compass have been reported in the
N end of the Windward Islands between Dominica and Saint waters around Ilet Cabrits (14°23.5'N., 60°52.1'W.), near the S
Lucia. extremity of Martinique, and off the E side of the island in the
The climate is tropical and humid. The rainy season occurs vicinity of Ilet Chevalier (14°25.8'N., 60°49.6'W.).
Pub. 140
424 Martinique
Currency Industries
The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100 The main industries are sugarcane and banana production,
cents. tourism, and light industry (cement, rum, construction, and oil
refining).
The main exports are refined petroleum products, bananas,
Government rum, and pineapples. The main export trading partners are
France and Guadeloupe.
The main imports are petroleum products, crude oil, food-
stuffs, construction materials, vehicles, clothing, and other con-
sumer goods. The main import-trading partners are France and
Venezuela.
Languages
French is the official language. A Creole patois is also wide-
ly spoken.
Meteorology
Flag of Martinique Marine weather forecasts, weather charts, and wind predic-
tions are available, in French, from Meteo France Antilles-
Martinique is an overseas department of France. The island Guyana (http://www.meteo.gp/previsions-meteo-marine-antil-
elects two senators to the French Senate and four deputies to les-guyane/cotes).
the French National Assembly.
Martinique is administered by the directly-elected General
Council, consisting of 45 members serving 6-year terms, and
Navigational Information
the directly-elected Regional Council, consisting of 42 mem- Enroute Volume
bers serving 6-year terms. Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The legal system is based on French law. ume 1.
The capital is Fort-de-France.
Maritime Claims
Holidays The maritime territorial claims of Martinique are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Martinique 425
Pub. 140
Martinique 427
Pub. 140
428 Martinique
Pub. 140
Martinique 429
Pub. 140
431
MAURITANIA
Except for certain spots in the S, Mauritania’s climate is hot Fishing Areas
and dry; the temperature averages more than 38°C for half the
year. The climate along the coast has one rainy season and an Fishing vessels may be encountered off the entire coast of
annual rainfall of less about 675mm each year. Trade winds Mauritania, especially 20 miles off the coast between 22°30'N
moderate the temperature for about 8 months of the year. and 20°45'N.
Pub. 140
432 Mauritania
Offshore Drilling
Flag of Mauritinia Offshore oil and gas exploration is carried out in the coastal
and deep-water areas off the coast of Mauritania. Safety zones
have been established around Chinguetti Oil Field, lying be-
Holidays tween 40 and 48 miles SW of the port of Amitie (17°59'N.,
The following holidays are observed: 16°02'W.), and Banda Oil Field (17°46'N., 16°35'W.).
Pub. 140
433
MEDITERRANEAN SEA
Cautions Whales
From April through August, sperm whales may be found in
Shipping Concentrations the Strait of Gibraltar. A sperm whale conservation area is
Major shipping routes connecting the western Mediterranean bounded by lines joining the following positions:
and major French ports in the Golfe du Lyon and the Italian a. 36°00.6'N, 5°28.8'W.
port of Genova (44°24'N., 8°54'E.) with the eastern Mediterra- b. 35°55.2'N, 5°27.0'W.
nean intersect about 30 miles SSE of Toulon (44°24'N., c. 35°51.6'N, 5°38.4'W.
8°54'E.). d. 35°57.0'N, 5°40.2'W.
Pub. 140
434 Mediterranean Sea
The maximum allowed vessel speed in this area is 13 knots. 1. Albania—Durres.
Vessels should be extremely vigilant when transiting this area. 2. Croatia—Dubrovnik, Split, and Zadar.
3. Cyprus—Lanarca and Limassol.
Seiches 4. Egypt—Alexandria and Port Said.
Seiches sometimes occur in the Adriatic Sea. In 1977, a deep 5. France—Cannes, Marseilles, Nice, Toulon, and Ville-
low moved SE across the area in the vicinity of Stari Grad franche.
(43°11'N., 16°35'E.) from the N part of the Adriatic Sea, The 6. Gibraltar.
water level fell 2m and then rose several minutes later by 2.7m. 7. Greece—Astakos, Kaliamata, Kerkira, Kithra, Pirae-
The oscillations continued for several hours; each cycle lasted us, Souda Bay, St. Theodore, and Thessaloniki.
about 10 minutes and consisted of about 4 minutes of slack at 8. Israel—Ashdod and Haifa.
the high and low levels and about 1 minute for each rise or fall. 9. Italy—Augusta Bay, Cagliari, Catania, Gaeta, Genoa,
La Maddalena, la Spexia, Livorna, Messina, Naples, Paler-
U.S. Maritime Advisory System mo, Porto Torres, San Remo, Taormina, Taranto, Trieste, and
U.S. Maritime Advisories rapidly disseminate information Venice.
on maritime dangers, safety, government policy, and other 10. Malta—Valleta.
time-sensitive matters pertaining to U.S. flag vessel operations. 11. Monaco.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Cau- 12. Slovenia—Koper.
tions—U. S. Maritime Advisory System. 13. Spain—Barcelona, Benidorm, Cartagena, Ibeza, Mal-
aga, Palma, Pollensa, and Valencia.
Climatology 14. Tunisia—Bizerte, Sfax, Sousse, and Tunis.
15. Turkey—Aksaz, Antalya, Izmir, Izkenderun, and
General Mersin.
The influence of the sea results in mild winters and warm
summers in the Mediterranean Sea. In the N gulfs, where Winds
winds are mainly of land origin, continental extremes of tem- In the Mediterranean there is no general wind current domi-
perature are more likely during both seasons. nating the whole region at any time of the year, although the
Winter is the stormiest season. The Golfe du Lion, the Golfo overall wind pattern remains fairly constant in all seasons.
di Genova, and the Adriatic Sea are the principal areas of cy- During the winter season winds are often W to NW, with av-
clogenesis during this season. Storms generally follow an E erage speeds of 12 to 17 knots. Between the Strait of Gibraltar
track along the N side of the Mediterranean Sea. In general, and Sardegna (Sardinia), both E and W winds predominate
gales are more likely in the north, particularly in the Golfe du while in the Adriatic Sea SW winds are common. The W coast
Lion, the Adriatic Sea, and the Aegean Sea. Spring and autumn of Italy shows no prevailing wind direction. Cyprus and the
show a decrease in the number of storms although cyclogenesis northeastern Mediterranean Sea have a high percentage of N
occurs in the Golfo di Genova and the northern Adriatic Sea. and NE winds. The Aegean Sea shows the greatest departure
The storm tracks are similar to those of winter, although the from the general pattern, with N winds in all seasons, although
frequency of gale force winds is about one-half that of winter. in winter both N and S winds are frequent.
Summer is characterized by fair weather. Storms and strong Spring brings little change to the above pattern except in the
winds are uncommon throughout most of the area. northeastern Mediterranean Sea, where SW winds now pre-
Poor visibility in the form of fog or precipitation is much dominate. The average wind speeds drop to 9 to 13 knots in
more likely to occur during the winter months than any other spring.
season, particularly in the N. Dust or dry haze blowing from In the summer months the average wind speeds are 5 to 9
North Africa can also greatly reduce visibility. Summer is knots over the area. The general pattern remains the same ex-
characterized by exceptional visibility over the entire area, ex- cept in the Aegean Sea, where S winds are rare.
cept near large cities, where there is often an early morning Fall brings little change in the general pattern except for the
fog. southeastern Mediterranean Sea, where winds are variable. The
The Naval Research Laboratory Monterey, a corporate re- average wind speeds increase to 7 to 10 knots in this season.
search laboratory for the United States Navy and Marine The diurnal alternation of land and sea breezes caused by the
Corps, publishes port studies and forecaster handbooks that differential heating of land and sea is pronounced in the warm
may be of use to the mariner. These publications can be ac- season and sometimes noticeable in the cool season. During
cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site. daylight hours, the land warms up much more rapidly than the
sea, causing air near the surface to rise. Air flowing in from
Naval Research Laboratory Monterey Home Page seaward to replace this rising air forms the sea breeze. At night
the reverse action takes place.
http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil/pubs.htm Regular sea breezes prevail from April to October, beginning
at 0700 or 0800, reaching a maximum about 1300 or 1400, and
The African Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa- continuing until about 1800 or 1900. In the spring and autumn,
tion on the following ports: the sea breeze begins later in the morning; in the winter, when
1. Egypt—Alexandria and Port Said. it occurs, its onset may be delayed until noon. The extent of
2. Tunisia—Bizerte, Sfax, Sousse, and Tunis. land-sea breezes is about 10 to 20 miles from the coast. The sea
The European Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa- breezes usually reach 11 to 16 knots, while the land breezes are
tion on the following ports: weaker, averaging 5 to 9 knots.
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 435
Gales are most likely in the Golfe du Lion, the Adriatic Sea, (North Africa), especially in the N. It is persistent, very dry
and the Aegean Sea. There is a general decrease toward the S and dusty, hot in the summer, and cold in the winter. It blows
and E, but gale frequency increases in the main straits, such as with high pressure in the Mediterranean Sea and the isobars
the Strait of Gibraltar and the Alboran Sea, due to funneling. running nearly parallel with the coast. It is said to be most
Winter is the primary season for strong winds. The highest frequent in the 40 days following July 11 or 12, a period
frequency of gales is the Golfe du Lion, where they occur which is known as the Smaim (see Simoom).
greater than 20 per cent of the time near the head, decreasing to 6. Chili.—A warm dry descending wind in Tunisia re-
10 per cent in the open seas. Both the Adriatic Sea and the Ae- sembling the sirocco. In southern Algeria, it is called chich-
gean Sea show a 10 per cent frequency of gales in this season. ili.
The extreme winds are most likely from September through 7. Cold Scirocco.—A dry E wind ocuring in the winter
March in the Mediterranean Sea. over Israel which may cause abnormally low temperatures.
The maximum recorded wind was 65 knots, at Iskenderun in 8. Dusenwind.—Literally “jet wind” or “blast wind.”
March. Izmir has recorded 61 knots in that month and has a The mountain-gap wind of Canakkale Bogazi (The Darda-
summer record of 50 knots (June). Split has recorded a 58 knot nelles); a strong ENE wind which blows out of Canakkale
NNE gale during the month of December. Very few stations Bogazi (The Dardanelles) into the Aegean Sea, penetrating
have recorded winds greater than 30 knots during June, July, as far as the island of Lemnos. It is caused by a ridge of high
and August. pressure over the Black Sea.
The complex topography of the Mediterranean Sea area, 9. Cierzo.—Spanish term for the mistral in the lower
with mountains to the N, desert to the S, and numerous islands valleys of the Rio Ebro. It occurs mainly in the autumn and
and indented coastlines, results in a variety of regional winds. early winter.
Most of these winds have names and are briefly described, as 10. Etesians.—The prevailing N to NW winds in summer
follows: in the eastern Mediterranean Sea and especially the Aegean
1. Bora.—A fall wind whose source is so cold that when Sea; basically similar to monsoon and equivalent to the mae-
the air reaches the lowlands or coast the dynamic warming is stro of the Adriatic Sea. The average wind strength is force 3
insufficient to raise the air temperature to the normal level to 4 but has been occasionally reported to reach Force 5 or 6.
for the region; hence it appears as a cold wind. The terms According to the ancient Greeks, the etesians blow for 40
borino and boraccia denote a weak bora and strong bora, re- days beginning with the heliacal rising of Sirius. They are
spectively. The term is applied (along with karstbora) to the associated (along with the seistan and shamal) with the deep
cold NE wind on the Dalmatian coast of the Adriatic Sea in low pressure area which forms in summer over northwest In-
winter when cold air from Russia crosses the mountains and dia. They bring clear skies and dry relatively cool weather.
descends to the relatively warm shores of the Adriatic Sea. It In Greece, the etesian wind is locally named the sleeper; in
is very stormy and squally; the squalls sometimes reach 90 Turkey it is the meltem. The Romans used the word also for
knots or more. The cyclonic bora (bora scura), with clouds the Southwest Monsoon of the Arabian Sea.
and rain, covers the whole Adriatic Sea and occurs with a During the summer these NW through NE winds are very
low pressure system to the S. The dry anticyclonic bora is persistent and in some places have almost the character of
generated by a powerful anticyclone over central Europe. It trade winds. They are dry and, moving over a relatively cool
is very violent over the land but extends only a short distance sea, bring good visibility and clear skies; only after traveling
out to sea. A local bora also occurs on the E shore of the some distance over the sea do they generate cumulus clouds.
Adriatic Sea with an anticyclone over the Balkans. Boras Their wind speeds may be greatly increased by funneling in
may last for several days, although advancing cold fronts many of the narrow channels of the Aegean Sea.
may be preceded by a relative lull. Each cold front is accom- 11. Gharra.—A line of squally thunderstorms moving in
panied by a violent squall and followed by an increase in from the NE affecting the Gulf of Sirte, usually between Jan-
winds which are strongest and most frequent in the cool sea- uary and March.
son. Bora gales occur about 10 per cent in the northern Adri- 12. Ghibli.—Also called chibli, gebli, gibleh, gibli, and
atic Sea during the month of January. kibli. A hot dust-bearing desert wind in Tripolitania similar
2. Borasca.—Also called borasco or bourrasque. Liter- to the foehn. In Morocco, the analogous gibla is a hot dry
ally means “little bora.” A thunderstorm or violent squall, es- wind from between the SE and S. It means “the direction in
pecially in the Mediterranean Sea. which one turns,” i.e., the traditional direction of Mecca.
3. Burin.—A coastal wind in the northern Adriatic Sea 13. Gregale.—The Maltese and best known variant of a
occurring in summer due to the temperature differences be- term for a strong NE wind in the central and western Medi-
tween the sea and the land. The wind, which usually comes terranean Sea. It occurs either with high pressure over central
from the ENE to NNE, begins around 2200 and continues Europe or the Balkans and low pressure over Libya, when it
through the night until about sunrise. It is strongest around may continue for up to 5 days, or with the passage of a low
sunrise, although it rarely exceeds force 2. to S or SE when it lasts only a day or two. It is most frequent
4. Cers.—A name for the mistral in Catalonia, Nar- in winter. The weather varies with the type of pressure distri-
bonne, and parts of Provence (southern France and north- bution and the onshore or offshore direction of the wind. At
eastern Spain). It is very violent and turbulent in the Aude Malta, the gregale raises dangerous seas in the harbor.
Valley below Carcassone, with gusts often reaching 45 to 50 14. Khamsin.—Also spelled camsin, chamsin, kansin,
knots. It is cold in the winter, hot in the summer, and always khamasseen, and khemsin. A dry, dusty, and generally hot
dry and clear. A similar N wind in Spain is the cierzo. desert wind in Egypt and over the Red Sea. It is generally S
5. Chergui.—An E or SE desert wind in Morocco or SE, occurring in front of depressions moving E across
Pub. 140
436 Mediterranean Sea
North Africa or the southeastern Mediterranean Sea. strong, squally, cold, and dry and is the combined result of
15. Leste.—Spanish nautical term for E wind. The name the basic circulation, a fall wind, and jet-effect wind. It
is given to a hot dry and dusty E or SE wind which blows blows from the N or NW in the Rhone Delta, where it is
from the Atlantic coast of Morocco out to Madeira and the strongest; from the NW in Provence; and from the NE in the
Canary Islands. It is a form of sirocco and occurs ahead of valley of the Durance, below Sisteron.
depressions advancing E. A general mistral usually begins with the development of a
16. Levante.—The Spanish and most widely-used term depression over the Tyrrhenian Sea or Golfo di Genova, with
for an E or NE wind occurring along the coast and inland an anticyclone advancing from the Azores to central France.
from southern France to the Strait of Gibraltar. It is moderate It often exceeds 50 knots and reaches 75 knots in the lower
or fresh (not as strong as the gregale), mild, very humid, Rhone Valley and 45 knots at Marseilles, decreasing both to
overcast, and rainy; it occurs with a depression over the the E and W. In the absence of a strong pressure gradient, a
western Mediterranean Sea. In summer it is rare and weak; weaker katabatic local mistral develops in the Rhone Valley.
in January it is inhibited by the Iberian anticyclone. It is most A general mistral usually lasts for several days, sometimes
frequent from February to May and from October to Decem- with short lulls. It is most violent in winter and spring, and
ber. may do considerable damage.
17. Levanter.—An English name for the levante, more The mistral has a variety of local names, such as mango-
specifically applied to winds in the Strait of Gibraltar and on fango (Provence); secaire, maistrau, maistre, or magistral
the E coast of Spain. It blows from E or NE with high pres- (Cevennes); dramundan (Perpignan); cierzo (Spain); and
sure over central Europe and a depression over the southwest cers (the Pyrennes). South of Mont Ventoux, a similar wind
Mediterranean Sea. It is most frequent and strongest from is named bise. A local W wind of mistral type which de-
October to December and February to May, and persists for scends from Mount Canigou to the plains of Roussillon is
2 or 3 days called canigonenc.
18. Levantera.—A persistent E wind in the Adriatic Sea, 28. Orsure.—A stormy N to NE wind in the Golfe du Li-
usually bringing cloudy weather. on.
19. Leveche.—Also spelled laveche. A name for the si- 29. Ostro.—A S wind occurring most frequently in the
rocco in Spain. It is a hot sand and dust-laden wind from be- open part of the Adriatic Sea. It appears when cyclonic activ-
tween SE and SW that blows in front of a depression on the ity approaches the Adriatic Sea from W to NW. The direc-
SE coast of Spain but extends only a few miles inland. tion of the ostro is usually determined by pressure
20. Libeccio.—Italian name for a SW wind; used espe- differences and is not affected by land. It is transient in na-
cially in northern Corsica for the W or SW wind which ture and of short duration, but can increase and warn of an
blows throughout the year, and especially in winter when it approaching storm.
is often stormy. On windward slopes it brings rain, with 30. Ponente.—A W wind on the Cote d’Azur (French
thunderstorms in summer and autumn; after crossing the Mediterranean coast), the northern Roussillon region, and
mountains it is warm and dry, but may be very turbulent. Corsica. On the Cote d’Azur, it is a weakened mistral and
21. Liberator.—A name sometimes given the W wind brings clear skies. In northern Roussillon, it is the land
through the Strait of Gibraltar. breeze of early morning, changing to SE during the day, and
22. Lips.—The ancient Greek name for the SW wind; it generally precedes the tramontana.
is the sea breeze in Athens. On the Tower of the Winds it is 31. Raffiche.—Also called refoli. In the Mediterranean
represented by a bare-legged young man carrying a piece of Sea region, gusts from the mountains; violent gusts of the
a trireme (ancient galley). This may indicate either that the bora.
wind favored homecoming ships or that, when stormy, it 32. Riefne.—An intense storm of Malta in the Mediterra-
caused wrecks. Today the name is applied to any hot wind, nean Sea.
usually the sirocco. 33. Simoom.—A strong, dry, and dust-laden desert wind
23. Maestro.—A NW wind with fine weather which which blows in the Sahara, Israel, Syria, and the desert of
blows, especially in summer, in the Adriatic Sea; it is most Arabia. Its temperature may exceed 54°C and the humidity
frequent on the W shore and is equivalent to the etesians of may fall below 10 per cent. The name means “poison wind”
the eastern Mediterranean Sea. It is also found on the coast and is given because the sudden onset of a simoom may
of Corsica and Sardinia. cause heatstroke. This is attributed to the fact that the hot
24. Mamatele.—Also called mamaliti or mamatili. A wind brings more heat to the body than can be disposed of
light NW wind of Sicily; it is a form of mistral. by the evaporation of perspiration.
25. Marin.—A warm moist SE wind from the sea on the 34. Siffanto.—A SW wind of the Adriatic Sea; it is often
French Mediterranean coast and in the Maritime Alps, espe- violent.
cially frequent in spring and autumn. In the Rhone Delta, it 35. Sirocco.—Also spelled scirocco. A warm S or SE
blows also from the S. wind in advance of a depression moving E across the south-
26. Meltem.—Also spelled meltemi. A strong wind from ern Mediterranean Sea or North Africa. The air comes from
the NE or E which often sets in suddenly and blows during the Sahara (as a desert wind) and is dry and dusty, but the
the day in summer on the Bulgarian coast and in Istanbul Bo- term is not used in North Africa, where the natives call it
gazi (The Bosporus). It is also the Turkish name for the ete- cham (hot) or arifi (thirsty). In crossing the Mediterranean
sians. Sea, the sirocco picks up much moisture because of its high
27. Mistral.—A N wind which blows down the Rhone temperature and reaches Malta, Sicily, and southern Italy as
Valley S of Valence, France and into the Golfe du Lion. It is a very enervating hot and humid wind. As it travels N, it
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 437
causes fog and rain. fect), especially near the Corsican Mountains, the N coast of
Siroccos from the S may result in temperatures greater Sicilia (Sicily), and southern Italy when the sirocco blows in
than 40°C, with a humidity of 3% or less, along the north Af- summer. Palermo has recorded a high of 45.6°C in August.
rican coast. Winds may reach Force 6 to 8, with associated In general the average winter temperatures increase toward
sand storms reducing visibility to below fog levels. the S, and they are slightly higher in the eastern Mediterranean
The most severe occurrences are in late spring and autumn Sea than in the western Mediterranean Sea. January and Febru-
but seldom in summer. On average they occur 1 to 3 times in ary are usually the coldest months. The lowest temperatures
April and May but infrequently at other times, lasting from occur in the cold continental air streams on the shores of the
as little as 1-2 hours and as long as 3 days. Golfe du Lion, the north Adriatic Sea, and in the north Aegean
In some parts of the Mediterranean region, the word may Sea. In these areas the minimum temperature may be as low as
be used for any S wind. In the extreme SW of Greece, a -6° to -9°C. The extreme minimum in the area is -14°C, which
warm foehn wind crossing the coastal mountains is named was recorded in Trieste in February.
sirocco di levante. There are a number of local variants of the Changes in wind direction can bring about marked changes
spelling, such as xaroco (Portuguese), jaloque or xaloque in temperature. In summer months if the onset of the (cool) sea
(Spanish), and xaloc or xalock (Catalonian). In the Rhone breeze is delayed until afternoon, a drop of 8° to 11°C may oc-
Delta, the warm rainy SE sirocco is called eissero. On cur when the sea breeze does arrive.
Zakynthos Island, it is called lampadista. Large changes occur when the sirocco winds are suddenly
36. Solano.—A SE or E wind on the SE coast of Spain in followed by a cold front. The W coast of Greece can experi-
summer, usually an extension of the sirocco. It is hot and hu- ence large summer changes when hot dry winds from the
mid and sometimes brings rain; when dry, it is dusty. mountains are followed by a cold front.
37. Tarantata.—A strong breeze from the NW in the
Mediterranean Sea region. Precipitation
38. Tramontane.—A cold wind from the NE or N, par- Rainfall in the Mediterranean Sea area generally occurs in
ticularly on the W coast of Italy and northern Corsica, but al- association with low pressure systems. Heaviest rains occur
so in the Balearic Islands and the Ebro Valley in Catalonia. ahead of cold fronts, particularly when the air is warm and hu-
Like the mistral, it is associated with the advance of an anti- mid. In autumn, when the sea is still very warm, showers
cyclone from the W following a depression over the Mediter- caused by instability and thunderstorms are often associated
ranean Sea. The weather is fine, with occasional showers. with warm fronts. Thunderstorms also occur in siroccos when
39. Traversier.—In the Mediterranean Sea, dangerous they are orographically lifted in the N parts of the Mediterra-
winds blowing directly into port. nean Sea area.
40. Vardar.—Also called vardarac. A cold fall wind The average annual precipitation is generally highest in the
blowing from the NW down the Vardar Valley in Greece to N sector, decreasing to a minimum along the eastern North Af-
the Gulf of Salonica. It occurs when atmospheric pressure rican coast. Rijeka has an annual average of 1,575mm, the
over Eastern Europe is higher than over the Aegean Sea, as is highest in the area, with 111 days showing measurable precipi-
often the case in winter. It persists for 2 or 3 days, with a tation (1mm or greater), while the minimum of 76mm is re-
mean velocity of 10 to 15 knots, rising to 30 knots in squalls. ported at Bur Said, which has an average of only 19 days with
It is strongest where the Vardar River leaves the mountains, measurable precipitation. Most of the NW area reports an an-
but it extends for some distance out to sea. nual average close to 762mm.
41. Vendaval.—A stormy SW wind on the southern Med- Most of the Mediterranean Sea experiences a dry season in
iterranean coast of Spain and in the Strait of Gibraltar. It oc- the summer, when there is an almost constant flow of surface
curs with a low advancing from the W in late autumn, winter, air onto North Africa and a very stable lapse rate in the atmo-
or early spring, and is often accompanied by thunderstorms sphere. A change in either of these conditions, such as excep-
and violent squalls. tionally cold air moving in from Europe or warm air blowing
42. Zephyrus.—In the northern Adriatic Sea, a wind out of Africa, could cause a break in the dry season. The south-
from the W which arises suddenly, particularly in cold eastern Mediterranean Sea experiences almost complete aridity
weather, but does not last long. It is usually a strong wind during the summer months; no station on the North African
and can cause high waves. coast reports more than a 25mm total for the summer months
(June, July, August). The NE is also dry, with Piraievs averag-
Temperature ing 15mm and Izmir averaging 25mm for the summer months.
The regional climate of the Mediterranean Sea is generally To the NE, Genova has an average of 172mm total and 13 days
one of mild winters and hot summers. In the summer months showing measurable precipitation.
the average daily temperatures increase toward the E and S. The Mediterranean rainy season usually occurs from late fall
The average daily highs in summer are usually in the high to early spring. December, a representative month in the rainy
teens or low 20s (°C). Hot temperatures are not unusual along season, shows Genova and Napoli with an average of 137mm
the North African coast when a hot breeze blowing off the des- and 9 and 13 days, respectively, with measurable precipitation.
ert (sirocco) encroaches on the marine environment. The high- Some cities to the south are still quite dry; Bur Said has an av-
est temperature recorded in the Mediterranean region is erage of only 15mm and 4 rainy days in December.
47.8°C, which was measured in Banzart in August and in Tunis Snow is relatively rare at sea level in the Mediterranean Sea.
in July. High temperatures also occur in a number of other The most affected areas are the northeast Adriatic Sea and the
places in the Mediterranean Sea due to adiabatic heating of air N parts of the Aegean Sea, where snow falls on an average of 6
as it flows down the lee side of a mountain range (foehn ef- days each year. Snow seldom lies on the ground for more than
Pub. 140
438 Mediterranean Sea
1 to 2 days in this area. most cities in the E region report to 2 to 3 oktas average cloud
Hail may occur in the northern Mediterranean at any time of cover.
the year, but in general it is most frequent in spring and winter. The cloud cover is heaviest during the winter months. In De-
In the S areas, hail is practically confined to these seasons. In cember, Napoli has an average of 13 cloudy days, while Alger
regions where the rainfall consists mainly of heavy showers, averages 11 and Bayrut has a mean of 7 cloudy days. The area
the highest frequencies of hail occur in the seasons of maxi- is seldom overcast during the summer months and few stations
mum rainfall and not necessarily of maximum thunderstorm report more than 2 to 3 cloudy days each month during this
activity. Hail in this region occurs mainly along cold fronts, in season. In many places along the coast the diurnal variation of
showers caused by instability in cold air masses, and in thun- cloud cover during the winter often gives a maximum each
derstorms. morning due to low stratus. This cover normally dissipates af-
The frequency of Mediterranean thunderstorms is highest in ter sunrise and there is a second maximum in the afternoon due
the N waters, with a maximum in the North Adriatic Sea, de- to the development of cumulus. Most of the area only experi-
creasing to a minimum along the N coast of Africa, from Libya ences the afternoon maximum in summer. The clearest time of
to Egypt. The annual average of thunderstorm days ranges the day is in the evening. The diurnal cloud changes usually
from 37 at Split to 3 at Bur Said. In the North Adriatic Sea the only affect the offshore waters to a distance of 10 to15 miles
frequency of thunderstorms is highest in the summer months, from the coast.
with many of these being air mass thunderstorms. Rijeka has
an average of 6 thunderstorm days during the month of July. In Visibility
other parts of the Mediterranean, autumn and winter are the The more important causes of poor visibility in the Mediter-
main season for thunderstorms. Autumn thunderstorms are ranean Sea are fog, dust, haze, and precipitation. Mist or fog is
most common in the western and central Mediterranean Sea, common near large cities in the early morning, when the
the southern Adriatic Sea, and the western Aegean Sea; Tunis smoky air is especially favorable for condensation of moisture.
and Piraeus average 4 thunderstorm days in October. In the Dense sea fogs are relatively scarce in the Mediterranean
eastern Aegean Sea and eastern Mediterranean Sea, thunder- Sea, but when they do occur, they are more frequent in the rela-
storms are most common in winter. tively cool waters of the N gulfs than in the warmer water to
the S. On the coast radiation fog sometimes develops in early
Humidity morning when winds are very light, but this usually decreases
The relative humidity over most of the Mediterranean Sea is soon after sunrise.
highest in the winter months, decreasing to a minimum during The N movement of moist sirocco air over the relatively cool
July or August. In general, the relative humidity is highest sea is a major cause of fog in the Mediterranean Sea. Thick si-
during the night; this variation is brought about more by diur- rocco fogs occur in the northern Adriatic Sea, along the W
nal temperature variations than changes in actual water con- coast of Italy, and in the Golfo di Genova and the Golfe du Li-
tent. The seasonal variation is highest in the N area and very on. Fog at Venezia has been known to continue for as long as 5
small along the North African coast. days.
Winds often determine the short period range in humidity. The haze caused by African dust can affect the visibility just
Offshore winds are generally dry in all seasons, especially on as intensely and abruptly as a dense fog. This dust is carried N
the North African coast, where the sirocco is often desiccative, from the desert area by storms moving E along the North Afri-
while the sea breeze is generally quite moist. An extreme ex- can coast and is associated with the hot sirocco or other S
ample of wind effect has been noted at Al Iskandariyah (Alex- winds. Dust storms are most intense in the strong winds ahead
andria), where relative humidity as low as 8 per cent has risen of a cold front. A dust storm seldom lasts for more than 12
to 90 per cent within 2 hours after the arrival of NW winds in hours at anyone place, although a low may cause dust storms
the rear of a low. for 3 or more days as it moves along its track. Generally the
In the winter months, the relative humidity is generally high- dust clears after the passage of the cold front. Dust storms are
est in the W part of the region, although the January minimum most common in May, but they can occur at any time of the
occurs at Genova, which has a 56 per cent daytime average in year. Such dust may travel great distances N, but generally the
this month. In the summer months, the relative humidity is extent of reduced visibility is limited to a belt 20 to 50 miles
highest in the southern Mediterranean Sea. wide along the African coast.
The diurnal variation depends, to a great extent, on the local Poor visibility is generally most common in winter and
winds and, therefore, has a large range over the Mediterranean spring. Venezia has an average of 12 days a month with visibil-
Sea area. Average diurnal changes can be nearly 0 per cent ities less than 2 miles in both February and December, while
(Hefa in October) and as high as 24 per cent (Banzart in July). Napoli averages 10 days in April. The southern and eastern
The diurnal range is smallest along the E shore of the Mediter- Mediterranean ports seldom show more than 3 days per month
ranean Sea and at Genova, which does not have a diurnal aver- with poor visibility (less than 2 miles) during this period.
age greater than 9 per cent in any month during the year.
Currents
Cloud Cover
In general, the Mediterranean Sea is not a cloudy area. The General
seas W of Sicilia (Sicily) and the northern Adriatic Sea experi- The following is a general discussion of surface circulation
ence a slightly greater percentage of cloud cover than the rest in the Mediterranean Sea. It should be carefully noted that cur-
of the area. Most of the stations in western Mediterranean Sea rent patterns change seasonally as wind patterns change. Local
report an annual average of near 4 oktas cloud cover, while current patterns are altered as well when winds blow for a peri-
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 439
od of days from an other-than-usual direction, causing surface continental shelf which breaks off into a deeper abyssal plain
currents to change direction for a time or be increased beyond near Malta. This allows the North Atlantic Ocean surface water
the normal rate until conditions return to normal. flowing in a well-defined current along the N coast of Africa to
Surface Atlantic Ocean water flows through the Strait of Gi- spread out, meander, and lose its identity as the Algerian Cur-
braltar along the coast of Spain and France at mean rate of 0.5 rent. The general weakening of circulation in the surface layer
knot, forming two surface features in the Alboran Sea. A jet of from W to E is a distinctive feature of the Mediterranean Sea.
water moves from the strait along the coast of Spain, turns SE The weakened surface stream generally follows the coast of
near 4°W, and passes between Alboran Island and Cape Tres Libya. An anticyclonic feature in the Gulf of Sidra shunts the
Forcas before continuing NE. This surface current slows from flow NE toward the coast of Cyrenaica and into the central Io-
about 2 knots in the Strait of Gibraltar to about 1 knot in the nian Sea.
Alboran Sea. Southwest of the jet, a large gyre of water circu- Surface circulation is generally cyclonic in the eastern Medi-
lates clockwise, with speeds up to 0.5 knot. When low atmo- terranean Sea basin. Smaller cyclonic gyres in the Levantine
spheric pressure over the Mediterranean Sea results in a W Basin draw portions of the African North Atlantic Ocean
wind, the force of the jet can double as the gyre decays and stream N into the interior of the Levantine Basin. Cyclonic
sometimes disappears. High pressure over the Mediterranean flow moves the remainder of the surface North Atlantic Ocean
Sea weakens the jet and strengthens the gyre, which may de- water E along the coast of Egypt. Before the Aswan High Dam
velop a diameter of up to 50 miles. was built, the spring flooding of the Nile River produced a
Mediterranean Sea bottom water flows W along the Moroc- NNE surface current with speeds up to 3.2 knots near the coast;
can coast. In the Strait of Gibraltar, anticyclonic vorticity since the completion of the Aswan High Dam, however, sur-
draws deep water up and over the sill into the Atlantic Ocean a face currents along the Egyptian coast rarely exceed 0.5 knot.
few hours before high tide at Tarifa and maintains the Alboran Surface flow generally continues N toward Turkey along the
anticyclonic gyre. Strong winds blowing from the French coast coasts of Lebanon and Israel and then NE along the coast If
cool and evaporate surface waters which sink, forming Western Greece. Circulation in the Aegean Sea is complicated by the
Mediterranean bottom water that is also drawn up and over the large number of islands in the area. There is a S flowing W
Gibraltar Sill. The onset of the mistral winds in February caus- boundary current which moves surface water through the Pet-
es particularly violent mixing in the Golfe du Lion off the coast alion Gulf and around the Peloponessus. The surface flow then
of France. These winds supply energy to a cyclonic gyre in the moves N toward the Adriatic Sea. There is an anticyclonic gyre
Ligurian Sea; the gyre is predominantly maintained by thermal SW of the Peloponessus and a cyclonic gyre S of Otranto in the
advection and salinity differences, as well as the Coriolis force. northern Ionian Sea. These smaller surface circulation features
Surface water flows along the west coast of Corse; at Cap along with the Levantine Basin gyres may not always be ex-
Corse, the N end of the island, this flow is joined by a current pressed at the surface because of the variable wind field in the
of equal strength flowing along the E coast of Corse. They area.
merge and form the Ligurian Current, which then flows W The S limit of the Adriatic Sea is defined by the 39 mile-
along the Italian Riviera and the French Cote d’Azur. The wide Strait of Otranto, where the water flow is further restrict-
mean surface flow is strongest off Nice, especially in a coastal ed by a sill across the strait at a depth of 745m. The Adriatic
band from 20 to 30 miles wide, where the mean rate is 0.4 to Sea is separated into two basins by the Palagruza Sill at a depth
0.6 knot. In the W approach to the Strait of Bonifacio, current of 171m or less. The two basins are the South Adriatic Pit, lo-
speeds of 2.8 knots may occur when strong winds, tidal, and cated S of the Palagruza Sill, and the Jabuka Pit, located N of
hydraulic currents all set in the same direction. Palagruza Sill. The sill itself is dotted with rocks and islands.
The main surface Atlantic Ocean flow in the Alboran Sea Water circulation in the Adriatic Sea, especially in the surface
moves SE at a mean rate of 0.5 knot, and up to 2 knots during layer, is strongly influenced by these basins and sills.
gales, until it approaches the coast of Algeria and increases to a The average depth of the N and middle Adriatic Sea is only
mean rate of 0.75 knot. To the N of the Algerian Current large 82m. The Adriatic Sea as a whole is rather shallow and is under
cyclonic (counterclockwise) circulations develop. To the S, an- the influence of environmental factors seasonally, including the
ticyclonic (clockwise) gyres form. Atlantic Ocean water then wind field, an influx of fresh water, and surface air tempera-
flows E at a mean rate of 0.75 knot through the Sardegna Chan- tures. During the winter, a strong SE wind (sirocco) prevails;
nel, where part of the water flows through the Strait of Sicilia however, the weather is quite changeable due to the frequent
into the E basin and another branch flows along the N coast of passage of cyclones and bursts of strong NE continental winds
Sicilia into the Tyrrhenian Sea. The surface waters of the Tyr- (boras). During the summer, the etesians (mistral) blow fairly
rhenian Sea generally flow in a cyclonic gyre. This cyclonic constantly to the NW and increase the outflow of surface water.
flow continues N along the W coast of Italy until it sets W and The currents of the Adriatic Sea are characteristically slow.
then S along the E coast of Sardegna to complete the gyre. Circulation is cyclonic, with stronger currents along the W
Weak countercurrents flow along the W coast of Italy from coast in the summer and along the E coast in the winter. During
Genova S and along the E coast of Corse. the fall and spring, the current intensities are nearly equal
The general mean surface circulation is SE from the Strait of along both coasts. In the winter, an incoming NW current pre-
Sicilia into the Ionian Sea basin at a mean rate of 0.2 to 1 knot. dominates, while in the summer, an outgoing SE current pre-
Along the S coast of Sicilia the current is generally weak but vails. Environmental conditions may develop such that the
increases with W winds. Strong S winds may cause the cur- incoming winter branch or the outgoing summer branch may
rents to flow NW and during gales may reach speeds up to 2 be lacking.
knots. There is a cyclonic cell under the influence of the Po River
The Strait of Sicilia widens from W to E, forming a broad discharge in the northern Adriatic Sea. A little farther S the
Pub. 140
440 Mediterranean Sea
flow is anticyclonic. During the summer and winter, the Pala- knots. In the E part of the strait the currents have a N compo-
gruza Sill separates the N and southern Adriatic current regime nent so that the surface water tends to rotate in a clockwise di-
into two distinct cells. During the fall and spring, this flow sep- rection.
aration is no longer apparent. Current speeds are small The winds, which may be violent at times, modify the flow
throughout the Adriatic Sea; the highest values are found in the through the Strait of Gibraltar. During the summer, the wind
Strait of Otranto. Under normal conditions, the average current generally blows from the E, at times up to 35 knots for a week,
velocity through the strait in summer is 0.7 knot and in winter which causes the surface flow to increase up to 5 knots in the
is 0.35 knot, with a maximal velocity of 1.7 knots. downwind direction and decrease, or even reverse, in the upper
Strait of Gibraltar.—In the following discussion of tidal 10 to 15m in the upwind direction.
flow through the Strait of Gibraltar, all of the times mentioned Barometric pressure as well has an effect on the flow
are in reference to HW at Tarifa. Mediterranean Sea bottom through the strait. High pressure over the western Mediterra-
water and surface Atlantic Ocean water are exchanged through nean Sea causes a decrease in the inflow; low pressure causes
the Strait of Gibraltar, which is on the average 201m deep, 6.2 an increase, especially since W winds generally blow when at-
miles wide, and 6.2 miles long. Water movement through the mospheric pressure is low over the W basin.
strait is controlled by global tides, strong winds, and baromet- Strait of Sicilia.—Levantine and surface water from the E
ric pressure over the Mediterranean Sea. The configuration of and W basins flow in opposite directions through the Strait of
the strait itself influences the mean current regime. In the W Sicilia under normal wind conditions.
part of the strait the cross section is triangular and the surface The bottom topography is complicated and directly influenc-
current is weak. The E cross section is deeply U-shaped; the es the flow patterns at the bottom and somewhat at the surface,
surface current is shallow and sets strongly E. The net inward especially over Adventure Bank.A ridge divides the strait into
surface flow averages about 1 knot. two channels, one 365m deep oriented towards the NNW, and
Two primary factors modify the mean current regime: the other 430m deep oriented directly towards the N.
1. Ocean-generated tides.—Ocean-generated tides are The Atlantic Ocean surface water flows E along the N coast
periodic while atmospheric factors, such as local winds and of Africa as the Algeria Current, through the Strait of Sicilia,
pressure fields, are aperiodic. The ocean basin tides generate and into the E basin. The surface flow is strongest along the
strong tidal streams in the strait; weak countercurrents run coast of Tunisia. As the surface North Atlantic Ocean water
along the coasts. Local atmospheric conditions cause fluxes moves eastward it slows and spreads to fill the width of the
of water exchanged through the strait to vary. strait. Weak countercurrents form near Malta and flow along
2. Complex nonlinear processes.—Complex nonlinear the coast of Sicilia.
processes cause drastic changes in the instantaneous flow re- The surface flow through the strait is stronger in the summer
gime to the E of the sill. At about HW at Tarifa, a current than in the winter; it averages 0.5 to 0.75 knot throughout the
front is generated near the sill which propagates toward the year, but the current may increase to 2 knots during WNW
east into the Alboran Sea at a velocity of 3 to 4 knots. Slicks gales in the winter and, in rare cases, to 3 to 4 knots during a
or tide rips mark the passage of the front. strong NE wind. During the spring and fall, strong E winds
The ocean-generated tide is semidiurnal with a small diurnal may cause a short-term reversal of the flow. Near Malta, the
component. The amplitude is greater than 2m at the western shallow Sicilian shelf falls away sharply into the Levantine Ba-
entrance to the strait than in the center, 1.3m at Tarifa, and sin. A strong front, the Maltese Front, forms along this shelf
1.0m at the eastern end. The total current (mean plus tidal) re- break.
verses at the surface during a semidiurnal tidal cycle. The max- Strait of Messina.—The Strait of Messina is very narrow; it
imum value for outflow occurs at 3 to 4 hours before HW at is 2.2 nautical miles wide at the narrowest point, which is the
Tarifa; the maximum value for inflow occurs about 3 hours af- location of a shallow sill, 120m deep, positioned between Pun-
ter HW at Tarifa. Over the sill, the current sets E after a sudden ta Pezzo on the Italian coast and Ganzirri on the Sicilian coast.
reversal at about 30 minutes after HW at Tarifa, with a change The sea floor falls away on either side of the sill to submarine
in current speed of about 3 knots. To the E of the sill the sur- valleys with a steeper gradient to the N than to the S.
face current is higher (3.5 knots) than to the W of the sill (2 There is an amphidromic point in the strait where tidal
knots) because the surface current is more shallow and the heights are zero. To the south in the Ionian Sea, tidal heights
strait is more constricting. At the surface, a line of eddies forms are 0.1m,; to the north in the Tyrrhenian Sea, tidal heights are
along the position of the sill as the current flows outward from 0.2m. This slope in sea level, along with the shallow sill and
5 hours to 30 minutes before HW at Tarifa. At about 45 min- narrow constrictions of the Strait of Messina, drives strong tid-
utes before HW at Tarifa surface temperatures drop and salinity al currents (averaging about 4.3 knots at springs and 2.5 knots
values reach a minimum as intermediate Mediterranean Sea at neaps) through the Strait of Messina. Countercurrents flow
water is brought near the surface. Just after the surface tidal along the coasts as the Strait of Messina widens to the S.
current reverses to an inflow, the current speed increases by Where the Strait of Messina bends, convergence zones de-
about 3 knots in 30 minutes. velop, causing the generation of strong shear zones. These
The current pattern is different at the E entrance of the strait zones are similar to an estuarine tidal bore and are called “tag-
near Gibraltar. Strong currents flow in the surface layer down li” by local fishermen. The tagli appear as zones of increased
to a depth of 103m and do not reverse with the tide at the sur- surface roughness which can be decreased by opposing winds
face. The minimum inflow current occurs at about 2 hours 30 or increased by spring tides. The tagli are stronger when the
minutes after HW at Tarifa; the maximum inflow current oc- tidal current flows N. These convergences also give rise to tur-
curs at about 6 hours after HW at Tarifa. In the middle of the bulent eddies; the large ones are cyclonic and develop off Capo
strait the maximum current speeds at springs are higher than 3 Peloro, Scilla, and near the harbor entrance of Messina. Small-
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 441
er anticyclonic eddies also form in the Strait of Messina. International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code
Corse Channel.—The Corse Channel, located between the The ISPS Code applies to ships on international voyages and
coasts of Tuscany and Corse, separates the Tyrrhenian Sea and port facilities directly interfacing with these ships. All vessels
the Ligurian Sea. The main channel lies between Corse and the should fully comply with the provisions of Chapter XI-Part 2
islands of the Tuscan Archipelago (Elba, Capraia, Pianosa, of the SOLAS Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code. Ves-
etc.). sels shall demonstrate that appropriate maritime security mea-
A surface current flows NNW, with an average speed of 0.5 sures are in place according to ISPS Code regulations. For
knots through the main channel between Corse and the islands further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigation-
of Pianosa, Montecristo, and Capraia. With N winds, the cur- al Information.
rent may be as high as 1.8 knots. A countercurrent forms along
the coast of Corse. A current flowing W between Elba and Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navigation
Capraia splits into a N component and a S component; a cy- (ATON)
clonic eddy is located where the E current meets the N current. For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational
Strait of Otranto.—The Strait of Otranto is the southern Information.
limit of the Adriatic Sea; it is 39 nautical miles wide, and there
is a sill across the entrance of the strait 745m deep. Automatic Identification System (AIS) and Voyage Data
Surface currents to a depth of 43m in the Adriatic Sea are Recorder (VDR)
generally weak but increase through the Strait of Otranto. Sur- For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational
face current speeds are controlled by meteorological factors Information.
and are seasonal. During the summer an outgoing SE current
through the strait prevails, especially along the W coast, as part Enroute Volumes
of a general cyclonic circulation pattern. Along the Italian Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
coast, current speeds range from 0.4 knot to 1.5 knots. Along nean
the Albanian coast current speeds range from 0.4 knot in open Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
waters to 0.8 knot along the coast. nean.
Deep eastern Mediterranean Sea water is formed nearly en-
tirely in the vicinity of the Strait of Otranto. The exchange of Pollution
water between the Adriatic Sea and the Ionian Sea may be fast-
er than in the rest of the basin. Ballast Water Management
Near Cap Colonne and Punta Alice surface flow strongly International guidelines have been adopted by the IMO to
constricts because of cyclonic circulation which produces cur- prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic organisms and
rents of about 0.5 knot. During the winter, surface currents pathogens from ships’ ballast water and sediment discharge in-
flow NW along the E coast of the Adriatic Sea. In the summer to marine ecosystems. The guidelines include the retention of
the currents flow SE along the W coast. The current flow rate ballast water on board, ballast exchange at sea, ballast manage-
through the strait reaches its maximum value in August. The ment aimed at preventing or minimizing the uptake of contam-
yearly average surface current velocity through the strait is 0.8 inated water or sediment, and the discharge of ballast ashore.
knot, with a maximum velocity of 1.7 knots under normal con- Particular attention is drawn to the hazards associated with bal-
ditions. During the summer, the velocity averages 0.7 knot; last exchange at sea. For further information, see North Atlan-
during the winter, it averages 0.4 knot. When tidal and non-tid- tic Ocean—Pollution—Ballast Water Management.
al currents set in the same direction, surface current speeds
may increase to 3 knots along the Italian coast and up to 4 MARPOL Special Areas
knots along the Albanian coast. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda-
tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
Fishing Areas been adopted.
The sea area of the Mediterranean Sea proper, including all
In the N and S approaches to the Strait of Gibraltar, nets used gulfs and seas within it. is a MARPOL Special Area It is
to catch bluefin tuna may be moored, as follows: bounded on the W by the Strait of Gibraltar at the meridian of
1. March through September—in the N approaches. 5°36'E. The boundary between the Mediterranean Sea and the
2. June through December—in the S approaches. Black Sea is the parallel of 41°00'N.
The nets are marked by cardinal lighted buoys and are fitted For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Pollu-
with radar reflectors. tion—MARPOL Special Areas.
Pub. 140
442 Mediterranean Sea
2. All other garbage including paper products, rags, glass, common vessel traffic monitoring information systems
metal, bottles, crockery, dunnage, and lining and packing throughout EU waters. The rules apply to all commercial ves-
materials. sels over 300 gt and all vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
Food waste may be disposed of at sea provided the disposal cargo regardless of size. For further information, see North At-
is carried out as far as practicable from land. Disposal is pro- lantic Ocean—Regulations—Restrictions on Navigation
hibited within 12 miles of the nearest land. When Approaching EU Coasts.
All ships are required to dispose of their garbage at shore re-
ception facilities. When reception facilities are unavailable, Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
garbage is to be retained on board until it can either be dis- Information concerning Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
posed of onshore or in accordance with the provisions of (SSC) and Ship Sanitation Control Exemption Certificates (SS-
MARPOL Annex V outside of the Mediterranean Sea. CEC) can be found in North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations.
Regulations Routes
Schengen Agreement The route information in this section considers routes to and
The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create free move- from selected ports in the Mediterranean Sea.
ment for persons within the European Union (EU) and to inten- In general, these routes are as direct as safe navigation per-
sify the fight against cross-border crime. In practice, the mits. However, in some instances, a divergence is made to
Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on journeys avoid dangers to navigation, to take advantage of favorable cur-
between the member states will cease, while the external fron- rents, or to minimize the effects of adverse currents. It should
tier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards countries that are not be inferred that recommendations in this chapter necessari-
not signatories to the Schengen Agreement. For further infor- ly represent adopted or established sea lanes. Routes between
mation, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Schengen ports consist of a series of rhumb lines unless stated otherwise.
Agreement. When a route may be followed in either direction the reverse
route is not described.
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification Detailed information on these routes can be found in the Ap-
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- pendix—Routes Across the Mediterranean Sea.
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the Ship Reporting System
EU region.
The participating EU countries in the Mediterranean Sea are, Mediterranean Voluntary Ship Reporting System
as follows: This voluntary reporting system has been established to in-
1. Cyprus. crease security and provide the necessary support to maintain
2. France. freedom of navigation to all vessels in the Mediterranean Sea.
3. Greece. Merchant vessels operating in this area are strongly encour-
4. Italy. aged to interact with the NATO Shipping Center. Vessels not
5. Malta. participating in the reporting system may experience delays in
6. Slovenia. receiving military assistance in the event of an incident as mili-
7. Spain. tary assets will not be expecting the ship, resulting in valuable
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- information not being available.
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- Vessels, when entering the Mediterranean Sea or when de-
cation. parting a Mediterranean port, are encouraged to send a stan-
dard initial report to the NATO Shipping Center. The
Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Con- information in this report will enhance the military’s ability to
trol (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) both assist vessels and to avoid interference between naval and
The NIR of the PMoU has introduced a mandatory reporting merchant shipping. Vessels are also encouraged to report suspi-
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port or an- cious activity.
chorage in the Paris MoU region. The report should contain the following information:
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- 1. Vessel name.
lations—Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port 2. Flag.
State Control (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR). 3. IMO number.
4. INMARSAT telephone number.
European Union (EU) Advanced Manifest Rule 5. Time and position.
All cargo vessels sailing from a non-EU port to an EU port 6. Course.
must submit an Entry Summary Declaration (ENS) to the first 7. Speed.
port of call in the EU 24 hours prior to the cargo being loaded. 8. Freeboard.
for further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regula- 9. Cargo.
tions—European Union (EU) Advanced Manifest Rule. 10. Destination and ETA.
11. Last port, departure date, and departure time (UTC).
Restrictions on Navigation When Approaching EU Coasts 12. Additional ports, with ETA and ETD dates and times
European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC establishes (UTC).
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 443
Pub. 140
444 Mediterranean Sea
ans prolonged, the water level may rise or fall by as much as 1m.
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 445
1. The Strait of Gibraltar to ports on the E coast of Spain, the S coast of France, and the W coast of Italy
Strait of Gibraltar to Barcelona, Spain; Marseilles, France; and Genova and Livorno, Italy.—After proceeding
through the Strait of Gibraltar to a position 6.5 miles S of Europa Point, steer a direct course to a position 10 miles S of
Cabo de Gata, taking advantage of the E current that sets from the strait; the; steer to a position 10 miles SE of Cabo de
Palos, and then to a position about 15.5 miles SE of Cabo de la Nao. From the latter position steer a course to the harbor of
Barcelona.
Vessels bound for Marseille steer a direct course from the position off Cabo de Palos to a position 1 mile W of lIe du
Planier, and proceed to the harbor.
Vessels bound for Genova depart from the Barcelona track off Cabo de Palos and steer to a position about 3 miles NW of
Isla Conejera and then steer direct to destination.
Vessels bound for Livorno depart from the Genova track off Isla Conejera; then steer to a position 10 miles NW of Isla
Dragonera, and then direct to destination; passing close S of Isola di Gorgona.
When strong NW winds are blowing, especially the mistral which is most frequent during the winter months, vessels
bound for Marseille and Genova sometimes prefer to continue along the spanish coast to Cabo San Sebastian, and then steer
to destination.
During the summer months some navigators bound for Genova or Livorno prefer to continue E from Cabo de Gata to a
position 3 miles S of Isla del Aire, passing S of the Balearic Islands, and then direct to destination; in the case of Livorno
they join the above-mentioned route N of Cap Corse, Corse (Corsica). Strong E currents have been reported along this
route.
Barcelona to the Strait of Gibraltar.—It has been reported that a SW current sets closely along the E coast of Spain and
continues W along the S coast of Spain as far as Europa Point. Westbound vessels taking the following route will not only
benefit from this current but will also avoid the adverse current that sets strongly through the Strait of Gibraltar.
After clearing the harbor of Barcelona, steer S to a position about 2 miles ESE of Cabo de la Nao, then direct to a position
about 5 miles SE of Cabo de Palos, and then steer SW to a position about 5 miles S of Cabo de Gata. Follow the S coast of
Spain at a distance of 3 to 5 miles offshore to a position about 9 miles SE of Malaga and then steer SW to a position about
2 miles S of Europa Point. From Europa Point, steer to a position about l.5 miles S of Isla de Tarifa, taking care to avoid La
Perla, and then proceed to the junction point of the Strait of Gibraltar. Vessels bound for English Channel ports depart from
this track off Isla de Tarifa.
Marseille to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Proceed to the W of Ile du Planier; then steer a direct course to a position 5 miles
SE of Cabo de Palos; and then proceed to destination as directed in the route from Barcelona.
Genova to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Follow the reverse of the northbound route N of the Balearic Islands to a position 3
miles NW of Isla Conejera; then steer to a position 5 miles SE of Cabo de Palos and then proceed to destination as directed
in the Barcelona to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
Livorno to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Follow the reverse of the northbound route N of the Balearic Islands to a position 3
miles NW of Isla Conejera and then proceed as directed in the Genova to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
Pub. 140
446 Mediterranean Sea
The Strait of Gibraltar to Napoli.—Vessels bound for Napoli proceed as directed previously to a position 6.5 miles S of
Europa Point and then continue E to a position 15 miles S of Cabo de Gata. From the latter position steer a direct course to
a position 7 miles SSE of Capo Spartivento, Sardegna (Sardinia) and then steer to Golfo di Napoli and destination.
Napoli to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Follow the reverse of the Strait of Gibraltar to Napoli route as far as the position S
of Capo Spartivento, then steer a direct course to a position 5 miles S of Cabo de Gata, and continue to destination as
directed in the Barcelona to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
The Strait of Gibraltar to Messina, Sicilia.—Proceed as directed in the Strait of Gibraltar to Napoli route to the
position S of Cabo de Gata and then steer to a position about 31 miles N of lIe de la Galite. From the latter position, steer a
course to a position 5 miles N of Capo San Vito, Sicilia (Sicily), and then steer to a position 3 miles NE of Capo
Rasocolmo, passing about 3 miles S of Isola Vulcano. Pass through the Stretto di Messina as directly as safe navigation
permits and proceed to destination.
This route leads about 15.5 miles N of the reported obstruction located NNE of lIe de la Galite and passes about 21 miles
N of Keith Reef. The current in the vicinity of Skerki Channel and Skerki Bank is variable in direction and strength. The
current generally sets ESE; during NW winds it has been observed to attain a rate of 3 to 4 knots. However, on occasions,
the current has been found to be setting between NW and NNW. Navigators must take great care when passing this area.
Navigating through the Stretto di Messina, although not difficult, requires utmost diligence as the tidal currents are very
strong.
Messina to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Westbound vessels steer the reverse of the Strait of Gibraltar to Messina route to
the position N of lIe de la Galite; then steer to a position 5 miles S of Cabo de Gata; and then follow the Spanish coast to
destination as directed in the Barcelona to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
2. The Strait of Gibraltar to ports on the coast of North Africa, Algeria, Malta, Libya, and Egypt.
The Strait of Gibraltar to Oran, Algeria.—Vessels traversing in the middle of the Strait of Gibraltar generally
experience an E current, the rate of which is largely influenced by the direction of the wind. Inshore of this E current, the
currents are tidal.
Vessels bound for Oran steer a course through strait to a position about 5 miles N of Punta Almina, Morocco; then steer a
direct course to a position 3 miles N of Cap Falcon, passing about 2 miles S of Isla del Alboran; and then proceed to
destination.
Oran to the Strait of Gibraltar.—After clearing the harbor and reaching a position about l.5 miles N of Cap Falcon,
proceed direct to a position about 2.5 miles N of Punta Almina, passing about 4 miles S of Isla del Alboran, and then along
the coast to a position 1.5 miles N of Punta Cires, being guided by the condition of the tidal currents. From the last position,
proceed to the junction point in the Strait of Gibraltar.
The Strait of Gibraltar to North African ports (continued).—After passing through the strait to a position 6.5 miles S
of Europa Point, steer a course to a position about 2.5 miles N of Cap Bengut, about 8 miles N of Cap Tenes, and 3 miles N
of Cap Caxine. From Cap Bengut steer to a position 4.5 miles N of Cap Serrat, passing about 3 miles N of Cap Bougaroun;
then round Ras Enghela at a distance of 2 miles, pass between Iles Cani and Cap Zebib, and continue to a position at least 3
miles N of Cap Bon. Vessels bound for Valletta steer from the latter position to pass 2 miles N of Punta Spadillo, on Isola di
Pantelleria, then pass about 2 miles N of the island of Gozo, and then proceed to destination, taking care to avoid Secca il
Baida (Bells Bank).
Vessels bound for Tarabulus round the Cap Bon at a distance of at least 3 miles and proceed direct to destination.
Vessels bound for Al Iskandariyah (Alexandria) steer a great circle course from 2 miles N of Punta Spadillo to
destination.
Vessels bound for Bur Said steer a great circle course from Cap Bon to a position about 15 miles NNE of Damietta Light
and then proceed to destination as directly as safe navigation permits.
Bur Said, Al Iskandariyah, Tarabulus, and Valletta to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Westbound vessels from Bur Said
proceed to a position about 13 miles NNE of Damietta Light and then steer a great circle course to a position 3 miles N of
Iles Cani, taking care when passing S of Graham Shoal and Pantelleria Bank. From this position, steer a rhumb line course
to a position 5 miles N of Ile de la Galite, then a direct course to a position 5 miles S of Cabo de Gata, and then onward
along the Spanish coast to destination as directed in the Barcelona to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
From Al Iskandariyah, steer a great circle course to the position N of Iles Cani, and then proceed as directed in the above-
mentioned route.
From Tarabulus, steer the reverse of the eastbound route to a position off Cape Bon, then to a position 3 miles N of Iles
Cani, and then to destination as directed in the route from Bur Said.
From Valletta steer the reverse of the eastbound route as far as Punta Spadillo, then steer to a position 3 miles N of Iles
Cani, and continue W as directed in the route from Bur Said.
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 447
3. The Strait of Gibraltar to ports in the Adriatic Sea via Stretto di Messina or S of Sicilia (Sicily).
Vessels bound for ports in the Adriatic Sea have the choice of two routes. The principal route through the Stretto di
Messina is about 25 miles shorter than the route S of Sicilia; however, the current is favorably stronger along the North
African coast and in the Strait of Sicily than along the route N of Sicilia and through the Stretto di Messina.
Via the Stretto di Messina.—Follow the eastbound route to Messina as far as the Stretto di Messina. Pass through the
Stretto di Messina as directly as prudent navigation permits, having due regard for the existing tidal currents, then round
Cape dell' Armi at a distance of about 2 miles, and steer to a position 2.5 miles S of Capo Spartivento. From the latter
position steer to a position about 4 miles SE of Capo Santa Maria di Leuca and then to a position about 2 miles E of Capo
d'Otranto. Then proceed N about 12 miles and then steer a direct course to Venezia, giving the coast a berth of at least 5
miles as far as Brindisi.
Vessels bound to Trieste depart from the track leading to Venezia at a position about 4 miles WSW of Otocic Jabuka, then
steer to a position about 6 miles WSW of Rovinj, proceeding N, and after rounding Punta Salvore at a distance of 1.5 miles,
enter the Gulf of Trieste and proceed to destination.
Via S of Sicilia.—Follow the Strait of Gibraltar to Bur Said eastbound route as far as Cap Bon and then steer to a
position about 3 miles S of Capo delle Correnti. Then steer to a position about 3 miles SSE of Capo Passero and then steer
to a position about 4, miles SE of Capo Santa Maria di Leuca. From the latter position proceed to destination as directed in
the above-mentioned route.
Caution.—Navigation in the Gulf of Trieste within coastal waters of Slovenia is limited to vessels with maximum draft
of 14m and maximum speed of 10 knots.
Large tankers (over 20,000 gt), with drafts greater than 15m and speeds greater than 12 knots should remain at a distance
of at least 2 miles outside the route from Rt Savudrija to Luker Koper Anchorage.
Venezia, Trieste, and Adriatic Sea ports to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Proceed in reverse of the Via the Stretto di
Messina route and then proceed to destination as directed in the route from Messina.
4. The Strait of Gibraltar to ports in the Aegean Sea and the Dardanelles.
Follow the Strait of Gibraltar to the Adriatic Sea (via S of Sicilia) route as far as the position S of Capo delle Correnti.
Then steer to a position 1 mile S of Akra Tainaron and pass through Dhiekpious Elafonisou to a position off Akra Males.
From the latter position, if bound for Piraievs, pass to the W of Nisos Parapola, then steer 1.5 miles E of Akra Zourva and
then shape a course to the destination.
The currents in the vicinity of Nisos Parapola are often strong and the set is uncertain; caution is necessary during thick
weather.
Vessels bound for Thessalonki, Izmir, and the Dardanelles proceed from off Akra Malea through Porthomos Keas and
Porthmos Kafireos to a position about 2 miles NW of Akra Fassa. If bound for Thessaloniki, round Akra Kafirevs, then pass
close W of Nisos Prasoudha, taking care to avoid Nisos Glaros (at night, it is recommended to pass E of Nisos Prasoudha),
and then steer for the entrance of Porthmos Skopelou between Nisos Skopelos and Nisos Skiathos. After passing through
Porthmos Skopelou, proceed NW into Thermaikos Kolpos to a position about 4 miles WSW of Akra Epanomi. Then
proceed N to the entrance of Kolpos Thesssalonikis and steer to destination as directly as safe navigation permits, giving
due regard to the charted dangers.
Some navigators prefer to make passage through Nisoi Voriai Sporadhes by using Prthmos Ilioddhromias, between Nisos
Iliodhromia and Nisos Skopelos, as the distance is several miles shorter, but the channel is narrow and the two islets located
in it constitute a danger at night.
If bound for Izmir, vessels depart from the route to Thessaloniki at the position off Akra Fassa and then steer to pass
about midway between Nisos Psara and Nisos Khios to a position about 2 miles NW of Akra Milaina. Then steer northward
of Nisos Khios and the peninsula of Karaburun and enter Izmir Korfezi. Pass to the E of Uzun Ada and proceed to
destination.
Vessels bound for Izmir sometimes proceed via Khios Strait. A course is steered from Akra Malea to a position 2 miles
SE of Nisos Serifors, giving due regard to the strong and uncertain currents in the vicinity of Nisos Falkonera. Then steer to
a position in Porthmos Mikonou between Nisos Mikonos and Nisos Tinos; then steer to a position about 2 miles SE of
Nisos Venetiko, off the S extremity of Nisos Khios. Enter Khios Strait by passing close W of Ferner Ada, then pass through
Egri-Liman Channel, on the E side of Nisoi Oinousai, and round the peninsula of Karaburun to the entrance of Izmir
Korfezi. Proceed to destination as directed in the above-mentioned route.
There is no difference in distance between the latter two routes. The route via Khios Strait has the advantage of avoiding
the strong adverse current encountered in Porthmos Keas and Porthmos Kafireos as well as having, during S winds, a
favorable current in the strait. However, caution must be used when navigating in the vicinity of Nisoi Oinousai as the
charted soundings in this area are not in sufficient detail.
Pub. 140
448 Mediterranean Sea
Vessels bound for the Dardanelles continue NE from the position NW of Akra Fassa to a position about 4 miles WNW of
Presa Adalari. Then a course is laid to the entrance of the Dardanelles. The outflow of water from the Dardanelles forms
strong currents setting to the W and SW in the approaches of the Dardanelles. Great care must be taken when navigating in
this vicinity.
Piraievs, Thessalonki, Izmir, and the Dardanelles to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Proceed in reverse of the eastbound
route (in the case of Izmir, N of Nisos Khios) to a position S of Akra Tainaron. Then steer to a position about 65 miles SSW
of Capo delle Correnti, where the westbound track from Bur Said is joined, and continue W as directed in the route from
Bur Said.
5. The Strait of Gibraltar to ports in the S coast of Turkey, Lebanon, and Israel.
Vessels bound to any of these ports have a common track as far as 3 miles S of Capo delle Correnti as directed in the
Strait of Gibraltar to the Adriatic Sea (via S of Sicilia) route.
The Strait of Gibraltar to Iskenderun.—Proceed from the position off Capo delle Correnti to 3 miles S of Nisos Avgo
in Dhiekplous Kithiron. Continue E to a position 2.5 miles N of Nisos Saria, passing between Nisos Karavonisia and Nisos
Avgo in the E part of Kritikon Pelagos. Steer through Stenon Karpathou to a position 5 miles SSW of Prasonisi, Nisos
Rodhos, then proceed E to pass a position 5 miles S of Anamur Bumu, and then continue E to Iskenderun Korfezi and
destination.
Iskenderun to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Proceed in reverse of the eastbound route to a position S of Nisos Avgo, then
steer to a position about 6.5 miles SSW of Capo delle Correnti, where the westbound track from Bur Said to the Strait of
Gibraltar is joined. Then continue to destination as directed in the route from Bur Said.
The Strait of Gibraltar to Bayrut (Beirut).—Steer from the position 3 miles S of Capo delle Correnti to a position 2
miles N of Akra Spatha (Crete) and then steer E to a position 2.5 miles N of Nisos Paximadha. From the latter position,
steer a direct course to the approaches of Bayrut, passing through Kaso Strait and about 2.5 miles S of Nisos Kasos.
Bayrut (Beirut) to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Proceed in reverse of the Strait of Gibraltar to Bayrut (Beirut) route to a
position N of Akra Spatha, then steer to a position about 6.5 miles SSW of Capo delle Correnti, and then proceed to
destination as directed in the Strait of Gibraltar to Iskenderun route.
The Strait of Gibraltar to Tel Aviv-Yavo.—Steer a direct rhumb line course from the position S of Capo delle Correnti
to destination, passing S of Nisos Gavdhos.
Tel Aviv-Yafo to the Strait of Gibraltar.—Steer a rhumb line course to a position about 6.5 miles SSW of Capo delle
Correnti, then proceed to destination as directed in the Iskenderun to the Strait of Gibraltar route.
6. Spanish and French ports to the Aegean Sea area and Bur Said (Port Said).
The route from Barcelona passes S of Sicilia; the route from Marseille passes through the Stretto di Messina.
Barcelona to Bur Said and the Aegean Sea.—After clearing the harbor, steer a direct course to pass 4 miles S of Isla
Toro, off the S coast of Sardegna, and then proceed to a position about 7 miles SSE of Capo Spartivento. From the latter
position, steer to pass N of Keith Reef and Sylvia Knoll to a position 9 miles SSW of Capo Granitola, having due regard for
the currents in the Strait of Sicily. Follow the S coast of Sicilia to a position 9 miles SSW of Capo delle Correnti, then steer
a great circle course to a position 13 miles NNE of Damietta Light, and then proceed to destination. If bound for ports in the
Aegean Sea, follow the S coast of Sicilia to a position 3 miles S of Capo delle Correnti and continue E as directed in the
Strait of Gibraltar to the Aegean Sea route.
Bur Said and the Aegean Sea to Barcelona.—Proceed as directed on the westbound tracks from the respective ports to
a position S of Capo delle Correnti, then proceed direct to a position 9 miles SSW of Capo Granitola, and continue to
destination in reverse of the directions in the Barcelona to Bur Said and the Aegean Sea route.
Pub. 140
Mediterranean Sea 449
Marseille to ports in the Aegean Sea and Bur Said.—This route passes through the Strait of Bonifacio. After leaving
the approaches of the harbor, proceed between Ile du Planier and Ile Maire to a position about 2 miles W of He Riou, then
steer to a position about 3 miles S of Les Moines, off the S coast of Corse (Corsica). Steer as directly as safe navigation
permits through the Strait of Bonifacio via Bocca Grande Channel to a position 1.5 miles NE of Isla La Presa. Then proceed
directly to the Stretto di Messina, passing between Isola Panaria and Isola Salina. Utmost caution must be taken to avoid
Secca del Capo (an 8.2m shoal) in approaching Isola Panaria. Pass through the Stretto di Messina, having due regard for the
strong tidal currents, to a position 3 miles S of Capo dell' Armi. From the latter position, if bound for ports in the Aegean
Sea, steer directly to a position 1 mile S of Akra Tainaron, and proceed to respective destinations as directed in the
Barcelona to Bur Said and the Aegean Sea route.
If bound for Bur Said, depart from the above-mentioned track off Capo dell' Armi and steer a rhumb line course to a
position 13 miles NNE of Damietta Light, passing S of Nisos Gavdhos, and then to destination.
7. Ports in the Adriatic Sea to the Aegean Sea via Dhiorix Karinthou or Dhiekplous Elajonisonn-Stretto di Messina
to ports in the Aegean Sea via Dhiorix Korinthou.
Vessels that are able to transit Dhiorix Korinthou (Corinth Canal), will save a substantial distance by navigating the canal
route from ports in the Adriatic Sea, or Stretto di Messina and ports N and W to ports in the Aegean Sea and Black Sea.
The Adriatic Sea through Dhiorix Korinthou (Corinth Canal).—After passing the Strait of Otranto to a position off
Capo d'Otranto, continue S to a position about 1.5 miles SW of Akra Doukaton, Nisos Levkas. Pass between Nisos Levkas
and Nisos Kefallinia, then N and E of Nisos Ithaki to a position 1.5 miles SW of Nisos Oxia, and then proceed through
Patraikos Kolpos and Korinthiakos Kolpos and enter Ormos Korinthou. After making the canal transit, vessels bound for
Piraievs pass close S to Nisos Salamis, taking care to avoid the reported shoal water off Akra Kokhi, and then to destination.
Vessels bound for Thessaloniki, Izmir, and the Dardanelles pass between Nisos Salamis and Nisidhes Eleousai and enter
Saronikos Kolpos. Then steer SE to the S approaches of Porthmos Keas, passing S of Nisos Fleves and Nisis Patroklou, and
join the eastbound track from the Strait of Gibraltar to respective destination.
The Adriatic Sea to Aegean Sea ports via Dhiekplous Elafonisou (Corinth Canal).—Proceed SSE from a position off
Capo d'Otranto to a position 6.5 miles WSW of Akra Yerogombos, Nisis Kvelling. Then continue SSE to a position 5 miles
SW of Nisos Sapientza, passing E of Nisidhes Strofadhes, and then steer to a position about 1 mile S of Akra Tainaron.
From the latter position, proceed to respective destination as directed in the eastbound route from the Strait of Gibraltar.
When approaching Akra Tainaron care must be taken not to come too close to Nisos Karavi.
The Stretto di Messina to the Aegean Sea via Dhiorix Korinthou (Corinth Canal).—Upon arriving at a position 2.5
miles S of Capo Spartivento, steer to a position about 2 miles N of Akra Skinari, Nisos Zakinthos. Then proceed NE to a
position about 1. miles N of Akra Papas, where the canal route from the Adriatic Sea ports is joined. Continue to respective
destination as directed in the route from the Adriatic Sea through Dhiorix Korinthou (Corinth Canal) route. Kakava Shoal,
off the SE extremity of Nisos Kefallinia, should be given to a wide berth when rounding Akra Mounda.
The Adriatic Sea to the Aegean Sea via Dhiekplous Elafonisou.—From a position 3 miles S of Capo dell' Armi, steer
a course to a position 1 mile S of Akra Tainaron, and proceed to destination as directed in the eastbound route from the
Strait of Gibraltar.
Pub. 140
451
MEXICO
Pub. 140
452 Mexico
k. 19°16'12.0''N, 92°23'57.0''W. following positions:
l. 19°07'05.4''N, 92°25'01.2''W. a. 22°20.0'N, 91°34.5'W.
3. Rebombeo Oil Field—Vessels not involved in oil-re- b. 22°20.0'N, 91°16.0'W.
lated activities in the Rebombeo Oil Field are to avoid the ar- c. 22°10.0'N, 91°16.0'W.
ea bounded by lines joining the following positions: d. 22°10.0'N, 91°34.0'W.
a. 18°56'48.0''N, 92°43'48.0''W.
b. 18°51'48.0''N, 92°37'18.0''W. Fishing Areas
c. 18°53'05.4''N, 92°33'16.2''W.
d. 18°58'48.0''N, 92°37'36.0''W. The coastal areas on the Caribbean Sea coast are extensively
4. May Oil Field—Vessels not involved in oil-related ac- fished by local vessels working out of small harbors and rivers.
tivities in the May Oil Field are to avoid the area bounded by The Gulf of Mexico is a rich fishing ground; fishing vessels
lines joining the following positions: may be encountered at any time. Large numbers of shrimp
a. 18°42'36.0''N, 92°37'06.0''W. boats may be found between Campeche (19°50'N., 90°30'W.)
b. 18°41'51.0''N, 92°34'06.0''W. and Ciudad del Carmen (18°39'N., 91°51'W.).
c. 18°42'30.0''N, 92°33'42.0''W.
d. 18°44'00.0''N, 92°36'06.0''W.
5. In the Approaches to the Port of Veracruz.—To pro- Government
tect the national park from the risk of pollution, which may
be caused by the grounding of ships in the area, all ships of
over 500 gross tons and ships of less than 500 gross tons car-
rying oil, chemical, toxic, or nuclear waste, should avoid the
area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following po-
sitions:
a. 19°03'24.0''N, 96°02'02.4''W. (coast)
b. 19°05'48.0''N, 96°02'02.4''W.
c. 19°10'54.0''N, 95°53'25.8''W.
d. 19°10'54.0''N, 95°46'36.0''W.
e. 19°02'12.0''N, 95°46'36.0''W.
f. 19°02'12.0''N, 95°58'06.0''W. (coast)
6. In the Access routes to the Ports of Matanzas and
Cardenas.—All ships of over 150 gross tons should avoid Flag of Mexico
the area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following
positions: Mexico is a constitutional republic. The country is divided
a. 23°05.6'N, 81°28.5'W. (coast) into 31 states and a federal district.
b. 23°10.6'N, 81°28.5'W. Mexico is governed by a directly-elected President serving a
c. 23°19.5'N, 81°11.5'W. non-renewable 6-year term. The Cabinet is appointed by the
d. 23°14.6'N, 81°07.2'W. President. The bicameral National Congress consists of a 128-
e. 23°11.5'N, 81°07.2'W. (coast) member Senate, 96 of which are directly elected and 32 elected
under a system of proportional representation, serving 6-year
terms, and a 500-member Chamber of Deputies, 300 of which
Currency are directly elected from single-member districts and 200 elect-
The official unit of currency is the Mexican peso, consisting ed under a system of proportional representation, serving 3-
of 100 centavos. year terms.
The legal system is based on a mixture of U. S. constitutional
theory and civil law.
Firing Areas The capital is Mexico City.
North of Punta Jerez.—Area bounded by lines joining the
following positions: Holidays
a. 23°30.0'N, 97°42.5'W.
b. 23°30.0'N, 97°32.5'W. The following holidays are observed:
c. 23°00.0'N, 97°32.5'W.
d. 23°00.0'N, 97°42.5'W. January 1 New Year’s Day
Pub. 140
Mexico 453
Pub. 140
454 Mexico
Pub. 140
Mexico 455
Pub. 140
457
MONACO
General
The principality of Monaco is located in Western Europe on
the Mediterranean Sea and borders France.
The climate is Mediterranean with mild, wet, winters and
hot, dry summers.
Monaco consists of four quarters, as follows:
1. Monaco-Ville, the capital, situated on a rocky head-
land. Flag of Monaco
2. La Condamine, the business district.
3. Monte Carlo, the N section. Monaco is a constitutional monarchy.
4. Fontvieille, the industrial area in La Condamine. Prince Albert II is the Head of State. The Prince appoints a
Monaco is the site of the International Hydrographic Bureau. Minister of State. The unicameral National Council consists of
24 members serving 5-year terms; 16 members are elected by a
list-majority system, while 8 members are elected on the basis
Buoyage System of proportional representation.
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See The legal system is based on French law.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. The capital is Monaco.
Pub. 140
458 Monaco
Holidays nean.
Pub. 140
459
MONTENEGRO
General 459 The coast, which is generally high, with steep cliffs in plac-
Buoyage System 459 es, is backed by the high mountains of the Dinaric Alps.
Cautions 459
Currency 460 Buoyage System
Government 460
Holidays 460 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Industries 460 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Languages 460
Navigational Information 460 Cautions
Pollution 460
Pilotage 460 Lights on Naval Vessels
Regulations 461 In addition to their normal navigation lights, vessels of the
Search and Rescue 461 navy of Montenegro operating in company may show fixed or
Ship Reporting System 461 flashing red, blue, green, or white lights from their masts; the
Time Zone 461 lights are visible at ranges up to 2 miles all around the horizon.
U.S. Embassy 461
Vessel Traffic Service 461 Marine Exploitation
Vessels engaged in seismic surveys and other research proj-
General ects may be encountered in the Adriatic Sea, normally inside
the 200m depth curve.
Montenegro is located on the eastern Adriatic Sea. The
country has a short coast line between Bosnia-Herzegovina and Offshore Depths
Albania. Mariners are cautioned that charted depths off the coast of
The climate along the coast is hot and dry in the summer and Montenegro are unreliable, the coastline may differ from that
fall; winters are cold, with heavy snow inland. charted, and certain harbors have been damaged and are unfit
Pub. 140
460 Montenegro
for berthing. Mariners must proceed with caution; they are ad- Languages
vised to keep offshore and contact the port authorities before
entering port. Montenegran is the official language. Serbian, Bosnia, and
Albanian are also spoken.
Currency
Navigational Information
The official unit of currency is the Euro.
Enroute Volume
Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
Government nean.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Montenegro are, as fol-
lows:
Pub. 140
Montenegro 461
Regulations tory system for certain vessels, is in effect for the Adriatic Sea
N of latitude 40°25'N. For further information, see Italy—Ship
ETA Messages Reporting System.
All vessels calling at harbors in Montenegro should send
their ETA 48 hours and 24 hours prior to arrival through any
coast radio station in Montenegro. Time Zone
Search and Rescue The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings
Time (BRAVO (-2)) is observed from the last Sunday in March
The harbormaster’s offices in Bar and Kotor are responsible until the last Sunday in October.
for distress and safety communications and operations within
the coastal waters of Montenegro. The Maritime Rescue Coor-
dination Center (MRCC) Bar can be contacted, as follows: U.S. Embassy
1. Telephone: 382-30-313088
The U.S. Embassy is situated at 2 Dzona Dzeksona, 81000
382-67-642179 (mobile)
Podgorica. The mailing address is the same.
2. Facsimile: 382-30-313600
3. E-mail: barradio@msd-ops.org
msd.sar@cg.yu U. S. Embassy Montenegro Home Page
The preferred contact language is English.
https://me.usembassy.gov
Barradio Coast Radio Station (4OB) maintains a continuous
listening watch for distress traffic on 2182 kHz, 2187.5 kHz,
VHF channel 16, and VHF channel 70. Vessel Traffic Service
Ship Reporting System The Montenegro Vessel Traffic Service is in operation off the
coast of Montenegro. For further information, see Pub. 132,
The Adriatic Ship Reporting System (ADRIREP), a manda- Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterranean.
Pub. 140
463
MONTSERRAT
General 463 1995. In 1997, the capital was covered with ash and aban-
Buoyage System 463 doned. Exclusion zones have been established, as follows:
Cautions 463 1. An area extending 2 miles from the coast between
Currency 463 Trant’s Bay (16°45.9'N., 62°09.6'W.) and Roche’s Bluff
Government 463 (16°41.8'N., 62°08.7'W.).
Holidays 464 2. An area extending 1.5 miles from the coast between
Industries 464 Old Road Bluff (16°44.8'N., 62°14.1'W.) and Old Fort Point
Languages 464 (16°40.5'N., 62°11.3'W.).
Meteorology 464 The area W of Montserrat is subject to heavy ash falls. The
Navigational Information 464 underwater hydrography may differ considerably from that
Search and Rescue 464 charted due to volcanic activity.
Time Zone 464 Abnormally high seas may be expected S of the island.
U.S. Embassy 464
Currency
General
The official unit of currency is the East Caribbean dollar.
Montserrat is a volcanic island located near the middle of the
Leeward Islands. Government
The climate is tropical, with little daily or seasonal variation.
The terrain is mostly mountainous, with a small coastal low-
land.
Buoyage System
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Aids to navigation in Montserrat may be missing or unreli-
able.
Volcanic activity on the island has been continuous since Montserrat is a dependent overseas territory of the United
Pub. 140
464 Montserrat
Kingdom. The island is divided into three parishes. Languages
Queen Elizabeth II as its chief of state, with a Governor ap-
pointed by the Queen. The Premier is appointed by the Gover- English is the official language.
nor. The 11-member unicameral Legislative Council consists
of two appointed members and nine directly-elected members Meteorology
who serve 5-year terms.
The legal system is based on English common law and statu- Marine weather forecasts are available, in English, from the
tory law. Antigua and Barbuda Meteorological Service (http://www.anti-
The capital is officially Plymouth. However, the city was guamet.com).
abandoned in 1997 due to damage caused by volcanic erup-
tions. Interim government buildings have been built in the
Carr’s Bay/Little Bay area in the NW part of the island. Navigational Information
Holidays Enroute Volume
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The following holidays are observed: ume 1.
The main industries are tourism, rum, textiles, and electronic Time Zone
appliances.
The main exports are electronic components, plastic bags, The Time Zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
apparel, hot peppers, limes, live plants, and livestock. The main ings Time is not observed.
export-trading partners are the United States, France, and St.
Kitts and Nevis.
The main imports are machinery and transportation equip- U.S. Embassy
ment, foodstuffs, manufactured goods, fuels, lubricants, and re-
lated materials. The main import-trading partners are the Montserrat is a dependent territory of the United Kingdom.
United States and Trinidad and Tobago. There is no diplomatic representation.
Pub. 140
465
MOROCCO
Pub. 140
466 Morocco
a W current. These tide rips, which have been detected on Tunny Nets—Mediterranean Sea
radar, may be up to 4 miles long. Tunny fishing is active from June to October in Ensenada de
la Almadraba (35°53'N., 5°13'W.) and in Ensenada de Cueta
Whales (35°48'N., 5°18'W.).
From April through August, a sperm whales conservation The corners of tunny net areas are marked by buoys topped
area is in effect in the Strait of Gibraltar. For further by one white ball over one red ball, vertically disposed. The
information, see Mediterranean Sea—Cautions—Whales. buoys are moored on the alignment of wooden or iron beacons
on the shore; the beacons are also topped by one white ball
over one red ball, vertically disposed.
Currency The outermost part of the net is marked by a float, with a
mast 5m high, displaying the following signals:
The official unit of currency is the dirham, consisting of 100 1. By day—A white ball over a red ball.
centimes. 2. At night—A white light over a red light.
Pub. 140
Morocco 467
Pub. 140
468 Morocco
3. Name and address of owner. Centers (MRCC) and Maritime Rescue Coordination
4. Name and address of charterer. Subcenters (MRSC) can be found in the table titled
5. Classification society. Morocco—Search and Rescue Contact Information.
6. Position.
7. Last port of loading and destination. Ship Reporting System
8. Type and quantity of cargo.
9. Name of technical management company. GIBREP
GIBREP, a mandatory Vessel Traffic Service, is in operation
Prohibited areas in the Strait of Gibraltar, including the TSS and Inshore Traffic
Morocco prohibits navigating, anchoring, or maritime Zones. The reporting system covers the area between
activity in an area in an area extending 21 miles from the coast longitudes 5°58'W and 5°15'W. Further information can be
between Rabat and Mohammedia and bounded by lines joining found in Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western
the following positions: Mediterranean (paragraph 1.1).
a. 34°02.2'N,6°50.5'W.
b. 34°15.2'N,7°09.5'W.
c. 34°01.0'N,7°33.0'W. Signals
d. 33°47.3'N,7°15.2W.
Navigating and fishing are prohibited until further notice in The following storm signals may be displayed in Moroccan
an area extending 13 miles from the coast between Agadir ports:
(30°27'N., 9°37'W.) and Punta Guera (20°49'N., 17°06'W.).
A prohibited entry area is bounded by lines joining the Day signal Night signal Meaning
following positions: Bad weather
a. 33°52'36''N,7°02'36''W. Black ball Red light
probable
b. 33°54'24''N,7°03'24''W. Two red lights,
c. 33°54'18''N,7°04'12''W. Two black balls, ver- Violent gale
horizontally dis-
d. 33°52.21''N,7°03'30''W. tically disposed probable
posed
Vessels calling at Layounne (27°05'N., 13°26'W.) or Dakhal
(23°42'N., 15°56'W.) should report their intentions 24 hours in Wind expect-
Black cylinder No signal
advance. ed to veer
Two black cylinders, Wind expect-
No signal
Search and Rescue vertically disposed ed to back
Dangerous
The Ocean Fisheries Department of the National One black ball over Three green swell, with
Commission for Coordinating Search and Rescue is one black triangle, lights, vertically height great-
responsible for coordinating search and rescue operations. point down disposed er than 4m, is
An Ocean Fisheries Department Station at Rabat maintains a expected
continuous listening watch on international distress One black ball over One green light,
frequencies. A Merchant Marine Station and a Coast Radio Very danger-
two black triangles, one red light, one
Station, both located in Casablanca, maintain a continuous ous swell ex-
points down, vertical- green light, verti-
listening watch on international distress frequencies. pected
ly disposed cally disposed
Contact information for Maritime Rescue Coordination
Pub. 140
Morocco 469
Pub. 140
471
NETHERLANDS
Pub. 140
472 Netherlands
d. 52°15'27.0'N, 3°48'19.2''E. Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
The area encloses two ammunition dumps. Vessels should Channels buoys are numbered in sequence and are prefixed
not enter this area and, in particular, not anchor in it, even in an by an abbreviation for the channel name (example: HD for the
emergency. buoys in Hollandsch Diep). Buoys marking channel junctions
At West Hinder.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided, are prefixed by abbreviations of both channel names, with the
lies centered on position 51°23.9'N, 2°38.7'E. For further infor- main channel listed first (example: HD-ZHD for the junction
mation, see Belgium—Area to be Avoided. of Hollandsch Diep and Zuid Hollandsch Diep).
Off Freisland 1.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided is Many inner and minor channels of the Waddenzee are
bounded by lines joining the following positions: marked by fixed perches or stakes, often with topmarks of
a. 54°01'16.2'N, 4°24'41.4''E. bound twigs (point up for porthand and point down for star-
b. 54°02'13.8'N, 4°37'03.0''E. boardhand) and follow the conventional direction of buoyage.
c. 54°00'46.8'N, 4°36'16.4''E. Frequently only one side of the channel will be marked, nor-
d. 53°59'36.6'N, 4°20'41.2''E. mally the deeper side.
Off Freisland 2.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided is In inland water, the Signalisation de Navigation Interieure
bounded by lines joining the following positions: (SIGNI) system is used. In the SIGNI system, the main channel
a. 54°02'42.0'N, 4°43'07.2''E. buoyage is compatible with the IALA system. The point where
b. 54°03'34.2'N, 4°54'11.4''E. a channel divides is marked by buoys which indicate whether
c. 54°02'07.8'N, 4°53'19.2''E. the main channel is to port or starboard, or the channels are of
d. 54°01'15.6'N, 4°42'19.8''E. equal importance. In addition, supplementary marks are used
to indicate navigable waters which lie outside the main buoyed
Off Saba channel. For further information on the SIGNI system, see the
Saba Bank.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided is table titled The Netherlands—SIGNI System.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: In inshore waters, some aids may be withdrawn or altered
a. 17°27'03.6''N, 63°56'08.4''W. during the winter, or when ice is forming or breaking up.
b. 17°29'00.0''N, 63°55'05.4''W. Lighted buoys may be replaced by unlighted buoys; unlighted
c. 17°27'56.4''N, 63°43'19.2''W. buoys may be replaced by spar buoys or floating beacons. The
d. 17°38'01.8''N, 63°27'24.6''W. replacements have the same characteristics at the original
e. 17°43'21.0''N, 63°32'44.4''W. buoyage but may be without topmarks. Changes may be an-
f. 17°45'58.8''N, 63°29'58.8''W. nounced by Notice to Mariners. Buoyage may be damaged,
g. 17°40'20.4''N, 63°21'06.0''W. displaced, or sunk if subject to heavy ice movement.
h. 17°30'52.8''N, 63°10'55.2''W.
i. 17°23'48.0''N, 63°11'15.0''W. Bonaire, Saba, and Sint Eustatius
j. 17°16'16.2''N, 63°15'51.0''W. The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See
k. 17°13'26.4''N, 63°26'53.4''W. Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
l. 17°10'33.0''N, 63°41'48.6''W. Aids to navigation in Saint Barthelemy, Sint Eustatius, and
m. 17°20'51.0''N, 63°48'53.4''W. Saba may be missing or unreliable.
Ships of 300 gross tons and over should avoid this area. An-
choring is prohibited in this area. Cautions
This area has also been designated a Particularly Sensitive
Sea Area. General
As a consequence of their special construction, some war-
Buoyage System ships of The Netherlands cannot comply with the requirements
regarding the number and installation of their navigational
Netherlands lights mentioned in Regulations 23, 24, and 27, and Appendix I
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See of the Rules for the Prevention of Collisions at Sea (1972).
Pub. 140
Netherlands 473
High Speed Craft Except for designated anchorage areas, anchoring is allowed
High speed ferries operate in Die Ems between Emden only with the permission of local authorities.
(53°20'N., 7°11'E.) and Borkum (53°33'N., 6°45'E.). Local deflections of the compass have been reported
between 10 and 15 miles N of Bonaire.
Sea Level Changes in the German Bight
See Germany—Cautions. Currency
The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
Wind Farms cents.
Wind farms are located off the coast of the Netherlands, as
follows: Firing Areas
1. Egmond von Zee Wind Farm—Thirty-six turbines
within a prohibited area centered on position 52°36.5'N, NETHERLANDS
4°26.0'E.
2. Prinses Amalia Wind Farm Windfarm Q7—Sixty tur- Tiengemeten
bines within a prohibited area centered on position A naval exercise area is located 1 mile NW of the island of
52°35.5'N, 4°13.5'E. Tiengemeton (51°44'N., 4°19'E.). Vessels should not fish or
3. Luchterduinen Wind Farm—Forty-three turbines with- anchor in this area.
in a prohibited area centered on position 54°24.2'N,
4°09.2'E. Petten
4. Riffgat Wind Farm—Centered on position 53°41.5'N, Two firing practice areas are located in this vicinity, as fol-
6°29.0'E. lows:
For wind farms further offshore in the deep-water through 1. Firing practice with artillery takes place from position
routes, see North Sea and English Channel—Cautions. 52°47.1'N, 4°40.3'E. The firing area consists of a danger sec-
tor between 254° and 327° or between 327° and 000°, mea-
Bonaire, Saba, and Sint Eustatius sured from the battery, over a maximum distance of 9 miles.
It has been reported that oil rigs working on Saba Bank are When firing is in progress, two red flags will be hoisted as
well lit, but the off-lying buoys used are not lit. a warning signal, one near Beach Pole No. 19 and the other
Fish pots may be encountered up to 3 miles off the W side of about 300m further N.
Sint Eustatius. 2. Firing practice with artillery takes place from one of
Many small fishing vessels may be found anchored up to 3 four battery positions on a line joining the following posi-
miles off the coast of Bonaire. It is very common for these ves- tions:
sels not to show any lights. a. 52°47.7'N, 4°40.3'E.
Saba and Sint Eustatius are designated as Nature Reserves. b. 52°47.8'N, 4°41.0'E.
Pub. 140
474 Netherlands
The firing area consists of a danger sector between 225° b. 53°25'28.8''N, 6°15'09.0''E.
and 345°, measured from the battery, over a maximum dis- c. 53°25'33.0''N, 6°15'58.8''E.
tance of 14 miles. d. 53°25'40.8''N, 6°16'52.2''E.
When firing is in progress, the Netherlands flag will be e. 53°25'46.2''N, 6°17'42.0''E.
flown from a flagstaff on the radar tower (52°47.7'N., f. 53°25'46.8''N, 6°18'33.0''E.
4°40.5'E.) as a warning signal. Red flags will also be dis- g. 53°25'54.0''N, 6°19'07.8''E.
played on the dunes N and S of the battery and on the shore. h. 53°25'57.0''N, 6°19'52.8''E.
i. 53°25'27.0''N, 6°19'58.2''E.
West of Haaksgronden j. 53°25'01.8''N, 6°20'04.2''E.
An anti-aircraft firing practice range is bounded by 53°05'N, Firing exercise may be held daily from 0800 until 2300. The
53°13'N, 3°45'E, and 4°10'E. above positions are each marked by a lighted beacon ((num-
bered with a prefix of SMW). When the range is active, alter-
Zeegat van Texel—W of Kaap Hoofd (Fort Erfprins) nating red and white lights, at an interval of 1 second, are
Firing practice involving anti-aircraft artillery, naval artillery, displayed; when the range is inactive, a flashing yellow light, at
and machine guns at air and sea targets takes place each work- an interval of 10 seconds, is displayed.
ing day from 0800 until 1700 in danger sectors, as follows:
1. A radius of 10 miles centered on position 52°57''33''N, North Sea—North of the Wadden Islands
4°44'16.8''E, between the bearings of 265° and 337°. Firing practice from aircraft at airborne targets takes place in
2. A radius of 1.5 miles centered on position 52°57''33''N, an area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
4°44'16.8''E, between the bearings of 260° and 010°. a. 53°59'57.4''N, 4°45'55.1''E.
A red flag is hoisted on a radar signal mast during firings; the b. 53°59'57.4''N, 6°06'21.2''E.
flag is lowered upon completion of the exercises. c. 53°51'03.4''N, 6°13'53.2''E.
d. 53°37'35.3''N, 5°05'55.1''E.
Ijsselmeer—Breezanddijk e. 53°35'57.4''N, 4°45'55.1''E.
Artillery firing takes place within the area bounded by lines These firing practices, which normally occur from sunrise to
joining the following positions: sunset, may constitute a danger for vessel traffic.
a. 53°01'04.2''N, 5°12'28.2''E.
b. 52°53'42.2''N, 5°15'55.2''E. Westerschelde Approach—Northwest Zebrugge
c. 52°53'25.2''N, 5°11'06.2''E. Firing practice takes place year round in an area bounded by
d. 52°48'36.2''N, 5°10'11.2''E. lines joining the following positions:
e. 52°48'44.2''N, 5°07'28.2''E. a. 51°26'45.0''N, 2°21'00.0''E.
f. 52°50'50.2''N, 5°07'44.2''E. b. 51°26'45.0''N, 2°48'00.0''E.
g. 52°55'57.2''N, 5°03'28.2''E. c. 51°36'00.0''N, 2°48'00.0''E.
Warnings are transmitted, as follows: d. 51°40'00.0''N, 2°42'00.0''E.
1. West Terschelling—VHF channel 25. e. 51°40'00.0''N, 2°34'00.0''E.
2. Wieringerwerf—VHF channel 27. Shipping will be informed of activities in this area.
3. Lelystad—VHF channel 83.
During firings, the Netherlands flag is shown from a mast BONAIRE, SABA, AND SINT EUSTATIUS
situated near position 53°01.1'N, 5°12.5'E. An air and surface firing exercise area is located up to 46
During firings, the firing battery can be contacted, as fol- miles NE of Bonaire.
lows:
1. VHF channel 71—call sign “Schietterrein Breezanddi- Government
jk.”
2. VHF channel 1—call sign “IJsselmeergebied.”
Vlieland—Viliehors
Firing practice from aircraft at ground targets takes place in a
sector area centered on an observation post in position
53°14.4'N, 4°55.3'E, with a radius of 4 miles, between the
bearings 275° and 005°, measured from the observation post.
This area is normally used during daylight hours only if the
visibility is greater than 2 miles. When the red warning flag is
hoisted, vessels should remain at least 2,000m outside the LW
mark and not remain in the area any longer than necessary for
direct passage. Range Control (call sign: Vliehors Range Con-
trol) can be contacted on VHF channel 74. Flag of the Netherlands
Pub. 140
Netherlands 475
Pub. 140
476 Netherlands
8. NB12 (Callantsoog).—Area bounded by lines joining Pilotage
the following positions:
a. 52°53'57.2''N, 4°22'55.1''E Netherlands Pilotage
b. 52°53'57.2''N, 4°29'55.1''E. Compulsory pilotage in the Netherlands depends on the fol-
c. 52°49'57.2''N, 4°29'55.1''E. lowing factors:
d. 52°49'57.2''N, 4°22'55.1''E. 1. The vessel’s destination.
2. The fairway being used.
Mine Detonation Area 3. The vessel’s measurements.
Mine detonation exercises may be conducted in an area with 4. The vessel’s cargo.
a radius of 3.2 miles centered on position 51°29'04.2''N, 5. If exemption/dispensation has been given to certain
2°49'55.2''E. vessels.
Warnings of the procedure will be broadcast on VHF chan- Pilotage is compulsory in the following regions:
nel 16. Vessels are to avoid this area from 2 hours before until 1. Noord Region—Delfzijl, Eemshaven and the Ems es-
just after the detonation. tuary, and the Terschelling estuary (Lauwersoog, Harlingen,
West-Terschelling, Vlieland, Komwerderzand, and Den Oev-
Mined Areas er).
Former NEMEDRI Danger Area No. 9 is an area in which 2. Amsterdam/IJmond Region—Amsterdam, IJmuiden,
danger due to mines laid between 1939 and 1945 still exists. and the Texel estuary (Den Helder, Den Oever, Oudeschild,
For further information, see North Sea and English Chan- and Kornwerderzand).
nel—Mined Areas. 3. Rotterdam/Rijnmond Region—Maasmond, Nieuwe
Waterweg, Breeddiep, Beerkanaal, Calandkanaal, Hartelka-
Navigational Information naal, Nieuwe Maas, Koningshaven, Noord, Rietbaan, Oude
Maas, Spui, Beningen, Hollandsche IJssel up to the barrage
Enroute Volume at Krimpen aan de IJssel, Beneden Merwede up to Hardinx-
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol- veld-Giessendam and the tidal flat, Dordtsche Kil, Krabben-
ume 1. (Saba and Sint Eustatius) geul, Mallegat, Hollandsch Diep W of Moerdijkbrug,
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol- Haringvliet, Vuile Gut, Krammer N of Krammersluizen,
ume 2. (Bonaire) Zuid Vlije, and Volkerak.
Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea. 4. Scheldemonden Region—The River Scheldt, the Te-
meuzen-Ghent Canal, the Zuid Beveland Canal, the Wal-
Maritime Claims cheren Canal, Veerse Meer, Oosterschelde, Keeten,
The maritime territorial claims of the Netherlands are, as fol- Krammer to the Krammer Locks, and the Schelde-Rhine
lows: connection to the Kreekrak Locks and Bergen op Zoom with
dangerous cargo on board.
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. Exceptions to compulsory pilotage are given in the accompa-
nying table titled Exemptions and Waivers to Compulsory
Contiguous Zone 24 miles. Pilotage.
Fisheries or Economic Zone 200 miles. ** In some cases, the pilot will be unable to board to perform
pilotage duties, as follows:
Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen-
1. Due to bad weather conditions.
tal Margin.
2. If the design of the vessel does not allow the pilot to
* Claims straight baselines. Claims the Westerschelde as embark offshore.
internal waters, through which passage requires prior per- 3. Other extraordinary circumstances.
mission. Requires advance permission or notification for Unless prohibited by the harbormaster, shore-based pilotage
innocent passage of warships in the territorial sea. will take place, in the above-mentioned circumstances, by
** To defined limits. VHF, but only on the open water sea routes. In general, the pi-
lot will be able to board the vessel once the vessel is inside.
Vessels should send a request for pilots to the appropriate pi-
Internet Maritime Safety Information lot station at least 6 hours in advance including the following
Notice to Mariners are available, in English, from the Neth- information:
erlands Ministry of Defense (http://www.defensie.nl/english/ 1. Vessel’s name, call sign, and flag.
topics/notices-to-mariners). 2. Date and time (state difference from UTC).
3. Port of destination.
Offshore Drilling 4. Request for pilot and ETA boarding position.
5. Draft (in meters and centimeters).
A number of oil and gas fields are located off the coast. Most 6. Cargo—including description of any dangerous cargo.
are isolated or dispersed, with the following exceptions: 7. Name of agent or owner.
1. Rijnveld platforms (52°16'N., 3°45'E.). 8. Length, beam (in meters and centimeters), and gross
2. Six platforms off the N and NE shores of the E end of tons.
Ameland (53°27'N., 5°45'E.). 9. Any other information.
Pub. 140
Netherlands 477
If the original ETA becomes more than 1 hour 30 minutes in nomic Zone (EEZ) are requested to send pollution reports to
error (or 30 minutes for Den Helder, IJmuiden, or Amsterdam), Netherlands Coastguard Radio.
the message should be repeated with the revised ETA.
The ETD should be sent 1 hour in advance. The message should contain the following information:
Interruption or resumption of the Netherlands Pilotage Ser- 1. Name and call sign of reporting vessel.
vice will be announced in the navigational warnings broadcast 2. Date and time (UTC) of observation.
by Scheveningen (PCH) Radio. 3. Position, size, and type of pollution (heavy or light oil,
A pilotage agreement based on an international treaty be- color, thick or thin layer, etc.).
tween Belgium and the Netherlands applies to the estuary of 4. Name, port of registration or nationality, and type of
the Westerschelde. Both countries have authority to pilot ves- discharging vessel.
sels from sea to Antwerpen and Ghent and conversely. For fur- 5. Course and speed of discharging vessel.
ther information, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) 6. Any other relevant information.
North Sea.
Pilot vessels on station or engaged in pilotage duties fly, at The Netherlands Coast Guard Radio (call sign: PBK)/MRCC
the masthead, a blue flag with a white L. Den Helder can be contacted, as follows:
In addition to the lights and shapes required by Rule 29 of
1. VHF channel 16 (MMSI 002442000)
COLREGS 72, pilot vessels in Dutch waters also exhibit a
white flare at intervals of up to 10 minutes. 2. DSC channel 70 and 2187.5 kHz (MMSI 002442000)
3. Telephone: 31-223-542300 (operations)
Deep Sea Pilotage
For information concerning Deep Sea Pilotage in the North 31-900-0111 (emergency)
Sea, the English Channel, and Skagerrak, see United King- 4. Facsimile: 31-223-658358
dom—Pilotage.
5. Telex: 44-71088 KUSTW NL
Pollution 6. INMARSAT (AOR-E): 424426512=CGHQ X
Vessels navigating within the Netherlands Exclusive Eco- 7. E-mail: ccc@kustwacht.nl
Pub. 140
478 Netherlands
Pub. 140
Netherlands 479
jurisdiction of the Netherlands. dt, the lower Scheldt, and the canal from Ghent to Tameuzen,
the official language to be used in all radiotelephone communi-
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification cations is either Dutch or English. Not using Dutch or English
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- in maritime radio communications in the CNA may result in
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for prosecution.
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the However, if the crew of an inland waterways vessels cannot
EU region. comply with this regulation, the vessel will immediately be
The report should be sent to the port authorities. stopped and will not be allowed to continue its voyage until
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- there is someone on board who speaks one of the official lan-
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- guages.
cation.
Bonaire
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- Pratique is granted when a vessel is boarded by the Immigra-
tion tion Officer, who can act as a Health Officer. If contact with an
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as infectious or contagious disease has been reported in the ETA
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 message, the Port Director will board.
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo It is prohibited to dump oily wastes overboard within 50
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant miles of the coast of Bonaire.
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- Routes
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
tions. See North Sea and English Channel—Navigational Infor-
mation—Deep-Water Routes.
Quarantine
The master of the vessel must complete and sign a Maritime Search and Rescue
Declaration of Health. Standard IMO FAL Form No. 1 must be
used. The following circumstances must be reported: The Netherlands Coastguard is responsible for coordinating
1. De-ratting Exemption Certificate expiration date. search and rescue operations through the Joint Rescue Coordi-
2. Number of passengers and crew. nation Center (JRCC) Den Helder, which can be contacted, as
3. Are there any cases or suspected cases of plague, chol- follows:
era, yellow fever, or smallpox? 1. Telephone: 31-223-542300 (24 hours)
4. Has plague occurred or been suspected among the rats 2. Facsimile: 31-223-658358
and mice on board during the voyage or has there been ab- 3. E-mail: ccc@kustwacht.nl
normal mortality among them? The Netherlands Coastguard Radio (PBK) maintains a con-
5. Has any person died on board during the voyage that tinuous listening watch for distress traffic on 2187.5 kHz, VHF
has not been the result of an accident? channel 16, and VHF channel 70.
6. Is there on board, or has there been during the voyage, The Royal Netherlands Lifeboat Society (KNRM) maintains
any case of disease which you suspect to be of an infectious lifeboats, as follows:
nature? 1. Neelte Jas (51°38'N., 3°45'E.).
7. Are there any sick persons on board? 2. Stellendam (51°50'N., 4°02'E.).
8. Are you aware of any other condition on board which 3. Hoek van Holland (51°59'N., 4°06'E.).
may lead to infection or spread of disease? 4. Scheveningen (52°06'N., 4°16'E.).
If any of the above questions is answered “yes” or in the case 5. Katwijk aan Zee (52°12'N., 4°25'E.).
of other quarantine problems, the following actions must be 6. IJmuiden (52°28'N., 4°34'E.).
taken by the vessel: 7. Den Helder (52°58'N., 4°47'E.).
1. Advise the pilot and the vessel’s agent. 8. West Terschelling (53°22'N., 5°13'E.).
2. E-mail the Maritime Declaration of Health to the Har- 9. Harlingen (53°11'N., 5°25'E.).
bor Coordination Center (porthealthauthority@portofrotter- 10. Lauwersoog (53°25'N., 6°12'E.).
dam.com). If a further consultation is needed, contact the 11. Eemshaven (53°27'N., 6°50'E.).
Harbor Coordination Center by telephone (31-10-2521000) An emergency towing vessel is based at Den Helder
and ask for the physician for infectious diseases on duty. (52°58'N., 4°47'E.).
3. Keep the Maritime Declaration of Health on hand and
request the person responsible for medical care to remain on Signals
board to answer any questions.
If all questions above are answered “no”, the forms do not In Nieuwe Waterweg, vessels with bow rudders navigating
need to be submitted to the Harbor Coordination Center, but stern-first shall display from the yardarm, by day, two cones,
should be retained on the vessel. 0.6m long, points down.
Pub. 140
480 Netherlands
additional signals, as given in the accompanying table titled 6. German Bight Western Approach. (IMO adopted)
Netherlands—Dredge Signals. 7. Vlieland North. (IMO adopted)
8. Off Vlieland. (IMO adopted)
Sluicing Signals 9. Off Texel. (IMO adopted)
In Netherlands waters, the following sluicing signals are 10. Off Brown Ridge. (IMO adopted)
shown: 11. West Friesland. (IMO adopted)
1. By day—A blue board, with the word SPUIEN painted 12. North Friesland. (IMO adopted).
on it, often displayed in addition to three red lights exhibited 13. East Friesland. (IMO adopted)
in a triangle, point up. 14. Terschelling—German Bight. (IMO adopted)
2. By night—Three red lights exhibited in a triangle, 15. Off Botney Ground. (IMO adopted)
point up.
U.S. Embassy
Port Closure Signals
Port closure signals are described under Regulations. The U.S. Embassy is situated at John Adams Park 1, The
Hague.
Storm Signals The mailing addresses are, as follows:
Visual storm signals are shown only at IJmuiden, Den Hel- 1. Netherlands address—
der, and West Terschelling when winds of force 7 or greater are John Adams Park 1
expected. The signals consist of lights only, both day and night, 2244 BZ, Wassenaar
conforming to the International System of Visual Storm Warn- 2. U. S. address—
ing Signals. PSC 71, Box 1000
APO AE (09715)
Submarines Operating on the Surface
Dutch submarines operating on the surface display an all
round rotating amber light showing about 90 flashes per min- U. S. Embassy Netherlands Home Page
ute. https://nl.usembassy.gov
Submarine Operating Areas
Vessel Traffic Service
Submarines exercise in an area SW of Bonaire.
Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows:
Time Zone 1. Delfzijl/Eemshaven (53°19'N., 7°00'E.).
2. Den Helder (52°58'N., 4°47'E.).
The Time Zone description for the Netherlands is ALFA (- 3. Rotterdam Nieuwe Waterweg (52°03'N., 3°35'E.), con-
1). Daylight Savings Time (BRAVO (-2)) is observed from the sisting of two Traffic Centers, as follows:
last Sunday in March until the last Sunday in October. a. Hoek van Holland Traffic Center.
The Time Zone description for Bonaire, Saba, and Sint Eu- b. Rotterdam Traffic Center.
statius is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Savings Time is not ob- 4. Amsterdam (Noordzeekanaal) (52°25'N., 4°49'E.).
served. 5. Scheveningen (Noordzeekanaal) (52°06'N., 4°15'E.).
6. Scheldemond (51°27'N., 3°25'E.), consisting of nine
Traffic Separation Schemes Traffic Areas in the Westerschelde along the Belgium/Neth-
erlands border, as follows:
Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in the Netherlands are, as a. Traffic Area Wandelaar Approach.
follows: b. Traffic Area Wandelaar.
1. At North Hinder (comprising North Hinder North and c. Traffic Area Zeebrugge.
North Hinder South Traffic Separation Schemes). (IMO ad- d. Traffic Area Steenbank.
opted) e. Traffic Area Vlissingen (Flushing).
2. In the approaches to the Hook of Holland (comprising f. Traffic Area Terneuzen.
Maas West Outer, Maas West Inner, Maas Northwest, and g. Traffic Area Gent/Terneuzen (Terneuzen-Gent Ca-
Maas North Traffic Separation Schemes). (IMO adopted) nal).
3. In the approaches to IJmuiden (comprising IJmuiden h. Traffic Area Hansweert.
West Outer, IJmuiden West Inner, and IJmuiden North Traf- i. Traffic Area Zandvliet (Antwerpen).
fic Separation Schemes). (IMO adopted). 7. Terschelling (53°21'N., 5°09'E.).
4. At West Hinder. (IMO adopted) For further information, see Pub. 192, Sailing Directions
5. Off North Hinder. (IMO adopted). (Enroute) North Sea.
Netherlands—Dredge Signals
Meaning Day signal Night signal
Side on which the vessel may pass Two green diamonds, vertically disposed Two green lights, vertically disposed
Pub. 140
Netherlands 481
Netherlands—Dredge Signals
Meaning Day signal Night signal
Red board over a white board; or a single
Side on which the vessel may pass
board, with the upper half red and the One red light over one white light
without causing any wash
lower half white
Red ball or red board at the same height as Red light at the same height as the
Side on which passing is prohibited
the upper board on the passing side upper light on the passing side
Pub. 140
483
NICARAGUA
Pub. 140
484 Nicaragua
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts for the Atlantic and Pacific coasts
are available from the Nicaraguan Meteorological Institution
(http://www.ineter.gob.ni/pronosticomaritimo.html).
Navigational Information
Enroute Volumes
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
Flag of Nicaragua ume 2.
Pub. 153, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexi-
the previous presidential election. All members serve a 5-year co and Central America.
term.
The legal system is based on a civil law system. Maritime Claims
The capital is Managua. The maritime territorial claims of Nicaragua are, as follows:
Pub. 140
Nicaragua 485
Pub. 140
487
NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN
General 487 places. The ridge divides the ocean into two large troughs, with
Cautions 487 depths averaging between 3,700m and 5,500m. A central val-
Climatology 489 ley, 900m deep, cuts into the crest of the ridge and extends its
Currents 499 full length. This valley is intersected at nearly right angles by
Ice 501 deep fissures which stretch from continent to continent. In
Navigational Information 501 some areas, these fracture zones provide conduits for the flow
Pilotage 503 of the deep waters from basin to basin.
Pollution 503 Transverse ridges running between the continents and the
Regulations 504 Mid-Atlantic Ridge divide the ocean floor into numerous ba-
Routes 508 sins; some of the larger basins in the North Atlantic Basin are
Ship Reporting System 509 the Guiana Basin, the North American Basin, the Cape Verde
Signals 509 Basin, and the Canaries Basin.
Tides 509 The deep ocean floor is thought to be fairly flat, although nu-
Appendix I—Western Europe Tanker Reporting System merous seamounts and some guyots exist. The Puerto Rico
(WETREP) 511 Trench is stated to be the deepest part of the North Atlantic
Appendix II—Routes Across the North Atlantic Ocean to Ocean, with a depth of 9,219m in position 19°35'N, 68°08’W.
the Strait of Gibraltar and Bishop Rock 515 The Sargasso Sea, well defined on its W side by the Gulf
Appendix III—Routes to and from Canada, the United Stream between 20°N and 30°N, is a thick mass of warm saline
States, and the Caribbean Sea 519 water covered by millions of tons of sargassum weed. It is a
Appendix IV—International Port Traffic Signals and calm area of high evaporation and low precipitation.
Visual Storm Warning Signals 523
Cautions
General
Piracy
The North Atlantic Ocean is bounded on the E by the NW The security of vessels off the West African coast and at
coast of Africa and the W coast of Europe, on the N by the some ports is a serious problem. Numerous attacks by gangs of
Arctic Ocean, and on the W by the E coast of North America thieves, some of whom were armed, have occurred. These at-
and the NE coast of South America. Its S limit is considered to tacks generally took place in the outer roadsteads, but some
be the Equatorial Countercurrents, at about 8°N. were carried out on vessels berthed alongside, anchored in in-
The Mid-Atlantic Ridge, an immense median mountain ner harbors, or at sea. In addition to the loss of property and in-
range, is the most outstanding feature of the ocean floor. It ex- jury to crew members, the thieves used naked lights for
tends throughout the length of the Atlantic Ocean, claiming the illumination which created a serious fire risk.
center third of the sea bed and reaching 1,000 miles in width. The International Maritime Bureau (IMB) of the Internation-
The depth of water over the ridge is less than 2,700m in most al Chamber of Commerce has established a Piracy Counter-
Pub. 140
488 North Atlantic Ocean
measures Center at Kuala Lumpur. This center operates for the from red to yellow according to their state of maturity.
Southeast Asian Region and is able to receive reports from ves- Reports of locusts in all infested countries are exchanged
sels concerning attacks and advise of danger areas. Piracy through the Desert Locust Information Service, Food and Agri-
warnings are broadcast by the center. culture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations, Rome. To
For further details the IMB Center can be contacted, as fol- assist in the provision of appropriate warnings to countries
lows: threatened by locust invasion, mariners sighting locusts are re-
IMB Piracy Reporting Center quested to report by radio or, as follows:
ICC IMB (Asia Regional Office) 1. Telephone: 39-06-570-52420
P.O. Box 12559 2. Facsimile: 39-06-570-55271
50782 Kuala Lumpur 3. E-mail: eclo@fao.org
Malaysia 4. Web site: http://www.fao.org
Telephone: 60-3-2078-5763 The report should include the following particulars:
Facsimile: 60-3-2078-5769 1. Date and time (specifying UTC or zone time) when lo-
E-mail: imbkl@icc-ccs.org cust first seen.
piracy@icc-ccs.org 2. Latitude and longitude, if possible to nearest minute,
Web site: http://www.icc-ccs.org (click on IMB Pi- where locusts first seen.
racy Reporting Center) 3. Time and position at which locusts were last seen.
It should be noted that mariners can use the above web site to 4. Whether isolated locusts (seen in flight singly), locust
access the following information promulgated by the IMB Pi- groups (flying locusts seen intermittently in numbers),
racy Reporting Center: swarm (flying locusts seen continuously in numbers over a
1. IMB Piracy Alert. period of at least a minute), dense swarm (obscuring part of
2. IMB Weekly Piracy Report. horizon or other background), or locusts appearing on board
3. IMB Live Piracy Map. or floating dead (isolated, groups, or swarms).
A 24-hour Anti-Piracy Helpline has been established at the 5. Color of locusts (yellow, pink, red, or gray).
IMB Piracy Reporting Center to report information concerning 6. Wind direction and speed.
maritime crime and security, including terrorism, piracy, and The cost of these messages will be defrayed by the FAO Des-
other illegal activities. All information will be treated in strict ert Locust Information Service.
confidence and will be passed on to relevant authorities for fur- Forecasts by the international bodies in charge of monitoring
ther action. The Anti-Piracy Helpline can be contacted 24 the Desert Locust indicate there is a certain risk of an invasion
hours by telephone (60-3-2031-0014). of Mauritania, Morocco, and Algeria, and, with favorable
Guidance regarding practices recommended for vessels op- winds, the Islas Canarias and the areas to the S and SE of
erating in high risk areas have been published by the Interna- Spain. Mariners are requested to communicate any possible
tional Maritime Organization’s (IMO) Revised Maritime sightings of the swarm to the nearest Maritime Radio Station or
Safety Committee (MSC) Circulars, which can be accessed on Maritime Rescue Coordination Center.
the Internet, as follows:
Off-lying Islands
IMO Revised MSC Circulars Arquipelago de Azores (39°42’N., 31°07’W.) lies nearly in
the mid-Atlantic Ocean. These islands are the summits of im-
http://www.imo.org/safety/mainframe.asp?topic_id=114 mense volcanic mountains, some of which are active, lying in a
region of temperate climate known as the Azores High.
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA) Arquipelago de Madeira (Madeira Islands) (32°45'N.,
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of 17°00’W.), about 400 miles W of the coast of Morocco, are the
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels summits of dormant volcanoes rising sheer from the ocean
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost depths. The climate is usually mild, marred occasionally by the
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- “leste,” a hot dry wind off the Sahara Desert.
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. Islas Canarias (Canary Islands) (28°30”N., 16°00’W.), vol-
The following areas have been declared by the IMO to be a canic islands with active and extinct craters, lie close of the
PSSA: coast of Western Sahara. Hot dry winds from the Sahara Desert
1. The Wadden Sea—Denmark, Germany, and the Neth- are moderated by the cool Canaries Current, which branches
erlands. from the North Atlantic Current and sets S off the NW coast of
2. Western European waters—Belgium, France, Ireland, Africa.
Portugal, Spain, and the United Kingdom. Arquipelago de Cabo Verde (Cape Verde Islands)
3. Spain—Islas Canarias (Canary Islands). (15°00’N., 24°00'W.) are peaks of immense volcanoes, one of
which is active, rising from the ocean depths.
Locust Reports
Many countries in Africa and Southwest Asia are, from time Dangerous Waves
to time, invaded by swarms of Desert Locust. These locusts are Along the Gulf Stream.—Winter and spring storms passing
capable of traveling for hundreds of miles and have repeatedly over the Gulf Stream along the E coast of the United States
been seen in flight at sea off the NW coast of Africa and within may be modified rapidly enough to create dangerous wind and
the Mediterranean Sea. The adult Desert Locust is about 60mm wave situations. This is particularly true in the North Wall, a
long, with a wingspan of about 120mm. They vary in color narrow band of extreme horizontal water temperature change
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 489
that marks the N edge of the Gulf Stream. In early winter, cold using a sextant.
air outbreaks along this N edge sometimes result in a doubling
of the wind speed compared to the wind speeds of surrounding U.S. Maritime Advisory System
seas. During February and March, the waters N of the Gulf The U.S. Maritime Advisory System is a streamlined inter-
Stream are at their coldest while the Gulf Stream remains rela- agency approach to identifying and promulgating maritime se-
tively warm. Also from the North Wall to 10 to 20 miles into curity threats. The system replaces Special Warnings to Mari-
the Gulf Stream, strong NE currents are encountered. The ners (State Department), MARAD Advisories (Maritime
strong NE winds on intense coastal storms tend to pull cold Administration), and Marine Safety Information Bulletins
Arctic air across the slope water to near Cape Hatteras. As this (U.S. Coast Guard). All information promulgated by the U.S.
cold air reaches the Gulf Stream, it encounters rapidly increas- Maritime Advisory System can be accessed at the Maritime
ing sea surface temperatures. This sudden warming produces Administration (MARAD) web site.
an increase in wind speeds and gustiness. This in turn causes
higher and confused seas. In addition, these NE seas encounter Maritime Administration (MARAD) Home Page
opposing currents of 3 to 5 knots, resulting in a sharp increase
in wave heights and much steeper wave slopes. Waves may http://www.marad.dot.gov/environment-and-safety-office-
even break. This action causes problems for small craft navi- of-security/msci/advisory
gating inlets in wave heights of less than 1m. With 6.1to 9.1m
seas, the result is dangerous to any ship. To avoid this problem, Climatology
it is often best in late winter and spring to cross the Gulf
Stream as far E as possible, since the cold air should be modi- General
fied somewhat, reducing the instability effect. The Naval Research Laboratory Monterey, a corporate re-
Newfoundland.—The waters off Newfoundland are among search laboratory for the United States Navy and Marine
the stormiest in the world. In the SE part of this region, the fre- Corps, publishes port studies and forecaster handbooks that
quent passage of intensifying extratropical cyclones is reflect- may be of use to the mariner. These publications can be ac-
ed in a high frequency of rough seas. During late autumn and cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site.
winter, seas exceed 1.5m more than 90 per cent of the time. Al-
though mountainous seas (equal to or greater than 12m) have Naval Research Laboratory Monterey Home Page
never been reported in this region, there have been numerous
reports of 6.1m waves near the E apex of this region. Waves as http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil/pubs.htm
high as 15m have been observed in nearby waters on several
occasions during the winter months. Although storms are less The African Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa-
frequent and less intense in summer, seas 2.4m or higher never- tion on the following ports:
theless have been observed as much as 50 per cent of the time 1. Cape Verde Islands—Mindelo.
in some years. 2. Morocco—Tangier.
The European Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa-
Fishing Vessels tion on the following ports:
Concentrations of fishing vessels can be encountered off the 1. France—Brest.
African coast and in the SW approaches to the Strait of Gibral- 2. Ireland—Cobh.
tar. 3. Morocco—Tangier.
4. Portugal—Lisbon.
Prediction and Research Moored Array in the Atlantic (PI- 5. Spain—Ferrol and Rota.
RATA) Buoys 6. United Kingdom—Faslane and Greenock.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration The Hurricane Haven Handbook North Atlantic contains in-
(NOAA) maintains an array of PIRATA buoys, in the equatori- formation on the following ports:
al Atlantic Ocean. PIRATA buoys are white and orange toroid 1. Bermuda.
buoys, 2.3m in diameter and surmounted by a 4m high instru- 2. Canada—Halifax, Nova Scotia.
ment tower, with radar reflectors, and visible on radar at ranges 3. Portugal—Ponta Delgada, Azores.
of 4 to 8 miles, depending on conditions; the buoys, which
should be given a berth of 5 miles, are located in the following Average Occurrence of Tropical Storms and
positions: Hurricanes in the North Atlantic, the Caribbean
a. 20°26.9'N, 23°08.2'W. Sea, and the Gulf of Mexico
b. 11°28.6'N, 22°59.8'W.
c. 20°01.1'N, 37°51.7'W. Number reach- Number which
d. 15°00.1'N, 37°59.6'W. ing at least trop- further intensi-
Month
e. 12°00.2'N, 37°59.5'W. ical storm fy to hurricane
f. 7°55.7'N, 38°01.6'W. intensity strength
January Rare Rare
Abnormal Refraction
Abnormal refraction can occur at times off the W coast of February Rare Rare
Africa, particularly off the coasts of Morocco and Mauritania, March Rare Rare
and is sufficient to produce mirages and to cause errors when
Pub. 140
490 North Atlantic Ocean
Average Occurrence of Tropical Storms and Wind shifts are frequent. During the transitional period in
Hurricanes in the North Atlantic, the Caribbean spring and fall, winds are even more variable than in winter.
Sea, and the Gulf of Mexico Gales blow less often as summer approaches. By July, they are
occurring less than 2 per cent of the time in the open seas.
Number reach- Number which During the summer, winds with a S component blow more of-
ing at least trop- further intensi- ten; SW and S winds occur about one-half of the time. Septem-
Month
ical storm fy to hurricane ber winds are quite variable, while October marks a return to
intensity strength winter conditions.
April Rare Rare Coastal and Local Winds.—Topography and a slight sea
breeze effect are the main differences between coastal and off-
May 1 every 5 years Rare shore winds.
June 1 every 2 years 1 every 3-4 years In the Bay of Fundy in winter, prevailing winds are from the
N through NE compared to the SW through NW winds that
July 1 every 1-2 years 1 every 2-3 years blow along the exposed E coast of Nova Scotia. From Decem-
August 2-3 per year 1-2 per year ber through March or April in both these areas, gales blow on 2
to 4 days per month and wind speeds average 8 to 14 knots.
September 3-4 per year 2-3 per year
From May through November, winds are mostly S through SW
October 1-2 per year 1 per year in the Bay of Fundy and S through W along the E coast of No-
November 1 every 3 years 1 every 6 years va Scotia. Gales are rare and average wind speeds range from 6
to 10 knots. Sea breezes are most likely in spring when there
December Rare Rare are some days with sunny weather.
Annually 9-10 per year 5-6 per year In the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the St. Lawrence River,
winds, particularly strong winds, tend to blow along the lie of
the land. In straits and channels, winds tend to blow along,
Northwest North Atlantic Ocean (including the Bay of
rather than across, the passages. A slight land-sea breeze effect
Fundy; the Gulf of St. Lawrence; the St. Lawrence River;
is noticeable in summer, particularly along the N shores of the
the Atlantic coasts of Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, and
St. Lawrence River. In general, winds along the Gulf of St.
Labrador; and Hudson Bay)
Lawrence coasts are similar to those in the open sea, with W
General.—The climate of these coasts, which are under both
through N winds common in winter and SW through W fa-
maritime and continental influences, is one of cold snowy win-
vored in summer. Winds often blow along the St. Lawrence
ters and mild rainy foggy summers. The N part of the region,
River, giving rise to an abundance of SW and NE winds. Gales
unnavigable during a good part of the year, presents fewer nav-
are most likely from November through March and can be ex-
igational weather hazards than the waters off Nova Scotia,
pected on 2 to 4 days per month in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
Newfoundland, and southern Labrador, where storm-generated
and on 1 or 2 days per month along the St. Lawrence River.
gales and freezing temperatures in winter, and frequent dense
The E coasts of Newfoundland and Labrador are high and
fog in summer, are constant problems. This area lies in the path
rugged, with deep indentations and fjords that result in many
of several climatic storm tracks and is even occasionally
local winds. The general wind pattern in fall and winter is SW
whipped by winds from tropical cyclones or their remnants.
through NW. South winds are frequent at Cartwright, while at
Extratropical Cyclones.—The storms that move across this
Hebron, W winds blow 60 per cent of the time. Winds are often
region are abundant year round; however, they are more severe
strong from September through April, when they average 12 to
from fall through spring than in summer. During winter about
16 knots and gales blow on 1 to 4 days per month. Spring
one-half of these storms generate winds of 28 knots or more
winds are variable, but there is an increase in NE and N winds
over a fairly large area. During the spring this figure drops to
at many locations. In the summer, SW through W winds are
one-third. By summer, less than 20 per cent of the extra-tropi-
common. At Argentia, these winds are almost exclusively S. If
cal systems are generating near-gale or gale-force winds, with
conditions are right, an afternoon sea breeze will bring winds
occurrences of less than 10 per cent in some areas.
out of the N through E along these coasts.
Strong summer winds are most likely in the Strait of Belle
Coastal winds in the Hudson Strait-Hudson Bay region are
Isle and in Hudson Strait. Throughout the year, storms move
influenced by topography and, in the summer, the land-sea ef-
across this region on a NE or E track. In the N part of the area
fect, during periods of quiet weather. At Cape Hopes Advance
some storms move toward the SE. Under average conditions,
two or three storm centers pass within 150 miles of any loca- in Hudson Strait, NW winds are frequent year round and blow
more than 30 per cent of the time from September through
tion each month.
General Winds.—The abundance of extratropical cyclones June. Ship observations in the early fall seem to verify this pre-
from fall through spring accounts for the strength and the vari- ponderance of these NW winds. During the spring, there is a
noticeable increase in E and SE winds; they become most com-
ability of the winds in the offshore waters. Gales are most fre-
quent off Labrador, where they blow 20 to 25 per cent of the mon in summer. Gales can occur in summer, but are most like-
time from December through February. On the Grand Banks of ly from September through January, when they blow on an
Newfoundland, they occur 10 to 12 per cent of the time from average of 4 to 8 days per month; wind speeds average as much
December through March. While strong winds most often blow as 17 knots during this time. The effect of topography can be
seen at Lake Harbour, on the N side of Hudson Strait, where N
from the SW through NW, as do all winds during this period,
gales also ride SE and NE wind. winds prevail from fall through spring and S wind are the most
common wind in summer; N winds are second most frequent.
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 491
Along the shores of the frozen Hudson Bay in winter, SW Precipitation during this period occurs on 10 to 17 days per
through NW winds prevail. Along the W coast, N winds are al- month. Snow is most likely in October and November, when an
so frequent, as are S winds in southern James Bay. Spring average of 20 to 40cm falls on 10 to 16 days per month; maxi-
winds become more variable and there is an increase in winds mum 24-hour snowfalls of 25 to 35cm have been recorded.
with an E component. In summer at many locations, NE and E Temperature.—Temperatures in this region show a wide
winds blow as much as, or more than, S through NW winds. At annual and area variation as well as large changes within a day
Port Nelson in June, NE wind blow about 30 per cent of the and within a month. Along the coasts exposure to the sea is an
time in the morning and more than 50 per cent of the time important factor in the temperature regime. Many locations in
during the afternoon, while NW winds, off the land, decrease the Gulf of St. Lawrence and upriver are continental in nature,
in frequency during the day. Autumn winds are variable, as SW resulting in large diurnal variations. Temperature in a winter
through NW winds begin to take over. Gales are most likely month can vary by as much as 28°C. Extreme highs in the Gulf
from fall through spring, when they blow on 1 to 4 days per of St. Lawrence have climbed into the upper single digits (°C)
month on the average. During the summer, they can be expect- in winter while lows have reached the -34° to -21°C range. At
ed usually on no more than 1 day per month. maritime locations the difference in extremes shrinks. For ex-
Summer wind speeds average 8 to 12 knots; these increase to ample, at Sable Island the January high is 8.9°C, while the low
12 to 15 knots by autumn. is -12.2°C The annual range in temperatures is greatest in the
Precipitation.—Days with rain and snow are plentiful along Hudson Bay region, where the difference between average
the shores of this region. On the average precipitation falls on winter and summer temperatures may exceed 39°C.
100 to 180 days annually. There is no dry or rainy season, but Along the shores of the Bay of Fundy and the Gulf of St.
summer may have slightly fewer rainy days. Amounts vary, but Lawrence and on the Atlantic coasts of Nova Scotia and New-
in general they range from 890 to 1,525mm per year S of foundland, winter daytime highs range from the low single dig-
northeastern Labrador. Spring is often the least rainy period. its below 0°C at sheltered ports to the low single digits (°C) at
Because of the cold temperatures decreasing the moisture-car- those that are exposed to the sea. Nighttime lows on the aver-
rying ability of the air and the lack of moisture in winter over age drop to the low single digits to upper teens below 0°C
frozen Hudson Strait and Hudson Bay, annual average precipi- range. Extremes drop to below 18°C and in the Gulf of St.
tation amounts in the N range from 255 to 510mm. Precipita- Lawrence range from -26° to -34°C. Temperatures are more
tion still falls on 100 to 150 days annually in this N region. The continental up the St. Lawrence River, where average daily
snow season runs from October through April or May in the S maximums are in the single digits below 0°C. Average daily
and from September through June in Hudson Bay and Hudson minimums range from about +13.3° to -22.2°C, with extremes
Strait. of -34.4° to -48.3°C. In this region, high temperatures in winter
Along the Atlantic coasts of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia have reached the low to upper teens (°C).
and on the Bay of Fundy shores, 76 to 152mm of precipitation Winter temperatures change drastically along the Labrador
occur on 8 to 15 days per month on the average; low precipita- coast. Daytime highs in the upper single digits below 0°C in
tion day figures occur most often in summer, while the lowest the S drop to the lower teens below 0°C in the N, while night-
amounts are often recorded in spring. Snow is most likely in time lows are in the teens below 0°C. Extremes have reached
January and February. Along the Newfoundland coast, 510 to the -34.4°C. In the unnavigable Hudson Strait and Hudson Bay
890mm fall on 8 to 15 days; a little less falls around Nova Sco- in midwinter, daytime highs range from the low teens to the
tia. Maximum 24-hour snowfalls of up to 76cm have occurred. low 20s below 0°C, while average nighttime lows drop to the
Extreme 24-hour rainfall amounts range from 125 to 250mm; mid 20s to mid 30s below 0°C. Extremes have been recorded in
most have been recorded in the fall. the -45° to -51°C range.
Along the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and up the St. Temperatures begin to climb everywhere in March and by
Lawrence River, an average of 75 to 125mm of precipitation May daytime highs in the mid single digits to mid teens (°C)
occurs on 10 to 20 days per month. Average amounts are gen- are common S of Labrador, except along the St. Lawrence Riv-
erally lowest in spring while rainy days are least in summer. er, where they have already climbed into the upper teens (°C).
While snow falls from October through April, it is worst from They remain above freezing, on the average, along the Labra-
December through February, when an average of 50 to 100cm dor coast and range from -3.9° to 4.4°C in the Hudson Strait
falls on 10 to 15 days per month. Extreme 24-hour snowfalls of and Hudson Bay. Nighttime lows are usually about 5.6° to
15 to 25 inches have occurred. Maximum 24-hour rainfall 8.3FC cooler, except up the St. Lawrence River, where they run
amounts range from 75 to 150mm and have occurred most of- 11.1° to 10.9°C cooler.
ten in summer and fall. July and August are the warmest months. South of Labrador,
Along the Labrador coast, precipitation amounts decrease N. daytime highs usually climb into the upper teens to low 20s
In the S, 50 to 100mm fall on 13 to 16 days per month, while in (°C), except along the St. Lawrence River, where the continen-
the N, less than 25 to 50mm fall on 8 to 15 days per month. At tal effect boosts some averages to near 26.7°C. Nights are usu-
Cartwright, 50 to 90cm of snow fall on 12 to 15 days per month ally 8.3° to 11.2°C cooler on the average. Extremes range from
from December through April; 90cm fell once in a 24-hour pe- 29.4° to 37.8°C, depending upon exposure to the sea. Along
riod. At Resolution Island, 12.5 to 25cm of snow fall on 7 to 15 the coast of Labrador, daytime temperatures in the low to upper
days per month from October through April; 38cm once fell in teens (°C) are common, with nighttime temperatures dipping
a 24-hour period. In Hudson Strait and along the shores of the into the upper single digits (°C). Extremes range from 29.4° to
Hudson Bay, less than 25 to 50mm of precipitation are record- 37.8°C.
ed on 5 to 17 days per month. Highest amounts and most pre- In Hudson Bay and Hudson Strait in summer, average daily
cipitation days occur from July through November. maximums range from the upper single digits (°C) at exposed
Pub. 140
492 North Atlantic Ocean
locations to the upper teens (°C) at more continental ports. more than 1 day about 30 per cent of the time. While this fog is
Nights are generally 8.3° to 11.2°C cooler. Extremes range most frequent off Cape Race, it occurs all along the Labrador
from 22.8°C at Nottingham Harbor to 33.3°C at Port Nelson. Current from the N tip of Labrador to the Bay of Fundy. Ad-
Temperatures begin to fall in September. By October, aver- vection fog also occurs over the Hudson Bay in late summer
age daytime highs are running in the upper single digits to low and early fall.
teens (°C) along the coasts S of Labrador. Nighttime lows Radiation (land) fog is mainly a fall and winter phenomenon.
range from freezing to the mid single digits (°C). Along the It forms on calm clear cold nights and drifts out over coastal
Labrador coast, daytime highs in the mid to upper single digits waters. It usually dissipates during the morning. It is less fre-
(°C) and nighttime lows below freezing are common. In Hud- quent and much more local than advection fog. Sometimes a
son Strait and Hudson Bay, average daily maximums are in the steam fog will occur if the air is about 11°C cooler than the sea.
low single digits (°C), while daily minimums are mostly in the This is similar to hot water steaming at normal room tempera-
low single digits below zero (°C), but do fall into the upper sin- tures. These unstable conditions exist for short periods, usually
gle digits below zero (°C) in some sheltered spots. along narrow bands of open water immediately adjacent to
Humidity.—Like temperatures, relative humidities are af- land or icebound regions. Snow and rain can also reduce visi-
fected by exposure. bilities.
Around the shores of the Bay of Fundy, the Gulf of St. Law- July is usually the foggiest month. Off Cape Race, visibili-
rence, and the Atlantic shores of Newfoundland and Nova Sco- ties drop below 0.5 mile 30 per cent to more than 40 per cent of
tia, average relative humidities in the late fall and winter are in the time. These poor visibilities occur 20 per cent to more than
the 80 per cent range. This is usually either the annual high or 30 per cent of the time off the northern Newfoundland-south-
low average, depending upon exposure. At maritime locations ern Labrador coast, eastern Nova Scotia, and in the Bay of
like Cape Race, Belle Isle, Sable Island, and Yarmouth, it rep- Fundy. Frequencies are less than 10 per cent elsewhere and are
resents a low, and relative humidities increase to the upper 80s less than 5 percent in the Hudson Strait, Hudson Bay, and St.
to mid-90s (per cent) in summer. The diurnal variation is small Lawrence River. Other summer months are a little less foggy.
at these locations, but humidities are highest in the early morn- By September, visibilities less than 0.5 mile occur 10 per cent
ing and lowest during the afternoon. At more continental loca- or more of the time only off eastern Newfoundland and on the
tions like Chatham and Charlottetown, highest relative Grand Banks of Newfoundland. Poor visibilities are relatively
humidities occur in late fall and winter when temperatures are infrequent until May, when the summer buildup begins.
low. Average relative humidities at these locations reach a min- Fog at ports and land stations depends very much on expo-
imum in May, when they drop to the 70 per cent range. This sure. At Cape Race and Belle Isle, visibilities drop below 0.5
annual variation also holds for the St. Lawrence River, except mile on an average of 10 to 20 days per month from April
that late fall and winter values are in the low 80s (per cent), through September; a July peak of 21 days at Cape Race and
while May humidities are in the low 60 to 70 per cent range. 19 days at Belle Isle are this foggy on the average. Along the
Diurnal variations are large, particularly in summer, at conti- shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Bay of Fundy, visi-
nental locations. In the N, lowest relative humidities (70 per bilities drop below 0.5 mile on 5 to 15 days per month from
cent range) are recorded during the frozen winter when mois- April through September; this occurs on an average of 21 days
ture is scarce. Humidities climb into the mid-80 to 90 per cent in July at Yarmouth. However, Wolfville in the Minas Basin re-
range in spring and fall, when more moisture is available and cords only 14 days each year with these visibilities. At conti-
temperatures are still cold enough that the air is easily saturat- nental locations like Montreal and Quebec, visibilities drop to
ed. Early morning highs and afternoon lows are apparent along less than 0.5 mile on 25 to 30 days annually; this is most likely
these N coasts, especially in summer. to occur from fall through spring. Along the Labrador coast fog
Cloud Cover.—South of Labrador it is cloudiest in winter occurs on about 1 to 6 days per month from April through Sep-
and usually least cloudy in fall, except along the St. Lawrence tember. In Hudson Strait, visibilities drop below 0.5 mile on 5
River, where fall is often the cloudiest time and summer least to 15 days per month from June through September. Along the
cloudy. In areas susceptible to sea fog, summer is almost as shores of Hudson and James Bays, these visibilities occur on
cloudy as winter, when skies are overcast (cloud cover equal to about 4 to 8 days per month from June through September. At
or greater than 8/10) three-quarters of the time. During the exposed Inoucdjouac (Port Harrison), this frequency increases
least cloudy seasons, skies are overcast about one-half the to 6 to 12 days per month, while at sheltered Moosonee, in
time. Along the Labrador coast and in Hudson Strait and Hud- James Bay, it drops to 2 to 4 days per month.
son Bay, fall and spring are the grayest seasons, while the peri-
od January through March is least cloudy. In September and Northeast North Atlantic Ocean (including Foroyar
October, skies are overcast about three-quarters of the time, (Faeroe Islands), the British Isles, the W coast of Europe
while during February and March this condition occurs about from Ile d’Ouessant to the Strait of Gibraltar, and the Ar-
one-third of the time. quipelago dos Acores)
Visibility.—The coastal waters of E and southeastern New- General.—The climate in this region is influenced by the
foundland are among the foggiest in the world. When warm air North Atlantic Ocean, particularly the remnants of the Gulf
over the Gulf Stream is carried across the cold Labrador Cur- Stream, the wintertime Icelandic Low and the storms that cre-
rent, a thick fog forms. While this advection (sea) fog occurs ate it, and the North Atlantic Subtropical High. These features
most often in summer, when the necessary S winds are fre- result in mild rainy (particularly in the N) winters and cool rel-
quent, it can and does occur in any season. It may persist for atively dry summers. Weather is in general more variable and
more than a week and blanket several thousand square miles. windier in the N. The Subtropical High is a quieting influence
During the summer, visibilities of less than 12 mile persist for in the S, even in winter. Its control is strongest in summer and
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 493
extends to all but the most N regions, where weak lows still cent) and strong (15 to 17 knots).
bring rain and clouds. Sea fog occasionally hampers visibili- Summer winds blow out of the SW through NW more than
ties. one-half the time from the Bay of Biscay to Foroyar (Faroe Is-
Arquipelago dos Acores (Azores) are under the influence of lands). South of Cabo Finisterre, N winds prevail, with fre-
extratropical lows throughout most of the year. The weather is quent NW through NE winds off Cabo Finisterre and E winds
therefore variable, with considerable cloudiness and some rain- still fairly common near the Strait of Gibraltar. Summer gales
fall in all seasons. Normally only 7 or 8 lows actually pass over are encountered less than 2 per cent of the time in all offshore
the islands each year and severe storms are neither common waters except W of Ireland in August, where they occur about
nor prolonged, yet the weather is constantly disturbed by the S 4 per cent of the time.
extremities of weak cold fronts sweeping E over the North At- During autumn, gales become more frequent while wind di-
lantic Ocean. Only in the months of July and August when the rection becomes more variable. September gales are infre-
North Atlantic High moves N over the area do periods of ideal quent. October gales are encountered more than 5 per cent of
weather persist. Conditions are most favorable for navigation the time N of the English Channel and up to 14 per cent of the
from June through September. At this time winds are light, de- time W of Ireland. By November, they are blowing at a fre-
pressions infrequent, and visibilities good. Winter and early quency close to that of winter. North of the Channel, S and SW
spring would be the least favorable because of the frequency of winds are occurring up to 40 per cent of the time. In the S, N
strong winds, reduced visibilities, and rough seas. winds, while still prevailing, are waning; winds with E compo-
Extratropical Cyclones.—North Atlantic Ocean storms are nents are becoming more frequent. Near the Strait of Gibraltar,
the most important weather producers in these waters. While E winds are blowing 18 to 20 per cent of the time at speeds of
they most often move to the N of the British Isles, their circula- 12 to 14 knots.
tions and fronts can produce weather over the entire region. In Arquipelago dos Acores, the surface wind direction is
Sometimes they rapidly move through, one storm following variable throughout the year, although NW winds prevail over
another, while at other times they lumber through at a snail’s the W islands. The average wind speed is about 16 knots in
pace. Most dangerous are those large storms that stall over the winter and 9 knots in summer over the ocean. Along the coast,
central North Atlantic Ocean and sweep the area with strong wind speed and direction vary widely according to exposure.
SW winds, creating heavy seas for long periods. These extra- Thus, wind speeds at Horta are slightly higher than over the ad-
tropical cyclones are plentiful year round, but are most severe joining water areas, while at Ponta Delgada, the exposure is
in winter. such that wind speeds are only half that of the adjoining water
General Winds.—In the offshore waters, winter is the wind- area. Land and sea breezes are well developed throughout the
iest season. In the seas between northwest Ireland and Foroyar year, resulting in morning calms an hour or two after sunrise,
(Faroe Islands), gales are encountered 12 to 18 per cent of the and a similar calm period near sunset. Gale force winds are
time in the worst month, which is usually December. Winter most frequent in winter (6 per cent) and least in summer (less
gales are only a little less frequent (10 to 16 percent) off south- than 1 per cent).
ern Ireland and in the Irish Sea. Winter winds north of the En- Coastal Winds.—Descriptions of coastal winds in this re-
glish Channel are mainly out of the S through NW, and these gion are, as follows:
are also usually the strongest winds; sometimes gales ride SE 1. British Isles.—Along the W coasts of England and
winds between Scotland and Foroyar (Faroe Islands). Scotland and on the shores of Ireland, winds blow most often
In the Bay of Biscay, SW through NE winds are frequent. from the S through W. Since these coasts are irregular, there
Gales blow 10 to 13 per cent of the time in December, usually are many local wind effects. In narrow inlets, winds may fol-
the worst month. This frequency drops to 4 to 9 per cent in Jan- low the direction of the inlet and increase in strength. Winds
uary. South of Cabo Finisterre, the Subtropical High is partly are usually strongest from October through March when
responsible for the frequent N through NE winter winds; E gales blow on 3 to 10 days per month along the Atlantic
winds are also common E of Cabo de Sao Vicente. Winter coasts and 1 to 5 days per month along other shores.
gales become less frequent toward the S. They blow about 10 Strong winds are most frequent along coasts exposed to
per cent of the time off Cabo Finisterre, but only about 3 per winds from the S through W. Along the Atlantic coasts, gales
cent of the time near the entrance to the Strait of Gibraltar. Just often ride southwest winds. Winds have gusted to 80 to 100
W of the Strait of Gibraltar, E winds, known as levanters, blow- knots along these exposed shores. December and January are
ing at 15 to 20 knots, are encountered about 15 to 20 per cent usually the roughest months. Along these exposed coasts,
of the time in winter. average wind speeds run 14 to 18 knots from October
In the N, spring winds are even more variable, due to closer through March. In more protected waters like the Irish Sea,
passage of lows, while off the Atlantic coasts of Spain and Por- winds blow at about 8 to 12 knots.
tugal, the building North Atlantic High has begun to stabilize In spring, winds are quite variable. In addition to the S
wind directions. As storms become less intense, winds weaken through W flow, N and NE winds are common in St.
throughout the region. Gales are most likely NW, of Ireland George’s Channel, while E and SE winds blow often in the
where they blow about 5 to 6 per cent of the time. North of the Irish Sea. South winds are common in the North Channel
English Channel, S through NW winds are still common, while and along the S coast of Ireland. Northwest through E winds
in the Bay of Biscay they frequently blow from the W through are frequently encountered along the Atlantic coasts.
NE; this reflects the changeover to summer. This changeover is The sea breeze is most apparent in summer, particularly at
more apparent S of Cabo Finisterre, where N winds blow one- sheltered locations. In many places along these coasts it sim-
third of the time and NW through NE winds prevail. West of ply reinforces the prevailing onshore winds, making them
the Strait of Gibraltar, E winds remain frequent (15 to 20 per more persistent and stronger during the afternoon. For exam-
Pub. 140
494 North Atlantic Ocean
ple, at Pointe du Rocher, S winds that blow 8 per cent of the 1. Foroyar (Faroe Islands).—Fjeldkasten are squalls
time on July mornings blow 21 per cent of the time during that blow down the hills and through the gorges in Foroyar.
the afternoons. An increase in wind speeds, usually 2 to 5 They are often violent and there is little warning of their on-
knots, during the day is often a clear indication of the sea set, as they can occur even in fair weather.
breeze effect. Afternoon wind speeds range from 8 knots in 2. Coasts of Spain and Portugal.—The vendavales is a
protected waters to about 14 or 15 knots along exposed SW gale that may occur anywhere along the Spanish-Portu-
shores. Gales are infrequent from May through September. guese coast. It often precedes a cold front or low moving into
2. Bay of Biscay.—Along the shores of the Bay of Bis- the Mediterranean Sea, and is most likely in the winter half
cay, gales are most likely from October through March. of the year.
North of Rochefort they occur on an average of 5 to 10 days The nordeste pardo is a NE gale that occasionally blows
per month. To the S, the average is 1 to 4 days per month. off the NW coast of Spain. Pub. 140, 3rd edition 1988
Along the coast of France, winds out of the SW through W A strong NW wind, often reaching gale force, that blows
are common all year round. They are most persistent during along the N coasts of Spain is called a galerna. These coasts,
spring and summer afternoons when reinforced by the sea protected by mountains against the strong S flow ahead of a
breeze. Northwest winds are also frequent during summer storm to the N, are fully exposed to the strong NW winds
afternoons for the same reason. Winds from the SE and E are that follow the passage of a cold front or storm to the N. This
common in winter while NE winds often blow in fall and wind is usually accompanied by rain squalls and occasional-
spring. ly snow showers in winter. In summer, it often causes a rapid
Along the N coast of Spain, winds are most often out of drop in temperature and sometimes comes in on showers or
the NE through SW at 8 to 10 knots from October through thunderstorms.
March. By March there is the hint of a sea breeze as after- The foehn is a wind that occurs in mountainous regions
noon winds often blow from the N; W and NW winds are al- throughout the world. Sometimes with a low to the W of
so common on spring and summer afternoons. Morning Spain and a high to the E, strong S winds may occur. They
winds blow most frequently from the S through SW. This are intensified by local topographic conditions as they blow
pattern lasts until October. into the Bay of Biscay along the N coast of Spain. A ship re-
3. West Coasts of Spain and Portugal.—Winter storms port of this condition one February had winds of 60 to 70
and their associated fronts bring variable, sometimes strong, knots at anchorage at Ria del Barquero.
winds from about October through March. North winds are 3. Strait of Gibraltar.—The levanter is an E wind in the
frequent, but winds are often from the N through NE. How- Strait of Gibraltar that usually blows at 15 to 20 knots and
ever, the strongest winds are often out of the S through SW. occurs with a low centered over the western Mediterranean
Gales usually occur on no more than 1 day per month Sea. It is most frequent from October through May.
during this period and are most likely N of Lisboa. In the Poniente are frequent W winds in the Strait of Gibraltar
summer, the land-sea breeze regime modifies the normal and its vicinity.
clockwise flow around the North Atlantic High within 10 to Contraste is the Spanish nautical term for a sudden change
15 miles of the shore. Morning winds of about 6 to 8 knots of wind by which it becomes foul or contrary.
are mainly out of the N, while afternoon breezes usually The leveche is a hot, dry, and often dusty S wind which
have an offshore component at speeds of 10 to 15 knots; SW may be encountered in the vicinity of the Strait of Gibraltar.
through NW winds are common. Its approach is heralded by an arch of brownish cloud on the
When the pressure gradient is strong, N winds can prevail southern horizon. It is often an extension of the sirocco, a hot
all day; these are part of the Northeast Trade Winds. The per- dry wind from the Sahara Desert.
sistent winds from the NW through NE are also known as the Precipitation.—In the offshore waters, precipitation is most
Portuguese Trades. At Lisboa, they blow about 78 per cent of frequent from November through April, with a peak occurring
the time in July. usually in December or January. During the peak months, pre-
4. Gulf of Cadiz.—Late fall and winter winds are quite cipitation can be expected 18 to 25 per cent of the time in the
variable. Calms, as well as light winds from the N through seas off Ireland and Scotland, decreasing to 7 to 9 per cent of
SE, are frequent during the morning hours. By afternoon, the time in the entrance to the Strait of Gibraltar. Most of this
winds often blow from the W through N. Gales are infre- winter precipitation falls as rain. Snow is rare S of the entrance
quent, but most likely in winter and spring. Wind speeds are to the English Channel. It falls less than 1 per cent of the time
highest in spring and early summer afternoons when they av- in the waters off Ireland and about 2 per cent of the time in Jan-
erage 6 to 12 knots, thanks to the sea breeze effect; morning uary in the sea area between Northern Ireland and the Hebrides
winds range from 4 to 8 knots. Islands. Snow is most likely N of Scotland, where it falls from
From March through November, the land-sea breeze effect 1 to 3 per cent of the time from December through February.
and the clockwise flow around the Subtropical High influ- Summer is usually the driest time of the year in offshore wa-
ence wind directions. Morning winds are usually off the ters. Rain falls about 10 per cent of the time N of the entrance
land, out of the E through SE along the E shore of the Gulf of to the English Channel and less than 5 per cent of the time to
Cadiz. By afternoon, SW through W winds off the water are the S.
common. Similar conditions of onshore-offshore winds also Along the coasts of Ireland, England, and Scotland, an aver-
exist along the N shore, where the N clockwise flow exerts a age of 760 to 1,250mm of rain falls on about 200 to 250 days
strong influence. annually. This breaks down into quite a few days with drizzle
Local Winds.—Descriptions of local winds in this region and light rain, particularly when compared with a tropical port
are, as follows: like Freetown, which averages 3,480mm of rain over 148 days
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 495
annually. While rain falls year round on these shores, it is a lit- tures N of Bordeaux on the average reach the to upper single
tle more frequent in August, and from October through Janu- digits (°C) during the day. Daytime temperatures to the S range
ary; in December an average of 75 to 175mm falls on 20 to 26 from the low teens (°C) to around 15.6°C at Rota. At night,
days. Even in the driest months of May and June, about 50mm temperatures fall to the low to mid single digits (°C) from the
of rain fall on 13 to 16 days each month on the average. shores of the Bay of Biscay N. South of Cabo Finisterre, mini-
Snow is most frequent on Scottish shores, where it falls on mum temperatures are usually in the upper single digits (°C).
about 25 to 35 days from October through March. Along the Temperatures are most likely to drop below freezing at conti-
coasts of England and Ireland, it snows on about 5 to 15 days nental ports like Bordeaux. and Nantes, where this occurs on
total from November through March. Thunderstorms occur on 35 to 45 days annually. North of the English Channel, below-
about 3 to 10 days each year along these coasts. They are most freezing temperatures occur on the average of less than 35 days
likely during the summer. annually; less than 15 days at many exposed locations. South
Along the French shores of the Bay of Biscay S to about of the English Channel, freezing temperatures can be expected
Bordeaux, about 635 to 890mm of rain falls on 150 to 200 days on only a couple of days, except at sheltered ports along the
annually; frequencies in general increase N. October through French coast.
March are the rainy months. December is often the rainiest, July and August are the warmest months. Daily maximums
when an average of 75 to 100mm falls on about 18 to 22 days. range from the upper teens (°C) in the British Isles to the mid
From November through March, snow is likely on a total of 3 20s (°C) along the Bay of Biscay and the Atlantic coasts of
or 4 days. Summer is the driest time. Thunderstorms, however, Spain and Portugal to the upper 20s (°C) along the S coasts.
are most likely in summer, when they develop on 10 to 25 days Temperatures at Rota reach 32.2°C or more on about 16 sum-
on the average. They are most frequent at upriver ports like mer days. This is common along the S coasts and also at well-
Bordeaux, occurring on 3 to 4 days per month from April sheltered Atlantic ports like Lisboa and Bordeaux. However, at
through September. Rain is even more likely S of Bordeaux exposed locations along all coasts 32.2°C temperatures are ra-
and along the N coast of Spain. Annual averages range from re. During the summer, night minimum temperatures range
760 to 1,520mm on 130 to 160 days. Some of this increase in from the upper single digits (°C) in the N to the upper teens
amounts is due to the coastal mountains. December is usually (°C) near the Strait of Gibraltar.
the wettest month, when 100 to 200mm of precipitation falls In Arquipelago dos Acores, temperatures are coolest from
on 15 to 18 days; snow is infrequent close to sea level. July and January through March, when average daily maximums are in
August are usually the driest months of the year; an average of the mid teens (°C) with minimums in the low teens (°C). Tem-
25 to 75mm of rain falls on about 6 to 8 days each month. peratures hit a peak in August, when daytime highs often reach
Thunderstorms develop on a couple of days each month during the mid 20s (°C) and nighttime lows fall into the upper teens
the summer. (°C). Extremes have reached the low 30s (°C) in summer and
Along the Atlantic coasts of Portugal and Spain about 1,010 low single digits (°C) in winter.
to 1,525mm of rain is measured along the N shores, decreasing Humidity.—At sea, relative humidity is dependent on tem-
to about 635mm around Lisboa and to 405mm at Cabo de Sao perature; along the coast both temperature and exposure affect
Vicente. October through March is the rainy period, when mea- it. Daily minimum values usually occur during the afternoon
surable rain falls on 10 to 16 days per month in the N and 5 to when temperatures are highest, while maximum relative hu-
10 days per month in the S; snow is rare. Thunderstorms are in- midities occur during the early morning hours.
frequent, occurring on about 1 day per month N of Lisboa and In the offshore waters, humidities are high year round, with a
less to the S. At high elevations near the coast, like Porto, thun- slight peak in the summer months. Average relative humidities
derstorms occur on 2 to 3 days during some months, but there range from about 80 to 90 per cent, the lowest values usually
is not necessarily a summertime maximum. occurring in spring or late fall. The diurnal variation is about
The dry region extends from Cabo de Sao Vicente along the 15 per cent or less. In the entrance to the Strait of Gibraltar, the
southern coasts of Portugal and Spain. Annual averages of air is a little drier; average relative humidities are in the 70 per
380mm increase E to about 635mm at Rota. During the rainy cent range year round, with a maximum in summer.
period from October through April, rain falls on about 6 to 14 At some coastal locations in N waters, the diurnal variation
days per month. Thunderstorms occur on about 8 to 17 days is very small. At Wick, Scotland, for example, early morning
annually and are most likely in autumn. relative humidities reach the low 90 per cent range year round.
In Arquipelago dos Acores, the average monthly rainfall is During the afternoon they drop 1 to 3 per cent in winter and
greatest in January. About one-third of the annual rainfall oc- about 7 per cent in summer. This compares to Rota, Spain,
curs in April through September. June, July, and August ac- where the difference between morning and afternoon relative
count for only about one-tenth of the annual rainfall. Even in humidities runs 10 to 12 per cent in winter and up to 20 per
the driest months of the year, however, Arquipelago dos cent in summer.
Acores have appreciable rainfall. The annual number of thun- Over most of the region, early morning, late fall or winter
derstorm days increases from E to W, with 8 days in Ponta Del- relative humidities reach 80 to 90 per cent. By afternoon, they
gada and 13 days in Santa Cruz. There is little seasonal drop into the 70 per cent range, except at exposed coastal loca-
variation; however, thunderstorms are least frequent in May tions along French and English coasts, where they fall about 5
through September. Snow is not observed on the coasts. per cent or so. Relative humidities are more complex during
Temperature.—January and February are the coolest the summer. Along exposed coastlines, maximum relative hu-
months of the usually mild winter. Winds off the water keep midities are often highest in late summer or early fall. Howev-
temperatures an average of 5.5° to 11.0°C higher along these er, minimum relative humidities may be lower than in winter.
coasts than along the North American coast. Winter tempera- In general, they reach the upper 80 per cent range in the morn-
Pub. 140
496 North Atlantic Ocean
ing and fall to the upper 60 to mid 70 per cent range during the 9 days. However, most of the coast is relatively fog-free in
heat of the day. This does not hold, however, along the S coasts summer. Coastal fog in these waters is worst along the E shores
of Spain and Portugal, where summer humidities are lowest. of the Irish Sea, and in St. George’s Channel and Bristol Chan-
Here they reach the mid 70 per cent range during the morning nel. Both land and sea fog are prevalent and local conditions
and fall to the mid 50 per cent range during the afternoon, vary considerably. Sheltered spots like Cardiff and Birkenhead
mainly due to the warmer temperatures along these coasts. experience fog on 80 to 100 days per year, with a peak from
In Arquipelago dos Acores, the mean relative humidity about November through March. More exposed locations ex-
throughout the year is about 75 to 80 per cent, with a maximum perience sea fog in the summer, but less land fog. Along the
at night and a minimum in the afternoon. other coasts fog is relatively infrequent, occurring on less than
Cloud Cover.—Winter cloudiness is abundant, a result of 20 days annually. In the winter, land fog formation is aided by
extratropical storms. On the coast, land fog adds to this cloudi- smoke and pollution in industrial areas.
ness, particularly in the morning. Summer is less cloudy in the In the Bay of Biscay, fog is less frequent than in offshore wa-
S waters, where the Subtropical High dominates. However, it is ters to the N. There is still a summertime maximum, when vis-
abundant in the N, where weak lows and sea fog are frequent. ibilities drop below 0.5 mile about 1 per cent of the time. On
In winter, cloud cover averages 4/8 to 6/8 in the offshore waters the coast, winter land fog is often more of a factor, except at lo-
of this area; the cloudiest region is from the entrance to the En- cations exposed to S through SW winds, like Punta de la Estaca
glish Channel to the N, while the least cloudy area is Golfo de de Bares; here sea fog is frequent in summer (about 10 days) in
Cadiz. Overcast or obscured sky conditions occur on about 15 June. A definite wintertime fog maximum exists at ports that
to 20 per cent of all winter days in Golfo de Cadiz and 20 to 30 are located upriver, such as Nantes and Bordeaux, where fog
per cent of all winter days along the Atlantic coasts of Spain forms on 60 to 80 days annually and about 7 to 10 days per
and Portugal. These figures rise to 30 to 40 per cent in the Bay winter month. This compares with 20 to 40 days annually and
of Biscay and 30 to 50 per cent farther N. 2 to 4 days per winter month along the coast.
Extratropical lows, sea fog, and land fog help keep the coasts In the offshore water along the Atlantic coasts of Spain and
of Ireland, England, and Scotland cloudy all year round. Many Portugal, visibilities are poorest from June through September,
places have a slight summer maximum, while some are cloudi- when they fall below 2 miles about 4 to 7 per cent of the time
est in the fall. Except for a few well-sheltered locations like and below 0.5 mile from 1 to 2 per cent of the time. Offshore
Donaghadee, cloudy skies (cloud cover 2/8 or more) are ob- visibilities are usually at their best in spring and late fall. On
served on 150 to 250 days each year. A peak often occurs in Ju- the coast, fog forms on an average of 20 to 40 days annually,
ly, with an average of 20 to 25 days per month. As in open with a summer maximum at exposed locations and a winter
waters, cloudiness decreases S. It is cloudiest in the N in winter maximum at sheltered ports.
and least cloudy in the S in summer. In Golfo de Cadiz and the entrance to the Strait of Gibraltar,
In some places along the Spanish and Portuguese coasts, a fog is infrequent, dropping visibilities to less than 2 miles
sea breeze blowing against coastal mountains produces an about 1 to 2 per cent of the time and below 0.5 mile nearly 1
abundance of afternoon cloudiness in summer. In Lisboa per cent of the time from May through September. Along the
cloudy days (cloud cover equal to or greater than 2/8) occur an coast fog is infrequent.
average of seven to eleven times per month from October In Arquipelago dos Acores, visibility over the open sea is
through April and just once in July and in August. Clear days usually good. Restrictions to visibility are almost entirely a
(cloud cover equal to or less than 2/8) occur an average of 18 to frontal phenomenon and is therefore neither persistent nor
19 times in July and in August. In Golfo de Cadiz, the levanter dense. On no more than 4 days per year does the visibility fall
brings the most cloudiness. At Rota, cloudy conditions occur below 0.5 mile. Nearer the larger islands conditions are not
on about 8 to 14 days per month from October through May quite as good, especially during the morning calms. At coastal
and just 2 to 3 days in July and August. Clear skies are most stations, visibilities of 1 mile or less are observed less than 1
frequent during July and August, when they occur on an aver- per cent of the time throughout the year. Visibilities of less than
age of 25 days. 6 miles occur most frequently in January through March and
In Arquipelago dos Acores, on the average, there are about least frequently in July through September. Poorest visibility
10 to 15 cloudy days (cloud cover equal to or greater than 8/10) usually occurs during the night or early morning. Precipitation
each month from October through June; 5 to 7 cloudy days oc- and haze are the major restrictions to visibility. Fog is infre-
cur on the average from July through September. The daily quent, but it has been reported in every month.
variation of cloudiness is quite definite. Average monthly fig-
ures indicate that cloudiness is normally least at night and Southeast North Atlantic Ocean (including the W coast of
greatest during the day. Africa from the Strait of Gibraltar to Cape Palmas)
Visibility.—Both sea fog and land fog affect visibilities in General.—The climate of these waters is controlled by the
these waters. Poor visibilities also occur during showers and North Atlantic Subtropical High, the South Atlantic Subtropi-
sometimes in smoke around industrial areas. Sea fog frequent- cal High, the heat low over Africa, and winter storms to the N.
ly lowers offshore visibilities from June through August, while The circulation around the two highs (clockwise N of the
land fog forms mostly in fall and winter. Equator and counterclockwise S of the Equator) and their de-
From the entrance to the English Channel N, summer visibil- flection toward the low create the Northeast Trade Winds and
ities drop below 2 miles about 10 to 15 per cent of the time and the Southwest Monsoon. Between these two systems lies a
below 0.5 mile from 2 to 6 per cent of the time. Close to the broad band of light winds, cloudiness, and showers known as
coast, a few exposed locations are also affected by this fog; for the Intertropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ).
example, Holyhead in June is affected by fog on an average of The day-to-day movement of this zone is slight but its sea-
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 497
sonal variation is important. Moving N, from about 6°N, in vails. Gales are infrequent in these waters.
spring, it heralds the coming of the Southwest Monsoon and Coastal and Local Winds.—Along the Atlantic coast of
the rainy season up to about 17°N. Moving S in autumn, it is a Morocco, the Northeast Trade Winds that prevail all summer
forerunner of the dry Northeast Trade Winds or harmattan S to are deflected toward the NW by the sea breeze. Under ideal
about 7°N. These movements are accompanied by a N move- conditions, this lasts from about 3 hours after sunrise to 1 hour
ment and expansion of the North Atlantic Subtropical High in before sunset. A light land breeze often occurs at night. Gales
spring and summer, and its return in fall. The South Atlantic are infrequent during the summer and average speeds run 8 to
Subtropical High plays its most important role in summer, as 12 knots; they are usually strongest during the afternoon.
does the African heat low. Sometimes in late summer a hot, dry, and dusty wind will
Few weather problems confront the mariner in these waters. blow out of the SE through S. This wind is known locally as si-
Gales are infrequent and visibility is generally good. Haze and moun or simoon. From about November through April, the S
dust in the dry season (winter) and torrential downpours, S of and SE winds are occasionally interrupted by winds out of the
15°N, in the rainy season (summer) present the greatest prob- S through NW, associated with extratropical storms. These
lems. lows are responsible for the gales that blow on about 2 to 4
Tropical Cyclones.—The ITCZ is often the spawning days per month during this season. They often ride in on W
ground for E waves that travel across the Atlantic Ocean and winds. Average winter wind speeds along this section of coast
sometimes develop into hurricanes. This is most likely to occur run 5 to 8 knots.
off the African coast in September. Such storms are often la- Strong winds are most frequent along the coast of Western
beled Cape Verde Cyclones, a tribute to their place of birth. Sahara and northern Mauritania. At Villa Cisneros, wind
Aside from the showers and squalls, they are not much of a speeds of 27 knots or more occur on 8 to 15 days per month
threat since they are usually in the initial stages of develop- from April through August. Winds of 31 knots or more occur
ment. However, a few storms have developed and reached hur- on 2 to 4 days per month at Nouadhibou (Port Etienne) from
ricane intensity (winds equal to or greater than 64 knots) February through May.
around Arquipelago de Cabo Verde. Along the coast of Western Sahara, the contrast between the
General Winds.—Two regimes affect winds over these wa- heated interior and the cool water along the coast is favorable
ters. The Northeast Trade Winds are influential from about 7° for the development of local squalls that are accompanied by
to 35°N. The Southwest Monsoon blows over waters S of strong NE winds.
about 17°N. Distant extratropical storms influence winds in the Along the coast of Mauritania, strong E winds often attend
N. Topography and the land-sea breeze effect alter winds close the squalls, which are locally called tornadoes (not to be con-
to the coast and around the islands. fused with U.S. tornadoes). This temperature contrast is also
North of the Islas Canarias, from about October through responsible for a strong diurnal variation in wind speeds as part
April, the Northeast Trade Winds are occasionally disrupted by of the land-sea breeze effect. For example, at Nouadhibou (Port
E-moving extratropical storms passing to the N. These storms Etienne), average early morning wind speeds of 10 to 14 knots
bring an increase in S through NW winds, although N through give way to 17 to 21 knot afternoon speeds from about April
NE winds remain the most frequent. Gales (wind speeds equal through September.
to or greater than 34 knots) occur about 2 per cent of the time Land and sea breezes can be felt up to 20 miles out at sea.
during this period. Average wind speeds reach a peak of around They deflect the prevailing N through NE winds to the NW
13 knots in March. During the rest of the year, N and NE winds during the day and toward the E at night. North winds are fre-
prevail. They are steadiest from June through September. Aver- quent year round, while NE and E winds are most common in
age wind speeds reach a low of about 8 knots in September. winter.
Gales are rare from May through September. At times, from October through March, SW through W
Between the Islas Canarias and Arquipelago de Cabo Verde winds blow along the coast of Western Sahara. While these are
lies the heart of the Northeast Trade Winds belt. Seasonal usually light, they can be strong for short periods. Sometimes a
changes are mainly fluctuations in persistence. North through very hot, dry, and dusty wind blows out of the E through S. It is
NE winds blow 50 to 90 per cent of the time. They are steadiest most likely in the spring and fall and is known as irifi.
in summer, when they exceed the persistence of India’s South- Along the coast of Mauritania, a wind from the NE or E of-
west Monsoon and the E monsoon of the Amazon Basin. Wind ten comes from deep in the interior and arrives hot, dry, and
speeds that average 8 to 12 knots in the morning increase to 12 dusty. This wind is called a harmattan. It becomes increasingly
to 18 knots by afternoon. While these averages are high, gales frequent S of about 20°N. It blows as far S as Conakry in win-
are infrequent since the winds are steady. Gales are most likely ter.
to be encountered in thunderstorms. Along the Mauritania coast, the harmattan occurs most often
During the winter months, the Northeast Trade Winds pene- from November through February. The Southwest Monsoon
trate as far S as about 7°N. This far S winds are mainly light reaches the coast of southern Mauritania in the summer. It is
and out of the NW through N. Farther N they become N most noticeable during July and August. Average wind speeds
through NE. along the Western Sahara-Mauritania coast range from 8 to 10
During the summer, the Southwest Monsoon penetrates to knots in autumn to 12 to 15 knots in spring.
about 15°N. At these latitudes, light S through SW winds pre- From Cabo Verde to about Conakry, N winds prevail from
vail. Average wind speeds S of about 15°N range from about 4 about November through May (40 to 80 per cent). At Dakar,
to 14 knots. Winds are strongest near Arquipelago de Cabo the sea breeze sometimes deflects the wind toward the NW
Verde in winter, when the Northeast Trade Winds hold sway, while the land breeze helps pull it towards the NE. Wind
and S of 10°N in summer, when the Southwest Monsoon pre- speeds of 6 to 8 knots in the morning increase to 8 to 10 knots
Pub. 140
498 North Atlantic Ocean
by afternoon on the average. Gales are rare. down to the upper single digits (°C), on the average. Coldest
South of Conakry, the Southwest Monsoon blows during the temperatures usually occur in December or January. Extremes
winter. It is not a strong dominating flow and so is influenced of freezing or below have been recorded from Rabat to Tanger.
by land and sea breezes. For example, at Freetown during the To the S, extreme minimums range from the lower single digits
early morning hours the land breeze opposes the monsoon so (°C) up to around 15.6°C near Dakar. At Dakar, the extreme is
that SW and W winds are secondary to calms and even to NE only 4°C below the January average minimum. By March, tem-
and E winds. During the afternoon, the sea breeze reinforces peratures begin getting above 32.2°C as far N as Rabat due to
the Southwest Monsoon so that SW through W winds prevail. the occasional hot winds from the interior. This condition be-
This works all year round. Wind speeds generally range from comes more frequent to the S; Nouadhibou has a 32.2°C read-
about 2 to 3 knots at night to 4 to 6 knots during the afternoon. ing in every month but December. At Nouakchott, in an
Gales are rare and most often encountered in a squall. average March, 24 days have temperatures above 32.2°C and 9
In spring, the Southwest Monsoon pushes N. It reaches Da- days see temperatures reach 37.8°C or more.
kar by July. The combination of the weak monsoon and the Temperatures all along the coast north of Dakar are usually
land-sea breeze regime results in light morning winds of about the warmest August or September. However, the gradient does
5 knots from the W through NW, increasing to 6 to 8 knots not run from N to S as it did in winter. The sea breeze and
from the SW through W during the afternoon. coastal water temperatures, as well as cloud cover, are import-
Precipitation.—North of Cap Blanc, the little rain that falls ant factors. This can result in a striking contrast over a short
occurs from October through April and is brought by winter distance. For example, the average daily maximum tempera-
storms and their fronts. These storms are usually well to the N; ture at Essaouira, on the Moroccan coast, in August is 21.7°C,
often they move into the Mediterranean basin. Rain is more while some 60 miles to the N, Sati has an average of 30.0°C.
likely the closer you get to that basin. Average annual totals On the average, daytime highs are most commonly in the up-
range from less than 51mm at Nouadhibou to 400mm at Casa- per 20s (°C) and nighttime lows in the upper teens (°C) from
blanca to about 90mm at Tanger. About 90 per cent falls during Villa Cisneros N. To the S, average maximums reach the low to
the October-April period, often in the form of brief heavy mid 30s (°C), while average minimums fall into the upper teens
showers. Maximum 24-hour amounts of 50 to 100mm have oc- to low 20s (°C). Extreme high temperatures have gone over
curred. 37.8°C all along this coast. Temperatures near 48.9°C have
North of Casablanca and in Arquipelago da Madeira and Is- been recorded from Kenitra to Sidi Ifni. North of Villa Cisner-
las Canarias, about 50 to 125mm of rain fall on 6 to 10 days per os, these extremes are most likely in July or August. However,
month from October through April. From May through Sep- around Nouadhibou and Nouakchott, they have occurred in
tember rain is scarce. Thunderstorms occur infrequently along June, while around Dakar extremes are lower (around 37.8°C)
these shores. They develop on about 1 to 12 days a year and are and occur about March.
most likely in spring and fall. They are most likely to occur off South of Arquipelago de Cabo Verde, the rainy season and
the northern Morocco coast and in the Islas Canarias. the harmattan reverse the temperature pattern. From February
South of Cap Blanc, the fringes of the Southwest Monsoon through April, temperatures are in the low to mid 30s (°C)
bring a summer rainy season. Average annual amounts range during the day, while they fall into the upper teens to low 20s
from about 125mm at Nouakchott to 585mm at Dakar to (°C) at night. Extremes are only 2.8° to 5.6°C higher or lower
1,750mm at Conakry. The rainy season begins about March than the average maximums and minimums. July, August, and
near Cape Palmas. It usually reaches Freetown by April or May September bring the lowest temperatures and a low diurnal
and finally Nouakchott in August. variation. Average maximums are in the upper 20s (°C), while
From Conakry S, June through September is the heart of the minimums are in the low 20s (°C). Once again, there is only a
rainy season. During its peak, which varies from place to place 2.8 to 5.6°F difference between average maximums and mini-
within this period, 635 to 1,270mm of rain fall on 18 to 30 days mums, and extremes.
per month. On the average, 20 inches or more fall on 18 days Humidity.—Morning relative humidities are high year
or more during this period. around along the entire coast. They range from about 80 per
Around Dakar about 250mm fall on 17 days during August. cent to more than 90 per cent. Lowest humidities usually occur
During the rainy season, thunderstorms occur on more than 20 in winter and early spring. This is most noticeable in the after-
days per month at some locations, ranging down to 6 to 8 days noon readings. They fall into the 40 to 50 per cent range S of
per month around Dakar. They are most frequent at the begin- the Islas Canarias.
ning and end of the season; therefore S of Conakry they are in- Along the Moroccan coast there are local variations. In some
frequent in August. locations, minimum relative humidities are lowest in winter
Temperature.—Air temperatures along these shores are in- and spring and run in the 50 to 70 per cent range, while at other
fluenced by the Canaries Current, cloud cover, and wind direc- locations slightly dryer conditions occur in summer. Extremely
tion. North of Dakar, late summer and early fall are the dry conditions where relative humidities drop to 10 per cent or
warmest times of the year, while winter and early spring are the less can occur all along the coast at times when the winds blow
coolest. To the S, February and March are usually the warmest from the interior, particularly during dust storms.
months while the coolest temperatures occur during the rainy Cloud Cover.—North of Dakar, cloudiness varies locally as
season (July and August). well as seasonally. While distant storms bring winter cloudi-
During the coolest part of the year afternoon maximums ness to these waters, warm summer winds bring locally exten-
range from the upper 20s (°C) around Dakar down to around sive morning cloudiness. For example, at Sidi Ifni, overcast
15.6°C at Tanger. January is usually the coolest month by a conditions (cloud cover equal to or greater than 6/8) prevail on
couple of degrees. Minimums range from the upper teens (°C an average of 27 July mornings, but only 12 afternoons. While
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 499
frequencies are not so high at other coastal points, the diurnal mentary, but there is strong evidence that this current meanders
variation is similar. In winter, this variation is less noticeable from its main axis, especially where it is wide. When the mean-
and about 8 to 15 cloudy days (cloud cover equal to or greater ders reach a critical size, large cyclonic eddies, with cores of
than 6/8) can be expected N of Villa Cisneros and 3 to 6 cloudy cold water, break off to the N. These pockets have been ob-
days to the S. served to travel E at a speed of about 0.5 knot, in contrast to the
South of Arquipelago de Cabo Verde, it is cloudiest during swiftest part of the Gulf Stream, which moves at speeds that
the rainy season, when overcast conditions are observed on up may exceed 4 knots.
to 28 days per month at Conakry. To the N, the range is about The Gulf Stream gradually widens and decreases in speed;
10 to 20 days per month. Spring is the least cloudy time of the after passing the Grand Banks, it becomes known as the North
year and overcast conditions are observed on just 2 to 5 days Atlantic Current. There is some evidence that the weaker North
per month. Atlantic Current may consist of separate eddies or branches
Visibility.—Fog may form when warm winds blow over which are frequently masked by a shallow wind-driven surface
cooler coastal water. Like land fog, it is most likely during the flow called the North Atlantic Drift.
night and early morning and usually burns off during the day, The Labrador Current, originating from cold arctic water
although on some occasions it will persist throughout the day flowing SE through Davis Strait at speeds of 0.2 to 0.5 knot
as a light fog or haze. Fog is variable as to season and location. and from a W branching of the warmer West Greenland Cur-
It forms on more than 100 days at some locations and on less rent, sets SE along the continental shelf of the Canadian coast.
than 35 at others. At Sidi Ifni, fog forms on 20 to 22 days per Part of the Labrador Current sets into Hudson Strait along its N
month in July and August, but it reduces visibilities to less than shore. Fresh water from the large land area surrounding Hud-
1 mile on about nine of these mornings each month. At Ke- son Bay and Hudson Strait flows out along the S shore to rein-
nitra, visibilities fall below 1 mile on 10 to 15 mornings a force the main coastal current. The Labrador Current also
month from August through March. South of Villa Cisneros, receives the surface outflow from inlets and fiords along the
fog is less frequent, but haze and dust become a problem. Labrador coast.
Haze and dust reach the coast when the dry offshore winds Although the Labrador Current is usually described as being
from deep in the interior become established. This is most like- more persistent over the narrow continental shelf than else-
ly from January through March and occurs with increasing fre- where, there may be seasonal fluctuations in its strength and
quency S from Cap Blanc to Cabo Verde. Visibilities in this volume. These variations depend on the amount of fresh water
haze usually run 2 to 6 miles but can fall to less than 0.5 mile discharge and runoff along the coast during spring and on tidal
on occasion. Apart from blurring the horizon and creating a influences. The prevailing current, on the basis of movement of
dull yellow sky, the haze makes it difficult to judge distance ice bergs and surface drift observations, appears to extend
unless a known object is sighted. Special caution is required some distance offshore. Its speed averages about 0.5 knot but
when navigating near land, particularly around Arquipelago de may reach 1.5 or 2.0 knots.
Cabo Verde. South of Dakar haze is frequent from about No- The North Atlantic Current, which results from extensions of
vember through April, when it is reported on 15 to 30 days per the Gulf Stream and the Labrador Current near the edge of the
month. It often reduces visibilities to 2 to 6 miles, as do show- Grand Bank, fans outward and widens as it sets NE through E,
ers in the rainy season. Occasionally, heavy downpours will while sharply decreasing in speed and persistence. Some influ-
briefly reduce visibilities to less than 0.5 mile. ence of the Gulf Stream remains noticeable near the extreme
SW boundary. A narrow band of water whose flow is stronger
Currents and more constant than those of the currents on either side, sets
E along the 43rd parallel. Its width, speed, and persistence
General.—The current system of the North Atlantic Ocean gradually diminish to about 29°W. Between 15° and 35°W, at
consists principally of a large and constant clockwise gyre. In latitude 45° to 50°N, its prevailing set is ENE at a mean speed
the S, the North Equatorial Current flows W; in the W, the Gulf of 0.4 knot during both summer and winter; its speed seldom
Stream flows N and NE; in the N, the North Atlantic Current exceeds 1.2 knots. About 92 per cent of the speeds are between
flows NE; and in the E, the Canary Current flows S. Away 0.1 and 0.9 knot.
from these currents, toward the center of the North Atlantic In the region 55°-60°N, 10°-25°W, the North Atlantic Cur-
Ocean, is the Sargasso Sea, in which currents are sluggish and rent sets NE at a mean speed of 0.4 knot. It is only slightly
have no well-defined direction. stronger and more persistent in the W part than in the E part.
Prevailing surface currents in the North Atlantic Ocean, be- The North Atlantic Current is a sluggish slow-moving flow
cause of their great dependence on winds, occasionally change than can easily be influenced by opposing winds. Conversely,
their speed and direction. The major part of the Gulf Stream is strong augmenting winds may strengthen it.
a well-defined swift current which begins N of Grand Bahama The broad slow west-setting Atlantic North Equatorial Cur-
Island at the confluence of the Florida Current and Antilles rent is generated mainly by the Northeast Trade Winds. It orig-
Current and extends NE to about 40°N, 63°W. This flow pre- inates near 26°W, between about 15° and 30°N, and flows W
vails throughout the year, with only minor seasonal changes in across the ocean past 60°W, where it forms the Antilles Current
direction and speed (highest during summer and lowest during N of the West Indies. The surface current migrates N and S sea-
winter). In the NE part of the current, near 38°-39°N, 64°- sonally; this migration results from the seasonal displacement
67°W, 80 per cent of the 1,650 observations taken throughout of the Azores High between about 29°N, 31°W during winter
the year show an ENE set, a mean speed of 1.2 knots, and a and 34°N, 35°W during summer.
maximum speed of 3.5 knots. The mean speed, which differs slightly in different parts of
Information about fluctuations of the Gulf Stream is frag- the current, is generally about 0.5 knot; it appears highest in the
Pub. 140
500 North Atlantic Ocean
S part. Speeds are generally lower during winter, when the At- North Atlantic Current and part of the Gulf Stream System. Its
lantic Equatorial Countercurrent is not evident and the west mean speed is only 0.4 knot, and its mean maximum speed is
setting Atlantic North Equatorial Current and Atlantic South 1.3 knots; there is no discernible seasonal fluctuation. The
Equatorial Current meet at about 9°N. Speeds are highest from speed and direction of the current is easily influenced for short
July through December, when the Equatorial Countercurrent to periods by changing winds.
the S is best defined. The currents in the vicinity of the British Isles are predomi-
The Equatorial Countercurrent is located in the doldrums. nantly tidal, being semi-diurnal, with two flood and two ebb
With no wind support, the water flows E down the sea slope, currents each tide day. Throughout most of the Irish Sea, the
forming a weak countercurrent between the west-setting Atlan- tidal currents turn nearly simultaneously. The flood current sets
tic North Equatorial Current and Atlantic South Equatorial S in the N part and N in the S part, meeting in a region of weak
Current, whose extent and strength change with the seasonal and variable currents. The ebb currents set in opposite direc-
variations of the wind. The surface countercurrent is best de- tions.
fined during August and September, when it extends from Southeast North Atlantic Ocean.—In the W approach to
about 52° to 10°W and joins the Guinea Current close to the the Strait of Gibraltar, the surface currents usually set E, but
coast of Africa. In October it narrows and separates into two wind-driven currents may at times set across the entrance. In
branches at about 7°N, 35°W. The W part, which appears to be the central part of the strait, a resultant of tidal, non-tidal, and
a region where the countercurrent probably sinks and flows E wind-drift currents usually sets E; it is stronger in autumn and
beneath the equatorial currents and gradually diminishes in weaker in winter. The resultant current speed decreases when
size to the WNW, whereas the E part diminishes to the ESE. the tidal current sets W and increases when the tidal current
The greatest separation occurs during March. During April, the sets E. Speeds may reach 5 knots during SW and NW winds;
W part of the countercurrent disappears, but it reappears in the highest speeds occur in the N half of the narrowest part of
May in the vicinity of 0°, 40°W. The two segments progress the strait. With strong and prolonged E winds, the E flow may
WNW without too much change in size. They merge at about temporarily cease or at times reverse and reach speeds as high
6°N, 43°W during August and continue their E flow uninter- as 2 knots. A narrow countercurrent, with speeds as high as 2
rupted through September. knots, frequently occurs close to the African coast, at about
The countercurrent is most pronounced during the N sum- longitude 5°40'W.
mer. Speeds are highest, sometimes in excess of 3.0 knots, in The North Atlantic Current begins to turn S near the Azores
the W part of the countercurrent. and becomes the Canary Current off the coast of Western Saha-
Northeast North Atlantic Ocean.—A branch of the North ra. The Canary Current is that part of the clockwise flow of the
Atlantic Current flows along the W coasts of the British Isles at North Atlantic Ocean that sets S off the NW coast of Africa. In
speeds up to 0.6 knot and enters the Norwegian Sea mainly the vicinity of the Cape Verde Islands, the current divides, with
through the E side of the Foroyar (Faeroe Islands)-Shetland one part curving SW and joining the Atlantic North Equatorial
Channel. A small portion of this current to W of Foroyar Current and the rest turning SE into the Guinea Current. North
(Faeroe Islands) mixes with part of the flow setting SE from of 30°N, the current has very little seasonal variation; the flow
the N coast of Iceland; these two water masses join and form a prevails S about 40 per cent of the time, with a mean speed of
clockwise circulation around Foroyar (Faeroe Islands). The 0.4 knot. Between 30°N and 20°N, the set becomes more per-
very weak non-tidal current in the Irish Sea, which averages sistent; the current prevails SW about 55 per cent of the time,
only about 0.1 knot, depends on the wind. Part of the North At- with a mean speed of 0.5 knot.
lantic Current that flows E into the W approaches to the En- The part of the current S of 20°N appears to differ consider-
glish Channel tends to increase or decrease the speed of the ably between summer and winter. During July, August, and
reversing tidal currents. September the S part of the current narrows considerably.
The prevailing S flow off the Atlantic coasts of Spain and During January, February, and March, when the Atlantic Equa-
Portugal is known as the Portugal Current and is part of the torial Countercurrent is least evident, the Canary Current is
general clockwise circulation in the North Atlantic Ocean. It is wide, extends close to the African coast as far S as 10°N, and
slow-moving, averaging only about 0.5 knot during both winter flows into the wide band of W flow in the equatorial region.
and summer and seldom exceeding 2.0 knots N of 40°N and During this period, the flow in the S part of the current appears
2.5 knots S of 40°N. This current is easily influenced by winds; more constant, the percent frequency in the prevailing SSW di-
it is most constant during summer, when the wind blows from rection is higher (between 45 and 60 per cent), and the mean
the same general direction at least 50 per cent of the time. The speed is 0.6 knot.
wind may cause the current to set in any direction for short pe- Toward the shore, in the Strait of Gibraltar, the non-tidal cur-
riods at any time of the year and the flow may even reverse rent weakens, and the influence of the tidal currents becomes
during persistent S winds. During winter, the current still more pronounced. Inshore, reversing tidal currents predomi-
shows a prevailing S set but with a lesser frequency; the per nate and the time of turning is earlier toward shore. Tidal races
cent distribution in the other directions based on an 8-point and eddies may occur in the central portion of the strait but are
compass ranges between 8 and 13 per cent, with the higher per- more common off salient points and in bays.
centages occurring N of 40°N. The current west of 10°W has a Northwest North Atlantic Ocean.—The Cape Breton Cur-
mean speed of 0.5 knot and may at times exceed 2.0 knots, rent originates in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, sets SE in the SW
with little seasonal change. half of Cabot Strait, and merges with the Labrador Current Ex-
The Azores Current is an inner part of the North Atlantic tension. It may be augmented by a branch of the constant but
gyre that sets between E through S in the general vicinity of the tide-influenced Gaspe Current to the NW. The Cape Breton
Azores Islands. It is a slow but fairly constant SE branch of the Current is steady, with a mean speed of 0.7 knot and a maxi-
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 501
mum speed between 1.5 and 2.0 knots. Storms cause the cur- re in this region. In exceptionally severe winters, during Janu-
rent to vary or even reverse its direction for short periods. ary and February, some bays and shallow coastal regions of
Direct observations between North Cape and St. Paul’s Island Brittany may freeze over, drift ice may fill the Gironde, and ice
obtained during a 20-day period showed a consistent surface may form in the innermost bays of Foroyar (Faeroe Islands).
flow setting about 125°T at a mean speed of 0.6 knot. Icebergs have been sighted in various parts of the region as far
The current setting SW along the NE coast of the United S as the Azores.
States to Cape Hatteras has no designated name, but is fre- Northwest North Atlantic Ocean.—Ice begins to form
quently referred to as the Labrador Current Extension. This along coastlines in early October in the N part of Hudson Bay,
coastal current originates from part of the Labrador Current late October in the remainder of Hudson Bay and throughout
flowing clockwise around the SE tip of Newfoundland. Its Hudson Strait, early November along the N coast of Labrador,
speed is fairly constant throughout the year, averaging about late November along the S coast of Labrador and in the Strait
0.6 knot. Its size varies seasonally, being widest during winter of Belle Isle, early December along the N coast of Newfound-
between Newfoundland and Cape Cod and very narrow during land, and December through January along the S coast of New-
summer. There is little seasonal change to the SW of Cape foundland. The navigability of these coastal waters varies from
Cod. It is closest to shore in the vicinity of Cape Sable, Nova a minimum during late winter, when all coastlines to the W
Scotia, and between Cape Cod and Long Island in July and Au- may be blocked, to a maximum in September, when all seas are
gust. In some places, it even encroaches on tidal regions. open. Operations are usually restricted along Baffin Island to
The prevailing E current in Hudson Strait is often completely the period from late July to late September, and along the coast
masked by strong local tidal currents with speed of 3 knots or of Labrador from July to late November. Although fog often
more. Strong rips and eddies occur about a 0.5 mile offshore. reduces visibility in Hudson Strait and Hudson Bay during the
The Cape Breton Current appears to be influenced by the shipping season, surface vessels are generally safe from sea ice
tide; observations have shown that the current speed is often from August to October. The shipping season may be advanced
higher when the ebb tidal current flows out. Conversely, the to mid-July and extended to mid-November with the assistance
speed of the prevailing SE current may be reduced during peri- of icebreakers and the use of coastal leads.
ods of the ingoing flood tidal current. The thickness of local sea ice averages about 1.5 to 2.1m in
Hudson Strait, 1.2 to 1.8m along Labrador and southern Green-
Ice land, 0.9 to 1.2m in Hudson Bay, and 0.3 to 0.9m along New-
foundland. Mounds of pressure ice, compressed by convergent
General.—Surface navigation is affected by most forms of ice floes, may exceed 3.0 to 4.6mt, particularly when ground-
sea ice. As their power and structural strength increase, surface ed.
ships can penetrate deeper and faster in sea ice of increasing Icebergs are numerous along the E coasts of Labrador and
concentration, hardness, and thickness. However, every type of Newfoundland but decrease in frequency W of Resolution Is-
ship, including the most powerful icebreakers presently in ser- land and Cape Race.
vice, ultimately encounters impassable sea ice. Thick polar ice North American Ice Service (NAIS).—The NAIS, a part-
of low concentration may be a greater menace to surface ship- nership that includes the International Ice Patrol and the Cana-
ping than thin or rotten ice of high concentration. Even a few dian Ice Service, distributes a joint iceberg analysis chart to
inches of slush may stall a freighter if it has lost its forward define the extent of the iceberg danger for the waters in the vi-
momentum. cinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland and along the E
In the North Atlantic Ocean, sea ice is confined to the NW coast of Labrador. This chart will be updated each day by 1200
part of the ocean basin. Ships can usually operate in the waters UTC and when changing ice conditions require a revision. Fur-
of southwest Greenland, even when Davis Strait is inaccessi- ther information can be obtained at either of the following web
ble. This maneuver requires the ship to go around “storis” sites:
(pack of heavy arctic ice that drifts around Greenland) and fol-
low the shore lead to the port. However, such other problems as International Ice Patrol: http://www.uscg-iip.org
fog, snow, and darkness, may also restrict navigation. Vessels Canadian Ice Service: http://ice-glaces.ec.gc.ca
headed for Davis Strait usually follow the 55th meridian to take
advantage of the path of least ice. Navigational Information
Surface navigation often is made hazardous by the large
numbers of icebergs, bergy bits, and growlers that are concen- International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code
trated in Davis Strait, Hudson Strait, and the Labrador Sea. The The ISPS Code applies to ships on international voyages and
dangers include head-on collisions with icebergs, punctures of port facilities directly interfacing with these ships. All vessels
the hull from submerged rams, and injury or damage from cap- should fully comply with the provisions of Chapter XI-Part 2
sizing icebergs. Because ships venturing in heavy sea ice may of the SOLAS Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code. Ves-
be forced into and crushed against the side of an ice berg, they sels shall demonstrate that appropriate maritime security mea-
must avoid the windward side of these large blocks of ice. It sures are in place according to ISPS Code regulations. The
should be noted that radar detection of ice bergs, besides being following information must be furnished by the vessel when
dependent on the characteristics of the equipment (type of ra- requested:
dar, height of antenna, etc.) is affected by the cross-sectional 1. Information on the vessel and making contact.
surface of the exposed ice, the smoothness of the ice, and 1.1 IMO Number
amount of clutter due to waves as distant as 3 miles. 1.2 Vessel name.
Northeast North Atlantic Ocean.—Sea ice is extremely ra- 1.3 Home port.
Pub. 140
502 North Atlantic Ocean
1.4 Flag. Electronic Navigation and Communication
1.5 Vessel type. International Maritime Satellite Organization (INMAR-
1.6 Call sign. SAT).—Around the world satellite communication systems
1.7 INMARSAT call sign. have now become synonymous with reliable and quality trans-
1.8 Gross tonnage. fer of information. The International Maritime Satellite Orga-
1.9 Company name. nization (INMARSAT) is an international consortium
1.10 Name of Company Security Officer, including 24- comprising over 75 partners who provide maritime safety man-
hour contact information. agement and maritime communications services.
2. Information about the harbor and harbor facilities. The INMARSAT system consists of a number of satellites,
2.1 Arrival harbor and harbor facilities where the ves- which maintain geosynchronous orbits, and provides quality
sel will berth. communications coverage between about 77°N and about
2.2 Date and time of arrival. 77°S, including locations with less than a 5° angle of elevation.
2.3 Primary reason for entering the harbor. INMARSAT-A, the original system, provides telephone, tel-
3. Information required by Rule 9 Paragraph 2.1 of Chap- ex, and fax services. However, this system is being replaced by
ter XI-2 of the Enclosure to the SOLAS Agreement. INMARSAT-B, which, by the use of digital technology, is pro-
3.1 Does the vessel posses an International Ship Secu- viding the services with improved quality and higher data
rity Certificate (ISSC) or an Interim ISSC? (Yes/No) transmission rates.
3.1.1 If yes, list issuer of ISSC or Interim ISSC and INMARSAT-C provides a store and forward data messaging
expiration date. capability, but no voice communication.
3.1.2 If no, give reason why not. Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
3.1.3 Is there an approved Vessel Security Plan? (Yes/ (GMDSS).—The Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
No). (GMDSS) provides a great advancement in safety over the pre-
3.2 Current MARSEC Level of the vessel and position vious usage of short range and high seas radio transmissions.
of vessel at the time of providing the report. The GMDSS has been adopted by the International Conven-
3.3 The last ten port calls where there was interaction tion for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974. It applies to
between the vessel and a harbor facility, in chronological cargo vessels of 300 gt and over and all vessels carrying more
order, with the most recent port call listed first. Include the than 12 passengers on international voyages. Unlike previous
MARSEC Level of the vessel, as well as the harbor name, regulations, the GMDSS requires vessels to carry specified
country, harbor facility, and UN Location Code. equipment according to the area in which they are operating.
3.3.1 During the previous ten port calls, were addi- Such vessels navigating in polar regions must carry VHF, MF,
tional security measures taken on board the vessel in ad- and HF equipment and a satellite Emergency Position Indicat-
dition to the measures required by the vessel’s ing Radiobeacon (EPIRB).
MARSEC Level. (Yes/No). Information on the GMDSS, provided by the U.S. Coast
3.3.2 If yes, please detail the additional security mea- Guard Navigation Center, is accessible via the Internet, as fol-
sures taken. Include the harbor name, country, harbor fa- lows:
cility, and UN Location Code.
3.4 Within the period of the last ten calls at port facili- U. S. Coast Guard Navigation Center
ties, list ship-to-ship activities, including position or lati-
tude/longitude of the activities, with the most recent https://www.navcen.uscg.gov/?pageName=GMDSS
activity listed first.
3.4.1 Were proper security measures taken by the ves- Global Positioning System (GPS).—The NAVSTAR Glob-
sel during the ship-to-ship activities? (Yes/No). al Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-based system, oper-
3.4.2 If no, list the ship-to-ship activities where proper ated by the US. Air Force, which provides very accurate
security measures were not taken and describe the secu- positioning, time, and velocity information to multiple users. It
rity measures that were taken. is an all-weather system with world wide and continuous usage
3.5 General description of the cargo on board. which will replace OMEGA and other such hyperbolic radio
3.6 A copy of the crew list navigation systems. The space component of GPS consists of
3.7 A copy of the passenger list. 24 satellites, of which a minimum of six are observable from
4. Other safety-related information. any place on earth. GPS receivers convert data from the satel-
4.1 Are there any other safety-related matters to be re- lites to produce three-dimensional positions (latitude, longi-
ported (Yes/No). tude, and altitude). They compute information for fixes in
4.2 If yes, provide more detailed information. terms of the World Geodetic System (1984) reference ellip-
5. Agents of the ship in future ports of arrival. soid; hence, a datum shift correction may be required before a
5.1 Name(s) of ship’s agent(s) in future ports of arrival position can be plotted on a chart.
including contact information (telephone number). GPS provides two services for navigation positioning, as fol-
6. Identification of the person who prepared the informa- lows:
tion. 1. Standard Positioning Service (SPS)—The standard
6.1 Name. level of positioning and timing accuracy. It is available with-
6.2 Title or function. out restrictions to any user on a continuous worldwide basis.
6.3 Signature, including date and location of prepara- As of midnight (EDT) 1 March 2000, Selective Availability
tion. was set to zero; users should experience a GPS horizontal ac-
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 503
curacy of 10 to 20m or better. Pub. 142, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Ireland and the West
2. Precise Positioning Service (PPS)—An encoded level Coast of England.
intended for use by the Department of Defense. Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
SafetyNET.—NAVTEX is an international automated direct and Northwest Africa.
printing service for the promulgation of navigational and mete- Pub. 145, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Nova Scotia and the
orological warnings and urgent information to ships. It is a Saint Lawrence River.
component of the World Wide Navigational Warning Service Pub. 146, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Newfoundland, Lab-
(WWNWS) and is an essential element of GMDSS. rador, and Hudson Bay.
The SafetyNET broadcast system provides the same infor-
mation as NAVTEX to vessels on the high seas beyond NAV- Pilotage
TEX coverage (generally about 200 miles offshore) and is
delivered by the INMARSAT-C system. For information on Deep Sea Pilot for the English Channel,
General Information.—For further information concerning the North Sea, or Skagerrak, see United Kingdom—Pilot-
the International Maritime Satellite Organization (INMAR- age—Deep Sea Pilotage.
SAT), the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
(GMDSS), the SafetyNET system, and the Global Positioning Pollution
System (GPS), see Pub. No. 9, The American Practical Naviga-
tor (Bowditch-2002 Edition); Pub. 117, Radio Navigation Single-hull tankers of 5,000 dwt and over are prohibited
Aids; and Annual Notice to Mariners No. 1. from carrying heavy grade oil (HGO) after 5 April 2005. Sin-
gle-hull tankers of 600 dwt and over but less than 5,000 dwt are
Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navigation prohibited from carrying HGO after the anniversary of their
(ATON) delivery date in 2008.
All types of buoys and fixed structures, such as offshore plat- Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Latvia, Norway, and Sweden
forms and wind power construction, can be supplemented with have enacted measures to monitor these vessels. For further in-
AIS. Ships equipped with an AIS transponder can, as a mini- formation, see Denmark—Pollution.
mum, receive the following information:
1. MMSI number of the AIS ATON. Ballast Water Management
2. Name of the ATON. International guidelines have been adopted by the IMO to
3. Position of the ATON. prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic organisms and
4. Bearing and distance to the observer. pathogens from ships’ ballast water and sediment discharge in-
The three types of AIS ATON are, as follows: to marine ecosystems. The guidelines include the retention of
1. Physical—The AIS device is located on the ATON. ballast water onboard, ballast exchange at sea, ballast manage-
2. Synthetic—The AIS information is transmitted from a ment aimed at preventing or minimizing the uptake of contam-
location different from the ATON. inated water or sediment, and the discharge of ballast ashore.
3. Virtual—The ATON does not physically exist. Particular attention is drawn to the hazards associated with bal-
Virtual AIS ATON are useful, as follows: last exchange at sea.
1. For time-critical situations and in marking or delineat- Ship owners and agents are strongly advised to comply with
ing dynamic areas where navigation conditions frequently these guidelines, which were introduced under IMO Resolu-
change. tion A.868(20), titled 1997 Guidelines for the Control and
2. When physical ATON are removed temporarily until Management of Ships’ Ballast Water to Minimize the Transfer
permanent ATON can be established. of Harmful Aquatic Organisms and Pathogens.
3. To mark areas where navigation features change fre- In February 2004, a diplomatic conference adopted an Inter-
quently and would require dynamic marking. national Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’
Virtual AIS ATON can be used in different situations, as fol- Ballast Water and Sediments. This Ballast Water Management
lows: (BWM) Convention will come into force world wide after it has
1. Instant (wreck marking). been signed by 30 states, representing 35 per cent of the
2. Temporary (marking works in progress). world’s merchant shipping tonnage.
3. Dynamic (channel formerly marked by buoys but now Individual states are currently in the process of introducing
marked by virtual AIS ATON which are moved as required). national legislation in accordance with the BMW Convention.
4. Seasonal (ice buoys). Upon implementation, this legislation will be applicable to
5. Permanent (when environmental or ecological factors commercial vessels that carry out ballast water discharge with-
make it desirable not to place a physical aid). in a state’s jurisdictional waters.
Typical legislation requires that all ships intending to dis-
Automatic Identification System (AIS) and Voyage Data charge ballast water within a state’s jurisdictional waters shall
Recorder (VDR) conduct any exchange at least 200 miles from the coast and in
All vessels over 300 gt operating in European Unuion waters waters at least 200m deep. If this is not possible, the exchange
are required to be equipped with AIS and VDR. The systems should be carried out as far as possible from the nearest land
shall be in operation at all times. and, in all cases, at least 50 miles from the coast. In cases
where the ship is unable to comply, ballast water must be main-
Enroute Volumes tained on board, and only a minimum amount may be autho-
Pub. 141, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Scotland. rized for discharge, with the prior authorization of the
Pub. 140
504 North Atlantic Ocean
appropriate national maritime authority. tude 5°00'W and N of latitude 48°30'N.
Ballast water management will be conducted in accordance
with a Ship’s BMW Plan. In addition, a Ballast Water Report- Sulphur Emission Control Areas
ing Form may be required by the relevant authority as directed, Sulphur Emission Control Areas (SECA) are areas where
prior to the ETA. The Ship’s BWM Plan will be approved by special controls are in effect to reduce sulphur oxide (SOx)
the flag administration or relevant classification society. emissions from ships. The North American Emission Control
Violations of the legislation will be sanctioned according to Area, which also includes restrictions on emissions of nitrous
national law, which can include warnings, fines, detentions, or oxide (NOx) and particulate matter, became effective on 1 Au-
prohibition of the ship’s entry into a port or terminal. gust 2012. For further information, see North Sea and the En-
glish Channel—Pollution—Sulphur Emission Control
MARPOL Special Areas Areas.
MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda-
tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have Regulations
been adopted.
Vessels of 400 gross tons and over are prohibited from dis- Regulation (EC) No. 7251/2004 on Enhancing Ship and
charging into the sea any oil or oily mixtures except when the Port Facility Security
following conditions are satisfied: By the EC regulation the rules and regulations concerning
1. The ship is proceeding en route. maritime security, which were accepted by the members of the
2. The oily mixture is processed through oil-filtering International Maritime Organization (IMO) in December 2002,
equipment meeting the requirements of Regulation 14.7 of were implemented as legislation in force within the Communi-
MARPOL Annex I. ty. The rules and regulations concerning maritime security are
3. The oil content of the effluent without dilution does aiming at protecting the maritime sector from serious crimes of
not exceed 15 parts per million. violence, i.e. terrorism. Shipping companies, ships, and port fa-
4. The oily mixture does not originate from cargo pum- cilities shall cooperate in order to reveal and judge threats in
proom bilges on oil tankers. the form of criminal actions towards the maritime sector.
5. The oily mixture, in the case of oil tankers, is not Background.—The rules upon which the EC regulation is
mixed with oil cargo residue. based are rules decided by the UN maritime organization in
Vessels of less than 400 gross tons shall retain on board any London, the International Maritime Organization (IMO). They
oil or oily mixtures for subsequent discharge to reception facil- are fully international. The international legislation has been
ities or discharged into the sea with the following provisions: made legislation immediately in force in all member states of
1. The ship is proceeding en route. the EC through the regulation mentioned above.
2. The ship has in operation equipment of a design ap- In addition to regulations which supplement the EC regula-
proved by the Administration that ensures that the oil content tion on ship security, the Act on ship security and the Regula-
of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per tion (2004:238) comprise regulations on requirements for
million. implementing certain of the new international rules which have
3. The oily mixture does not originate from cargo pum- been accepted by the IMO but which are not regulated in the
proom bilges on oil tankers. EC regulation.
4. The oily mixture, in the case of oil tankers, is not Compulsory to demand security information from
mixed with oil cargo residue. ships.—In accordance with the inspection rules in Regulation
MARPOL Special Areas are defined, as follows: 9, Appendix 1, of the EC regulation a state may demand infor-
1. Northwest European Waters Area.—The sea area, mation from a ship, which intends to call at a port within the
including the North Sea and its approaches, the Irish Sea and territory of the state. After making an analysis of the informa-
its approaches, the Celtic Sea, the English Channel and its tion, the inspection authority shall decide whether the ship
approaches, and that part of the Northeast Atlantic Ocean shall be allowed to call at the port or if further inspection mea-
immediately W of Ireland bounded by the coast and lines sures shall be taken. In Article 6.1 of the EC regulation the re-
joining the following positions: quest for such information from each arriving ship is made
a. 48°27.0'N on the French coast. compulsory to the member states.
b. 48°27.0'N, 6°25.0'W. Ships covered by the legislation.—According to the EC
c. 49°52.0'N, 7°44.0'W. regulation, the following types of ships in international traffic
d. 50°30.0'N, 12°00.0'W. are covered by the legislation:
e. 56°30.0'N, 12°00.0'W. 1. Passenger ships, including high speed passenger craft
f. 62°00.0'N, 3°00.0'W. (HSC).
g. 62°00.0'N on the Norwegian coast. 2. Cargo ships, including high speed craft, of 500 gross
h. 57°44.8'N on the Danish and Swedish coasts. tons and over.
2. North Sea Area.—The sea area of the North Sea prop- 3. Movable oil drilling platforms at sea.
er, including the seas within, with the following boundaries: 4. Port facilities which serve such ships in international
a. The North Sea S of latitude 62°00'N and E of longi- trade
tude 4°00'W. Exceptions.—According to Article 3 of the EC regulation
b. The Skagerrak, the S limit of which is determined E the rules are not applicable to naval ships, troop transport
of the Skaw by latitude 57°44.8'N. ships, cargo ships smaller than 500 gross tons, ships which are
c. The English Channel and its approaches E of longi- not mechanically run, wooden ships of primitive construction,
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 505
fishing vessels, and ships which are not used for commercial time security. There are also certain differences, which are de-
purposes. scribed below.
Definitions.—As follows: In order as far as possible to simplify for the shipping trade
1. International Ship and Port Facility Security Code the fulfillment of its obligations in accordance with the two
(ISPS Code)—The international code for ship security on legislations, the systems for Advance Notification are coordi-
board ships and in port facilities. (The code has been an- nated so that only one notification has to be made, which ful-
nexed to Chapter XI-2 in the SOLAS Convention). fills the requirements of both the Schengen and the rules and
2. International trade—All maritime connections with regulations concerning maritime security.
ships from a port facility in a member state to a port facility,
which is located outside this member state, or vice versa. Schengen Rules
3. Ship/port interface—The interaction that takes place Members of the operative Schengen Convention.—Mem-
when a ship directly and immediately is affected by activities ber states are, as follows:
that mean transport of people or goods or supply of port ser- 1. Austria.
vices to or from the ship. 2. Belgium.
4. Port facility—A place where interaction between ship 3. Denmark.
and port takes place. 4. Finland.
5. Protection levels—The fixed protection level in force 5. France.
for ships which are operating in the territorial seas of the 6. Germany.
contracting state or which have reported their intention to en- 7. Greece.
ter the territorial seas of that state. 8. Italy.
6. International Ship Security Certificate—A certificate 9. Luxembourg.
issued by competent authority in accordance with the ISPS 10. The Netherlands.
Code. 11. Portugal.
Point of Contact.—As per Regulation 7, Appendix 1 of the 12. Spain.
EC Regulation (threat to ships), contracting governments shall 13. Sweden.
provide a point of contact through which ships operating in Countries with agreements on Schengen cooperation are, as
their territorial sea or having communicated an intention to en- follows:
ter their territorial sea, can request advice or assistance and to 1. Norway.
which such ships can report any security concerns about other 2. Iceland.
ships, movements, or communications. Definitions.—As follows:
1. External border—The border of a Schengen state with
Schengen Agreement a third country and the state’s ports and airports which have
General.—The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create traffic to and from a third country.
free movement for persons within the European Union (EU) 2. Third country—Countries that are not included in the
and to intensify the fight against cross-border crime. In prac- Schengen Convention.
tice, the Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on 3. Border control point—A place approved for crossing
journeys between the member states will cease, while the ex- an external border.
ternal frontier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards coun- 4. Schengen Informations System (SIS)—The common
tries that are not signatories to the Schengen Agreement. data system of the Schengen states covering, among other
Sweden’s operational participation in the Schengen treaty is things, wanted persons.
governed by the Schengen regulations and by national legisla- Border control authorities.—The Police have the overall
tion, particularly aliens’ legislation. In accordance with the responsibility for border control as regards persons and miss-
Schengen legislation the check means that merchant ships are ing items, border surveillance, and for the coordination of these
obliged to submit details regarding the ship, the voyage and tasks with other border control authorities.
persons on board following a system for Advance Notification. The Coast Guard has the overall responsibility for control of
As from 1 July 2004, the international legislation on enhanc- the external borders at sea. The Coast Guard also takes part in
ing ship and port facility security will comprise all ships of a the mobile controls conducted in near-coastal areas by the Po-
certain size in international traffic. lice and Customs.
The aim of the regulations on ship security is to protect the Customs has the overall responsibility for checks of cargo
maritime sector from serious crimes of violence, i.a. terrorism. and assist the police with border control work.
The legislation requires information of ship security nature in External borders.—The term external border means the
accordance with a system for Advance Notification from all border of a Schengen state on a third country and the state’s
ships over 500 gross tons. ports and airports which have traffic to and from a third coun-
The Schengen legislation as well as the rules and regulations try. A Schengen state’s sea border is mainly regarded as an ex-
concerning maritime security means that the merchant ship- ternal border since the sea territory borders on international
ping is required to make an Advance Notification. The infor- waters (the open sea), which is equivalent to a third country.
mation to be given, the time for giving it and the ships Certain ports have acquired the status of border control
concerned are mainly the same in the two regulations, i.e. ships points. On the external borders, checks are made on both entry
which are required to make an Advance Notification according and exit.
to the Schengen legislation are in most cases required to do the Checks made on the external borders are of the following
same according to the rules and regulations concerning mari- three main types:
Pub. 140
506 North Atlantic Ocean
1. Check that the person entering has got the necessary • Nationality.
documents and fulfills other terms for reentry into the Schen- • Gender.
gen area. • Passport number/seaman’s discharge book number.
2. Check that the person entering is not likely to be in- • Date and place of signing-on/signing-off.
volved in criminal activities. • Means of travel and transportation.
3. Check to avert a threat against public order and safety. • Information about visas, if applicable.
On exit, necessary checks shall be made in order, for exam- 15. The ship’s valid international ship security certificate
ple, to apprehend wanted criminals. and the name of its issuing authority.
Crossing an external border.—The external borders may in 16. The security level at which the ship is currently oper-
principle be crossed only at border control points during fixed ating.
opening hours. Merchant shipping and fishing vessels are sub- 17. The security level at which the ship operated in any of
ject to special regulations regarding notification in advance. the last ten calls at port facilities where it has conducted ship/
Anyone crossing a border beyond a border crossing point or port interface.
at non-opening hours or who otherwise fails to fulfill his/her 18. All special or additional security measures taken by
obligation of notification shall be sentenced to a fine or to im- the ship in any of the last ten calls at port facilities where it
prisonment for a maximum of 6 months. has conducted ship/port interface.
Check of shipping.—The checking of persons on board a 19. The appropriate ship security procedures, which have
vessel can take place in port, on board the vessel or in special been maintained during any ship-to-ship activity for the ten
areas in the immediate vicinity of the port. The check may also latest calls at port facilities.
be carried out at sea. The purpose of the check is to determine 20. Other practical, security related information as re-
whether the crew and passengers meet the requirements for en- gards the guidelines stated in Part B of the ISPS Code (de-
try into the Schengen area. tails of the ship’s security plan excepted).
Merchant ships are checked by revising the crew and passen- 21. Overall description of the ship’s cargo.
ger lists and, where necessary, by checks on board the vessel.
The regular ferry services are checked in that the ferries may Restrictions on Navigation When Approaching EU Coasts
travel only between appointed terminals (check points) in the European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC establishes
ports. common vessel traffic monitoring in information systems
Cruise liners are mainly checked in the same way as mer- throughout EU waters. The rules apply to all commercial ves-
chant ships, but only at the ports of initial arrival to, and final sels over 300 gt and all vessels carrying dangerous or polluting
departure from, the Schengen area. cargo regardless of size. The following is a summary of infor-
Fishing vessels and leisure boats are checked by on board mation from EU Directive 2002/59/EC:
checking in port or at sea. 1. Ship Reports.—All vessels bound for a port within the
Advance Notification.—The Advance Notification shall EU must report to the port authority at least 24 hours prior to
contain the following information: arrival. If the voyage is less than 24 hours, the report must be
1. Ship’s call sign. made no later that upon departure from the previous port.
2. Name of ship. The report shall include the following information:
3. Ship’s IMO number. a. Name, call sign, and IMO or MMSI number.
4. Nationality and port of registry of the ship b. Destination port.
5. Type of ship. c. ETA and ETD at destination port.
6. Port of departure (last port of call). d. Total number of persons on board.
7. Port of arrival and port of destination (name of port Any changes to the initial report must be reported immedi-
facility to be stated). ately.
8. ETA. 2. Mandatory Ship Reporting Systems.—All vessels shall
9. ETD. report to the required authority upon entering an IMO-adopt-
10. New destination (next port). If new destination is a ed mandatory reporting system and communicate any chang-
Swedish port, the whole voyage shall be stated, i.e. until the es after the initial report.
ship departs from its last Swedish port with destination to a 3. Vessel Traffic Services (VTS).—All vessels shall par-
foreign port. ticipate in and comply with VTS systems operated by EU
11. Signature by the master or his representative. member states as well as those systems operated by member
12. Contact information (for returning of a stamped copy states in conjunction with cooperating non-member states.
of the notification) in accordance with the Schengen regula- The includes those systems operated by member states out-
tions. side their territorial waters but which are operated in accor-
13. List of all persons on board: dance with IMO guidelines.
• Family name and given name 4. Routeing Schemes.—All vessels must comply with
• Date of birth (year, month, date). IMO-recommended Traffic Separation Schemes and Deep-
• Nationality. Water Routes.
• Gender. 5. Automatic Identification Systems (AIS) and Voyage
• Passport number/seaman’s discharge book number. Data Recorders (VDR).—All vessels over 300 gt should be
14. Signing-off list and signing-on list: equipped with AIS and VDR. The systems should be in op-
• Family name and given name. eration at all times except where international rules provide
• Date of birth (year, month, date). for the protection of navigational information.
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 507
6. Notification of Dangerous and Polluting Cargo.—All vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the
vessels leaving an EU port are to report dangerous and pol- EU region, as follows:
luting cargo to the appropriate harbor authority. Vessels ar-
riving from a port outside EU waters must transmit a report European Maritime Safety Agency Home Page
to their first EU port or anchorage upon departure from their
loading port. If, at the departure time, the destination port in http://www.emsa.eu
the EU is not known, the report must be sent immediately Choose: Implementation Tasks—Port State
when such information becomes known. Control—Directive 2009/16/EC
The following information should be included in this noti-
fication: 1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—The
a. Ship identification (name, call sign, and IMO or master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI shall
MMSI number). provide the port an advance notice of arrival, as follows:
b. Date and time. a. 72 hours in advance.
c. The vessel’s position, either in latitude and longi- b. If the voyage is less than 72 hours, at the time the
tude or as a bearing and distance from a clearly-identified vessel leaves port.
landmark. c. If the port of call is unknown or changes, as soon as
d. The vessel’s course and speed. the information is available.
e. For vessels departing a port in a Member State—the The following vessels are subject to an EI:
ETD from the port of departure. a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
f. For vessels departing a port outside the EU and b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
bound for a port in a Member State—the ETA at the port chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
of destination. 2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for an EU
g. Number of persons on board. member state must send an advance notice 24 hours prior to
h. The correct technical name of the dangerous or pol- arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less than 24
luting cargo; the UN number(s), if applicable; the IMO hours, the notification should be sent when the vessel departs
hazard class in accordance with the IMDG, IBC, and IGC from the previous port. If the port-of-call is not known or is
Codes; and, where applicable, the class of the vessel need- changed during the voyage, the notification should be sent as
ed for INF cargo as defined in Regulation VII/14.2, the soon as the information becomes known.
quantities of such cargo, and, if they are being carried in These reports should be sent to the competent port authority
cargo transport units other than tanks, the identification unless otherwise directed. Failure to submit the report is an of-
number of such units. fense and may subject the vessel to additional inspections.
i. The address(es) from which detailed information on Further information can be obtained at the European Mari-
the cargo described in paragraph 7 may be obtained. time Safety Agency Home Page.
j. Confirmation that a list, manifest, or appropriate The participating EU countries are, as follows:
loading plan giving the details of the dangerous or pollut- 1. * Belgium.
ing cargo carried and the location on board may be ob- 2. * Bulgaria.
tained. 3. Croatia.
k. Characteristics and estimated quantity of bunker fu- 4. * Cyprus.
el for vessels of over 1,000 gross tons. 5. Denmark.
l. Navigational status. 6. * Estonia.
When a harbor authority receives a dangerous or polluting 7. * Finland.
cargo report, it shall retain the report for use in the event of 8. * France.
an incident or accident at sea and forwarding the report to the 9. * Germany.
appropriate authority as requested. 10. * Greece.
7. Reporting of Incidents and Accidents.—Whenever a 11. Iceland.
vessel is involved in one of the following, the appropriate au- 12. *Ireland.
thority of the EU coastal state shall be immediately notified: 13. Italy.
a. Any incident or accident affecting the safety of the 14. Latvia.
vessel. 15. * Lithuania.
b. Any incident or accident which compromises ship- 16. * Malta.
ping safety, such as a failure likely to affect the maneuver- 17. Netherlands.
ability of the vessel or its seaworthiness. 18. * Norway.
c. Any event liable to pollute the waters or shores of 19. * Poland.
the coastal state. 20. Portugal (including the Azores and Madeira).
d. The sighting of a slick of polluting material or drift- 21. * Romania.
ing containers and packages. 22. Slovenia.
23. Spain (including Islas Baleares, Islas Canarias, and
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification the enclaves of Cueta and Melilla in Morocco)
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 24. * Sweden.
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for 25. * United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands,
Pub. 140
508 North Atlantic Ocean
Gibraltar, and the Isle of Man). 24. Slovenia.
* These countries have more detailed reporting information. 25. Spain (including Islas Baleares, Islas Canarias, and
For further information, see the Regulations section under the the enclaves of Cueta and Melilla in Morocco).
indicated country. 26. Sweden.
27. United Kingdom.
Paris Memorandum of Understanding on Port State Con-
trol (PMoU) New Inspection Regime (NIR) European Union (EU) Advanced Manifest Rule
The NIR of the PMoU has introduced a mandatory reporting All cargo vessels sailing from a non-EU port to an EU port
system for vessels arriving at or departing from a port or an- must submit an Entry Summary Declaration (ENS) to the first
chorage within the Paris MoU region, as follows: port of call in the EU 24 hours prior to the cargo being loaded.
1. Vessels eligible for an Expanded Inspection (EI)—The For short sea shipments, the ENS must be filed 2 hours prior
master, operator, or agent of a vessel eligible for an EI shall to arrival at an EU port.
provide the port an advance notice of arrival 72 hours in ad-
An ENS is also required for the following:
vance. The following vessels are subject to an EI:
1. Cargo remaining on board a vessel and destined for a
a. All vessels with a high risk profile.
non-EU port.
b. All passenger vessels, oil tankers, gas tankers,
2. Trans-shipped cargo to and from non-EU ports.
chemical tankers, and bulk carriers over 12 year old.
3. All transit cargo bound for EU and non-EU final desti-
2. All other vessels—All other vessels bound for Paris
nations.
MoU member port must send an advance notice 24 hours
prior to arrival. If the voyage from the previous port is less
Ship Sanitation Control Certificates
than 24 hours, not known, or is changed during the voyage,
The World Health Organization International Health Regula-
the notification should be sent as soon as the information be-
tions (2005), which came into force in 2007, created the Ship
comes known.
Sanitation Control Certificate (SSC) and the Ship Sanitation
Control Exemption Certificate (SSCEC) program to enable
European Maritime Safety Agency Home Page competent authorities to identify and record all areas of ship-
http://www.emsa.eu borne public health risks, along with any required control mea-
sures to be applied. Further information on SSCs and SSCECs
Choose: Implementation Tasks—Port State
can be found at the following web site:
Control—Directive 2009/16/EC
SSC/SSCEC Information
These reports should be sent to the competent port authority
unless otherwise directed. Failure to submit the report may http://www.who.int/csr/ihr/travel/TechnAdvSSC.pdf
subject the vessel to additional inspections.
The SSC, which carries a 6-month period of validity, may be
Further information can be obtained at the European Mari- required from all ships, whether ocean-going or inland vessels,
time Safety Agency Home Page. on an international voyage calling at a port of a State Party. It
The participating Paris MoU countries are, as follows: may be renewed at any port authorized by the State Party to is-
1. Belgium. sue such renewals. A list of ports authorized by State Parties to
2. Bulgaria. issue SSCs and SSCECs can be found at the following web
3. Canada. site:
4. Croatia.
5. Cyprus. Ports Authorized to Issue SSCs and SSCECs
6. Denmark.
7. Estonia. http://www.who.int/csr/ihr/training/
8. Finland. ihr_authorized_ports_list.pdf
9. France.
10. Germany. Routes
11. Greece.
12. Greenland. The route information in this section considers routes to and
13. Ireland. from selected ports in the North Atlantic Ocean basin, as well
14. Italy. as routes to selected ports outside the Atlantic Ocean basin, in-
15. Latvia. cluding the Caribbean Sea and the North Sea.
16. Lithuania. In general, these routes are as direct as safe navigation per-
17. Malta. mits. However, in some instances, a divergence is made to
18. Netherlands. avoid dangers to navigation, to take advantage of favorable cur-
19. Norway. rents, or to minimize the effects of adverse currents. It should
20. Poland. not be inferred that recommendations in this chapter necessari-
21. Portugal (including the Azores and Madeira). ly represent adopted or established sea lanes. Routes between
22. Romania. ports consist of a series of rhumb lines unless stated otherwise.
23. Russia. When a route may be followed in either direction the reverse
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 509
Pub. 140
510 North Atlantic Ocean
increasing N or S lunar declination and to become less as the Meteorological Tides
moon approaches the Equator. This difference is also used to Changes in wind and barometric pressure may cause devia-
distinguish between semi-diurnal and mixed types of tides. tions from daily predicted water levels. Prolonged onshore
winds and/or low barometric pressure tend to raise the water
In addition to the changing phase relationships of the tide- level; offshore winds and/or high barometric pressure tend to
producing bodies, which result in the different types of tide, lower it. In coastal regions of Central America N of about
bottom topography and wave interference also influence the 12°N, hurricanes and tropical storms may cause the water level
form of the tide. to rise considerably above that of the predicted tide.
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 511
WETREP—Reporting Information
Designator Information Required SP DR FR
ALFA Name and call sign, IMO Number, or MMSI Number of vessel. X X X
Day of month (2 figures) and time in hours and minutes (UTC in 4 figures) suffixed
BRAVO X X X
Z.
CHARLIE Latitude (4 figures N) and longitude (5 figures E or W). X X X
ECHO True course in degrees (3 figures). X X X
FOXTROT Speed in knots (2 figures). X X X
GOLF Last port of call. X
INDIA Destination and ETA. X X
Pub. 140
512 North Atlantic Ocean
WETREP—Reporting Information
Designator Information Required SP DR FR
Oil cargo type(s), quantity, grade(s), and density of heavy crude oil, heavy fuel oil,
PAPA and bitumen and tar. If the tanker carries other hazardous cargo simultaneously give X
the type, quantity, and IMO class of that cargo, as appropriate.
Defects in steering, navigational equipment, etc., and restrictions on maneuverabil-
QUEBEC * * *
ity (Omit if nothing to report).
Details of name and particulars of vessel’s representative and/or owner for provi-
TANGO X
sion of cargo information.
WHISKEY Total number of persons on board. X
1. Characteristics and estimated quantity of bunker fuel, for tankers carrying
more than 5,000 tons of bunker fuel.
XRAY X
2. Navigational status (underway, at anchor, not under command, restricted in
ability to maneuver, constrained by draft, moored, aground, etc.).
* This designator should also be included at any time where defects, including breakdown, damage, deficiencies, and circum-
stances affecting normal navigation, should occur within the Reporting Area.
Ireland—MRCC Dublin*
Spain—MRCC Madrid
353-1-6620922
Telephone: Telephone: 34-91-7559133
353-1-6620923
Facsimile: 34-91-5261440
Facsimile: 353-1-6620795
52-41210 SAMAD E
E-mail: mrccdublin@irishcoastguard.ie Telex:
52-41224 SAMAD E
* Communications may be sent to MRCC Dublin via
MRSC Valentia (EJK) or MRSC Malin Head (EJM). E-mail: cncs@sasemar.es
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 513
Pub. 140
514 North Atlantic Ocean
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 515
Appendix II—Routes Across the North Atlantic Ocean to the Strait of Gibraltar and Bishop Rock
Routes leading from North America to the Strait of Gibraltar 3. Caribbean Sea ports (including Bermuda and the
and Bishop Rock are, as follows: Straits of Florida) to the Strait of Gibraltar.
1. Argentia, Newfoundland, Canada to the Strait of Gi-
braltar. 4. United States ports to Bishop Rock.
2. United States ports to the Strait of Gibraltar. 5. Caribbean Sea ports to Bishop Rock.
3. Caribbean Sea ports (including Bermuda and the Straits of Florida) to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Bermuda.—Steer a great circle course to a point SE of Santa Cruz das Flores, in the Azores in a position 39°10'N,
31°00'W, and continue on that same great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Pub. 140
516 North Atlantic Ocean
Straits of Florida Junction.—From position 24°25'N, 83°00'W, off the Dry Tortugas, pass through the Straits of Florida,
keep off a distance of 20 miles from the Florida coast so as to take full advantage of the Gulf Stream current, to position
30°00'N, 79°00'W. Then shape a great circle course to a position SE of Santa Cruz das Flores, in the Azores, in position
39°10'N, 31°00'W. Then continue on that same great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Cristobal, Panama (via Mona Passage).—Proceed as direct as navigation will allow through Mona Passage to position
18°20N, 68°00'W (12 miles NNW of Mona Island); then steer a great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Cristobal, Panama (via Anegada Passage).—Proceed as direct as navigation will allow through Anegada Passage to
position 18°35'N, 63°50'W (in the middle of the Anegada Passage); then steer a great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas.—Proceed as prudently as navigation will allow through Anegada Passage to position
18°35'N, 63°50' W, (in the middle of Anegada Passage); then steer a great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
San Juan, Puerto Rico.—Proceed as prudently as navigation will allow to position 18°33N, 66°05' W (about 4 miles
NNE of San Juan), then steer a great circle course to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Roosevelt Roads, Puerto Rico.—Proceed prudently and with great caution N and E through Virgin Passage by rhumb
line; then join the great circle track from Cristobal to the Strait of Gibraltar as previously described.
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.—Proceed as prudently and direct as navigation will allow E to Windward Passage. Proceed
through Windward Passage to position 21°35'N, 71°10'W in Turk Island Passage; then by rhumb line to position 30°00'N,
35°00'W; then steering E on the parallel of 36°00'N to the Strait of Gibraltar.
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 517
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 519
Appendix III—Routes to and from Canada, the United States, and the Caribbean Sea
Routes leading to and from North America to the Strait of of the United States, and the Caribbean Sea.
Gibraltar and Bishop Rock are, as follows: 3. New York to ports in the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of
1. Routes to and from the Panama Canal at Cristobal, Mexico.
Panama.
2. Routes from Canada to Greenland, Iceland, the E coast 4. Miscellaneous cross-Atlantic Ocean routes.
2. Routes from Canada to Greenland, Iceland, the E coast of the United States, and the Caribbean Sea.
Goose Bay, Labrador to Churchill, Manitoba.—Proceed as directly as safe navigation permits to position 54°24'N,
56°32'W and then to position 60°45'N, 63°57' W a position E of the Button Islands off the entrance to Hudson Strait. From
there steer to a position about 20 miles S of Resolution Island, from which position a course of 293° for 288 miles will lead
to a position with the light on the Wend of Charles Island bearing 235°, distant 14 miles. From there a course of 266° for
107 miles will lead to a position with Digges Island Light bearing 180°, distant 8 miles. From off Digges Island steer 253°
for 55 miles to position 62°27'N, 80°00'W about 5 miles off the NW end of Mansel Island. This track leads about 6 miles N
of Mansel Island Light. From here a course of 243° for 460 miles will lead across Hudson Bay to a position with the radio
masts at Churchill bearing 216° and 14 miles distant.
Note.—To avoid Churchill Shoals, vessels should keep outside the 20m curve, and, in thick weather, outside the 40m
curve. The above route is for information only and the routes recommended by the Ice Information Officer should be
followed.
Pub. 140
520 North Atlantic Ocean
Goose Bay to Reykjavik.—Proceed as directly as safe navigation permits to position 54°24'N, 56°32'W and then to
position 66°45'N, 61°00'W near Cape Dyer on Baffin Island, and then to position 76°20'N, 69°45'W. Proceed from there to
the anchorage by the safest route available.
Churchill to Thule.—Follow the reverse of the route through Hudson Strait and Bay, given above, from Churchill to the
position 20 miles S of Resolution Island in the entrance to Hudson Strait and then to Thule as directly as possible within the
limits of safe navigation via position 76°20'N, 69°45'W.
Churchill to Sondre-Stromfjord.—From the position S of Resolution Island proceed as directly as safe navigation will
permit to position 66°01'N, 53°45'W at the entrance to the fjord.
Strait of Belle Isle to Ports in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes.—Follow the fairway of the Strait of
Belle Isle, passing 5 miles S of Amour Pont to a position about 14 miles SE of Cape Whittle Light. Course is then altered to
the W to pass N of Anticosti Island through Mingan Passage.
Outbound.—Vessels have the option of passing either N or S of Anticosti Island. Although the S route is 17 miles
longer, it allows a vessel to take advantage of the east-going Gaspe Current. To obtain the full benefit of the current keep at
a distance of 4 to 5 miles offshore between Cap Chat and Fame Point. From a position abreast of Fame Point steer E to pass
about 6 miles S of Heath Point, and then alter course NE to join the inbound track about 14 miles SE of Cape Whittle Light.
Cabot Strait to ports in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes.-—Steer as directly as safe navigation will
permit to pass about midway b tween St. Paul Island and Cape North, Cape Breton Island. Then steer NNW to a position
about 6 miles NE of Bird Rocks and then change course for a position about 14 miles NE of Cape des Rosiers. From there
pass Fame Point at a distance of about 10 miles and then maintain an offing of 10 miles or more as far as the mouth of the
St. Lawrence River between Pointe des Monts and Matane.
If inbound from northern European ports via the Cape Race route, proceed as directly as possible within the limits of safe
navigation to a position about 8 miles SW of Cape Ray, Newfoundland, and then to a position about 10 miles off Fame
Point, where the above track can be picked up and followed.
Outbound.—In general the reverse of the above routes are followed except that when rounding the Gaspe Peninsula a
distance of between 4 and 5 miles offshore is maintained as far as Fame Point and then course is altered to a position about
10 miles NE of Cap des Rosiers to take full advantage of the Gaspe Current.
Halifax to ports in the Gulf of Mexico.—Proceed direct to the vicinity of Matanilla Shoals Buoy (27"24'N., 79°08'W.),
being careful to remain N of the 28th parallel until absolutely certain of vessel's position to avoid the shoals E of buoy. From
there proceed across the Gulf Stream to Jupiter Inlet Light, allowing for about a 2.25 knot N set. On approaching the Florida
coast remain in at least 27.4m of water and from 1 to 1.5 miles offshore. When at the appropriate distance off turn S and
follow the general trend of the shore around the S tip of Florida and Keys to Dry Tortugas. Maintain a distance of at least 1
to 1.5 miles offshore as far as Hillsboro Inlet, then 1.5 to 2 miles off to Fowey Rocks, and at least 2 miles off to Dry
Tortugas. From Dry Tortugas course may be set to arrive at destination by the safest route.
Alternate routes.—Some vessels proceed directly to the vicinity of Fowey Rocks from Matanilla Shoals. Others
maintain their SSW course after passing Matanilla Shoals Buoy until they cross the 200m curve and then turn due S until
abeam of Great Issac Light, whereupon they steer 234° to make the Florida Keys in the vicinity of Molasses Reef. Then
they follow the general trend of the coast maintaining a distance off of at least 2 miles. All three routes take about the same
amount of time although the distances vary.
Halifax to ports in the eastern Caribbean Sea.—Proceed as directly as safe navigation will permit to the vicinity of
Mona Island (18°05' N., 67°51' W.), passing W of the island if bound for ports in the Dominican Republic or W of Curacao,
and E of the island if bound for ports in Puerto Rico or E of Curacao, into the Caribbean Sea. Once clear of the passage
proceed as direct as safe navigation will permit to destination.
3. New York to ports in the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico.
New York to San Juan, Puerto Rico.—From Hudson Canyon Traffic Lane Buoy (40°08'N., 73°21'W.) proceed directly
to San Juan approach.
New York to Santo Domingo.—From Hudson Canyon Traffic Lane Buoy proceed to a position about 7 miles E of Cabo
Engano on Hispaniola and then by the safest and most direct route to Santo Domingo.
New York to Aruba and Curacao.—Follow the New York to Santo Domingo route above as far as the position off
Cabo Engano and then direct to destination.
New York to ports in the Gulf of Mexico.—From Barnegat Lighted Horn Buoy (39°46'N., 73°46'W.) proceed so as to
pass about 12 miles off Diamond Shoals Light Tower. Maintain this course past the tower and across the Gulf Stream to
about 34°00'N. Then change course to arrive in the vicinity of Matanilla Shoals Buoy. Then proceed as in the Halifax to
ports in the Gulf of Mexico route above.
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 521
Pub. 140
North Atlantic Ocean 523
Appendix IV—International Port Traffic Signals and Visual Storm Warning Signals
Pub. 140
525
NORTH SEA AND THE ENGLISH CHANNEL
Pub. 140
526 North Sea and the English Channel
coast to a depth of 30 to 60m and then becomes generally flat duces high water levels along all coasts.
below a depth of 60m. The floor slopes gently from the E end 3. The third type of storm surge is caused by strong winds
at 40m to about 120m at the mouth of the English Channel. steered by the topographic effect of the Norwegian Moun-
The mean depth of the English Channel is 53m, varying be- tains. A depression moves north of the center of the North
tween a maximum depth of 172m close N of the Iles des Sea passing 8°E between 57°N and 60°N. The winds cause a
Casquets and a minimum of 1.5m near the center of The Ridge. clockwise turning residual eddy which sets up high water
West of 2°W, the sea floor is broken by islands and shoals. levels in the middle of the North Sea.
Sand banks occur in the E part of the English Channel; sand These surges may raise sea levels by as much as 3m in severe
waves occur near the W mouth of the English Channel. cases.
Sand waves extending up to 17m from the bottom were re- Considerable effort is expanded in forecasting storm surges.
ported (1971) to extend up to 4 miles S of South Falls Lighted An E-W wind is ten times more effective in producing a sea
Buoy, decreasing the fairway depth to 18.9m. level anomaly in the North Sea than a N-S wind. In general, W
There are three narrow trenches in the floor of the English and N winds lower the sea level on the English coast and raise
Channel, as follows: the level on the continental shore in the SE part of the North
1. Hurd Deep near Guernsey. Sea.
2. Fosse de l’Ile Vierge Negative surges reducing sea levels by as much as 2m are
3. Fosse d’Oessant. common in the S part of the North Sea. These negative surges
are most likely to occur after the onset of strong S or SW
Cautions winds, although weather associated with an area of high pres-
sure can also cause a negative surge. Negative surges are most
Sand Waves frequent in December or January but are rare in the summer.
Fields of sand waves are common in the S part of the North These negative surges are more frequent in tidal estuaries and
Sea. Sand waves are formed where the water moves rapidly shallow water.
over an area of unconsolidated sea bed sediment; the are simi- The Negative Storm Warning Service forecasts appreciable
lar to sand dunes formed on land by the wind. The least depths falls in tidal levels due to meteorological effects in the southern
over sand waves are obtained during routine surveys, but where North Sea, the Thames Estuary, and the Strait of Dover. Warn-
these fields are mobile, changes to charted depths are likely to ing are issued by Coastguard radio stations, NAVTEX, and the
occur. Sand waves reach their maximum heights after periods Channel Navigation Information Service when it is estimated
of relatively calm weather or neap tides. that tidal levels may be 1m or more lower than predicted astro-
Areas which are known to be affected by sand waves and can nomically-predicted values. Warnings are normally issued 6 to
be a significant hazard to deep-draft vessels are located, as fol- 12 hours ahead of the event but an advanced notification may
lows: be given up to 30 hours in advance.
1. On the NE end of Sandiette Bank (51°18'N., 2°05'E.)
towards Fairy Bank, 8 miles NE. Effects on Current Speeds
2. In an area 2 to 5 miles NW of the NE end of Sandiette Wind effects.—Persistent strong winds may cause wind-
Bank. driven currents that may approach or even exceed the tidal cur-
3. About 16 miles NNE of the NE end of Sandiette Bank rents. Persistent S or SW gales can produce an observed overall
in the vicinity of position 51°33.0'N, 2°14'E. movement as high as 35 miles over a period of 24 hours.
4. Off the SW end of South Falls (51°13.9'N, 1°43.9'E.). Surge effects.—Strong currents occur during and after both
5. On the SW end of Sandiette Bank. positive and negative surges; these can greatly change the tidal
6. In an area WNW of Bullock Bank in the vicinity of current, either reinforcing or reducing its affect. Accurate cur-
[position 50°45.5'N, 0°58'E. rents observations are not possible during storm surges, but
7. Southwest of Bassurelle in the vicinity of position currents running at several knots may occur.
50°31.0'N, 0°56.0'E and position 50°29.0'N, 0°59.0'E.
Wind Farms
Wind Effects on Water Levels Wind farms are located off the coast of the Netherlands, as
Bursts of wind of short duration cause inertial oscillations in follows:
the waters of the North Sea. If the oscillations are in phase with 1. Gemini Wind Farm—One hundred fifty turbines, di-
the tides, they may increase the tidal current 1 knot. These os- vided into ZeeEnergie to the W and BuitenGaats to the E,
cillations are important in creating extreme currents. within an area centered on position 54°0.2'N, 5°57.0'E.
There are three types of storm surges that create problems in 2. Bard Offshore 1 Wind Farm—Eighty turbines within
the North Sea, as follows: an area centered on position 54°21.5'N, 5°59.0'E.
1. The first type of storm surge is caused by strong NW 3. Veja Mate Wind Farm—Under construction (2016)
winds due to a depression passing over Norway at 8°E and centered on position 54°20.0'N, 5°53.0'E.
between 60°N and 65°N. Tidal currents are directed into the 4. Global Tech 1 Wind Farm—Eighty turbines in an area
German Bight, causing high water levels along the German centered on position 54°30.0'N, 6°22.2'E.
and Danish coasts. 5. Hoho Sea/Albatros Wind Farm—Under construction
2. The second type is caused by a fast-moving depression (2016) centered on position 54°26.7'N, 6°19.4'E.
over the center of the North Sea at 8°E between 50°N and 6. Borkum Riffgrund 1 Wind Farm—Seventy-eight tur-
57°N. The wind pattern sets up a meso-scale residual eddy bines within an area centered on position 53°58.2'N,
turning counterclockwise in the central North Sea which pro- 6°33.2'E.
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 527
7. Borkum Riffgrund 2 Wind Farm—Fifty-six turbines search laboratory for the United States Navy and Marine
within an area centered on position 53°57.9'N, 6°28.4'E. Corps, publishes port studies and forecaster handbooks that
8. Trianel Windpark Borkum—Forty turbines centered may be of use to the mariner. These publications can be ac-
on position 54°03.0'N, 6°28.0'E. cessed at the Naval Research Laboratory web site.
9. Alpha Ventus Wind Farm—Twelve turbines centered
on position 54°00.6'N, 6°36.4'E. Naval Research Laboratory Monterey Home Page
10. Nordsee One Wind Farm—Fifty-four turbines cen-
tered on position 53°58.9'N, 6°49.3'E. http://www.nrlmry.navy.mil/pubs.htm
11. Gode Wind 1 Wind Farm and Gode Wind 2 Wind
Farm—Under construction (2016) centered on position The European Severe Weather Port Guide contains informa-
54°03.0'N, 7°00.0'E. tion on the following ports:
12. Sandbank Wind Farm—Under construction (2015) 1. Norway—Bergen and Hakonsvern.
centered on position 55°12.0'N, 6°51.0'E. 2. United Kingdom—Firth of Forth.
Pub. 140
528 North Sea and the English Channel
freezing temperatures occur on a maximum of just 3 to 4 days tures to rise and also causes a greater difference between maxi-
per month. At Nairn, near Inverness in the Moray Firth, tem- mums and minimums. During spring, average maximums rise
peratures drop to freezing or below on 12 to 19 days per winter from the upper single digits (°C) to the mid-teens (°C). Mini-
month, with most occurrences in March. However, snow does mums jump from near freezing to the mid to upper single digits
fall on an average of 10 to 20 days annually along the shores of (°C). These temperature increases result in a drop in relative
England, the Netherlands, Belgium and West Germany. This humidities and an increase in the diurnal spread. By May
average jumps to 20 to 35 days in Scotland and Denmark and morning maximums are in the 75 to 90 per cent range while af-
to 35 to 50 days along the southwestern coast of Norway. The ternoon minimums range from the upper teens to low 20s (°C).
snow season runs from November through April except in The relative humidities indicate that May and June are the two
Scotland and Norway, where it normally extends from October driest months, This is also reflected by precipitation. From
through May. February through May average monthly precipitation amounts
There are some periods on these North Sea coasts when it range from 25 to 76mm, and up to 152mm along the southwest
isn’t raining or snowing. The number of days when clear skies Norwegian coast. Those bleak rainy days are also on the de-
are observed averages between 2 and 8 days per winter month. cline and measurable precipitation can be expected on 8 to 16
These periods are most likely between fronts or with the out- days per month in spring. There is a further decline in rainy
break of a continental high pressure system. These highs are days during summer but this is offset by heavier falls in show-
responsible for the coldest winter days. Record low tempera- ers. Although humidities are lower and rain is less, fog is still a
tures can be neared or broken during these spells. Extreme low problem in spring. Spring is a season of two fogs: land (radia-
temperatures depend upon exposure and range, as follows: tion) and sea. Some locations are subject to both under the
right conditions. Many of these locations reach a peak in fog
Great Britain coast: -8.9°C to -12.8°C frequency during March. During this month visibilities fall to
or below 0.6 mile on 4 to 8 days. The clear conditions (sky
Belgium-Netherlands coast: -8.9°C to -18.9°C
cover less than or equal to 2/8) needed for land fog formation
Interior ports in Germany: -21.7°C are observed on 3 to 6 days per month. At sheltered locations
Jutland coast of Denmark: -17.8°C spring marks the end of the fog season. By May, fog is becom-
ing more infrequent almost everywhere. Frequencies are fall-
Southwest coast of Norway: -12.2°C to -22.2°C ing toward a summer minimum.
Summer is a relatively cool wet season with occasional peri-
Drastic temperature drops of 11° to 17°C can occur in Nor- ods of hot dry weather, The length of the day is around 16 to 18
way when cold air rushes down fjords. It is during these clear hours, about twice that of winter. Sea breezes and prevailing
cold periods that most ports are highly susceptible to fog. winds off the water keep maximum daytime temperatures in
Fog is often aided by industrial smoke, which by itself can the upper teens to low 20s (°C) range. Temperatures in general
sometimes lower visibilities to less than 1 mile. Winds can decrease N; the coldest temperatures are found along the coasts
spread this smoke over great distances. Winter fog is local, of Scotland and Norway. Temperatures are also restricted by
however, and needs sheltered conditions in order to thrive. For cloudiness. In the early morning low clouds, haze and smoke
example, along the Netherlands coast visibilities drop to or be- are often present and during the afternoon cumulus type clouds
low 0.6 mile on up to 11 days per month, while nearby light- develop. Average cloud cover ranges from 5 to 6 oktas
ships experience these conditions on just 4 to 6 days. At (eighths). Clear days, less common than they were in spring,
sheltered Inchkeith, Scotland, in the Firth of Forth, the fog sig- range from 2 to 8 per month. Cloudy days are more common
nal is heard an average of 108 hours in February. A short dis- and range from 14 to 22. Afternoon clouds are often convective
tance away at exposed St. Abb’s Head, their fog signal sounds giving rise to showers and thunderstorms. Monthly rain
an average of 21 hours in February. Fog depends on moisture, amounts usually increase as the summer wears on. By August
and relative humidities are high year round on North Sea amounts of 51 to 101mm are common, except in Norway,
coasts. The average diurnal range of humidities is small in win- where the range is from 101 to 178mm. Showers can be heavy
ter, averaging just 2 to 6 per cent. Along most coasts, relative and maximum 24-hour amounts are usually in the 51 to 76mm
humidities range from the upper 80s to mid 90s (per cent) in range; Yarmouth Roads measured 122mm during one August
the early morning and from the low to upper 80s (per cent) in shower. Thunderstorms are most likely in the summer and are
the afternoon. Along, the Norwegian coast, this range is from usually isolated late afternoon occurrences. They are most fre-
the low 80s to the mid to upper 70s (per cent). quent from southeast England along the Low Countries to Ger-
Spring is a pleasant season of transition along the North Sea many. On these coasts thunderstorms occur on 3 to 6 days per
coasts. As the days grow longer, temperatures rise, cloudiness month from late spring through early Autumn. Elsewhere they
and rain are less frequent and humidities are lower, although are infrequent and occur on just 1 to 2 days per month. Thun-
fog is still present. While lows are more likely to move directly derstorms and showers briefly reduce visibilities. Summer visi-
over the North Sea, they are much weaker than the severe win- bilities are usually good.
ter storms. Their southward shift along with an increase in NE The northeast coast of Scotland is susceptible to sea fog and
winds bring more cloudiness to the former leeward coasts of at Wick visibilities drop below 0.6 mile on 3 to 4 days per
Great Britain. Cloudy skies (greater than or equal to 6/8) are month. Along most coasts a light early morning fog is com-
now observed on up to 20 days per month along the east coasts mon; this is mainly radiation or land fog. It is prevalent around
of England and Scotland. Elsewhere, however, cloudiness is industrial areas and can reduce visibilities below 0.6 mile on up
decreasing; by May cloudy conditions are observed on 8 to 16 to 3 days per month at places like Vlissingen, Emden, Bremen,
days. Along with an increase in radiation, this causes tempera- Hamburg and Stavanger. However, it usually reduces visibili-
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 529
ties to just below 2.5 miles in the early morning. During the Rains along most coasts are heaviest in late summer and ear-
morning hours, the stable conditions that support this fog dis- ly autumn. Average amounts are largest along the southwest
appear as the air is heated and becomes more turbulent. Visibil- coast of Norway where they range from 127 to 229mm in the
ities quickly improve. The moisture needed to support these peak month. Along other coasts this range is from 51 to 76mm.
fogs is reflected in the relative humidities. If the actual mois- These amounts tend to decrease somewhat as winter approach-
ture content of the air remained the same year round, then rela- es. However, rainy days increase from 10 to 16 days in early
tive humidities would be lowest in summer when temperatures fall to 12 to 20 days by late in the season. There is a chance of
are highest. However, sea breezes and prevailing winds in- snow by October in the N and by November in the S.
crease moisture and relative humidities are higher than spring Extratropical Cyclones.—The most intense storms affect
and increase throughout the summer. Early morning maximum the North Sea in fall and winter. The main path of storms lies
relative humidities increase from the mid 70s(per cent) and low between Scotland and Iceland. Storms also move across the
80s (per cent) to the mid to upper 80s (per cent) by summer’s British Isles and then NE to Norway. Occasionally a storm will
end. Minimum afternoon relative humidities do not increase move across southern England or through the English Channel
and remain in the 0 to mid 70 per cent range. and into the Baltic Sea. About 60 per cent of all North Sea win-
There are periods of hot dry weather associated with conti- ter storms develop gale-force winds. Many are intense second-
nental highs. During these infrequent spells humidities are low ary lows that form S of a major system. These can move across
and temperatures are high. Maximum temperatures of more the North Sea at speeds up to 40 knots. Gales most often ac-
than 30°C may occur on the average of 1 to 4 days per summer. company SW through NW winds. Fronts associated with these
Extreme temperatures along the North Sea coasts are in the low storms are most active in winter. A well-developed storm be-
to mid 30s (°C). tween Iceland and Scotland, with its frontal systems, can cover
Autumn brings a gradual return to hazardous winter condi- 1,000 miles.
tions. September is closely related to summer while November Most winter storms move well to the N of the SE coast of the
begins to feel like winter. Often a brief return to pleasant sum- North Sea. They bring S to SE winds, rising temperatures,
mer-like weather occurs for a week or so in September or early cloudiness, and occasional showers to these shores. As the low
October. This is similar to Indian Summer in the United States. passes, winds shift to the SW and W, with cooler weather and
As storm intensity and size increases and days shorten, tem- showers. When lows pass close to these shores or a vigorous
peratures begin to fall. Daytime maximums fall from the mid to cold front moves in from the N, the accompanying high seas
upper teens (°C) in September into the mid to upper single dig- are a menace to the low-lying farmlands and villages. North
its (°C) by November. Minimums fall from the upper single winds have the longest fetch.
digits and low teens (°C) into the low single digits (°C). By Oc- As spring progresses, the primary storm track shifts S into
tober, temperatures begin to fall below freezing on 1 to 2 days the North Sea. There is, however, a considerable decrease in in-
in many locations; this increases to as many as 12 days by No- tensities even though summer brings the greatest number of
vember. lows. Less than 10 per cent of these storms generate gales.
Lowering temperatures bring an increase in relative humidi- Frontal activity is at a minimum in summer. Frontal zones are
ties, particularly minimum relative humidities. Afternoon min- usually narrow with showers and rapid clearing after the front
imums, which were in the low to mid 70s (per cent) in early passes.
fall, rise into the low to upper 80s (per cent) by November. Winds.—A year round procession of lows and fronts
Maximums already in the 80s (per cent) increase by 4 or 5 per through or near the North Sea produces varying, frequently
cent in most locations. Increasing relative humidities and fall- shifting, winds. When days are long and storms are weak, the
ing temperatures accompany an increase in fog frequencies seasonal land-sea breeze provides a steadying effect. Topogra-
along most coasts. phy influences winds on all coasts in all seasons, but is most
Visibilities in early fall are excellent along the exposed coast noticeable in the gusty squalls that come blowing off the Scot-
of Scotland, where they fall below 0.6 mile on less than 2 days tish highlands and roaring down the Norwegian fjords.
per month. Along the English coasts the frequency of poor vis- Since so many winter storms remain N of the area, a general
ibilities increases during the fall; by November visibilities less SW to W flow prevails. This flow is deflected to the SE around
than or equal to 0.6 mile can be expected on 3 to 8 days. Along Norway. Spring and autumn combine the closer-passing but
the coasts of the Low Countries and Germany fog occurrences weaker storms with a land-sea breeze effect to produce a varied
reach a peak from October through January. Low visibilities and complex wind regime. Summer winds are the product of
can be expected on 6 to 9 days each month. Fog frequencies normally weak pressure gradients and the influential land-sea
decrease in Denmark and Norway; visibilities of 0.6 mile or breeze pattern.
less occur on 3 to 5 days per month along the Denmark coast Winter winds at Wick, Scotland blow from S through NW
and 1 to 2 days per month on Norwegian shores. The chances about 90 per cent of the time. These are part of the strong shift-
of land fog are always increased by clear conditions. Clear ing winds that blow off the E coasts of Scotland and England.
skies (less than or equal to 2/8) are seen more often in fall than Direction and speed are influenced by exposure. At Inverness,
summer. They are observed on about 4 to 12 days per month wind directions are more confined to S and SW, while W winds
and are most frequent in the Netherlands. Cloudy skies are also are most frequent at Tynemouth and Spurn Head. Greenwich
observed more often as fall turns toward winter. North Sea favors a relatively prevailing SW flow. Exposed locations like
coastal residents of Norway, Denmark, and Belgium can see Wick are subjected to winds that blow at an average of 15
cloudy conditions (cloud cover greater than or equal to 6/8) on knots, while protected ports like Inverness register 6-knot aver-
about 20 to 24 days per month in fall. Elsewhere, these condi- ages in winter.
tions occur on 15 to 22 days per month by late fall. Spring winds are weaker but more complex than the winter
Pub. 140
530 North Sea and the English Channel
flow. More, but weaker, storms pass directly over the area and weaker and less influential than the sea breeze. Although the
the land-sea breeze begins to take hold. Winds in general, and land-sea breeze effect extends into autumn, it is made second-
afternoon winds in particular, begin to come more and more off ary by the major storm systems which once again plague the
the water during March. While S through W winds still prevail, North Sea. The extremely variable fall winds, including a here-
they are less frequent than in winter. Winds from the N through to-fore uncommon SE flow, gradually revert to the S through
SE are slowly becoming an accepted afternoon feature. The W winter pattern. Wind speeds increase, with averages of up to
weaker storms drop wind speed averages to 5 to 12 knots. A 16 knots along unprotected coasts.
slight afternoon increase is apparent. This wind speed increase Along the North Sea coasts of Denmark and Norway, storms
reaches an average of 3 to 4 knots in summer. and topography tend to back the general SW winter flow to-
Summer winds are a blend of the variable flow around weak ward the E. Winter winds tend to blow out of the NE through
infrequent storms and the steady reversible flow of the land and SW in Denmark and out of the E through S along Norway’s
sea breezes. Sometimes these forces combine to produce a shores. The E component in Norway is aided by the outflow of
strong flow and other times they are at odds and the flow is cold air from the high interior. Average wind speeds range up
weak. On clear mild days, light W to SW morning winds grad- to 15 knots along Norway’s coasts but most ports are protected
ually reverse to become N through SE, at average speeds of 12 and average speeds at these places range from 6 to 10 knots. In
knots, during the afternoon. When these ideal conditions are an extreme case of sheltering, Sauda, a small industrial town,
not present, the sea breeze may still alter existing flow. For ex- has an average wind speed of 2 to 3 knots year round. Average
ample, at Wick, the sea breeze helps make S winds an import- winter wind speeds along the Danish coast range from 8 to 12
ant afternoon feature by rerouting existing SW and W flows. knots. As winter turns to spring, winds become more variable
When cloud cover prevents sufficient heating of the land or with an increase in the frequency of SW through NW winds.
when the pressure gradient is strong, SW to W winds can pre- By late May, the sea breeze helps boost the frequency of after-
vail all day. Summer mornings are often beset by calms, partic- noon winds from off the water. Wind speeds start to increase
ularly at sheltered locations; an excellent example is Inverness, during the day. Afternoon speeds average between 8 and 12
where morning calms occur 13 to 22 per cent of the time, year knots. This afternoon increase reaches a peak in summer when
round, including 19 to 20 per cent on fall mornings. However, morning winds are lightest. Summer winds blow mostly from
in general, autumn brings an increase in wind speeds and more the S through SW along the Danish coast and from the W
variable directions as storms become more intense and days through N along Norwegian shores. The sea breeze influence is
grow shorter. Average winds along exposed shores are up to 15 now at its peak. Southwest winds, prevalent on summer morn-
knots again by October. The increase in frequency of S through ings in Denmark, become even more persistent during the day,
NW winds signals the approach of winter. while prevailing NW and N winds in Norway are increased by
The winter wind season is shorter along the coasts of Bel- about 12 per cent during the day. Summer afternoons at Lista
gium, the Netherlands, and Germany. The relatively predict- give rise to NW winds 38 to 44 per cent of the time. The land
able flow of S through W winds lasts only through January. breeze is infrequent along these shores since it opposes most
Late winter storms and increasing daylight are responsible for normal flow. It appears only on calm clear nights and blows
a noticeable variability in winds by February. Northwest from an E direction. It becomes even less frequent with the
winds, infrequent until now, become more prominent since coming of fall. During this transitional season, there are quiet
storms are passing closer to these shores. South to SW winds times when the sea breeze brings a brief return to summer.
are the most common in December and January. During Febru- Then suddenly a large storm sweeps in off the Atlantic Ocean
ary, NW through E winds are on the increase. Average wind and the strong shifting winds of winter prevail. Average wind
speeds also begin to fall from a mid-winter peak of 20 knots speeds are on the increase. As fall wears on, winds with E com-
along exposed shores and 8 knots at the more protected ports. ponents become more and more frequent, heralding a return to
Zeebrugge, Belgium is an exception that averages 13 to 15 winter.
knots year round. By March, a NE through E flow may be as Gales.—Winter storms, with their fronts, are responsible for
frequent as winds from the SW and W, with winds off the wa- most of the strong winds and gales along the North Sea coasts.
ter more frequent during the afternoon. At Hoek Van Holland On the prominent shores of Scotland and Norway, topography
in April, the frequency of N winds increases from a morning lends a helping hand. The prevailing winter flow in Scotland
value of 15 per cent to 26 per cent in the afternoon. Here and comes off high ground and often develops into squalls that
along most of the coast, the sea breeze merely alters the exist- blow down slopes and valleys. This can cause gusty winds
ing flow. The pure sea breeze is more likely to come from the above gale force along the coast. In Norway, tablelands drop
W at Hoek van Holland and from the W through N along other abruptly into the sea and are separated by deep fissures known
coasts. At Vlissingen in July, W winds are observed 16 per cent as fjords. Cold air, which builds up over the highlands in win-
of the time in the morning and 41 per cent of the time during ter, pours down the steep slopes, creating gusts along the coast.
the afternoon. At Bremerhaven, the frequency of the July NW This is often triggered by an approaching low pressure system.
wind increases by 26 per cent from morning to afternoon. The During these spells, even more violent winds occur in the
land-sea breeze effect also produces an average 2 to 3 knot in- fjords where cold air outflow is channeled and its speed greatly
crease in average wind speeds. Afternoon speeds average 15 increased. Squalls build to maximum strength within an hour
knots along exposed coasts and about 10 knots at more protect- or two. They are particularly treacherous since they occur in
ed locations, such as Hamburg. General summer wind flow cold, clear weather with little warning. These gales that men-
ranges from S to NW, with offshore components more likely ace fjord navigation are known locally as “elvegusts.” Terrain
during the night and early morning hours and onshore compo- also provides shelter from gales. For example, Aberdeen, on
nents most frequent during the afternoon. The land breeze is the section of the Scottish coast protected by mountains to the
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 531
west and northwest, experiences fewer days with gales in a ENGLISH CHANNEL
year than does nearby Wick in a typical January. General.—Fall and winter are dreary times along the En-
Along the E coasts of Scotland and England, gales are most glish Channel coasts. Days are cloudy, rainy and mild, while
likely from September through May. Strong winds and gales nights are damp and chilly. Cloudy conditions (cloud cover
can occur in a line squall preceding or accompanying a cold greater than or equal to 8/10) occur on up to 20 days per month
front. This event is heralded by a line of low black clouds to the while rain, or sometimes snow (1 to 3 days per winter month),
W or NW. These line squalls may occur in any season and are can be expected on 15 to 25 days per month. Cloud cover and
experienced once or twice a season along any section of coast. the relatively warm waters keep temperatures and relative hu-
Local gale frequency is largely determined by exposure to SW midities from varying too much from day to night. Relative hu-
through NW winds. At unprotected ports like Wick and Edin- midity, dependent on temperature and moisture, varies from 86
burg, gales can be expected on just under 25 days annually. to 93 per cent during the early morning hours down to 80 to 85
Most ports are more sheltered and experience 2 to 12 gale days per cent in the afternoon. Nighttime temperatures range from
in an average year. The infrequent gales of summer are associ- 1.7 to 4.4 °C while daytime highs climb into the upper single
ated with violent afternoon thunderstorms and may come from digits (°C).
any direction. Extreme winds are most likely in winter. Record Sometimes skies clear for a short period between frontal sys-
gusts of 88 knots have occurred at Dyce in January and at Bell tems or longer when a frigid high pressure system moves over
Rock in November. Edinburg recorded a 75-knot gust in Janu- the area from the NE. These clear conditions occur on the aver-
ary. age of 4 to 7 days per month. It is during these spells that night-
The Netherlands and Belgium coasts are most often exposed time temperatures are most likely to fall to freezing or below.
to gales from the SW through N. The Netherlands is usually When clear conditions persist for a week or more in conjunc-
more susceptible to strong winds. Gales occur on 10 to 20 days tion with a frigid high, temperatures can fall to -6.7°C or be-
during an average year and on up to 3 days per month from Oc- low. How cold it gets depends on the land and water influence.
tober through March. The oceanic Scilly Isles rarely experience temperatures below
freezing. At a more land-tempered port like Dungeness, mini-
Inland ports such as Amsterdam and Rotterdam are more mum temperatures fall to freezing or below on 9 to 11 days per
sheltered. At Amsterdam winds greater than or equal to 28 winter month. Extreme temperatures range from -12.8°C at
knots occur on about 17 days annually while gale-force winds Dungeness to -6.7°C at Falmouth and -3.9 °C on the Scilly
are observed on just 2 days each year. Although strong winds Isles. When a persistent SW flow blows across the channel in
are most frequent and most severe in winter, occasionally a vi- winter, unseasonably warm temperatures can occur. Maximum
olent summer thunderstorm can cause local winds of 50 knots temperatures in extreme occurrences reach 15.6°C.
or more along these coasts. On rare occasions, small tornadoes With the coming of spring and then summer, days turn
or waterspouts have been sighted with thunderstorm activity. brighter, rain falls less frequently, and temperatures slowly
Extreme winds are most likely in winter and register around 60 moderate. Even relative humidities drop off slightly. Cloudy
knots along exposed shores. At Den Helder, sustained winds skies are seen on the average of 10 to 20 days per month, while
have reached 56 knots and gusts have reached 78 knots. Zee- clear skies are observed on up to 10 days per month. Partly
brugge has recorded a 54-knot extreme in November and a 50- cloudy conditions are most prevalent in the afternoon and are
knot wind in May. At Terschillingerbank, 60-knot winds have often associated with showers. By June, most coastal towns ex-
been observed in December and March. perience measurable rain on just 8 to 13 days. April, May, and
Even more exposed than the Low Countries is the coast of June are the driest months of the year. Thunderstorms become
Germany, where strongest winds blow from S through W. The more frequent as spring turns to summer. They occur on up to 2
rock island of Helgoland, at the mercy of the sea, is besieged days per month. It is this showery weather that is responsible
by gales on an average of 63 days annually, and a peak of 10 for the greatest 24-hour rainfalls, which occur in the summer.
days per month in November and January. Closer to the coast, Extreme 24-hour amounts range from 51 to 102mm along the
wind speeds diminish. Borkum, in the East Frisian Islands, ex- English Channel coasts. These are scanty totals when com-
periences winds equal to or greater than 28 knots on 3 to 6 days pared to the world’s 24-hour record of 1,870mm at Cilaos, La
per month from September through February and 1 to 3 days Reunion.
per month during the rest of the year. At Bremerhaven, winds The advancing season in combination with less rain and
of 28 knots or more occur on 2 to 3 days per month from Octo- more blue sky moves spring daytime temperatures into the mid
ber through April. to upper teens (°C). Nighttime lows average in the upper single
Hamburg’s winds seldom get above 28 knots. Gales are in- digits (°C). During the hottest part of the year (July and Au-
frequent along Denmark’s W shores. They occur on about 5 to gust) average maximums range from 18.3° to 21.1°C while av-
10 days a year and on about 1 day per month from September erage minimums reach the low teens (°C). Rising temperatures
through April. drop relative humidities. However, this is partially offset by sea
The open coastal waters of southwest Norway are subject to breezes and other winds from off the English Channel. After-
frequent gales. At port s, gales are less common. In mid-winter noon relative humidities reach a low during spring or summer
gales occur on up to 12 days per month in coastal seas and on 4 of from about 70 to 75 per cent. During the night they tend to
to 6 days per month in summer. Sheltered ports like Lindesnes climb back into the 90 per cent range. The English Channel
and Bergen average 1 to 3 gale days per month from September waters continue to moderate temperature extremes. The num-
through April. Less protected places such as Lista and Stavan- ber of days that maximum temperatures reach or exceeds
ger average 4 to 5 gales days per month during this period. 30.0°C is practically nil. Extreme record high temperatures are
Summer gales are rare. generally somewhere in the low to mid 30s (°C). Extremes at
Pub. 140
532 North Sea and the English Channel
more exposed stations are usually in the upper 20s (°C). Along both coasts NE and E winds are also common in winter.
The turn from summer to fall is gradual. September retains Along the Strait of Dover coasts, SW winds are more fre-
many summer characteristics. Daytime temperatures still reach quent than anywhere else all year round, and occur 20 to 30 per
the high teens (°C); clear skies can be seen on as many as 8 cent of the time in winter. In the approaches to Brest, NW
days and rain is observed on less than one-half of all Septem- winds predominate in nearly all months. Brest itself is shel-
ber days. During October the progression toward winter be- tered somewhat. Even in winter, calms occur 10 to 12 per cent
comes more apparent. Rain is measured on about 15 to 20 of the time, compared to 2 to 7 per cent at other ports. Coastal
days, days become noticeably cooler and clear skies are un- wind speeds are highest in winter. Averages range from 16 to
common. 20 knots at exposed locations like the Scilly Isles and Ile
Extratropical cyclones.—Lows can cause problems in the d’Ouessant to 8 to 12 knots at sheltered ports like Brest and
English Channel year round. By far, the most common situa- Dungeness.
tion in any season is a low pressure system N of the British In spring, winds become even more variable. On both sides
Isles and a high to the S. This is particularly dangerous in win- of the English Channel N, NE, and E winds are often slightly
ter, when these storms are often intense. more frequent than SW and W winds. At some ports, the two
The storms that pass far to the north bring bad weather but most frequent winds are directly opposite; at Dunkerque, NE
changes are gradual. They often trail weather-producing fronts and SW winds prevail, while on the Scilly Isles W and E are
across the English Channel. Cold fronts often bring this se- the two most common directions. Winds from the NW are also
quence of events: frequent. Along the Dover Strait, SW wind still prevail but NE
1. Increasing cloudiness and wind speed. winds are a strong second. Spring brings a decrease in wind
2. Rain and possibly SW gales. speeds. This is reflected in the mean speeds which range from
3. Clearing and strong NW winds. 8 to 17 knots.
These systems can occur in families, which restrict the clear- With an increase in clear and mild weather from late spring
ing period. Open low pressure systems, called waves, can form through early fall, the land-sea breeze regime establishes itself.
on these fronts and bring additional trouble. Parent lows and The heating of the land faster than the water during the day sets
intense waves that pass close to, but north of the English Chan- up an onshore flow. As the land cools quicker at night, an off-
nel bring bad weather and rapid changes. Winds are variable shore flow is established. When there are no interfering weath-
and shift suddenly. Gales are likely and squalls often accompa- er systems, this flow prevails with unerring frequency, at other
ny fronts. times it superimposes itself on the existing flow to some degree
Storms are most intense in winter, but more pass over the and can reinforce, oppose or deflect this flow. Along both En-
British Isles in spring. In the fall storms often move S of the glish Channel coasts, the daytime sea breeze often reinforces
English Channel. This occurrence causes no sudden changes. and increases the frequency of southwesterly and westerly
Winds back gradually from E through N. This brings a cold winds in summer, when it is strongest. At Calais, SW winds
flow of air, sometimes from the Greenland-Spitzbergen region. make up 45 per cent of the observations during July and Au-
In late fall and winter there is a possibility of snow and gales. gust. In general, near the coast the frequency of SW and W
Storms are weakest and farthest N in the summer. Most winds increase during the day, while NE winds, NW winds,
move well N of the British Isles. The two most common sum- and calms increase at night. Coastlines with a N exposure to
mer situations are a low near Iceland or a low in the Norwegian the sea tend to experience an increase in N onshore winds
Sea, with highs S of the English Channel. Occasionally a weak during the day. At Falmouth, morning calms occur 9 per cent
low or a large high will center itself over the British Isles. or more of the time from April through September. By early af-
Forward speeds of lows are variable and range up to 40 ternoon calms are observed only 3 to 4 per cent of the time.
knots. Most common are speeds from 5 to 10 knots. Sometimes The land-sea breeze effect at Falmouth is reinforced by the
a low will become stationary near Iceland. This brings several configuration of the Penryn River. The result is a high frequen-
days or more of SW winds. cy of SW winds in the afternoon and NE winds in the morning.
Winds.—Winds within 20 miles of the coast are often sub- Plymouth experiences this same effect. At Portland Bill, the
ject to topographic effects. If a coast is bordered by steep cliffs sea breeze effect results in a tendency for N and NE winds to
or there are high hills or mountains paralleling the coast. a veer toward the E and for W to NW winds to back toward the
short distance inland, then onshore winds inclined to the coast SW At Dungeness, SW winds occur 32 per cent of the time on
are usually deflected and blow nearly parallel to the coast at an July mornings and 54 per cent of the time in the afternoon.
increased speed. This is particularly noticeable in a long nar- Around the Isle of Wight, winds often blow along the Solent
row strait. When onshore winds blow nearly perpendicular to a and Spithead under the sea breeze system. On a quiet warm
high coast, there is often a narrow belt of contrary gusty winds day, the main breeze will blow either from the SW up the So-
close to the coast. An offshore wind is often squally on the lee lent or from the SE up Spithead. Sometimes a morning SE
side of a hilly coast, especially where the air is much cooler wind will veer SW during the day. The land breeze blows on
than the sea surface. Land and sea breezes develop near the clear nights throughout the year and is often more marked in
coast particularly in spring and summer during fine settled winter. It flows most often from the NW down to Southampton
weather. Water. Wind speeds are lightest during the summer and show a
Along the English coast from December through February, noticeable diurnal variation. Mean speeds increase from 6 to 9
winds blow from the SW through NW about one-half of the knots during the morning to 12 to 14 knots in the afternoon.
time. The French coast experiences a fair percentage of S Afternoon sea breezes can reach 20 knots.
winds, and in some locations they are more prevalent than SW Autumn brings a return to the more variable, less predictable
winds. In general, the predominant flow is between S and W. conditions that existed in spring. Even along the Strait of Do-
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 533
ver, where SW winds prevail, there is a significant increase in summer in W waters. At times, it is possible to find an open ar-
winds from the W through N. The highest frequency along the ea near the coast when mid-channel is foggy. Near the coast,
English Channel coasts is in winds from the SW through NE, summer sea fog is most frequent in morning.
but at some locations E winds prevail and at others SE winds Land radiation fog, which forms when moist air is cooled be-
are the most common. At Brest during October and November, low its dew point by contact with the cold ground, is prevalent
calms are the prevailing condition, occurring 14 to 17 per cent from late fall through early spring. Favorable conditions are
of the time. Autumn wind speeds are on the increase toward the found in the clear skies and light winds of a large high pressure
winter maximums. The mean speeds range from 6 to 8 knots at system. Inland, radiation fog often dissipates during the day,
sheltered locations to 15 knots at exposed sites. but near the coast, particularly in mid-winter, it can persist for a
Gales.—Coastal gales, like lighter winds, are influenced by day or more. It may also drift into the English Channel and per-
exposure. Gale frequencies near the coast may be less than sist if it remains over cool waters. On 2 days per winter month,
one-half of nearby open water frequencies. Whether a stretch radiation fog will completely enshroud the Strait of Dover.
of coast is sheltered depends on wind direction. A coast shel- This is a real navigational hazard. Radiation fog is aided by
tered from a S gale may suddenly be exposed if the gale veers smoke. Plymouth Hoe experiences about 4 to 5 days per winter
to the W. This occurs in Mounts Bay and Portland Harbor. month of radiation fog infused with industrial smoke. Less
High ground to windward may not always provide the shelter than 1 mile away, across Cattewater, Mount Batten is relatively
expected. For example, along the Dartmouth coast, a wind fog-free during this period.
blowing from off the high ground often generates turbulent Radiation fog is local and very liable to form in hollows or
squalls in coastal waters. This is particularly true with a WNW over low-lying ground near rivers, particularly near smoke
flow in Dartmouth Harbor. sources.
Along the English coast, the average annual number of days Sea fog is prevalent along. the English Channel coasts W of
with gales ranges from 3 days at Dover to 35 days at Falmouth. Portland Bill and Cherbourg. In spring and summer, visibilities
Gales are most likely from October through April; December drop below 0.5 mile at a peak of 3 to 8 days per month. At Liz-
and January are the heart of the season. Falmouth is particular- ard and Cap de la Hague, this peak is in July. At Portland Bill
ly exposed to strong winds and gales. It has an average of 7 and Falmouth, May is the peak fog month; both types of fog
gale days per month in December and January. The Scilly Isles occur during May. Summer sea fogs are most common with S
and Portland Bill are exposed locations subject to nearly three- to W winds. In winter, radiation fogs, and occasionally a sea
quarters of the gales that occur in open waters. Coastal gales fog, occur along these coasts on usually less than 3 days per
are most common from the SW through NW. A SW gale will month.
sometimes veer to the NW or N without losing strength. In Radiation fog prevails E of Cherbourg and Portland Bill.
April and May, the infrequent gales are often from the NE. Poor visibilities occur most often in winter. While radiation fog
Gales vary in duration. Along the W shore they usually last 4 to is local, it often becomes widespread in the Strait of Dover.
5 hours. Along the English coast in the eastern English Chan- Winter visibilities along the coasts drop below 0.5 mile about 4
nel, gales usually last about 2 hours. to 6 days per month at a peak. Visibilities of less than 5 miles
The French coast is more exposed to gale-force winds than can occur on up to 15 days per month. At Southampton and
the English coast. Gales are most likely from September Southampton Water, industrial smoke pollution helps keep vis-
through May. Gale days range from 69 at Brest to 13 at Jersey ibilities below 0.5 mile on 5 to 6 days per winter month. Sum-
Airport. December through February are the roughest months. mer visibilities along these coasts drop below 0.2 mile on less
Cherbourg is a well-sheltered port, while nearby Cap de la than 2 days per month at most locations. At St. Inglevert and
Hague is exposed to gales on about 6 days in December. This Le Havre they occur on 2 to 4 days per month in summer.
compares to an average of 3 gale days in December at Cher-
bourg, which is exposed to gales from the NE At St. Inglevert Currents
near Calais, gales occur on an average of 47 days a year and 5
to 7 days per month from October through February. St. Ing- NORTH SEA
levert is particularly exposed to SW gales. The direction of North Sea circulation in winter is driven by wind stress and
strong winds along the French coast is important to sea state. in summer by density gradients. In general, surface circulation
Between Brest and Cherbourg roughest seas are generated by is counterclockwise. The current is S along the E coast of En-
strong SW through NW winds. From Cherbourg to Dunkerque, gland with a speed of 0.1 knot, E in the South Bight and N
roughest seas are associated with strong winds from the NW along the Danish coast. The main part of the flow, the Jutland
through NE. Current, enters the Skagerrak; a minor part follows the Norwe-
Visibility.—Fog is responsible for most of the poor visibili- gian Trench N, joining with Baltic Sea waters to form the Nor-
ties that occur in the English Channel. Near industrial areas fog wegian Coastal Current.
is often intensified and prolonged by smoke. Sea fog and land Southwest wind stress over the North Sea drives the water
fog affect the English Channel and both have favored locations. flow at right angles to the wind direction, which sets up the cy-
Sea fog, which forms when warm moist air moves over cool- clonic vorticity. Large scale advection from the Atlantic Ocean,
er water, occurs most often from late spring through fall. Fa- low salinity Baltic Sea outflow, and fresh water discharge from
vorable conditions are found in the warm sector of a low and rivers and fjords are important for stratification and the mainte-
the fog can occur in fresh winds or even gales. It is most likely nance of the cyclonic circulation during the summer. Current
with SW to W winds. While mainly a summer hazard, sea fog directions are irregular at the bottom of the North Sea.
occurs two or three times in winter and can penetrate E as far Current speeds vary locally and seasonally. Around the Shet-
as Dungeness. In general, however, sea fog is most prevalent in land Islands and the Orkney Islands, where most of the new At-
Pub. 140
534 North Sea and the English Channel
lantic Ocean water enters the North Sea, current speeds are 0.5 speeds of almost 3.0 knots about 3 hours before and after lunar
to 0.7 knot in spring and summer, and 0.25 to 0.35 knot in fall transit. Between Start Point and Guernsey, the channel narrows
and winter. Over the entire North Sea in winter, winds from the and the current is reversing, with mean speeds 0.5 to 1.0 knot
W produce S to SE surface currents while winds from the E greater near Guernsey than along the English coast. Between
produce N to NW surface currents. Non-tidal currents are 0.2 Portland and Cape de la Hague, the current speeds are stron-
knot in August under light winds. gest in the fairway, about 3.0 knots S of Portland and 4.5 knots
Frictional effects and coastal restraints become increasingly north of Cape de la Hague 5 hours before and 1 hour after lunar
important in shallow water where the flow aligns itself with the transit. At headlands the currents may attain 6.0 knots at
wind direction or with the coastline. Dogger Bank shoals to springs. In the vicinity of the Channel Islands, the tidal currents
13m. Currents deflect to the right of the wind during maximum tend to be rotary counterclockwise.
tidal streaming over Dogger Bank. Silver Pit, with a depth of In the English Channel tidal currents are semi-diurnal; in
50m, is located just S of Dogger Bank. The current slows as some localities there are diurnal inequalities in duration and
water flows over the shallow bank and into deeper water. speed. Because of the differences between the times of high
Wind driven currents are much larger than the tidal currents water at the W and E ends of the channel, tidal currents are not
in the Skagerrak. The current is 0.6 knot under SW winds in readily identified as flood and ebb, but are usually described as
the shallow water near the Danish coast. Most of the low-water east-going from the Atlantic Ocean and west-going from the
salinity leaving the Skagerrak flows into the Norwegian Trench North Sea. They do not set uniformly in the same direction
along lines of constant density which follow the Norwegian throughout the channel at any given time, but may have sepa-
coastline. The Norwegian Current is the most intense non-wind rate current patterns simultaneously in the W, middle, and E
driven circulation in the North Sea. sectors of the channel.
Currents along the bottom in the North Sea are weak and
variable in direction. The flow is topographically steered. The Fishing Areas
water movement is S along the coast of Scotland following the
l00m contour, then E across the northern North Sea. The bot- Vessels engaged in trawling, both singly and in pairs, can be
tom water is entrained in the S flow along the Norwegian encountered year round in the North Sea.
Trench and into the Skagerrak. There is also a N flow along the Drift nets for catching schools of herring can be encountered
bottom from the South Bight along the coast of Denmark into in early summer in the N part of the North Sea and in the last
the Skagerrak. months of the year in the English Channel and the SW part of
In the North Sea the predominant tidal currents show rotary the North Sea.
characteristics; nearshore they tend to be reversing. The times, Large beam trawlers from the United Kingdom and other
direction and speeds of the tidal currents differ for different European Union countries may be encountered in the central
parts of he sea. In the middle of the sea and in the N entrance, North Sea outside of 12 miles from the coasts. Heavy derricks
the speeds do not exceed 1.0 knot at springs. In coastal regions, extend horizontally outboard; a trawl is towed from each of the
tidal current speeds at times are as high as 2.5 knots. derricks.
Tidal currents in the open sea reach 2 to 3 knots in general
and are higher in some areas near the straits. The current speed Ice
reaches 3 knots off the River Thames and 5 knots near Cuxhav-
en, in places in the German Bight, and in the Straits of Dover. Ice forms in the shallow waters around the coastline in se-
Tidal currents frequently exceed 2 knots on the European shelf. vere winters. Floes up to 2m in diameter and over 0.15m thick
At neap tides, the tidal streams are about half the spring tide have formed in the past; the coastal area NE of Calais
values. The maximum tidal current off the coast of the Nether (50°58'N., 1°51'E.) is most likely to be affected. The risk of ice
lands is 1.6 knots. Semidiurnal tides during winter produce forming is highest from mid-January to early March.
current speeds between 0.3 and 0.8 knot in the central North For information on start and end dates of icing, average num-
Sea NW of Dogger Bank. With a strong E wind, the current ber of days with ice, and hindrances to navigation in severe
over Dogger Bank may reach a speed of 1.8 knots. weather, see Appendix II—Eastern North Sea Ice Dates.
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 535
j. 56°00'00''N, 7°00'00''E. CROSSMA Griz Nez. The broadcasts include information con-
k. 54°50'00''N, 7°00'00''E. cerning traffic, navigation, and visibility.
l. 54°50'00''N, 7°06'00''E. For further details of these regulations, see Pub. 191, Sailing
m. 54°40'00''N, 7°06'00''E. Directions (Enroute) English Channel.
n. 54°40'00''N, 7°39'00''E.
o. 54°10'00''N, 7°39'00''E. Enroute Volumes
p. 54°10'00''N, 4°58'00''E. Pub. 191, Sailing Directions (Enroute) English Channel.
q. 54°00'00''N, 4°46'00''E. Pub. 192, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Sea.
r. 53°30'00''N, 4°46'00''E.
s. 53°30'00''N, 4°30'00''E. Offshore Drilling
t. 53°17'42''N, 5°01'18''E.
The risk to surface navigation in this area is now considered, Drilling and production facilities may be encountered in the
owing to the lapse of time, to be no more dangerous than the North Sea outside of established oil and gas fields, as well as at
ordinary hazards of navigation, but a risk still exists with re- great distances from the coast. Drill rigs may also be encoun-
gard to anchoring, fishing, or any form of submarine or sea bed tered in the English Channel throughout the year. Heavy work
activity. boat, supply boat, and tanker traffic may be encountered in the
vicinity of such facilities.
Navigational Information Buoys, lighters, and other equipment associated with drill
rigs may be in the vicinity of the rigs, which should be given a
Deep-Water Routes wide berth. Wires may extend up to 1.5 miles from the rigs.
IMO-recommended Deep-Water Routes in the North Sea
and the English Channel are located, as follows: Pilotage
1. Leading to the Port of Antifer. (France)
2. Forming Part of the Northeastbound Traffic Lane of For information on Deep Sea Pilot for the English Channel,
the TSS in the Strait of Dover and Adjacent Waters. (France/ the North Sea, or Skagerrak, see United Kingdom—Pilot-
United Kingdom) age—Deep Sea Pilotage.
3. In the Approaches to the River Schedlt. (Belgium)
4. Forming Parts of the Routeing System Off Friesland. Pollution
(Belgium/Netherlands/United Kingdom)
5. Leading to Europoort. (Netherlands) Ballast Water Management
6. Leading to Ijmuiden. (Netherlands) International guidelines have been adopted by the IMO to
prevent the introduction of unwanted aquatic organisms and
Electronic Navigational Communications pathogens from ships’ ballast water and sediment discharge in-
For information on the International Maritime Satellite Or- to marine ecosystems. The guidelines include the retention of
ganization (INMARSAT), the Global Maritime Distress and ballast water onboard, ballast exchange at sea, ballast manage-
Safety System (GMDSS(), the Global Positioning System ment aimed at preventing or minimizing the uptake of contam-
(GPS), and SafetyNET, see North Atlantic Ocean—Naviga- inated water or sediment, and the discharge of ballast ashore.
tional Information. Particular attention is drawn to the hazards associated with bal-
last exchange at sea. For further information, see North Atlan-
International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code tic Ocean—Pollution—Ballast Water Management.
The ISPS Code applies to ships on international voyages and
port facilities directly interfacing with these ships. All vessels MARPOL Special Area
should fully comply with the provisions of Chapter XI-Part 2 The North Sea Area and the Northwest European Waters Ar-
of the SOLAS Convention and Part A of the ISPS Code. Ves- ea have been designated as a MARPOL Special Area. MAR-
sels shall demonstrate that appropriate maritime security mea- POL Special Areas are sea areas where special mandatory
sures are in place according to ISPS Code regulations. For methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have been
further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigation- adopted.
al Information. Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Automatic Identification System (AIS) Aids to Navigation
(ATON) Sulphur Emission Control Areas
For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational Sulphur Emission Control Areas (SECA) are areas where
Information. special controls are in effect to reduce sulphur oxide (SOx)
emissions from ships. SECAs are located, as follows:
Automatic Identification System (AIS) and Voyage Data 1. The Baltic Sea.
Recorder (VDR) 2. The North Sea, including the English Channel. Re-
For information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Navigational strictions on emissions of nitrous oxide (NOx) are also in ef-
Information. fect in the ECA.
3. The North American SECA, as follows:
Channel Navigation and Information Service (CNIS) a. East area—The Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic Ocean
The CNIS operates from Dover Strait Coast Guard and coasts of the United States and the Atlantic Ocean coast of
Pub. 140
536 North Sea and the English Channel
Canada S of latitude 60°00'N. Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on journeys
b. West area—The Pacific Ocean coast of the United between the member states will cease, while the external fron-
States, the Pacific Ocean coast of Canada, the coast of tier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards countries that are
Alaska E of longitude 153°15'03''W, and the Hawaiian Is- not signatories to the Schengen Agreement. For further infor-
lands. mation, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regulations—Schengen
4. The United States Caribbean Emission Control Area, Agreement.
consisting of the sea area located off the Atlantic coast and
the Caribbean coast of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Is- European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification
lands. Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu-
Ships transiting a SECA are limited to using marine fuels ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for
with a maximum sulphur content of 0.1 per cent. vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the
EU region.
Regulations The participating EU countries in the North Sea are, as fol-
lows:
Schengen Agreement 1. Belgium.
The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create free move- 2. Denmark.
ment for persons within the European Union (EU) and to inten- 3. France.
sify the fight against cross-border crime. In practice, the 4. Germany.
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 537
Pub. 140
538 North Sea and the English Channel
trary to the requirements of Rule 10 of the International Colli- Tides
sion Regulations (72 COLREGS) will be reported to their flag
state. NORTH SEA
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- Tides are predominantly semidiurnal. Principal tide waves
tions (Enroute) English Channel. enter the North Sea through the N passage. A small part of the
wave train enters the Kattegat and passes into the Baltic Sea.
Most of the wave train moves S until it is reflected by the S
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP) coast, where it meets a minor tidal component entering the
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP), a Vessel Traffic Ser- North Sea through the Straits of Dover. There is an amphi-
vice (VTS) system, has been established in the W approaches dromic region in the North Sea near the Straits of Dover, the
to the English Channel. It is a mandatory reporting system un- English Channel, and SW of Norway, where North Sea wave
der SOLAS regulations and operates within an area with a radi- trains met Skagerrak outflow.
us of 40 miles centered on Ile d’Ouessant. All vessels over 300 The average spring tide ranges are 3.0 to 4.5m along the
gross tons are required to participate in this system. Special coast of Scotland, 4.0 to 7.0m along the German Bight, and 0
IMO provisions have also been established for vessels using to 1.5m in the open sea, in the Skagerrak and along the Norwe-
the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) situated off Ouessant gian coast.
(Ushant).
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- ENGLISH CHANNEL
tions (Enroute) English Channel. Tides in the English Channel are semi-diurnal; that is, two
high waters and two low waters per day with little or no in-
equality between successive high and low waters.
Jobourg Vessel Traffic Service (MANCHEREP) Along the shores of Southampton, Yarmouth, the Poole en-
MANCHEREP is a mandatory reporting system operating trance, and the River Seine below Rouen, either double high
under SOLAS regulations which has been established in an ar- waters (high waters consisting of two maximums of nearly the
ea covering the Traffic Separation Scheme off Les Casquets. same height separated by a relatively small depression) occur,
All vessels over 300 gross tons are required to participate in or a high water stand (the interval when there is no appreciable
this system; specified vessels under 300 gross tons are also re- change in the height of the tide) of about 2 hours occurs, espe-
quired to participate in the system. cially near spring tides.
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- Southwest of Dover Strait, the tidal ranges along the coast of
tions (Enroute) English Channel. France are greater than the tidal ranges along the coast of En-
gland.
Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) English Channel Tidal Range Comparison
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP),
a mandatory reporting system, is in effect. The following ves- Port Neaps Springs
sels are required to participate in WETREP. For further infor- France
mation, see North Atlantic Ocean—Ship Reporting System.
Dieppe 4.9m 8.5m
Signals Calais 3.9m 6.5m
England
For information on international port traffic signals and visu-
al storm warning signals, see North Atlantic Ocean—Appen- Shoreham 2.9m 5.7m
dix IV—International Port Traffic Signals and Visual Dover 3.2m 6.0m
Storm Warning Signals.
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 539
Pub. 140
540 North Sea and the English Channel
Pentland Firth to Cobh and Cork.—Follow the Pentland Firth to Dublin route as far as the position E of South Rock
Light Ship, and then pass E of Codling Lighthouse Buoy, E of Tuskar Rock Light, and SE of Coningbeg Light Ship to
destination.
Pentland Firth to Limerick.—Follow the Pentland Firth to Glasgow route as far as the position close W of Skerryvore
Light and Mackenzie's Rock and then to a position W of Tory Island. From there pass W of Eagle Island Light, Black Rock
Light, and Slyne Head to a position off Loop Head and on to Limerick.
Inistrahull to Glasgow.—Proceed via Inishtrahull Sound to a position N of the NE extremity of Rathlin Island, passing
N of Shamrock Pinnacle enroute. From there proceed to a position S of the Mull of Kintyre and then round the Peninsula of
Kintyre, staying well clear of all dangers to a position off the SE extremity of Arran Island. Then proceed up the Firth of
Clyde and the River Clyde to Glasgow.
Fastnet to Limerick.—Proceed so as to pass W of The Bull Light, The SkeIligs, Tearaght Island, and Kerry Head and
then via the River Shannon to Limerick.
Fastnet to Liverpool.—Proceed to a position off Coningbeg Light Ship and then to positions E of Tuskar Rock Light and
NW of Skerries Light. From there proceed as directly as safe navigation will permit to the pilot station at Lynus Point and
on to Queens Channel entrance.
Fastnet to Belfast.—Proceed as directly as safe navigation will permit to a position off Coningbeg Light Ship. Then pass
E of Tuskar Rock Lightship, Codling Lighthouse Buoy, South Rock Lightship, and NE of Mew Island Light and into
Belfast Lough.
Fastnet to Glasgow.—Follow the route to Belfast, above, as far as the position E of South Rock Light Ship, and then pass
W of Laggan Head to a position E of Ailsa Craig. From there steer for a position E of Holy Island Light and then between
Garroch Head and the Cumbrae Islands to the Firth of Clyde.
Fastnet to Londonderry.—Follow the route to Belfast, above, as far as the position off Mew Island Light and then pass
NE of The Maidens, through Rathlin Sound and Lough Foyle to Londonderry.
Pub. 140
North Sea and the English Channel 541
Newcastle (54°58'N., 1°35'W.) to Pentland Firth.—Proceed out of the River Tyne in accordance with local directions,
then to a position about 5 miles E of Longstone Island, then to a position about 3 miles off Buchan Ness, then proceed as
directed above in the Edinburgh to Pentland Firth route.
Total distance.—204 miles.
Hull (53°44'30''N., 0°18'00''W.) to Pentland Firth.—Proceed out of the River Humber in accordance with local
directions. From a position E of the Humber Lightship, proceed to a position 5 miles off Flamborough Head, then to a point
5 miles E of Longstone Island (Farne Island), and then as directed above in the Newcastle to Pentland Firth route.
Total distance.—382 miles.
London (Greenwich) to Pentland Firth.—Proceed out of the River Thames in accordance with local directions through
Barrow Deep, East Swain, and The Shipway to a position about 2 miles E of Orfordness; then to a position E of Cross Sand
Lightship; then through Haisborough Gat, The Would, and Outer Dowsing Channel to a position about 2 miles E of
Dowsing Lightship: then to a position 5 miles E of Flamborough Head; and then proceed as directed above in the Hull to
Pentland Firth route.
Total distance.—558 miles.
Pub. 140
Appendix II—Eastern North Sea Ice Dates
543
544
Pub. 140
545
546
Pub. 140
Pub. 140
548 Norway
N, the Norwegian Sea to its W and the North Sea to its SW. 3. E-mail: navco@kystverket.no
Most of its E border joins Sweden, except in the far N, where Fixed and floating aids in Norway may be fitted with Syn-
Finland and Russia form the border. thetic AIS (AIS transmitted from a shore station but appearing
The climate along the S coast of Norway, because of the in- on existing aids to navigation). Virtual AIS (AIS signal with no
fluence of the North Atlantic Current, has very mild weather physical aid to navigation existing) is also being used in Nor-
for such high latitudes and the harbors are ice free. way.
The terrain is glaciated in character, being of mostly high Lights activated by telephone using Short Message Service
plateaus and rugged mountains over fertile valleys. The coast- (SMS) are also being introduced along the Norwegian coast.
line is deeply indented by fjords. Bridge markings.—Many bridges may be lighted in accor-
dance with the IALA markings for fixed bridges over naviga-
Buoyage System tional waters. The prescribed navigational markings are, as
follows:
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See 1. Red and green lights mark the lateral limits of the
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. bridge.
Mariners are cautioned that few buoys will carry the topmark 2. White lights indicate the center of the bridge span.
as prescribed for IALA buoyage. Fixed marks placed on the 3. Floodlights illuminate the bridge pillars in or adjacent
coast close to the fairway consist of beacons, perches, iron pil- to the channel.
lars, and wood or stone structures. 4. A racon indicates the best transit under the bridge.
They are usually fitted with arms indicating the fairway, or Retroreflectors.—Retroreflectors are normally fitted on
when a vessel may pass on either side, with two arms, one on most of the important buoys. They consist of a reflective band
each side. with a width of about 20cm in the same color as the back-
Iron perches and posts may, for the sake of increased visibil- ground to which they is affixed, except that blue replaces
ity, be furnished with topmarks. Marks exposed to the sea carry black. The following system is used:
neither arms nor topmarks. 1. Green lateral marks—A green band or a green shape
Due to the large number of fixed marks, mariners are warned (i.e. conical).
that at any one time some of them will be damaged. In particu- 2. Red lateral marks—A red band or a red shape (i.e. cy-
lar, iron beacons may become twisted and their arms point in lindrical).
the wrong direction. Defects, or any need for inspection which 3. Yellow special marks—A yellow band, a yellow cross,
may be observed when passing, should be reported. or a yellow symbol shape.
Oceanographic instruments may be moored off the coast of 4. Channel center marks—A combination of red and
Norway and are usually marked, although they may not be white horizontal bands or vertical stripes with at least one
charted. Mariners are requested to give floating aids as wide a band or stripe of each color.
berth as possible. 5. Isolated shoal and danger marks—Blue and red hori-
In channels where ice is expected, topmarks are removed in zontal bands with at least one band of each color.
autumn and replaced in the spring. 6. North cardinal marks—A horizontal blue band on the
Floating marks are removed for the winter in channels where black part of the mark and a horizontal yellow band on the
seasonal freeze always takes place. Mariners are advised to yellow part of the mark.
give a wide berth to these floating aids (buoys and spars) due to 7. East cardinal marks—Two horizontal blue bands on
continued damage caused by vessels and ice conditions, and the upper black part of the mark.
any irregularity discovered relating to the lights and buoyage 8. South cardinal marks—A horizontal yellow band on
system should be reported to the National Coordinator of Nav- the yellow part of the mark and a horizontal blue band on the
igational Aids, as follows: black part of the mark.
1. Telephone: 22-42-422331 (24 hours) 9. West cardinal marks—Two horizontal yellow bands on
2. Facsimile: 22-41-410491 (24 hours) the upper part of the mark.
Pub. 140
Norway 549
Indirect Lighting.—Used to mark fast boat channels. They work, in Norwegian Notice to Mariners, and in the local press.
are fixed lights usually shining downwards on one point. The
point will normally be formed as a triangular construction and Naval Artillery Ranges
installed on an iron pole. The iron pole will be provided with a E11.—An area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
normal signal light on top, with the triangular construction tions:
placed below it. The triangular constructions are painted white a. 59°04.0''N, 10°34.0''E.
and numbered, as follows: b. 59°04.0''N, 10°43.0''E.
1. Even numbers—Red markings. c. 59°17.0''N, 10°43.0''E.
2. Odd numbers—Green markings. d. 59°17.0''N, 10°34.0''E.
In individual cases, floodlights may be installed to shine on a S2.—An area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
ness, rock, or skerry. tions:
a. 58°00.0''N, 7°51.0''E.
Cautions b. 57°51.0''N, 7°30.0''E.
c. 57°37.0''N, 7°38.0''E.
General d. 57°47.0''N, 8°00.0''E.
In conjunction with the establishment of GMDSS (Global S12.—An area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
Maritime Distress and Safety System), numerous medium fre- tions:
quency radiobeacons situated around the coast of Norway have a. 58°05.7'N, 8°02.4'E.
been discontinued b. 58°05.7'N, 8°36.0'E.
Scientific research cruises are conducted within Norwegian c. 57°52.0'N, 8°36.0'E.
jurisdiction of the Greenland Sea and the Norwegian Sea. Re- d. 57°52.0'N, 8°02.0'E.
cording equipment, consisting of an anchor and a submerged S13.—An area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
float at a depth of about 50m, may be deployed. These devices tions:
are not marked on the surface and vessels are advised to con- a. 57°58.4'N, 7°41.3'E.
sult Norwegian Notices to Mariners for details on the mooring b. 58°04.6'N, 7°57.5'E.
positions. c. 58°04.6'N, 8°13.5'E.
d. 57°55.0'N, 8°13.5'E.
Dangerous Waves e. 57°55.0'N, 7°41.3'E.
Along the S coast of Norway, there are several sections with-
in which unusually rough seas often prevail. Extreme sea con-
ditions and breaking surf have been observed, often in Air Force Bombing and Artillery Ranges
connection with the currents, in the vicinity of these areas. In- D160.—An area with a radius of 11 miles, centered on posi-
formation on these sections, known as Dangerous Wave Areas, tion 58°58'48.0''N, 10°01'33.0''E, between the bearings of 100°
can be found in paragraph 1.2 of Pub. 193, Sailing Directions and 230° from that position.
(Enroute) Skaggerak and Kattegat. END153.—An area bounded by lines joining the following
Warnings for the areas can be obtained from local harbor of- positions:
fices, vessel traffic centers, and other locations. Information is a. 58°29.9'N, 9°31.9'E.
also available, in Norwegian and English, from the Barents b. 58°18.9'N, 9°52.9'E.
Watch web site (http://www.barentswatch.no/bolgevarsel). c. 57°49.9'N, 9°57.9'E.
This information is updated at least four times daily. d. 58°01.9'N, 9°39.9'E.
END261.—An area bounded by lines joining the following
Magnetic Anomalies positions:
Magnetic anomalies are located off the S coast of Norway, as a. 58°00.0'N, 6°03.0'E.
follows: b. 58°04.2'N, 6°38.4'E.
1. In Nodregabet (58°27.2'N., 5°51.5'E.). c. 57°55.0'N, 7°15.0'E.
2. About 1 mile WNW of Gass (58°13'21.0''N., d. 57°48.0'N, 7°15.0'E.
8°28'13.2''E.), where deflections of the compass can de- e. 57°28.5'N, 6°39.5'E.
crease by up to 3°. END262.—An area bounded by lines joining the following
3. In the E part of Hidrasundet from off Halsodden to positions:
abreast of Kjorsfjelet (58°14.8'N., 6°33.6'E.), about 2.5 a. 58°00.0'N, 6°03.0'E.
miles ESE. b. 57°28.5'N, 6°39.5'E.
c. 57°15.0'N, 6°15.0'E.
Currency d. 57°24.0'N, 6°00.0'E.
The official unit of currency is the Norwegian krone, consist- Androya Test Center
ing of 100 ore. Rocket firings, as well as aerial and maritime weapons test-
ing, occasionally take place from the Andoya Test Range
Firing Areas (69°17.6'N., 16°01.3'E.).
Information on current firing practice times are available, in
Firing practice details are announced via coast radio stations, Norwegian and English, from the test range’s web site (https://
the Norwegian Broadcasting Corporation national radio net- www.atestcenter.no). The center can also be contacted, as fol-
Pub. 140
550 Norway
lows: portional representation, for 4-year terms.
1. Telephone: 47-90-565430 (Duty Officer) The legal system is based on a mixture of customary law,
2. E-mail: atc@testcenter.no civil law, and common law traditions.
The capital is Oslo.
Fishing Areas
Holidays
Drift net fishing for mackerel takes place from May to Au-
gust. The fish are concentrated in the area from NW of Eger- The following holidays are observed:
sund (58°27'N., 6°00'E.) to Oslo Fjord. The fishing usually
takes place from 7 to 30 miles offshore. The nets usually run January 1 New Year’s Day
parallel to the coast and stretch from 0.5 to 3 miles; they are set
in the evening and are usually taken in between 0200 and 0400. Palm Sunday Variable
Salmon fishing area extends from the baseline out to 4 to 5 Holy Thursday Variable
miles offshore; the nets are usually placed at right angles to the
coast stretching from 0.5 to 1 mile long. The nets are marked Good Friday Variable
by lighted buoys with a flag and radar reflector at each end. Easter Sunday Variable
Mariners can normally make radio contact with fishing fleets.
Purse seining takes place, as follows: Easter Monday Variable
1. Bristling—from the beginning of June until fall along May 1 Norwegian Labor Day
the coast and in the fjords. Land nets may also be used.
2. Sprat—throughout the summer until fall in the fjords. May 17 Norwegian Constitution
Day
Oslofjord is a prime area. Land nets may also be used.
3. Coal fish and tunny—from May until fall along the Ascension Day Variable
coast. Nets make extend almost 150m from the fishing ves-
Whitsunday Variable
sel.
Trawling is prohibited within 12 miles of Norwegian coastal Whitmonday Variable
baselines, except when trawling for shrimp or crayfish. When December 24 Christmas Eve (half
working in pairs at night, each trawler uses a searchlight day)
trained in the direction of the other vessel.
December 25 Christmas Day
Marine Farms December 26 Second Christmas Day
Marine farms are common along the coasts of Norway. They
change positions frequently and are usually not charted. Ma- December 31 New Year’s Eve (half
rine farms may be marked by lighted or unlighted buoys and/or day)
beacons. Mariners are advised to exercise caution in the vicini-
ty of these structures as their moorings can extend more than 1 Ice
mile from the structure itself. Fishing with 100m or navigating
within 20m of marine farms is prohibited. General
Along the S and SE coasts of Norway, sea ice occurs earlier
Government and with greater severity at the E end of this area, although in
normal winters navigation is seldom hindered by ice. Most out-
er harbors are generally open and provide shelter even when
ice is present in the inner harbors.
For information on obtaining general ice information for the
Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
Pub. 140
Norway 551
Pub. 140
552 Norway
Offshore Drilling 2. Vessels should send requests for pilots 24 hours prior
to arrival, and confirming at least 5 hours in advance, prefer-
Daily updated information about the movement and posi- ably using the Safe Sea Net (described in Ship Reporting
tions of mobile rigs in the North Sea, the Norwegian Sea, and System), or to the appropriate Pilot Booking Center, all of
the Barents Sea can be found at the following web site (http:// which operate 24 hours, as described in the accompanying
www.kartverket.no/efs/plattformer.pdf). table titled Norway—Pilot Booking Centers. Requests
Seismic surveys are conducted throughout the area of the should include:
Norwegian Continental Shelf. a. Vessel name.
b. Call sign.
c. Nationality.
Pilotage d. LOA, beam, and gross tonnage.
e. Draft.
Pilotage regulations apply, with certain exceptions, to all f. Nature of cargo.
coastal waters within the baseline The baseline consists of a g. Destination.
straight line drawn from one outermost point to the next along h. Purpose of call.
the entire Norwegian coast. i. ETA at pilot boarding area, or ETD from harbor.
State Pilotage is controlled by the Ministry of Fisheries. Al- j. Whether one or two pilots are required.
though pilotage is a function of State Pilots (Statslos), certain k. Vessel’s IMO number (if any).
vessels are allowed to use company employed “line” pilots l. Crew and passengers (Master’s name and nationali-
(rutelos). ty, size of crew, etc.).
Pilot vessels have the word LOS on the bow; the letters are m. Cargo and bunker fuel (UN number and quantity of
black and are on a white background. hazardous or polluting cargo, type and quantity of bunker
Pilotage procedures are, as follows: fuel, etc.).
1. Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels when n. Details of passage (last port of call, next port of call,
en route in sea routes inside the baseline: etc.).
a. Vessels with an loa of 70m or greater or a width of o. Details related to pilotage requests and pilotage ex-
20m or greater. emption certificates (PECs).
b. Vessels pushing or towing one or more objects p. Agent or operator (the Norwegian contact).
where the object or objects have a total length of 50m or q. Shipping company (name and address).
greater. 3. Each pilot station should be notified on VHF 2 hours
c. Double-hulled vessels with an loa of 50m or greater before ETA or ETD on VHF channel 16.
carrying dangerous or polluting cargo in bulk as set out in 4. Duty pilots are located at all pilot offices and under-
MARPOL Annex I or cargo falling into pollution catego- take outward pilotage, through (transit) pilotage, and coastal
ries X, Y, or Z that is regulated by MARPOL Annex II (see pilotage.
Chapters 17 and 18 of the IBC Code). 5. Inquiries about compulsory pilotage, pilotage exemp-
d. Single-hulled vessels with an loa of 35m or greater tion certificates (PECs), pilotage service dues, and transi-
carrying dangerous or polluting cargo in bulk as set out in tional arrangements should be sent to the appropriate Pilot
MARPOL Annex I or cargo falling into pollution catego- Booking Center.
ries X, Y, or Z that is regulated by MARPOL Annex II (see 6. Indreleia (Coastal Fairways).—Pilotage is compulsory.
Chapters 17 and 18 of the IBC Code). Vessels should send requests for pilots 24 hours in advance
e. Vessels with an loa of 50m or greater that carry liq- using the Safe Sea Net (described in Ship Reporting System)
uefied gases in bulk (see Chapter 19 of the IBC Code). or to the appropriate Pilot Booking Center stating the follow-
f. Vessels with an loa of 50m or greater that carry 10 ing:
metric tons or more of dangerous or polluting cargo in a. ETA.
packaged form that falls within Danger Class 1 regulated b. Draft.
by MARPOL Annex III (see the IMDG Code). c. Gross tonnage.
g. Vessels carrying substances regulated by the INF d. Destination.
Code. e. How far pilotage is required.
h. Passenger vessels with an loa of 24m or greater. 7. Pilot vessels may be contacted on VHF channels 13
i. Nuclear-powered vessels. and 16.
Pub. 140
Norway 553
8. Between June 15 and August 20, a pleasure craft escort 7. Estimated amount of product which has or may leak
service is available and can be arranged through the Norwe- (length and width of oil slick).
gian Lifeboat Institution by telephone or VHF. Emergency 8. Oil type and description (rainbow colors/silver sheen
situations and assistance to distressed vessels can affect the or brown colors).
lifeboats ability to meet its escort service commitments. 9. Weather conditions (wave height, wind speed, and
Thick fog and bad weather can also be a hindrance. For in- wind direction).
formation on the escort service, weather conditions, or re- 10. Pollution source (name and type of vessel, course, and
quests for assistance, contact the Norwegian Lifeboat speed).
Institution on VHF channel 16 or, as follows: 11. Vessel in distress with a risk of pollution (is your ves-
sel or are other vessels in a distress situation, such as engine
Telephone: 47-67-577777 failure, grounding, fire, etc? Give details.).
12. Contact information (INMARSAT and/or Iridium
Facsimile: 47-67-577750 numbers).
Web site: http://www.nssr.no
Norwegian Ballast Water Management Regulations
Pollution All ships, regardless of flag, are be required to exchange,
treat, or deliver to a shore reception facility all ballast water
Pollution Reporting Procedures taken up outside the following areas:
Vessels navigating in Norwegian coastal waters are request- 1. The Barents Sea.
ed to report pollution incidents and oil slicks whenever sighted. 2. The Norwegian Sea.
The reports are to be sent to the nearest Norwegian Coast Ra- 3. The North Sea.
dio Station as listed in the table titled Norwegian Coast Radio 4. The Irish Sea.
Stations—Pollution Reporting Contact Information. 5. The Bay of Biscay and the surrounding Iberian Penin-
Reports on pollution or the risk of pollution can be forward- sula.
ed directly to the Norwegian Coastal Administration’s depart- 6. The N part of the Atlantic Ocean.
ment for emergency response at any time by telephone (47-33- This also applies to ballast water taken up in one of the
03-4800). above-mentioned areas and to be discharged in another. The re-
The reports can be given according to the Shipboard Oil quirements apply when calling at Norwegian ports and when
Emergency Plan or any oil pollution report form. operating in Norwegian territorial waters.
Whenever possible, the following information should be in- Ballast is to be exchanged in waters at least 200m deep and
cluded: 200 miles from the nearest land. If this is not possible, ballast
1. Time and date of observation. is to be exchanged in waters 200m deep and not less than 50
2. Vessel name, nationality, position, call sign, and miles from land. Ships are not required to deviate from their in-
MMSI number. tended voyage to meet this requirement.
3. Type of vessel, size (in tons), and P and I assurance. If a ship cannot exchange ballast in the required depths or at
4. Type and amount of cargo and fuel on board. the required distance from land, it must be exchanged in one of
5. Port of departure and port of destination. the three designated exchange zones off the Norwegian coast,
6. Location of pollution (latitude and longitude). as follows:
Pub. 140
554 Norway
Pub. 140
Norway 555
Pub. 140
556 Norway
ered a single vessel. 6. Narrow Passage.—A power-driven vessel approach-
2. Vessels that tow an object that is longer or wider than ing a passage so narrow that meeting vessels cannot pass
24m. must sound at least 5 short blasts. On hearing this signal a
3. Vessels that tow an object where the combined length meeting vessel must wait.
of the vessel and object towed is 35m or more. Another ves- 7. Speed Limits.—Speed is limited to 5 knots when less
sel is also considered an object. than 100m from the shore, boat harbors, anchored boats, etc.
4. A Category 1 vessel regardless of size (a vessel that and within 50m of bathing places. Public bathing places are
carries particularly hazardous liquid and/or polluting cargo marked by buoys (orange with orange spherical topmark)
in bulk). and passing inside these is prohibited.
The master of any vessel that observes hazards of signifi- 8. Cable ferries or chain ferries.—These vessels carry a
cance to safe navigation or passage must immediately report ball and three red lights, disposed in a triangle apex up.
this to vessels in the vicinity. Such reports must also be made
to the Norwegian Coastal Administration as the national coor- Tanker Routing
dinator for navigational warnings. Such reports must at least Norwegian authorities recommend that laden tankers of
include: 40,000 dwt and over, when navigating off the coast of Norway,
1. Date. keep seaward of a line joining the following positions:
2. Time. a. 57°46.2'N, 7°00.0'E. (S of Lindesnes)
3. Name of the person reporting or vessel. b. 57°54.3'N, 6°21.5'E.
4. Incident. c. 58°16.1'N, 5°35.7'E.
5. Position. d. 58°30.8'N, 5°12.2'E. (SE end of the TSS off Larens
For further informations, see Vessel Traffic Service—Vessel Rev)
Traffic Service Centers—General Requirements. e. 58°32.9'N, 4°57.1'E. (SW end of the TSS off Larens
Rev)
Regulations for Norwegian Internal Waters f. 59°10.7'N, 4°27.5'E.
The following regulations apply to internal Norwegian wa- g. 60°49.2'N, 4°08.1'E. (W of Holmengra)
ters and differ from the rules in the International Regulations By keeping seaward of this line, tankers will maintain a dis-
for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972): tance of 12 to 20 miles from the shore.
1. A vessel towing floating timber, oil containers, plastic
hoses, etc. carries a white lantern with an additional white Lights for Large Vessels at Anchor
lantern for every 100m of tow, or, by day, a black flag or Vessels 92m in length and above when at anchor in Norwe-
rectangular black shape. gian inland waters shall, in addition to the anchor lights, show
2. Marking of Objects Other Than Vessels.—Dracons, one all around white light midway between the forward and af-
herring and fish locknets, etc., lying wholly or partly sub- ter anchor lights, at such a height that all three lights are in a
merged and under tow shall have a raft or float in tow. To straight line, decreasing in height toward the stern.
mark the after end of the tow, the raft or the float shall exhib-
it an all around white light or a diamond shape. Lifeboat Drills
Power cables and similar constructions being kept afloat Lifeboat drills involving the lowering of boats is not permit-
by means of floats, etc., and which while being extended ted when vessels are underway in Norwegian territorial waters.
across waters, may result in blocking or restrictions of the Harbor drills are allowed with local police permission.
general traffic, shall be marked by lights prescribed in Rule
24(g). The floats shall be light reflective. Seaplane Harbors
3. Dredges show the lights and shapes prescribed by the The following information has been extracted from the regu-
International Regulations except that only one shape is dis- lations:
played by day. In fog the sound signal for a vessel at anchor 1. The alighting and taking-off of aircraft must in no way
is followed by: be impeded or endangered.
a. At least six single strokes of the bell if the dredge is 2. No vessel shall pass within 50m of any moored or sta-
to be passed as if it were a red spar buoy. tionary aircraft, and must pass at such reduced speed that no
b. At least six double strokes of the bell if the dredge is damage may be caused by wash.
to be passed as if it were a green spar buoy. 3. All vessels in the vicinity of alighting or taking-off ar-
4. Patrol Vessels—Channel Closure.—A vessel pa- eas shall keep a sharp lookout for a patrol boat and promptly
trolling for the purpose of warning approaching shipping of obey any order received from such boat.
the temporary closure or restriction of a channel will show: 4. When seaplanes are operating, a black and yellow
a. By day—International flag U. checkered flag or ball will be displayed ashore at the admin-
b. By night—One green light above two red lights dis- istrative buildings, and a patrol boat will be on duty; this sig-
posed vertically. nal indicates that the flying area is closed to shipping.
c. The vessel may transmit the letter U (..-) in the During this period, vessels and small craft should not ap-
Morse code by light or sound signal. proach the patrol boat within a distance of 200m, even if they
5. Bend in Channel.—A power-driven vessel approach- are outside the operating area.
ing a bend in the channel must sound a 10-second blast when The patrol boat is easily recognizable by its black and yel-
0.5 mile short of the bend. On hearing this signal a vessels low checkered hull; it displays a flag or ball with similar col-
must wait. ors and may call the attention of a vessel by siren or green
Pub. 140
Norway 557
and red visual signals and, at night, by flares. Light signals lives. Among these institutions are the pilotage, light, and har-
shown by the patrol boat are given in the accompanying table bor authorities; civil defense and fishery organizations; and the
titled Light Signals—Patrol Boat. Norwegian Lifeboat Society (Norwegian Society for Rescue of
Shipwrecked Mariners). The Norwegian Naval Defense Force
Light Signals—Patrol Boat has vessels in readiness for distress calls at all times.
Signal Meaning Norwegian Society for Sea Rescue Home Page
Fixed red Stop immediately and wait.
http://www.nssr.no
You are in a prohibited area;
proceed clear on reverse
Flashing red The Norwegian Society for Sea Rescue operates a fleet of
course, or in the direction
rescue vessels of various sizes and a chain of rescue stations
indicated by visual signals.
along the coast. The vessels have an operational radius of 400
All clear, continue on your to 5,000 miles and are fitted with VHF, SSB, and mobile tele-
Fixed green
course. phone communications. The vessels have white hulls and su-
perstructures, with a wide red band along the deck. The sides
The area is clear and open to
Flashing green of the superstructure are marked with a red Maltese cross in a
shipping.
blue ring, placed inside a red-edged rectangle with the initials
SSSR. About 20 of the rescue stations are operated year round,
During the part of the year when flying operations take with the remaining stations operating during the fishing and
place, a number of notice boards are established within the sea- pleasure-boating season. These rescue boats are located, as fol-
plane harbors, in such a position as to be easily visible to all lows:
craft underway within the limits of the operating area. 1. Drobak (59°39.6'N., 10°37.7'E.).
The notice boards warn vessels to reduce speed and to follow 2. Skajaeerhalden (59°01.4'N., 11°02.2'E.).
the instructions of the patrol boat and are inscribed. 3. Stavern (58°59.8'N., 10°02.6'E.).
4. Kragero (58°52.1'N., 9°24.9'E.).
Local Speed Restrictions 5. Risor (58°43.2'N., 9°14.5'E.).
When a vessel carrying a red ball in the rigging is lying 6. Arendal (58°27.5'N., 8°46.1'E.).
moored at any of the lighted structures, or is loading or dis- 7. Manda1 (58°01.3'N., 7°27.5'E.).
charging gas containers at any piers or jetties, powered vessels 8. Egersund (58°26.7'N., 5°59.2'E.).
passing must not proceed at a greater speed than 5 knots for a 9. Farsund (58°05.3'N., 6°48.6'E.).
distance of 100m on either side of the moored vessel. 10. Tananger (58°56.0'N., 5°34.8'E.).
11. Stavanger (58°58.7'N., 5°34.8'E.).
Fisheries Protection Vessels 12. Haugesund (59°25.0'N., 5°15.5'E.).
Norwegian fisheries protection vessels, when on duty, dis- 13. Karavika (Sunnhordland) (59°45.4'N., 5°28.8'E.).
play an all around fixed blue light, with a range of 2 miles, 14. Hjellestad (Bergen) (60°15.8'N., 5°15.1'E.).
from the highest masthead. 15. Kleppesto (60°24.4'N., 5°13.6'E.).
16. Eivindvik (60°58.0'N., 5°04.5'E.).
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification 17. Hardbakke (61°04.4'N., 4°50.2'E.).
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 18. Floro (61°36.0'N., 5°02.0'E.).
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for 19. Maloy (61°56.0'N., 5°07.0'E.)
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the 20. Fosnava (62°21.0'N., 5°38.0'E.).
EU region. 21. Alesund (62°28.0'N., 6°10.0'E.).
The reports shall be submitted electronically through the fol- 22. Haroysund (62°53.4'N., 6°57.4'E.).
lowing web site: 23. Kristians (63°07.0'N., 7°44.0'E.).
24. Smola (Veidholmen) (63°31.0'N., 7°57.0'E.).
SafeSeaNet Home Page 25. Mausundvaer (63°52.0'N., 8°40.0'E.).
http://www.shiprep.no 26. Brekstad (63°41.3'N., 9°39.9'E.).
27. Saetervik (64°01.7'N., 11°14.3'E.)
28. Rorvik (64°52.0'N., 11°14.0'E.).
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- 29. Stokkvagen (66°20.4'N., 13°00.2'E.).
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- 30. Husoyhamn (66°30.1'N., 12°06.0'E.).
cation.
31. Bodo (67°17.1'N., 14°21.9'E.).
32. Gleda (67°30.4'N., 12°04.1'E.).
Search and Rescue 33. Sorlandsvagen (67°39.4'N., 12°42.6'E.) on Vaeroy.
34. Napp (68°07.9'N., 13°26.8'E.).
The Norwegian Rescue Services for sea, air, and land are re- 35. Svolvaer (68°13.9'N., 14°34.3'E.).
garded as one organization under the common heading of life- 36. Bo i Vesteralen (68°37.2'N., 14°27.5'E.).
saving service. The sea rescue service combines a number of 37. Myre (68°54.8'N., 15°04.2'E.).
public and private institutions, coordinated through the police, 38. Myre (68°51.0'N., 16°18.0'E.).
who have general responsibility and authority for the saving of 39. Andenes (69°19.0'N., 16°08.0'E.).
Pub. 140
558 Norway
40. Husoy (69°33.0'N., 17°40.0'E.). government agencies (customs, police, military, maritime,
41. Vannvag (70°04.0'N., 20°00.0'E.). etc.). The system also includes mandatory information to ports
42. Skjarvoy (70°02.0'N., 20°59.0'E.). and government authorities, including ISPS notifications,
43. Sorvaer (70°38.0'N., 21°59.0'E.). waste and cargo residue, and hazardous and polluting cargo.
44. Havoysund (71°00.0'N., 24°40.0'E.). Participation.—The regulations apply to the following ves-
45. Honningsvag (70°59.0'N., 25°59.0'E.). sels arriving in and departing from Norwegian ports:
46. Mehamn (71°03.0'N., 27°51.0'E.). 1. All vessels 300 gross tons and over.
47. Berlevag (70°52.0'N., 29°06.0'E.). 2. All vessels carrying dangerous or polluting cargo, re-
48. Batsfjord (70°38.0'N., 29°44.0'E.). gardless of vessel size.
49. Vardo (70°23.0'N., 31°06.0'E.). 3. Fishing vessels, traditional ships, and recreational craft
50. Vadso (70°05.0'N., 29°43.0'E.). with a length overall of 45m and over.
Norwegian Chart Q6356 shows the location of coast guard The SSN requires notification of fuel amounts in excess of
stations, lifeboat stations, coast radio stations, and other details 300 tons.
of the search and rescue organization in British and North Eu- Exemptions.—The following vessels are exempt from the
ropean waters. regulations:
A fleet of about 50 vessels is run by the pilotage authority; 1. Warships.
many of these vessels operate within a radius of 175 to 360 2. Vessels owned or operated by an EC member state and
miles. Vessels are equipped for rescue missions. Many shore used for non-commercial public service.
pilot stations maintain a listening watch on VHF channel 16. Access.—To access the SSN, vessels must contact Brevik
Other vessels, such as those used for harbor works and buoy VTS to obtain registration. Contact can be made, as follows:
maintenance, as well as fishing vessels and merchant vessels, 1. Telephone: 47-35-572625
can be called upon for rescue service. 2. E-mail: support.ssnn@kystverket.no
The Norwegian Air Force has ten Sea King helicopters, with 3. Web site: http://www.shiprep.no
an operating radius of 220 miles, available for search and res- If internet access is not available, vessels should contact SSN
cue duty. The helicopters are based at Stavanger (Sola), Olan- via its agent, a vessel operator, or via the Telenor Networks
det, Bodo, and Banak. Long-range transport and maritime Maritime Radio web site (http://www.maritimradio.no/kon-
aircraft can be called on for more extensive searches and for takt.htm)
the dropping of rescue equipment. Arrival notification.—Prior to arrival at a Norwegian port,
A civilian helicopter, with a range of 150 miles, is based at vessels should send notification to the NCA via their web site
Svalbard. (http://www.shiprep.no), as follows:
The Joint Rescue Coordination Centers (JRCC) are located, 1. At least 24 hours prior to arrival.
as follows: 2. At the departure port if the voyage time is less than 24
1. SRR South Norway (JRCC Stavanger)—South of hours.
65°N. 3. If the port of call is unknown or is changed during the
2. SRR North Norway (JRCC Bodo)—North of 65°N. voyage, as soon as the information is available.
These centers receive all distress calls and assign the appro- Departure notification.—The operator, agent, or master of
priate local rescue center to each incident. The JRCCs can be a vessel, regardless of size, carrying dangerous or polluting
contacted, as follows: cargo and leaving a port in Norway, shall, at the latest, at the
1. JRCC Stavanger moment of departure, notify the NCA through SSN.
a. Telephone: 47-515-17000 Pilotage request.—When a request for pilotage is sent, the
b. Facsimile: 47-516-52334 vessel’s arrival notification will automatically be generated.
c. E-mail: operations@jrcc-stavanger.no
2. JRCC Bodo Traffic Reporting—Entry into or passage through Norwe-
a. Telephone: 47-755-59000 gian Territorial Waters (NTW)
47-755-59300 The following definitions apply to this section:
b. Facsimile: 47-755-24200 1. Baseline—Straight lines joining the outermost points
c. E-mail: operations@jrcc-bodoe.no of the entire coast of Norway.
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis- 2. Norwegian Internal Waters (NIW)—All waters inside
tening watch for distress traffic on 2182 kHz, 2187.5 kHz, the baseline.
VHF channel 16, and VHF channel 70. 3. Norwegian Territorial Waters (NTW)—All waters
within the territorial limits of Norway extending 12 miles
Ship Reporting System seaward from the baseline.
All foreign non-military vessels are to keep Norwegian Au-
Ship Reporting—SafeSeaNet (SSN) thorities informed when sailing in Norwegian Territorial Wa-
SeaSafeNet (SSN) is an internet-based reporting system of ters (NTW). This is to be done by sending an Arrival
the Norwegian Coastal Administration (NCA). Participation is Notification and a Reporting Point Notification through Safe-
mandatory for all vessels arriving at and departing from Nor- SeaNet (SSN), the nearest Norwegian Coast Radio Station
wegian ports. The system is based on the requirement con- (CRS), or directly to the Coastal Surveillance Center (CSC)
tained in EU Directive 2002/59/EC and EU Directive 2010/65/ Bodo, as follows:
EC and implemented by Norwegian legislation. The system is 1. Operations (all notifications and reporting):
a single window for mandatory ship reporting to Norwegian a. Telephone: 47-75-536299
Pub. 140
Norway 559
Pub. 140
560 Norway
f. Off Andenes (IMO). See Note 1. PSC 69, Box 1000
g. Off Rost(1) (IMO). See Note 1. APO AE (09707)
h. Off Rost(2) (IMO). See Note 1.
i. Off Runde (IMO). See Note 2. U. S. Embassy Norway Home Page
j. Off Stad (IMO). See Note 2.
k. Off Sotra (IMO). See Note 2. https://no.usembassy.gov
l. Off Utsira (IMO). See Note 2.
m. Approaches to Stavanger (consisting of Between Vessel Traffic Service
Kjor and Olberg, Between Alstein and Tungenes, West of
Fjoloy, In Karmsundet, In Boknafjorden, West of Kvitsoy, Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows:
South of Geitungen, and In Skudenesfjorden) (Govern- 1. Fedje (60°46'N., 4°45'E.). 1
ment of Norway). 2. Kvitsoy (59°10'N., 5°11'E.). 1
2. South Coast 3. Hammerfest (70°40'N., 23°40'E.). 1
a. Oslo Fjord—East of Fuglehuk (Government of Nor- 4. NOR VTS (Vardo) (68°23'N., 18°39'E.). 1
way). 5. Brevik VTS (59°04'N., 9°36'E.). 2
b. Oslo Fjord—East of Bastoy (Government of Nor- 6. Horten VTS (Oslofjorden) (59°27'N., 10°46'E.). 2
1
way). For further information, see Pub. 182, Sailing Directions
c. Oslo Fjord—West of Jeloya (Government of Nor- (Enroute) North Coast of Norway.
2
way). For further information, see Pub. 193, Sailing Directions
d. Oslo Fjord—West of Nesoddtangen (Government of (Enroute) Skaggerak and Kattegat.
Norway).
e. Off Egersund (IMO). See Note 2. Vessel Traffic Service Centers—General Requirements
f. Off Farsund (IMO). See Note 2. Communication, Language Requirements, and Duty to
g. Off Ryvingen (IMO). See Note 2. Listen In.—Within an area that is covered by a vessel traffic
h. Off Lillesand (IMO). See Note 2. service center, all communication between the center and ves-
i. Off Risor (IMO). See Note 2. sels must take place by VHF radiotelephone using the channels
Note 1.—Coastal Traffic Separation Schemes.—A vessel decreed by the Norwegian Coastal Administration. Norwegian
routing system incorporating these individual but associated armed forces vessels n official service can communicate with
traffic separation schemes has been established. It should be the vessel traffic service center by mobile phone if this is nec-
noted that these schemes are joined by Recommended Routes. essary in order for the vessel to be able to carry out the task.
The use of these schemes is mandatory for all vessels carrying Vessels required to obtain permission to use the coastal wa-
polluting cargo as defined in Annex 1, Annex 2, and Annex 3 ters and which are en route or at anchor must listen in continu-
of MARPOL 73/78 and for all vessels with a total bunker ca- ously on the vessel traffic service center’s working channel.
pacity of more than 300 cubic meters. This requirement is also in effect for vessels sailing in regular
This requirement does not apply to fishing vessels, Norwe- service or tug boats assisting other vessels, even if these ves-
gian and foreign military vessels, or scheduled vessels trans- sels are not required to request clearance.
porting passengers and/or cargo between Norwegian ports. The crew on the bridge of a vessel that is underway in an ar-
Note 2.—It should be noted that these schemes are joined by ea that is covered by a vessel traffic center must be able to
Recommended Routes. The indicated Traffic Separation communicate effectively in a Scandinavian language or in En-
Schemes apply to the following classes of vessels: glish if the vessel is not using a pilot.
1. Tankers as defined under Annex I of the International Requirement for Permission from the Vessel Traffic ser-
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 vice Center.—Permission is required from the vessel traffic
as modified by MARPOL 73/78. service center before:
2. Chemical tankers carrying noxious liquid substances in 1. Sailing into an area that is covered by the vessel traffic
bulk assessed or provisionally assessed as Category X or Y service center.
in Annex II to MARPOL 73/78. 2. Starting to move in an area that is covered by the vessel
3. Vessels of 5,000 gross tons and over in transit or on in- traffic service center.
ternational voyages to or from Norwegian ports. 3. Wanting to make changes to their voyage in relation to
Vessels engaged in domestic traffic carrying cargo and/or what was decided by or agreed with the vessel traffic service
passengers between Norwegian ports are not required to use center. This also applies to stops en route.
the Traffic Separation Schemes. 4. Anchoring.
The permission mentioned in No. 1 and No. 2 above must be
obtained well in advance and at least 1 hour before the vessel
U.S. Embassy arrives in waters covered by the vessel traffic service center or
leaves a quay, anchorage, etc. in the same waters. Should there
The U.S. Embassy is situated at Morgedalsvegen, 36 Oslo. be a need to put extraordinary safety measures into effect or ex-
The mailing addresses are, as follows: traordinary planning linked to the vessel’s using these waters,
1. Norway address— the deadline is at least 24 hours in advance, regardless of the
Morgedalsvegen, 36 type of vessel.
0378 Oslo The permissions described in No. 3 and No. 4 above are not
2. U. S. address— required if it is necessary for reasons of safety to stop or alter
Pub. 140
Norway 561
the voyage and there is no time to obtain permission. In such ments that are laid down in this directive in order to be able to
cases the vessel traffic service center must be told as soon as use the waters in question. The vessel traffic service center is
possible. not responsible for checking that these requirements have been
Vessels that sail to a fixed timetable where the crossing is met.
less than 1 hour do not need to obtain permission if the traffic Where reasons for safety or effective traffic flow make it
center has received the timetable and the vessel is delayed by necessary, the traffic center can:
not more than 5 minutes in relation to the timetable. However 1. Refuse to grant permission as described in Require-
the vessel must report in just before it sails into the area that is ment for Permission from the Vessel Traffic Service Cen-
covered by the vessel traffic service center and just before it ter. This refusal can only be given with effect for the next 48
leaves the quay in the same area. The vessel traffic service cen- hours.
ter can decide that vessels may not leave the quay without per- 2. Set conditions for the permit, including requiring the
mission from the vessel traffic service center. vessel to use a tug or escort vessel.
Tugs that are assisting another vessel do not need to obtain 3. Withdraw the permit or set new conditions for a given
permission for the part of the voyage where assistance is used permit.
unless the vessel traffic service center decides otherwise. Additional Reporting Requirements.—The vessel traffic
How to Apply for Permission.—Requests for clearance service center must be informed as soon as possible when any
must be made by VHF or other methods decided by the Norwe- of the following occurs:
gian Coastal Administration. 1. The vessel sails into the area covered by the vessel
The following information must always be given in the ap- traffic service center.
plication: 2. The vessel starts to move within the area covered by
1. Vessel’s international call sign and name. the vessel traffic service center.
2. Vessel’s position when the application is sent. 3. The vessel has moored or anchored.
3. Planned fairway to be used and ports of call. 4. The vessel suffers an accident.
4. If the vessel is outside the area covered by the vessel 5. The vessel has made changes to its voyage in relation
traffic service center—the ETA to the outer boundary for the to what was decided by or agreed with the vessel traffic ser-
area and the ETA to the harbor, mooring, or anchorage. vice center and it has not been possible to obtain permission
5. If the vessel is inside the area covered by the center— (See Requirement for Permission from the Traffic Cen-
the ETD. ter). This also applies to anchoring and other stops en route.
In addition to the above, the vessel traffic service center may Tugs are not required to report according to No. 1, No. 2, No.
request additional information of importance to safety in the 3, and No. 5 above as long as they are assisting another vessel,
fairway, safety in a port, or information of importance to the unless the vessel traffic service center decides otherwise.
organization of vessel traffic. Duty to Provide Information.—Vessels that find them-
Permission.—Permission from the vessel traffic service cen- selves within an area that is covered by a vessel traffic service
ter is only valid in relation to this directive and does not replace center must, upon demand from the vessel traffic service cen-
permits that are required by other laws or directives. ter, provide the information listed in How to Apply for Per-
A permit is contingent upon the vessel satisfying the require- mission.
Pub. 140
Norway 563
Directed by the Norwegian Ministry of Defence on 4 May regulations before entering Norwegian territorial waters.
1995 pursuant to Section 18 and Section 19 of the Royal De-
cree No. 1130 of 23 December 1994 as amended by Regulation Responsibility of the shipmaster
No. 448 of 27 April 2007. Section 9.—For the purpose of these regulations, the Norwe-
gian authorities means the Ministry of Defense or whosoever
Introductory Provisions the Ministry so authorizes. All inquiries, notifications, reports,
Section 1.—These regulations only apply when Norway and applications for clearance etc, to the Norwegian authorities
the State whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly are at peace, or shall be directed to Headquarters Defense Command North
until contingency measures have been implemented. Norway (LDKN) for vessels in positions N of 65°N and to the
Section 2.—The regulations do not apply to Norwegian ter- National Joint Headquarters (FOHK) for vessels in positions S
ritorial waters off Svalbard, Jan Mayen, or dependencies unless of 65°N and shall be submitted in Norwegian, Danish, Swed-
otherwise prescribed by statute. ish, or English.
Section 3.—For the purpose of these regulations, foreign
non-military vessel means any foreign vessel, or Norwegian Innocent passage through the territorial sea
vessel the master of which is a foreign national, to which cur- Section 10.—Innocent passage through the territorial sea is
rent Norwegian regulations concerning the admission of for- permitted for foreign non-military vessels. Innocent passage
eign warships and military aircraft to Norwegian territorial means navigation through the territorial sea, either in transit or
waters in peacetime do not apply. for the purpose of proceeding to or from Norwegian internal
In these regulations, foreign non-military vessel also means waters or ports.
equipment belonging to the vessel (lifeboats, landing craft, air- Stopping or anchoring while passing through the territorial
craft, etc.). sea is only permitted when such action is incidental to ordinary
Section 4.—Nuclear-powered vessels are subject to special navigation or is rendered necessary by force majeure or dis-
licensing pursuant to Section 4 of Act No. 28 of 12 May 1972 tress or for the purpose of rendering assistance to persons,
on Atomic Nuclear Activities. Vessels carrying nuclear sub- ships, or aircraft which are in danger of distress.
stances are required to hold a permit pursuant to Section 5 of Section 11.—Any vessel in innocent passage through the
the said Act. territorial sea which for reasons set forth in Section 10, second
Section 5.—Sections 13, 15, and 16 of these regulations ap- paragraph, must make a temporary stop or remain stationary or
ply subject to any restrictions established by agreements with enter Norwegian internal waters or call at a Norwegian port fa-
foreign States. cility, shall notify the Norwegian authorities without undue de-
Section 6.—Pleasure craft carrying foreign nationals who lay.
are required to hold a visa shall be subject to the regulations
concerning the admission of foreigners to the Kingdom and Admission of foreign non-military vessels to Norwegian in-
their stay there pursuant to Sections 83 and 111 of the Crown ternal waters
Prince Regent’s Decree of 21 December 1990 Number 1028. Section 12.—Foreign non-military vessels to which the list
Pleasure craft over 24m in length or 50 gt shall use pre- in Section 13 does not apply may, subject to the restrictions set
scribed sea lanes and are required to give notification pursuant out in Section 16, enter Norwegian internal waters without ob-
to Section 17 and may be ordered to report pursuant to Section taining written permission in advance.
19. Foreign non-military vessels maybe refused admission to
Pleasure craft are otherwise exempted from the restrictions Norwegian internal waters when special grounds make this
set out in Sections 16, 17, 18, and 19. necessary. Such special grounds exist when inter alia fishing
vessels plan to enter these waters in connection with fishing or
Norwegian territorial waters and sea limits bringing ashore a catch as set out in Section 8, first paragraph,
Section 7. of Act No. 19 of 17 June 1966 on Norway’s fishing limit and
(a) For the purpose of these regulations, baselines means on the prohibition on foreign nations from engaging in fisher-
straight lines drawn between the base points. ies, etc, inside the fishing limit or if the conditions for impos-
(b) For the purpose of these regulations, Norwegian territo- ing a prohibition pursuant to Section 9 of the same act are
rial waters means all waters within the territorial limit. satisfied.
(c) For the purpose of these regulations, internal waters Section 13.—Admission to Norwegian internal waters is
means all waters that lie within the baselines. permitted for the following foreign non-military vessels only
(d) For the purpose of these regulations, the territorial sea when written permission has been granted in advance by the
means the waters between the baselines and the territorial limit. Norwegian authorities:
a. Research vessels.
Norwegian authorities b. Seismic vessels and other vessels carrying equipment
Section 8.—Masters of all foreign non-military vessels are used for surveying and charting the sea bed.
required to familiarize themselves with the substance of these c. Factory ships, repair ships and expedition vessels.
Pub. 140
564 Norway
d. Vessels for special purposes, including floating and authorities shall be notified without undue delay.
mobile oil platforms, tugboats, dredges, icebreakers, and Section 17.—Masters of all foreign non-military vessels over
floating cranes, unless entry into Norwegian internal waters 24m in length or 50 gross tons who intend to navigate their ves-
is necessary due to a binding agreement with a Norwegian sel into Norwegian internal waters are required to give notifica-
company which requires the vessel to call at a Norwegian tion of such entry and shall notify the Norwegian authorities at
port facility. the latest 24 hours in advance. Such notification may be made in
e. Non-military government ships and stand-by and sup- written or oral form and shall contain:
port vessels for naval units. a. Vessel’s IMO identification number, if any.
f. Vessels specified in Section 4 of these regulations. b. Vessel’s nationality, name, international radio call sign
g. Vessels carrying aircraft. (distinctive letters), and any mobile or satellite telephone
In cases of doubt, the Norwegian authorities will decide wheth- numbers.
er a foreign non-military vessel is subject to this provision. c. Type of vessel, cargo, draft, and size in gross tons.
Section 14.—The vessels specified in Section 13b, c, d, and d. Purpose of the entry including any information about
g may be granted admission into Norwegian internal waters the entry as specified in Section 14 of these regulations.
without a prior written application in order to be repaired or e. Specification in latitude and longitude of the point
laid up in a Norwegian port provided a binding agreement with where the vessel intends to cross the Norwegian baseline
a Norwegian company exists. In such cases, deviations may be when entering and leaving.
made from the deadlines referred to in Section 15. The Norwe- f. Intended ports-of-call with specification of times of ar-
gian authorities shall be notified of such admission as soon as rival and departure.
possible. g. Norwegian contact (agent, operator, ship owner, etc).
Foreign non-military vessels which are obliged to seek a port The Norwegian authorities shall be informed without delay
of refuge for the reasons specified in Section 10, second para- of any changes in the submitted plan of navigation.
graph, may enter Norwegian internal waters without a prior Passenger and car ferries in regular service to and from Nor-
written application. wegian ports are excepted from the notification requirement
Section 15.—A written application for permission to enter provided an approved navigation plan has been forwarded to
Norwegian internal waters under Section 13a, b, c, d, e, and g the Norwegian authorities at the latest 14 days before the ser-
shall have reached the Norwegian authorities at the latest 7 vice is put into operation. The Norwegian authorities are to be
days before entry is expected to take place. Applications under informed if the navigation plan is withdrawn or if major chang-
Section 13f shall have reached the Norwegian authorities at the es are introduced.
latest 14 days before entry is expected to take place. All appli- The vessels specified in Section 13 are required to give noti-
cations shall contain the information specified in Section 17 fication as described above irrespective of their length or size.
and any other information deemed to be of importance in con-
nection with the planned entry. Sea lanes and reporting points in Norwegian internal wa-
Not withstanding these regulations, the Norwegian authori- ters
ties may require information from foreign non-military vessels Section 18.—When navigating through Norwegian internal
which is considered to be of relevance to the planned entry, in- waters, foreign non-military vessels shall only use those sea
cluding information about catches carried on board and, if the lanes prescribed by the Ministry of Defense.
catch is to be delivered in Norway, fishing activities within Section 19.—Foreign non-military vessels shall report to the
Norwegian fishery jurisdiction in which the vessel has been en- Norwegian authorities when entering and leaving Norwegian
gaged. internal waters and when passing specified geographical posi-
tions in the sea lane. Such reports shall include the vessel’s
Entry, passage, and notification requirement when navigat- name, call sign, destination, and estimated time of passing the
ing through Norwegian internal waters next reporting point or of arrival at the vessel’s next port of
Section 16.—For foreign non-military vessels, entry into and call. The reporting points are determined by the Ministry of
passage through Norwegian internal waters is restricted to the fol- Defense.
lowing activities: Note.—For further information on reporting points, see Sec-
a. Navigation to and from Norwegian ports in connection tion 5 of Appendix II.
with loading, unloading, restocking, bunkering, carrying out Section 20.—Foreign non-military vessels which are obliged
necessary repairs, or carrying out binding agreements with to enter Norwegian internal waters due to force majeure or dis-
Norwegian interests. Laytime in a Norwegian port shall be tress or to provide assistance to persons, ships, or aircraft that
limited to the necessary length of time as dictated by the pur- are in danger are exempted from the above provisions concern-
pose of the call at the port. ing the requirement to report and the use of sea lanes. Such
b. Navigation in transit via specified sea lanes when the vessels shall nevertheless and by the fastest possible means
vessel’s mission makes this necessary. contact the Norwegian authorities for specific instructions re-
c. Navigation in order to seek a port of refuge. garding anchoring or continued navigation.
Stopping or anchoring while passing through internal waters
is only permitted when such action is incidental to ordinary Vessels stopping in Norwegian territorial waters
navigation or is rendered necessary by force majeure or dis- Section 21.—No registrations or measurements other than
tress or for the purpose of rendering assistance to persons, those necessary for safe navigation are permitted without spe-
ships, or aircraft which are in danger or distress. If the vessel cial permission from the Norwegian authorities.
makes a temporary stop or remains stationary, the Norwegian Section 22.—It is prohibited for all persons on board foreign
Pub. 140
Norway 565
non-military vessels to make maps or sketched maps of ports, duct. Norwegian regulations governing the use of communica-
waters, airfields, or seaplane ports of the Kingdom. It is also tions equipment shall be complied with.
prohibited to make maps, sketches of maps, take photographs,
or record descriptions of Norwegian military facilities or Infringements of the regulations
equipment. Section 26.—Should the master or crew of a foreign non-
Section 23.—Foreign non-military vessels shall fly their na- military vessel fail to comply with the laws and regulations laid
tional flag at all times while navigating through Norwegian ter- down for the presence and navigation of vessels in Norwegian
ritorial waters. When the vessel is at anchor or moored, the flag territorial waters, the Norwegian authorities may order the ves-
shall be hoisted during the day. sel to leave Norwegian territorial waters immediately or within
Section 24.—Officers on Norwegian warships or guard a specified reasonable period of time. The vessel may also be
ships and other officers in the Norwegian Armed Forces may brought to the nearest police authority to be charged and prose-
inspect any foreign non-military vessel, including its docu- cuted.
ments, cargo, equipment, and any persons on board. The mas- Section 27.—Unless otherwise prescribed by statute, in-
ter of the vessel under inspection shall provide any assistance fringement of these regulations is punishable by fines or by im-
necessary to facilitate the inspection, including placing the ves- prisonment for a term not exceeding 3 months pursuant to
sel’s communications equipment at the disposal of the inspect- Section 418, Subsection 2, of Act No. 10 of 22 May 1902.
ing officers free of charge. The master shall provide on request
any information which is of interest to the Norwegian authori- Concluding provisions
ties and is under obligation to comply with instructions regard- Section 28.—The Ministry of Defense or whosoever the
ing the remainder of the voyage. Ministry so authorizes may grant exemption from these regula-
Section 25.—The master and crew of a foreign non-military tions and may issue further provisions for the supplementation
vessel shall comply with current Norwegian legislation includ- and implementation of these regulations.
ing regulations concerning the environment, health, customs, Section 29.—These regulations enter into force on 1 May
use of pilot, traffic, ports, foreign nationals, and rules of con- 1995.
Pub. 140
Norway 567
Appendix II—Regulations on Prescribed Channels for Foreign Non-military Vessels in Norwegian Ter-
ritorial Waters
Decreed by the Ministry of Defense 4 May 1995 in accordance with Section 18 and Section 19 of Royal Resolution No. 1130 of 23
December 1994 on foreign non-military vessels calling at and traveling in Norwegian territorial waters during peacetime
Pub. 140
Norway 569
Pub. 140
571
PANAMA
Pub. 140
572 Panama
The capital is Panama City. Navigational Information
Holidays Enroute Volumes
Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The following holidays are observed: ume 2.
Pub. 153, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexi-
January 1 New Year’s Day co and Central America.
January 9 National Mourning Day Maritime Claims
Carnival Variable The maritime territorial claims of Panama are, as follows:
Ash Wednesday Variable
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Holy Thursday Variable
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Good Friday Variable
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Holy Saturday Variable Zone
Easter Sunday Variable Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen-
May 1 Labor Day tal Margin.
June 16 Dia del Padre * Claims the Gulf of Panama as a historic bay.
November 3 Independence Day from
Colombia
Pollution
November 4 Flag Day
November 5 Colon Day (Colon only) Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
All vessels using the Panama Canal having a carrying capac-
November 10 Uprising of Los Santos ity of 400 metric tons or more of oil as cargo or fuel must have
November 28 Independence Day from a Panama Canal Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (PCSO-
Spain PEP) in place. Vessels without a PCSOPEP could face transit
delays and financial penalties.
December 8 Mother’s Day Each PCSOPEP must be submitted, via e-mail (pcso-
December 25 Christmas Day pep@pancanal.com) as a PDF or Word document, with the
ship name and its IMO or Panama Canal Authority Ship Identi-
December 31 New Year's Eve fication Number (SIN) in the subject line, at least 96 hours pri-
or to arrival in canal waters and should include the following
Industries information at a minimum:
1. Vessel particulars.
The main industries are agriculture, construction, brewing, 2. Oil pollution prevention measures for Panama Canal
cement and other construction materials, and sugar milling. waters.
The main exports are fruits and nuts, fish, iron and steel 3. Spill notification procedures in a prioritized sequence.
waste, and wood. The main export-trading partners are the 4. Spill response procedures.
United States, the Netherlands, China, Costa Rica, India, and 5. Crew training program for reaction to shipboard and
Vietnam. shoreside spill incidents.
The main imports are fuel products, medicines, vehicles, 6. Record of PCSOPEP notification exercises.
iron and steel rods, and machinery. The main import-trading 7. Identification of the Authorized Person, as well as the
partners are the United States, China, and Mexico. telephone number and facsimile number where they can be
reached on a 24-hour basis.
Languages 8. PCSOPEP Tier classification.
Spanish is the official language, although a segment of the If the Panama Canal Authority determines the PCSOPEP
population speaks English as a native tongue. Many Panamani- meets all requirement as stated in the Regulations on Naviga-
ans are bilingual. tion in Panama Canal Waters (Chapter IX, Section 4), the Pan-
ama Canal Authority will issue a Notification of
Meteorology Acknowledgment to the vessel; the notice will be valid for 4
years.
Marine weather bulletins and warnings as well as tide times, Questions regarding PCPSOPEPs can be sent, as follows:
weather radar/satellite imagery, and astronomical information 1. Telephone: 507-276-4635
are available, in English. from the Panamanian Hydrometeoro- 2. E-mail: pcsopep@pancanal.com
logical Department (http://www.hidromet.com.pa/condicio- Further details, including full instructions on PCSOPEPs
nes_maritimas.php). (OP Notice to Shipping No. N-12-2019) are available from the
Pub. 140
Panama 573
Panama Canal Authority web site: plan to arrive in Panama canal waters are expected to comply
with the ISPS Code and related Panama Canal Regulations.
Panama Canal Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan Additionally, those vessels not required to comply with the
(PCSOPEP) ISPS Code will be expected to provide evidence they have im-
plemented onboard security measures comparable to those
http://www.pancanal.com/eng/op/notices/index.html contained in the ISPS Code.
Vessels not fully able to comply with these requirements
Vessels must perform PCSOPEP notification exercises for may be subject to control and compliance measures, which
the Authorized Person at least twice a year and must document may include a more detailed inspection and assignment of ad-
them for verification by the Panama Canal Authority. These ditional resources at their own cost. These measures could also
tests may be conducted outside the waters of the Panama Ca- result in transit delays or the denial of transit.
nal.
The Panama Canal Authority may also require vessels to Electronic Data Collection System (EDCS) Code
perform a PCSOPEP notification exercise and/or participate in The following documents are required to be submitted
response drills and exercises with the Panama Canal Authority. through ECDS at least 96 hours prior to arriving in Panama Ca-
The vessel must properly document such drills and exercises. nal waters:
Joint exercises, with the participation of vessels and the Pana- 1. ETA/Ship Due (Form 4376).
ma Canal Authority, will be previously coordinated and will 2. Cargo Declaration (Form 4363).
not delay transits. 3. Passenger List (Form 20).
Vessel exercise records must be kept for at least 3 years. 4. Crew List (Form 1509).
Updates to this information may be submitted up to 12 hours
Pollution Reporting prior to arrival but these changes will be subjected to security
In the event of an emergency in Panama Canal waters, the verification.
vessel should notify the Panama Canal Authority through the Vessels with a voyage time of less than 96 hours from their
Panama Canal plot on board. In the event no Panama Canal pi- last port of call prior to entering the canal must still provide
lot is on board, the Panama Canal Authority shall be notified preliminary information 96 hours in advance. Vessels will be
using VHF channel 12 or 16. required to provide their final information to the Panama Canal
Upon activation of the vessel’s PCSOPEP, the vessel’s Au- Authority immediately upon departure from their last port of
thorized Person will establish contact with the Maritime Traffic call.
Control Center (telephone: 507-272-4201 or 507-272-4202). With the implementation of EDCS, vessels no longer need to
Notification begins as soon as an actual or probable oil leak provide the canal Boarding Officer with hard copies of the Car-
is detected and shall not be delayed during the process of gath- go Declaration, Passenger List, and Crew List. However, ves-
ering information. The notification shall include the following sels are still required to provide Boarding Officers with a hard
information: copy of the Ship’s Information and Quarantine Declaration
1. Vessel name. (SIQD) (Form 4398), which should be completely filled out,
2. Country of registry. with the exception of information on any dangerous cargo,
3. IMO Number and Panama Canal Ship Identification which is required to be forwarded in advance through EDCS.
Number (SIN). The SIDQ from is available at the following web site:
4. Location of incident.
5. Date and time of incident. Ship’s Information and Quarantine Declaration
6. Planned route. (SIQD)
7. Nature of incident.
8. Identification of spilled product and any toxic or ex- http://www.pancanal.com/eng/maritime/forms.html
plosive hazard.
9. Estimated volume of the spilled product. Quarantine
10. Size and appearance of the slick. Radio pratique should be requested as part of the 96-hour ad-
11. Weather conditions. vance notification to the Traffic Management Division of the
12. Actions taken or planned by on scene personnel and Panama Canal Authority, as follows:
vessel conditions. 1. Telephone: 507-272-4210
13. Injuries or deaths. 507-272-3782
14. Any other information as deemed appropriate. 2. Facsimile: 507-272-3976
507-272-2748
Regulations 3. E-mail: mrtd-rcp@pancanal.com (Balboa)
mrtd-rca@pancanal.com (Cristobal)
International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code
The Panama Canal Authority has adopted regulations similar Search and Rescue
to those established by the ISPS Code, even though the Panama
Canal does not fall within the ISPS Code definition of a port The National Maritime Service (Servicio Maritimo National)
facility. is the national search and rescue agency for Panama and can be
All vessels to which SOLAS 74 regulations apply and which contacted, as follows:
Pub. 140
574 Panama
1. Telephone: 507-211-6004 U.S. Embassy
2. Facsimile: 507-211-1943
3. E-mail: comandoarmada@smn.gob.pa The U.S. Embassy is situated at Building 783, Demetrio
4. Web site: http://www.smn.gob.pa Basilio Lakas Avenue, Clayton, Panama.
The mailing addresses are, as follows:
Time Zone 1. Panama address—
Apartado Postal 0816-02561, Zone 5
The Time Zone description is ROMEO (+5). Daylight Sav- Panama City
ings Time is not observed. 2. U. S. address—
9100 Panama City Place
Traffic Separation Schemes Washington, DC (20521-9100)
Traffic Separation Schemes off Panama are, as follows: U. S. Embassy Panama Home Page
1. In the Gulf of Panama. (IMO adopted)
2. Off Punta Morro de Puercos. (IMO adopted) https://pa.usembassy.gov
3. Off Isla Jicarita. (IMO adopted)
4. At the Approaches to Puerto Cristobal. (IMO adopted) Vessel Traffic Service
For further information, see Pub. 148, Sailing Directions
(Enroute) Caribbean Sea, Volume II, and Pub. 153, Sailing Di- A Vessel Traffic Management Service operates in the Pana-
rections (Enroute) West Coasts of Mexico and Central Ameri- ma Canal and its approaches. For further information, see Pub.
ca. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea, Volume II.
Pub. 140
575
POLAND
General 575 vere winters with frequent precipitation and mild summers
Buoyage System 575 with frequent showers and thunderstorms.
Currency 576 The terrain is mostly a low-lying plain, becoming more hilly
Firing Areas 576 in the S inland third of the country and mountainous along the
Fishing Areas 578 border with Slovakia and the Czech Republic.
Government 578
Holidays 578 Buoyage System
Ice 578
Industries 579 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Languages 579 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Meteorology 579 Buoys marking areas closed to navigation are painted yellow
Mined Areas 579 with two red stripes forming a cross when viewed from above
Navigational Information 580 and may exhibit white or red flashing lights.
Offshore Drilling 580 Military zones may be marked by buoys stamped with the
Pollution 580 letters “SN.” Areas in which explosives have been dumped, and
Pilotage 580 mined areas, are marked by white conical buoys with a large
Regulations 580 letter “A” in red. Buoys serving as survey marks are conical
Search and Rescue 581 and painted in blue and red bands.
Ship Reporting System 582 The limits of fishing areas or fish conservation areas may be
Signals 582 marked by either spar or conical buoys painted in yellow and
Submarine Operating Areas 583 black bands with the letters “RYB” which may carry a yellow
Time Zone 583 spherical topmark.
Traffic Separation Schemes 583 Cables are marked by black conical buoys with a white letter
U.S. Embassy 583 “K.” The limits of an anchorage are usually marked by red or
Vessel Traffic Service 583 black conical buoys with a white anchor symbol.
Buoys marking a canal entrance are conical and painted yel-
General low above black. Measured distance buoys are usually oval in
shape, painted yellow and red, divided vertically, and may car-
Poland is bounded by Germany on the W; Russia, Lithuania, ry topmarks consisting of one, two, or three red spheres.
Belarus, and Ukraine on the E; Slovakia and the Czech Repub- Many buoys and lighted buoys are withdrawn or replaced for
lic on the S; and the Baltic Sea on the N. the winter, usually beginning in early November or when ice
The climate is temperate, with cold cloudy moderately-se- threatens. Information on intended changes is promulgated in
Pub. 140
576 Poland
Polish Notices to Mariners and by radio navigational warnings, b. 54°38'24.6''N,18°40'56.4''E.
if necessary. c. 54°40'00.6''N,18°41'02.4''E.
d. 54°36'48.6''N,18°45'44.4''E.
Currency Area No. 6.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
ing positions:
The official unit of currency is the zloty, consisting of 100 a. 54°32'37.2''N,16°32'43.2''E.
groszy. b. 54°40'45.0''N,16°16'57.0''E.
c. 54°47'01.8''N,16°46'21.6''E.
Firing Areas d. 54°35'16.2''N,16°50'42.0''E.
Area No. 6a.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
Vessels of naval units, anchored and unable to show pre- ing positions:
scribed anchor lights, shall show two white lights visible for 2 a. 54°34'06.0''N,16°41'51.6''E.
miles around the horizon. One light is placed close above the b. 54°35'54.0''N,16°41'51.6''E.
hull at the stern; the other on the bow at a greater height. c. 54°35'54.0''N,16°44'51.6''E.
One of a group of naval vessels at anchor can show one blue d. 54°34'06.0''N,16°44'51.6''E.
light independently of other prescribed lights. Vessels in single Area No. 6b.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
column formation, except for the last vessel, can show two ing positions:
white lights in addition to the prescribed stern light. One of a. 54°29'03.0''N,16°25'28.8''E.
these lights, shown from the mainmast, is beamed toward the b. 54°35'24.0''N,16°08'46.2''E.
stern; the other light is carried above the stern light. c. 54°40'45.0''N,16°16'57.0''E.
Ships engaged in practice firing exercises display a red flag d. 54°32'37.2''N,16°32'43.2''E.
at the masthead. At night, a red light visible all around the hori- Area No. 6c.—An area bounded by the coast and lines join-
zon, is shown above the prescribed white light on the foremast. ing the following positions:
The following areas, used for military and gunnery exercises, a. 54°32'45.0''N,16°33'50.4''E.
will be temporarily closed to fishing and navigation, except as b. 54°36'04.8''N,16°33'50.4''E.
noted, at times promulgated by the Polish authorities: c. 54°36'30.0''N,16°38'52.2''E.
Area No. 1a.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- d. 54°36'30.0''N,16°40'45.0''E.
ing positions: e. 54°34'06.0''N,16°40'45.0''E.
a. 54°23'54.6''N,18°59'50.4''E. Area No. 10.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
b. 54°27'54.6''N,19°02'50.4''E. ing positions:
c. 54°27'54.6''N,19°22'56.4''E. a. 54°47'24.0''N,18°27'12.0''E.
d. 54°23'54.6''N,19°21'26.4''E. b. 54°55'12.6''N,18°36'00.0''E.
Area No. 1b.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- c. 54°51'55.2''N,18°43'22.2''E.
ing positions: d. 54°44'21.6''N,18°35'17.4''E.
a. 54°27'54.6''N,19°02'50.4''E. Area No. 11.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
b. 54°32'54.6''N,19°06'38.4''E. ing positions:
c. 54°32'54.6''N,19°23'08.4''E. a. 54°44'21.6''N,18°35'16.8''E.
d. 54°27'54.6''N,19°22'56.4''E. b. 54°51'55.2''N,18°43'22.2''E.
Area No. 2.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- c. 54°45'30.6''N,18°57'50.4''E.
ing positions: d. 54°38'54.6''N,18°49'50.4''E.
a. 54°32'54.6''N,18°34'02.4''E. Area No. 12.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
b. 54°33'12.6''N,18°33'44.4''E. ing positions:
c. 54°37'18.6''N,18°35'38.4''E. a. 54°01'54.6''N,14°46'40.8''E.
d. 54°37'12.6''N,18°36'38.4''E. b. 54°05'42.6''N,14°44'22.8''E.
e. 54°33'06.6''N,18°34'38.4''E. c. 54°07'06.6''N,14°50'40.8''E.
Area No. 3.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- d. 54°03'06.6''N,14°52'58.8''E.
ing positions: Area No. 13.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
a. 54°32'15.0''N,18°33'46.8''E. ing positions:
b. 54°32'15.0''N,18°35'19.8''E. a. 54°00'30.6''N,14°27'52.8''E.
c. 54°32'48.0''N,18°35'19.8''E. b. 54°03'43.8''N,14°27'52.8''E.
d. 54°32'48.0''N,18°33'36.0''E. c. 54°06'24.6''N,14°36'22.8''E.
Note.—This area is closed to navigation year round. d. 54°02'48.6''N,14°36'22.8''E.
Area No. 4.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- Area No. 14.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
ing positions: ing positions:
a. 54°40'18.0''N,18°43'18.0''E. a. 54°36'47.4''N,18°46'47.4''E.
b. 54°39'36.0''N,18°41'36.0''E. b. 54°36'24.0''N,18°47'37.8''E.
c. 54°37'42.0''N,18°44'18.0''E. c. 54°35'12.6''N,18°46'32.4''E.
d. 54°38'24.0''N,18°45'42.0''E. d. 54°35'12.6''N,18°44'32.4''E.
Area No. 5.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- e. 54°36'06.6''N,18°44'20.4''E.
ing positions: Note.—This area is closed to navigation year round.
a. 54°36'06.6''N,18°44'20.4''E. Area No. 15.—An area bounded by lines joining the follow-
Pub. 140
Poland 577
Poland—Firing Areas
Pub. 140
578 Poland
ing positions: The legal system is based civil law.
a. 54°32'48.6''N,18°33'44.4''E. The capital is Warsaw.
b. 54°33'06.6''N,18°33'44.4''E.
c. 54°33'06.6''N,18°35'20.4''E. Holidays
d. 54°32'48.6''N,18°35'20.4''E.
Note.—This area is closed to navigation and fishing year The following holidays are observed:
round.
January 1 New Year’s Day
Fishing Areas Easter Sunday Variable
Fishing activity occurs in the Gulf of Gdansk from early Easter Monday Variable
spring through the winter. Nets and lines may be found laid out
May 1 Labor Day
a considerable distance from the coast.
Fishing, using surface, bottom, and fixed submerged equip- May 3 Constitution Day
ment, is carried out in a strip extending 3 miles off the coast
Corpus Christi Variable
from the German/Polish border to just W of longitude 15°20'E.
In Zalew Szczecinski, bottom nets between 600m and August 15 Assumption Day
1,000m long are set in depths greater than 5m; the nets may be November 1 All Saints’ Day
up to 3,000m apart. Each end of the net is marked by an all-
around white light. Vessels should only navigate in the marked November 11 Independence Day
fairways, particularly in poor visibility, to avoid fouling fishing December 25 Christmas Day
gear.
From 15 March to 15 June, fishing vessels with drift nets op- December 26 Second Christmas Day
erate within 15 miles of the coast between longitude 15°00'E
and longitude 18°00'E. Ice
For information on obtaining general ice information for the
Government Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
Poland is a democratic republic. The country is divided into
16 provinces. Icebreakers
Icebreakers use signals of the International Code. Poland has
a small number of icebreakers to aid ships in coastal shipping
lanes during the ice season.
The responsibility for the control and operation of the ice
services and icebreakers is divided as follows:
1. Eastern coastal region (includes Kolobrzeg and the
ports in the Gulf of Gdansk)—under the control of the har-
bormaster at Gdynia.
2. Central region (the ports of Ustka, Darlowo, and
Leba)—under the control of the Maritime Board of Slupsk.
3. Western coastal region (including Zatoka Pomorska
and Swinoujscie)—under the control of the harbormaster at
Flag of Poland Szczecin.
Any vessel requiring future icebreaker assistance must regis-
Poland is governed by a directly-elected President who ter at the harbormaster’s office at least 24 hours in advance of
serves a renewable 5-year term. The bicameral National As- arriving or departing port. Ships not reinforced for ice, or hav-
sembly is composed of the Sejm (lower chamber), consisting ing no valid ice certificate, will not be led to Szczecin harbor,
of 460 members serving 4-year terms elected by a system of but can dock at Swinoujscie.
proportional representation, and the Senate (upper chamber), Requests for icebreaking assistance should be made through
consisting of 100 directly-elected members serving 4-year the vessel’s agent, VTS Swinoujsce, VTS Szczecin, or directly
terms. through the tug.
Pub. 140
Poland 579
When ice cover exists in Polish waters, icebreaking opera- b. 54°16'N, 14°10'E.
tions take place, as follows: c. 54°31'N, 14°06'E.
1. Passage clearing and icebreaking by icebreakers in d. 54°28'N, 14°08'E.
ports, roads, anchorages, and navigable channels leading to e. 54°15'N, 14°12'E.
the facilities. f. 54°20'N, 13°59'E.
2. Emergency assistance to vessels unable to continue g. 54°24'N, 13°56'E.
with their voyages due to ice or to vessels in distress in ports,
roads, anchorages, and navigable channels. Former Mine Danger Area No. 16
3. Formation of convoys to lead vessels through the ice in This former NEMEDRI Danger Area is bounded by lines
areas covered by icebreaking operations. joining the following approximate positions:
When assisted by an icebreaker, vessels will maintain a con- a. 54°13'N, 14°54'E.
tinuous listening watch and communicate with the icebreaker b. 54°17'N, 14°47'E.
on the designated VHF channel. c. 54°26'N, 15°02'E.
d. 54°22'N, 15°09'E.
Industries
Former Mine Danger Area No. 19
The main industries are machine building, iron and steel, This former NEMEDRI Danger Area is bounded by lines
coal mining, chemicals, shipbuilding, food processing, glass, joining the following approximate positions:
beverages, and textiles. a. 54°28'N, 19°39'E.
The main exports are machinery and transport equipment, b. 54°30'N, 19°34'E.
manufactured goods, food, and livestock. The main export c. 54°26'N, 19°14'E.
trading partners are Germany, the Czech Republic, the United d. 54°31'N, 18°57'E.
Kingdom, and France. e. 54°29'N, 18°56'E.
The main imports are machinery and transport equipment, f. 54°29'N, 18°57'E.
manufactured goods, chemicals, minerals, fuels, and lubri- g. 54°27'N, 18°54'E.
cants. The main import-trading partners are Germany, China, h. 54°24'N, 18°54'E.
Russia, the Netherlands, and Italy. i. 54°24'N, 18°59'E.
j. 54°21'N, 19°00'E.
Languages Within Area No. 19 is a swept route with its centerline join-
ing the following approximate positions:
Polish is the official language. a. 54°26'N, 19°13'E.
b. 54°23'N, 19°08'E.
Meteorology c. 54°23'N, 19°00'E.
The route is 0.5 mile wide between positions a and b, and 0.3
Internet Weather Services mile wide between positions b and c.
Baltic Sea and coastal waters forecasts/meteorological warn- a. 54°21'N, 18°55'E.
ings, in English and Polish, are available from the Marine b. 54°23'N, 18°54'E.
Branch of the Institute of Meteorology and Water Management c. 54°24'N, 18°48'E.
(https://bhmv.gov.pl/en). d. 54°22'N, 18°48'E.
e. 54°25'N, 18°40'E.
Mined Areas f. 54°25'N, 18°40'E.
g. 54°25'N, 18°39'E.
Former Mine Danger Area No. 10 h. 54°26'N, 18°39'E.
This former NEMEDRI Danger Area is enclosed by all wa- i. 54°26'N, 18°39'E.
ters S and W of lines joining the following positions: j. 54°26'N, 18°39'E.
a. 54°52'N, 13°25'E. k. 54°26'N, 18°39'E.
b. 54°52'N, 13°48'E. l. 54°27'N, 18°39'E.
c. 54°07'N, 14°25'E. m. 54°27'N, 18°39'E.
d. 54°15'N, 14°45'E. n. 54°27'N, 18°36'E.
e. The coast in longitude 14°45'E. o. 54°29'N, 18°36'E.
Within Area No. 10, the following areas have been swept in p. 54°31'N, 18°35'E.
addition to the established routes: q. 54°31'N, 18°34'E.
1. Sassnitz Approaches E of Rugen.—An area bounded r. 54°31'N, 18°33'E. then along the coast to
by lines joining the following positions: s. 54°32'N, 18°34'E.
a. 54°31'N, 13°42'E. t. 54°35'N, 18°44'E.
b. 54°36'N, 13°42'E. u. 54°36'N, 18°50'E.
c. 54°32'N, 13°46'E. v. 54°38'N, 18°51'E.
2. Swinoujscie Approaches E of Sassnitz.—An area w. 54°50'N, 18°38'E.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: x. 54°48'N, 18°27'E.
a. 54°15'N, 14°12'E.
Pub. 140
580 Poland
Pub. 140
Poland 581
2. Gas-free tankers—48 hours. European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
3. If the previous port is less than 24 hours sailing time, tion
the notification should be send no later than when the vessel Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as
departs the previous port. amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
4. If the port of destination is not known or if it changes gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
during the voyage, the notification should be sent immedi- bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
ately. port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
After the vessel arrives in the roadstead, the vessel should ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
contact the harbormaster on the appropriate VHF channel to re- tions.
quest permission to enter the port. The following information
shall be sent with the request: Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation
1. Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number. The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran-
2. Length overall, beam, draft, and tonnage of the vessel sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information,
in accordance with the International Tonnage Certificate. see Baltic Sea—Regulations.
3. Type and amount of cargo and information about any
hazardous or pollutant cargo. Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA)
4. Vessel’s agent. The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia,
5. Last port-of-call. Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un-
6. Other information required by the harbormaster. der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a
Vessels or their authorized agents must, upon arrival in the PSSA.
port, provide notification of arrival via the Polish Harbor Infor- A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of
mation and Control System (PHICS). its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost
Polish Harbor Information and Control System care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma-
(PHICS) Home Page rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard.
Pub. 140
582 Poland
2. Trzebiez (53°40'N., 14°31'E.). Traffic Signals
3. Dziwnow (54°01'N., 14°46'E.). The following signals are normally shown from a mast at the
4. Kolobrzeg(54°11'N., 15°33'E.). harbormaster’s office:
5. Darlowo (54°26'N., 16°23'E.). 1. Port Closed:
6. Ustka (54°35'N., 16°52'E.). a. By day.—Three black balls in a vertical line.
7. Leba (54°46'N., 17°33'E.). b. By night.—Three red lights in a vertical line.
8. Wladyslawowo (54°25'N., 18°25'E.). 2. Entrance Prohibited:
9. Hel (54°36'N., 18°48'E.). a. By day.—Three black balls in a vertical line.
10. Gdynia (54°32'N., 18°33'E.). b. By night.—A white light between two red lights in a
11. Gorki Wschodnie (54°21'N., 18°48'E.). vertical line.
12. Swibno (54°20'N., 18°56'E.). 3. Departure Prohibited:
13. Tolmicko (54°20'N., 19°32'E.). a. By day.—A black cone, point up, between two
14. Sztutowo (54°20'N., 19°11'E.). black cones, points down, in a vertical line.
Further information on the Polish Maritime Search and Res- b. By night.—A white light between two green lights
cue Service can be found on the following web site: in a vertical line.
4. Entry and Departure Prohibited and Harbor Move-
Polish Maritime Search and Rescue Service ments Prohibited:
Home Page a. By day.—Two black cones, points together, over a
black ball in a vertical line
http://www.sar.gov.pl b. By night.—A white light with a green light above it
and a red light below it.
Ship Reporting System
Dredge Signals
GDANREP Dredges engaged in underwater operations or other vessels
GDANREP is a mandatory reporting system co-located with working in the shipping channels, when anchored or underway
the Gulf of Gdansk Vessel Traffic Service. The system covers in poor visibility, in addition to the appropriate international
the territorial and internal waters of Poland in the Gulf of signals, give a signal to indicate which side they are to be
Gdansk S of 54°45'N, between the Reporting Line and the Pol- passed:
ish coast. 1. Five single strokes and one double stroke on the bell—
Further information can be found in Pub. 194, Sailing Direc- Vessel to leave the dredge or other vessel to port when
tions (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part). viewed from seaward.
1. Five single strokes and two double strokes on the
bell—Vessel to leave the dredge or other vessel to starboard
Signals when viewed from seaward.
Vessels may determine whether a port is open for entry or Storm Signals
departure by contacting the Captain of the Port by VHF radio- Storm signals are shown in Poland in cases of actual or fore-
telephone. casted winds greater than force 4 as indicated in the accompa-
nying table titled Poland—Storm Signals.
Port Closed
In case of an emergency, the following signal indicates that Special Services Ships
entrance into the port is absolutely prohibited: Ships of Special State Services display their service flags, by
1. By day.—Three black balls in a vertical line. day, where best seen. At night, a green light is shown above the
2. By night.—Three red lights in a vertical line. light on the foremast.
Poland—Storm Signals
Event Day signal Night signal
Strong winds—Force 4-5 A yellow cylinder A green light over a white light
Gales—Force 6 A black ball A white light over a green light
Northwest storm—Force 8 A black cone, point up Two red lights
Southwest storm A black cone, point down Two white lights
Northeast storm Two black cones, points up A red light over a white light
Southeast storm Two black cones, points down A white light over a red light
A green light between two red
Hurricane—Force 12 A black cross
lights in a vertical line
Pub. 140
Poland 583
Poland—Storm Signals
Event Day signal Night signal
Note.—A red flag shown with any of the storm signals indicates the wind is veering. Two red flags
shown with any of the storm signals indicates the wind is backing.
Citizens’ Militia vessels, while on duty, show a blue all Time Zone
around light located above the white light on the foremast.
Customs vessels display a white pennant with a green border The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings
and show two green lights over a white light from the Time (BRAVO (-2)) is observed from the last Sunday in March
masthead. until the last Sunday in October.
Border Patrol Ships while on duty, in order to apprehend an-
other vessel, may, by day, fire two green flares; at night, two
green lights in a vertical line may be shown. This signal means Traffic Separation Schemes
“Border Patrol, stop your engines.”
A special state service ship desiring to stop another vessel Traffic Separation Schemes in Poland are, as follows:
will sound two long and two short blasts. 1. Gulf of Gdansk West. (IMO adopted)
2. Gulf of Gdansk East. (IMO adopted)
3. Adlergrund. (IMO adopted)
Submarine Operating Areas 4. Shupska Bank (Lawicka Slupska). (IMO adopted)
Polish submarines on the surface show lights prescribed by
international regulations, including an all round orange light
showing about 100 flashes per minute and visible for 3 miles. U.S. Embassy
Ships convoying and exercising with Polish submarines dis-
play “NE 2” by day, and at night three blue lights are shown The U.S. Embassy is situated at Aleje Ujazdowskie 29/31,
vertically on the yardarm of the mast in addition to all other 00-540 Warsaw.
prescribed lights. The mailing address is American Embassy Warsaw, US De-
Polish submarines are equipped with salvage and telephone partment of State, Washington, DC (20521-5010).
buoys. Salvage buoys are spherical, painted in white and red
checks; telephone buoys are can-shaped, painted in red and U. S. Embassy Poland Home Page
white checks. Both buoys have green double collars between
which a cable is wound. https://pl.usembassy.gov
A salvage buoy, if found, should not be touched. Its position
should be reported by radio to the Commander of the Polish Vessel Traffic Service
Naval Authority, Gdynia.
The name of the submarine is painted on both buoys. The Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows:
telephone buoy has two position lights and instructions in Pol- 1. Gulf of Gdansk (54°28'N., 19°00'E.).
ish, English, and German. 2. Szczecin/Swinoujscie (53°49'N., 14°29'E.).
The position and any telephone communication received 3. Utska Vessel Traffic Management Service (54°35'N.,
from the submarine should be reported to the Commander of 16°51'E.).
the Polish Naval Authority, Gdynia. Great care must be taken For further information, see Pub. 194, Sailing Directions
to avoid damaging the cables. (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part).
Pub. 140
585
PORTUGAL
Pub. 140
586 Portugal
Atlantic Ocean, constitutes an autonomous region of Portugal. Local magnetic anomalies are located in Archipelago de Ma-
The principal islands of the group are Flores, Corvo, Terceira, deira, as follows:
Sao Jorge, Pico, Faial, Graciosa, Sao Miguel, and Santa Maria. 1. Off Islas Selvagens.
Madeira and Porto Santo, two inhabited islands, form an au- 2. Off Porto do Funchal.
tonomous region of Portugal. They lie, along with two groups Local magnetic anomalies are located in Archipelago de
of barren islets, in the North Atlantic Ocean to the SE of the Acores, as follows:
Arquipelago dos Acores. 1. In the vicinity of Porto de Ponta Delgade (37°44'N.,
25°39'W.).
Areas to be Avoided 2. In the vicinity of Porto de Angra Heroismo (38°39'N.,
27°13'W.).
An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided encloses Islas de Ber- 3. In the vicinity of Porto de Horta (38°32'N., 28°37'W.).
lengas. This area is bounded by the coast and lines joining the 4. In the vicinity of Porto de Santa Cruz (39°27'N.,
following positions: 31°07'W.).
a. 39°20'00''N, 9°21'30''W. (coast)
b. 39°20'00''N, 9°42'12''W. Currency
c. 39°30'00''N, 9°42'12''W.
d. 39°30'00''N, 9°21'15''W. (coast) The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
All vessels greater than 300 gross tons shall avoid transiting cents.
this area, with the exception of authorized vessels navigating
between Portuguese ports and not carrying dangerous cargo or
other harmful substances. Firing Areas
Buoyage System Espinho Firing Danger Zone.—An area bounded by lines
joining the following positions:
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See a. 41°00'10.9''N, 8°40'47.8''W.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. b. 40°59'11.2''N, 8°38'36.9''W.
c. 40°59'06.0''N, 8°38'37.7''W.
Cautions d. 40°58'54.9''N, 8°41'07.3''W.
This area must be considered dangerous on Mondays and
Scooping Operations Areas Fridays from 0800 until 1800. Exercises may also be conduct-
Scooping Operations Areas are water areas where fire-fight- ed on Saturdays and Sundays, but prior warning will be given.
ing seaplanes land to fill up with water. These areas may be lo- Figuera da Foz Firing Danger Zone.—An area bounded,
cated at sea, on rivers, or in reservoirs where such operations as follows:
may be safely conducted. a. On the N—latitude 40°06.8N.
The National Command for Rescue Operations and the Port b. On the W—longitude 8°54.5'W.
Harbormaster of the activated scooping operations area are re- c. On the S—latitude 40°05.5'N.
sponsible for the process of activating the scooping operations d. On the E—by the coastline.
area. The appropriate harbormaster will: This area must be considered dangerous during the following
1. Issue a warning to shipping on VHF channel 16. times:
2. Institute procedures to exclude shipping from the 1. Monday, Thursday, and Friday—from 0800 until 1800.
scooping operations area 2. Tuesday and Wednesday—from 0800 until 1800 and
Mariners shall not enter the area while scooping operations from 2100 until 2300.
are in progress. The duration of these restrictions are not usual- 3. Sunday—from 0800 until 1300, except for the months
ly known initially. The harbormaster will broadcast an end to of September and November, when it is dangerous from
the restrictions on VHF channel 16 or by other appropriate 0800 until 2000.
means. Ericiera Firing Danger Zone.—An area bounded by lines
Further information on authorized Scooping Operations Ar- joining the following positions:
eas can be found in the table located in Appendix II—Scooping a. 39°02'N, 9°23'W.
Operations Areas. b. 39°02'N, 9°38'W.
c. 39°58'N, 9°38'W.
Magnetic Anomalies d. 39°58'N, 9°23'W.
Local magnetic anomalies have been reported off the main- Cabo Espichal Firing Danger Zone.—A circle, with a ra-
land coast of Portugal, as follows: dius of 3.5 miles, centered on Cabo Espichel Light (38°25'N.,
1. Within 1 mile of Cabo de Sao Vicente (37°01'N., 9°13'W.).
9°00'W.). Bahia de Setubal Firing Danger Zone.—An area bounded,
2. About 30 miles NW of Cabo de Sao Vicente. as follows:
3. In the vicinity of position 41°40'N, 9°56'W. a. On the N—latitude 38°19.7'N.
4. In an area between Cabo Raso (38°42.6'N., 9°29.2'W.) b. On the W—longitude 8°54'W.
and Guia Light, 2 miles NW, compass variation may be in- c. On the S—latitude 38°12.7'N.
creased by up to 5° or decreased by up to 3°. d. On the E—by the coastline.
Pub. 140
Portugal 587
Pub. 140
588 Portugal
9. Approaches to the Rio Tejo (38°40'N., 9°19'W.). August 15 Assumption Day
10. Porto de Sines (37°57'N., 8°52'W.).
11. Sesimbra (38°27'N., 9°06'W.). October 5 Republic Day
12. Porto de Setubal (38°31'N., 8°53'W.). November 1 All Saints’ Day
Holidays Meteorology
The following holidays are observed: Weather forecasts for Portugal, the Arquipelago dos Acores,
and Madeira are available, in Portuguese and English, from the
January 1 New Year’s Day Instituto Portugues do Mar e da Atmosfera (http://www.ip-
Shrove Tuesday/Carnival Variable ma.pt/pt/maritima/boletins).
Pub. 140
Portugal 589
* Has established straight baselines for various areas 10. Wind (Beaufort Scale).
along the continental coast of Portugal, as well as Arqui- 11. Wave and swell (Douglas Sea Scale).
pelago dos Acores and Madeira. Claims the Tagus estuary 12. Rain.
and the Sado estuary, as well as their associated bays, as 13. Source of information (Name of person making the
historic waters. report).
14. Observations of the spot.
15. Samples collected.
Internet Maritime Safety Information
16. Any further information.
Navigational warnings are available, in Portuguese, from the
Portuguese Hydrographic Office (http://anavnet.hidrografi-
co.pt). Regulations
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification
Pilotage Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu-
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for
Pilotage is compulsory at nearly all Portuguese ports. There
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the
is usually a properly organized pilot service at the larger ports
EU region.
and licensed pilots at the smaller ones.
The report should be sent to the port authorities.
The pilot stations at Lisboa and Setubal are equipped with
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
radio; the pilot vessel at Lisboa is equipped with a telephone.
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi-
Pilot vessels do not generally cruise off the entrances to
cation.
ports. At the larger ports, communication with the pilots is usu-
ally established by radio, either through the port authority or
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
direct. At the smaller ports ships, should approach the harbor
tion
mouth, making the usual signal for a ship requiring a pilot.
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as
Pilot boats are generally painted black or gray, with the letter
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300
P in white on each bow or the word “Pilotos” in white on the
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
sides. By day pilot vessels generally display a white flag with a
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant
blue border with the letter P in the center. At night they display
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
the lights prescribed by 72 COLREGS.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu-
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica-
Pollution tions.
Pub. 140
590 Portugal
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA) on 2182 kHz and VHF channel 16 for distress traffic. MRCC
The waters off the W coast of the United Kingdom, Ireland, Lisboa maintains a continuous mainland listening watch on
Belgium, France, Spain, and Portugal, from the Sheltand Is- VHF channel 70.
lands in the N to Cabo San Vicente in the S, including the En-
glish Channel, were granted (2004) the status of PSSA by the Rescue Craft
International Maritime Organization. Along the coast of Portugal, lifeboats are stationed at the fol-
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of lowing locations:
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels 1. Viana do Castelo (41°41'N., 8°50'W.).
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost 2. Esposende (41°32'N., 8°47'W.).
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- 3. Apulia (41°29'N., 8°47'W.).
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. 4. Povoa de Varzim (41°23'N., 8°46'W.).
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) 5. Vila do Conde (41°21'N., 8°44'W.).
was instituted to help protect the environment of the PSSA. 6. Vila Cha (41°18'N., 8°44'W.).
7. Angeiras (41°16'N., 8°44'W.).
Approved Anchorages 8. Leixoes (41°11'N., 8°42'W.).
Approved anchorages are located in the following ports: 9. Porto do Douro (41°09'N., 8°37'W.).
1. Viana do Castelo (41°41'N., 8°50'W.). 10. Aguda (41°03'N., 8°39'W.).
2. Leixoes (41°11'N., 8°42'W.). 11. Aveiro (40°39'N., 8°45'W.).
3. Aveiro (40°39'N., 8°45'W.). 12. Figueira da Foz (40°09'N., 8°52'W.).
4. Figueira da Foz (40°09'N., 8°52'W.). 13. Nazare (39°36'N., 9°05'W.).
5. Baia de Cascais (38°42'N., 9°25'W.). 14. Sao Martinho do Porto (39°30'N., 9°08'W.).
6. Lisboa (38°42'N., 9°11'W.). 15. Peniche (39°21'N., 9°22'W.).
7. Setubal (38°30'N., 8°55'W.). 16. Ericeira (38°58'N., 9°25'W.).
8. Sines (37°57'N., 8°52'W.). 17. Lisboa (38°42'N., 9°11'W.).
9. Lagos (37°09'N., 8°40'W.). 18. Sesimbra (38°26'N., 9°07'W.).
10. Portimao (37°07'N., 8°31'W.). 19. Sines (37°57'N., 8°52'W.).
11. Faro-Olhao (37°00'N., 7°55'W.). 20. Vila Nova de Milfontes (37°43'N., 8°47'W.).
12. Vila Real de Santo Antonio (37°12'N., 7°25'W.). 21. Baleeira (37°01'N., 8°56'W.).
22. Ferragudo (37°07'N., 8°31'W.).
23. Cabo de Santa Maria (36°58'N., 7°52'W.).
Search and Rescue 24. Fuzeta (37°03'N., 7°45'W.).
25. Tavira (37°5'08., 7°39'W.).
The Portuguese navy is responsible for coordinating search 26. Vila Real de Santo Antonio (37°11'N., 7°25'W.).
and rescue operations. Lifeboats are stationed in Arquipelago dos Acores at the fol-
Due to the large volume of traffic off the Portuguese coasts, lowing locations:
search and rescue operations are divided into the Lisboa Re- 1. Ponta Delgada (37°44'N., 25°40'W.).
gion, for the coast of Portugal, and the Santa Maria Region, for 2. Angra de Heroismo (38°39'N., 27°13'W.).
the waters surrounding the Arquipelago dos Acores. Maritime
Rescue Coordination Centers (MRCC) are located at MRCC Ship Reporting System
Lisboa (Portugal) and MRCC Ponta Delgada (Arquipelago dos
Acores). A Maritime Rescue Coordination Subcenter (MRSC) Off the Coast of Portugal Ship Reporting System (CO-
is located at MRSC Funchal (Madeira). PREP)
The MRCCs and the MRSC can be contacted, as follows: The Off the Coast of Portugal Ship Reporting System (CO-
1. MRCC Lisboa PREP) is a mandatory ship reporting system. The Reporting
a. Telephone: 351-214-401919 Area extends a maximum distance of about 60 miles off the W
351-214-401950 coast of Portugal S of latitude 39°45'N and a maximum dis-
b. Facsimile: 351-214-401954 tance of about 45 miles off the S coast of Portugal W of longi-
351-211-938442 tude 8°30'W.
c. E-mail: mrcc.lisboa@marinha.pt Further information on COPREP can be found in Pub. 143,
2. MRCC Ponta Delgada Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe and North-
a. Telephone: 351-296-281777 west Coast of Africa.
351-917-777453
b. Facsimile: 351-211-938518 Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP)
c. E-mail: mrcc.delgada@marinha.pt The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP),
mrcc.delgada@gmail.com a mandatory reporting system, is in effect. The Reporting Area
3. MRSC Funchal covers the waters off Belgium; the W coast and English Chan-
a. Telephone: 351-291-213110 nel coasts of France; Ireland; Portugal; the N and W coasts of
351-919-678140 Spain; and the English Channel and W coasts of the United
b. Facsimile: 351-291-228232 Kingdom, including the Shetland Isles.
c. E-mail: mrsc.funchal@marinha.pt Further information on WETREP can be found in North At-
A network of coast radio stations maintains a listening watch lantic Ocean—Ship Reporting System.
Pub. 140
Portugal 591
Pub. 140
592 Portugal
Pub. 140
Appendix I—Submarine Operating Areas
Portugal
Pub. 140
593
594
Pub. 140
Portugal
Courtesy Instituto Hidrografico Portugal
Portugal—Submarine Operating Areas off the W and S coasts of Portugal
Portugal
Courtesy Instituto Hidrografico Portugal
Portugal—Submarine Operating Areas in Arquipelago de Acores
Pub. 140
595
Portugal 597
Pub. 140
598 Portugal
Pub. 140
Portugal 599
Pub. 140
601
ROMANIA
General 601 between Ukraine and Moldova on the N and Bulgaria on the S.
Buoyage System 601 The climate is temperate. Winters are cloudy, with frequent
Cautions 602 snow and fog. Summers are sunny, with frequent showers and
Currency 602 thunderstorms.
Firing Areas 602 The central Transylvanian Basin is separated from the Plain
Government 602 of Moldavia on the E by the Carpathian Mountains and from
Holidays 602 the Walachian Plain on the S by the Transylvanian Alps.
Industries 602
Languages 602
Mined Areas 602 Buoyage System
Navigational Information 603
Pilotage 603 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Pollution 603 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Regulations 604 The Danube River is marked by buoys and lighted buoys, as
Restricted Areas 604 follows:
Search and Rescue 605
Time Zone 605 Dangers along the S bank Red cylindrical buoys, spar
Traffic Separation Schemes 605 and S side of the fairway buoys, or posts.
U.S. Embassy 605
Vessel Traffic Service 605 Dangers along the N bank Green conical buoys, spar
and N side of the fairway buoys, or posts.
Junction or division of the Spherical buoys or spar
General fairway or danger in the fair- buoys with red and green
way horizontal bands.
Romania is located in southeastern Europe on the Black Sea,
Pub. 140
602 Romania
Mined Areas
A mine is located in position 44°21'58.3''N, 28°50'39.4''E.
Navigation is prohibited within 1 mile of this position.
Former mined areas are located, as follows:
1. Area No. 3 (44°00'N., 28°44'E.).
2. Area No. 4 (44°34'N., 28°56'E.).
3. Area No. 5 (44°30'N., 29°28'E.).
4. Area No. 6 (44°40'N., 30°20'E.).
Flag of Romania 5. Area No. 7 (45°14'N., 29°50'E.).
6. Area No. 8 (45°06'N., 30°08'E.).
Romania is a republic. The country is divided into 41 coun- 7. Area No. 9 (44°50'N., 31°12'E.).
Pub. 140
Romania 603
Pub. 140
604 Romania
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas. The reports shall be sent, as follows:
Pub. 140
Romania 605
Pub. 140
606 Romania
d. Any other information requested by the VTS. 1. Any defect or discrepancy in an aid to navigation.
4. When unmooring, stating the vessel’s intention to par- 2. Any condition that may impair a vessel’s ability to
ticipate in the VTS. safely navigate or maneuver.
5. When departing the VTS Area. 3. Involvement in a marine casualty.
6. After mooring. 4. Adverse weather or visibility conditions.
The languages to be used for communication shall be En- 5. Any pollution incident.
glish or Romanian. 6. Any hazard to navigation.
Emergency Reports.—All vessels shall immediately report 7. Another vessel in apparent difficulty.
any incident or accident which can affect safety and security, 8. Any condition susceptible to lead to an incident or nav-
environmental protection, or efficient traffic organization. Any igation event.
of the following should be reported immediately: 9. Security incidents.
Pub. 140
607
RUSSIA
General 607 short cool summers in N Siberia. In general, most of the coun-
Buoyage System 607 try has a continental type of climate which is characterized by
Cautions 607 cold winters and warm summers.
Currency 608 The terrain is a broad plain with low hills W of the Urals.
Firing Areas 608 There are vast forest and tundra in Siberia with uplands and
Government 608 mountains along the S border regions.
Holidays 608
Ice 608 Buoyage System
Industries 611
Languages 611 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Mined Areas 611 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Navigational Information 612 Temporary markings indicating areas prohibited for naviga-
Pilotage 612 tion, anchoring and fishing, and naval exercise areas, will be
Pollution 614 broadcast by marine radio and published in the weekly notice.
Regulations 614 It has been reported that all navigational aids in the S and E
Restricted Areas 615 part of the Gulf of Finland may be unreliable. Mariners should
Search and Rescue 616 exercise caution when using these aids.
Ship Reporting System 616
Signals 616 Cautions
Submarine Operating Areas 618
Time Zone 619 General
Traffic Separation Schemes 619 Because of insufficient information, it is not possible to en-
U.S. Embassy 620 sure that NGA charts and publications, covering the coasts of
Vessel Traffic Service 620 Russia and adjacent waters, are up to date concerning new dan-
Appendix I—Regulated Navigation Areas (Baltic Sea) 621 gers or changes to navigational aids or warnings and mariners
Appendix II—Regulated Navigation Areas (Black Sea and are therefore cautioned to exercise additional care when navi-
the Sea of Azov) 625 gating these waters.
Appendix III—Novorossiyak Vessel Traffic Service 627
Appendix IV—Sochi Vessel Traffic Service 631 High Speed Craft
Appendix V—Taganrog Vessel Traffic Service 635 High speed craft operate off the Black Sea coast of Russia.
Appendix VI—Tuapse Vessel Traffic Service 637 Vessels are advised to maintain a good lookout.
Appendix VII—Time Zones 639
Pipeline Protection Zones
General Protection zones have been established extending 100m on
each side of all pipelines in Russian waters. Anchoring, trailing
Russia is located in northern Asia, bordering the Arctic an anchor, trawling, dredging, or any operation which could
Ocean, between Europe and the North Pacific Ocean. endanger a pipeline is prohibited within these zones. The same
The climate ranges from subtropical with abundant rainfall restrictions apply within 0.25 mile on each side of the seabed
along sections of the Black Sea to extreme cold winters with cables.
Pub. 140
608 Russia
Tyagun
The Tyagun, an unpleasant and sometimes dangerous wave
condition which may occur inside a harbor, is reported to affect
ports on the Caucasian coast between Tuapse and Bat’umi. For
further information, see Baltic Sea—Cautions—Dangerous
Waves.
Pub. 140
Russia 609
Pub. 140
610 Russia
8. Vessels proceeding through the ice in tow of an ice- under convoy during, and as a consequence of its being con-
breaker shall not operate their engines in the ahead direction voyed through the ice, or as a result of maneuvers while un-
without special orders from the master of the icebreaker in der such convoy.
each individual case. Vessels shall be constantly alert to drop 14. Merchant vessels of all flags are free of all charges
the tow immediately when ordered to do so by the master of for using the services of port icebreakers to convoy them
the icebreaker, as well as ready to make full speed astern. from the edge of the ice into port to the berth, and from the
9. The first vessels to be convoyed shall be naval vessels, port to sea, as well as for towing during convoy if such tow-
mail-passenger vessels, and vessels carrying cargo that has ing is deemed necessary by the master of the icebreaker.
been designated as priority. These shall be followed by all re- The tariffs for the operation of icebreakers in the Arctic,
maining vessels in their order of arrival at the edge of the ice, and in the non-Arctic seas that freeze during the winter navi-
or readiness to leave port. gation period, shall be paid at the per ton rate by the shipper,
10. Vessels following an icebreaker and suffering dam- or receiver, for each ton of cargo, depending on the condi-
age shall hoist the distress signal prescribed by the Interna- tions of the sales contract, as shall the rate for convoying
tional Rules of the Road. vessels other than those belonging to the Ministry of the
A vessel suffering damage of any kind in the ice, or Merchant Marine in Arctic waters, levied in accordance with
springing a leak, shall take immediate steps to repair the established procedure. The shifting of berths required in con-
damage, and shall, simultaneously, report such damage to nection with cargo handling operations, as well as bunker-
the master of the icebreaker by radio, or other means of com- ing, docking, and the like, shall be paid for separately.
munications. 15. Any vessel using an icebreaker to convoy it through
11. Vessels following an icebreaker through the ice shall the ice, by such action consents to placing itself under the
be guided by the International Code of Signals. Vessels shall provisions of these rules.
comply immediately with these signals when made by the 16. The master of a vessel following an icebreaker shall
icebreaker. do his own dead-reckoning and keep a running fix of his ves-
12. In the event the master of a vessel being convoyed by sel’s position. Upon completion of the convoy through the
an icebreaker fails to comply with the orders issued by the ice he shall compare his position coordinates with those of
master of the icebreaker, the latter has the right to refuse fur- the icebreaker.
ther convoy until his orders are complied with.
13. Neither the icebreaker, the owner of the icebreaker, The Black Sea and the Sea of Azov
nor the charterer shall bear any property responsibility for Ice may form during prolonged periods of frost which occur
damage, or for other losses that could be sustained by a ship in the winter in the N parts of the Black Sea and the Sea of
Pub. 140
Russia 611
Azov. The severity of the winter, and therefore the extent and c. 56°49'N, 20°29'E.
thickness of the ice cover, varies in different years but even in d. 56°49'N, 20°25'E.
the most severe winter, only a relatively small part of the entire Area No. 235—Southwest of Mys Taran.—Area bounded
Black Sea is affected by ice. by lines joining the following positions:
Navigation is usually only affected in the NW part of the a. 54°39.0'N, 19°33.0'E.
Black Sea, Kerchenskiy Proliv (Kerch Strait), and the Sea of b. 54°42.0'N, 19°33.0'E.
Azov. February is normally the month of greatest ice cover in c. 54°42.0'N, 19°36.5'E.
these areas. d. 54°39.0'N, 19°36.5'E.
In the Sea of Azov, between mid-December and late Febru- Area No. 236—Approaches to Liepaja.—Area bounded by
ary, navigation is often hindered by ice and in many cases can lines joining the following positions:
only be maintained with the help of icebreakers. Navigation is a. 56°41.7'N, 20°42.0'E.
likely to be the most difficult of the N shore, in the entrance to b. 56°44.1'N, 20°42.0'E.
the Gulf of Taganrog, and with prolonged N or NE winds, in c. 56°44.1'N, 20°44.7'E.
the approaches to Kerchenskiy Proliv (Kerch Strait). d. 56°41.7'N, 20°44.7'E.
Note.—Due to the possibility of floating mines in the Gulf
Industries of Finland, Russian authorities recommend passenger vessels
navigate only during daylight hours between longitude 25°30'E
The main industries include mining (coal, oil, gas, chemi- and longitude 28°30'E. Mariners should keep a sharp lookout
cals, and metals), machine building (from rolling mills to high- at all times, especially during and after stormy weather.
performance aircraft and space vehicles), defense industries For information on the former Mine Danger Area in the Gulf
(including radar, missile production, and advanced electronic of Finland, see Finland—Mined Areas.
components), shipbuilding, road and rail transportation equip-
ment, communications equipment, agricultural machinery and The Black Sea
tractors, construction equipment, electric power generating and Former Mined Area No. 28—Position 44°34'N, 37°53'E.
transmitting equipment, medical and scientific instruments, Former Mined Area No. 29—Position 44°24'N, 38°10'E.
consumer durable goods, textiles, foodstuffs, and handicrafts.
The main exports are petroleum and petroleum products, The Sea of Azov (Taganrogskiy Zaliv)
natural gas, metals, wood and wood products, chemicals, and a Former Mined Area No. 56—Position 46°37'N, 37°30'E.
wide variety of civilian and military products. The main ex- Former Mined Area No. 57—Position 46°38'N, 37°29'E.
port-trading partners are the China, Netherlands, Germany, and Former Mined Area No. 58—Position 46°39'N, 37°43'E.
Turkey. Former Mined Area No. 61—Position 46°47'N, 37°58'E.
The main imports are machinery, vehicles, pharmaceuticals, Former Mined Area No. 62—Position 46°41'N, 37°57'E.
plastics, semi-finished metal products, meats, fruits and nuts, Former Mined Area No. 64—Area bounded by lines join-
optical and medical equipment, iron, and steel. The main im- ing the following positions:
port-trading partners are China, Germany, the United States, a. 46°50.0'N, 38°05.5'E.
and Belarus. b. 46°44.8'N, 38°07.5'E.
c. 46°45.0'N, 38°14.8'E.
Languages d. 46°48.4'N, 38°19.2'E.
e. 46°51.5'N, 38°17.5'E.
Russian is the official language. Former Mined Area No. 65—Area bounded by lines join-
ing the following positions:
Mined Areas a. 46°45.0'N, 38°18.2'E.
b. 46°44.0'N, 38°18.2'E.
The Baltic Sea c. 46°44.0'N, 38°20.3'E.
Area No. 110—Northwest of Tolbukhin Light.—Area d. 46°45.0'N, 38°20.3'E.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: Former Mined Area No. 66—Area bounded by lines join-
a. 60°05.0'N, 29°15.5'E. ing the following positions:
b. 60°05.0'N, 29°19.5'E. a. 46°58.0'N, 38°25.0'E.
c. 60°02.5'N, 29°19.5'E. b. 46°55.0'N, 38°25.0'E.
d. 60°02.5'N, 29°15.5'E. c. 46°53.5'N, 38°37.0'E.
Note.—This is a mine practice area. d. 46°57.5'N, 38°48.7'E.
Area No. 233—Northeast of Ostrov Rukhnu.—Area bound- e. 46°59.0'N, 38°57.2'E.
ed by lines joining the following positions: f. 47°01.5'N, 38°56.0'E.
a. 57°53.7'N, 23°17.5'E. Former Mined Area No. 67—Area bounded by lines join-
b. 57°56.0'N, 23°25.0'E. ing the following positions:
c. 57°54.2'N, 23°27.0'E. a. 47°04.7'N, 38°30.5'E.
d. 57°51.5'N, 23°19.0'E. b. 47°02.0'N, 38°32.0'E.
Area No. 234—West of Mys Akmenrags.—Area bounded c. 47°02.3'N, 38°36.0'E.
by lines joining the following positions: d. 47°05.7'N, 38°34.7'E.
a. 56°52'N, 20°25'E. Former Mined Area No. 68—Area bounded by the coast
b. 56°52'N, 20°29'E. and lines joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
612 Russia
a. 47°11.7'N, 38°49.7'E. (coast) Internet Maritime Safety Information
b. 47°07.5'N, 38°53.0'E. Navigation warnings for NAVAREA XIII, NAVAREA XX,
c. 47°06.5'N, 38°58.5'E. and NAVAREA XXI are available, in English, from the Minis-
d. 47°11.0'N, 39°00.5'E. try of Defense of the Russian Federation (http://struc-
e. 47°12.0'N, 38°57.5'E. (coast) ture.mil.ru/structure/forces/hydrographic/info/notices.htm).
Former Mined Area No. 69—Position 46°17'N, 38°08'E.
Former Mined Area No. 70—Position 46°04'N, 38°08'E.
Former Mined Area No. 71—Position 46°06'N, 37°57'E. Pilotage
Note.—These former mined areas still may present a danger
for vessels anchoring, fishing, or engaged in submarine or sea Pilotage is compulsory for entry to and departure from all
bed activities. Russian ports and for mooring and casting off. Pilots should be
ordered through the vessel’s agent 12 hours in advance and
Navigational Information confirmed 4 hours prior to arrival, unless otherwise stated by
individual ports.
Enroute Volumes Vessels requiring a Deep Sea Pilot for the Baltic area should
Pub. 155, Sailing Directions (Enroute) East Coast of Russia. send the request to the port of St. Petersburg.
Pub. 183, Sailing Directions (Enroute) North Coast of Rus- Pilotage requirements are uniform for all foreign flag vessels
sia. but come under the purview of local pilotage laws. Pilotage re-
Pub. 195, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and quirements may therefore vary from port to port. See the ap-
Gulf of Bothnia. propriate volume of Sailing Directions (Enroute) for ports in
BA NP 24, Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (British Admi- the Baltic Sea and the Arctic Ocean; information on Black Sea
ralty publication) ports can be found below. In the majority of ports, entry and
departure of vessels take place around the clock. In some ports,
Maritime Claims pilotage is carried out with the aid of tugs. In others, shore ra-
The maritime territorial claims of Russia are, as follows: dar and radio direction-finding stations are used.
Pub. 140
Russia 613
Pub. 140
614 Russia
Lighted Buoy to the berths and piers of the port. The pilot ment of Russia and local municipal and port authorities in the
boards within a circle with a radius of 0.3 mile centered on po- areas wherein they have their jurisdiction.
sition 46°45.0'N, 38°13.4'E. Vessels should send their ETA and preliminary information
Compulsory pilotage for incoming vessels should be ordered concerning the vessel and its cargo via their agent 12 days, 96
via the owner or agent no later than 1400 daily. Departing ves- hours, and 12 hours in advance. Oil, gas, and chemical tankers
sels should request a pilot no later than 4 hours prior to depar- should however, send this information 14 days, 72 hours, and
ture. 12 hours before arrival.
Non-compulsory pilotage area.—Pilotage is available in In addition, masters must indicate that the vessel has certifi-
the area between Port Kavkaz and Yeysk Entrance Lighted cation guaranteeing civil responsibility for damage from oil
Buoy. The pilot boards in a position agreed to between the pollution.
master and the pilot. The following preliminary information is required by the
Vessels requesting non-compulsory pilotage should submit Port Authority:
their request via the owner or agent no later than 48 hours prior 1. Name and flag of vessel.
to arrival, with confirmation sent 24 hours and 12 hours in ad- 2. Port of departure (last port of call).
vance. Departing vessels should request a pilot no later than 12 3. Vessel’s draft at bow and stern.
hours prior to departure. 4. Cargo capacity of vessel, volume of hold, measure-
Pilots can be contacted, as follows: ments, etc.
1. Telephone: 7-8-86132-21488 5. Name and quantity of cargo and its distribution by hold
7-8-918-1117948 (work days 0800-1700) (for tankers, in addition, indicate type and disposition of bal-
2. Facsimile: 7-8-86132-21488 last).
7-8-86132-26163 6. Requirements from port services.
3. E-mail: rosmorport@esk.rosmorport.ru Information concerning a vessel’s sanitation state must be re-
ported in accordance with current sanitation, veterinary, and
Pollution quarantine regulations.
A vessel’s arrival in port must be registered directly with the
Russian regulations prohibit, under severe penalties, dis- Port Authority or with a representative of the Transport Fleet
charge within the economic zone of Russian of oil, oil prod- Maintenance Service, within the first 6 hours in port, complet-
ucts, noxious materials, and any other substance or refuse ing sanitation, quarantine, customs, and border formalities.
injurious to human health or to the living resources of the sea. On sailing, the Port Authority must be informed of intended
Failure to inform the nearest Russian authority of accidental departure at least 6 hours in advance; during a short term an-
or emergency discharge of such substances within the territori- chorage (less than 6 hours) at least 2 hours notice is required.
al and internal waters of Russian and failure to note the occur-
rence in the ship’s log also carry severe penalties. Entry into Russian Territorial Waters
Russian merchant vessels and civil aircraft are instructed to Vessels must announce their intention to enter Russian terri-
inform Russian authorities of witnessed infringements of the torial waters on VHF channel 16 to the stations of the North-
Russian regulations and of the international regulations. west Border Control of the Russian Federal Security Service
Within the territorial and internal waters of Russia vessels (FSB) on Ostrov Gogland (call sign: Lebed 19) or on Ostrov
suspected of infringing the regulations are liable to be stopped, Kozlinyy (call sign: Lebed 16).
boarded and inspected. If an infringement has taken place
within those waters, the vessel is liable to be detained. ETA Notification
Vessels should send their ETA via their agent 12 days, 96
MARPOL Special Area hours, and 12 hours in advance. Oil, gas, and chemical tankers
MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special manda- should however, confirm their ETA 14 days, 72 hours, and 12
tory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have hours before arrival.
been adopted. Several areas off the coasts of Russia have been
designated as MARPOL Special Areas, as follows: Economic Zone
1. The Black Sea. Russia claims an economic zone extending 200 miles sea-
2. The Baltic Sea (includes the Gulf of Finland). ward from the limits of its territorial sea.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic Within the economic zone, the Government of Russia issues
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas. regulations in connection with and for the control of:
This Special Area is under intensive surveillance for pollu- 1. Exploitation and conservation of resources found on or
tion and violations of traffic rules. Further information on pol- below the sea bed and in the waters above it, including anad-
lution reporting can be found in Baltic Sea—Pollution— romous fish. Fishing of anadromous types of fish is permit-
Pollution Reporting. ted only as a result of inter-governmental agreement.
2. Marine scientific research.
Regulations 3. Pollution of the marine environment.
Freedom of passage for ships and aircraft through the eco-
General nomic zone is assured.
Access to Russian ports by any foreign vessel is subject to Regulations exist for the inspection of vessels suspected of
compliance with applicable laws and regulations of the govern- causing pollution and penalties for infringement exist.
Pub. 140
Russia 615
Pub. 140
616 Russia
Russian and NGA charts. Unless otherwise stated, the area is 2. Mys Lisiy Nos (60°01'N., 29°58'E.).
bounded by the lines joining the positions listed in the follow- 3. Lomonosov(59°55'N., 29°46'E.).
ing Appendices: 4. Petrovorets (59°53'N., 29°54'E.).
1. Russian Regulated Areas for the Baltic Sea are listed in 5. Strelna (59°52'N., 30°03'E.) (summer only).
Appendix I. 6. Baltiysk (54°39'N., 19°54'E.).
2. Russian Regulated Areas for the Black Sea and the Sea 7. Mys Taran (54°58'N., 19°59'E.).
of Azov are listed in Appendix II. 8. A rescue station 6 miles NNE of Baltiysk.
Emergency search and rescue operations in territorial waters
Search and Rescue of Russia are normally carried out by Russian rescue units.
However, vessels whose governments have an international
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Mos- agreement with the government of Russia will, in exceptional
kow is responsible for coordinating search and rescue opera- circumstances, be given permission to participate in rescue op-
tions and working with search and rescue services of erations.
neighboring countries.
The MRCCs can be contacted, as follows: Ship Reporting System
1. MRCC Moskow
a. Telephone: 7-495-626-1052 GOFREP.—The Gulf of Finland Reporting System (GOF-
7-495-624-1853 REP) is a mandatory ship reporting system. It covers the inter-
7-495-626-1055 national waters in the Gulf of Finland E of the Western
b. Facsimile: 7-495-623-7476 Reporting Line and Russian territorial waters W of longitude
c. E-mail: odsmrcc@morflot.ru 26°30.0'E. In addition, Estonia and Finland have implemented
od_smrcc@morspas.com mandatory ship reporting systems to their national water areas
smrcc6@morflot.ru outside VTS areas. These reporting systems provide the same
2. MRCC Kaliningrad services and make the same requirements of shipping as the
a. Telephone: 7-4012-579471 system operating in international waters; further information
7-4012-579473 on these systems can be found in Pub. 195, Sailing Directions
7-4012-538153 (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
7-4012-632443 The mandatory ship reporting system in the international wa-
7-4012-538470 (Maritime Assis- ters of the Gulf of Finland, including the national mandatory
tance Center) ship reporting systems of Estonia and Finland, are collectively
b. Facsimile: 7-4012-538470 referred to as GOFREP; the area of coverage is referred to as
7-4012-643199 (Maritime Assis- the GOFREP area. Further information on GOFREP can be
tance Center) found in Baltic Sea—Appendix II.
c. E-mail: mrcc@mapkld.ru
3. MRCC Saint Peterburg
a. Telephone: 7-812-3274147
Signals
7-812-2541673 Anchor Signals
7-812-4958995 Vessels using a kedge anchor show, by day, a red flag, or at
b. Facsimile: 7-812-3274146 night a white light on the anchor cable at half the height of the
c. E-mail: mrcc@pasp.ru ship’s side. These signals are additional to those prescribed by
4. MRCC Novorossiysk the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea.
a. Telephone: 7-8617-676417
7-8617-676418 Dredge Signals
7-8617-635543 Dredges in Russian waters show the appropriate lights or
b. Facsimile: 7-8617-676420 shapes as prescribed in the International Regulations for Pre-
7-8617-619424 venting Collisions at Sea. These signals should only be inter-
c. E-mail: mrcc3@ampnovo.ru preted as an indication of the side on which the dredge wishes
5. MRSC Taman to allow the approaching vessel to pass.
a. Telephone: 7-929-8467886 The approaching vessel should reduce speed to the minimum
7-928-8478144 necessary for steerage way before arriving at a distance of 0.5
7-928-2607240 (mobile) mile from the dredge; one prolonged blast should be sounded.
b. Facsimile: 7-861-4841722 The dredge will, in addition to showing the proper signals, con-
7-861-4841722 firm the side on which the dredged is to be passed, as follows:
c. E-mail: mrsc3@amptaman.ru If no answering signal is received from the dredge, the vessel
mrsc1@amptaman.ru must assume that passage on both sides of the dredge is closed.
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch on international distress frequencies for distress
Russia—Dredge Signals
traffic.
Rescue craft on the Baltic Sea coast are maintained at the Signal Meaning
following locations: One long blast Leave me on your port side.
1. Sestroetsk (60°06'N., 29°57'E.).
Pub. 140
Russia 617
Russia—Dredge Signals Should any vessel approach an area where entry to or navi-
gation within is prohibited, the patrol vessel, guardship, or
Signal Meaning coast guard station shall in addition to the above signals, show
Two long blasts Leave me on your starboard side. the following signals:
1. By day—Three red balls, in a triangle, point up.
Three long blasts No passage. Wait until clear. 2. By night—Three red lights, vertically aligned.
The above information is not to be construed to mean every
Vessels Engaged in Special Operations restricted area will be guarded, and vessels proceeding into
Russian vessels, engaged in survey operations, display a blue these waters should have on board the latest available informa-
pennant having on it a white disc bearing the figure of a light- tion pertaining to navigation off the coastal areas of Russian.
house. Vessels of the Russian Federal Security Service Border
Russian vessels, except for dredges, engaged in special oper- Guard wishing to stop non-naval vessels will signal these ves-
ations in narrow waters such as cable laying, servicing naviga- sels, as follows:
tional aids, or surveying will display the appropriate signals 1. By day—International Code flag L from the mast.
from COLREGS 1972. Vessels approaching such a ship must 2. By night—Two green lights, vertically disposed, on
reduce speed and sound one prolonged blast when at a distance the mast above the masthead light.
of 0.5 mile. Approaching vessels shall not pass the ship en- 3. Firing two green flares at a very short distance between
gaged in special operations until that ship has lowered or extin- them.
guished the special signals being displayed. 4. Transmitting the signals and phrases specified by the
Vessels engaged in special operations should cease work International Code of Signals or sending orders to stop the
and, if possible, proceed to the edge of the channel when ap- vessel using radiotelephone communications.
proached by a vessel displaying the signal for a vessel con- Russian Border Guard vessels will use the call sign “Velbot,”
strained by its draft. on VHF channel 16 or 2182 kHz, when establishing contact.
Fishing Vessels Aircraft wishing to stop non-naval vessels will signal these
Mariners are cautioned that, in certain waters of the Baltic vessels, as follows:
Sea and Gulf of Finland, Russian fishing vessels may be en- 1. Firing two red flares at a very short interval between
countered at night showing lights additional to those described them.
in the International Rules of the Road. 2. Circling to the left over the vessel at a safe distance
These lights are white, red, green and blue, the brightest be- and height while rapidly flashing its navigation or landing
ing a red light with a visibility of at least 1 mile; the remaining lights until the vessel stops or until radio contact is estab-
lights have a visibility of not less than 750m. lished with it.
Mariners are advised on sighting these fishing vessels, to 3. Transmitting the signals and phrases specified by the
give them a berth of not less than 2 miles. International Code of Signals or sending orders to stop the
vessel using radiotelephone communications.
Lightships Not on Station Aircraft will use the call sign “Sokol,” on 121.5 MHz or
A lightship, not on station, that has broken loose from its an- 243.0 MHz (4125.0 kHz and 6215.0 kHz as a reserve, if neces-
chor shall discontinue its characteristic light and fog signal sary) when establishing contact.
and, if possible, lower its daymark and hoist the following sig- Ships that have been given either of these signals must stop
nals: and remain stopped until permission to proceed is received
1. By day—Two large black balls, one in the bow, the from the guardship.
other in the stern. Should entry or navigation into a given area be unrestricted
2. At night—Two red lights, one in the bow, the other in and no special signal or instruction regarding further move-
the stern. ments have been made or given by the guardship or coast guard
A lightship that has broken loose from its anchor shall, in ad- station, an incoming vessel is free to proceed to its destination,
dition to the above, take the following precautions: but must observe such regulations as may already have been
1. By day, hoist the signal “LO” of the International Code promulgated.
of Signals, meaning “I am not in my charted position.” Should Russian naval vessels be present in any restricted ar-
2. By night, burn red and white pyrotechnic lights simul- ea, and should no special regulations concerning navigation
taneously at least once every 15 minutes. with it have been issued, then approaching vessels must not
pass between such naval vessels. At night, warships may dis-
Special Warning Signals play a white light over a red light, visible all around the horizon
It may at times be necessary to prohibit entry of shipping in- at a distance of not less than 3 miles.
to certain Russian territorial waters and under these conditions
a special warning service consisting of special warships, guard- Submarine Warning Signals
ships, examination vessels, or coast guard stations will be es- The following signal is used to warn foreign submarines
tablished. Mariners are cautioned on approaching such waters which are submerged:
to maintain a good lookout for these vessels, which will show 1. A series of three explosions at 1 minute intervals, fol-
the following signals: lowed after an interval of 3 minutes by a second series of
1. By day—A blue triangular flag. three explosions—You have entered territorial waters. Come
2. By night—Three blue lights, vertically disposed. to the surface immediately. If you do not surface in 10 min-
Pub. 140
618 Russia
utes you will be fired upon. Federation ports are, as follows:
2. An acoustic signal by sonar may be given simultane-
ously, with the same meaning as above. The signal will con- Day Signal Night Signal Meaning
sist of five dashes, each dash 3 seconds long, with the
interval between dashes being 3 seconds. Three black balls, Three red lights,
Entry forbidden
vertically dis- vertically dis-
due to obstruction
posed posed
Tidal Signals
Signals are displayed to indicate the height of the water level Black cone, point White light be-
Entry temporarily
above chart datum, in units of 20 cm, as follows: up, between two tween two red
prohibited—Nor-
black balls, verti- lights, vertically
mal operations
Day Signal Night Signal Meaning cally disposed disposed
Black cone, point Entry and exit
Black cone, point White light over Falling water lev- Green light over
down green light el down, above temporarily pro-
white light over
black cone, point hibited—Normal
Black cone, point Green light over red light
Rising water level up, over black ball operations
up white light
Black cone, point
Height of water White light be-
White cylinder Red light down, above Exit temporarily
level—0.5 unit tween two green
black cone, point prohibited—Nor-
lights, vertically
Black cone, point Height of water up, over black mal operations
Green light disposed
down level—1 unit cone, point down
Pub. 140
Russia 619
Pub. 140
620 Russia
4. Off Hogland Island (Ostrov Gogland). (IMO adopted) 6. Ust-Luga 2 (59°40'N., 28°19'E.).
5. Off Rodsher Island (Ostrov Rodsher). (IMO adopted) 7. Kaliningrad 2 (54°42'N., 20°27'E.).
Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) on the Black Sea coast of 8. Primorsk 2 (60°20'N., 28°43'E.).
Russia are, as follows: 9. Zaliv Petra Velikogo (Peter the Great) 3 (42°38'N.,
1. In the Southern Approaches to Kerch Strait (Kercehns- 131°55'E.).
kiy Proliv). (IMO adopted) 10. Nakhodka 3 (42°49'N., 132°54'E.).
2. In the Northern Approaches to Kerch Strait (Kercehns- 11. Vladivostock 3 (43°05'N., 131°52'E.).
kiy Proliv). (Governments of Russia and Ukraine) 12. Zaliv Aniva (Korsakov and the Prigorodnoye Termi-
3. Approaches to Novorossiysk. (Government of Russia) nal) 3 (46°35'N., 142°50'E.).
13. Vanino 3 (49°05'N., 140°17'E.).
14. Vanino 3 (49°05'N., 140°17'E.).
U.S. Embassy 15. Kerch 4 (45°22'N., 36°28'E.).
16. Novorossiysk 4 (44°43'N., 37°48'E.).
The U.S. Embassy is situated at Bolshoy Deviatinskiy Pereu- 17. Sochi 4 (43°35'N., 39°43'E.).
lok No. 8, 121099 Moscow. 18. Tuapse 4 (44°05'N., 39°04'E.).
The mailing address is PSC-77, APO AE (09721). 19. Taganrog (Sea of Azov, including Azov Port) 4 (47°
14'N., 38°57'E.).
U. S. Embassy Russia Home Page 1 For further information, see Pub. 183, Sailing Directions
(Enroute) North Coast of Russia.
https://ru.usembassy.gov 2
For further information, see Pub. 195 (Sailing Directions
(Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
3
Vessel Traffic Service For further information, see Pub. 155 (Sailing Directions
(Enroute) East Coast of Russia.
Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows: 4 These Vessel Traffic Services are operated by ports in the
1. Arkhangelsk 1 (64°32'N., 40°31'E.). Black Sea and the Sea of Azov. Further information on each
2. Murmansk1 (69°03'N., 33°03'E.). VTS can be found, as follows:
3. Saint Petersburg (Sankt Petersburg) Coastal VTS 2 1. Kerch—See Ukraine Appendix VIII.
(60°09'N., 28° 24'E.). 2. Novorossiysk—See Appendix III.
4. Saint Petersburg (Sankt Petersburg) 2 (60°09'N., 28° 3. Sochi—See Appendix IV.
24'E.). 4. Taganrog—See Appendix V.
5. Vyborg (including Vostok) 2 (60°42'N., 28°44'E.). 5. Tuapse—See Appendix VI.
Pub. 140
Russia 621
Pub. 140
622 Russia
Areas Periodically Prohibited for Navigation Due to Firing Areas With Above and Underwater Navigational Dangers
Practices and Exercises
Gulf of Gdansk—East Coast
Gulf of Gdansk—East Coast Area No. 326—Area surrounding a wreck bounded by the
Area No. 117—Area bounded by lines joining the following coastline and the arc of a circle, with a radius of 1 mile, cen-
positions: tered on position 54°55'33.0''N, 19°55'34.2''E.
a. 54°50.0'N, 19°25.0'E. Area No. 327—Area surrounding a drilling platform bound-
b. 55°54.0'N, 19°03.0'E. ed by the arc of a circle, with a radius of 0.3 mile, centered on
c. 55°30.0'N, 20°15.0'E. position 54°45'27.0''N, 19°46'39.0''E.
d. 55°04.0'N, 20°15.0'E. Area No. 328—Area surrounding a drilling platform bound-
e. 54°57.5'N, 20°06.0'E. ed by the arc of a circle, with a radius of 0.3 mile, centered on
f. 54°57.5'N, 19°55.0'E. position 55°18'24.0''N, 20°34'51.0''E.
g. 54°50.0'N, 19°50.0'E. Area No. 329—Area bounded by lines joining the following
Area No. 117A—Area bounded by lines joining the follow- positions:
ing positions: a. 54°46'48''N, 19°54'21''E.
a. 54°50.0'N, 19°25.0'E. b. 54°47'42''N, 19°54'21''E.
b. 55°20.0'N, 19°15.0'E. c. 54°47'42''N, 19°56'36''E.
c. 55°20.0'N, 20°15.0'E. d. 54°47'48''N, 19°56'36''E.
d. 55°04.0'N, 20°15.0'E.
e. 54°57.5'N, 20°06.0'E. Areas Prohibited for Stopping, Anchoring, Fishing, Under-
f. 54°57.5'N, 19°55.0'E. water and Dredging Operations, Navigating With a Trail-
g. 54°50.0'N, 19°50.0'E. ing Anchor, and Underwater Explosions
Area No. 163—Area bounded by lines joining the following
positions: Leningrad Guba
a. 54°46.4'N, 19°39.6'E. Area No. 156—Area E of the meridian 29°E and bounded
b. 55°00.0'N, 19°39.6'E. by the coast.
c. 55°00.0'N, 19°50.7'E.
d. 54°46.4'N, 19°50.7'E. North of Zaliv Hara Laht
Area No. 161—Area bounded by lines joining the following Area No. 160—Area bounded by lines joining the following
positions: positions:
a. 55°02.0'N, 19°39.6'E. a. 59°41'30.0''N, 25°27'18.0''E.
b. 55°09.5'N, 19°45.3'E. b. 59°45'30.0''N, 25°27'18.0''E.
c. 55°09.5'N, 20°00.0'E. c. 59°45'30.0''N, 25°35'12.0''E.
d. 55°02.0'N, 20°00.0'E. d. 59°40'00.0''N, 25°39'06.0''E.
e. 59°39'40.2''N, 25°36'37.2''E.
Area No. 65—Area bounded by lines joining the following
positions: Viire Kurk
a. 54°50.3'N, 19°20.3'E. Area No. 185—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
b. 55°26.0'N, 19°03.0'E. joining the following positions:
c. 55°26.0'N, 19°47.0'E. a. 58°34.30'N, 23°23.55'E.
d. 55°03.0'N, 19°35.0'E. b. 58°34.45'N, 23°24.22'E.
e. 54°46.4'N, 19°35.0'E. c. 58°34.54'N, 23°30.62'E.
Area No. 65A—Area bounded by lines joining the following d. 58°33.62'N, 23°30.80'E.
positions: e. 58°33.00'N, 23°24.45'E.
a. 54°50.3'N, 19°20.3'E.
b. 55°09.0'N, 19°10.3'E. Bukhta Kihelkonna Laht
c. 55°09.0'N, 19°38.1'E. Area No. 187—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
d. 55°03.0'N, 19°35.0'E. joining the following positions:
e. 54°46.4'N, 19°35.0'E. a. 58°23.46'N, 21°54.13'E.
Area No. 65B—Area bounded by lines joining the following b. 58°24.00'N, 21°53.98'E.
positions: c. 58°24.23'N, 21°54.80'E.
a. 55°09.0'N, 19°10.3'E. d. 58°24.58'N, 21°57.40'E.
b. 55°26.0'N, 19°03.0'E. e. 58°24.19'N, 21°58.01'E.
c. 55°26.0'N, 19°47.0'E. f. 58°23.47'N, 21°54.70'E.
d. 55°09.0'N, 19°38.1'E.
Area No. 42—Area bounded by lines joining the following Rizhskiy Zaliv
positions: Area No. 193—Area bounded by 56°59.4'N and 56°59.1'N,
a. 55°07.6'N, 20°08.0'E. the shoreline, and 24°05.9'E.
b. 55°20.0'N, 20°08.0'E.
c. 55°20.0'N, 20°30.0'E. Approaches to Port Ventspils
d. 55°07.6'N, 20°30.0'E. Area No. 197—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
Pub. 140
Russia 623
Pub. 140
Russia 625
Appendix II—Regulated Navigation Areas (Black Sea and the Sea of Azov)
Caution.—Many Regulated Navigation Areas are not chart- d. 44°35.5'N, 37°52.9'E.
ed. Information on those areas described as having unknown e. 44°36.4'N, 37°54.4'E.
boundaries should be obtained from local authorities. f. 44°37.9'N, 37°54.4'E.
Pub. 140
626 Russia
Areas Temporarily Dangerous to Navigation joining the following positions:
a. 46°39.5'N, 37°47.2'E. (shore)
West of Mys Anapskiy b. 46°45.9'N, 37°45.4'E.
Area No. 744—Area bounded by lines joining the following c. 46°53.5'N, 37°58.3'E.
approximate positions: d. 46°42.7'N, 38°15.4'E. (shore)
a. 44°46.5'N, 36°52.0'E. Note.—For Areas Used Periodically for Fleet Exercises off
b. 44°57.5'N, 36°52.0'E. the Black Sea coast of Ukraine, see Ukraine—Regulated Ar-
c. 44°53.5'N, 37°15.0'E. eas.
d. 44°42.0'N, 37°20.0'E.
Pub. 140
Russia 627
Pub. 140
Russia 629
X Miscellaneous information.
Pub. 140
Russia 631
Pub. 140
Russia 633
Pub. 140
Russia 635
Pub. 140
Russia 637
Pub. 140
Russia 639
Russia—Time Zones
Zone City Standard Time
1 Kaliningrad BRAVO (-2)
2 Moscow, St. Petersburg, and Naryan-Mar CHARLIE (-3)
3 Izhevsk, Samara, Ulyanovsk, Saratov, and Astrakhan DELTA (-4)
4 Perm, Ekaterinburg, and Nizhnevartovsk ECHO (-5)
5 Omsk FOXTROT (-6)
Bamaul, Gorno-Ataysk, Karmerova, Norilsk, Kyzyl, and Novosi-
6 GOLF (-7)
birsk
7 Bratsk and Ulan-Ude HOTEL (-8)
8 Yakutsk and Chita INDIA (-9)
9 Vladivostok and Khabarovsk KILO (-10)
Evensk, Itirup Island, Magadan, Nogliki, Okha, Shakhtersk, Sred-
10 LIMA (-11)
nekolymsk, Yuzhno-Kurilsk, and Yuzhno Sakhalinsk
11 Chukotka and Kamchatka MIKE (-12)
Pub. 140
645
SAINT BARTHELEMY
General
Saint Barthelemy is a hilly island almost completely sur-
rounded by shallow reefs.
The island has a tropical climate with almost no variation in
temperature. It has two distinct season—dry season and the hu-
mid season.
Buoyage System
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See Flag of Saint Barthelemy
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Aids to navigation in Saint Barthelemy may be missing or Saint Barthelemy is an overseas collectivity of France. The
unreliable. island elects one senator to the French Senate.
Pub. 140
646 Saint Barthelemy
Saint Barthelemy is governed by the president of the Territo- ume 1.
rial Council, who is elected by the members of the Territorial
Council to a 5-year term. The unicameral directly-elected Ter- Maritime Claims
ritorial Council consists of 19 members serving 5-year terms. The maritime territorial claims of Saint Barthelemy are, as
The legal system is based on French law. follows:
The capital is Gustavia.
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Holidays Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
The following holidays are observed: Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
January 1 New Year’s Day Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
Good Friday Variable of Exploitation.
Easter Sunday Variable * Claims straight baselines.
Easter Monday Variable
Internet Maritime Safety Information
May 1 Labor Day Navigational Warnings are available, in French, from the
May 8 World War II Victory Day French Ministry of Defense (http://infonautantilles.weeb-
bly.com).
Ascension Day Variable
Whitsunday Variable
Whitmonday Variable Regulations
July 14 Bastille Day Vessels in transit or stationary within the territorial waters,
August 15 Assumption Day except when alongside in port, should maintain a continuous
listening watch on VHF channel 16 and respond to calls by of-
August 24 Saint Barthelemy Day ficial vessels and French coast radio stations.
November 1 All Saints’ Day Vessels over 1,600 gt must remain at least 10 miles off the
coast of Saint Barthelemy, except when in waiting areas or
November 11 Armistice Day when using approach or access channels.
December 25 Christmas Day
Meteorology
Time Zone
Marine weather forecasts, weather charts, and wind predic-
tions are available, in French, from Meteo France Antilles- The Time Zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
Guyana (http://www.meteo.gp/previsions-meteo-marine-antil- ings Time is not observed.
les-guyane/cotes).
Pub. 140
647
SAINT KITTS AND NEVIS
General 647 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Buoyage System 647 Aids to navigation in Saint Kitts and Nevis may be missing
Cautions 647 or unreliable.
Currency 647
Government 647 Cautions
Holidays 648
Industries 648 The sea breaks heavily on the banks off the NE coasts of the
Languages 648 islands.
Meteorology 648
Navigational Information 648 Currency
Search and Rescue 648
Ship Reporting System 648 The official unit of currency is the East Caribbean dollar,
Signals 648 consisting of 100 cents.
Time Zone 648
U.S. Embassy 649 Government
General
Saint Kitts and Nevis is located in the N portion of the Lee-
ward Islands.
Although the climate of both islands is hot, it is very healthy.
Temperature extremes are moderated by the ocean winds.
The center of the NW portion of Saint Kitts is dominated by
Mount Liamuiga, which is usually covered by clouds. The SE
portion of the island is much lower in elevation. Nevis is a cir-
cular island formed by volcanic action. The low coasts gradual-
ly rise to the high peaks of the interior.
Flag of Saint Kitts and Nevis
Buoyage System
Saint Kitts and Nevis is a democratic federal state. The coun-
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See try is divided into 14 parishes.
Pub. 140
648 Saint Kitts and Nevis
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a as follows:
Governor-General. The Prime Minister and the cabinet are ap-
pointed by the Governor-General. The unicameral Parliament Territorial Sea 12 miles.
is composed of three appointed members and 11 directly-elect-
ed members serving 5-year terms. Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
The legal system is based on English common law. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The capital is Basseterre. Zone
Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen-
Holidays tal Margin.
Pub. 140
Saint Kitts and Nevis 649
The U.S. does not have an embassy in Saint Kitts and Nevis. 2. U. S. address—
The U.S. Ambassador to Barbados is accredited to St. Kitts and 3120 Bridgetown Place
Nevis. Washington, DC (20521-3120)
The embassy is situated in Wildey Business Park, Wildey, St.
Michael, Bridgetown. U. S. Embassy Barbados Home Page
The mailing addresses are, as follows:
1. Barbados address— https://bb.usembassy.gov
P.O. Box 302
Pub. 140
651
SAINT LUCIA
General
Saint Lucia is the second largest of the Windward Islands.
The climate is tropical, with a dry season from January
through April. The rainy season is from May through August.
Flag of Saint Lucia
The island is mountainous and for the most part covered with
forest and vegetation. Saint Lucia is a parliamentary democracy within the British
Commonwealth. The country is divided into ten districts.
Elizabeth II, recognized as the Chief of State, appoints a
Buoyage System Governor-General. The Prime Minister and the cabinet are ap-
pointed by the Governor-General. The bicameral Parliament is
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See composed of a 11-member appointed Senate and a directly-
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. elected 17-member House of Assembly serving 5-year terms.
Pub. 140
652 Saint Lucia
The legal system is based on English law. Navigational Information
The capital is Castries.
Enroute Volume
Holidays Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
The following holidays are observed:
Maritime Claims
January 1-2 New Year’s Days The maritime territorial claims of Saint Lucia are, as fol-
lows:
February 22 Independence Day
Good Friday Variable Territorial Sea 12 miles.
Easter Monday Variable Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
May 1 Labor Day Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Whitmonday Variable Zone
Pub. 140
Saint Lucia 653
Pub. 140
655
SAINT MARTIN
General
Saint Martin is the smallest landmass in the world shared by
two independent states. The N side of the island is French terri-
tory while the S side of the island is a territory of the Nether-
lands.
The subtropical climate of the islands is marked by low hu-
midity, gentle trade winds, and brief intense rain showers.
Temperatures average 27-30°C year round:
Saint Martin lies in the hurricane belt. The hurricane season
is from July until November.
Flag of Saint Martin
Buoyage System
Saint Martin is an overseas collectivity of France. The island
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See elects one senator to the French Senate.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Saint Martin is governed by the president of the Territorial
Pub. 140
656 Saint Martin
Council, who is elected by the members of the Territorial Navigational Information
Council to a 5-year term. The unicameral directly-elected Ter-
ritorial Council consists of 23 members serving 5-year terms. Enroute Volume
The legal system is based on French law. Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
The capital is Marigot. ume 1.
Maritime Claims
Holidays The maritime territorial claims of Saint Martin are, as fol-
lows:
The following holidays are observed:
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
January 1 New Year’s Day Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Good Friday Variable
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Easter Sunday Variable Zone
Easter Monday Variable Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
of Exploitation.
May 1 Labor Day
* Claims straight baselines.
May 8 World War II Victory
Day
Internet Maritime Safety Information
Ascension Day Variable Navigational Warnings are available, in French, from the
Whitsunday Variable French Ministry of Defense (http://infonautantilles.weeb-
bly.com).
Whitmonday Variable
July 12 Schoalcher Day (Slav- Regulations
ery Abolition Day)
July 14 Bastille Day Vessels in transit or stationary within the territorial waters,
except when alongside in port, should maintain a continuous
August 15 Assumption Day listening watch on VHF channel 16 and respond to calls by of-
November 1 All Saints’ Day ficial vessels and French coast radio stations.
Vessels over 1,600 gt must remain at least 10 miles off the
November 11 Armistice Day coast of Saint Martin, except when in waiting areas or when us-
December 25 Christmas Day ing approach or access channels.
Marine weather forecasts, weather charts, and wind predic- U.S. Embassy
tions are available, in French, from Meteo France Antilles-
Guyana (http://www.meteo.gp/previsions-meteo-marine-antil- Saint Martin is an overseas collectivity of France. There is
les-guyane/cotes). no diplomatic representation.
Pub. 140
657
SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUELON
General
Saint Pierre and Miquelon consists of two larger islands and
several smaller adjacent islands lying about 10 miles off the S
coast of Newfoundland.
The climate is cold and wet, with a large amount of mist and
fog; which can be a hazard to navigation. Spring and autumn Flag of Saint Pierre and Miquelon
are windy.
The islands consist mostly of barren rock covered with thin Saint Pierre and Miquelon is a self-governing Territorial
soil and with scattered vegetation. Collectivity of France.
Saint Pierre and Miquelon is governed by the President of
Buoyage System France, which is represented by a Prefect. Saint Pierre and
Miquelon has one representative in the French Senate and one
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See representative in the French National Assembly. The local uni-
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. cameral Territorial Council is composed of 19 directly-elected
Pub. 140
658 Saint Pierre and Miquelon
members serving 6-year terms; 15 members are elected from Maritime Claims
Saint Pierre, while four members are elected from Miquelon. The maritime territorial claims of Saint Pierre and Miquelon
The legal system is based on French civil law, with local are, as follows:
modifications.
The capital is Saint Pierre. Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Holidays
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The following holidays are observed: Zone
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
January 1 New Year’s Day of Exploitation.
Good Friday Variable * Claims straight baselines.
Easter Sunday Variable
Easter Monday Variable Internet Maritime Safety Information
Navigation warnings are available, in French, from DTAM
May 1 Labor Day Saint-Pierre et Miquelon (http://www.saint-pierre-et-mique-
May 8 World War II Victory lon.developpement-durable.gouv.fr).
Day
Ascension Day Variable Regulations
Whitsunday Variable Quarantine
Whitmonday Variable Quarantine messages should be sent to the harbormaster at
least 18 hours prior to ETA at Rade de Saint Pierre. The har-
July 14 Bastille Day bormaster can be contacted, as follows:
August 15 Assumption Day
November 1 All Saints’ Day 508-410974
1. Telephone:
November 11 Armistice Day 508-551321 (mobile)
Pub. 140
Saint Pierre and Miquelon 659
normal port open/port closed signals. signals received from the harbor authorities.
Pub. 140
661
SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES
General
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, located in the Windward
Islands, consists of the island of Saint Vincent, a high moun-
tainous island with an active volcano near its N end, and a
chain of smaller islands and islets, known as the Grenadines,
extending SW from Saint Vincent.
The climate is tropical, with the Northeast Trade Winds pre-
dominating and little variation in temperature. The rainy sea-
son is from May to November. Flag of Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Pub. 140
662 Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Assembly is composed of six appointed Senators,15 directly- Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
elected Members, and two ex officio Members, all serving 5-
year terms. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The legal system is based on English common law. Zone
The capital is Kingstown. Continental Shelf Depth of 200m.
* Claims archipelagic status. Requires advance permis-
Holidays sion or notification for innocent passage of warships in the
The following holidays are observed: territorial sea.
Pub. 140
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines 663
Pub. 140
665
SENEGAL
Pub. 140
666 Senegal
The main imports are food and beverages, capital goods, and
fuels. The main import-trading partners are France, China, Ni-
geria, and the Netherlands.
Languages
French is the official language. Wolof, Fulani. Serer, Sara-
kole, Jola, and Mandinka are also spoken.
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Flag of Senegal Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
and Northwest Africa.
Senegal is governed by a directly-elected President who
serves for not more than two 5-year terms. The President ap- Maritime Claims
points a Prime Minister. The Council of Ministers is appointed The maritime territorial claims of Senegal are, as follows:
by the Prime Minister in consultation with the President. The
unicameral 165-member National Assembly consists of 105 di- Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
rectly-elected members and 60 members elected under a sys-
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
tem of proportional representation from party lists, serving 5-
year terms. Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The legal system is based on French civil law. Zone
The capital is Dakar. Continental Shelf Defined by coordinates.
* Claims straight baselines.
Holidays
The following holidays are observed: Regulations
January 1 New Year’s Day Quarantine
Quarantine messages should be sent to Dakar 18 hours to 4
April 4 Independence Day hours prior to arrival. The messages should be sent so they ar-
Easter Sunday Variable rive from 0900 to 1230 or from 1500 to 1800, public holidays
excluded.
Easter Monday Variable
May 1 Labor Day Search and Rescue
Ascension Day Variable
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) at Da-
Whitsunday Variable kar can be contacted, as follows:
Whitmonday Variable 1. Telephone: 221-338-265001
2. Facsimile: 221-338-265000
August 15 Assumption Day 3. E-mail: marinenat@orange.sn
November 1 All Saints Day Dakar Coast Radio Station (6VA) maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch for distress traffic on VHF channel 16.
December 25 Christmas Day
Ship Reporting System
Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
moon, include Tabaski (Eid Al-Adha), Korite (Eid Al-Fitr), Gulf of Guinea Voluntary Reporting System.—For further
Tamkharit (Islamic New Yera), and the Prophet’s Birthday. information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Ship Reporting
System.
Industries
Time Zone
The main industries are agriculture, fish processing, phos-
phate mining, fertilizer production, petroleum refining, con- The Time Zone description is ZULU. Daylight Savings Time
struction materials, mining (zircon and gold), and ship is not observed.
construction and repair.
The main exports are fish, peanuts, petroleum products, U.S. Embassy
phosphates, and cotton. The main export-trading partners are
Mali, Switzerland, India, Ivory Coast, and the United Arab The U.S. Embassy is situated on Route des Almandies, Da-
Emirates. kar, Senegal.
Pub. 140
Senegal 667
Pub. 140
669
SIERRA LEONE
Buoyage System
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Flag of Sierra Leone
Aids to navigation in Sierra Leone are unreliable. Lights
may be extinguished; buoys and beacons may be missing, un- Sierra Leone is a presidential republic. The country is divid-
Pub. 140
670 Sierra Leone
ed into three provinces and one area. Navigational Information
Sierra Leone is governed by a directly-elected president who
serves for not more than two 5-year terms. The Ministers of Enroute Volume
State are appointed by the President. The unicameral Parlia- Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe
ment is composed of 124 members serving 5-year terms; 112 and Northwest Africa.
members are directly-elected, while the remaining 12 members
are appointed. Maritime Claims
The legal system is based on English law and customary lo- The maritime territorial claims of Sierra Leone are, as fol-
cal law. lows:
The capital is Freetown.
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
Holidays Contiguous Zone 24 miles
The following holidays are observed: Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Zone
January 1 New Year’s Day Continental Shelf Defined by coordinates.
Good Friday Variable * Requires advance permission or notification for inno-
Holy Saturday Variable cent passage of warships in the territorial sea.
Easter Sunday Variable
Search and Rescue
Easter Monday Variable
April 27 Republic Day The Sierra Leone Ports Authority is responsible for coordi-
nating search and rescue operations and can be contacted, as
December 25 Christmas Day follows:
December 26 Boxing Day 1. Telephone: 232-22-250033
2. Facsimile: 232-22-250616
Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
moon, include Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan), Tabaski (Islamic
New Year), Eid Al-Adha, and the Prophet’s Birthday. Ship Reporting System
Gulf of Guinea Voluntary Reporting System.—For further
Industries information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Ship Reporting
The main industries are agriculture, mining (diamonds, iron System.
ore, rutile, and bauxite), and small-scale manufacturing (bever-
ages, textiles, and footwear) .
The main exports are iron ore, diamonds, rutile (a titanium Time Zone
mineral), cocoa, coffee, and fish. The main export-trading part-
ners are Ivory Coast, Belgium, the United States, China, and The Time Zone description is ZULU. Daylight Savings Time
the Netherlands. is not observed.
The main imports are foodstuffs, machinery and equipment,
fuels, lubricants, and chemicals. The main import-trading part- U.S. Embassy
ners are China, the United States, Belgium, the United Arab
Emirates, India, Turkey, and Senegal. The U.S. Embassy is situated at Southridge-Hill Station,
Freetown.
The mailing address is the same as street address.
Languages
The languages of the country are English (official, regular U. S. Embassy Sierra Leone Home Page
use limited to literate minority), Mende (principal vernacular in
the S), Temne (principal vernacular in the N), and Krio (En- https://sl.usembassy.gov
glish-based Creole).
Pub. 140
671
SINT MAARTEN
Pub. 140
672 Sint Maarten
dominates.
Navigational Information
Enroute Volumes
Pub. 147, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 1.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Sint Maarten are, as fol-
lows:
Pub. 140
Sint Maarten 673
Pub. 140
675
SLOVENIA
General 675 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Buoyage System 675
Cautions 675 Cautions
Currency 675
Fishing Areas 675 Marine Exploitation
Government 675 Vessels engaged in seismic surveys and other research proj-
Holidays 676 ects may be encountered in the Adriatic Sea, normally inside
Industries 676 the 200m depth curve.
Languages 676
Meteorology 676 Currency
Navigational Information 676
Pilotage 676 The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
Pollution 676 cents.
Regulations 676
Search and Rescue 677 Fishing Areas
Ship Reporting System 677
Time Zone 677 A controlled fishing area situated in the Gulf of Trieste strad-
Traffic Separation Schemes 677 dles the international boundary between Slovenia and Italy.
U.S. Embassy 677 Fishing may be carried out in this area by both nations. Con-
centrations of fishing vessels may be encountered within this
General area, which is bounded by lines joining the following positions:
a. 45°35.3'N, 13°20.5'E.
Slovenia is located on the northern Adriatic Sea. The country b. 45°38.5'N, 13°31.0'E.
has a short coastline between Italy and Croatia. c. 45°36.0'N, 13°35.0'E.
The climate along the coast is Mediterranean. Inland, the d. 45°32.2'N, 13°25.5'E.
summers are mild to hot while the winters are cold.
The coast, which is generally high, with steep cliffs in plac- Government
es, is backed by the high mountains of the Julian Alps.
Slovenia is a parliamentary republic. The country consists of
Buoyage System 201 municipalities and 11 urban municipalities.
Slovenia is governed by a directly-elected President serving
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See a 5-year term. The President nominates the Prime Minister,
Pub. 140
676 Slovenia
Languages
Slovenian is the official language. Serbo-Croatian is also
spoken.
Meteorology
General forecast, wind, and wave information, in English
and Slovenian, are available from the Slovenian Environment
Agency (http://meteo.arso.gov.si/met/en/weather/bulletin/
Flag of Slovenia coast).
who is elected by the National Assembly. The bicameral Par-
liament consists of the 90-member National Assembly, directly
Navigational Information
elected to 4-year terms, and the 40-member National Council, Enroute Volume
indirectly elected by an electoral college to 5-year terms. Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
The legal system is based on a civil law system. nean.
The capital is Ljubljana.
Maritime Claims
The maritime territorial claims of Slovenia are, as follows:
Holidays
Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
The following holidays are observed:
* Foreign warships require a 24-hour advance notice for
January 1-2 New Year’s Day innocent passage through the territorial sea and must use
designated sea lanes only.
February 8 Slovene Cultural Day
Easter Sunday Variable Maritime Boundary Disputes
Easter Monday Variable A Croatia-Slovenia land and maritime boundary agreement,
which would have ceded most of Piranski Zaliv (Pirin Bay)
April 27 Resistance Day (45°30'N., 13°34'E.) and maritime access to Slovenia and sev-
May 1-2 Labor Day eral village to Croatia, remains controversial, has not been rati-
fied, and has been complicated by Croatia’s declaration of an
Whitsunday Variable ecological fisheries zone in the Adriatic Sea.
June 25 National Day
August 15 Assumption Day Pilotage
October 31 Reformation Day Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gross tons en-
November 1 All Saints’ Day tering or leaving Slovenian ports.
Pub. 140
Slovenia 677
draft 48 hours prior to arrival through any coast radio station to Ship Reporting System
the Slovenian Maritime Directorate, as follows:
1. Telephone: 386-5-6632100 The Adriatic Ship Reporting System (ADRIREP), a manda-
2. Facsimile: 386-5-6632102 tory system for certain vessels, is in effect for the Adriatic Sea
3. Telegraph: URSP KOPER N of latitude 40°25'N. For further information, see Italy—Ship
Reporting System.
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- Time Zone
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings
EU region. Time (BRAVO (-2)) is maintained from the last Sunday in
Reports should be sent through the vessel’s agent. March until the last Sunday in October.
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu-
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi-
cation. Traffic Separation Schemes
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- Traffic Separation Scheme in Slovenia are located, as fol-
tion lows:
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as 1. In the Approaches to Koper. (IMO adopted)
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 2. In the North Adriatic Sea. (IMO adopted)
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant U.S. Embassy
port authority at least 24 hours in advance.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- The U.S. Embassy is situated at Presernova 31, 1000 Lju-
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- bljana.
tions. The mailing addresses are, as follows:
1. Slovenia address—
Search and Rescue Presernova 31
1000 Ljubljana
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Koper 2. U. S. address—
is the search and rescue coordination center for Slovenia. American Embassy Ljubljana
MRCC Koper maintains a continuous listening watch for dis- Department of State
tress traffic on VHF channel 16 and VHF channel 70 and can 7140 Ljubljana Place
be contacted, as follows: Washington, DC (20521-7140)
1. Telephone: 386-5-6632108
386-5-6632106 U. S. Embassy Slovenia Home Page
2. Facsimile: 386-5-6632110
3. E-mail: koper.mrcc@gov.si https://si.usembassy.gov
Pub. 140
679
SPAIN
General 679 tar and Gibraltar; and on the W side by the North Atlantic
Areas to be Avoided 679 Ocean and Portugal.
Buoyage System 680 The climate is temperate with clear, hot summers in the inte-
Cautions 680 rior, and becomes more moderate and cloudy along the coast.
Currency 680 Spain has cloudy, cold winters in the interior and becomes
Firing Areas 680 partly cloudy and cool along the coast.
Fishing Areas 684 The terrain has large, flat to dissected plateaus surrounded
Government 685 by rugged hills.
Holidays 685 Spain controls the coastal enclaves of Ceuta and Melilla, in
Industries 685 Morocco, in addition to the islands of Penon de Velez de la
Languages 685 Gomera, Penon de Alhucemas, and the Islas Chafarinas.
Meteorology 685 Spain includes the Islas Baleares (Balearic Islands) in the
Navigational Information 686 Mediterranean Sea and the Islas Canarias (Canary Islands) in
Offshore Drilling 686 the North Atlantic Ocean. The principal islands of the Islas
Pilotage 686 Baleares are Majorca, Minorca, Ibiza, Formentera, and Cabre-
Pollution 686 ra. The principal islands of the Islas Canarias are Tenerife, La
Regulations 686 Palma, Gomera, Hierro, Grand Canary, Fuerteventura, and
Search and Rescue 687 Lanzarote.
Ship Reporting System 689
Signals 689 Areas to be Avoided
Special Areas 689
Submarine Operating Areas 690 IMO-adopted Areas to be Avoided have been established in
Time Zone 691 the vicinity of the Islas Canarias. In order to prevent the risk of
Traffic Separation Schemes 691 pollution in highly sensitive sea areas, all tankers and ships of
U.S. Embassy 691 over 500 gross tons carrying oil or dangerous bulk cargo as car-
Vessel Traffic Service 691 go should avoid the following areas:
1. Off Isla de Lanzarote.—An area contained between
General the meridians of 13°15'W and 13°39'W and the parallels of
29°07'N and 29°30'N.
Spain is located in southwestern Europe. It is bound on the N 2. Off Isla de Tenerife.—An area contained between the
side by the Bay of Biscay, France, and Andorra; on the E side meridian of 17°22'W and the S coast of the island and the
by the Mediterranean Sea; on the S side by the Strait of Gibral- parallels of 28°00'N and 28°21'N.
Pub. 140
680 Spain
3. Off Isla de Gran Canaria.—An area contained be- 2. In the E and W approaches to the Strait of Gibraltar.
tween the meridian of 16°00'W and the coast and the paral- Local magnetic anomalies are located in the Islas Canarias,
lels of 27°44'N and 28°00'N. as follows:
4. Off Isla de La Palma.—An area contained between 1. Isla de Lanzerote—Normal variation decreases by 2.5°
the meridians of 17°35'W and 18°00'W and the parallels of in an area E of Estrecho de la Boya.
28°17'N and 29°00'N. 2. Isla de la Palma—Normal variation increases by 2.25°
5. Off Isla de Hierro.—An area bounded by lines join- off the E and SW sides of Isla de la Palma.
ing the following positions:
a. 28°00.0'N, 18°21.0'W. Locust Reports
b. 28°00.0'N, 17°42.0'W. See North Atlantic Ocean—Cautions for further informa-
c. 27°48.0'N, 17°11.0'W. tion.
d. 27°23.0'N, 17°58.0'W.
e. 27°36.0'N, 18°25.0'W. Tide Rips
6. Off Gomera—The coastal waters off Gomera. In the E approaches to the Strait of Gibraltar, tide rips have
Vessels carrying oil and other dangerous bulk cargo to or been reported to occur under certain weather conditions during
from ports in the Islas Canarias which have to pass through the a W current. These tide rips, which have been detected on ra-
above areas in order to reach their destination must do so in the dar, may be up to 4 miles long.
least possible time without compromising the safety of naviga-
tion. Whales
From April through August, a sperm whales conservation ar-
Buoyage System ea is in effect in the Strait of Gibraltar. For further information,
see Mediterranean Sea—Cautions—Whales.
The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. Currency
Lights are shown from 15 minutes after sunset until 15 min-
utes before sunrise. The official unit of currency is the Euro, consisting of 100
Many lights on the N and NW coasts of Spain are placed at cents.
elevations where mist frequently obscures the light, giving
mariners little warning of their proximity. Firing Areas
Cautions North Coast
Firing exercises may take place in the following areas:
Abnormal Water Levels 1. Area LED-28—An area bounded by lines joining the
Along the N coast of Spain in the Bay of Biscay, strong following positions:
winds can cause abnormal water levels. In general, winds from a. 44°20'30'N, 4°47'30''W.
a W quarter can raise sea levels from 0.2 to 1.4m, while winds b. 44°17'20'N, 4°07'30'W.
from an E quarter can lower sea levels from 0.2 to 0.8m. c. 43°36'00'N, 4°34'00'W.
d. 43°40'00'N, 5°40'00'W.
Abnormal Waves
Abnormal waves have been reported to occur under certain Northwest Coast
weather conditions in the vicinity of the 200m curve off the Firing exercises may take place in the following areas:
NW coast of Spain. These waves may be up to 30m high with 1. Area LED-39—An area bounded by lines joining the
very steep fronts. following positions:
a. 44°55'N, 11°00'W.
Coastal Conditions b. 43°32'N, 9°00'W.
Poor visibility is associated with onshore winds, especially c. 43°11'N, 9°28'W.
in the area of the entrance points to the Bay of Biscay. d. 44°33'N, 11°00'W.
Westerly gales produce a heavy swell and a strong E current 2. Area LED-80—An area bounded by lines joining the
along the N coast of Spain. This current may attain a rate of as following positions:
much as 5 knots at the E end of the N coast of Spain. a. 43°29'N, 8°17'W.
b. 43°29'N, 8°20'W.
High Speed Craft c. 43°30'N, 8°20'W.
High speed craft operate in the Strait of Gibraltar. Vessels are d. 43°30'N, 8°17'W.
advised to maintain a good lookout. Some high speed craft can 3. Area LED-81—An area bounded by lines joining the
generate large waves which can have a serious impact on small following positions:
craft and their moorings close to the shoreline and on shallow a. 43°28'N, 8°27'W.
off-lying banks. b. 43°28'N, 8°57'W.
c. 43°46'N, 8°57'W.
Magnetic Anomalies d. 43°46'N, 8°27'W.
Local magnetic anomalies are located, as follows: 4. Area LED-82—An area bounded by lines joining the
1. Within 13 miles of Cabo Torinana (43°03'N., 9°18'W.). following positions:
Pub. 140
Spain 681
Pub. 140
682 Spain
7. Zona Estrecho B—An area bounded by lines joining 8. Area M-8—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
the following positions: lowing positions:
a. 35°56.0'N, 5°23.0'W. a. 37°13.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
b. 35°53.0'N, 5°16.0'W. b. 37°30.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
c. 35°53.0'N, 5°22.0'W. c. 37°30.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
d. 35°55.0'N, 5°16.0'W. d. 37°13.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
e. 35°52.0'N, 5°19.0'W. Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
9. Area M-9—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
Southeast Coast lowing positions:
Surface to air exercises may take place in the following ar- a. 37°13.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
eas: b. 37°30.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
1. Area LED-22—An area bounded by lines joining the c. 37°30.0'N, 0°17.0'W.
following positions: d. 36°56.0'N, 0°34.0'W.
a. 37°13'N, 1°15'W. Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
b. 37°13'N, 0°45'W. 10. Area M-10—An area bounded by lines joining the
c. 36°56'N, 0°45'W. following positions:
d. 36°56'N, 1°15'W. a. 36°56.0'N, 1°45.0'W.
2. Area M-2—An area lying between the coast and a b. 37°13.0'N, 1°15.0'W.
line joining Cabo Tinoso (37°32'N., 1°06'W.) and Punta Cal- c. 37°13.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
negre (37°40'N., 0°43'W.). d. 36°56.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
Used for surface, submarine, mine countermeasures, and Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
torpedo activities. 11. Area M-11—An area bounded by lines joining the
3. Area M-3—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- following positions:
lowing positions: a. 36°56.0'N, 1°15.0'W.
a. 37°30.4'N, 1°24.0'W. (Punta de Calnegre) b. 37°13.0'N, 1°15.0'W.
b. 37°26.5'N, 1°17.0'W. c. 37°13.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
c. 37°26.5'N, 1°06.5'W. d. 36°56.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
d. 37°32.2'N, 1°06.5'W. (Cabo Tinoso) Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
Used for surface, submarine, diving, mine countermea- 12. Area M-12—An area bounded by lines joining the
sures, and torpedo activities. following positions:
4. Area M-4—An area bounded by the coast and lines a. 36°56.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
joining the following positions: b. 37°13.0'N, 1°00.0'W.
a. 37°30.4'N, 1°24.0'W. (Punta de Calnegre) c. 37°13.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
b. 37°26.5'N, 1°17.0'W. d. 36°56.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
c. 37°26.5'N, 1°12.0'W. Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
d. 37°16.6'N, 1°17.2'W. 13. Area M-13—An area bounded by lines joining the
e. 37°26.0'N, 1°28.7'W. (Cabo Cope) following positions:
Used for surface, submarine, diving, mine countermea- a. 36°56.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
sures, and torpedo activities. b. 37°13.0'N, 0°45.0'W.
5. Area M-5—An area bounded by the coast and lines c. 37°13.0'N, 0°17.5'W.
joining the following positions: d. 36°56.0'N, 0°34.0'W.
a. 37°26.0'N, 1°28.7'W. (Cabo Cope) Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
b. 37°16.6'N, 1°17.2'W. 14. Area M-14—An area bounded by lines joining the
c. 37°04.5'N, 1°33.2'W. following positions:
d. 37°15.0'N, 1°46.0'W. (Villaricos) a. 36°43.5'N, 1°45.0'W.
Used for surface, submarine, diving, mine countermea- b. 36°56.0'N, 1°45.0'W.
sures, and torpedo activities. c. 36°56.0'N, 1°15.0'W.
6. Area M-6—An area bounded by the coast and lines d. 36°43.5'N, 1°15.0'W.
joining the following positions: Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
a. 37°15.0'N, 1°46.0'W. (Villaricos) 15. Area M-15—An area bounded by lines joining the
b. 37°04.5'N, 1°33.2'W. following positions:
c. 36°56.0'N, 1°45.0'W. a. 36°43.5'N, 1°15.0'W.
d. 36°56.0'N, 1°54.3'W. (Mesa de Roldan) b. 36°56.0'N, 1°15.0'W.
Used for surface, submarine, diving, mine countermea- c. 36°56.0'N, 0°34.0'W.
sures, and torpedo activities. d. 36°43.5'N, 0°52.0'W.
7. Area M-7—An area bounded by lines joining the fol- Used for surface, submarine, and air activities.
lowing positions: 16. Area M-20—An area bounded by the coast and lines
a. 37°13.0'N, 1°15.0'W. joining the following positions:
b. 37°30.0'N, 1°00.0'W. a. 41°00.0'N, 0°54.5'E. (coast)
c. 37°13.0'N, 1°00.0'W. b. 41°00.0'N, 2°30.0'E.
Used for surface, submarine, and air activities. c. 40°00.0'N, 1°35.0'E.
Pub. 140
Spain 683
d. 40°00.0'N, 0°02.5'E. (coast) 3. Area M-16—An area bounded by the coast and lines
Naval air exercises may take place in the following areas: joining the following positions:
1. Area LED-19—An area bounded by lines joining the a. 37°48.8'N, 0°45.0'W., then the minor arc of a circle
following positions: with a radius of 10 miles centered on Cabo de Palos
a. 36°38'N, 4°20'W. (37°38.5'N., 0°41.5'W.) to position
b. 36°11'N, 2°02'W. b. 37°30.0'N, 0°35.0'W.
c. 35°50'N, 2°07'W. c. 37°30.0'N, 0°24.0'W.
d. 35°50'N, 4°54'W. d. 38°04.8'N, 0°06.2'W.
2. Area LED-21A—An area bounded by lines joining e. 38°13.0'N, 0°30.3'W. (Cabo de Santa Pola)
the following positions: Used for surface, submarine, air, diving, and mine counter-
a. 40°30'12''N, 1°07'42''E. measures activities.
b. 39°49'24''N, 1°13'12''E. 4. Area M-17—An area bounded by the coast and lines
c. 39°49'24''N, 0°10'12''E. joining the following positions:
3. Area LED-21B—An area bounded by lines joining a. 38°13.0'N, 0°30.3'W. (Cabo de Santa Pola)
the following positions: b. 38°04.8'N, 0°06.2'W.
a. 40°20'36''N, 1°08'12''E. c. 38°25.0'N, 0°04.6'E.
b. 39°53'24''N, 1°10'42''E. d. 38°30.8'N, 0°12.9'W. (Villajoyosa)
c. 39°49'24''N, 0°10'12''E. Used for surface, submarine, air, diving, and mine counter-
4. Area LED-22—An area bounded by lines joining the measures activities.
following positions: 5. Area M-18—An area bounded by the coast and lines
a. 37°13'N, 1°15'W. joining the following positions:
b. 37°13'N, 0°45'W. a. 38°30.8'N, 0°12.9'W. (Villajoyosa)
c. 36°56'N, 0°45'W. b. 38°25.0'N, 0°04.6'E.
d. 36°56'N, 1°15'W. c. 38°44.2'N, 0°14.2'E. (Cabo de la Nao)
5. Area LED-26—An area bounded by lines joining the Used for surface, submarine, air, diving, and mine counter-
following positions: measures activities.
a. 36°55'24.0''N, 0°06'04.8''E. 6. Area M-19—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
b. 37°52'15.0''N, 0°06'33.0''E. lowing positions:
c. 38°30'34.8''N, 0°30'48.0''E. a. 37°30.0'N, 0°24.0'W.
d. 38°35'30.0''N, 0°46'24.0''E. b. 37°30.0'N, 0°17.5'W.
e. 38°35'30.0''N, 1°06'37.8''E. c. 38°43.8'N, 0°22.0'E.
f. 38°12'57.6''N, 1°51'24.0''E. d. 38°44.2'N, 0°14.2'W. (Cabo la Nao)
g. 37°43'33.6''N, 2°07'21.0''E. Used for surface, submarine, air, diving, and mine counter-
6. Area LED-32—An area bounded by lines joining the measures activities.
following positions: 7. Area M-20—An area bounded, as follows:
a. 39°22'18''N, 0°16'00''W. a. North boundary—Latitude 41°00'N.
b. 39°16'30''N, 0°06'00''W. b. East boundary—A line joining position 41°00'N,
c. 39°13'12''N, 0°10'00''W. 2°30'E and position 40°00'N, 1°35'E.
d. 39°20'30''N, 0°18'12''W. c. South boundary—Latitude 40°00'N.
7. Area LED-56—An area bounded by a circle with a d. West boundary—A line parallel to the coast 5 miles
radius of 5 miles centered on position 36°15'27.6''N, offshore between latitude 40°00'N and latitude 41°00'N.
4°59'30.0''W. Used for submarine, diving, and mine countermeasures,
8. Area LED-59—An area bounded by lines joining the activities.
following positions: 8. Area M-23—An area bounded by the coast and lines
a. 39°12'N, 0°07'W. joining Punta del Estacia, Bajo de Fuera, and Cabo de Palos.
b. 38°50'N, 0°20'W. Area M-134—Depth charge exercises may take place in an
c. then the arc of a circle with a radius of 55 miles cen- area bounded by a circle with a radius of 2 miles centered on
tered on position 39°29'N, 0°29'W from position 38°50'N, position 37°27'N, 1°00'W. This area is abandoned.
0°20'W to position 38°39'N, 0°00'W. Area M-135—Depth charge exercises may take place in an
d. 39°07'N, 0°16'W. area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
e. then the arc of a circle with a radius of 25 miles cen- a. 39°53.1'N, 0°04.3'E.
tered on position 39°29'N, 0°29'W from position 39°07'N, b. 39°53.1'N, 0°40.8'E.
0°16'W to position 39°12'N, 0°07'W. c. 39°54.8'N, 0°40.8'E.
Minesweeping exercises may take place in the following ar- d. 39°54.8'N, 0°04.3'E.
eas: This area is abandoned.
1. Area M-1—An area lying between the coast and a line
joining Punta Podadera and Cabo Tinoso (37°32'N., Islas Baleares
1°06'W.). Mine sweeping exercises may take place near Islas Baleares
2. Area M-2—An area lying between the coast and a line within the following areas:
joining Cabo Tinoso (37°32'N., 1°06'W.) and Punta Calnegre 1. Area M-21—An area bounded by the SW coast of Isla
(37°40'N., 0°43'W.). de Mallorca, the parallel 39°05'N, and the meridians 2°25'E
Pub. 140
684 Spain
and 2°49'E. b. 28°16'00''N, 16°23'00''W.
2. Area M-22—An area bounded by the E coast of Isla c. 28°15'20''N, 16°15'00''W.
de Mallorca, the parallels 39°30'N and 40°00'N, and the me- d. 28°20'20''N, 16°15'00''W.
ridians of 3°12'E and 3°49'E. 11. Area GCD-75—An area bounded by lines joining the
following positions:
Islas Canarias a. 28°09'30''N, 15°24'00''W.
Firing exercises may take place off the Islas Canarias in the b. 28°09'30''N, 15°26'00''W.
following areas: c. 28°11'00''N, 15°26'00''W.
1. Area GCD-3—An area bounded by lines joining the d. 28°11'00''N, 15°24'00''W.
following positions: 12. Area GCD-78—An area bounded by lines joining the
a. 28°20'50''N, 14°13'00''W. following positions:
b. 28°20'50''N, 14°09'20''W. a. 27°46'00''N, 15°33'00''W.
c. 28°15'20''N, 14°09'20''W. b. 27°46'00''N, 15°36'00''W.
d. 28°14'20''N, 14°13'00''W. c. 27°43'00''N, 15°36'00''W.
2. Area GCD-15—An area bounded by lines joining the d. 27°43'00''N, 15°33'00''W.
following positions: 13. Area GCD-79—An area bounded by lines joining the
a. 28°58'00''N, 13°49'36''W. following positions:
b. 28°58'00''N, 13°47'36''W. a. 27°14'38''N, 18°59'03''W.
c. 28°57'12''N, 13°47'36''W. b. then the arc of a circle with a radius of 200 miles
d. 28°57'12''N, 13°49'36''W. centered on position 28°04'38''N, 15°25'43''W from posi-
3. Area GCD-20 (Sector A)—An area bounded by lines tion 27°14'38''N, 18°59'03''W to position 24°51'07''N,
joining the following positions: 15°57'03''W.
a. 27°30'00''N, 16°00'00''W. c. 27°29'00''N, 14°00'00''W.
b. 27°30'00''N, 15°30'00''W. d. 27°45'48''N, 14°40'39''W.
c. 27°20'00''N, 15°30'00''W. e. then the arc of a circle with a radius of 45 miles cen-
d. 27°20'00''N, 16°00'00''W. tered on position 28°04'38''N, 15°25'43''W from position
4. Area GCD-20 (Sector B)—An area bounded by lines 27°45'48''N, 14°40'39''W to position 27°26'55''N, 15°
joining the following positions: 51'38''W.
a. 27°20'00''N, 16°00'00''W. f. then the arc of a circle with a radius of 70 miles cen-
b. 27°20'00''N, 15°30'00''W. tered on position 28°32'12''N, 16°16'09''W from position
c. 27°00'00''N, 15°30'00''W. 27°26'55''N, 15°51'38''W to position 27°48'26''N, 17°
d. 27°00'00''N, 16°00'00''W. 16'08''W back to the point of beginning.
5. Area CGD-23—An area bounded by lines joining the
following positions: Fishing Areas
a. 28°25'30''N, 16°16'25''W.
b. 28°19'00''N, 16°10'05''W. Tunny fishing.—Tunny fisheries use large nets set at depths
c. 28°17'40''N, 16°15'15''W. of 15 to 40m. Tunny fishing usually takes place with 10 miles
6. Area GCD-29—An area bounded by lines joining the of the coast. On dark nights, small vessels may be encountered
following positions: fishing by the light of flares. these flares, owing to the move-
a. 28°30'00''N, 16°10'15''W. ment of the ocean surface, may have the appearance of flashing
b. 28°31'00''N, 16°06'00''W. lights and must not be mistaken for navigational lights.
c. 28°26'00''N, 16°05'05''W. In Spanish waters, each tunny net, when submerged, is usu-
7. Area GCD-51—An area bounded by lines joining the ally marked, as follows:
following positions: 1. By day—A red ball over a white ball is shown from the
a. 27°55'50''N, 15°21'44''W. outer boat or buoy; if the net has an outer tail, the boat or
b. 27°59'44''N, 15°16'40''W. buoy shows a white ball over a red ball.
c. 27°52'13''N, 15°16'20''W. Instead of the colored balls, the boats or buoys marking
8. Area GCD-53—An area bounded by lines joining the the net may display a white flag with a black A in its center.
following positions: 2. By night—A red light over a white light is shown from
a. 28°10'08''N, 15°24'22''W. the outer boat or buoy; if the net has an outer tail, the boat or
b. 28°16'39''N, 15°19'27''W. buoy shows a white light over a red light.
c. 28°16'39''N, 15°31'38''W. Alternatively, two red lights, vertically disposed, may be
9. Area GCD-54—An area bounded by lines joining the displayed from the outer boat or buoy; if the net has an outer
following positions: tail, the boat or buoy shows a red light over a white light.
a. 28°10'08''N, 15°25'10''W. A new system of marking tunny nets is being implemented.
b. 28°12'18''N, 15°19'06''W. The nets will be marked by lighted buoys, with a nominal
c. 28°05'30''N, 15°20'08''W. range of not less than 3 miles, at the outer points of the tunny
d. 28°09'39''N, 15°25'10''W. net area.
10. Area GCD-74—An area bounded by lines joining the Off the N coast of Spain, tunny vessels operate off the coast
following positions: from July to November. For further information, see France—
a. 28°21'06''N, 16°23'00''W. Fishing Areas.
Pub. 140
Spain 685
The tunny season off the S coast of Spain and the Islas Bale- The legal system is based on civil law, with regional applica-
ares begins in the beginning of February and ends at the end of tions.
September. The capital is Madrid.
For information on tunny fishery of the N coast of Spain and
in the Bay of Biscay, see France—Fishing Areas.
Other fisheries.—From December to June, off the N coast Holidays
of Spain, vessels normally work within 60 miles of the coast.
The larger vessels (50 to 200 tons) use nets to catch mackerel The following holidays are observed:
in March and anchovies from March to June. The smaller ves-
sels (20 to 50 tons) use hooks to catch hake from November to January 1 New Year’s Day
June and mackerel in March and April. January 6 Epiphany
Trawlers work up to 100 miles offshore SW and W of the
coast of Brittany, but elsewhere in the Bay of Biscay they are March 19 St. Joseph’s Day
seldom found more than 50 miles offshore. Holy Thursday Variable
A large concentration of fishing vessels may be found SW of
Good Friday Variable
the Banco del Hoyo Traffic Separation Scheme, in an area
bounded by lines joining the following positions: Easter Sunday Variable
a. 36°00'N, 6°50'W.
May 1 Labor Day
b. 36°00'N, 6°10'W.
c. 35°30'N, 6°10'W. July 25 Santiago Apostol
d. 35°30'N, 6°50'W. August 15 Assumption Day
The vessels fish with drift nets up to 1 mile long, which may
show strobe lights to mark their positions. October 12 Spanish National Day
During the anchovy season (March to May), large concentra- November 1 All Saints’ Day
tions of fishing vessels can be found off the N coast of Spain.
For information on bluefin tuna fishing in the approaches to December 6 Constitution Day
the Strait of Gibraltar, see Mediterranean Sea—Fishing Ar- December 8 Immaculate Conception
eas.
Numerous fish havens, fish traps, artificial reefs, and marine December 25 Christmas Day
farms exist off the Spanish coast. Marine farms may be marked
by lighted or unlighted buoys or beacons. Mariners should In addition, two or more local holidays are usually celebrat-
avoid these structures and their moorings. ed in each locality. Autonomous provinces may celebrate cer-
tain local holidays instead of some of the general holidays.
Government
Industries
The main industries include textiles and apparel, food and
beverages, metals, chemicals, shipbuilding, automobiles, ma-
chine tools, tourism, clay and refractory products, pharmaceu-
ticals, footwear, and medical equipment.
The main exports are machinery, motor vehicles, foodstuffs,
pharmaceuticals, medicines, and consumer goods. The main
export-trading partners are France, Germany, Italy, Portugal,
and the United Kingdom.
The main imports are machinery and equipment, fuels,
chemicals, semi-finished goods, foodstuffs, consumer goods,
and measuring and medical-control instruments. The main im-
Flag of Spain port-trading partners are Germany, France, China, Italy, and
the Netherlands.
The government is a parliamentary monarchy. The country is
divided into 17 semi-autonomous communities and two auton- Languages
omous cities.
King Felipe IV is the Chief of State. The President is named Spanish is the official language. Catalan, Galician, Basque,
by the monarch after the national elections based on which par- and Arenese are official languages in their local areas.
ty received the most seats in the National Assembly. The Na-
tional Assembly is composed of a 266-member Senate, of Meteorology
which 208 members are directly elected and 58 members are
appointed by the regional legislatures, serving 4-year terms, Marine weather forecasts for Spain, Islas Canarias, the west-
and a 350-member Congress of Deputies, who are directly ern Mediterranean Sea, and the Atlantic Ocean are available, in
elected based on a system of proportional representation, serv- English and Spanish, from the Agencia Estatal de Meteorolo-
ing 4-year terms gia (http://www.aemet.es/en/eltiempo/prediccion/maritima).
Pub. 140
686 Spain
Navigational Information blue border with the letter P in the center. At night they display
the lights prescribed by 72 COLREGS.
Enroute Volumes
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra- Pollution
nean.
Pub. 143, Sailing Directions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe MARPOL Special Area
and Northwest Africa. The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
Maritime Claims special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
The maritime territorial claims of Spain are, as follows: in the sea have been adopted.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Pollution Insurance
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles ** It has been reported (2008) that all vessels over 1,000 gross
Zone tons that do not have proof of insurance or financial guarantees
Continental Shelf 200 miles or the Continen- to cover the cost of fuel-sourced damage to the environment
will not be allowed to enter or depart Spanish ports.
tal Margin.
* Claims straight baselines. Regulations
** Atlantic coast only. In the Mediterranean Sea, only
claims a fishery limit to the median line. Single-hull Tankers
All single-hull tankers carrying heavy fuel, tar, asphaltic bi-
tumen, or heavy crude oil are not permitted to enter Spanish
Maritime Boundary Disputes ports, terminals, and anchorage areas. This prohibition also in-
Morocco protests Spanish control over the coastal enclaves cludes all ports, terminals, and anchorage areas in the Canary
of Ceuta and Melilla, as well as the offshore islands of Penon Islands.
de Velez de la Gomera, Penon de Alhucemas, and Islas Charfa-
rinas. Radio Frequencies
Morocco rejected Spain’s 2002 unilateral designation of a The use of radio frequencies lower than 30 MHz by mer-
median line from the Islas Canarias (Canary Islands) to set lim- chant vessels in or in the approaches to Spanish ports is prohib-
its to undersea resource exploration and refugee interdiction. In ited, except for emergencies or with permission of the
2003, Spain and Morocco agreed to discuss comprehensive Maritime Authority.
maritime delineations.
Morocco and Spain both claim jurisdiction over Isla Perejil Access to Spanish Ports
(Leila Island) (35°55'N., 5°25'W.). Access to Spanish ports may be prohibited, or subject to cer-
tain regulations, due to naval maneuvers, exercises, or other
Internet Maritime Safety Information causes, as follows:
NAVAREA III warnings are available, in English and Span- 1. A warning signal will be shown from a conspicuous
ish, from the Spanish Hydrographic Institute. position. By day, three balls will be disposed vertically. By
night, three red lights will be disposed vertically.
http://www.armada.mde.es/ihm/Aplicaciones/Navareas/ 2. The same signals will be shown by the watch vessels.
Index_radioavisos.htm 3. Vessels wishing to enter or leave Spanish waters when
the above signals are displayed must:
Offshore Drilling a. By day—display the pilot flag and await the arrival
of a watch vessel.
The Afortunada Oil Field, consisting of a lighted production b. By night—burn one or more lights, sound a siren or
platform and numerous well heads and pipelines, is located off whistle, and await the arrival of a watch vessel.
the SE coast of Spain about 22 miles E of Cabo Tortosa 4. If a watch vessel hails or fires a gun, a vessel must im-
(40°43'N., 0°53'E.). mediately stop or heave to.
An offshore gas field lies N and E of Cabo Machichaco 5. Vessels will, if the occasion arises, submit to a visit
(43°27'N., 2°45'W.). A production platform connected to a well from the watch vessel, which will provide the following in-
by a submarine pipeline lies E of the cape. formation:
a. If a special examination service is established and
Pilotage where it is to be found.
b. If the port is closed and, if so, for how long.
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gross tons en- c. If there are any special directions for the navigation
tering, leaving, or maneuvering in Spanish ports. of any part of the port.
Pilot boats are generally painted black or gray, with the letter 6. Necessary instructions will be provided, or the exam-
P in white on each bow or the word “Pilotos” in white on the ination made, to vessels leaving the port by the Naval author-
sides. By day pilot vessels generally display a white flag with a ities, within the port.
Pub. 140
Spain 687
7. Masters of vessels not complying with these regula- contact information can be found in the table titled Spain—
tions do so at their risk and peril and are liable for any dam- MRCC and MRSC Contact Information.
age they may cause. A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch on international distress frequencies.
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification Lifeboats and rescue craft are stationed, as follows:
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- 1. North coast (Bay of Biscay).
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for a. Pasajes (43°19'N., 1°55'W.).
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the b. Bermeo (43°25'N., 2°43'W.).
EU region. c. Bilbao (43°22'N., 3°04'W.).
The report should be sent to the port authorities. d. Santander (43°27'N., 3°48'W.).
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- a. Llanes (43°22'N., 3°04'W.).
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- b. Gijon (43°34'N., 5°41'W.).
cation. c. Luarca (43°33'N., 6°32'W.).
d. Burela (43°40'N., 7°21'W.).
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- 2. Northwest coast (Atlantic Ocean).
tion a. La Coruna (43°22'N., 8°22'W.).
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as b. Puerto de Camarinas (43°08'N., 9°11'W.).
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 c. O Son (42°44'N., 9°00'W.).
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo d. Vigo (42°14'N., 8°44'W.).
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant e. Puerto de Cangas (42°16'N., 8°47'W.).
port authority at least 24 hours in advance. 3. Southwest coast (Atlantic Ocean).
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- a. Huelva (37°09'N., 6°54'W.).
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- b. Cadiz (36°33'N., 6°26'W.).
tions. c. Algeciras (36°08'N., 5°24'W.).
4. East coast (Mediterranean Sea).
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA) a. Malaga (36°43'N., 4°25'W.).
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of b. Motril (36°43'N., 3°31'W.).
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels c. Almeria (36°50'N., 2°27'W.).
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost d. Garrucha (37°11'N., 1°49'W.).
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- e. Cartagena (37°36'N., 0°59'W.).
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. f. Alicante (38°13'N., 0°31'W.).
The waters off the W coast of the United Kingdom, Ireland, g. Javea (38°48'N., 0°11'E.).
Belgium, France, Spain, and Portugal, from the Sheltand Is- h. Valencia (39°28'N., 0°22'W.).
lands in the N to Cabo San Vicente in the S, including the En- i. Burriana (38°52'N., 0°04'E.).
glish Channel, were granted (2004) the status of PSSA by the j. Sant Carles de la Rapita (38°52'N., 0°04'E.).
International Maritime Organization. The Western Europe k. Puerto de Peniscola (40°21'N., 0°24'E.).
Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) was instituted to help l. Puerto de Vinaroz (40°28'N., 0°29'E.).
protect the environment of the PSSA. m. Tarragona (41°06'N., 1°14'E.).
The waters surrounding the Islas Canarias were granted n. Barcelona (41°21'N., 2°10'E.).
(2006) the status of a PSSA by the International Maritime Or- o. Palamos (41°51'N., 3°08'E.).
ganization. p. El Port de la Selva (42°21'N., 3°12'E.).
5. Islas Baleares (Mediterranean Sea).
Search and Rescue a. Ibeza (38°55'N., 1°27'E.).
b. Portal Nous (Puerto Portals) (39°32'N., 2°34'E.).
Information on the Sociedad de Salvamento y Seguridad c. Alcudia (39°50'N., 3°08'E.).
Maritima (SASE), the national search and rescue agency of d. Colom (39°25'N., 3°16'E.).
Spain, can be found, in Spanish, at the following web site: e. Ciutadella (40°00'N., 3°50'E.).
f. Mahon (39°53'N., 4°18'E.).
SASE Home Page 6. Melilla, the Spanish enclave on the coast of Morocco
(35°17'N., 2°56'W.).
http://www.salvamentomaritimo.es 7. Islas Canarias.
a. Arrecife (28°57'N., 13°33'W.).
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Madrid b. Gran Tarajal (28°12'N., 14°01'W.).
coordinates search and rescue operations and can be contacted, c. Arquineguin (27°45'N., 15°40'W.).
as follows: d. Las Palmas (28°08'N., 15°25'W.).
1. Telephone: 34-917-559133 e. Los Cristianos (28°03'N., 16°42'W.).
34-917-559132 f. San Sebastian de la Gomera (28°05'N., 16°42'W.).
2. Facsimile: 34-915-261440 g. Santa Cruz de la Palma (28°40'N., 17°26'W.).
3. E-mail: cncs@sasemar.es Lifeboats are maintained at a readiness level of 20 minutes
Maritime Rescue Coordination Centers (MRCC) and Mari- response time. The boats are 15 to 20m long, with a crew of 3
time Rescue Coordination Subcenters (MRSC) locations and to 4, speeds of 30 to 38 knots, and ranges of 300 to 400 miles.
Pub. 140
688 Spain
The boats have MF, VHF, and VHF DF equipment on board. 2. Motril (36°43'N., 3°31'W.).
Salvage tugs are stationed, as follows: 3. Palma (39°33'N., 2°38'E.).
1. Cartagena (37°32'N., 1°07'W.). 4. Tarragona (41°06'N., 1°13'E.).
Pub. 140
Spain 689
Ship Reporting System Further information can be found in Pub. 143, Sailing Direc-
tions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe and Northwest Africa
Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) (Sector 8).
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP),
a mandatory reporting system, is in effect. The Reporting Area Signals
covers the waters off Belgium; the W coast and English Chan-
nel coasts of France; Ireland; Portugal; the N and W coasts of The following signals may be displayed in Spanish ports:
Spain; and the English Channel and W coasts of the United
Kingdom, including the Shetland Isles. Day signal Night signal Meaning
Further information on WETREP can be found in North At-
lantic Ocean—Ship Reporting System. White light over Local gale or
red light over strong wind.
Black cylinder
FINREP white light, ver- All boat traffic
FINREP, a mandatory Vessel Traffic Service, is in operation tically disposed suspended.
off Cabo Finisterre, on the NW coast of Spain, including the Black triangle,
White light over Moderate gale.
TSS and Inshore Traffic Zones. The reporting system covers point down,
two red lights, Port closed to
the area between the coast and the following lines: over black
vertically dis- fishing vessels
1. A bearing of 130° to Cabo Villano Light. triangle, point
posed and small craft.
2. A bearing of 075° to Cabo Finisterre Light. up
3. The meridian of longitude 10°15'W.
Further information can be found in Pub. 143, Sailing Direc-
tions (Enroute) West Coast of Europe and Northwest Africa Special Areas
(paragraph 5.2).
Explosives Dumping Grounds and Depth Charges Areas
GIBREP Area E-132—Circular area with a radius of 0.8 miles cen-
GIBREP, a mandatory Vessel Traffic Service, is in operation tered on position 36°14.6'N, 6°49.2'W.
in the Strait of Gibraltar, including the TSS and Inshore Traffic This area is inactive.
Zones. The reporting system covers the area between longi- Area E-133—Area bounded by lines joining the following
tudes 5°58'W and 5°15'W. Further information can be found in positions:
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterranean a. 36°19.4'N, 6°24.3'W.
(paragraph 1.1). b. 36°19.9'N, 6°21.9'W.
c. 36°18.3'N, 6°21.4'W.
CANREP d. 36°18.1'N, 6°23.8'W.
CANREP is a mandatory Vessel Reporting System for ves- This area is inactive.
sels of 600 gt and over carrying the following: Area C-136—Circular area with a radius of 3 miles centered
1. Heavy-grade crude oils with a density greater than 900 on position 28°09'N, 15°10'W.
kg/m3 at 15°C.
2. Heavy fuel oils with a density greater than 900 kg/m3 Diving Exercises
at 15°C or a kinematic viscosity greater than 180mm2/s at Diving exercises are held in the following areas:
50°C. 1. Area E-51—Circular area with a radius of 0.6 mile
3. Bitumen, coal tar, and their emulsions. centered on 36°36'N, 6°29'W.
Pub. 140
690 Spain
2. Area E-52—Circular area with a radius of 1.5 miles d. West limit—longitude 7°17.0'W.
centered on 36°35'N, 6°18'W. 3. Area SC—An area bounded by lines joining the fol-
3. Area E-53—Circular area with a radius of 1.5 miles lowing positions:
centered on 36°29'N, 6°20'W. a. 36°22.0'N, 7°17.0'W.
4. Area E-54—Circular area with a radius of 1.5 miles b. 36°22.0'N, 6°28.3'W.
centered on 36°23'N, 6°16'W. c. 36°00.0'N, 7°17.0'W.
5. Area M-23—An area bounded by the coast and lines d. 36°01.1'N, 6°08.0'W.
joining El Farallon, Bajo de Fuera, and Cabo de Palos. 4. Off Cartagena—An area bounded, as follows:
a. North limit—latitude 38°44.0'N.
Submarine Operating Areas b. West limit—Spanish territorial waters.
c. South limit—latitude 36°43.3'N.
Submarine operating areas are described below. Some of d. East limit—A line joining the following positions:
these areas are shown on the charts. Spanish submarines may i. 38°44.0'N, 0°30.0'E.
be found conducting exercises off the E coast of Spain between ii. 36°56.0'N, 0°34.0'W.
Cabo de San Sebastian and Cabo de Gata, in an area located iii. 36°43.3'N, 0°52.0'W.
between the coast and a line connecting the following points:
a. 41°54'N. 3°14'E. Visual Signals
b. 41°50'N, 3°20'E. Spanish naval vessels hoist the International Code group
c. 38°44'N, 0°22'E. “NE 2” to indicate the proximity of submarines which may be
d. 36°56'N, 0°34'W. submerged. Vessels in such cases ought to steer so as to give a
e. 36°43'N, 0°52'W. wide berth to the vessels flying this signal.
f. 36°43'N, 2°11'W. If for whatever cause it were necessary to approach them,
Submarines frequently exercise in an area bounded, as fol- they ought to approach at slow speed maintaining at all times a
lows: good watch for submarines whose presence might only be indi-
1. North limit—Spanish territorial waters. cated by the periscopes or bubbles emerging from the water.
2. East limit—longitude 6°40.0'W.
3. South limit—latitude 36°00.0'N. Radio Signals
4. West limit—longitude 8°35.0'W. In certain circumstances notices that maneuvers are being
Submarines exercise areas, in which submarines frequently carried out in specified zones are given 48 hours prior to com-
exercise, have been established 35 miles NNW of Cabo Prior mencement of the exercises.
(43°34'N., 8°18'W.) and 30 miles NNW of Cabo Villano
(43°09'N., 9°13'W.). Navigation Lights
It is possible to meet very frequently at night submarines on
Submarine and anti-submarine exercises the surface in the vicinity of Cartagena and in the area between
Submarine and anti-submarine exercises are conducted in Cabo de Gata and Cabo de la Nao.
the vicinity of Cantabrico in an area bounded by lines joining The lights on submarines can be confusing since these lights
the following positions: are necessarily in a very low position and too close together to
a. 43°35'N, 10°04'W. be able to calculate the length of the submarine and its true di-
b. 43°13'N, 9°37'W. rection or change of direction, and therefore can easily be con-
c. 44°23'N, 7°45'W. fused with a much smaller vessel of the coastal type or even a
d. 44°47'N, 8°12'W. fishing boat.
Submarine and anti-submarine exercises are conducted in Spanish submarines operating on the surface display an all
the vicinity of Ferrol and Coruna off the NW coast in an area, round flashing amber light showing 120 to 180 flashes per
designated Finisterre, bounded by lines joining the following minute.
positions:
a. 44°23.5'N, 8°23.5'W. Sunken Submarines
b. 43°57.0'N, 8°00.0'W. Sunken submarines, unable to surface, will attempt to indi-
c. 43°22.0'N, 9°18.0'W. cate their position by means of a indicator buoy.
d. 43°48.5'N, 9°41.5'W. Spanish submarines are provided with two indicator buoys,
Submarine and anti-submarine exercises are conducted in one at each end of the vessel, which can be released from in-
the vicinity of the Strait of Gibraltar, as follows: side the boat in case of necessity, or when, for whatever reason,
1. Area SA—An area bounded, as follows: the submarine may be viewed as incapable of surfacing.
a. North limit—Spanish territorial waters. The buoys are secured to the submarine by a cable not longer
b. East limit—Spanish territorial waters. than 125m. When finding an indicator buoy in waters deeper
c. South limit—latitude 36°34.0'N. than 150m, it can be assumed that it is adrift, and it also should
d. West limit—longitude 7°17.0'W. be reported as soon as possible.
2. Area SB—An area bounded, as follows: The indicator buoys are metallic, one at the bow (painted red
a. North limit—latitude 36°34.0'N. and yellow) and the other at the stern (painted yellow). The
b. East limit—Spanish territorial waters. bow buoy exhibits a white light and has a telephone which can
c. South limit—latitude 36°22.0'N. be operated from inside the submarine. Each buoy is fitted with
Pub. 140
Spain 691
a metal plate displaying the following information: On their arrival at the surface the survivors may be exhausted
or sick, so it is very helpful, if circumstances permit to have al-
SUBMARINO (...) Submarine (name) ready lowered a boat to prepare to pick them up. Some will
need to be taken to a decompression chamber and naval author-
AVISEN A LAS Inform the authorities ities will make efforts to transport with maximum urgency
AUTORIDADED equipment of this type to the site of the disaster. Those still in
CIUDADO Take care the submarine should be informed that assistance is on the way.
The Spanish navy has a service in Cartagena for search and
NO SE TIRE DE LA BOYA, Do not pull on the buoy, rescue operations. It is always available to render assistance. It
QUITESE LA TAPA Y remove the cover and is understood, nevertheless, that any vessel which at a deter-
SIGANSE LAS follow the instructions mined moment may have evidence of a submarine disaster and
INSTRUCTIONNES inside goes into action in the sense of the given instructions, working
INTERIORES quickly and with effectiveness, can render an important service
and play a decisive role in the rescue. It will try according to
Submerged submarines which cannot release the indicator the instructions written on the buoy to establish communica-
buoys can signal by letting fuel oil or lubricant escape or by re- tion with the submarine.
leasing air.
In all submarine accidents time is a decisive factor in regard Time Zone
to the chances of saving the survivors, therefore the finding of
an indicator buoy ought to be taken as a warning of having dis- The Time Zone description for Spain, the Islas Baleares, and
covered a real accident and of not letting any time be lost in Spanish possessions in North Africa (Al Hoceima, Ceuta, Islas
taking appropriate measures. When a buoy of this kind is Chafarinas, Melilla, Penon de Velez, and Isla de Alboran) is
found, the first step to take is to report the discovery by the ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings Time (BRAVO (-2)) is observed
most rapid means available. If possible the name of the subma- from the last Sunday in March until the last Sunday in October.
rine should be listed in the reports that are sent. The Time Zone description for the Islas Canarias is ZULU.
In order that those in the submarine may be informed that as- Daylight Savings Time (ALFA (-1)) is observed from the last
sistance is on the way, naval vessels will drop small charges Sunday in March until the last Sunday in October.
that can be heard from the inside. The use of small charges in
these cases is perfectly acceptable, but it is absolutely essential Traffic Separation Schemes
that they not be dropped too close, since those that are just
emerging could easily suffer fatal wounds because of extreme Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Spain are, as follows:
sensitivity to the submarine explosions. A distance of 0.25 mile 1. Atlantic Ocean
is considered adequate. If not equipped with small charges, an a. Off Cabo Finisterre. (IMO adopted)
acoustic sounder can be turned on or the hull of the vessel may b. Rio de Pontavedra. (Government of Spain)
be struck with an iron maul beneath the water line. These sig- c. Approaches to Puerto Vigo. (Government of Spain)
nals can normally be heard from inside a submarine and should d. Banco del Hoyo. (IMO adopted)
be made at frequent intervals. 2. Mediterranean Sea
It is possible that a buoy has accidentally become unfastened a. In the Strait of Gibraltar. (IMO adopted)
without the submarine having actually sunk. In any case it is b. Off Cabo de Gata. (IMO adopted)
very important to determine conclusively if the telephone buoy c. Off Cabo de Palos. (IMO adopted)
is actually adrift or not. If something else cannot be done, it is d. Off Cabo de la Nao. (IMO adopted)
permitted to lower a boat to verify the weight of the cable by e. Approaches to Castellon. (Government of Spain)
hand. Extreme caution is recommended since it is absolutely f. Approaches to Barcelona. (Government of Spain)
essential that the cable not be broken. 3. Islas Canarias
In no case should the boat be secured to the buoy nor should a. Between Gran Canary and Fuertaventura. (IMO ad-
it circle the cable, once it has been proved that the buoy is at- opted)
tached to the disabled submarine. b. Between Gran Canary and Tenerife. (IMO adopted)
If it is found to be adrift, it shall not be considered as an indi-
cation that all is in order and that nothing has occurred, since U.S. Embassy
the cable could have been broken and floating adrift after delib-
erate release from a submarine as a result of an accident. The U.S. Embassy is situated at Serrano 75, 28006 Madrid.
All ships finding themselves in the presence of a telephone The mailing address is PSC 61, APO AE (09642).
buoy of a submarine not adrift, will therefore remain and pre-
pare to pick up survivors. These will emerge almost vertically U. S. Embassy Spain Home Page
so that it is very important to leave them sufficient free space to
be able to do it without obstacles. https://es.usembassy.gov
The survivors of a submarine accident may attempt their own
rescue at any time after the accident. The internal conditions
can worsen rapidly and such attempts will be delayed for only Vessel Traffic Service
the time required to enable rescue boats to arrive at the disaster
zone. Vessel Traffic Services are in operation, as follows:
Pub. 140
692 Spain
1. Aviles 1 (43°35'N., 9°17'W.). 7. Las Palmas 2 (28°10'N., 15°24'W.).
2. Finisterre 1 (42°54'N., 9°17'W.).
1
3. Vigo 1 (42°14'N., 8°44'W.). For further information, see Pub. 143, Sailing Directions
4. Cadiz 1 (36°33'N., 6°17'W.). (Enroute) West Coast of Europe and Northwest Africa.
2 For further information, see Pub. 131 (Sailing Directions
5. Cabo de Gata 2 (36°43'N., 2°12'W.).
6. Strait of Gibraltar 2 (35°54'N., 5°36'W.). (Enroute) Western Mediterranean.
Pub. 140
693
SWEDEN
Pub. 140
694 Sweden
The climate is temperate in the S, with cold cloudy winters havn, on the same route as hydrofoils. They have a maximum
and cool partly cloudy summers. speed of 35 knots and operate in accordance with the Interna-
The terrain is mostly flat or gently rolling lowlands, and tional Rules of the Road. When airborne they carry a rotating
mountainous in the W. yellow warning light. The vehicle makes difficult leeway with
the wind abeam. Signals made on a ship’s bell are difficult to
Areas to be Avoided hear aboard the air cushion vehicle.
All vessels of 500 gross tons and over should avoid the fol- Chemical Munitions
lowing IMO Areas to be Avoided: Chemical munitions, including mustard gas, are known to
1. Hoburgs Bank—An area bounded by lines joining the have been dumped in the following locations:
following positions: a. 15 miles E of Christiano (55°20'N., 15°11'E.).
a. 56°49'31.2''N, 18°38'46.2''E. b. 52 miles SSE of Hoburg (56°55'N., 18°09'E.).
b. 56°40'13.8''N, 18°45'04.8''E. It must be assumed that these munitions were spread over a
c. 56°24'03.6''N, 18°36'12.0''E. larger area than charted during dumping operations and it is
d. 56°22'46.2''N, 18°08'25.8''E. known that some were dumped during the transit from Peene-
e. 56°39'57.6''N, 18°06'12.0''E. munde to the dumping areas. It is also likely that these muni-
2. Norra Midsjobanken—An area bounded by lines tions have moved outside the charted areas due to activity on
joining the following positions: the sea bed.
a. 56°07'52.2''N, 17°38'24.6''E.
b. 56°02'10.2''N, 17°13'10.2''E. Floating Hazards
c. 56°10'06.0''N, 17°13'40.8''E. In the coastal waters and archipelagic waters of Sweden, nu-
d. 56°15'01.2''N, 17°25'36.6''E. merous drifting logs may be encountered throughout the year,
especially after storms and spring freshets. These may consti-
Buoyage System tute a serious hazard to small and medium-sized vessels.
Pub. 140
Sweden 695
Pub. 140
696 Sweden
c. 56°42'35.4''N, 12°27'11.4''E. 4. E-mail: Marinb-SjoCMusko@mil.se
d. 56°38'06.0''N, 12°28'19.8''E.
e. 56°35'24.0''N, 12°31'14.4''E. Baltic Sea—Southern Part
f. 56°34'01.2''N, 12°35'57.0''E. Area R64S (Torhamn Storre)—An area bounded by lines
g. 56°33'19.8''N, 12°42'04.2''E. joining the following positions:
h. 56°40'54.6''N, 12°42'08.4''E. a. 56°14.9'N, 16°02.8'E.
Range information can be obtained by telephone (46-31- b. 56°10.0'N, 16°24.8'E.
692838). c. 56°05.0'N, 16°24.8'E.
d. 55°50.0'N, 15°47.3'E.
Baltic Sea—Northern Part e. 56°03.7'N, 15°47.3'E.
Area R66—An area bounded by lines joining the following Area R64M (Torhamn Mindre)—An area bounded by
positions: lines joining the following positions:
a. 58°52.0'N, 17°52.2'E. a. 56°03.7'N, 15°49.6'E.
b. 58°55.0'N, 17°41.0'E. b. 56°08.1'N, 16°16.8'E.
c. 58°51.9'N, 17°34.4'E. c. 55°56.0'N, 16°07.0'E.
d. 58°47.4'N, 17°33.7'E. Area R63A (Sturko Nord)—An area bounded by lines join-
e. 58°44.0'N, 17°35.7'E. ing the following positions:
f. 58°37.6'N, 17°52.9'E. a. 56°03.9'N, 15°24.0'E.
Area R71—An area bounded by lines joining the following b. 56°07.0'N, 15°28.7'E.
positions: c. 56°07.0'N, 15°37.6'E.
a. 58°52.0'N, 17°52.2'E. d. 56°03.7'N, 15°47.3'E.
b. 58°37.6'N, 17°52.9'E. e. 55°56.8'N, 15°47.3'E.
c. 58°18.2'N, 18°05.8'E. f. 55°54.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
d. 58°49.0'N, 18°50.0'E. g. 56°00.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
e. 58°56.0'N, 19°00.0'E h. 56°02.5'N, 15°36.0'E.
f. 59°00.9'N, 18°29.3'E. Area R63B (Sturko Syd)—An area bounded by lines join-
g. 58°52.4'N, 17°57.8'E. ing the following positions:
Area D175S—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- a. 56°03.9'N, 15°24.0'E.
ing positions: b. 56°02.5'N, 15°36.0'E.
a. 58°29.7'N, 17°58.2'E. c. 56°00.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
b. 58°18.2'N, 18°05.8'E. d. 55°54.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
c. 58°33.0'N, 18°50.0'E. e. 55°54.6'N, 15°33.5'E.
d. 58°40.4'N, 18°30.2'E. f. 55°58.0'N, 15°27.8'E.
e. 58°32.7'N, 18°12.0'E. Area R63C (Sturko Nytt)—An area bounded by lines join-
Area D175E—An area bounded by lines joining the follow- ing the following positions:
ing positions: a. 56°07.0'N, 15°28.7'E.
a. 58°40.4'N, 18°30.2'E. b. 56°11.8'N, 15°30.4'E.
b. 58°33.0'N, 18°50.0'E. c. 56°10.0'N, 15°48.8'E.
c. 58°45.0'N, 19°20.0'E. d. 56°03.7'N, 15°47.3'E.
d. 58°55.6'N, 19°02.0'E. e. 56°07.0'N, 15°37.6'E.
e. 58°48.2'N, 18°50.0'E. Area D164 (Hano Nord)—An area bounded by lines join-
Uto Restricted Area—An area bounded by lines joining the ing the following positions:
following positions: a. 55°58.2'N, 14°49.0'E.
a. 58°57.0'N, 18°15.7'E. b. 56°06.6'N, 14°58.2'E.
b. 58°44.6'N, 18°09.1'E, then the minor arc of a circle 13 c. 56°07.0'N, 15°05.2'E.
miles in radius centered on position 58°57.0'N, 18°15.7'E to d. 56°03.9'N, 15°24.0'E.
c. 58°55.2'N, 18°40.6'E. e. 55°58.7'N, 15°27.8'E.
The Uto Restricted Areas may be temporarily closed to ship- f. 55°54.7'N, 15°33.8'E.
ping. Area D165 (Hano Vast)—An area bounded by lines joining
Note.—Warnings are not announced daily to merchant ves- the following positions:
sels. Special firing practices will be announced in Sweden No- a. 55°40.0'N, 14°39.9'E.
tice to Mariners and/or on Swedish National Radio, with b. 55°50.0'N, 14°39.9'E.
requests to avoid the area of interest. c. 55°58.2'N, 14°49.0'E.
Information about current and upcoming firing practices can d. 55°56.4'N, 15°09.7'E.
be obtained on a Swedish-language telephone answering ser- e. 55°40.0'N, 15°09.7'E.
vice (46-85015-7550). Area D166 (Hano Ost)—An area bounded by lines joining
Further information can be obtained from Naval Control the following positions:
Musko, as follows: a. 55°40.0'N, 15°09.7'E.
1. Call sign: Naval Control Musko b. 55°56.4'N, 15°09.7'E.
2. VHF: VHF channel 16 c. 55°54.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
3. Telephone: 46-10823-1823 d. 55°40.0'N, 15°39.9'E.
Pub. 140
Sweden 697
Area R38A (Rinkaby)—An area bounded by the coast and commencement of firing; the flags remain flying during the ex-
lines joining the following positions: ercise.
a. 55°56'48.6''N, 14°19'37.8''E. (coast) A firing practice area extends 15 miles seaward from the
b. 55°51'19.8''N, 14°25'41.4''E. coast between Skarpudden (62°28.9'N., 17°49.1'E.) and Storon
c. 55°54'12.0''N, 14°30'32.4''E. (62°463'N., 18°12.8'E.).
d. 55°57'43.8''N, 14°20'57.0''E. (coast)
When gunnery exercises are in progress, lights are exhibited Warning Signals
from masts in position 55°57'44.4''N, 14°20'45.6''E and posi- When gunnery and underwater clearance exercises are being
tion 55°56'49.8''N, 14°19'37.2''E. conducted in Swedish territorial waters, the following signals
Area R34 (Ravlunda)—An area bounded by the coast and are shown:
lines joining the following positions: 1. By day.—Red flag, green flare (when needed), and re-
a. 55°43'25.8''N, 14°11'48.6''E. (coast) peated short blasts from the ship’s whistle.
b. 55°38'07.8''N, 14°21'25.8''E. 2. At night.—All-around red light, green flare (when
c. 55°35'16.8''N, 14°27'05.4''E. needed), and repeated short blasts from the ship’s whistle.
d. 55°36'01.8''N, 14°28'24.0''E. Helicopters will drop an orange-colored smoke flare day or
e. 55°37'59.4''N, 14°30'42.6''E. night.
f. 55°40'12.6''N, 14°32'15.6''E.
g. 55°42'54.4''N, 14°33'04.8''E.
h. 55°46'08.4''N, 14°33'02.4''E. Fishing Areas
i. 55°48'31.2''N, 14°21'30.0''E.
j. 55°49'40.2''N, 14°21'54.6''E. General
k. 55°50'33.0''N, 14°21'18.0''E. Eel fishing.—Eel fishing, using fixed and floating gear, oc-
l. 55°51'39.0''N, 14°30'16.2''E. curs along the coast of Sweden. The gear is set at right angles
m. 55°52'49.2''N, 14°28'57.0''E. to the shore and can extend several miles seaward. Although
n. 55°53'27.6''N, 14°28'07.2''E. eel fishing is prohibited along range lines and within the white
o. 55°54'32.4''N, 14°26'12.6''E. sectors of entrance sector lights, fishing activity is frequently
p. 55°54'43.2''N, 14°20'55.2''E. found very close to them.
q. 55°45'57.0''N, 14°11'52.2''E. (coast) Drift net fishing.—This type of fishing is used for catching
Note.—Warnings are not announced daily to merchant ves- salmon, herring, and mackerel. The drift nets may be up to 2
sels. Gunnery exercises are announced daily on a Swedish-lan- miles in length and be laid in a straight line or on the perimeter
guage telephone answering service (46-455-10000). of a circle, with their effective depth, usually between 6 and
Further information can be obtained from Naval Control 8m, being regulated by float lines.
Goteborg, as follows: The nets are usually marked by radar reflectors, lights, and
1. Call sign: Naval Control Goteborg buoys displaying flags. In shallow water, nets are marked by
2. VHF: VHF channel 16 buoys displaying flags but the marks may carry no lights. The
3. Telephone: 46-10829-2805 salmon season lasts from September to June; the herring sea-
4. E-mail: Marinb-SjoCGoteborg@mil.se son occurs in the early spring and from June to November; and
Langnabbaudde Torpedo Launching Area (58°57.9'N., the season for mackerel fishing lasts from the beginning of
18°07.8'E.) crosses the fairway from the SE side of Musko to May to the end of June.
Vastra Runmaren, 6 miles NENE, off the NW side of Uto. Op- Drift nets for fishing for herring may be encountered in The
erations normally occur from April to November. During tor- Sound and around the S coast of Sweden E of Trelleborg
pedo operations red flags are displayed are displayed from the (55°22'N., 13°09'E.).
signal station on Langnabbaudde and from guards hips sta- Herring drift-net fishing is carried out along the whole of the
tioned in the area. A long blast on a siren is sounded prior to E coast and continues for as long as the water is clear of ice.
each launch and the track is marked by flashing white search- However, in certain areas within the archipelagos, the nets are
lights. Anchorage is prohibited in the launch area. also laid beneath the ice.
Salmon fishing using drift nets is carried out from 16 Sep-
Gulf of Bothnia tember to 14 June within 10 miles of the coast of Gotland.
Lulea Archipelago.—Junkon.—Limits of a gunnery range Fishing is carried out from just before sunset to just after sun-
are bounded by lines joining the following positions: rise.
a. 65°27'48.0''N, 22°20'27.0''E. Intensive salmon fishing takes place off the E coast of Oland
b. 65°25'15.0''N, 22°25'15.0''E. from September to May.
c. 65°23'42.0''N, 22°17'57.0''E. In the Baltic Sea, Swedish boats may fish for salmon using
d. 65°27'15.6''N, 22°15'57.6''E. nets composed of up to 20 sections, with each section about 0.6
e. 65°27'52.2''N, 22°20'27.0''E. mile in length, giving a total net length of up to 12 miles. Each
Byske.—Gunnery exercises are frequently carried out in an section is marked by radar reflector and a lighted buoy; vessels
area E of Byske (64°57'N., 21°14'E.). should leave at least 0.6 mile clearance from the nearest radar
Lovsta Bukten.—A firing practice area extends 1.5 miles N echo.
from the coast at Norrskaten (60°35.7'N., 17°56.3'E.). A red Trawling.—Trawling takes place year round in depths of
flag is shown at Norrskaten and at the fishing harbor at Fa- from 25 to 350m. The trawl, which may either be dragged
gelsundet (60°36.1'N., 17°54.0'E.) beginning 1 hour prior to along the bottom or set to run at a pre-determined depth, may
Pub. 140
698 Sweden
be towed either by a single vessel using otter-boards or be- Holidays
tween two vessels using kites.
Longline fishing.—Longline fishing for cod, haddock, and The following holidays are observed:
eels is now mainly limited to the coastal area, where the lines
are laid on the bottom during the winter half of the year. Whiff- January 1 New Year’s Day
ing or spinning for mackerel is carried out from July to Sep-
tember; the boats tow a number of lines from outriggers. January 5 Eve of Epiphany
Beach seine netting.—Beach seine netting is carried out January 6 Epiphany
sporadically along the Swedish coast for herring and bait fish.
Holy Thursday Variable
It involves the nets being laid some distance from the shore and
then hauled towards it. This form of fishing is also carried out Good Friday Variable
below the ice, for which purpose holes are cut in the ice in se-
Easter Sunday Variable
ries extending up to 1,000m from the shore.
Bottom nets.—Bottom net fishing for eels is carried out Easter Monday Variable
along the Swedish coast between Smygehuk and Karlskrona April 30 Valborg’s Eve
from May to December. The gear, which may extend several
miles from shore, is secured to piles or by anchors and buoys May 1 Labor Day
and is difficult to detect. The seaward end is marked by a dark Ascension Day Variable
flag or basket; an night it is marked by an all around violet
light. Vessels should remain at least 1.5 miles offshore in these Whitsunday Variable
areas. Whitmonday Variable
Fish traps.—Fish traps for catching salmon and herring may
be found along the coast of Sweden. They are usually in shal- June 6 National Day
low waters but can extend outside the 3m depth contour and be Friday after June 19 Midsummer Eve
more than 100m offshore.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Fishing Areas. Saturday after June 19 Midsummer Day
Friday after October 30 All Saints’ Eve
Fish Farms
Saturday after October 30 All Saints’ Day
Fish farms, areas in shallow water where fish are artificially
bred, are found off the coasts of Sweden; they may be on the December 24 Christmas Eve
surface or submerged. They are not necessarily confined to in- December 25 Christmas Day
shore locations and may be moved on occasions. They are usu-
ally marked by buoys or beacons which, if lighted, exhibit December 26 Second Day of Christmas
yellow lights. December 31 New Year’s Eve
Government Ice
The government of Sweden operates a fleet of state-owned
icebreakers managed by the Swedish Maritime Administration
(SMA). The icebreakers, which are manned by the Swedish
Naval Forces, break ice between open water, and waters pro-
tected from sea ice, pack ice, and similar ice obstacles. Heli-
copters are based aboard some of these vessels and are utilized
for air reconnaissance purposes and directing.
Municipal or private vessels may be contracted to assist
state-owned icebreakers, when necessary.
The ice breaking service is administrated by the Director of
the SMA, Ship Management and Icebreaking, assisted by local
offices and, when necessary, through the regional offices in
Flag of Sweden Malmo, Gothenburg, and Trollhatten.
The Swedish Maritime Administration Icebreaking Service
Sweden is a constitutional monarchy. The country is divided can be contacted, as follows:
into 21 counties.
King Carl XVI Gustav is the head of state. The Prime Minis-
1. Telephone: 46-77-1630000 (Switchboard)
ter is elected by the Parliament. The unicameral Parliament
consists of 349 members, directly-elected according to a sys- Available 0800 to 1640
tem of proportional representation, serving 4-year terms. 46-77-1632525 (Operations Center)
The legal system is based on civil law influenced by custom-
ary law. Available 24 hours during the
The capital is Stockholm. icebreaking season
Pub. 140
Sweden 699
2. Facsimile: 46-11-103100 carrying deck cargo a certain amount of icing can occur
without risk for capsizing.
3. E-mail: opc@sjofartsverket.se The Executive Board of the Ice Breaking Service of the
4. Web site: http://www.sjofartsverket.se/winter- SMA issues directions and restrictions for sea traffic based on
navigation current and expected ice and weather conditions and on the ice
breaking resources available. The restrictions issued include
The Swedish Maritime Administration Icebreaking Service requirements concerning minimum tonnage, engine power, and
provides the following information at the SMA home page ice strengthening (ice class) for those ships which can expect
(click on Our Activities—Winter Navigation): ice breaking assistance.
1. A brief account of the daily ice situation. The SMA will announce the tightening of restrictions 6 days
2. The operating areas of the icebreakers. (including Saturdays and holidays) in advance, if possible, be-
3. Instructions for shipping. fore they enter into force. When restrictions are eased or lifted
4. An updated ice chart. by the SMA, these decisions come into force on the same day
In accordance with the Ice Breaking Ordinance, ships suit- as announced.
able for winter navigation can receive ice breaking assistance Current ice charts of the Baltic Sea, Kattegat, and Skagerrak
through the Government Ice Breaking Service in Swedish can be obtained from the following web sites:
coastal waters and in sea routes to these waters between the
open sea and waters which are protected from sea ice, drift ice, Baltic Icebreaking Manage-
1. http://www.baltice.org
pack ice, or similar obstacles. Severe ice can, to a certain extent ment
determined by the Administration, be broken with the aid of Swedish Meteorological and
the government service in Lake Vanern, Lake Malaren, and the 2. http://www.smhi.se
Hydrological Institute
Angermanalven River.
No charge is made for towing or other icebreaker assistance Finnish Meteorological In-
3. http://www.fmi.fi
provided by state icebreakers in conjunction with the breaking stitute
of sea ice.
The SMA does not accept any responsibility for delay, dam- Ice charts can be transmitted to vessels free of charge by fac-
age, or other loss caused to a ship, its crew, passengers, or car- simile or e-mail after making special arrangements with the
go as a result of ice conditions. Every ship is responsible for its Swedish Meteorological and Hydrological Institute Ice Service
own safety. in Norkoppong, as follows:
Assistance and advice is given to ships at their own risk. 1. Telephone: 46-11-4958500
For a vessel to obtain state icebreaker assistance it must, as a 46-11-4958000 (switchboard)
minimum, have the Finnish-Swedish ice class (or equivalent) (Monday-Friday 0800-1630)
and the minimum dwt that are applicable to a specific ice re- 2. Facsimile: 46-11-4958053
gion in accordance with ice restrictions imposed by the SMA. 3. E-mail: ice@smhi.se
The SMA may refuse to give state ice breaker assistance to a 4. Web sites: http://www.smhi.se
ship if it is known that the arrangements of the ship are not http://www.smhi.se/icereport
functional before the assistance, or if the ship, with regard to http://www.smhi.se/iceservice
hull, engine power, equipment, or crew is in such condition that http://www.smhi.se/icechart
operation in ice can be presumed to endanger the safety of the Custom wind, wave, water level, or ice forecasts can be or-
ship, or if there is good reason to suspect that the ship is less dered, for a fee, from SMHI Weatherrouting, as follows:
suitable for operation in ice than what is generally expected for 1. Telephone: 011-495-8400 (7 days during office
ships belonging to the same ice class. hours)
The Executive Boards of the Finnish Icebreaking Service 2. Facsimile: 011-495-8403
and the Swedish Icebreaking Service have jointly decided that 3. E-mail: weatherrouting@smhi.se
tugs with barges connected with cables or hawsers) and so- Daily updates on ice conditions and restrictions in Skager-
called river vessels are not suitable for winter navigation and rak, Kattegat, the Baltic Sea proper, the Gulf of Bothnia, the
cannot count on state icebreaker assistance, even if they have Gulf of Finland, the Gulf of Riga, and Lake Vanern are issued
the relevant ice class granted by their classification society. daily, as follows:
The following are the minimum requirements to be complied 1. Ice charts: 1000 (UTC)
with if a ship is to be considered suitable for winter navigation: 2. Ice reports: 1000 (UTC)
1. The ship shall be classified as being of the highest ice 3. Ice restrictions: 1000 (UTC)
class by a Classification Society approved by the state in 4. Fairway codes: 1200 (UTC)
question or shall otherwise have shown itself to be of a cor- For information on obtaining general ice information for the
responding construction and strength at an inspection of sea- Baltic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
worthiness. For information on the onset and clearance of ice in ports on
2. The ship shall be equipped with propulsion machinery the W coast of Finland, as well as in the Gulf of Finland and
powerful enough for the ship to make its way through light the Gulf of Bothnia, see Baltic Sea—Ice.
ice or through broken channels within the archipelago with- For information on the onset and clearance of ice in ports on
out icebreaker assistance. the coast of Sweden, see Appendix II—Ice Conditions on the
3. The ship shall be of at least 500 dwt. Coast of Sweden.
4. The stability of the ship shall be such that even when The Director will decide whether, having due regard for the
Pub. 140
700 Sweden
traffic directions issued, the ship in question can count on as- Ice Class Designations.
sistance from an icebreaker and if the ship shall utilize the ser- Appendix I—Equivalences Between Ice Class Notations
vices of an ice pilot in conjunction with this. Ships which have provides a comparison between the Finnish-Swedish Ice Class
not been granted the right to assistance from an icebreaker will Designations and the class designations used by selected clas-
be recommended to refrain from fulfilling the voyage in ques- sification societies, including ice-strengthening codes. The
tion. equivalence of a ship’s ice class is subject to approval of the
Unless special reasons indicate otherwise, ships in need of Swedish Maritime Administration.
help will be assisted in the following order, no matter what Vessels seeking icebreaker assistance must conform to the
their nationality: Finnish-Swedish Ice Class Designation (or equivalent), and the
1. Ships in distress or in need of help because of danger minimum dwt applicable to the ice region, as specified in the
to the lives of those on board. restrictions imposed by the SMA.
2. Ships destined for or coming from Denmark, Finland, Ships seeking assistance will be grouped in convoys when-
Norway, Sweden, and Germany. In this case preference shall ever conditions require this. Dispensation from sea traffic re-
be given to passenger ships and ships carrying goods of spe- strictions which have been issued cannot be counted on.
cial importance. Ships which can count on assistance from an icebreaker will
3. Other ships. receive the necessary instructions for the voyage in question.
The Swedish Maritime Administration uses the Finnish- Ship owners and/or agents should inform ICEINFO (tele-
Swedish Ice Class Designations to define ice-strengthening re- phone: 46-10-4927600) of their schedules and changes in
quirements, as described in the table titled Finnish-Swedish schedules for their vessels.
Pub. 140
Sweden 701
Vessels bound for Swedish ports and requiring icebreaker as- /www.skridsko.net/mail/fartyg).
sistance shall, well in advance of entering ice-covered waters, In connection with reporting, ships bound for specific
report to an icebreaker in accordance with the instructions giv- harbors will be ordered to contact the relevant state icebreaker
en in the daily ice report. In addition, vessels bound for harbors before passing a point specified by VTS Gavle to get
in the Gulf of Bothnia which have traffic restrictions due to ice information and directions as to the route and assistance.
are requested to report the following information, in Swedish Requests for assistance from state icebreakers shall, when
or English, on VHF channel 78 (call sign: Ice Info), directly by the state icebreaker (this term includes other ships used in the
telephone (46-10-4927600), or by e-mail (ice.info@sjo- state ice breaking service) is in the waters where the assistance
fartsverket) when passing N through the Sea of Aland at lati- is required to be made to the captain of the icebreaker or a spe-
tude 60°00.0'N: cific icebreaker designated to receive notifications.
1. Vessel name and call sign. Information on the reporting procedure will be given in daily
2. Nationality. ice reports and in coast radio station transmissions.
3. Destination. Unless otherwise agreed with the icebreaker providing assis-
4. Speed. tance, ships shall monitor their radios continuously.
5. ETA. VHF radio shall be used for signaling between icebreakers
Monitoring also takes place on VHF channel 16. Reporting and assisted ships.
may be made in Swedish or in English, using the IMO Marine Icebreakers continuously monitor VHF channel 16 and 2332
Standard Phrases. kHz when at sea. Vessels receiving assistance should maintain
The reporting line can be moved further S based on ice con- a continuous listening watch on the channel specified by the
ditions. icebreaker.
All vessels bound for Finnish and Swedish ports during the Icebreakers contact information can also be found in the ta-
winter (1 November to 31 March) with restrictions in the ble titled Sweden—Icebreaker Contact Information. Calls
Quark or the Gulf of Bothnia are required to report to Bothnia to icebreakers can also be established by coastal radio stations.
VTS on VHF channel 67 when 20 miles S of Nordvalen Light All icebreakers can also be contacted on VHF channel 16
(63°32'09''N., 20°46'36''E.). In addition, arrival and departure and 2332 kHz.
reports are required, as follows: The Executive Board of the Ice Breaking Service recom-
1. Arrival reports should be broadcast on VHF channel mends that vessels navigating in ice-covered waters be
16 (call sign: Ice Info) or directly by telephone (46-10- equipped with a transponder for automatic identification of
4927600) when the vessel is moored, stating the following: ships (AIS).
a. Vessel name and call sign. Vessels shall adhere to the following regulations when in
b. ETD. company with an icebreaker, or in convoy:
c. Next port-of-call. 1. All instructions given from the icebreaker shall be fol-
2. Departure reports should be broadcast on VHF channel lowed.
16 (call sign: Ice Info) or by telephone (46-10-4927600), as 2. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
follows: a. The VHF channel specified shall be monitored con-
a. At least 6 hours prior to departure. tinuously.
b. If the ETD changes, the new ETD shall be reported b. The propulsion machinery of the ship shall be con-
as soon as possible. stantly ready for rapid maneuvers.
c. When the vessel has departed. c. The icebreaker shall determine when the ship is to
The departure report shall contain the following informa- be towed.
tion: d. If any ship should spring a leak or suffer damage
a. Vessel name and call sign. that may affect the vessel’s ability to follow the icebreaker
b. ETD or actual time of departure, as appropriate. or otherwise comply with the directives given by the ice-
c. Destination. breaker, this shall be immediately communicated to the
3. Reporting for both arrival and departure reports may icebreaker.
be made in Swedish or in English, using the IMO Marine e. To be eligible for icebreaker assistance, vessels nav-
Standard Phrases. igating in ice-covered waters must be equipped with a
Vessels which have made a report and then cancel or delay powerful searchlight. Ships which form part of a convoy
their voyage should report this immediately to Ice Info. and which have stuck in the ice shall keep their search-
Vessels can report information regarding channels through lights extinguished.
the ice by e-mail (fartyg@skridsko.net). The content of the e- 3. Instructions to the ship being assisted are usually given
mail will automatically be published on the xxx web site (http:/ via VHF on the dedicated assistance channel
Pub. 140
702 Sweden
Pub. 140
Sweden 703
Pub. 140
704 Sweden
Pub. 140
Sweden 705
Swedish pilots (Sound Pilots) are ordered 5 hours in advance gions (Northeast and Southwest); they can be contacted as
via VTS Malmo and can be contacted, as follows: listed in the table titled Sweden Coast Guard—Regional Op-
1. Telephone: 46-771-630690 (for ports between Vast- erating Centers—Contact Information.
erkik and Simrishamn)
46-771-630680 (for ports between Ystad Monitoring Single Hull Tankers
and Hoganas) The transport of heavy grade oils is not allowed on single
2. Facsimile: 46-40-301868 hull tankers of certain sizes and ages. Denmark, Estonia, Fin-
3. E-mail: southcoastpilot@sjofartsverket.se land, Latvia, Norway, and Sweden have adopted measures to
4. Web site: http://www.sjofartsverket.se monitor the observance of theses regulations. For further infor-
Danish pilots are ordered through DanPilot-Danish State Pi- mation, see Denmark—Pollution.
lotage and can be contacted through the information contained
in the table in the Denmark section titled Denmark—Pilotage MARPOL Special Area
Ordering Offices. The Baltic Sea, including the Gulf of Bothnia and the Gulf of
Finland, has been designated as a MARPOL Special Area.
Deep Sea Pilotage MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special mandato-
Vessels requiring a licensed deep sea pilot in the Baltic Sea ry methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the sea have
area should send request at least 24 hours in advance to South been adopted.
Coast Pilots, as follows: Further information can be found in North Atlantic
1. Telephone: 46-771-630680 Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
2. E-mail: southcoastpilot@sjofartsverket.se This Special Area is under intensive surveillance for pollu-
Deep sea pilots board, as follows: tion and violations of traffic rules. Further information on pol-
1. Off Vinga (57°38'00.0''N., 11°36'00.0''E.). lution reporting can be found in Baltic Sea—Pollution—
2. In the vicinity of M1 Lighted Buoy (56°07'30.0''N., Pollution Reporting.
12°31'00.0''E.).
3. Off Flint SW Light (55°28'12.0''N., 12°43'00.0''E.). Regulations
4. Off Trelleborg (55°19'39.0''N., 13°08'36.0''E.).
5. Off Bornholm. Ships should obtain a copy of the harbor regulations from the
6. At any Swedish port. harbormaster of each port. The regulations described below are
For information on requesting Deep Sea Pilotage in the Bal- in force at most of the ports.
tic Sea, see Baltic Sea—Pilotage. Masters of merchant ships arriving in port must report to the
harbormaster the usual information relative to the ship, crew,
Large Tankers and cargo.
According to an agreement between the Swedish Navigation Ships, unless obliged by necessity, must not anchor in, or off,
Authority and a combination of the Swedish Petroleum Insti- the entrance channels, but if forced to do so, must shift berth at
tute and Owners Association, loaded oil tankers employed by the first opportunity.
Swedish oil companies, with a draft greater than 12m or carry- On entering the harbor limits, ships must display their na-
ing more than 50,000 tons of petroleum products, must employ tional colors, and keep them flying by day until after the com-
a Swedish pilot on voyages in the Baltic Sea N of latitude pletion of the Customs visit.
55°25'N. Berths will be allotted by the harbormaster, and must not be
shifted without his permission. Ships must shift berth if and
Pollution when required to do so by the harbormaster.
Ships lying alongside a quay, or one another, must use suffi-
The point of contact for receipt, transmission, and processing cient and proper fenders, and if required by the harbormaster,
of urgent reports involving harmful substances, including oil must have their anchors stowed inboard, davits turned in, etc.
from ships in the Swedish EEZ, is the Swedish Coast Guard Ships are not to move inside the harbor at a greater speed
Headquarters in Karlskrona, which can be contacted, as fol- than necessary for their convenient handling. They must not
lows: use their engines except at the slowest speed and for as short a
1. Telephone: 46-455-353535 (24 hours) time as possible just previous to their departure.
2. Facsimile: 46-455-10521 (24 hours) Steam whistles and sirens must not be sounded within the
3. E-mail: registrator@kustbevakningen.se harbor, unless necessary to do so to avoid danger, or in accor-
The Regional Commanders of the Regional Operating Cen- dance with the International Regulations for Preventing Colli-
ters and their staffs plan and direct operations in the two re- sions at Sea.
Pub. 140
706 Sweden
Securing cables, hawsers, warps, etc., must only be taken to lows:
the proper securing positions (bollards, rings, etc.) provided.
In many places special by-laws are enforced to prevent Swedish Coast Guard Home Page
pollution of the water by the discharge of oil or other noxious
matter from ships. Provision must be made when working http://www.kustbevakningen.se
cargo to prevent any falling overboard.
Ships are to pass jetties, harbor installations and moored Any changes should immediately be reported to the Swedish
boats at the slowest possible speed compatible with safe Coast Guard. Any change in departure time should be reported
navigation to avoid damaging them by wash. not later than 4 hours in advance.
Ships passing lighted structures, which are in process of be-
ing replenished by boats carrying gas containers, or piers or Advance Notification Requirements for Foreign Vessels
jetties at which such boats are loading or discharging gas con- The following foreign-flagged vessels are subject to addi-
tainers, should do so at a speed not greater than 5 knots when tional advance notification requirements:
within a distance of about 200m from them; such boats can be 1. Gas and chemical tankers older than 10 years of age as
distinguished by a red ball in the rigging. determined by the date indicated in the vessel’s safety certif-
icates.
Special regulations are in force in the inner coastal waters of 2. Bulk carriers older than 12 years of age as determined
Sweden against causing damage to the sides of channels cut by the date indicated in the vessel’s safety certificates.
through the ice, and for the marking of temporary bridges 3. Oil tankers over 3,000 gross tons and older than 15
thrown across such channels. Ships carrying, loading or years of age as determined by the date indicated in the ves-
discharging explosive, inflammable or dangerous cargo sel’s safety certificates.
(including radioactive materials) must display by day, Flag B 4. Passenger vessels older than 15 years of age as deter-
of the International Code of Signals and exhibit, at night, two mined by the date indicated in the vessel’s safety certificates.
red lights, disposed horizontally about the centerline and at The advance notification shall be sent at least 3 days prior to
least 2m apart. These signals need not be shown by a vessel the ETA at the port. If the voyage from the previous port is ex-
carrying only a small quantity of dangerous cargo, below the pected to take less than 3 days, the advance notification shall
limits prescribed in Swedish regulations. be sent prior to leaving the previous port.
Anchorage is prohibited in the vicinity of submarine cables The advance notification shall be submitted to the Swedish
in Swedish waters. The positions of cables are usually marked Coast Guard by one of the following methods:
by beacons or buoys, but the prohibition may or may not be in- 1. E-mail: sweden24@coastguard.se
dicated on the chart. This prohibition applies equally to power 2. Facsimile: 46-611-20190
cables and telegraph cables. The advance notification shall contain the following infor-
Foreign state vessels (naval vessels and other vessels and mation:
hovercraft which are owned or used by a state and employed 1. Vessel name.
for non-commercial purposes) are not allowed to stop or an- 2. Flag.
chor within Swedish territory unless it is necessary for the safe- 3. IMO number.
ty of the vessel. If the vessel is compelled to stop or if it enters 4. Deadweight tons.
Swedish internal waters because of distress, it shall make this 5. Date of construction of the vessel, as determined by
known by giving an international signal and by notifying a the date indicated in the vessel’s safety certificates.
Swedish military authority of the circumstances. 6. For tankers:
a. Configuration (single hull, single hull with segre-
gated ballast tanks).
Quarantine b. Condition of the cargo and ballast tanks (full, emp-
Vessels or their agents shall inform Swedish Customs as ty, inerted).
soon as possible before the vessel’s arrival at a port in Sweden c. Volume and type of cargo.
of any cases of illness indicative of a disease of an infectious 7. ETA at the port and the pilot station.
nature or evidence of a public health risk on board as soon as 8. Planned duration of the port call.
such illness or public health risks become known on the vessel. 9. Planned operations at the port of destination (loading,
Swedish Customs can be contacted, as follows: unloading, other).
1. Telephone: 46-771-520520 (office hours) 10. Planned statutory survey inspections and substantial
46-771-232323 (office hours) maintenance/repair work to be conducted in the port of desti-
46-980-84550 (24 hours) nation.
2. E-mail: tullverket@tullverket.se
3. Web site: http://www.tullverket.se Maritime Single Window (MSW)
Vessels greater than 300 gross tons are required to submit in-
Advance Notification for Merchant Shipping formation regarding calling at Swedish ports or anchorages,
The vessel’s master or representative must give advance noti- hazardous (dangerous or polluting) cargo, and ship-generated
fication to the Swedish Coast Guard no less than 24 hours prior waste to the Maritime Single Window (MSW) of the Swedish
to arrival. The form titled Notification in Advance should be Maritime Administration not later than 24 hours prior to arrival
used. The document can be obtained from the Internet, as fol- at a port or anchorage in Sweden. Vessels shall submit, via
Pub. 140
Sweden 707
their agent, the following information: sify the fight against cross-border crime. In practice, the
1. Ship’s name, type, call sign, MMSI number, and IMO Schengen Agreement means that personal checks on journeys
number. between the member states will cease, while the external fron-
2. Destination (port/anchorage), ETA/ETD, number of tier controls will be intensified, i.e. towards countries that are
persons on board, and arrival draft. not signatories to the Schengen Agreement.
3. Pilot Exemption Number, if any. Sweden’s operational participation in the Schengen Agree-
4. Last port of call or anchorage. ment is governed by the Schengen regulations and by national
5. Next port of call or anchorage. legislation, particularly aliens’ legislation. In accordance with
6. Non-Swedish flag vessels must also report the Actual the Schengen legislation, the check means that merchant ships
Time of Arrival (ATD) and Actual Time of Departure (ATD). are obliged to submit details regarding the ship, the voyage and
For further information, see the Swedish Maritime Adminis- persons on board following a system for Advance Notification.
tration web site, as follows: The aim of the regulations on ship security is to protect the
maritime sector from serious crimes of violence, i.a. terrorism.
Swedish Maritime Administration Home Page The legislation requires information of ship security nature in
accordance with a system for Advance Notification from all
http://www.sjofartsverket.se ships over 500 gross tons, which intend to call at a Swedish
Click on e-services, then on Maritime Single Window port.
In Sweden, the Maritime Safety Inspectorate has the main
European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notification responsibility for implementation of the new legislation and for
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2009/16/EC, the Eu- surveying that the Rules and regulations concerning maritime.
ropean Union has introduced a mandatory reporting system for security are adhered to, but also other authorities are involved.
vessels arriving at or departing from a port or anchorage in the There is a special agreement with the Maritime Safety In-
EU region. spectorate and the Coast Guard concerning the participation of
The reports should be sent electronically through the SafeSe- the Coast Guard in the ship security work, but the Inspectorate
aNet Sweden (SSNS) of the Swedish Maritime Administration also cooperates with the Police and the Swedish Customs.
(http://www.sjofartsverket.se/en/e-services). Background.—In accordance with Article 6 of the Regula-
For further information, see North Atlantic Ocean—Regu- tion (EC) No. 725/2004 of the European Parliament and of the
lations—European Union Expanded Inspection (EI) Notifi- Council on enhancing ship and port facility security, all ships
cation. of a certain size intending to call at a Swedish port will be re-
quired to give information of ship security nature by virtue of
the regulation.
European Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- Point of Contact.—As per Regulation 7, Appendix 1 of the
tion EC Regulation (threat to ships), contracting governments shall
Under European Union (EU) Directive 2002/59/EC, as provide a point of contact through which ships operating in
amended by EU Directive 2009/17/EC, any vessel over 300 their territorial sea or having communicated an intention to en-
gross tons and any vessel carrying dangerous or polluting cargo ter their territorial sea, can request advice or assistance and to
bound to or leaving from EU ports should report to the relevant which such ships can report any security concerns about other
port authority at least 24 hours in advance. ships, movements, or communications.
For further information, see Baltic Sea—Regulations—Eu- In Sweden, the Swedish Coast Guard is responsible for this
ropean Union Dangerous and Polluting Cargo Notifica- function through the Coordination Centre of the Regional
tions. Command North in Harnosand. This function is called “Swed-
ish Coast Guard Maritime Clearance.”
Recommendation on Baltic Sea Navigation External borders.—The term external border means the
The IMO has issued recommendations regarding vessel tran- border of a Schengen state on a third country and the state’s
sits of the entrances to the Baltic Sea. For further information, ports and airports which have traffic to and from a third coun-
see Baltic Sea—Regulations. try. A Schengen state’s sea border is mainly regarded as an ex-
ternal border since the sea territory borders on international
Particularly Sensitive Sea Areas (PSSA) waters (the open sea), which is equivalent to a third country. In
The Baltic Sea area of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, Estonia, terms of shipping, Sweden’s external border with a third coun-
Lithuania, Latvia, Poland, and Germany (except for waters un- try therefore consists of the country's entire sea border.
der Russian jurisdiction) has been declared by the IMO to be a Advance Notification.—It is the duty of the master, the
PSSA. shipping company, or its representative to give Advance Notifi-
A PSSA is an area that requires special protection because of cation to the Swedish Coast Guard Maritime Clearance in Har-
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels nosand, Sweden, as follows:
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost 1. Call sign: Swedish Maritime Clearance
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- 2. VHF: VHF channel 16
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. 3. Telephone: 46-611-33-55-30
4. Facsimile: 46-611-201-90
Schengen Agreement 5. E-mail: sweden24@coastguard.se
The aim of the Schengen Agreement is to create free move- The notification shall be given not later than 24 hours before
ment for persons within the European Union (EU) and to inten- the vessel is due to land at its point of destination. If the voyage
Pub. 140
708 Sweden
is less than 24 hours duration, the information should be sent at General Calling Procedures
the time of departure. If the destination is not known, the infor- The Swedish Transport Agency recommends the following
mation should be send as soon as it becomes known. vessels participate in a general call procedure:
Fishing vessels registered in a third country or which has 1. Vessels of 300 gt and over.
called at a port in a third country should be given not later than 2. Vessels, including tows, with a length of 45m and
6 hours before the vessel is due to land at its point of destina- greater.
tion. Fishing vessels that operate only in coastal waters, i.e. A general call should be made, in English, on VHF channel
vessels that return daily or almost daily to their port of registry 16 when passing reporting points and when departing from a
or to another port in the territory of a Member State without quay or anchorage. The following information should be stat-
calling at a port in a third country, are exempt from the obliga- ed:
tion to submit an Advance Notification. 1. “All ships” call and VHF channel.
The required information is the same for both merchant ves- 2. Ship name and type.
sels and fishing vessels and can be found in North Atlantic 3. Name and location of reporting point or place of de-
Ocean—Regulations—Schengen Rules. parture.
For notification, the forms established by IMO’s Facilitation 4. Intended route.
Committee (FAL) should be used. In case the notification is 5. Destination.
made in another way it shall state, among other things, details
on the ship, persons on board, passengers, and data concerning Restricted Areas
the ship security.
Special Regulations
The notification shall be typed in Swedish or English. On Vessels may be hailed by Swedish maritime, air, or defense
completion of the check, the Coast Guard shall send back a authorities, using signal SO or L of the International Code of
stamped copy of the notification that shall be kept on board the Signals, and required to alter course or stop. They may also be
vessel throughout its stay in Swedish waters. boarded or instructed to enter harbor for examination. Restric-
When FAL forms are used for Advance Notification to the tions may also be ordered on the use of the vessel’s radio.
Swedish Coast Guard Maritime Clearance in Harnosand, the It is prohibited to land and remain on several islands and re-
following forms shall be used: gions close to the Swedish coast. Notices are posted to this ef-
1. IMO FAL Form 1—General Declaration fect. This edict also pertains to military installations and naval
2. National Annex to FAL Form 1 (can be found on the dockyards. Foreign ships should obtain copies of the Police
website of the Swedish Coast Guard). Regulations for restrictions against photography, surveying,
3. IMO FAL Form 5—Crew List. and anchoring in defensive areas.
4. IMO FAL Form 6—Passenger List (when passengers
are carried on board). Swedish War Harbors
In cases when the fields of the FAL forms do not correspond Foreign warships are not, without special permission, al-
to information requested, such information can be given in the lowed to enter Swedish war harbors, and any foreign vessel
Notes space or in an enclosure. within the limits of these harbors must employ a pilot and only
Any changes to information contained in the Advance Noti- proceed through the authorized channels.
fication shall immediately be reported to the Swedish Coast
Guard Maritime Clearance in Harnosand, Sweden.
Note.—Radio contact can be established by VHF using call Routes
sign “Maritime Clearance Sweden” but should only be used in
extreme circumstances. An IMO-recommended two-way route is located N of Got-
Any change in departure time shall, however, be notified not land Island.
later than 4 hours in advance.
The Advance Notification also constitutes a request for per-
mission to call at a port that has not been designated a border Search and Rescue
control point. The signed and returned copy of the Advance
Notification constitutes a permit to call at the port to which the The Swedish Maritime Administration is responsible for
Advance Notification applies. search and rescue operations. The Joint Rescue Coordination
Center (JRCC) Sweden, located in Goteborg, can be contacted,
as follows:
Swedish Coast Guard Home Page
1. Call sign: Sweden Rescue
http://www.kustbevakningen.se 2. Telephone: 46-10-4927650 (for vessels)
46-10-4927780 (for emergencies)
or 46-771-409000 (public switchboard)
http://www.coastguard.se 3. Facsimile: 46-31-2900134
4. E-mail: jrcc@sjofartsverket.se
JRCC Sweden maintains a continuous listening watches on
Low-sulphur Fuel VHF channel 16 and VHF/MF DSC for distress traffic.
Vessels in Swedish ports are prohibited from using fuel oil The Swedish Sea Rescue Society (SSRS) operates 71 rescue
containing more than 0.1% sulphur. stations, with about 200 rescue units, along the coasts and inte-
Pub. 140
Sweden 709
rior lakes of Sweden. The SSRS can be contacted, as follows: 22. Vastervik (57°45'N., 16°39'E.). 2
1. Telephone: 47-77-579-00-90 (0800-1630 week- 23. Visby (57°38'N., 18°16'E.). 2
1
days) For further information, see Pub. 193, Sailing Directions
2. E-mail: info@ssrs.se (Enroute) Skagerrak and Kattegat.
2
For further information, see Pub. 194, Sailing Directions
Ship Reporting System (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part).
3 For further information, see Pub. 195, Sailing Directions
SOUNDREP (Enroute) Gulf of Finland and Gulf of Bothnia.
SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship reporting system, has been
established between Denmark and Sweden in the central and Signals
southern parts of The Sound in order to improve safety and
protect the marine environment. This reporting system, which Minesweepers
is operated by Sound VTS, includes a Reporting Area and an Minesweepers engaged in minesweeping operations display
inner Operational Area. the signals prescribed by the International Regulations for Pre-
The Operational Area of SOUNDREP covers the entire area venting Collisions at Sea.
of The Sound, as well as the N and S approaches to The Sound. In addition, Swedish naval vessels will use the following sig-
Participation in SOUNDREP is mandatory for all vessels of nals:
300 gross tons and over proceeding to or from ports or anchor- 1. When engaged in acoustic minesweeping, Morse Code
ages in The Sound or when passing through the reporting area. Letter “U” flashed in the direction of any approaching ves-
For further information, see Sector 1 in Pub. 194, Sailing Di- sel; a minesweeper making this signal should not be ap-
rections (Enroute) Baltic Sea (Southern Part.) proached within at least 1.5 miles.
2. When towing minesweeping apparatus or other mili-
Local Reporting Systems tary gear, but not engaged in minesweeping operations, the
Many Swedish ports have local reporting systems in opera- vessel will display:
tion. Vessels of 300 gross tons and over and vessels, including a. By day—Flag “D.”
tows, with an loa of 45m or greater, are advised to make a gen- b. By night—Three lights, red, white, green, disposed
eral call in English on VHF channel 16, as follows: vertically.
1. When passing a reporting point. Such vessels should not be approached within 0.1 mile.
2. When departing from a pier or anchorage. 3. When engaged in destroying mines or rendering mines
The following information should be included in the call: safe, a vessel will display:
1. The phrase “All ships” and VHF channel. a. By day—A red flag.
2. Vessel name and type. b. By night—A red light.
3. Name and location of reporting point or place of de- Such vessels should be given a wide berth.
parture.
4. Intended route. Dredges
5. Destination. Dredges in Swedish waters and vessels at anchor similarly
Smaller vessels fitted with VHF should report if circum- obstructing navigation show the following signals in addition
stances permit. to the lights and signals for a vessel at anchor required by the
The following Swedish ports operate local reporting sys- International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea:
tems: 1. On the side on which a vessel may not pass:
1. Falkenberg (56°53'N., 12°28'E.). 1 a. By day—A red ball.
2. Gavle (60°42'N., 17°14'E.). 3 b. By night—A white light over a red light.
3. Halmstad (56°39'N., 12°50'E.). 1 2. On the side on which a vessel may pass:
4. Harnosand (62°38'N., 17°57'E.). 3 a. By day—Two black cones, points together, vertical-
5. Hudiksvall (61°43'N., 17°07'E.). 3 ly disposed.
6. Iggesund (61°39'N., 17°07'E.). 3 b. By night—A white light over a green light.
7. Kalmar (56°40'N., 16°22'E.). 2 3. In fog and reduced visibility:
8. Karlshamn (56°10'N., 14°52'E.). 2 a. Vessels to pass N or E of the dredge—Double
9. Karlskrona (56°10'N., 15°36'E.). 2 strokes of the bell every minute.
10. Kopmanholmon (63°10'N., 18°35'E.). 3 b. Vessels to pass S or W of the dredge—Triple strokes
11. Lulea (65°27'N., 22°26'E.). 3 of the bell every minute.
12. Ornskoldsvik (63°17'N., 18°44'E.). 3 During diving operations a red and blue flag, divided diago-
13. Oskarshamn (57°16'N., 16°29'E.). 2 nally, is shown; vessels should proceed with caution and if pos-
14. Pitea (65°14'N., 21°37'E.). 3 sible pass with engines stopped.
15. Skelleftehamn (64°41'N., 21°15'E.). 3
16. Soderhamn (61°19'N., 17°06'E.). 3 Marking of Fishing Gear
17. Stockholm (59°19'N., 18°05'E.). 2 Drift nets are marked by day with a black barrel or buoy, or
18. Stromsand (58°56'N., 11°10'E.). 1 with a buoy which may have a triangular flag. By night, they
19. Sundsvall (62°23'N., 17°21'E.). 3 are marked by a white light.
20. Umea (63°49'N., 20°17'E.). 3 Fixed nets are marked at the outer ends by day with two
21. Varberg (57°07'N., 12°14'E.). 1 square flags, one of dark color and the other of light color, and
Pub. 140
710 Sweden
at night with a violet light. b. STOP—The Morse code letter “H.”
On the Swedish coast, fishing gear which is not laid in the c. REVERSE—The Morse code letter “S.”
customary navigational channels is marked with floats by day A red ball displayed in the rigging of a vessel lying at a light
and by night, with a violet light at the fixed end and a white station indicates that passing ships must not proceed at a speed
light at the drifting end. greater than 5 knots at 0.1 mile off the moored vessel.
Local speed restrictions are in force within harbors and chan-
Swedish Fishing Markers nels, especially in the Swedish archipelago.
In Swedish waters, fishing gear which is not laid in the cus-
tomary navigational channels is marked with floats by day. Firing and Exercise Area Signals.
At night, a violet light marks the fixed end and a white light See Firing Areas.
the drifting end. Caution must be exercised not to foul the gear.
Eel nets are usually set out from May to December along the
S coast of Sweden. The nets are either made fast to poles or Submarine Operating Areas
strung from anchored plastic balls. The outer end is marked by
a fixed violet light and a black flag, or a topmark on the outer- Swedish naval vessels escorting submerged submarines will
most pole. Vessels are advised not to approach this coast within show a red flag by day. Vessels in the vicinity should proceed
a distance of 1.5 miles. with caution and keep a sharp watch for periscopes. Subma-
rines which are resurfacing may not be in a condition to imme-
Swedish Lightships diately maneuver or to show signals for a vessel not under
Swedish lightships may exhibit the following signals if a command.
vessel is observed standing into danger. A gun may be fired, Swedish submarines underway on the surface may exhibit
the Morse letter “U” may be made by siren or flashing light, or the following navigational lights:
the International Code flag “U” is displayed. 1. In place of the white lights described in Rule 23 of the
Lightships out of position discontinue their characteristic 72 COLREGS, a blue light on the forestaff, visible for at
lights and fog signals. If possible, they will lower their day- least 2 miles, and a white top light in another suitable posi-
marks and make the following signals: tion, visible for at least 5 miles, may be shown.
1. By day—Two black balls, one forward and one aft. 2. In addition to the sidelights described in Rule 23, a
Red flags may be substituted, if the balls constitute the nor- second light on each side of the submarine, either above or
mal daymark. The International Code Signal “LO” is also below the first sidelight, may be displayed.
shown. 3. A rotating yellow light.
2. By night—Two red lights, one forward and one aft. Al- Swedish submarines which have been submerged for a long
so two flare-up lights, one white and one red shown simulta- period may release a towing buoy to warn surface vessels of
neously every 15 minutes. If the flare-ups are not available, a the position of the submarine and that the submarine may be
red and a white light will be shown. about to surface, as follows:
1. By day—The towing buoy may be released either by
Customs Vessels itself or in conjunction with a telephone buoy. The towing
The following signals are used by customs vessels to stop a buoy is cylindrical, is painted in white and orange horizontal
vessel: bands, and displays a small triangular flag at its forward end.
1. By day: 2. At night—A telephone buoy will be released before
a. Flag K of the International Code of Signals. the submarine surfaces. The buoy contains a light which
b. Morse code K by flashing light. makes short flashes.
c. An explosive signal (not to be confused with dis- Surface vessels should pass astern of these buoys when
tress). sighted.
2. At night: Swedish submarines carry special telephone buoys for com-
a. Alternating blue and yellow lights. munications in the events of the submarine being sunk. These
b. Morse code K by flashing light. buoys are can-shaped and painted orange, with a white rim on
c. An explosive signal (not to be confused with dis- the lid, to which a ring is attached. They are fitted with a signal
tress). lamp that can be worked from the submarine, as well as a
board inscribed with instructions for use and the name of the
Speed Signals submarine. Any vessel finding such a buoy should immediately
Ships passing through mined waters close astern of naval notify the nearest Swedish naval vessel, pilot, or shore authori-
ships, or leading ships with the pilot aboard, shall comply with ty.
the following semaphore and sound signals made by flag or Some submarines are also equipped with special rising
whistle: buoys. They are painted red, with a dark green lid, and are used
1. By day: to assist crewmembers escaping from a sunken submarine.
a. PROCEED—Flag extended horizontally.
b. STOP—Flag extended overhead and swung to both Time Zone
sides.
c. REVERSE—Flag extended vertically downward. The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings
2. By night or in fog: Time (BRAVO (-2)) is maintained from the last Sunday in
a. PROCEED—The Morse code letter “C.” March until the last Sunday in October.
Pub. 140
Sweden 711
Pub. 140
Sweden 713
Pub. 140
714 Sweden
PC7 1 IA
Pub. 140
Sweden 715
Pub. 140
716 Sweden
KM L1 1 IA
KM L2 1 IB
KM L3 1 IC
KM L4 II
2.10.3 L1A IA Super
L1 IA
L2 IB
L3 IC
L4 II
1
The equivalence may be granted provided that the engine output of the ship complies with the re-
quirements of Chapter 3 in TSFS 2009:111.
Registro Italiano Navale
2.11.1 Ships for which the midship section has been approved before 1 June 2000:
100A—1.1 II
Ships contracted for construction on or after 1 June 2000:
C+ II
2.11.2 Ships for which the midship section has been approved before 1 March 1989:
100A—1.1 RG1* IA Super
100A—1.1 RG1 IA
100A—1.1 RG2 IB
100A—1.1 RG3 IC
Pub. 140
Sweden 717
KM UL 1 IA Super
KM L1 1 IA
KM L2 1 IB
KM L3 1 IC
KM L4 II
2.12.3 LU7 1 IA Super
LU6 1 IA Super
LU5 1 IA Super
LU4 1 IA
LU3 1 IB
LU2 1 IC
LU1 II
2.12.4 Arc 7 1 IA Super
Arc 6 1 IA Super
Arc 5 IA Super
Arc 4 1 IA
Ice 3 1 IB
Ice 2 1 IC
Ice 1 II
1The equivalence may be granted provided that the engine output of the ship complies with the re-
quirements of Chapter 3 in TSFS 2009:111.
Pub. 140
Appendix II—Ice Conditions on the Coast of Sweden
Sweden
Sodert to Stockholm 40 0 November 28 December 24 December 27 February 2 April 23 May 8
Sandhamn to sea 40 21 January 13 February 7 February 27 February 7 March 24 April 28
Sandhamn to Kanholm 40 12 January 8 January 28 March 19 February 17 April 4 April 28
Kanholm to Stockholm 40 5 December 14 January 8 March 9 March 4 April 8 May 3
Soderarm to Sea 40 15 January 3 February 17 March 19 February 17 April 4 May 23
Soderarm to Tralhavet 40 5 November 29 January 8 March 9 December 24 April 8 May 3
Stromstad — — January 3 February 13 March 17 January 10 March 21 April 22
Lysekil — — January 20 February 7 February 21 February 20 March 17 April 12
Marstrand — — January 7 February 8 February 28 February 28 March 14 April 9
Pub. 140
719
721
SYRIA
Pub. 140
722 Syria
Languages
Arabic is the official language. Kurdish, Armenian, Aramaic,
Circassian, English, and French are widely understood.
Navigational Information
Enroute Volume
Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
nean.
Flag of Syria
Maritime Claims
Syria is a republic under an authoritarian military regime The maritime territorial claims of Syria are, as follows:
since March 1963. The country is divided into 14 provinces.
Syria is governed by a directly-elected President for a 7-year
term. The President appoints the Prime Minister and the Coun- Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
cil of Ministers. The People’s Council is composed of 250 di- Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
rectly-elected members serving 4-year terms.
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
The legal system is based on Islamic law and local civil law.
Zone
The capital is Damascus.
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit
Holidays of Exploitation.
* Claims straight baselines. Requires advance permission
The following holidays are observed: or notification for innocent passage of warships in the ter-
ritorial sea.
January 1 New Year’s Day
February 22 Unity Day Pilotage
March 8 Revolution Day
Vessels calling at Syrian ports should contact the appropriate
March 22 Arab League Day pilot station or signal tower when entering Syrian territorial
Easter Sunday (Catholic) Variable waters and give the following information:
1. Ship’s name.
Easter Sunday (Orthodox) Variable 2. Nationality.
April 17 Independence Day 3. Nature of cargo.
4. ETA at the Waiting Zone.
May 1 Labor Day
May 6 Martyrs’ Day Pollution
December 25 Christmas Day MARPOL Special Area
The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL
Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
moon, include Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan), Eid Al-Adha special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
(End of Pilgrimage), Hijrah (Islamic New Year), and the in the sea have been adopted.
Prophet’s Birthday. Further information can be found in North Atlantic
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Industries
Regulations
The main industries are agriculture, petroleum, textiles, food
processing, beverages, tobacco, phosphate rock mining, ce- Vessels calling at Syrian ports are required to communicate
ment, oil seeds, and vehicle assembly. the following information, through a Syrian coast radio station,
The main exports are crude oil, petroleum products, miner- when 50 miles off the Syrian coast:
als, fruits and vegetables, cotton fiber, textiles, clothing, meat, 1. Ship’s name (and former name, if any).
livestock, and wheat. The main export-trading partners are 2. Nationality.
Lebanon, Iraq, Jordan, China, Turkey, and Spain. 3. Characteristics (i.e. type of vessel).
The main imports are machinery and transport equipment, 4. Position and time.
electric power machinery, food, livestock, metal and metal 5. Maritime passage (route) to port of call.
Pub. 140
Syria 723
Search and Rescue Note.—The embassy has been closed since February 2012.
The General Director of Ports in Lattakia is responsible for
coordinating search and rescue operations in Syrian waters. Syria Port Signals
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) Syria can
Sound signal Light signal Meaning
be contacted by telephone (963-41-233333, 963-41-233876,
and 963-41-235890). Six flashes from Attacked by
Six short blasts
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis- the foremast thieves
tening watch on international distress frequencies. Fire on board
Six long blasts Six long flashes
or alongside
Signals
Two long blasts Two long flashes Serious injury
Signals used in Syrian ports are given in the table titled Syr- Four long blasts Four long flashes Stranding
ia Port Signals.
Pub. 140
725
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
Pub. 140
726 Trinidad and Tobago
clude Hindi, French, and Spanish.
Meteorology
Weather observations, forecasts, storm warnings, satellite
imagery, and radar information are available, in English, from
the Trinidad and Tobago Meteorological Service (http://
www.metoffice.gov.tt).
Navigational Information
Enroute Volumes
Flag of Trinidad and Tobago Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbean Sea Vol-
ume 2.
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed: The maritime territorial claims of Trinidad and Tobago are,
as follows:
January 1 New Year’s Day
March 30 Liberation Day (Shout- Territorial Sea * 12 miles.
er Day) Contiguous Zone 24 miles.
Good Friday Variable Fisheries or Economic 200 miles.
Easter Sunday Variable Zone
Pub. 140
Trinidad and Tobago 727
Pub. 140
729
TUNISIA
Pub. 140
730 Tunisia
Currency
The official unit of currency is the Tunisian dinar, consisting
of 1,000 millimes.
Firing Areas
Banzart (Bizerte) Exercise Area
A dangerous area exists to the NNE of Banzart. This area is
used by the Tunisian Navy for firing practice and is bounded
by the parallels 37°45'N and 38°00'N, and the meridians
10°15'E and 10°30'E.
The firing practices are announced by Tunis Radio on the Flag of Tunisia
eve and the day of the exercise.
nates.
Tunisia is governed by a directly-elected President serving a
Susah (Sousse) Exercise Area
5-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the President.
A dangerous area exists to the ESE of Susah. This area is
The unicameral Constituent Assembly is composed of 217 di-
used by the Tunisian Navy for firing practice and is bounded
rectly-elected members serving 5-year terms.
by the parallels 35°30'N and 35°40'N, and by the meridians
The legal system is based on Islamic law and French civil
11°30'E and 11°50'E.
law.
The firing practices are announced by Tunis Radio on the
The capital is Tunis.
eve and the day of the exercise.
Holidays
Fishing Areas
The following holidays are observed:
Tunny Fishing
For general information on tunny fishing, see Spain—Fish-
ing Areas. January 1 New Year’s Day
March 20 Independence Day
Tunny Net Areas
March 21 Youth Day
Onshore tunny nets are marked by masonry beacons, 2.1m
high, surmounted by two spherical top marks, the upper one April 9 Martyr’s Day
white and the lower one red. At sea, tunny nets are marked by
May 1 Labor Day
buoys, surmounted by a white ball over a red ball, that mark the
limits of the areas occupied by the nets, corresponding to the July 25 Proclamation of the Re-
beacons on shore. public
The seaward extremities of the nets are marked by a light- August 13 Women’s Day
boat, showing by day a white ball over a red ball, and at night
two fixed lights, the upper white and the lower red. November 7 Commemoration Day
The lightboat may be replaced by a lighted buoy showing the
same signals. Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
Tunny nets may be set from April to August in the NE part moon, include Eid Al-Fitr (End of Ramadan), Eid Al-Adha
of Golfe de Tunis at the following locations: (End of Pilgrimage), Hijrah (Islamic New Year), and the
1. Sidi Daoud (37°00'N., 10°54'E.) (PA). Prophet’s Birthday.
2. Ras el Ahmar (37°03'N., 10°54'E.) (PA).
3. El Haouaria (37°03'N., 10°59'E.) (PA). Industries
The positions and lengths of the tunny nets can vary from
one year to the next. Vessels should give the nets a wide berth The main industries are petroleum, mining (phosphate and
and keep watch, in particular, for the tunny net of Ras el Ah- iron ore), tourism, textiles, footwear, agriculture, and beverag-
mar, the end of which lies 1.4 miles S of the islet of Zembretta. es.
This net is marked by a N cardinal lighted buoy. The main exports are clothing, semi-finished goods and tex-
Tunny nets are set from April to October in Golfe de Tunis in tiles, agricultural products, mechanical goods, phosphates,
the vicinity of Baie d’Oumcetren (37°01'N., 10°54'E.). chemicals, hydrocarbons, and electrical equipment. The main
Tunny nets may be set from April to August in the following export-trading partners are France, Italy, and Germany.
areas: The main imports are textiles, machinery and equipment, hy-
1. North of Monastir (35°47'N., 10°50'E.). drocarbons, chemicals, and food. The main import-trading
2. Northnorthwest of Ile Kuriat (35°48'N., 11°01'E.). partners are Italy, France, China, and Germany.
Government Languages
Tunisia is a republic. The country is divided into 24 gover- Arabic is the official language. French is also spoken com-
Pub. 140
Tunisia 731
mercially. Regulations
Navigational Information Regulations concerning foreign pleasure craft entering Tuni-
sian ports are in effect and restrict the first entry to those ports
Enroute Volume which have a Customs Officer.
Pub. 131, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Western Mediterra-
nean. Search and Rescue
Maritime Claims The Tunisian navy is responsible for search and rescue oper-
The maritime territorial claims of Tunisia are, as follows: ations in Tunisian waters. Maritime Rescue Coordination Cen-
ter Tunis can be contacted, as follows:
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. 1. Telephone: 216-71-560240
216-71-560244
Contiguous Zone 24 miles. 2. Facsimile: 216-71-561804
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. ** 3. E-mail: defnat@defense.tn
Zone A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch on international distress frequencies.
* Claims straight baselines enclosing Khalij Tunis and A lifesaving station is located at Sfax (34°44'N., 10°46'E.).
Khalij Gabes as internal waters.
** To fixed limits in coordination with neighboring states. Time Zone
Offshore Drilling The Time Zone description is ALFA (-1). Daylight Savings
Time is not observed.
Oil exploration is taking place off the coast of Tunisia. Oil
platforms have been established off the W coast of Ile Chergu.
Offshore oil and gas fields are located, as follows:
Traffic Separation Schemes
1. ISIS Oil Field (34°34'N., 12°32'E.). Reported not oper- Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Tunisia are, as follows:
ational in 2008. 1. Off Iles Cani. (IMO adopted)
2. Miskar Gas Field (34°22'N., 11°52'E.). 2. Off Ras at Tib (Cap Bon). (IMO adopted)
3. Ashtart Oil Field (34°17'N., 11°24'E.).
U.S. Embassy
Pollution
The U.S. Embassy is situated at Zone Nord-Est les Berges du
MARPOL Special Area Lac Nord de Tunis 1053.
The Mediterranean Sea has been designated as a MARPOL The mailing address is the same.
Special Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where
special mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution
in the sea have been adopted. U. S. Embassy Tunisia Home Page
Further information can be found in North Atlantic https://tn.usembassy.gov
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Pub. 140
733
TURKEY
Pub. 140
734 Turkey
from Rumelihisari (41°05.5'N., 29°03.5'E.) on the European Firing and Training Areas in the Aegean Sea
shore to a point close S of Kanlica Koyu on the Asiatic Area 61 (Saros).—The area E of the line connecting posi-
shore. Although there is a vertical clearance of 67.0m over a tion 40°37'00''N, 26°04'42''E (on the coast) and position
central width of 400m, the safe passage height is only 64.0m. 40°19'00''N, 26°13'00''E (Buyukkemikli Burnu Light).
3. The Yavuz Sultan Bridge crosses from Cali Burnu Area 62 (Meric).—Area bounded by lines joining the fol-
(41°12.4'N., 29°06.3'E.) on the European shore to Fil Burnu lowing positions:
on the Asiatic shore and has a vertical clearance of 66m. a. 40°37'00''N, 26°04'42''E.
Vessels with a vertical clearance of 58m or greater are pro- b. 40°37'00''N, 25°58'00''E.
hibited from transiting Istanbul Bogazi. Vessels with a vertical c. 40°19'00''N, 25°58'00''E.
clearance of between 54m and 58m are required to have tug as- d. 40°19'00''N, 26°13'00''E.
sistance when transiting Istanbul Bogazi. Area 63 (Anafarta).—Area bounded on the E by the shore-
The Osman Gazi Bridge, a suspension bridge, spans Izmit line, on the N by latitude 40°19'N, on the W by longitude
Korfezi between Dil Burnu and Kaba Burun. Vessels with an 26°03'E, and on the S by latitude 40°08'N.
air draft of 64m or greater may not pass under the bridge. Ves- Area 64 (Mehmetcik).—Area bounded on the E by the
sels with an air draft between 60m and 64m must consult with shoreline, on the N by latitude 40°08.0'N, on the W by longi-
local officials prior to transiting under the bridge. tude 26°03.0'E, and on the S by latitude 40°02.5'N.
Area 65 (Kumkale).—Area bounded on the E by the shore-
Local Magnetic Anomalies line, on the N by latitude 40°00'N, on the W by longitude
A local magnetic anomaly, which can amount to a difference 26°00'E, and on the S by latitude 39°53'N.
of as much as 2.5° from normal, has been reported on the Area 66 (West of Kumkale).—Area bounded by lines join-
Black Sea coast of Turkey off Boztepe Burnu (42°01'N., ing the following positions:
35°12'E.). a. 40°00'N, 26°00'E.
Local compass deflections have been reported in Marmara b. 40°00'N, 25°43'E.
Denizi in the vicinity of Imrali Adasi (40°35'N., 28°32'E.) and c. 39°53'N, 25°43'E.
ion the channels S of the island. d. 39°53'N, 26°00'E.
Area 67 (North Aegean Sea).—Area bounded by lines join-
Hazardous Operations Areas ing the following positions:
Hazardous Operations Areas, which are active year round a. 40°35'N, 24°58'E.
from 0500 UTC to 1600 UTC daily, excluding weekends, are b. 40°15'N, 25°35'E.
located in the central Aegean Sea, as follows: c. 40°09'N, 25°29'E.
1. Area 1.—Bounded by lines joining the following posi- d. 40°09'N, 25°00'E.
tions: e. 40°18'N, 24°43'E.
a. 40°35.0'N, 24°58.0'E. Area 68 (North Aegean Sea).—Area bounded by lines join-
b. 40°11.0'N, 24°33.0'E. ing the following positions:
c. 40°09.0'N, 24°45.0'E. a. 40°18'N, 24°43'E.
d. 40°20.0'N, 24°56.0'E. b. 40°09'N, 25°00'E.
e. 40°07.0'N, 25°33.0'E. c. 39°41'N, 24°35'E.
f. 40°16.5'N, 25°39.0'E. d. 39°57'N, 24°23'E.
g. 40°18.0'N, 25°30.0'E. Area 69 (Ezine).—Area bounded by lines joining the fol-
2. Area 2.—Bounded by lines joining the following posi- lowing positions:.
tions: a. 39°48'00''N, 26°09'21''E.
a. 37°27.0'N, 24°17.0'E. b. 39°48'00''N, 25°43'00''E.
b. 37°24.0'N, 25°04.0'E. c. 39°23'00''N, 25°15'00''E.
c. 37°24.0'N, 24°00.0'E. d. 39°15'00''N, 25°38'00''E.
d. 37°05.0'N, 24°09.0'E. e. 39°29'00''N, 25°53'00''E.
e. 37°08.5'N, 24°27.5'E. f. 39°29'00''N, 26°04'00''E.
Area 70 (Central Aegean Sea).—Area bounded by lines
joining the following positions:
Currency a. 39°23'N, 25°15'E.
b. 39°15'N, 25°38'E.
The official unit of currency is the new Turkish lira, consist- c. 39°04'N, 25°42'E.
ing of 100 kurus. d. 38°56'N, 25°25'E.
e. 39°09'N, 25°08'E.
Firing Areas Area 71 (Central Aegean Sea).—Area bounded by lines
joining the following positions:
Training and firing exercises are announced at least 3 days a. 39°21'N, 24°46'E.
prior to the training by Turkish radio stations and stations b. 39°06'N, 25°06'E.
broadcasting navigational warnings. c. 38°54'N, 24°52'E.
Mariners are warned that if a training and firing exercise ar- d. 39°09'N, 24°32'E.
ea, announced by notice, is entered, the responsibility for any Area 72 (Foka).—Area bounded by lines joining the follow-
damage incurred lies with the ship entering the area. ing positions:
Pub. 140
Turkey 735
Pub. 140
736 Turkey
Air to Air Firing Ranges a. 35°58'54''N, 30°15'00''E.
Area LT-D1 (Canakkale).—Area bounded by lines joining b. 35°58'54''N, 30°50'00''E.
the following positions: c. 35°44'54''N, 30°50'00''E.
a. 39°25'N, 25°55'E. d. 35°44'54''N, 30°15'00''E.
b. 39°25'N, 26°02'E. Area A-66 (Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by lines join-
c. 39°46'N, 26°02'E. ing the following positions:
d. 39°46'N, 25°55'E. a. 36°29'00''N, 30°41'00''E.
Area LT-D2 (Canakkale).—Area bounded by lines joining b. 36°29'00''N, 31°06'00''E.
the following positions: c. 36°14'00''N, 31°06'00''E.
a. 40°29'00''N, 26°31'00''E. d. 36°14'00''N, 30°41'00''E.
b. 40°35'30''N, 26°26'00''E. Area A-66-I (Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by lines
c. 40°35'00''N, 26°20'30''E. joining the following positions:
d. 40°25'00''N, 25°58'30''E. a. 36°24'00''N, 30°56'30''E.
e. 40°15'45''N, 26°03'00''E. b. 36°27'00''N, 31°06'00''E.
c. 36°14'00''N, 31°06'00''E.
Firing and Training Areas in the Mediterranean Sea d. 36°14'00''N, 30°57'30''E.
Area A-091 (Fethiye).—Area bounded by lines joining the Area A-67 (Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by lines join-
following positions: ing the following positions:
a. 36°25'N, 29°19'E. a. 36°42'N, 31°05'E.
b. 36°30'N, 28°34'E. b. 36°37'N, 31°33'E.
c. 36°00'N, 28°34'E. c. 36°26'N, 31°30'E.
d. 36°00'N, 29°19'E. d. 36°32'N, 31°02'E.
Area A-091-I (Fethiye).—Area bounded by lines joining the Area A-68 (Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by lines join-
following positions: ing the following positions:
a. 36°25'N, 29°19'E. a. 36°19'00''N, 31°13'00''E.
b. 36°30'N, 28°34'E. b. 36°19'00''N, 31°50'00''E.
c. 36°15'N, 28°34'E. c. 36°01'00''N, 31°50'00''E.
d. 36°00'N, 29°00'E. d. 36°01'00''N, 31°13'00''E.
e. 36°00'N, 29°19'E. Area A-69 (North of Cyprus).—Area bounded by lines join-
Area A-091-II (Fethiye).—Area bounded by lines joining ing the following positions:
the following positions: a. 35°56'00''N, 32°30'30''E.
a. 36°30'N, 28°34'E. b. 35°45'00''N, 33°06'00''E.
b. 36°23'N, 28°34'E. c. 35°37'00''N, 33°06'00''E.
c. 36°09'N, 29°19'E. d. 35°37'00''N, 32°30'30''E.
d. 36°25'N, 29°19'E. Area A-70 (Mersin).—Area bounded by lines joining the
Area A-091-III (Fethiye).—Area bounded by lines joining following positions:
the following positions: a. 36°24'00''N, 34°29'30''E.
a. 36°28'36.0''N, 28°46'27.6''E. b. 36°24'00''N, 35°05'30''E.
b. 36°20'00.0''N, 28°43'48.0''E. c. 36°11'15''N, 35°05'30''E.
c. 36°09'00.0''N, 29°19'00.0''E. d. 36°11'15''N, 34°29'30''E.
d. 36°25'00.0''N, 29°19'00.0''E. Area A-71 (Mersin).—Area bounded by lines joining the
Area A-092 (Toros).—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
following positions: a. 36°19'N, 35°08'E.
a. 35°28'N, 28°43'E. b. 36°19'N, 35°32'E.
b. 35°53'N, 28°21'E. c. 36°04'N, 35°32'E.
c. 35°20'N, 27°26'E. d. 36°04'N, 35°08'E.
d. 34°55'N, 27°49'E. Area A-72 (Mersin).—Area bounded by lines joining the
Area A-093 (Marmaris).—Area bounded by lines joining following positions:
the following positions: a. 36°37'00''N, 34°31'00''E.
a. 36°41'50''N, 28°22'00''E. b. 36°24'00''N, 34°36'30''E.
b. 36°43'36''N, 28°22'00''E. c. 36°19'00''N, 34°11'30''E.
c. 36°43'36''N, 28°32'00''E. Area A-76 (Iskenderun Korfezi).—Area bounded by lines
d. 36°41'50''N, 28°23'00''E. joining the following positions:
Area A-64 (South of Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by a. 36°15'00''N, 35°49'00''E.
lines joining the following positions: b. 36°15'00''N, 35°32'30''E.
a. 35°47'24''N, 29°34'30''E. c. 36°34'45''N, 35°32'00''E.
b. 35°47'24''N, 30°09'30''E. d. 36°50'00''N, 35°53'00''E.
c. 35°32'24''N, 30°09'30''E. e. 36°34'48''N, 36°08'00''E.
d. 35°32'24''N, 29°34'30''E. Area A-77 (West of Fener Burnu).—Area bounded by lines
Area A-65 (South of Antalya Korfezi).—Area bounded by joining the following positions:
lines joining the following positions: a. 36°37'N, 35°01'E.
Pub. 140
Turkey 737
Pub. 140
738 Turkey
d. 41°19.9'N, 31°28.5'E. (shore) d. 41°14'07''N, 29°06'59''E.
Area No. 008 (Eregli).—Area bounded by lines joining the (shore)
following positions: Area No. 017 (Karaburun).—Area bounded by lines joining
a. 41°20.0'N, 31°00.0'E. the following positions:
b. 41°35.0'N, 31°00.0'E. a. 41°36'N, 28°28'E.
c. 41°35.0'N, 31°28.5'E. b. 41°29'N, 28°41'E.
d. 41°20.0'N, 31°28.5'E. c. 41°24'N, 28°38'E.
Area No. 009 (Alapli).—Area bounded on the S and E by d. 41°29'N, 28°25'E.
the shoreline, on the N by latitude 41°20'N, and on the W by Area No. 018 (Dogu Karadeniz).—Area bounded by lines
longitude 31°07'E. joining the following positions:
Area No. 010 (Akcakoga).—Area bounded by lines joining a. 42°59'N, 36°59'E.
the following positions: b. 42°59'N, 38°59'E.
a. 41°15'N, 30°54'E. c. 42°26'N, 38°59'E.
b. 41°15'N, 31°07'E. d. 42°26'N, 36°59'E.
c. 41°08'N, 31°07'E. Area No. 019 (Patlayici ve Parlayice Maddeler Dokum Sa-
d. 41°08'N, 30°54'E. hasi).—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
Area No. 011 (Kefken).—Area bounded by lines joining the a. 42°35'N, 37°01'E.
following positions: b. 42°35'N, 37°11'E.
a. 41°55'N, 29°38'E. c. 42°30'N, 37°11'E.
b. 41°55'N, 30°58'E. d. 42°30'N, 37°01'E.
c. 41°33'N, 30°58'E. Area No. 020 (Bati Karadeniz).—Area bounded by lines
d. 41°33'N, 29°38'E. joining the following positions:
Area A011-I (Kefken).—Area bounded by lines joining the a. 43°11'N, 29°46'E.
following positions: b. 43°11'N, 32°15'E.
a. 42°12.0'N, 30°37.0'E. c. 42°39'N, 32°15'E.
b. 42°33.9'N, 30°37.0'E. d. 42°39'N, 29°46'E.
c. 42°33.9'N, 31°58.0'E. Area No. 021 (Patlayici ve Parlayice Maddeler Dokum Sa-
d. 42°19.4'N, 31°58.0'E. has).—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
e. 42°12.0'N, 31°21.1'E. a. 42°47'N, 31°40'E.
Area No. 012 (Yesilcay).—Area bounded by the shoreline b. 42°47'N, 31°49'E.
and lines joining the following positions: c. 42°43'N, 31°49'E.
a. 41°08.5'N, 30°06.0'E. (shore) d. 42°43'N, 31°40'E.
b. 41°26.0'N, 30°06.0'E. Area No. 022 (Eregli).—Area bounded by the shoreline and
c. 41°26.0'N, 29°37.0'E. the major arc of a circle, with a radius of 15 miles, centered on
d. 41°10.7'N, 29°37.0'E. (shore) Cape Oluce (41°19.0'N., 31°24.3'E.) beginning in position
Area No. 013 (Catal).—Area bounded by the shoreline and 41°06.2'N, 31°14.0'E (shore) and extending clockwise to posi-
lines joining the following positions: tion 41°25.3'N, 31°42.2'E. (shore)
a. 41°13'00''N, 29°10'00''E. Area No. 023 (Bartin).—Area bounded the shoreline and the
b. 41°34'00''N, 29°15'00''E. major arc of a circle, with a radius of 15 miles, centered on po-
c. 41°34'00''N, 29°35'00''E. sition 41°43.0'N, 32°17.0'E beginning on shore at position
d. 41°10'21''N, 29°35'00''E. 41°49.7'N, 32°35.0'E and extending counterclockwise to the
Area No. 014 (Kavak).—Area bounded by the shoreline and shore at position 41°33.8'N, 32°01.2'E.
lines joining the following positions: Area No. 024 (Kecilik).—Area bounded by the coast and E
a. 41°13.0'N, 29°09.7'E. (shore) of a line joining the following positions:
b. 41°17.2'N, 29°16.0'E. then the minor arc of a circle a. 41°12'03''N, 29°07'08''E.
with a radius of 15 miles centered on Anadolu Light b. 41°11'06''N. 29°06'33''E.
(41°13.1'N., 29°09.1'E.) and extending clockwise to position Area No. 025 (Boganadasi).—Area bounded by the coast
c. 41°11.3'N, 29°29.0'E. (shore) and S of a line joining the following positions:
Area No. 015 (Turkeli).—Area bounded by lines the shore- a. 41°13'53''N, 29°12'51''E.
line and joining the following positions: b. 41°13'32''N, 29°10'00''E.
a. 41°14.2'N, 29°06.8'E. (shore) Area No. SAS 1 (Boganadasi).—Area bounded by lines
b. 41°28.1'N, 29°00.7'E. then the minor arc of a circle joining the following positions:
with a radius of 15 miles centered on Turkeli Light a. 41°13'13''N, 29°11'22''E.
(1°14.1'N., 29°06.8'E.) and extending counterclockwise to b. 41°13'07''N, 29°11'19''E.
position c. 41°13'09''N, 29°11'07''E.
c. 41°18.0'N, 28°48.0'E. (shore) d. 41°13'11''N, 29°11'02''E.
Area No. 016 (Kilyos).—Area bounded by the shoreline and e. 41°13'16''N, 29°11'00''E.
lines joining the following positions:
a. 41°19'30''N, 28°45'00''E. (shore) Air-to-Air Firing Ranges
b. 41°43'00''N, 28°45'00''E. Area No. LT-D6 (Karadenizi).—Area bounded by lines
c. 41°34'00''N, 29°05'00''E. joining the following positions:
Pub. 140
Turkey 739
a. 41°15.0'N, 30°36.0'E. Islamic holidays, which are subject to the appearance of the
b. 41°19.0'N, 30°36.0'E. moon, include Sheker Bayram (End of Ramadan) and Kurban
c. 41°25.0'N, 31°05.0'E. Bayram (End of Pilgrimage).
d. 41°25.0'N, 31°18.0'E.
e. 41°15.0'N, 31°18.0'E. Ice
Area No. LT-D11 (Sinop).—Area bounded by lines joining
the following positions: Drift ice from the Black Sea jams parts of Istanbul Bogazi
a. 42°05'N, 34°00'E. (The Bosporus) during severe winters.
b. 42°00'N, 34°00'E.
c. 42°00'N, 34°50'E. Industries
d. 42°12'N, 35°03'E.
Area No. LT-D17.—Area bounded by lines joining the fol- The main industries include textiles, food processing, elec-
lowing positions: tronics, automobiles, mining (coal, chromite, copper, and bo-
a. 41°56'N, 35°15'E. ron), steel, petroleum, construction, lumber, and paper.
b. 41°43'N, 35°50'E. The main exports are apparel, foodstuffs, textiles, metal
c. 41°47'N, 35°52'E. goods, and transport equipment. The main export trading part-
d. 41°59'N, 35°18'E. ners are Germany, the United Kingdom, the United Arab Emir-
ates, Iraq, the United States, and Italy.
Government The main imports are machinery, chemicals, semi-finished
goods, fuels, and transport equipment. The main import trading
partners are China, Germany, Russia, and the United States.
Languages
Turkish is the official language. Arabic and Kurdish are also
spoken.
Meteorology
Marine weather forecasts in Turkish, English, and German
are available from the Turkish State Meteorological Service
Flag of Turkey (http://www.mgm.gov.tr).
Turkey is a republican parliamentary democracy. The coun-
try is divided into 81 provinces.
Mined Areas
Turkey is governed by a directly-elected President serving a Former Mined Area No. 1 (41°26'N., 29°12'E.) lies in the ap-
a 5-year term. The Prime Minister is appointed by the Presi- proaches to Istanbul Bogazi.
dent. The unicameral National Assembly consists of 600 mem-
bers, who are directly elected under a system of proportional
representation to serve 5-year terms.
Navigational Information
The legal system is based on various continental European Enroute Volume
legal systems. Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Mediterra-
The capital is Ankara. nean.
BA NP 24, Black Sea Pilot (British Admiralty publication)
Holidays
Maritime Claims
The following holidays are observed: The maritime territorial claims of Turkey are, as follows:
Pub. 140
740 Turkey
Internet Maritime Safety Information advised to pass through the straits during daylight hours only.
Navigational warnings are available, in English and Turkish, Pilots board, as follows:
from the Turkish Office of Navigation, Hydrography and 1. North entrance of Istanbul Bogazi—The pilot boards
Oceanography. in position 41°15'06.0''N, 29°07'55.2''E. The pilot disem-
barks in position 41°14'26.4''N, 29°09'29.4''E.
http://www.shodb.gov.tr/shodb_esas/index.php/en 2. South entrance of Istanbul Bogazi—The pilot boards
in position 40°55'13.2''N, 28°58'43.2''E. The pilot disem-
barks in position 40°56'27.6''N, 28°54'40.2''E.
Pilotage 3. North entrance of Canakkale Bogazi—The pilot
boards in position 40°25'42.0''N, 26°44'09.0''E. The pilot
General
disembarks in position 40°25'03.0''N, 26°44'06.0''E.
It has been reported (2013) pilotage is compulsory for the
4. South entrance of Canakkale Bogazi—The pilot
following vessels:
boards in position 40°00'23.4''N, 26°08'07.2''E. The pilot
1. Tankers of 500 gt and over.
disembarks in position 40°01'29.4''N, 26°08'10.2''E.
2. Vessels carrying hazardous/IMO cargo.
Pilot station contact information can be found in the table ti-
3. Turkish vessels of 1,000 gt and over.
tled Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus) and Canakkale Bogazi
4. Foreign vessels of 500 gt and over.
(The Dardanelles)—Pilot Station Contact Information.
5. Foreign yachts of 1,000 get and over.
6. Foreign military vessels transiting to or from non-mili-
tary terminals and facilities. TURKISH STRAITS AND MARMARA DENIZI (SEA OF
MARMARA) PORTS
Turkish Straits
Pilotage through Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus) and Can- Alemdar (40°46'N., 29°32'E.)
akkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles) is not required but is strongly See Izmit Korfezi.
advised because of the strong currents and high density of traf-
fic. Pilotage, however, is compulsory for the following areas: Ambarli (40°58'N., 28°41'E.)
1. All foreign vessels calling at any port in Marmara Den- Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels over 500 gross
izi after transiting through the Turkish Straits. tons and is ordered through the agent. Pilots board in position
2. Canakkale Karanlik Liman. 40°56'00''N, 28°40'39''E.
3. Izmit Korfezi. The pilot station can be contacted, as follows:
4. The port of Galata and the inner port of Istanbul. 1. VHF: VHF channels 12 and 16
5. Selviburnu oil installation and Cubuklu oil installation 2. Telephone: 90-212-8754050
in Istanbul Bogazi. 90-212-8754051
6. Anchorages at Dolmabahce. 3. Facsimile: 90-212-8754053
Pilots should be requested using Sailing Plan 1 (SP1) or Sail- 4. E-mail: arpaskule@arpas-pilotaj.com.tr
ing Plan 2 (SP2). For further information, see Vessel Traffic 5. Web site: http://www.arpas-pilotaj.com.tr
Service—Procedures and Appendix I.
Vessels should maintain a listening watch on the VHF work- Asyaport (40°54'N., 27°28'E.)
ing frequencies of the relevant sector during passage through or The pilot should be contacted when 20 miles, then 5 miles,
anchorage within the Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service from the pilot station. The pilot boards in position
(TSVTS) area. Vessels stopped or anchored in the straits 40°53'01.2''N, 27°31'30.6''E.
should report their position to the relevant sector. For further The pilot station can be contacted, as follows:
information, see Vessel Traffic Service—VTS Centers and 1. VHF: VHF channels 10 and 16
Appendix I 2. Telephone: 90-536-9965008 (emergency)
Vessels over 200m long or with a draft greater than 15m are 3. E-mail: info@asyaportkilavuzluk.com
Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus) and Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles)—Pilot Station Contact Information
Call sign VHF Telephone Facsimile
Rumeli Kavak Pilot Station (41°10'36.0''N. 29°04'24.0''E.)—North entrance to Istanbul Bogazi
Kavak Pilot VHF channels 11 and 71 90-212-2281138 90-212-2281305
Istanbul Pilot Station (41°00'42.0''N. 29°00'37.8''E.)—South entrance to Istanbul Bogazi
Istanbut Pilot VHF channels 13 and 71 90-216-3467320 90-216-3466678
Gelibolu Pilot Station (40°24'30.0''N. 26°40'57.0''E.)—North entrance to Canakkale Bogazi
Gelibolu Pilot VHF channels 11 and 71 90-286-5661612 90-286-5661611
Mehmetcik Pilot Station (40°02'34.2''N. 26°11'25.2''E.)—South entrance to Canakkale Bogazi
Canakkale Pilot VHF channels 13 and 71 90-286-8620006 90-286-8620138
Pub. 140
Turkey 741
Pub. 140
742 Turkey
Pub. 140
Turkey 743
Pub. 140
744 Turkey
coastal station with regard to hours and service. Vessels of the Turkish Straits
same company can communicate amongst themselves service Vessels with a draft of 15m and over with an loa greater than
messages without passing them through coastal stations. 200m are advised to navigate through the Turkish Straits
Normal international courtesies, such as flying the Turkish during daylight hours only.
flag at the foremast, should be carefully adhered to by vessels It has been reported (2019) new navigation regulations, in-
while in the waters and ports of Turkey. cluding daylight transit only requirements and compulsory pi-
Vessels are warned against entering Turkish territorial waters lotage with a tug escort for certain vessels, have been
except for the purpose of calling at a port, when they should implemented. Vessel must contact local authorities for more in-
keep close to the prescribed navigational route. formation on these new regulations.
Anchoring off, approaching near, and landing on the coast of
Uzun Ada (38°30'N., 26°43'E.) are prohibited. Search and Rescue
Landing is prohibited on the island of Saros Adalari
(40°37'N., 26°44'E.) and along the Turkish coast between the The Directorate General of Maritime and Inland Waters Reg-
mouths of the Kavaksuyu River (40°36.2'N., 26°49.8'E.) and ulation (Ministry of Transport Maritime Affairs and Communi-
the Guneyli River (40°30.7'N., 26°42.7'E.). cations), in conjunction with regional Turkish Coast Guard
Landing on the islands of Bozca Ada, Tavsan Adalari, and Centers, through MSRCC Ankara, is responsible for search
Imbroz Adasi is subject to special authorization. and rescue operations in Turkish waters and can be contacted,
A restricted area, best seen on the chart, where vessels over as follows:
300 gross tons or carrying dangerous cargo are prohibited from 1. Telephone: 90-312-2319105
entering, begins in the vicinity of Kokburun (36°57.5'N., 90-312-2324783
27°18.2'E.), at the E entrance to Bodrum Bogazi/Steno Ko, and 2. Facsimile: 90-312-2320823
extends W, N, and E to Kukuktavsan Adasi (37°10.0'N., 3. E-mail: trmrcc@denizcilik.gov.tr
27°22.2'E.). A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
It has been reported (2016) vessels experiencing a delay of tening watch on international distress frequencies.
greater than 12 hours from their original ETA at a Turkish port
must inform the harbormaster, via their agent, of the delay.
Vessels failing to provide this information may be subject to a Ship Reporting System
fine and lose their berthing turn.
The Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and Re-
International Ship and Port Facility (ISPS) Code porting System (TUBRAP) has been establish in Istanbul Bo-
gazi (The Bosporus) and Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles).
Information on Turkish ports that comply with the ISPS
Code, as well as contact information for Port Facility Security For further information, see Vessel Traffic Service and Appen-
Officers at individual ports, can be found at the following web dix I—Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and
Reporting System (TUBRAP).
site:
Pub. 140
Turkey 745
Pub. 140
746 Turkey
d. 40°41'12''N, 28°51'54''E. 2. Strait of Istanbul (IMO-adopted).
Area No. M-26 (Izmir Gemlik).—Area bounded by lines 3. Strait of Istanbul—South Approach and the Sea of
joining the following positions: Marmara (IMO-adopted).
a. 40°29'12''N, 28°47'06''E. 4. Strait of Canakkale (IMO-adopted).
b. 40°26'24''N, 28°01'48''E. 5. Strait of Canakkale—South Approach (IMO-adopt-
c. 40°22'40''N, 28°01'48''E. ed).
d. 40°24'48''N, 28°47'06''E. 6. Izmit Korfezi (Government of Turkey).
Area No. M-28 (Central Marmara Denizi).—Area bounded 7. Nemrut Koyu (Government of Turkey).
by lines joining the following positions: 8. Candarli Korfezi (Government of Turkey).
a. 40°47'48''N, 28°39'24''E. 9. Izmir Korfezi (Government of Turkey).
b. 40°49'12''N, 28°51'50''E. 10. Iskenderun Korfezi (Government of Turkey).
c. 40°36'24''N, 28°51'50''E.
d. 40°36'24''N, 28°39'24''E. U.S. Embassy
Area No. M-29 (Central Marmara Denizi).—Area bounded
by lines joining the following positions: The U.S. Embassy is situated at 110 Ataturk Boulevard, Ka-
a. 40°46'30''N, 28°26'00''E. vaklidere, 06100 Ankara.
b. 40°47'48''N, 28°39'24''E. The mailing address is PSC 93, Box 5000, APO AE (09823).
c. 40°36'24''N, 28°39'24''E.
d. 40°36'24''N, 28°26'00''E. U. S. Embassy Turkey Home Page
Area No. M-30 (Central Marmara Denizi).—Area bounded
by lines joining the following positions: https://tr.usembassy.gov
a. 40°44'00''N, 28°00'00''E.
b. 40°44'00''N, 28°26'00''E.
c. 40°36'24''N, 28°26'00''E. Vessel Traffic Service
d. 40°36'24''N, 28°00'00''E.
Area No. M-31 (Siliviri).—Area bounded by latitude Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and Report-
40°55'N. longitude 28°05'E, longitude 28°30'E, and the coast. ing System (TUBRAP)
Area No. M-32 (South of Turkeli Ad).—Area bounded by The Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and Re-
lines joining the following positions: porting System (TUBRAP) covers Istanbul Bogazi (The Bos-
a. 40°21'12''N, 27°22'00''E. porus), Marmara Denizi (The Sea of Marmara), and Canakkale
b. 40°27'30''N, 27°21'12''E. Bogazi (The Dardanelles). For further information, see Appen-
c. 40°25'54''N, 27°44'42''E. dix I—Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and
d. 40°19'30''N, 27°47'24''E. Reporting System (TUBRAP).
The Time Zone description is CHARLIE (-3). Daylight Sav- Mersin Vessel Traffic Service
ings Time is not observed. The Marsin Vessel Traffic Service covers Turkish territorial
waters in the approaches to Marsin (36°48'N., 34°38'E.). Its
Traffic Separation Schemes use is mandatory for all vessels carrying dangerous cargo and
all vessels with an loa greater than 20m.. For further informa-
Traffic Separation Schemes in Turkey are, as follows: tion, see Pub. 132, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Eastern Medi-
1. Strait of Istanbul—North Approach (IMO-adopted). terranean.
Pub. 140
Turkey 747
Appendix I—Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and Reporting System (TUBRAP)
The Turkish Straits Vessel Traffic Service (TSVTS) and Re- porting System—Sector Information
porting System (TUBRAP) covers Istanbul Bogazi (The Bos- 2. Istanbul Bogazi VTS Center—Covers Istanbul Bo-
porus), Marmara Denizi (The Sea of Marmara), and Canakkale gazi (The Bosporus), its S approach from Marmara Denizi,
Bogazi (The Dardanelles). and its N approach from the Black Sea and can be contacted,
Vessels transiting the TSVTS and Reporting System are di- as follows:
vided into two categories, as follows: a. Telephone: 90-212-3234800 (switchboard)
1. Active Participant Vessels.—All vessels carrying b. Facsimile: 90-212-3234807
dangerous cargo and all vessels with an loa of 20m and over. 90-212-3234808
2. Passive Participant Vessels.—All vessels with an loa 90-212-3234809
of less than 20m and local traffic vessels navigating within c. E-mail: sp1istvts@kegm.gov.tr
the VTS area. The N limits of Istanbul Bogazi VTS comprise a line join-
Passive Participant Vessels do not need to report; however, ing the following positions:
they must maintain a continuous listening watch on the rele- a. 41°10'30.0''N, 29°35'00.0''E.
vant sector VHF channel and follow any instructions provided b. 41°32'30.0''N, 29°35'00.0''E.
by the VTS Center. c. 41°32'30.0''N, 28°45'00.0''E.
All vessels navigating or at anchor in the VTS area should d. 41°19'00.0''N, 28°45'00.0''E.
also maintain a continuous listening watch on the relevant sec- The S limits of Istanbul Bogazi VTS comprise a line join-
tor VHF channel. ing the following positions:
Communication with the TSVTS shall be in English; howev- a. 40°52'30.0''N, 29°13'48.0''E.
er, Turkish vessels and vessels under pilotage may communi- b. 40°48'30.0''N, 29°09'00.0''E.
cated in Turkish. c. 40°39'54.0''N, 29°09'00.0''E.
Weather and general announcements will be broadcast on d. 40°41'00.0''N, 28°10'00.0''E.
VHF channel 67. Emergency communications will be under- e. 40°51'36.0''N, 28°10'00.0''E.
taken on VHF channel 6. f. 40°55'06.0''N, 28°43'24.0''E.
VTS Centers.—Two VTS Centers have been established to g. 40°58'12.0''N, 28°43'24.0''E.
serve the TSVTS, as follows: Istanbul Bogazi VTS is further subdivided into the follow-
1. Canakkale Bogazi VTS Center—Covers Canakkale ing sectors:
Bogazi (The Dardanelles), its S approach from the Aegean a. Sector Turkeli.
Sea, and its N approach from Marmara Denizi and can be b. Sector Kandilli.
contacted, as follows: c. Sector Kadikoy.
a. Telephone: 90-286-2134800 (switchboard) d. Sector Marmara.
b. Facsimile: 90-286-2131240 The limits, call sign, and working frequency of each sector
90-286-2131241 are given in Appendix II—Turkish Strait VTS and Re-
90-286-2133077 porting System—Sector Information.
c. E-mail: sp1ckalevts@kegm.gov.tr Procedures.—TUBREP consists of four reports, as follows:
The N limits of Canakkale Bogazi VTS comprise a line 1. Sailing Plan 1 (SP1)—This report is sent, as follows:
joining the following positions: a. Masters, owners, or agents of vessels carrying dan-
a. 40°42'18.0''N, 27°18'30.0''E. (Hoskoy Birnu) gerous cargo or vessels of 500 gross tons and over should
b. 40°48'00.0''N, 27°38'00.0''E. submit a written SP1 to the relevant VTS Center at least 24
c. 40°51'36.0''N, 28°10'00.0''E. hours prior to entry into the Turkish Straits.
d. 40°41'00.0''N, 28°10'00.0''E. If the ETA changes by more than 2 hours, the SP1 must
e. 40°41'42.0''N, 27°38'30.0''E. be resent.
f. 40°39'00.0''N, 27°29'24.0''E. (Hayirsiz Ad) b. Masters, owners, or agents of vessels between 200m
g. 40°28'36.0''N, 27°17'00.0''E. (Karaburun Light) and 300m long and/or vessels with a draft over 15m
The S limits of Canakkale Bogazi VTS comprise a line should submit a written SP1 to the relevant VTS Center at
joining the following positions: least 48 hours prior to entry into the Turkish Straits.
a. 39°44'00.0''N, 26°09'12.0''E. c. Owners or operators of vessels over 300m long, ves-
b. 39°44'00.0''N, 25°55'00.0''E. sels propelled by nuclear power, and vessels carrying nu-
c. 39°52'36.0''N, 25°47'00.0''E. clear cargo or nuclear waste must provide information
d. 40°06'00.0''N, 25°47'00.0''E. regarding their characteristics and cargo during the plan-
e. 40°09'00.0''N, 26°00'54.0''E. ning stages of their voyage. The TSVTS, based upon this
f. 40°09'00.0''N, 26°14'12.0''E. data, shall inform the relevant vessel’s owner, operator, or
Canakkale Bogazi VTS is further subdivided into the fol- master of any requirements or recommendations necessary
lowing sectors: to ensure safe passage through the Turkish Straits. A writ-
a. Sector Gelibolu. ten SP1 must be submitted at least 72 hours prior to entry
b. Sector Nara. into the Turkish Straits.
c. Sector Kumkale. d. Vessels carrying dangerous cargo and/or vessels of
The limits, call sign, and working frequency of each sector 500 gross tons and over leaving ports in Marmara Denizi
are given in Appendix II—Turkish Strait VTS and Re- should submit an SP1 to the relevant VTS Center at least 6
Pub. 140
748 Turkey
hours prior to departure. Designator Information required
The SP1 shall contain the following information:
G Port of departure.
Designator Information required Date and time of entry into the Turkish
H
Vessel’s name, call sign, flag, IMO num- Straits.
A
ber, and MMSI number. I Port of destination.
B Date and time (UTC). Request for pilot (yes/no) for Istanbul Bo-
C Reporting position (latitude/longitude). J gazi, Marmara Denizi, or Canakkale Bo-
gazi.
Continuous maneuvering speed (in knots
F P If any dangerous cargo on board.
and tenths of knots).
G Port of departure. Any defects, damage, deficiencies, or oth-
Q
er limitations.
Date and time of entry (UTC) into Canak-
H Vessel’s agent or representative (for ves-
kale Bogazi or Istanbul Bogazi. T
sels not obliged to send an SP1).
I Port of destination.
X If ready for Turkish Straits passage.
Request for pilot (yes/no) for Istanbul Bo-
J gazi, Marmara Denizi, or Canakkale Bo- 3. Position Report—Vessels of 20m loa and over intend-
gazi. ing to enter the Turkish Straits should report to the relevant
Draft (forward and aft) and maximum air VTS entry sector (Turkeli, Kadikoy, Gelibolu, or Kumkale,
O as appropriate) by VHF, stating the vessel’s name and posi-
draft (at the entrance to the strait).
tion, when reaching a point 5 miles off the entrance to the
Cargo type, quantity, and description of Turkish Straits.
dangerous, noxious, or polluting cargo 4. Call Point Report—Active Participant Vessels make
(UN Number, name, class, quantity, and this report, as follows:
P
IMDG/IGC/IBC/GC/INF Codes). Weap- a. Passing through Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus)
ons shipments require End User Certifi- and/or Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles)—Report ves-
cate, date, number, and copy. sel name and position at the entrance and exit of each sec-
Any defects, damage, deficiencies, or other tor to the relevant VTS Center.
Q b. Not passing through Istanbul Bogazi (The Bospo-
limitations.
rus) and/or Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles) but are
Vessel’s agent or representative (including
passing through the VTS areas in the Black Sea or the Ae-
T facsimile number) and name and surname
gean Sea—Report vessel name and position at the en-
of master.
trance and exit of each sector to the relevant VTS Center.
Type of vessel, loa and beam (in meters), 5. Marmara Report (MARRAP).—Active Participant
U gross tonnage, net tonnage, double or sin- Vessels intending to pass through the TSVTS area and navi-
gle hull tanker, and year of construction. gating between ports in Marmara Denizi (The Sea of Mar-
mara) shall submit a MARRAP to the relevant VTS Center
W Number of crew and passengers.
when entering and leaving Sector Gelibolu/Sector Marmara
P and I information (club name, policy and Sector Marmara/Sector Gelibolu.
X number, and validity), bunkers on board
(FO/LO/DO), and last PSC date. Vessels departing from a port in Marmara Denizi (The Sea
of Marmara) and intending to pass through Istanbul Bogazi
(The Bosporus) and/or Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles)
2. Sailing Plan 2 (SP2)—With the exception of war-
shall submit a MARRAP to the relevant VTS Center when
ships, state-owned vessels not used for commercial purpos-
entering their area.
es, and local traffic vessels, vessels declared technically
The MARRAP shall contain the following information:
suitable on the SP1 and vessels with an loa of 20m and over
shall send an SP2 to the relevant VTS Center by VHF, 2
hours prior to arrival at the straits or when at a distance of 20 Designator Information required
miles from the entrance of the straits (whichever comes
A Vessel’s name.
first).
The SP2 shall contain the following information: D Position.
G Port of departure.
Designator Information required
I Port of destination.
Vessel’s name, call sign, flag, IMO num-
A P If any dangerous cargo on board.
ber, and MMSI number.
F Maximum maneuvering speed. All vessels navigating within the TSS through Marmara
Pub. 140
Turkey 749
Denizi (The Sea of Marmara) should report immediately to 6. Meteorological information and current situation.
the relevant VTS Center any emergencies, deviations from 7. Information about the reported status of aids to naviga-
the TSS, and expected delays to the ETA of over 2 hours. tion.
6. Vessels slowing down.—Vessels slowing down within 8. Any other information as deemed necessary.
the Turkish Straits should give immediate notice to the rele- Navigational Assistance Services.—Navigational assis-
vant VTS Center. The VTS Center can provide information, tance will be provided when:
recommendations, and instructions after evaluating the traf- 1. Severe meteorological situations have been observed.
fic situation. 2. Deficiencies or breakdowns have occurred during the
7. Vessels anchoring or leaving an anchorage.—An- passage of the participating vessels.
chored vessels should report to the relevant VTS Center, stat- 3. When requested by the vessel’s master or when
ing their anchorage position and time. deemed necessary by the TSVTS.
Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on With regard to the safety of navigation, the TSVTS will as-
the relevant VTS Center sector channel while at anchor. sist vessels by providing the following information:
Vessels should inform the relevant VTS Center 1 hour pri- 1. Position information in order to ensure safe navigation
or to weighing anchor. of vessels navigating within the TSS.
Upon weighing anchor, vessels should report their time of 2. Information about movements of other vessels in the
weighing anchor, arrival port, and ETA at the entrance to the vicinity.
Turkish Straits to the relevant VTS Center and to receive 3. Warnings concerning dangerous situations that may
traffic information. develop.
8. Vessels berthing or unberthing.—Vessels should re- The beginning and end of navigational assistance must be
port the time of berthing to the relevant VTS Center while clearly agreed and recorded by the vessel’s master and the
alongside at any port in the Turkish Straits. TSVTS.
Upon unberthing, vessels should report their time of un- Traffic Organization Service.—The TSVTS will organize
berthing, arrival port, and ETA at the entrance to the Turkish the following:
Straits to the relevant VTS Center and to receive traffic infor- 1. Handling of vessel Sailing Plans and entry permissions
mation. and the time and date to Istanbul Bogazi (The Bosporus)
Vessels are not required to maintain any listening watches and/or Canakkale Bogazi (The Dardanelles).
when berthed. 2. Handling of any changes to the Sailing Plan.
Information Services.—The TSVTS provides the following 3. Providing all necessary operational information related
information: to traffic organization to the vessels before entering the Turk-
1. Maritime traffic information. ish Straits.
2. Information about the position of a vessel in relation to 4. Providing operational information to all vessels in the
other vessels. Turkish Straits according to TSTVS regulations.
3. Information about the positions of other vessels by The SP1 and SP2 constitute the primary sources for the Traf-
means of distances from own vessel, as well as course and fic Organization Service to be provided by the TSVTS. Send-
speed over the ground. ing timely and accurate reports will increase the efficiency of
4. Information about intended movements of other ves- the traffic organization.
sels. AIS.—All AIS equipment must be maintained in full work-
5. Notices to Mariners. ing order while navigating within the TSVTS area.
Pub. 140
Turkey 751
Pub. 140
Turkey 753
Pub. 140
754 Turkey
Pub. 140
Turkey 755
Pub. 140
756 Turkey
d. 40°57'51.0''N, 29°01'22.8''E. j. 40°44'15''N, 29°47'10''E.
e. 40°58'14.4''N, 29°01'22.8''E. k. 40°44'15''N, 29°46'36''E.
f. 40°58'14.4''N, 29°01'47.4''E. l. 40°44'21''N, 29°45'51''E.
Pendik Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the m. 40°44'27''N, 29°45'10''E.
coast and lines joining the following positions: n. 40°44'57''N, 29°44'45''E.
a. 40°52'06''N, 29°15'16''E. (coast) o. 40°44'10''N, 29°44'36''E.
b. 40°51'33''N, 29°14'56''E. p. 40°44'26''N, 29°47'02''E.
c. 40°51'15''N, 29°15'16''E. Izmit Bay—Dil Point Naval Prohibited Area.—An area
d. 40°51'06''N, 29°15'55''E. bounded by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
e. 40°51'18''N, 29°16'14''E. a. 40°44'39''N, 29°30'50''E. (coast)
f. 40°51'25''N, 29°16'04''E. (coast) b. 40°44'37''N, 29°31'45''E.
Tuzla Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the coast c. 40°44'12''N, 29°31'45''E.
and lines joining the following positions: d. 40°44'23''N, 29°30'45''E. (coast)
a. 40°49'05.4''N, 29°16'10.2''E. (coast) Yalova Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the
b. 40°49'12.0''N, 29°16'01.8''E. coast and lines joining the following positions:
c. 40°49'12.0''N, 29°15'48.6''E. a. 40°39'58.8''N, 29°18'05.4''E. (coast)
d. 40°48'55.8''N, 29°15'30.0''E. b. 40°40'03.0''N, 29°18'04.8''E.
e. 40°48'57.6''N, 29°15'17.4''E. c. 40°40'03.6''N, 29°18'10.8''E.
f. 40°48'51.0''N, 29°15'17.4''E. d. 40°40'00.6''N, 29°18'12.0''E. (coast)
g. 40°48'36.0''N, 29°15'27.6''E. Imrali Island Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded
h. 40°48'29.4''N, 29°15'31.2''E. by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
i. 40°48'22.2''N, 29°15'25.8''E. a. 40°28'00''N, 28°27'00''E. (coast)
j. 40°48'18.6''N, 29°15'24.6''E. b. 40°37'00''N, 28°27'00''E.
k. 40°48'10.2''N, 29°15'24.6''E. c. 40°37'00''N, 28°37'00''E.
l. 40°48'18.0''N, 29°15'51.0''E. d. 40°28'00''N, 28°37'00''E. (coast)
m. 40°48'37.2''N, 29°15'57.6''E. Erdek Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded by the
n. 40°48'39.6''N, 29°15'53.4''E. coast and lines joining the following positions:
o. 40°48'43.2''N, 29°15'58.8''E. a. 40°23'58''N, 27°49'00''E. (coast)
p. 40°48'46.2''N, 29°16'08.4''E. (coast) b. 40°23'04''N, 27°49'00''E.
Izmit Bay—Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded by c. 40°23'04''N, 27°48'04''E. (coast)
the coast and lines joining the following positions: Marmara Ereglisi Special Security Area.—An area
a. 40°43'03.0''N, 29°55'34.2''E. (coast) bounded by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
b. 40°43'13.2''N, 29°55'27.6''E. a. 40°59'13.8''N, 27°58'49.2''E. (coast)
c. 40°43'31.8''N, 29°56'06.0''E. b. 40°59'18.0''N, 27°59'19.2''E.
d. 40°43'16.2''N, 29°56'15.6''E. (coast) c. 40°59'31.2''N, 27°59'30.0''E.
Izmit Bay—Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded by d. 40°59'42.0''N, 27°59'31.2''E.
the coast and lines joining the following positions: e. 40°59'52.2''N, 27°59'25.2''E.
a. 40°43'42''N, 29°47'59''E. (coast) f. 41°00'15.0''N, 27°59'00.0''E. (coast)
b. 40°44'19''N, 29°48'31''E. Silivri Maritime Special Security Area.—An area bounded
c. 40°44'27''N, 29°49'22''E. by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
d. 40°44'13''N, 29°49'55''E. a. 41°04'30''N, 28°11'06''E. (coast)
e. 40°43'20''N, 29°49'54''E. (coast) b. 41°02'54''N, 28°10'48''E.
Izmit Bay—Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded by c. 41°03'00''N, 28°11'18''E.
the coast and lines joining the following positions: d. 41°02'24''N, 28°11'45''E. (coast)
a. 40°42'34''N, 29°42'29''E. (coast) Yesilkoy Maritime Special Security Area.—An area
b. 40°42'49''N, 29°42'29''E. bounded by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
c. 40°42'58''N, 29°42'54''E. a. 41°58'18.0''N, 28°50'55.2''E. (coast)
d. 40°42'56''N, 29°43'52''E. b. 41°57'50.8''N, 28°50'46.4''E.
e. 40°42'47''N, 29°43'52''E. (coast) c. 41°57'53.6''N, 28°50'38.4''E. (coast)
Izmit Bay—Korfez Special Energy Security Area.—An
area bounded by the coast and lines joining the following posi- CANAKKALE BOGAZI (THE DARDANELLES)
tions:
a. 40°45'59''N, 29°44'45''E. Umurbey Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by lines
b. 40°46'00''N, 29°44'35''E. joining the following positions:
c. 40°45'58''N, 29°44'08''E. a. 40°15'19''N, 26°33'16''E.
d. 40°45'56''N, 29°43'44''E. b. 40°15'58''N, 26°33'13''E.
e. 40°45'47''N, 29°43'48''E. c. 40°16'07''N, 26°33'33''E.
f. 40°45'43''N, 29°44'05''E. d. 40°15'58''N, 26°33'59''E.
g. 40°45'35''N, 29°44'18''E. Nara Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the coast
h. 40°45'26''N, 29°44'26''E. and lines joining the following positions:
i. 40°44'25''N, 29°47'09''E. a. 40°09'25.8''N, 26°24'34.8'E. (coast)
Pub. 140
Turkey 757
Pub. 140
758 Turkey
Naldoken Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the o. 36°07'24''N, 33°33'20''E.
coast and lines joining the following positions: p. 36°07'28''N, 33°33'31''E.
a. 38°27'55.8''N, 27°08'22.8''E. (coast) q. 36°07'30''N, 33°33'08''E.
b. 38°27'46.8''N, 27°08'24.0''E. r. 36°07'24''N, 33°32'18''E.
c. 38°27'43.2''N, 27°08'21.0''E. s. 36°07'25''N, 33°32'34''E.
d. 38°27'37.2''N, 27°08'07.2''E. t. 36°07'47''N, 33°32'56''E.
e. 38°27'33.0''N, 27°08'04.8''E. u. 36°08'18''N, 33°31'56''E.
f. 38°27'28.8''N, 27°07'52.8''E. v. 36°08'20''N, 33°31'06''E.
g. 38°27'31.8''N, 27°07'34.8''E. (coast) w. 36°08'14''N, 33°32'59''E.
Yenikale Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the x. 36°08'08''N, 33°31'57''E.
coast and lines joining the following positions: y. 36°08'19''N, 33°31'32''E.
a. 38°24'53.4''N, 27°00'58.2''E. (coast) z. 36°08'18''N, 33°31'40''E.
b. 38°24'55.2''N, 27°00'49.8''E. aa. 36°08'28''N, 33°31'07''E.
c. 38°25'01.8''N, 27°00'57.0''E. ab. 36°08'30''N, 33°31'16''E.
d. 38°25'09.0''N, 27°00'55.2''E. ac. 36°08'29''N, 33°31'23''E.
e. 38°25'16.8''N, 27°01'01.2''E. ad. 36°08'22''N, 33°31'27''E.
f. 38°25'13.2''N, 27°01'10.8''E. ae. 36°08'45''N, 33°31'01''E.
g. 38°25'03.0''N, 27°01'24.0''E. af. 36°08'43''N, 33°30'58''E.
h. 38°24'56.4''N, 27°01'16.8''E. (coast) ag. 36°08'33''N, 33°30'53''E.
Gulf of Iskenderun—Sugozu (ISKEN) Maritime Special
MEDITERRANEAN SEA Security Area.—An area bounded by the coast and lines join-
ing the following positions:
Marmaris Naval Prohibited Area.—An area bounded by a. 36°50'23.4''N, 35°53'25.2''E. (coast)
the coast and lines joining the following positions: 17 b. 36°50'20.0''N, 35°53'25.2''E.
a. 36°47'19''N, 28°24'24''E. (coast) c. 36°50'16.2''N, 35°53'42.6''E.
b. 36°47'06''N, 28°24'25''E. d. 36°50'05.4''N, 35°53'40.8''E.
c. 36°48'47''N, 28°28'43''E. e. 36°49'59.4''N, 35°53'52.8''E.
d. 36°49'00''N, 28°28'43''E. (coast) f. 36°49'55.2''N, 35°53'57.0''E.
Antalya Naval Security Area.—An area bounded by the g. 36°49'51.0''N, 35°53'58.8''E.
coast and lines joining the following positions: h. 36°49'47.4''N, 35°53'58.8''E.
a. 36°49'42''N, 30°36'08''E. (coast) i. 36°49'43.8''N, 35°53'57.6''E.
b. 36°49'34''N, 30°36'27''E. j. 36°49'41.4''N, 35°53'55.8''E.
c. 36°49'50''N, 30°36'44''E. (mole) k. 36°49'39.0''N, 35°53'52.2''E.
d. 36°49'53''N, 30°36'33''E. (end of quay) l. 36°49'24.0''N, 35°53'42.0''E.
e. 36°49'55''N, 30°36'22''E. (coast) m. 36°49'36.6''N, 35°53'36.6''E.
Mersin Military Port Naval Security Area.—An area n. 36°49'46.2''N, 35°53'16.2''E.
bounded by the coast and lines joining the following positions: o. 36°49'43.2''N, 35°52'58.8''E.
a. 36°47'07.8''N, 34°37'13.2''E. (coast) p. 36°49'43.2''N, 35°52'54.6''E.
b. 36°47'05.4''N, 34°37'15.6''E. q. 36°49'37.8''N, 35°52'40.1''E.
c. 36°47'11.4''N, 34°37'21.0''E. r. 36°49'40.2''N, 35°52'30.2''E.
d. 36°47'12.6''N, 34°37'22.8''E. (coast) s. 36°49'39.6''N, 35°52'28.2''E.
Mersin Military Port Naval Prohibited Area.—An area t. 36°49'39.8''N, 35°52'26.2''E. (coast)
bounded by the coast and a line joining the following positions: Gulf of Iskenderun—BOTAS (Ceyhan) Maritime Special
a. 36°48'21''N, 34°39'11''E. (corner of quay) Security Area.—An area bounded by the coast and lines join-
b. 36°48'20''N, 34°39'20''E. (corner of quay) ing the following positions:
Mersin Special Security Zone.—An area bounded by lines a. 36°52'03''N, 35°54'53''E. (coast)
joining the following positions: b. 36°51'39''N, 35°55'20''E.
a. 36°07'29''N, 33°33'48''E. c. 36°50'50''N, 35°54'40''E.
b. 36°07'27''N, 33°33'40''E. d. 36°50'06''N, 35°55'13''E.
c. 36°08'15''N, 33°34'23''E. e. 36°49'59''N, 35°56'22''E.
d. 36°08'06''N, 33°34'12''E. f. 36°51'30''N, 35°58'30''E.
e. 36°07'52''N, 33°34'11''E. g. 36°53'24''N, 35°56'42''E. (coast)
f. 36°07'46''N, 33°34'06''E. Gulf of Iskenderun—BOTAS (Dortyol) Maritime Special
g. 36°07'39''N, 33°33'57''E. Security Area.—An area bounded by the coast and lines join-
h. 36°08'44''N, 33°33'46''E. ing the following positions:
i. 36°08'28''N, 33°34'37''E. a. 36°52'12.2''N, 36°08'00.5''E. (coast)
j. 36°08'25''N, 33°34'27''E. b. 36°51'34.9''N, 36°07'06.4''E.
k. 36°09'18''N, 33°34'25''E. c. 36°50'45.3''N, 36°07'57.8''E.
l. 36°09'00''N, 33°34'44''E. d. 36°51'23.1''N, 36°08'53.1''E. (coast)
m. 36°07'33''N, 33°34'57''E. Gulf of Iskenderun—ISDEMIR Maritime Special Secu-
n. 36°07'25''N, 33°32'10''E. rity Area.—An area bounded by the coast and lines joining the
Pub. 140
Turkey 759
Pub. 140
745
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS
General 745 Aids to navigation in the Turks and Caicos Islands have oc-
Buoyage System 745 casionally been reported to be unreliable.
Currency 745
Government 745 Currency
Holidays 746
Industries 746 The official unit of currency is the U.S. dollar.
Languages 746
Navigational Information 746
Pilotage 746
Government
Regulations 746
Search and Rescue 746
Signals 746
Time Zone 747
U.S. Embassy 747
General
The Turks and Caicos Islands, lying E of the Bahamas, con-
sist of two small island groups with a total of over 40 islands
and cays, of which only eight are inhabited. Flag of the Turks and Caicos Islands
The islands consist of low flat limestone, with extensive
marshes and mangrove swamps. The Turks and Caicos Islands is a self-governing dependent
The climate is tropical marine moderated by the trade winds, overseas territory of the United Kingdom.
and is normally sunny and dry. Tropical storms and hurricanes Queen Elizabeth II is the chief of state. A Governor is ap-
are sometimes experienced. pointed by the Queen. The Premier is appointed by the Gover-
nor. The 19-member unicameral House of Assembly consists
Buoyage System of four appointed members and 15 directly-elected members
who serve 4-year terms.
The IALA Buoyage System (Region B) is in effect. See The legal system is based on English and civil law.
Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information. The capital is Grand Turk (Cockburn Town).
Pub. 140
746 Turks and Caicos Islands
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. Visual storms signals indicating a tropical storm is expected
to strike the islands within 12 hours are shown in the accompa-
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. nying table titled Turks and Caicos Islands—Storm Warn-
Zone ing Signals.
Pub. 140
Turks and Caicos Islands 747
Pub. 140
749
UKRAINE
General 749
Buoyage System 749 General
Cautions 749
Currency 750 Ukraine is located on the N coast of the Black Sea. It is bor-
Government 750 dered by Poland, Slovakia, Hungary, Romania, and Moldova to
Holidays 750 the W; by Belarus to the N; and by Russia to the N and E.
Ice 750 The climate is continental temperate, except for a Mediterra-
Industries 750 nean climate along the S coast of Crimea. The highest amount
Languages 750 of precipitation occurs in the W and N parts of the country;
Mined Areas 750 lesser amounts fall in the E and SE.
Navigational Information 751 Winters vary from cool along the Black Sea coast to cold fur-
Offshore Drilling 751 ther inland. Summers are warm across the greater part of the
Pilotage 751 country, but are hot in the S.
Pollution 754 Most of Ukraine consists for fertile plains, known as steppes,
Regulations 754 and plateaus. Mountains are found only in the W (the Carpath-
Restricted Areas 754 ian Mountains) and in the extreme S on the Crimean Peninsula.
Search and Rescue 760
Signals 760 Buoyage System
Time Zone 760
Traffic Separation Schemes 760 The IALA Buoyage System (Region A) is in effect. See
U.S. Embassy 760 Chart No. 1 for further IALA Buoyage System information.
Vessel Traffic Service 760 It has been reported (2003) that navigational aids in
Appendix I—Chornomorsk Vessel Traffic Service 761 Ukrainian waters may be different from those charted and de-
Appendix II—Pivdennyi Port Vessel Traffic Service 763 scribed in navigational publications. Mariners should use ex-
Appendix III—Ochakiv Vessel Traffic Service, Russkaya treme caution when attempting to identify navigational aids.
Kosa Vessel Traffic Service, and Shirokaya Balka Vessel In areas where sea ice forms during the winter, buoys may be
Traffic Service 765 removed.
Appendix IV—Sevastopol Vessel Traffic Service 767
Appendix V—Feodosiya Vessel Traffic Service 769 Cautions
Appendix VI—Mariupol Vessel Traffic Service 771
Appendix VII—Ukraine-River Danube (Ust-Dunaysk) High Speed Craft
Regional Vessel Traffic Service 773 High speed craft operate off the coast of Ukraine. Vessels are
Appendix VIII—Kerch Vessel Traffic Service 775 advised to maintain a good lookout.
Pub. 140
750 Ukraine
Local Magnetic Anomolies August 24 Independence Day
Local magnetic anomalies are reported to exist in an area N
of a line joining Chornomorsk (46°19'N., 30°40'E.) and Dni- Note.—When a Ukrainian holiday falls on
provskyi Lyman (46°36'N., 31°30'E.). The variations are Saturday OR Sunday, it is usually observed on
caused by local influences and vary from 5°W to 9°E. Monday. When a Ukrainian holiday falls on
Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in Kerch Saturday AND on Sunday, it is usually observed on
Strait. Monday and Tuesday.
Currency Ice
The official unit of currency is the hryvnia, consisting of 100 Ice may form during prolonged periods of frost which occur
kopiykas. in the winter in the N parts of the Black Sea and the Sea of
Azov. The severity of the winter, and therefore the extent and
Government thickness of the ice cover, varies in different years but even in
the most severe winter, only a relatively small part of the entire
Black Sea is affected by ice.
Navigation is usually only affected in the NW part of the
Black Sea, Kerchenskiy Proliv (Kerch Strait), and the Sea of
Azov. February is normally the month of greatest ice cover in
these areas.
In average winters, ice is found in a coastal belt and in bays
and estuaries from
Mys Tarkhankut (45°21'N., 32°30'E.)
N across the head of the Black Sea and down its W side to
the S of the delta of the Danube River. In extremely severe win-
ters, pack ice may be found in the open sea N of the parallel of
Mys Tarkhankut.
Flag of Ukraine The coast from Mys Tarkhankut to Kerchenskiy Proliv
(Kerch Strait) is generally free of ice except during very severe
Ukraine is a republic. The country is divided into 24 provinc- winters, when thin coastal ice may be formed.
es, one autonomous republic, and two municipalities with the In the Sea of Azov, between mid-December and late Febru-
same status as a province. The United States does not recog- ary, navigation is often hindered by ice and in many cases can
nize Russia’s annexation of Ukraine’s Autonomous Republic only be maintained with the help of icebreakers. Navigation is
of Crimea and the municipality of Sevastopol. likely to be the most difficult of the N shore, in the entrance to
Ukraine is governed by a directly-elected President serving a the Gulf of Taganrog, and with prolonged N or NE winds, in
5-year term. The unicameral Supreme Council is composed of the approaches to Kerchenskiy Proliv (Kerch Strait).
450 directly-elected members serving 5-year terms. Due to the
Russian annexation of Crimea and the partial occupation of Industries
two eastern Ukrainian provinces, 27 seats remain unfilled.
The legal system is based on civil law, with judicial review The main industries are agriculture, coal, electric power, fer-
of legislative acts. rous and non-ferrous metals, machinery and transport equip-
The capital is Kyiv (Kiev). ment, chemicals, and food processing.
The main exports are ferrous and non-ferrous metals, fuel
Holidays and petroleum products, chemicals, machinery and transport
equipment, and food products. The main export-trading part-
The following holidays are observed: ners are Russia, Poland, Turkey, India, and Italy.
The main imports are energy, machinery and equipment, and
January 1 New Year’s Day chemicals. The main import-trading partners are Russia, Chi-
na, Germany, Poland, and Belarus.
January 7 Orthodox Christmas
March 8 International Women’s Day Languages
Good Friday Variable
Ukrainian is the official language.
Orthodox Easter Variable
May 1-2 International Labor Day Mined Areas
May 9 Victory Day (World War II) A mine danger area in the Gulf of Taganrog is bounded by
Holy Trinity Variable lines joining the following positions:
a. 47°06.4'N, 38°06.0'E. (coast)
June 28 Constitution Day b. 47°02.0'N, 38°06.0'E.
Pub. 140
Ukraine 751
c. 47°02.0'N, 37°43.0'E. further discussions on this dispute have been suspended due to
d. 47°04.9'N, 38°42.0'E. (coast) the Russian occupation of Crimea.
Former mined areas in the Black Sea are located, as follows:
1. Area No. 11 (45°32'N., 29°48'E.). Internet Maritime Safety Information
2. Area No. 12 (45°46'N., 30°08'E.). Notice to Mariners are available, in English and Ukrainian,
3. Area No. 13 (45°45'N., 29°28'E.). from the Ukrainian State Hydrographic Service (http://
4. Area No. 14 (46°24'N., 31°00'E.). charts.gov.ua/pm_arhive_en.htm).
5. Area No. 15 (46°36'N., 31°49'E.).
6. Area No. 15-A (46°32'N., 32°10'E.). Offshore Drilling
7. Area No. 16 (46°00'N., 32°18'E.).
8. Area No. 17 (45°40'N., 31°55'E.). Oil and gas production platforms are situated between 20
9. Area No. 18 (45°56'N., 33°06'E.). and 40 miles NW of and 35 miles W of Mys Tarkhankut
10. Area No. 19 (45°50'N., 31°08'E.). (45°21'N., 32°30'E.). These platforms are connected to each
11. Area No. 19-A (45°33'N., 32°42'E.). other by submarine gas pipelines, with one pipeline leading to
12. Area No. 20 (45°16'N., 32°24'E.). the shore N of Karadzha Bay. All platforms are surrounded by
13. Area No. 21 (44°45'N., 33°18'E.). restricted areas with a radius of 500m.
14. Area No. 22 (44°20'N., 33°30'E.).
15. Area No. 23 (44°28'N., 34°11'E.). Pilotage
16. Area No. 24 (44°56'N., 35°18'E.).
17. Area No. 25 (44°59'N., 35°23'E.). Pilotage is compulsory for entry to and departure from all
18. Area No. 26 (45°03'N., 35°33'E.). Ukrainian ports, as well as for mooring and casting off, regard-
19. Area No. 27 (45°17'N., 36°30'E.). less of vessel type or size.
Former mined areas in the Sea of Azovare located, as fol- Pilots should be ordered, via the ship’s agent, 12 hours in ad-
lows: vance and confirmed 4 hours prior to arrival, except as stated
1. Area No. 50 (45°28'N., 36°00'E.). otherwise by local port authorities.
2. Area No. 51 (45°26'N., 35°30'E.).
3. Area No. 52 (46°06'N., 34°54'E.). Berdyansk (46°45'N., 36°46'E.)
4. Area No. 53 (46°30'N., 36°38'E.). Harbor pilotage is compulsory for all vessels except for pas-
5. Area No. 54 (46°42'N., 36°40'E.). senger vessels which regularly use the port. Vessels are also
6. Area No. 55 (46°40'N., 36°49'E.). subject to the pilotage regulations for Kerch Strait and the Sea
7. Area No. 59 (47°00'N., 37°30'E.). of Azov.
8. Area No. 60 (47°02'N., 37°46'E.). Harbor pilots board, as follows:
9. Area No. 63 (47°00'N., 38°02'E.). 1. Vessels with a draft of 6m and over—in the vicinity of
Lighted Buoy No. 2.
2. Vessels with a draft of less than 6m—in the vicinity of
Navigational Information Lighted Buoy No. 10.
Pilots can be contacted, as follows:
Enroute Volume 1. Telephone: 380-6153-62614
BA NP 24, Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (British Admi- 2. Facsimile: 380-6153-62614
ralty publication) 3. E-mail: delta-berd@berdyansk.net.ua
Departing vessels should request pilotage not later than 2
Maritime Claims hours prior to departure.
The maritime territorial claims of Ukraine are, as follows:
Bilhorod-Dnistrovskyy (46°12'N., 30°21'E.)
Territorial Sea * 12 miles. Pilotage is compulsory for entering, departing, mooring, or
Contiguous Zone 24 miles. shifting berth. The request for pilotage should be made at least
4 hours in advance. Vessels should confirm the pilot request
Fisheries or Economic 200 miles. with Port Control (call sign: Bilhorod-Dnistrovskyy Radio 2)
Zone on VHF channel 6, 10, or 16 at least 4 hours prior to arrival at
Continental Shelf Depth of 200m or the Limit the pilot boarding position stating the vessel’s ETA at the port
of Exploitation. and the expected drafts forward and aft. Pilots board in position
46°04'36.6''N, 30°30'30.6''E.
* Claims straight baselines. In a joint statement with
Russia, declared that the Sea of Azov and Kerchenskiy Chornormsk (Illichivsk) (46°19'N., 30°41'E.)
Proliv (Kerch Strait) are historic internal waters of the two Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of 500 gross tons and
states. over and is available 24 hours. Vessels should request pilotage,
via their agent, 24 hours and 4 hours prior to arrival at Fairway
Maritime Boundary Disputes Lighted Buoy.
The maritime boundary with Russia through the Sea of Azov The pilot boards in the vicinity of Fairway Lighted Buoy. In
and Kerchenskiy Proliv (Kerch Strait) remains unresolved de- bad weather, the pilot boarding position will be agreed with the
spite a 2003 framework agreement and ongoing discussions; pilot.
Pub. 140
752 Ukraine
Pilots can be contacted (call sign: Chornomorsk Pilot) on b. No. 2—Northbound vessels (45°17'07.8''N,
VHF channels 12, 16, and 67. 36°28'58.2''E.).
3. Port Kavkaz:
Dnipro-Buz’kyy (46°46'N., 31°57'E.) a. No. 1 (45°05'29.4''N., 36°33'25.8''E.).
See Mykolayiv. b. No. 2 (44°59'59.4''N., 36°31'54.6''E.).
Pub. 140
Ukraine 753
Pub. 140
754 Ukraine
Yalta (44°29'N., 34°10'E.) 9. Odesa (46°30'N., 30°45'E.).
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels and is available 24 10. Port Dnipro-Bux’kyy (46°46'N., 31°57'E.).
hours. The pilot boards 2 miles SE of Yalta Light. 11. Port Mriupol (47°03'N., 37°30'E.).
The vessel’s ETA at the pilot boarding position should be 12. Port Yuzhnyy (46°36'N., 31°01'E.).
confirmed when crossing the parallel of Mys Aytodor or the 13. Sevastopol (44°36'N., 33°32'E.).
meridian of Mys Nykitin, stating the following information: 14. Skadovsk (46°07'N., 32°55'E.).
1. Vessel name, flag, and call sign. 15. Yalta (44°30'N., 34°10'E.).
2. Length overall, maximum width, and draft fore and aft.
3. Number of passengers. Restricted Areas
4. Last port and destination port.
5. Type of cargo and nature of consignees. Regulated Areas include all areas where navigation, fishing,
6. Tug, fresh water, and provisioning requirements. or anchoring is prohibited or restricted. Regulated Areas also
Pilots can be contacted on VHF channels 14 and 16. include areas designated as temporarily dangerous for naviga-
tion; as these prohibitions are for an indefinite period they are
Yevpatoriya (45°11'N., 33°23'E.) described below as prohibited areas.
Pilotage is compulsory for all non-Ukrainian flag vessels. Pi- Areas periodically declared dangerous for navigation which
lots are requested 24 hours, 12 hours, and 4 hours prior to ar- may also include various firing danger and exercise areas, lie
rival. If the vessel’s transit time from the previous port is less partly or wholly outside Russian territorial waters. The times
than 6 hours, the master shall advise the arrival time when de- which these areas are dangerous to navigation are broadcast as
parting the previous port and supply full details no later than 2 PRIPS and NAVIPS. The warnings are broadcast 3 to 5 days
hours prior to arrival. prior to the start of the dangerous operations and repeated each
The pilot boards, as follows: day until their completion.
1. Yevpatoriya port—In the vicinity of Cape Karantynni Caution.—Many Regulated Navigation Areas are not chart-
East Lighted Buoy (45°10'41.4''N., 38°22'56.4''E.) or within ed. Information on those areas described as having unknown
Anchorage Area No. 382. boundaries should be obtained from local authorities.
2. Donuzlav Lake—In position 45°19'03.6''N,
32°58'40.2'' E or within Anchorage Area No. 379 or Anchor- Areas Prohibited for Navigation
age Area No. 381.
East of Mys Fiolent
Pollution Area 104—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines joining
the following positions:
The Black Sea and the Sea of Azov are Special Areas under a. 44°30.0'N, 33°31.0'E. (shore)
the terms of The International Convention for the Prevention of b. 44°29.4'N, 33°31.0'E.
pollution from Ships 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 c. 44°29.4'N, 33°31.9'E.
(MARPOL 73/78). All discharge of oil at sea is prohibited and d. 44°29.8'N, 33°31.9'E. (shore)
special regulation apply to the discharge of garbage.
Sevastopol Outer Roadstead
MARPOL Special Area Area 108—Area bounded by lines joining the following po-
The Black Sea has been designated as a MARPOL Special sitions:
Area. MARPOL Special Areas are sea areas where special a. 44°40'51''N, 33°32'02''E.
mandatory methods for the prevention of oil pollution in the b. 44°41'00''N, 33°32'02''E.
sea have been adopted. c. 44°41'00''N, 33°32'28''E.
Further information can be found in North Atlantic d. 44°40'51''N, 33°32'28''E.
Ocean—Pollution—MARPOL Special Areas.
Feodosiyska Zatoka
Regulations Area No. 114—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
joining the following positions:
Vessels should send their ETA via their agent 12 days, 96 a. 45°02.5'N, 35°48.6'E. (shore)
hours, and 12 hours in advance. Oil, gas, and chemical tankers b. 45°01.0'N, 35°47.0'E.
should however, confirm their ETA 14 days, 72 hours, and 12 c. 45°04.6'N, 35°34.0'E.
hours before arrival. d. 45°04.4'N, 35°26.0'E.
The following Ukrainian ports are open to international e. 45°06.3'N, 35°27.9'E. (shore)
trade:
1. Berdyans’k (46°45'N., 36°46'E.). Mys Chauda to Mys Kyz-Aul
2. Bilhorod-Dnistrovs’kyy (46°11'N., 30°22'E.). Area No. 115—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
3. Chernomorsk (45°33'N., 32°49'E.). joining the following positions:
4. Feodosiya (44°02'N., 35°23'E.). a. 45°03.5'N, 36°22.5'E. (shore)
5. Illichivs’k (46°19'N., 30°40'E.). b. 44°52.1'N, 36°22.5'E.
6. Kerch (45°22'N., 36°29'E.). c. 44°49.6'N, 35°50.5'E.
7. Kherson (46°38'N., 32°37'E.). d. 44°57.5'N, 35°33.5'E.
8. Mykolayiv (46°57'N., 31°58'E.). e. 45°04.5'N, 35°33.5'E.
Pub. 140
Ukraine 755
Pub. 140
756 Ukraine
b. East boundary—A line joining the shoreline in posi- Kozacha Bukhta
tion 46°58.78'N, 31°59.84'E and the shoreline in position Area No. 623—Area bounded by lines joining the following
46°59.68'N, 31°59.78'E. approximate positions:
a. 44°35'00''N, 34°24'14''E.
Ruskaya Kosa b. 44°35'03''N, 34°24'14''E.
Area No. 612—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines c. 44°35'03''N, 34°24'20''E.
joining the following positions: d. 44°35'00''N, 34°24'20''E.
a. 46°44'52''N, 31°56'06''E. (shore)
b. 46°44'47''N, 31°55'57''E. Sevastopolskaya Bukhta
c. 46°44'00''N, 31°55'57'E. Area No. 625—Area bounded by lines joining the following
d. 46°44'00''N, 31°56'36''E. positions:
e. 46°44'44''N, 31°56'36''E. (shore) a. 44°37'36.8"N, 33°31'42.4"E.
b. 44°37'32.3"N, 33°31'57.6"E.
West of Mys Khersoneskyi c. 44°37'26.3"N, 33°32'06.6"E.
Area No. 613—Area bounded by the shore and lines joining d. 44°37'09.0"N, 33°31'47.0"E.
the following approximate positions: e. 44°37'05.3"N, 33°31'54.6"E.
a. 44°35.0'N, 33°13.0'E. (shore) f. 44°27'04.7"N, 33°32'09.6"E.
b. 44°39.5'N, 33°13.0'E. g. 44°37'03.6"N, 33°32'12.8"E.
c. 44°58.0'N, 32°44.0'E. h. 44°37'10.2"N, 33°32'18.6"E.
d. 44°52.5'N, 32°30.0'E. i. 45°37'15.0"N, 33°32'16.4"E.
e. 44°44.0'N, 32°30.0'E. j. 45°37'24.7"N, 33°32'27.3"E.
f. 44°19.0'N, 33°15.0'E. k. 45°37'24.1"N, 33°32'46.6"E.
g. 44°19.0'N, 33°27.0'E. l. 45°37'16.1"N, 33°32'30.6"E.
h. 44°16.5'N, 33°47.0'E. m. 45°37'12.5"N, 33°32'21.6"E.
i. 44°17.0'N, 33°51.0'E. n. 45°37'08.3"N, 33°32'21.9"E.
j. 44°20.0'N, 33°51.5'E. o. 45°37'08.3"N, 33°32'33.6"E.
k. 44°23.6'N, 33°46.0'E. (shore) p. 45°37'05.8"N, 33°32'42.6"E.
q. 45°36'58.3"N, 33°32'36.6"E.
Kherson r. 45°36'58.1"N, 33°31'57.3"E.
Area No. 614—Area bounded, as follows s. 45°37'00.5"N, 33°31'36.8"E.
a. 46°37.17'N, 32°36.63'E. (shore) t. 45°37'06.9"N, 33°31'33.6"E.
b. 46°36.89'N, 32°36.92'E. (shore) and continuing NE u. 45°37'10.8"N, 33°31'30.1"E.
along the shoreline to v. 45°37'26.3"N, 33°31'49.6"E.
c. 46°36.98'N, 32°37.05'E. (shore) w. 45°37'27.3"N, 33°31'39.6"E.
d. 46°37.07'N, 32°37.16'E. x. 45°37'37.7"N, 33°31'34.2"E.
e. 46°37.42'N, 32°36.99'E. (shore) and continuing WSW Area No. 627—Area bounded by lines joining the following
along the shoreline to approximate positions:
f. 46°37.42'N, 32°36.88'E. (shore) 1. West boundary—A line joining the shoreline in posi-
g. 46°37.32'N, 32°36.74'E. (shore) and continuing SW tion 44°37'18''N, 33°33'57''E.; position 44°37'15''N,
along the shoreline to position a above 33°33'39''E.; and the shoreline in position 44°36'56''N,
Area No. 615—Area bounded, as follows: 33°33'24''E.
a. 46°37.67'N, 32°37.43'E. (shore) 2. East boundary—A line joining the shoreline in posi-
b. 46°37.51'N, 32°37.70'E. (shore) and continuing NE tion 44°36'57''N, 33°34'07''E and the shoreline in position
along the shoreline to 44°37'14''N, 33°34'12''E.
c. 46°37.54'N, 32°37.73'E. (shore)
d. 46°37.56'N, 32°37.79'E. (shore) and continuing NE Feodosiyska Zakota
along the shoreline to Area No. 630—Area bounded by lines joining the following
e. 46°37.65'N, 32°37.92'E. (shore) positions:
f. 46°37.80'N, 32°37.67'E. (shore) and continuing SW a. 45°02.0'N, 35°29.6'E.
along the shoreline to position a above b. 45°03.1'N, 35°27.4'E.
Area No. 616—Area bounded, as follows: c. 45°03.7'N, 35°28.7'E.
1. Southwest boundary—A line joining the shoreline in Area No. 635—Area bounded by lines joining the following
position 46°38.05'N, 32°38.03'E and the shoreline in posi- positions:
tion 46°37.90'N, 32°38.23'E. a. 45°01.0'N, 35°32.9'E.
2. Northeast boundary—A line joining the shoreline in b. 45°03.8'N, 35°31.7'E.
position 46°38.14'N, 32°38.16E and the shoreline in position c. 45°03.8'N, 35°32.9'E.
46°38.02'N, 32°38.40'E.
Mys Khersoneskyy to Mys Sarych
Tendrivska Kosa Area No. 634—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines
Area No. 617—Area of unknown boundaries in the vicinity joining the following positions:
of position 46°22'N, 31°32'E. a. 44°35.6'N, 33°23.7'E. (shore)
Pub. 140
Ukraine 757
Pub. 140
758 Ukraine
Areas Prohibited for Anchoring and Fishing c. 45°07.5'N, 32°42.0'E.
d. 45°08.8'N, 32°30.0'E.
Approach to Sevastopol e. 44°44.2'N, 32°30.0'E.
Area No. 633—Area bounded by lines joining the following f. 44°18.0'N, 33°15.0'E.
positions: g. 44°18.0'N, 33°27.2'E.
a. 44°33'16.8''N, 33°19'49.8''E. h. 44°27.2'N, 33°10.8'E.
b. 44°34'52.8''N, 33°22'01.2''E. i. 44°34.5'N, 33°06.5'E.
c. 44°29'00.0''N, 33°29'39.6''E. j. 44°40.5'N, 33°08.0'E.
d. 44°27'38.0''N, 33°27'31.2''E.
West of Mys Lukull
Balaklavaskaya Bukhta Area No. 711—Area bounded by lines joining the following
Area No. 633—Area bounded by lines joining the following approximate positions:
positions: a. 44°44.5'N, 33°06.0'E.
a. 44°27.7'N, 33°34.5'E. b. 44°53.0'N, 32°55.0'E.
b. 44°27.7'N, 33°35.8'E. c. 44°51.5'N, 33°11.0'E.
c. 44°26.7'N, 33°35.8'E. d. 44°45.0'N, 33°11.0'E.
d. 44°26.7'N, 33°34.5'E.
West of Tarkhankutskyy Pivostriv
North of Sevastopol Area No. 723—Area bounded by lines joining the following
Area No. 672—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
positions: a. 45°23.6'N, 32°12.0'E.
a. 44°39'29''N, 33°25'19''E. b. 45°21.3'N, 31°51.7'E.
b. 44°38'47''N, 33°25'19''E. c. 45°15.7'N, 31°39.3'E.
c. 44°38'11''N, 33°29'19''E. d. 45°14.5'N, 31°40.3'E.
d. 44°39'29''N, 33°29'19''E. e. 45°19.7'N, 31°51.8'E.
f. 45°22.0'N, 32°12.2'E.
Areas Temporarily Dangerous to Navigation
Southwest of Sevastopol
East of Tendrivskyy Severnyy Area No. 724—Area bounded by lines joining the following
Area No. 705—Area bounded by the shoreline and lines approximate positions:
joining the following positions: a. 44°02.0'N, 32°49.0'E.
a. 46°22.1'N, 31°31.0'E. (shore) b. 44°14.5'N, 32°09.0'E.
b. 46°25.0'N, 31°31.9'E. c. 44°39.5'N, 32°52.0'E.
c. 46°25.0'N, 31°35.9'E. d. 44°27.5'N, 33°08.0'E.
d. 46°19.0'N, 31°35.9'E. Area No. 725—Area bounded by lines joining the following
e. 46°19.0'N, 31°32.0'E. (shore) positions:
a. 44°33.0'N, 32°24.9'E.
West of Tendrivskyy Severnyy b. 44°29.9'N, 33°15.9'E.
Area No. 706—Area bounded by lines joining the following c. 44°28.3'N, 33°17.9'E.
approximate positions: d. 44°33.5'N, 33°24.2'E.
a. 46°09.5'N, 31°15.0'E.
b. 46°14.5'N, 31°07.0'E. South and SW of Sevastopol
c. 46°18.9'N, 31°13.5'E. Area No. 727—Area bounded by lines joining the following
d. 46°12.5'N, 31°20.0'E. approximate positions:
a. 44°04.5'N, 33°09.0'E.
Northwest of Tarkhankutskyy Pivostriv b. 44°13.5'N, 33°09.0'E.
Area No. 707—Area bounded by lines joining the following c. 44°13.5'N, 33°25.0'E.
positions: d. 44°09.5'N, 33°30.0'E.
a. 45°33.5'N, 32°17.9'E. e. 44°04.5'N, 33°30.0'E.
b. 45°40.3'N, 32°08.1'E.
c. 45°43.7'N, 31°51.6'E. Area No. 729—Area bounded by lines joining the following
d. 45°41.9'N, 31°39.0'E. approximate positions:
e. 45°40.2'N, 31°39.0'E. a. 44°00.5'N, 33°30.0'E.
f. 45°41.8'N, 32°51.3'E. b. 44°00.5'N, 34°00.0'E.
g. 45°30.3'N, 32°14.7'E. c. 43°40.0'N, 34°00.0'E.
d. 43°40.0'N, 33°30.0'E.
West of Mys Khersoneskyy
Area No. 710—Area bounded by lines joining the following South of Mys Mehanom
positions: Area No. 730—Area bounded by lines joining the following
a. 44°42.2'N, 33°19.0'E. approximate positions:
b. 44°58.0'N, 32°44.7'E. a. 44°23.5'N, 35°01.5'E.
Pub. 140
Ukraine 759
Pub. 140
760 Ukraine
North of Mys Khersoneskyy Traffic Separation Schemes
Area No. 96—A circular area with a radius of 0.3 mile and
centered on position 44°36'41.2''N, 33°22'31.0''E. Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in Ukraine are, as follows:
1. In the Approaches to the Ports of Odessa and
Search and Rescue Il’ichevsk. (IMO adopted)
Note.—This TSS has been extended by Ukraine to include
The State Department of Maritime and Inland Water Trans- the approaches to Yuzhnyy, but the extension has not yet
port is responsible for coordinating search and rescue opera- been adopted by the IMO.
tions. 2. Between the Ports of Odessa and Il’ichevsk. (IMO ad-
The Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (MRCC) and the opted)
Maritime Rescue Coordination Subcenters (MRSC) can be 3. In the Southern Approaches to Kerch Strait. (Ker-
contacted, as follows: cehnskiy Proliv). (IMO adopted)
1. State Maritime Rescue Coordination Center (SMRCC) 4. In the Northern Approaches to Kerch Strait. (Ker-
Odesa: cehnskiy Proliv). (Governments of Ukraine and Russia)
a. Telephone: 380-48-7776609 5. Approaches to Bersyans’k and Mariupol. (Government
b. Facsimile: 380-48-7776610 of Ukraine)
c. E-mail: mrcc.ode@sar.gov.ua
2. Maritime Search and Rescue Service (MSRS) Odesa: U.S. Embassy
a. Telephone: 380-48-7850717
b. Facsimile: 380-48-7850718 The U.S. Embassy is situated at 4 A. Igor Sikorsky Street,
c. E-mail: semsrs@sar.gov.ua Kyiv, 04112.
3. MRSC Mariupol The mailing addresses are, as follows:
a. Telephone: 380-629-402989 1. Ukraine address—
b. Facsimile: 380-629-402854 4 A. Igor Sikorsky Street
c. E-mail: mrsc.mar@sar.gov.ua Kyiv 04112
4. MRSC Berdyansk:
a. Telephone: 380-6153-46865 2. U. S. address—
5850 Kyiv Place
b. Facsimile: 380-6153-46866
c. E-mail: mrsc.ber@sar.gov.ua Washington DC (20521-5850)
A network of coast radio stations maintains a continuous lis-
tening watch on international distress frequencies for distress U. S. Embassy Ukraine Home Page
traffic.
https://ua.usembassy.gov
Pub. 140
Ukraine 761
Pub. 140
Ukraine 763
Pub. 140
Ukraine 765
Appendix III—Ochakiv Vessel Traffic Service, Russkaya Kosa Vessel Traffic Service, and Shirokaya
Balka Vessel Traffic Service
The VTS operational area covers the Bugsko-Dneprovsko- igation rules, traffic flow, and navigation reports.
Limanskiy Kanal and the Khersonskiy Morskoy Kanal. The 6. Additional information upon request.
operational area is divided into three VTS zones, as follows: The VTS centers can be contacted 24 hours. The contact in-
1. Ochakiv Vessel Traffic Service— formation is listed in the table titled VTS Centers—Contact
a. West boundary—Longitude 31°15'00''E. Information.
b. South boundary—Latitude 46°30'00''N. Requests for VTS and navigation services in the VTS service
c. East boundary—Longitude of Buoy No. 37 area must be submitted by the vessel’s agent to the relevant
(46°35'31.2''N., 31°41'00.0''E.). VTS Center at least 24 hours in advance. Vessels bound for the
2. Russkaya Kosa Vessel Traffic Service— Bug-Dnieper Estuary and the Kherson Sea Channels from
a. West boundary—Longitude of Buoy No. 37 ports in the NW part of the Black Sea shall submit their re-
(46°35'31.2''N., 31°41'00.0''E.). quests immediately after departure from these ports.
b. North boundary—Port of Mykolayiv. Vessels should establish contact on VHF channel 73 with
c. East boundary—Shoreline at longitude 31°51'00''E; Ochakiv VTS no later than 30 minutes prior to entering the
then N to Lighted Buoy No. 9/Lighted Buoy No. 10 VTS operational area. The following information should be
(46°34.9”N., 31°51.5'E.); then E to approximate position given:
46°34.9'N, 32'01.0''E; then N to the shoreline. 1. Vessel name (including any previous names).
3. Shirokaya Balka Vessel Traffic Service— 2. Type of vessel and condition (loaded or otherwise).
a. West boundary—Shoreline at longitude 31°51'00''E; 3. Name of agent and owner.
then N to Lighted Buoy No. 9/Lighted Buoy No. 10 4. IMO number and MMSI.
(46°34.9”N., 31°51.5'E.); then E to approximate position 5. Flag and port of registry.
46°34.9'N, 32'01.0''E; then N to the shoreline. 6. Gross tons, dwt, and net tons.
b. East boundary—Port of Kherson at Lighted Buoy 7. Moulded depth, breadth overall, and loa.
No. 119/Lighted Buoy No. 120 (46°35'58.2''N., 8. Draft (forward and aft).
32°35'38.4''E.). 9. Last port, destination, and ETA at destination.
Participation in the VTS is mandatory for all vessels. 10. Number of passengers (ferries and passenger vessels).
The VTS provides the following services: 11. Dangerous cargo on board.
1. Automatic surveillance and tracking of vessels arriving 12. State of vessel’s radar and any defects affecting the
and transiting the VTS operational area. safety of navigation.
2. Automatic determination of arrival time at the appro- 13. Other information as requested by the VTS.
priate port. Permission to enter the VTS operational area should also be
3. Automatic continuous tracking and monitoring of po- obtained at this time.
sition, course, and speed for all vessels in the VTS operation- Vessels should maintain a continuous listening watch on the
al area. appropriate VHF channels when within the VTS operational
4. Instantaneous information and recommendations con- area. Vessels should monitor the VTS broadcasts and follow
cerning the safety of navigation. the instructions, recommendations, and warnings concerning
5. Compilation of a data base for vessel information, nav- the safety of life, navigation, property, and the environment.
Pub. 140
Ukraine 767
Pub. 140
Ukraine 769
Pub. 140
Ukraine 771
Pub. 140
Ukraine 773
Pub. 140
Ukraine 775
Pub. 140
775
UNITED KINGDOM
Pub. 140
776 United Kingdom
Submarine Operating Areas 807 damage to the environment of the Shetland Islands, vessels
Tides 810 greater than 5,000 gross tons carrying oil or other hazardous
Time Zone 810 cargo in bulk should avoid these areas.
Traffic Separation Schemes 810 The North of Shetland Area to be Avoided is bounded by the
U.S. Embassy 810 coast and lines joining the following positions:
Vessel Traffic Service 810 a. 60°39.5'N, 1°09.3'W. (coast)
Wrecks 811 b. 61°04.3'N, 1°09.3'W.
Appendix I—Reporting Formats for United Kingdom c. 61°04.3'N, 0°29.7'W.
Pollution Reports 813 d. 60°38.4'N, 0°12.2'W.
Appendix II—United Kingdom Ship Movement Report e. 60°34.2'N, 0°48.0'W.
System (MAREP) 817 f. 60°33.8'N, 0°53.5'W. (coast)
Appendix III—United Kingdom Vessel Traffic Services g. 60°35.8'N, 0°55.4'W. (coast)
819 h. 60°36.8'N, 0°58.0'W.
i. 60°38.4'N, 0°58.8'W. (coast)
General The West and South of Shetland Area to be Avoided is
bounded by the coast and lines joining the following positions:
The United Kingdom is located in Western Europe. The is- a. 60°02'30.0''N, 1°10'12.0''W. (coast)
lands include the N one-sixth of the island of Ireland and lie b. 59°59'52.2''N, 1°09'22.2''W.
between the North Atlantic Ocean and the North Sea, NW of c. 59°41'00.0''N, 1°12'00.0''W.
France. d. 59°42'42.0''N, 1°26'00.0''W.
The climate is temperate being moderated by prevailing SW e. 60°02'00.0''N, 1°48'00.0''W.
winds over the North Atlantic Current. More than half the days f. 60°15'00.0''N, 1°48'00.0''W.
are overcast. g. 60°42'30.0''N, 1°09'00.0''W.
The terrain is mostly rugged hills and low mountains with h. 60°42'30.0''N, 1°22'00.0''W.
level to rolling plains in the E and SE. i. 60°40'00.0''N, 1°17'00.0''W.
Various definitions of the area may be encountered, as fol- j. 60°37'18.0''N, 1°17'54.0''W. (coast)
lows: Fair Isle.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided, with a ra-
1. Great Britain.—England, including the Isles of Scilly, dius of 6.5 miles, is centered on position 59°32.0'N, 1°38.0'W.
Wales, and Scotland. The Shetland Islands and the Orkney In order to avoid the risk of oil pollution and severe damage to
Islands are part of Scotland. the environment of Fair Isle, vessels greater than 5,000 gross
2. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern tons carrying oil or other hazardous cargo in bulk should avoid
Ireland.—Great Britain, as described above, and Northern this area.
Ireland. Dover Strait.—IMO-adopted Areas to be Avoided are locat-
3. British Isles.—Great Britain, as described above, the ed, as follows:
Isle of Man, Northern Ireland, and the Republic of Ireland. 1. An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided lies within a cir-
4. British Islands.—British Isles, as described above, and cle with a radius of 0.3 mile centered on Lighted Buoy CS4
the Channel Islands. (51°08'40.2''N., 1°34'01.2''E.). The area has been established
to avoid damage to the buoy, which is considered vital to the
Areas to be Avoided safety of navigation.
2. An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided lies within a cir-
The Orkney Islands.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoid- cle with a radius of 500m centered on Lighted Buoy Foxtrot
ed surrounding the Orkney Islands is bounded by the coast and 3 (51°24'09.0''N., 2°00'22.8'E.). The area has been estab-
lines joining the following positions. lished to avoid damage to the buoy, which is considered vital
a. 58°46'43.8''N, 3°17'41.4''W. (coast) to the safety of navigation.
b. 58°55'00.0''N, 3°50'00.0''W. Liverpool Bay.—An IMO-adopted Area to be Avoided sur-
c. 59°17'00.0''N, 3°50'00.0''W. rounds the Douglas Oil Field platform and is bounded by lines
d. 59°28'00.0''N, 3°15'00.0''W. joining the following positions:
e. 59°28'00.0''N, 2°19'00.0''W. a. 53°32'44.4''N, 3°33'49.8''W.
f. 59°24'00.0''N, 2°09'00.0''W. b. 53°31'44.4''N, 3°33'48.0''W.
g. 59°05'00.0''N, 2°09'00.0''W. c. 53°31'43.2''N, 3°35'28.8''W.
h. 58°50'00.0''N, 2°35'00.0''W. d. 53°32'43.2''N, 3°35'30.6''W.
i. 58°44'09.0''N, 2°54'54.0''W. (coast) The Area to Be Avoided may only be entered by authorized
j. 58°57'50.4''N, 3°21'06.9''W. (coast) vessels needing access to Douglas Oil Field.
k. 58°55'58.2''N, 3°21'06.6''W. (coast) Between The Smalls and Grassholm.—An IMO-adopted
In order to avoid the risk of oil pollution and severe damage Area to be Avoided encloses The Smalls (51°43'N., 5°40'W.)
to the environment of the Orkney Islands, vessels greater than and Grassholm (51°44'N., 5°29'W.) and is bounded by lines
5,000 gross tons carrying oil or other hazardous cargo in bulk joining the following positions:
should avoid this area. a. 51°44'30.0''N. 5°40'15.0''W.
The Shetland Islands.—Two IMO-adopted Areas to be b. 51°44'30.0''N. 5°27'30.0''W.
Avoided have been established in the vicinity of the Shetland c. 51°42'30.0''N, 5°27'30.0'W.
Islands. In order to avoid the risk of oil pollution and severe d. 51°41'30.0''N, 5°33'15.0''W.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 777
Pub. 140
778 United Kingdom
Dover Strait and English Channel—Sand Waves 2. The normal magnetic variation increases by about 15°
See North Sea—Cautions—Sand Waves for further infor- in a position S of Stoer Head Light (58°14.4'N., 5°24.2'W.).
mation. 3. Compass deflections have been reported over a small
area about 200m N of Seid Rock Beacon (58°11.7'N.,
Magnetic Anomalies 6°22.6'W.).
Compass deflections of up to 11° have been observed in the Magnetic anomalies on the W coast of Scotland off the W
Firth of Forth in the vicinity of the road and rail bridges. side of the Hebrides are located, as follows:
Significant local magnetic anomalies can be expected any- 1. Within 1 mile of the N coast of Soay (57°49.7'N.,
where in the vicinity of the Shetland Islands. Known anomalies 8°38.2'W.).
are, as follows: 2. About 2 miles E of Levenish (57°47.5'N., 8°30.7'W.).
1. Helli Ness (60°02'N., 1°10'W.).—About 1 mile E of 3. In several areas within 10 miles of the Saint Kilda
Helli Ness, the normal magnetic variation can change by 1°E Group (57°49.0'N., 8°35.0'W.).
to 7°E. About 3 miles E of Helli Ness, the normal magnetic 4. In an area up to about 0.8 mile from a position lying
variation can change by 1°W to 4°W. about 0.5 mile NE of Little Bernera (58°15.9'N., 6°52.4W.)
2. No Ness (59°59'N., 1°13'W.).—Compass deflections magnetic variations change from an increase of up to 11° and
of as much as 15° have been reported W of No Ness. a decrease of 8°.
3. Compass deflections of up to 20° occur on Papa Bank Off Rockhall (67°36'N., 13°41'W.) the normal magnetic vari-
in the vicinity of position 59°57'N, 3°16'E. ation increase by up to 6° when within a radius of 15 miles
4. An area lying between Hoaf Gruney (60°39.8'N., from Rockhall. Other anomalies have been reported 23 miles
0°50.4'W.) and the Ness of Ramnageb (60°40.5'N., NW and between 35 miles N and 80 miles NE of the island.
0°51.4'W.) Magnetic anomalies of the coast of Northern Ireland are lo-
5. Balta Sound (60°45'N., 0°48'W.).—Increases in the cated, as follows:
normal magnetic variation of up to 6°W. 1. In the vicinity of Hunter Rock (54°53'N., 5°45'W.) and
Magnetic anomalies on the W coast of Scotland in the ap- between the rock and the mainland, the magnetic variation
proaches to the Isle of Mull (56°25'N., 6°00'W.) are located, as may me as much as 4.5° above or below normal.
follows: 2. In the vicinity of Giant’s Causeway (33°15'N.,
1. In Loch Blue (56°19.0N., 5°54.6'W.). 6°31'W.).
2. Off the SE coast of the Isle of Mull (56°19'N.,
5°48'W.), including Loch Spelve (56°23'N., 5°40'W.). Kelp
3. Between latitude 56°34.5'N and latitude 56°36.5'N, Kelp grows on the SW coast of Scotland on most dangers
where the normal magnetic variation may increase by up to having a rocky or stone bottom, especially in channels and in-
5.5°. lets. However, many dangers are not marked by kelp as heavy
4. In the vicinity of position 56°27.6'N, 6°41.0'W the nor- seas can tear the kelp from the rocks or a moderate current can
mal magnetic variation may increase considerably. Magnetic pull the kelp underwater so it is not visible.
anomalies are likely to be encountered throughout the Pas-
sage of Tiree. Currency
Magnetic anomalies on the W coast of Scotland in the Sea of
the Hebrides (57°00'N., 7°00'W.) are located, as follows: The official unit of currency is the British pound, consisting
1. Large compass deflections which considerably in- of 100 pence.
crease the magnetic variation have been reported but not
confirmed in the Sea of the Hebrides between Skerryvore Firing Areas
(56°19.4N., 7°06.9'W.) and Neist Point, 67 miles NNE.
2. Compass deflections of as much as 8.5° have been re- Firing and bombing practices and other defense exercises in
ported to occur between Canna (57°04'N., 6°48'W.) and which warships, submarines and aircraft participation take
Neist Point, 23 miles NNW. place within approximately 40 miles of the English coast.
3. Off Neist Point, magnetic variation has been reported Limits of practice areas in British coastal waters are shown
to increase by up to 10°; variations of as much as 20° have on a series of six small scale charts called the Practice and Ex-
also been reported between Neist Point and An Ceannaich, 2 ercise Area (PEXA) series. While certain navigational aids
miles N. (range beacons, lights, and buoys) associated with firing areas
4. Normal magnetic variation can be increased of de- may have been included on British navigational charts and cer-
creased by as much as 8.5° about 2 miles E of Muck tain firing areas may have been described in British Admiralty
(56°50'N., 6°15'W.). Local deflections have also been report- Sailing Directions, the limits of firing and bombing areas will
ed 2 miles S of Muck. be added to British navigational charts at their next full revi-
In Little Minch, local compass deflections have been report- sion.
ed in the vicinity of position 57°30'N, 7°00'W about 7 miles Details of types of practices and warning signals are given in
SSE of Weaver’s Point. the Annual Summary of British Admiralty Notice to Mariners
Magnetic anomalies on the W coast of Scotland in North of the current year.
Minch are located, as follows: The principal types of practices carried out are:
1. Magnetic variation has been reported to increase by up 1. Bombing Practice from Aircraft.—Warning signals
to 15° between Greenstone Point (57°55.5'N., 5°37.1'W.) usually shown.
and Priest Island, 4 miles NE. 2. Air to Air, and Air to Sea or Ground Firing.—The
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 779
former is carried out by aircraft at a large, usually colored, take the form of 2, 3, or 4 above. All such firings are con-
sleeve, a winged target, or flag towed by another aircraft ducted under Clear (Air and Sea) Range procedure. Devices
moving on a steady course. The latter is carried out from air- are generally incorporated whereby the missiles may be de-
craft at towed or stationary targets on sea or land, the firing stroyed should their flights be erratic. Warning signals are
taking place to seaward in the case of those on land. usually shown as in 3 above.
As a general rule, warning signals are shown when the tar- Warning signals, when given, usually consist of red flags by
gets are afloat, but not when airborne towed targets are used. day and red fixed or red flashing lights at night. The absence of
3. Anti-Aircraft Firing.—This may be from AA mis- any such signal cannot, however, be accepted as evidence that a
siles, guns, or close weapons at a target towed by an aircraft practice area does not exist. Warning signals are shown from
as in 2 above, a pilotless target aircraft, or at balloons, pyro- shortly before practice commences until it ceases.
technics, or illuminants. Practice may take place from shore Ships and aircraft carrying out night exercises may illumi-
batteries or ships. Warning signals as a rule are shown from nate with bright colored flares. To avoid confusion with inter-
shore batteries. Ships fly a red flag. national distress signals, red or orange flares will be used in
4. Firing from Shore Batteries or Vessels at Sea at emergency only.
Fixed or Floating Targets.—The warning signals for firing Marine craft operating as range safety craft, target towers or
from shore batteries or ships at sea at fixed or floating targets control launches for wireless controlled targets will display, for
are usually shown as in 3 above. identification purposes, while in or in the vicinity of the danger
5. At Remote-Controlled Surface Targets.—These area, some or all of the following:
craft carry “not under command” shapes and lights. Exercis- 1. Red flag at masthead.
es consisting of surface firing by ships, practice bombing, 2. International Code signal NE4.
and air to sea firing will be carried out against these craft or 3. Display boards colored dayglow orange with black
targets towed by them. letters “RANGE SAFETY” on either side of the wheel-
A control craft will keep visual and radar watch up to a house.
distance of approximately 8 miles and there will be cover 4. Dayglow orange cabin roof.
from the air over a much greater range to ensure that other Royal Air Force target towing vessels display a red flag at
shipping will not be endangered. the masthead and the signals for a vessel towing a tow over
6. Rocket and Guided Weapons Firing.—These may 200m in length.
Pub. 140
780 United Kingdom
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 781
Pub. 140
782 United Kingdom
Firing Areas and Ranges off Scotland, Northern England, and Northern Ireland
Area Location Contact Information Operating Times
Lying about 1.75 miles S
of Newburgh, center on a
Drums Links Firing
circle with a radius of 1.6 — —
Range
miles centered on position
51°17.4'N, 2°00.6'W
Buddon Ness 56°27.9'N, 2°44.2'W — —
Area X5616 56°00.7'N, 3°29.2'W — —
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 783
Firing Areas and Ranges off Scotland, Northern England, and Northern Ireland
Area Location Contact Information Operating Times
Off Crombie Jetty
Area X5607 — —
(56°02'N, 3°32'W.)
Lying 1.5 miles SE of
Hornsea — —
Hornsea
Telephone: 01-51-9292539 (Range
Control) and 01-51-9292601
0830-1600 (Sunday-Thursday)
(General Inquiries)
Altcar Rifle Range 0830-1630 (Saturday)
River Mersey E-mail: nw-
and Area X5306 Dusk-2359 (April-September)
altcarchiefclk@rfca.mod.uk
Dusk-2200 (October-March)
Web site: http://www.nwrfca.org.uk/
rfca/altcar-training-camp
VHF channels 8, 13, and 16
Telephone: 01-397-436713
(Operations)
Telephone: 01-397-436720
Applecross (BUTEC) Inner Sound (Operations) Announced by NOTAMs
Telephone: 01-397-436740 (Range
Control)
Telephone: 01-397-436741 (Range
Control)
0830-1600 (Saturday-Thurs-
Ballykinker Firing Telephone: 02-844-610392 (Range day)
Dundrum Bay
Range Control) 0830-1230 (Friday)
1700-2330 (Night firing)
Barry Buddon Telephone: 01-131-3108690 (Range 0900-1600 (occasionally
River Tay
Ranges Control) extended for night firing)
0900-1600 (Monday-Saturday)
Telephone: 01-463-224545 (Range 0900-1400 (Tuesday and
Bin Hill Range Moray Firth
Safety Officer) Thursday)
0900-1230 (Sunday)
0930-1600 (Monday-Saturday)
Telephone: 01-313-103426 (Range 0930-1400 (Sunday)
Black Dog Aberdeen
Control) Occasional night firing
announced by NOTAMs
Cape Wrath (Faraid Telephone: 01-971-511242 (Range
— —
Head) Control)
Call sign: Eskmeals Gun Range
VHF channels 11 and 16
Telephone: 01-229-712245
Eskmeals Range Irish Sea Announced by NOTAMs
Facsimile: 01-229-712380
E-mail:
eskmealsenquiries@qinetiq.com
0900-1600 (Monday-Saturday)
1600-2300 (Tuesday and
Fort George Range Moray Firth Telephone: 01-0131-3108690
Thursday)
0900-1230 (Sunday)
Call sign: Hebs Range Control
VHF channel 16 (only monitored
West coast of Outer
Hebrides when active) Announced by NOTAMs
Hebrides and St. Kilda
Telephone: 01-870-604449 or 01-
870-604540
Pub. 140
784 United Kingdom
Firing Areas and Ranges off Scotland, Northern England, and Northern Ireland
Area Location Contact Information Operating Times
Call sign: Gallovidian
Kirkcudbright Firing VHF channels 16 and 73 0800-2359 (Monday-Friday)
Solway Firth
Range (Army) Telephone: 01-41-2248520 or One (1) hour earlier in summer
01-41-2248521 (Range Control)
0830-1600 (Saturday-Thurs-
Telephone: 02-877-77200036 day)
Magilligan Range Lough Foyle entrance
(Range Control) 0830-1230 (Friday)
1700-2330 (Night firing)
Telephone: 01-489-612495 (Military
Moray Firth Moray Firth —
Airspace Booking Coordination
0900-2200 (Monday-Thursday)
0900-1400 (Friday)
Telephone: 01-862-892185 (Range
Tain (Area D703) Moray Firth One (1) hour earlier in summer
Control)
Other times by Navigational
Warning
Call sign: Luce Bay Control
VHF channels 12 and 16
West Freugh Luce Bay Announced by NOTAMs
Telephone: 01-776-888930 (Range
Control)
Between Cape Wrath
Ship-to-shore firing (58°37.5'N, 5°00.0'W.)
— —
area and Faraid Head, extend-
ing up to 5 miles offshore
Fort George Firing In the approaches to Inver-
— —
Range ness Firth
In the Orkney Islands E of
Firing practice area Mainland, Stronsay, and — —
Sandoy
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 785
A vessel may be aware of the existence of a practice area accidental damage to any vessel which may be in a firing
from PEXA charts, local Notices to Mariners, or similar meth- practice area. If, however, a vessel finds itself in an area where
od of promulgation and by observing the warning signals or the practice is in progress, it should maintain course and speed;
practice. but, if it is prevented from doing this by the exigencies of
In the United Kingdom, the areas are operated using a Clear navigation, it would assist the Range Authority if the vessel
Range procedure; exercises and firing only take place when the would endeavor to clear the area at the earliest possible
ranges are thought to be clear of all shipping. It is the moment. Furthermore, if projectiles or splinters are observed to
responsibility of the designated Range Authorities to avoid be falling near the vessel, all persons on board should take
Pub. 140
786 United Kingdom
cover and immediately call the Coastguard on VHF channel 16 GUNFACTS—Clyde (Scottish Exercise Areas)
or DSC, informing them of the vessel’s situation.
Firing practice areas are marked by special buoys. Some Fleet Operations,
Telephone: 44-1923-956371
buoys have the letter DZ and an identifying number. Northwood
Fishermen operating in the vicinity of firing practice areas MRCC Belfast and MRCC Stornoway also broadcast
may occasionally bring unexploded missiles or portions of GUNFACTS—Clyde.
them to the surface in their nets or trawls. These objects may be
dangerous and should be treated with great circumspection and GUNFACTS—Ship (All other areas, including the
jettisoned immediately, no attempt being made to tamper with English Channel (outside the South Coast Exercise
them or to bring them back for inspection by Naval Authori- Areas) and Scotland and Northern Ireland (outside the
ties. Scottish Exercise Areas))
Broadcasts are made twice daily at 0800 and 1400 by the
Guernsey—South Coast nominated “Duty Broadcast Ship.” If this is not possible,
Small arms training is conducted in a area situated on the broadcasts will be made at least 1 hour prior to the start of
headland S of Fort Le Plomb (49°30.5'N., 2°31.1'W.); the dan- firing. A short preliminary call will be made on VHF chan-
ger area extends about 1.25 miles N to 1.5 miles NE of the fort. nel 16 before transferring to the VHF channel appropriate
Beginning 30 minutes prior to the beginning of firing and to the area, normally VHF channel 6 or 67. More than one
during the exercise, red flags are displayed from the fort and “Duty Broadcast Ship” may be used in widely-dispersed
from Martello Tower No. 4. A red flag may also occasionally areas.
be displayed from a flagstaff standing 0.2 mile S of the martel-
lo tower.
Fishing Areas
Promulgation
Areas are only in force intermittently or over limited periods, Trawling has, for many years, been one of the main harvest-
and local promulgation or warnings by radio, NAVTEX, visual ing techniques employed in the North Sea fishery.
signals, or Notices are such that they will come to the attention Single trawlers may be met with anywhere off the coasts of
of those whose cooperation or instruction is intended. the United Kingdom. Care should be taken to pass a single
Some broadcasting authorities around the UK broadcast in- trawler at a distance of at least 0.1 mile if passing to windward.
formation relating to Practice Range Safety. Pair trawlers, after streaming their net, take up station about
Naval exercises carried out at night off the coasts of Britain 0.5 to 0.75 mile apart. Towing speed is about 2 knots. At no
and Ireland where firing will take place or vessels are liable to time should a vessel attempt to pass between paired trawlers
be encountered without lights, are broadcast in special warn- engaged in fishing.
ings by coast radio stations. Fleets of drifters present formidable navigational hazards in
the North Sea and approaches to the British Isles. If possible,
GUNFACTS the prudent watch officer should alter course and go around the
GUNFACTS is a warning service providing information fleet. Actual fishing operations are conducted at night because
concerning practice firing intentions by naval authorities to the the nets are close to the surface and hence visible to the fish
mariner. GUNFACTS impose no restrictions on the passage of during the day.
vessels. The responsibility for safety within the firing area lies Mariners are advised to consider the characteristics of the
with the naval unit. fisheries described below and navigate with caution in these
GUNFACTS are issued, as follows: waters.
1. South coast of England—Issued by Flag Officer Sea Oyster beds off the coast of England are normally marked by
Training (FOST), Plymouth (GUNFACTS—South Coast). poles or perches.
2. West coast of Scotland—Issued by Fleet Operations,
Northwood (GUNFACTS—Clyde). The Orkney Islands
3. All other areas—Issued by a nominated “Duty Broad- Trawling, pair trawling, and purse seining take place on a
cast Ship” (GUNFACTS—Ship). considerable scale throughout the year, especially in spring and
General information on GUNFACTS is also broadcast by early autumn, in the following locations:
NAVTEX. 1. On Papa Bank (59°49'N., 3°17'W.).
2. Between Papa Bank and Westray.
GUNFACTS—South Coast (South Coast Exercise 3. Off Copinsay (58°54'N., 2°40'W.).
Areas) During the summer, long-lining is prevalent N and W of the
islands. Creel fishing occurs year round close inshore from
Call sign: FOST OPS small boats.
FOST, Plymouth VHF: VHF channel 74 *
The Shetland Islands
Telephone: 44-1752-557550 Bottom trawling occurs throughout the year E of Fair Island
* Within a range of 40 miles from Portsmouth. and off the N, NW, and W sides of the Shetland Islands. Bot-
tom trawling off the E side of the Shetland Islands occurs
Falmouth Coastguard also broadcasts GUNFACTS—
mainly from December through March.
South Coast.
Purse seining and mid-water trawling takes place year round
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 787
throughout the islands; inshore scallop dredging and creel fish- Seine net vessels may be encountered over a wide area of the
ing occur year round. Trawling for scampi occurs during the North Sea between latitudes 54°N and 61°N and longitudes 0°
winter E of the Shetland Islands. and 3°E. Caution is necessary as the nets extend up to 1.5 miles
Over 200 authorized marine farms are located in the waters from the vessel. Smaller vessels operate year round E of the
of the Shetland Islands at any time. Marine farms may be add- Isle of May, off North Carr Lighted Buoy, and through Wee
ed, moved, or removed at any time. Farms near shipping routes Bankie to an area off the River Tyne. Seine net vessels less than
are marked by buoys. Other farms are marked by beacons with 17m long also operate in the Firth of Forth.
an “X” topmark, with some fitted with radar reflectors. Lights, Drift net vessels, although not common, operate in this entire
when shown, are usually flashing yellow. area. Drift net vessels shoot a long vertical wall of nets, sus-
pended from the surface by floats, to windward and lie head to
North and East Coasts of Scotland wind leeward of the nets. These nets may extend up to 1.5
The following are the approximate localities off the N and E miles from the vessel and are usually set at night.
coasts of Scotland where fishing vessels are most likely to be Between Berwick (55°46'N., 2°00'W.) and Whitby
found at work. (54°29'N., 0°37'W.), drift net vessels operate from April to Au-
Trawlers operate from Aberdeen, Granton, and Dundee. Off gust up to 6 miles offshore. They are prohibited from operating
the N and E coasts of Scotland their fishing grounds lie mainly on weekends and from 2000 until 0400. Marker floats are not
N, from 3 to 30 miles W of the Orkney Islands; and N and E of used as they vessel is usually close by.
the Isle of May (56°11'N., 2°33'E.), extending seaward from 3 Concentrations of drift net vessels should be given a wide
miles offshore to the meridian of 30°E, although the more dis- berth, passing, if possible, to leeward, away from the nets. If
tant grounds, especially the SE, are less regularly and intensely forced to do so, vessels should cross a line of nets at a right an-
fished. gle, midway between two floats, with propellers stopped.
Off the N coast of Scotland trawling, pair trawling, seining, Vessels engaged in long-line fishing work mainly from Ab-
and purse seining take place off Cape Wrath on Nun Bank erdeen. The larger vessels usually proceed to the edge of the
(58°54.5'N., 4°57.4'W.) and around Sule Skerry (59°05.1'N., continental shelf NW of Scotland or farther afield, but a few
4°24.4'W.) throughout the year, but particularly from October work off Cape Wrath and Farout Head on the N coast.
to February. In good weather small vessels also trawl for Long-line fishing operations are conducted mainly from
prawns in the vicinity of Cape Wrath. April to September between latitudes 57°N and 59°N and lon-
In Moray Firth small vessels trawl for prawns at distances of gitudes 2°E and 3°E. Long-line fishing operations are also con-
not less than 3 miles offshore S of a line drawn due E from Bo- ducted in late summer on Great Fisher Bank (57°00'N.,
ra Point (58°00.8'N., 3°50.5'W.). No other trawling is permitted 4°00'E.).
W of a line joining Duncansby Head (58°38.6'N., 3°01.5'W.) Long-line fishing operations from small boats are conducted
and Rottney Head (57°36.6'N., 1°49.4'W.). from October through March within 12 miles of the coast be-
Seining and hand-lining are conducted year round from tween latitudes 53°N and 55°N.
small vessels operating within 20 miles of the numerous fish- British, Danish, Dutch, and Swedish fishing vessels, when
ing ports in the firth. Creel fishing takes place year round in the actually fishing with seine nets, show the following distinctive
firth; marker floats and associated gear may be found as much signals:
as 7 miles offshore in some areas between March and Septem- 1. By day—One black ball, basket, or shape, in the fore
ber. part of the vessel as near to the stem as possible, not less than
Salmon fishing takes place from mid-February to late-Au- 3m above the rail. One black cone, point upward, on the
gust in Moray Firth between Tarbat Ness and North Sutor. The yardarm of the mizzenmast, on the side from which the net is
nets are laid at right angles to the coast and extend up to 0.25 being operated.
mile offshore. Floats, wooden spreaders projecting above the Dutch fishing vessels may use a triangle in place of a cone.
surface to keep the nets vertical, and sometimes small flags al- Some Swedish fishing vessels, which have no mizzenmast,
low the nets to usually be readily visible. display the cone from the rigging on the side on which the
Off the coast of Scotland trawlers of all sizes operate N and nets are being operated.
E of the Isle of May (56°11'N., 2°34'E.). Other grounds fished 2. By night—Three white lights in a triangle, the sides of
off these coasts include a small area from 6 to 18 miles ESE of which are approximately 1m, point upwards, from the yard
St. Abb’s Head (55°55'N., 2°08'W.) and, in late summer, on on the side of the vessel from which the gear is leading. The
Great Fisher Bank (57°00'N., 4°00'E.). signal is to be used in conjunction with the side lights when
Small trawlers fish throughout the year off Bell Rock running the gear and without the side lights when hauling the
(56°26'N., 2°23'W.), Wee Bankie (56°12'N., 2°04'W.), Saint gear. In neither case should the masthead light be shown.
Abb’s Head, Longstone (55°39'N., 1°36'W.), and the River 3. Sound signals—Three long and one short blasts on the
Tyne (55°01'N., 1°26'W.). whistle when being approached by other vessels.
Bottom trawling, restricted to vessels less than 17m long, Vessels showing the above distinctive signals should there-
takes place in the Firth of Forth, in an area 12 miles E of the fore be given a wide berth by other vessels approaching.
Isle of May, and off North Carr Lighted Buoy (56°18'N., Fishing by means of small and hand lines is conducted chief-
2°33'W.). ly by motor boats, and small sailing craft, which work compar-
Vessels trawling in pairs operate from November through atively close inshore, usually confining their operations to
March in the Firth of Forth, off Longstone, and off North within a radius of 20 miles at most of the numerous small har-
Shields (55°01'N., 1°26'W.). bors and creeks along the E coast to which they belong. Fish-
There are no seasonal concentrations of trawlers. ing is most intensive off the S side of Moray Firth, off the coast
Pub. 140
788 United Kingdom
of Angus, and about the entrance to Firth of Forth. slack season being usually during the spring months.
Fishing by means of anchored ground nets, known as cod Kilbrannan Sound and Kyle of Bute are, as a rule, the most
nets, is conducted year round on rough ground and in the vicin- productive of this fishery. Ballantrae Bank is also fished during
ity of wrecks between latitudes 53°40'N and 55°45'N. The nets the herring spawning season about the middle of February and
are up to 600m long and are marked at each end by a flag and a beginning of March, but it is often interfered with by bad
buoy. The nets are supported by submerged floats and may be weather. The greatest concentration is at the S end of Arran and
linked together to form a curtain. The nets are usually only a on Ballantrae Bank.
few meters above the sea bed and are rarely a hazard. In the Minches, herring fishing is conducted throughout the
Crab and lobster traps, known as “creels,” are set by small year but the greatest concentration is from November to
motor and sailing boats on inshore and usually rocky grounds March. Purse seiners, drifters, ring netters, and trawlers con-
throughout the year, though to a greater extent during the sum- centrate from the Butt of Lewis to Scalpay and from Cape
mer than winter. The fishing extends more or less along the Wrath to Rhu Re in the North Minch.
whole coastline, but is most intensive from S of Aberdeen to In the South Minch drifters, ringers, trawlers, and purse sein-
Berwick, and along the N coasts. ers concentrate on the E side of S Uist and Barra.
The main herring fishing off the E coast of Scotland takes Large trawlers occasionally trawl for whitefish in the general
place between about the middle of May and the middle of Sep- areas of Cape Wrath (58°38'N., 5°00'W.), the Butt of Lewis
tember, operations being most intensive during June, July, and (58°31'N., 6°15'W.), Rona (59°08'N., 5°50'W.), and Sulisker
August. Bank (58°58'N., 6°20'W.). Activity begins near the end of Jan-
Drift vessels engaged work mainly from Wick, Fraserburgh, uary, peaks in May, and declines about the end of November.
and Peterhead, and to a lesser extent from Macduff and Eye- During the spring months long-line fishing and cod net fish-
mouth, as well as from other ports chiefly in Moray Firth. The ing are prosecuted to a limited extent off the Ayrshire and Ren-
operations extend to a maximum of some 70 miles from their frewshire coasts, and off Campbeltown, and long-line fishing
bases, to which they return daily. in the Sea of the Hebrides.
Fishing grounds W of the Orkney Islands are usually visited During the spring and summer months white fish seining is
only in the early part of each season. Only exceptionally is prosecuted off the Ayrshire and Renfrewshire coasts. Long-line
fishing conducted within 10 miles or so of the coast. fishers are seldom in fleets.
Foreign drift vessels, which cure onboard and only return to The fisheries are the principal industry of Outer Hebrides,
their bases at approximately monthly intervals, work on North Castle Bay and Stornoway being the chief stations for the her-
Sea grounds lying rather farther seaward off the Orkney Islands ring fishery, though at Loch Maddy, and at Scalpay, in the en-
and E coast of Scotland, but overlapping the area worked by trance to East Loch Tarbert, as well as at other places on the
British vessels, especially off the Orkney Islands. eastern side of Outer Hebrides, there are smaller stations,
Fishing on a smaller scale is conducted from the end of Janu- which vary in importance according to the results of the fish-
ary to the beginning of April, off the SE coast of Fife outward ing.
to Isle of May and beyond, and also off the NE coast of East Large trawlers fish for whitefish off Rockall (57°36'N.,
Lothian and Berwickshire. 13°41'W.) throughout the year, with the greatest concentration
During some winters fishing has taken place along the N taking place between April and October. Other fishing vessels
coast of Scotland from December to February. are engaged in long-line fishing from February to November,
Herring seine, which is operated by motor boats working in with the greatest concentration from March to June.
pairs, is not used on these coasts except in Firth of Forth winter
fishing, when landings are made at Newhaven or one of the West Coast of England
Fife ports. The grounds worked lie mostly on the N side of the Off the Isle of Man, concentrations of herring trawlers may
firth; from the end of December to February extending from W be encountered, as follows:
of the Forth Bridge to about abreast Burntisland, and from the 1. July and August—off the SW coast.
beginning of February to the end of March along the SE coast 2. August and September—off the E and SE coasts.
of Fife. During the summer, strings of lobster pots may extend up to
In Moray Firth, from mid-July to the end of August, purse 2 miles off the coast, especially in the vicinity of Point of Ayre
seiners, drifters, and trawlers may be encountered within 8 (54°24'N., 4°22'W.).
miles offshore from 58° to 58°30'N. In the approaches to Morecambe Bay, large concentrations
of offshore trawlers may be encountered up to 35 miles W or
West Coast of Scotland SW of Lune Deep Lighted Buoy (53°56.1'N., 3°12.9'W.)
Trawlers do not fish in fleets on the W coast of Scotland, but during April and May; smaller concentrations may also be en-
singly, or in groups of twos or threes. The vicinities of the W countered during the period of mid-August to October.
coasts of Islay and Skye are their favorite grounds. On the SE side of the S approach to Bristol Bay, concentra-
Both steam and sailing trawlers are employed on this form of tions of trawlers may be encountered from February to April
fishing, and in addition a modified form of trawling is prose- within 25 miles of Trevose Head (50°33'N., 5°02'W.). During
cuted by motor boats in certain inshore areas. the summer the same trawlers are working between Trevose
Herring fishermen follow the movements of the herring Head and Lundy (51°11'N., 4°40'W.).
shoals, which are uncertain, but they will generally be found in Lobster pots may be located up to 15 miles off the coast be-
the areas given below. tween Bude (50°50'N., 4°33'W.) and Hartland Point (51°01'N.,
Herring fishing is prosecuted in Firth of Clyde, chiefly by 4°32'W.).
motor seine-net boats, practically throughout the year, the In the summer trawlers may also be encountered near and
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 789
between Lundy and Caldey Island (51°35'N., 4°41'W.); in to 3.7m. The extreme end of the fleet is marked by a buoy
Carmarthen Bay (51°40'N., 4°25'W.); and, particularly from known as the pole end or end buoy, and there are intermediate
June to October, off Saint Govan’s Head (51°36'N., 4°55'W.). buoys, one to each net, painted in the particular color favored
Offshore trawlers may be encountered during the winter by the owner.
months SW of The Smalls 51°43'N., 5°40'W.) to as far W as These are at intervals of 35m, the quarter and half and three-
Labadie Bank (50°32'N., 8°14'W.). quarters of the fleet being marked by buoys appropriately quar-
In Cardigan Bay (52°30'N., 4°30'W.), offshore trawlers may tered in their painting. Foreign drifters now mostly employ the
be encountered anywhere, particularly in the spring. Inshore same type of gear, but generally shoot a larger number of nets
trawlers and concentrations of scallop dredgers may be en- extending sometimes 4 to 5 miles. In some cases nets of a
countered at any time working in depths of 20 to 35m. heavier type are used. These are usually hung from a warp sus-
In Caernarfon Bay (53°05'N., 4°35'W.), trawlers may be pended from buoys at a depth of some 5.5m from the surface.
encountered anywhere, particularly in the spring. Inshore It should be noted that when shooting drift nets large foreign
trawlers may be encountered at any time working in depths of drifters are frequently navigated stern first; British drifters
25 to 35m. shoot before the wind with the mizzen sheet slacked out.
Lobster pots may be located up to 10 miles off the Welsh In places where drift net fishing is being carried on, if two
coast. white lights are seen at night they probably belong to a drifter.
In Liverpool Bay offshore trawlers may be encountered If a power or sailing vessel is seen by day with her foremast
during April and May. Inshore trawlers may be encountered down and mizzen set, that vessel might be a drifter riding to the
year round. nets. The ends of the nets may or may not be specially marked
Vessels approaching all these areas are warned to keep a with a staff and a flag, or a white float. It is best to avoid drift-
sharp look-out to avoid damage to vessels and nets. ers altogether.
Salmon drift nets and herring drift nets normally extend
about 0.3 mile and 1.5 miles, respectively, on or just below the South Coast of England
surface, ahead of and usually upwind from the fishing vessel Trawlers fishing singly or in groups may be encountered any
which should, where possible, be passed to leeward. time of the year, especially in the Thames Estuary off Southend
If crossing the nets is absolutely unavoidable they should be (51°32'N., 0°42'E.), and along the S coast between Selsey Bill
crossed at right angles to the lay of the net with engines (50°43'N., 0°42'W.) and Dungeness (50°55'N., 0°58'E.), be-
stopped in order to cause least damage. tween the Scilly Isles and the Bill of Portland, and, in the
Drifters may be encountered in large groups of as many as spring, in the area of Bullock Bank (50°45'N., 1°04'E.). These
200 or 300 boats, covering from 40 to 160 square miles, and vessels normally operate from 3 to 12 miles offshore.
should be avoided if possible. When lying at their nets, except On Sandiette Bank (51°14'N., 1°58'E.) pairs of trawlers op-
in fine weather, their foremasts are lowered. Drifters often keep erate about 100m apart and are connected to each other with a
their foremasts lowered when underway. distance line.
A vessel should, if possible, avoid passing through a fleet of Large concentrations of fixed fishing gear may be found any-
drifters. Even a single vessel may have considerable difficulty where off the S coast of England, particularly, as follows:
in doing so without damage to nets, because the nets of one 1. Up to 6 miles offshore—East of Selsey Bill and off the
boat lies so close to those of another that in maneuvering to Dorset coast between Anvil Point and Portland.
pass the end of one line a vessel is very apt to find herself in the 2. Up to and sometimes more that 30 miles offshore—In
middle of another. Lyme Bay, off Start Point, off Eddystone Rocks, off the Liz-
If forced by circumstances to cross a line of drift nets the ard, and off the Scilly Isles.
least damage will be done by crossing them at right angles, Fishing occurs furthest from the shore during neap tides.
midway between two of their buoys, at a fair speed. If possible, Drift net fishing has declined and is carried out mainly from
propellers should be stopped while passing over the nets. small open boats.
The mere parting of a net does no great harm, but a revolving Crab and lobster pots are laid in the summer off the coast in
propeller may draw up the headline and net, thereby doing con- many locations between Selsey Bill and Dungeness. Fixed gill
siderable damage. nets may also be found in this area and may extend up to 12
Cases have been reported of large steamers having to be miles off the coast in the vicinity of Brighton (50°49'N.,
towed into port helpless after fouling drift nets. Mackerel and 0°08'W.) and Hastings (50°51'N., 0°35'E.); however, the nets
pilchard nets are on the surface, and there is no means of avoid- extend only a small distance above the sea bed and are not a
ing them except by keeping clear of them. hazard to passing vessels.
At night, it should be remembered that the nets lie in the di- Large concentrations of small boats handlining for mackerel
rection of the wind, with the drifter at their lee end, so if the may be encountered up to 15 miles off the coast of Cornwall
latter is passed to leeward the vessel is bound to clear the nets. and South Devon in winter. Bass fishing takes place closer in,
When nets are being hauled at night powerful lamps are used from April to October, off the coasts of Cornwall, south Devon,
on deck. Drifters carry very bright lights at night, usually visi- Dorset, Hampshire, and Sussex.
ble 5 miles in clear weather. An extremely dense concentration of crab pots extends up to
The nets of British drifters are fished in fleets of 50 to 120 5 miles off the coast between Lizard Point (49°58'N., 5°13'W.)
nets (usually about 80) extending 1 to 2.5 miles. The nets are and Nare Point, 9 miles NNE.
suspended by strops from buoys, usually known as buffs, Crab, lobster, and whelk boats up to about 10m long operate
bowls, or pallets, the distance from the surface varying accord- up to 10 miles off the S coast of England from March to No-
ing to the type of fishing. In the case of herring drifting it is 2.7 vember. Larger vessels set crab pots in the middle of the En-
Pub. 140
790 United Kingdom
glish Channel, mainly from June to November, S of Start Pont, Channel Islands
N of the Channel Islands, and between the Cherbourg Peninsu- Fishing activity around the islands consists of lobster pot trot
la and Dorset. lines marked by unlit buoys. Crab boats occasionally work on
An offshore scallop fishing ground extends from S of Selsey the edge of Hurd Deep N of Aldernay.
Bill to a line extending S of Rye (50°56'N., 0°46'E.), about 60 Concentrations of fixed fishing gear can be found NW and N
miles E, in a band about 15 miles wide. Fishing vessels may be of the Channel Islands, as follows:
encountered anywhere within this area, which includes the en- 1. From mid-August until the end of December—In an
tire W portion of the southwest-going traffic lane of Dover area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
Strait TSS. a. 49°27'N, 3°05'W.
b. 49°27'N, 3°45'W.
Vessels towing scallop dredges will be found in this area, as c. 49°58'N, 3°45'W.
well as off Cornwall and Devon out to the middle of the En- d. 49°58'N, 3°05'W.
glish Channel. 2. Year round—In an area bounded by lines joining the
Oyster fisheries are situated in many estuaries and harbors W following positions:
of Selsey Bill. The largest number of small vessels towing a. 49°33'N, 2°49'W.
dredges can be found in The Solent between November and b. 49°43'N, 2°57'W.
April. The oyster beds are normally marked by poles or perch- c. 50°11'N, 2°18'W.
es. d. 50°04'N, 2°00'W.
Trawling grounds are located seaward of the 20m curve off
Rye Bay (50°53.5'N., 0°46.5'E.). Government
Inshore mid-water trawling takes place from October
through March in Lyme Bay, in Poole Bay, along the Sussex
and Kent coasts, and from E of Mounts Bay to S of the Isle of
Wight.
Fishing vessels at anchor, with anchor lines on or near the
surface extending as much as 250m from the vessel, may be
encountered in an area W and SW of the Isle of Wight in an ar-
ea bounded, as follows:
1. On the N by latitude 50°45'N.
2. On the E by longitude 1°15'W.
3. On the S by latitude 50°30'N. Flag of the United Kingdom
4. On the W by longitude 1°58'W.
The United Kingdom is a constitutional monarchy. The
East Coast of England country is composed of the union of England, Northern Ire-
Shrimping is conducted in The Wash by small vessels near land, Scotland, and Wales.
the main channels. The vessels, which display minimal signals, Queen Elizabeth II is the Head of State. The Prime Minister
sail on the ebb tide as far as Burnham Ridge (53°06'N., is usually the head of the majority party of Parliament. The bi-
0°35'E.) and in the opposite direction on the flood tide. cameral Parliament is composed (2018) of the appointed
Prawn fishing is conducted by small vessels in an area off House of Lords, consisting of 664 life peers, 90 hereditary
Tees Bay (54°39.7'N., 1°07.5'W.) N of the Ekofisk Oil Pipe- peers, and 26 clergy, and the directly-elected 650-member
line. House of Commons, serving 5-year terms, unless the House is
dissolved earlier.
Northern Ireland The legal system is based on a common law tradition, with
Trawlers may be encountered year-round off the NE coast of early Roman and modern Continental influences.
Northern Ireland in North Channel, especially off Larne The capital is London.
(54°51'N., 5°48'W.).
Trawlers may be encountered year-round off the N coast of Holidays
Northern Ireland, particularly E of Inishtrahull (55°26'N.,
7°15'W.) and in the approaches to North Channel. See the table titled United Kingdom—Holidays.
United Kingdom—Holidays
England/Wales Northern Ireland Scotland
January 1 New Year’s Day X X X
January 2 Bank Holiday — — X
March 17 St. Patrick’s Day — X —
Good Friday Variable X X X
Easter Sunday Variable X X X
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 791
United Kingdom—Holidays
England/Wales Northern Ireland Scotland
Easter Monday Variable X X X
Easter Tuesday Variable — X —
Second Monday in April Spring Holiday — — X
First Monday in May May Day Bank Holiday X X —
May 22 Victoria Day — — X
Last Monday in May Spring Bank Holiday X X X
July 12 Battle of the Boyne Day — X —
July 12-13 Orangeman’s Day — X —
Second Saturday in June Queen’s Birthday X — —
First Monday in August Summer Bank Holiday — — X
Last Monday in August Summer Bank Holiday X X —
Third Monday in September Autumn Holiday — — X
December 25 Christmas Day X X X
December 26 Boxing Day X X X
Pub. 140
792 United Kingdom
A harmless non-explosive practice mine which lies on the b. 50°25'01.8''N, 0°58'04.8''W.
bottom and may eject to the surface a green or white flare is c. 50°23'01.8''N, 0°58'04.8''W.
now extensively used during Naval Exercises in Northern Eu- d. 50°23'01.8''N, 1°18'34.8''W.
ropean waters.
These mines are sometimes laid outside the regular exercise X5060W Eastern English Channel Minesweeping Corri-
areas and whenever they are, a radio warning in general terms dor.—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
will be broadcast but exact positions will not be given. a. 50°25'01.8''N, 1°35'04.8''W.
Ships engaged in mine countermeasures will show the lights b. 50°25'01.8''N, 1°18'34.8''W.
or shapes prescribed in the International Regulations for Pre- c. 50°23'01.8''N, 1°18'34.8''W.
venting Collisions at Sea. Other vessels should not approach d. 50°23'01.8''N, 1°35'04.8''W.
closer than 1,000m.
Minehunters normally work in conjunction with small boats X5061 Sandown Bay Minehunting Area.—Area bounded
or inflatable rubber dinghies from which divers may be operat- by lines joining the following positions:
ing or may be controlling a wire-guided submersible. These a. 50°38'34.8''N, 1°03'00.0''W.
may be up to 1,000m from the minehunter. By day, the dinghy b. 50°38'04.8''N, 1°03'00.0''W.
will show Flag “A” of the International Code of Signals. By c. 50°38'04.8''N, 1°05'24.0''W.
night, small boats or inflatable dinghies operating divers will d. 50°36'52.2''N, 1°06'58.8''W.
show the lights required by the International Regulations for e. 50°37'12.0''N, 1°07'34.8''W.
Preventing Collisions. Mariners are requested to navigate with f. 50°38'34.8''N, 1°05'46.2''W.
caution in the proximity of a minehunter, or small boat or in-
flatable dinghy operating in the vicinity of a minehunter, and to X5062 Eastern English Channel Live Mine Dispersal
avoid passing within 1,000m whenever practicable. Charges (MDC) Firing Area.—The circular area, radius 2
Both minesweeping and minehunting operations may require miles, centered on position 50°26'08.4''N, 1°00'03.0''W.
the ship engaged to lay small buoys, which are normally
marked with a radar reflector and may have a numeral or al- X5117 Outer Gabbard.—Area bounded by lines joining
phabetical flag attached. By night, these buoys will have a the following positions:
green, white, or red flashing light, visible all round the horizon a. 51°58'49.8''N, 1°56'00.0''E.
for a distance of about 1 mile. b. 51°59'07.8''N, 2°03'22.8''E.
A mine disposal area, with a radius of 1 miles, lies E of c. 51°49'31.8''N, 1°59'22.8''E.
North Foreland in position 51°22'27''N, 1°38'27''E. d. 51°51'00.0''N, 1°51'40.8''E.
X5118 Gunfleet.—Area bounded by lines joining the fol-
X5039 Quebec One.—Area bounded by lines joining the lowing positions:
following positions: a. 51°55'13.8''N, 1°21'24.0''E.
a. 50°40'00.0''N, 1°05'34.8''W. (shore) b. 51°51'02.0''N, 1°34'57.0''E.
b. 50°40'00.0''N, 0°57'00.0''W. c. 51°46'31.8''N, 1°30'13.8''E.
c. 50°37'00.0''N, 0°54'39.0''W. d. 51°41'13.8''N, 1°20'00.0''E.
d. 50°37'00.0''N, 1°02'10.8''W. e. 51°44'52.2''N, 1°07'18.0''E.
e. 50°30'00.0''N, 1°11'24.0''W. f. then 1.5 miles to seaward of the HW line to a above.
f. 50°30'00.0''N, 1°12'10.2''W.
g. 50°35'33.0''N, 1°12'10.2''W. (shore) X5119 Kentish Knock.—Area bounded by lines joining the
h. then N along the coast of the Isle of Wight to the ori- following positions:
gin. a. 51°45'00.0''N, 2°00'00.0''E.
b. 51°30'00.0''N, 1°50'00.0''E.
X5050.—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi- c. 51°30'00.0''N, 1°35'00.0''E.
tions: d. 51°45'00.0''N, 1°45'00.0''E.
a. 50°41'00.0''N, 0°54'52.8''W.
b. 50°41'00.0''N, 0°52'07.2''W. X5120 South Galloper.—Area bounded by lines joining the
c. 50°40'00.0''N, 0°52'07.2''W. following positions:
d. 50°40'00.0''N, 0°54'52.8''W. a. 51°45'00.0''N, 2°00'00.0''E.
b. 51°45'00.0''N, 2°20'00.0''E.
X5059 Eastern English Channel Minesweeping Stream- c. 51°30'00.0''N, 2°10'00.0''E.
ing Corridor.—Area bounded by lines joining the following d. 51°30'00.0''N, 1°50'00.0''E.
positions:
a. 50°33'12.0''N, 0°53'24.0''W. X5121 North Galloper.—Area bounded by lines joining the
b. 50°32'52.2''N, 0°51'57.0''W. following positions:
c. 50°23'52.2''N, 0°57'21.0''W. a. 51°45'00.0''N, 2°00'00.0''E.
d. 50°24'12.0''N, 0°58'48.0''W. b. 52°00'00.0''N, 2°10'00.0''E.
c. 52°00'00.0''N, 2°30'00.0''E.
X5060E Eastern English Channel Minesweeping Corri- d. 51°45'00.0''N, 2°20'00.0''E.
dor.—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions:
a. 50°25'01.8''N, 1°18'34.8''W. X5122.—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 793
X5406 Juniper Rock (Live Mine Dispersal Charges X5556 Campbeltown South.—Area bounded by lines join-
(MDC) Firing Area).—Area bounded by a line joining the ing the following positions:
following positions: a. 55°14'54.0''N, 5°21'39.0''W.
a. 54°56'36.0''N, 5°13'46.2''W. b. 55°14'55.8''N, 5°21'01.2''W.
b. 54°56'36.0''N, 5°11'58.2''W. c. 55°14'24.0''N, 5°20'55.8''W.
c. 54°55'30.0''N, 5°11'58.2''W. d. 55°14'22.2''N, 5°21'34.2''W.
d. 54°55'30.0''N, 5°13'46.2''W.
Note.—This area is in almost daily use. X5557 Jura Sound Deep Field North.—Area bounded by
lines joining the following positions:
X5500 Campbeltown (Amphibious Task Force Anchor- a. 55°53'48.0''N, 5°45'58.2''W.
age).—Area bounded by lines joining the following positions: b. 55°52'54.0''N, 5°43'22.2''W.
a. 55°23'48.0''N, 5°29'00.0''W. c. 55°51'24.0''N, 5°45'00.0''W.
b. 55°23'48.0''N, 5°26'34.2''W. d. 55°51'42.0''N, 5°48'10.2''W.
c. 55°23'12.0''N, 5°26'34.2''W.
d. 55°23'12.0''N, 5°28'00.0''W. X5558 Campbeltown Loch.—Area bounded by lines join-
e. 55°23'00.0''N, 5°28'00.0''W. ing the following positions:
f. 55°23'00.0''N, 5°29'00.0''W. a. 55°25'12.0''N, 5°35'10.2''W.
b. 55°25'19.8''N, 5°33'58.2''W.
X5551 Clyde Minesweeping Corridor Alpha.—Area c. 55°25'06.0''N, 5°33'58.2''W.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: d. 55°24'57.0''N, 5°35'00.0''W.
a. 55°40'10.8''N, 4°56'09.0''W.
b. 55°40'22.8''N, 4°54'25.2''W. X5559.—Area bounded by lines joining the following posi-
c. 55°37'00.0''N, 4°53'16.8''W. tions:
d. 55°28'12.0''N, 4°53'16.8''W. a. 55°22'40.2''N, 5°28'33.0''W.
e. 55°28'12.0''N, 4°55'00.0''W. b. 55°22'40.2''N, 5°25'03.0''W.
f. 55°37'00.0''N, 4°55'00.0''W. c. 55°20'40.2''N, 5°25'03.0''W.
d. 55°20'40.2''N, 5°28'33.0''W.
X5552 Clyde Minesweeping Corridor Bravo.—Area
bounded by lines joining the following positions: X5603 Loch Fyne.—Area N of a line joining the following
a. 55°28'12.0''N, 4°55'00.0''W. positions:
b. 55°28'12.0''N, 4°53'16.8''W. a. 56°10'06.0''N, 5°04'48.0''W
c. 55°25'13.8''N, 4°53'16.8''W. b. 56°10'37.2''N, 5°06'47.4''W.
d. 55°17'07.2''N, 5°02'12.0''W.
e. 55°17'37.8''N, 5°03'40.8''W. X5611 Kirkcaldy Bay.—Area bounded by lines joining the
f. 55°25'30.0''N, 4°55'00.0''W. following positions:
a. 56°04'25.8''N, 3°02'40.8''W.
X5553 Clyde Minesweeping Corridor Charlie.—Area b. 56°05'24.0''N, 3°05'46.8''W.
bounded by lines joining the following positions: c. 56°06'04.8''N, 3°05'16.8''W.
a. 55°46'06.0''N, 5°15'19.2''W. d. 56°08'27.0''N, 3°00'46.8''W.
b. 55°46'36.0''N, 5°13'40.2''W. e. 56°08'01.8''N, 2°56'58.8''W.
c. 55°45'12.0''N, 5°12'31.2''W. f. 56°05'07.8''N, 2°59'16.8''W.
d. 55°41'54.0''N, 5°04'00.0''W.
e. 55°41'37.2''N, 4°56'40.2''W. X5612 Aberlady Bay.—Area bounded by lines joining the
f. 55°40'36.0''N, 4°56'43.2''W. following positions:
g. 55°40'54.0''N, 5°04'34.2''W. a. 56°00'18.0''N, 3°03'28.8''W.
h. 55°44'36.0''N, 5°14'00.0''W. b. 56°00'18.0''N, 2°58'00.0''W.
c. 55°59'18.0''N, 2°58'00.0''W.
X5554 Campbeltown North.—Area bounded by lines join- d. 55°59'18.0''N, 3°03'28.8''W.
ing the following positions: Note.—This area is used for minehunting exercises only.
a. 55°20'52.2''N, 5°21'39.0''W.
b. 55°20'49.2''N, 5°20'57.0''W. X5613(N) Firth of Forth.—The sea area of the Firth of
Pub. 140
794 United Kingdom
Forth between 2°52.0'W and 3°10.0'W and N of a line joining b. 56°14'13.2''N, 2°32'30.0''W.
the following positions: c. 56°07'13.2''N, 2°41'22.2''W.
a. 56°01'00.0''N, 3°10'00.0''W. d. 56°07'46.8''N, 2°42'48.0''W.
b. 56°07'00.0''N, 2°52'00.0''W.
X5639 Coulport South.—Area bounded by lines joining the
X5613(S) Firth of Forth.—The sea area of the Firth of following positions:
Forth between 2°52.0'W and 3°10.0'W and S of a line joining a. 56°03'55.2''N, 4°52'49.8''W.
the following positions: b. 56°03'31.0''N, 4°52'37.8''W.
a. 56°01'00.0''N, 3°10'00.0''W. c. 56°03'34.8''N, 4°52'39.0''W.
b. 56°07'00.0''N, 2°52'00.0''W. d. 56°03'39.0''N, 4°53'00.0''W.
e. 56°03'46.8''N, 4°52'58.2''W.
X5615 Forth Deep.—Area bounded by lines joining the fol-
lowing positions: X5640 Coulport North.—Area bounded by lines joining
a. 56°07'30.0''N, 2°22'00.0''W. the following positions:
b. 56°07'30.0''N, 2°27'34.8''W. a. 56°04'15.0''N, 4°52'31.2''W.
c. 56°14'00.0''N, 2°27'36.0''W. b. 56°04'13.8''N, 4°52'27.0''W.
d. 56°14'00.0''N, 2°22'00.0''W. c. 56°04'07.8''N, 4°52'27.0''W
d. 56°04'09.0''N, 4°52'37.2''W.
X5620B Gareloch Channel.—Area bounded by lines join-
ing the following positions: Temporary Mine Countermeasures Training Areas
a. 56°02'42.0''N, 4°49'18.0''W. JUTTER (Minesweeping Corridor).—The area 0.5 mile
b. 56°01'30.0''N, 4°48'01.2''W. on either side of a line joining the following positions:
c. 56°01'26.4''N, 4°48'03.0''W. a. 51°27'00.0''N, 1°34'06.0''E.
d. 56°00'36.6''N, 4°47'10.2''W. b. 51°27'00.0''N, 1°45'42.0''E.
e. 56°00'16.8''N, 4°45'54.0''W.
f. 55°59'49.2''N, 4°45'11.4''W. HELDER (Knock Deep).—Area bounded by lines joining
g. 55°59'16.2''N, 4°45'11.4''W. the following positions:
h. 55°59'16.2''N, 4°45'28.8''W. a. 51°33'16.8''N, 1°27'01.2''E.
i. 55°59'44.4''N, 4°45'30.0''W. b. 51°35'36.6''N, 1°29'22.2''E.
j. 56°00'09.0''N, 4°46'06.0''W. c. 51°34'34.2''N, 1°32'12.6''E.
k. 56°00'27.0''N, 4°47'15.0''W. d. 51°32'15.6''N, 1°29'28.8''E.
l. 56°01'22.2''N, 4°48'13.8''W.
m. 56°01'24.0''N, 4°48'20.4''W. TEXEL (Margate Roads)—Area bounded by lines joining
n. 56°02'42.0''N, 4°49'30.0''W. the following positions:
a. 51°25'12.6''N, 1°20'54.0''E.
X5620C Gareloch East.—Area bounded by lines joining b. 51°24'13.8''N, 1°20'54.0''E.
the following positions: c. 51°24'13.8''N, 1°23'12.0''E.
a. 56°02'55.8''N, 4°48'48.0''W. d. 51°25'12.6''N, 1°23'12.0''E.
b. 56°01'41.4''N, 4°47'36.0''W.
c. 56°01'41.4''N, 4°48'12.0''W.
d. 56°02'49.8''N, 4°49'25.8''W. Navigational Information
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 795
Pub. 140
796 United Kingdom
Major Oil and Gas Fields off the East Coast of the United Kingdom
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 797
1. Any accident or incident affecting the safety of the Goods Code as marine pollutants (Annex III of MARPOL
ship (collision; grounding; damage, malfunction, or break- 73/78).
down; flooding; shifting of cargo; or any hull defect or struc- The probability of a discharge resulting from damage to the
tural failure. ship or its equipment is a reason for making a report. In judg-
2. Any incident which compromises shipping safety, in- ing whether there is such a probability and whether the report
cluding failures likely to affect the ship’s maneuverability or should be made, the following factors, among others, should be
seaworthiness. taken into account:
3. Any defects affecting the propulsion system, steering 1. The nature of the damage, failure, or breakdown of the
gear, electrical system, navigation equipment, or communi- vessel, its machinery, or its equipment.
cations equipment. 2. Sea state, wind state, and traffic density in the area at
4. Any situation liable to lead to pollution of the waters or the time and place of the incident.
coastline of the United Kingdom, such as the discharge or As a general guideline, reports should be made in cases of:
threat of discharge of polluting products into the sea. 1. Damage, failure, or breakdown which affects the ship’s
5. Any slick of polluting materials and containers or safety (collision, grounding, fire, explosion, structural fail-
packages seen drifting at sea. ure, flooding, cargo shifting, etc.).
6. Any discharge or probable discharge of dangerous 2. Failure or breakdown of machinery or equipment
packaged cargo. which results in the impairment of the safety of navigation
The report must include the following information: (failure or breakdown of steering gear, propulsion plant,
1. Ship name. electrical generating system, shipborne navigational aids,
2. Position. etc.).
3. Last port of call. Information required in the three reports can be found in Ap-
4. Next port of call. pendix I in the table titled United Kingdom—Pollution Reports
5. Number of people on board. by Vessels Suffering a Casualty.
6. Date and time of which the accident, incident, or pol- Vessels rendering assistance or undertaking salvage work
luting event occurred. with vessels who have submitted an HS Report or an MP Re-
7. Details of the accident, incident, or polluting event. port are also required to submit these reports. Information re-
8. Name and contact information to obtain information quired by these reports can be found in Appendix I in the table
regarding the dangerous or polluting cargo on board the ship. titled United Kingdom—Pollution Reports by Vessels Ren-
If a slick of pollution or drifting containers or packages are dering Assistance or Undertaking Salvage Work.
seen from a ship in controlled waters, the following informa- The MCA Counterpollution and Response Branch can be
tion should be reported: contacted, as follows:
1. Details of the sighting. 1. Telephone: 44-2380-329483
2. Ship name. 2. Facsimile: 44-2380-329446
3. Position. 44-2380-329485
4. Any other relevant information referred to in IMO Res- 3. E-mail: hq_counterpollution@mcga.gov.uk
olution A.851(20) adopted by the Assembly of the IMO on
27 November 1997.
Contact information can be found under Search and Rescue Regulations
in the table titled United Kingdom—MRCC Contact Infor-
mation. The Ministry of Defence has stated that should it become
Vessels are required to report any incidents involving a dis- necessary to control the entrance of ships into, and the move-
charge or a probable discharge of oil and/or other harmful sub- ment of ships within, certain ports under its control in the Unit-
stances (such as noxious liquids or dangerous cargo) or where ed Kingdom, the signals described in the table titled Port
damage, breakdown, or failure of a vessel affects safety. The Entry Control Signals will be displayed.
types of reports to be submitted are, as follows: These signals will be shown from some conspicuous position
1. Harmful Substances Report (HS).—To be submitted in or near the approaches to the ports concerned, and may be
when an incident takes place involving the discharge or displayed also by an Examination or Traffic Control Vessel op-
probable discharge of oil (Annex I of MARPOL 73/78) or erating in the approaches. The signals and their meanings are
noxious liquid substances in bulk (Annex II of MARPOL 73/ given in the table titled Port Entry Control Signals.
78). The lights, when exhibited by Examination Vessels, will be
2. Dangerous Goods Report (DG).—To be submitted carried in addition to their ordinary navigation lights. Masters
when an incident takes place involving the loss or likely loss of vessels are warned that should they approach the entrance to
overboard of packaged dangerous cargo, including those in a port which is being controlled by the Ministry of Defense,
freight containers, portable tanks, road and rail vehicles, and they should not enter a declared “Dangerous Area,” or close
shipborne barges into the sea. boom defenses, without permission, nor should they anchor or
3. Marine Pollutants Report (MP).—To be submitted stop in a “Dangerous Area” or prohibited anchorage unless
in the case of loss or the likely loss overboard of harmful instructed to do so.
substances in packaged form including those in freight con- Masters are advised therefore to communicate with any
tainers, portable tanks, road and rail vehicles, and shipborne government or port authority vessel found patrolling in the
barges identified in the International Maritime Dangerous offing to ascertain the recommended approach route to the
Pub. 140
798 United Kingdom
port. and Coastguard Agency (MCA) marine office by e-mail or fac-
simile for the port concerned. Further information can also be
Port Entry Control Signals obtained from the Maritime and Coastguard Agency web site.
The 24-hour message should be sent to the port authority.
Day signal Night signal Meaning Further information may also be obtained from:
Three red balls, Three flashing Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Entry to port pro- Inspection Branch
vertically dis- red lights, verti-
hibited Bay 2/20, MCA, Spring Place
posed cally disposed
105 Commercial Road
Three green Southampton
Entry to port per-
No signal lights, vertical- SO15 1EG
mitted
ly disposed United Kingdom
One green light Telephone: 44-2380-329343
Movement within
One square blue between two Facsimile: 44-2380-329104
the port or anchor-
flag red lights, verti- E-mail: psc_headquarters@mcga.gov.uk
age prohibited
cally disposed pat.dolby@mcga.gov.uk
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 799
its vulnerability to damage caused by marine activities. Vessels provider. CERS is the United Kingdom’s designated method of
operating in or near such an area should exercise the utmost electronic reporting.
care to avoid damage to the maritime environment and the ma- The information reported into CERS is captured by one of
rine organisms in it. No waste should be discharged overboard. the following methods:
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP) 1. System-to-system—The computer system of the data
was instituted to help protect the environment of the PSSA. provider downloads the reported information directly into
Further information on WETREP can be found in the section in CERS.
North Atlantic Ocean—Ship Reporting System. 2. Online input—The data provider inputs the reportable
information into CERS through a web page portal using a se-
Dangerous and Polluting Cargo cure and unique username and password.
The Merchant Shipping (Vessel Traffic Monitoring and Re- Further information on CERS can be obtained, as follows:
porting Requirements) Regulations 2004 implement the Euro- 1. Telephone: 44-1-224-597987
pean Council Directive 2002/59/EC relating to vessels bound 2. Facsimile: 44-1-224-212862
for or leaving European Union (EU) ports carrying dangerous 3. E-mail: cers@mcga.gov.uk
or polluting cargo. 4. Web site: https://cers.mcga.gov.uk/cerssvd/index.jsf
Merchant Shipping Notice MSN 1831 (M+F)—Vessel Traffic Reporting Time Requirements.—This information must be
Monitoring Notification and Reporting Requirements for Ships reported, as follows:
and Ports details the requirements applicable to ships and 1. If the destination port is known, the information must
harbor authorities for compliance with statutory reporting be provided to CERS at least 24 hours prior to arrival.
arrangements prior to entry into United Kingdom ports under 2. If the duration of the voyage is less than 24 hours, the
new EU provisions. information must be provided to CERS no later than the time
The regulations apply to vessels of 300 gross tons and over. of departure from the previous port.
Definitions.—Dangerous cargo is defined, as follows: 3. If the destination port is not known until less than 24
1. Cargo classified as dangerous in the IMDG Code. hours prior to arrival, the information must be provided to
2. Dangerous liquid substances as listed in Chapter 17 of CERS as soon as possible after the destination port becomes
the IBC Code. known.
3. Liquefied gases as listed in Chapter 19 of the IGC 4. If the voyage information changes, the vessel shall im-
Code. mediately notify the destination port. A change of destina-
4. Solids referred to in Appendix B of the IMSBC Code. tion must be reported to both the original destination port
5. Cargo on which preconditions have been imposed in (cancellation message) and the revised destination port (ar-
accordance with paragraph 1.1.3 of the IBC Code or para- rival notification).
graph 1.1.6 of the IGC Code. Changes in the vessel’s ETA of less than 2 hours need not be
Polluting cargo is defined, as follows: notified to CERS.
1. Oil, oily mixtures, oil fuel, or crude oil, as defined in Required Information for all Vessels.—The required infor-
Annex I to MARPOL. mation is, as follows:
2. Noxious liquid substances, as defined in Annex II to 1. Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number or MMSI
MARPOL number.
3. Harmful substances, as defined in Annex III to MAR- 2. Port of destination.
POL 3. The ETA at the port of destination or, if required by the
4. Any marine pollutant as defined in the IMDG Code. port, the ETA at the pilot station.
Vessels leaving UK ports.—The owner, agent, or master of 4. The ETD from the port of destination.
a vessel leaving a UK port and bound for any other port, in- 5. Number of persons on board.
cluding another UK port, must notify the port of departure of Required Information for Vessels Carrying Polluting or
the information listed below under Required Information for Dangerous Cargo.—The required information is, as follows:
all Vessels and Required Information for Vessels Carrying 1. Vessel name, call sign, and IMO number or MMSI
Polluting or Dangerous Cargo prior to departure. number.
Vessels sailing to a UK port from outside the EU.—The 2. Port of destination.
owner, agent, or master of a vessel leaving a port outside the 3. For a vessel leaving a port in a Member State—ETD
EU and bound for a UK port or an anchorage in UK territorial from the port of departure or pilot station, as required by the
waters must notify the port of destination of the information competent authority, and ETA at the port of destination.
listed below under Required Information for all Vessels and 4. For a vessel coming from a port located outside the
Required Information for Vessels Carrying Polluting or community and bound for a port in a Member State—ETA at
Dangerous Cargo upon departure from the loading port or, if the port of destination or pilot station, as required by the
the location in the UK is not known, as soon as the location be- competent authority.
comes known. 5. Number of persons on board.
Consolidated European Reporting System (CERS).— 6. The correct technical name of the dangerous or pollut-
CERS is an information management system developed by the ing cargo; the United Nations numbers where they exist; the
UK Maritime Coastguard Agency to comply with UK IMO hazard class in accordance with the IMDG, IBC, and
reporting obligations under the provisions of MSN 1831. Port IGC codes; the class of the vessel as defined by the INF
authorities can provide the data received from reporting ship Code, where appropriate; the quantities of such cargo and
masters, owners, or agents to CERS themselves or via a service their location on board; and, if carried in transport units other
Pub. 140
800 United Kingdom
than tanks, their identification marks. inform the police, a Revenue and Customs Officer, or an Ani-
7. Confirmation that a list, manifest, or appropriate load- mal Health Officer of the State Veterinary Service.
ing plan giving details of the dangerous or polluting cargo Further information can be found at the Department for
carried and their location on the vessel is on board. Environmental Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) web site
8. Address from which detailed information on the cargo under “Wildlife and Pets.”
may be obtained.
DEFRA Home Page
Reporting Requirements from Regulation 10 of the
Merchant Shipping (Dangerous Goods and Marine http://www.defra.gov.uk
Pollutants) Regulations 1997
The following additional information is required to be Marine Environmental High Risk Areas (MEHRA)
reported: There are 32 locations around the coast of the United King-
1. The correct technical name of the dangerous or pollut- dom that have been identified as MEHRAs. These areas have
ing cargo; the United Nations numbers where they exist; the been identified after taking into account shipping risk, environ-
IMO hazard class in accordance with the IMDG, IBC, and mental sensitivity, and other environmental protection mea-
IGC codes; the class of the vessel as defined by the INF sures already in place at each location. Mariners are expected
Code, where appropriate; the quantities of such cargo and to take note of MEHRAs and either keep well-clear or, when
their location on board; and, if carried in transport units other this is not practical, to exercise more caution than usual when
than tanks, their identification marks. passing in close proximity to a MEHRA.
2. For substances referred to in Annex I to the MARPOL
Convention, the safety data sheet detailing the physical and Further information on MEHRAs can be obtained from the
chemical characteristics of the products, including, where web sites of the Maritime and Coastguard Agency or the
applicable, their viscosity expressed in cSt at 50°C and their Department of Transport, as listed in the table titled Marine
density at 15°C and the other data contained in the safety da- Environmental High Risk Areas (MEHRA)—Web Sites.
ta sheet in accordance with IMO Resolution MSC.286(86).
3. Address from which detailed information on the cargo Quarantine
may be obtained, as well as emergency numbers of the ship- A vessel is required to report the following to the Port Health
per or any other person or body in possession of information Authority (PHA) not less than 4 hours and not more than 12
on the physical and chemical characteristics of the products hours prior to arrival at a United Kingdom port from a foreign
and on the action to be taken in an emergency. port:
1. The occurrence on board the vessel of—
Dangerous Goods in Harbor Areas (DGHAR) Regulations a. The death of a person other than as a result of an ac-
2016 cident.
Vessels bringing dangerous cargo into a harbor area must al- b. Illness where the person who is ill or has had a tem-
ways notify the harbormaster and, if appropriate, the berth op- perature of 38°C or greater which was accompanied by a
erator. This notification is normally given 24 hours in advance rash, glandular swelling or jaundice, or when such a tem-
but there may be cases where the reporting time is different or perature persisted for more than 48 hours.
notification is not required. c. Illness where the person has or has had diarrhea se-
Vessels carrying dangerous substances should immediately vere enough to interfere with work or normal activities.
contact the harbormaster and, if at a berth, the berth operator of 2. The presence on board of a person who is suffering
any “untoward incident” which occurs or has occurred on the from an infectious disease or who has symptoms which may
vessel. An untoward incident are leaks or escapes of dangerous indicate the presence of an infectious disease.
cargo or the threat of a leak or escape that could cause a serious 3. Any other circumstances on board which are likely to
health or safety risk. cause the spread of infectious disease.
4. The presence of animals or captive birds and the occur-
Rabies Control rence of mortality or sickness among such animals or birds.
Strict regulations are in force to prevent the spread of rabies The PHA can be contacted through a shipping agent or,
in the United Kingdom. alternatively, through a port radio station. A Medical Officer or
Any animal on board a vessel must be kept strictly confined other officer of the PHA will board and grant health clearance
so that it cannot escape to shore or come in contact with anoth- when any of the circumstances in 1, 2, or 3 above have
er animal. If the animal escapes, the master must immediately occurred on the vessel.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 801
Pub. 140
802 United Kingdom
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 803
Pub. 140
804 United Kingdom
MRSC Portland are also “reporting in” stations for ships civil maritime SAR in the form of fixed wing aircraft and heli-
operating the Ship Movement Reporting System (MAREP). copters.
Vessels may also make voluntary Position and Intended Royal Navy.—The Royal Navy operates SAR helicopters
Movement Reports to Falmouth Coastguard, Shetland Coast- from two Royal Naval Air Stations. Royal Naval ships and air-
guard, and Stornoway Coastguard when on passage through craft, including non-SAR helicopters, also assist casualties.
their areas of responsibility. Royal National Lifeboat Institution.—The Royal National
In addition to its regional responsibilities, Falmouth Coast- Lifeboat Institution (RNLI), which is a private organization
guard plays an important role in the GMDSS established by the supported entirely by voluntary contributions, maintains over
IMO. Falmouth Coastguard is the UK Single Point of Contact 450 lifeboats of various types (all-weather lifeboats and in-
(SPOC) for worldwide RCC outside the European area of oper- shore lifeboats) at more than 230 lifeboat stations around the
ations. It is also the link for INMARSAT alerts and satellite coast of the United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland, the Isle
traffic, as well as maintaining the UK EPIRB Registry. of Man, and the Channel Islands. The inshore lifeboats are
equipped with VHF/FM radio and only maintain a listening
Channel Islands watch on VHF channel 16. Every all-weather lifeboat is
The Channel Islands are completely enclosed within the equipped the following:
French Search and Rescue Region and is split into two zones, 1. VHF radiotelephone and DSC equipment.
as follows: 2. Medium frequency radiotelephone and DSC equip-
1. Southern Area—Jersey territorial waters, including ment.
Ecrehou Reef and Minquiers Reef. 3. High frequency radiotelephone and DSC equipment
2. Northern Area—Guernsey territorial waters, including 4. VHF direction-finding equipment capable of detecting
Alderney, Sark, and several other small islands. EPIRB and PLB transmissions on marine VHF frequencies
and on 121.5 MHz.
Channel Islands Coastguard Contact 5. Radar capable of activating and detecting SART tran-
Information sponders.
When on service, these boats monitor all GMDSS DSC
Alderney Coastguard emergency frequencies appropriate to Sea Area A1 and Sea
Telephone 44-1481-822620 Area A2.
All-weather lifeboats are from 11 to 17m long, with speeds
E-mail coastguard@aldernay.gov.gg of 17 to 25 knots or more and ranges of 240 to 250 miles, with
Guernsey Coastguard survivor-carrying capacities of 20 to 124 persons. Inshore life-
boats are of inflatable or rigid inflatable construction, with out-
Telephone 44-1481-720672 board motors capable of speeds of 25 to 32 knots.
Facsimile 44-1481-256432 All-weather lifeboats and the larger inshore lifeboats of the
RNLI are now fitted with a quick flashing blue light exhibited
E-mail guernsey.coastguard@gov.gg
from the masthead showing at least 120 flashes every minute.
Inshore rescue hovercraft are of rigid hull construction, with
Jersey Coastguard and Guernsey Coastguard maintain a con- inflatable sponsons and a segmented skirt, and are capable of
tinuous listening watch on VHF channel 16 and DSC channel speeds of 30 knots. An orange flashing light is displayed
70. Alderney Coastguard maintains a daylight only listening during operations.
watch on VHF channels 67 and 74, and on DSC channel 70.
Liaison is maintained with Falmouth CGOC (United King- RNLI Home Page
dom) and CROSS Jobourg (France).
http://www.rnli.org.uk
Resources
HM Coastguard.—HMCG operates SAR helicopters based Other resources.—Air Traffic Control Centers are often the
at Sumburgh in the Shetland Isles, Stornoway, Lee on Solent, first to receive information about aircraft in distress. All
and, in daylight hours only, Portland. commercial and many private aircraft are able to communicate
The MCA has three emergency towing vessels (ETV) on with these centers by radio, and, in certain circumstances, are
charter to provide emergency towing service in those areas obligated to do so. They may be requested to assist in the
deemed at high risk of environmental damage due to vessel ca- search for a casualty at sea by keeping a look out along or near
sualties. These vessels are based in the Minches, Dover Strait, their normal routes, by reporting the position of the casualty if
and the Southwestern Approaches. they should find it and, if possible, by guiding ships to the
The Coastguard Agreement for Salvage and Towing (CAST) rescue.
is a standing agreement with tug operators and other vessels Lloyd’s, who are informed of casualties by HMCG, will ad-
capable of assisting MCA with towing, salvage, or other work vise HMCG of the position of any tugs in the area they are
related to saving life or property or environmental protection. aware of and may also notify of any ocean-going tugs.
Royal Air Force.—The Royal Air Force operates SAR fixed Local officers of the Fishery Departments communicate with
wing aircraft and helicopters which are controlled through the HMCG when reports are received of fishing vessels which are
Air Rescue Coordination Center at Kinloss. It is responsible missing or overdue.
for coordinating and controlling rescues on behalf of service The SAR action taken when a casualty occurs or is imminent
and civil aviation in the UK SRR and provides resources for depends on whether a ship or aircraft is involved, its position
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 805
Pub. 140
806 United Kingdom
United Kingdom—AIS Network Some stations are also equipped with radar.
MCA District Base Station
National Coastwatch Institute Home Page
Dinas
Milford http://www.nci.org.uk
Saint Ann’s Head
Portland The Grove Sea Safety Group (SSG).—A voluntary organization
keeping a visual watch along the shores of the United Kingdom
Collarfirth Hill as well as monitoring all VHF distress channels. The SSG
Compass Head operates seven stations situated along the coast.
Shetland
Saxa Vord
Sea Safety Group Home Page
Wideford Hill
http://www.seasafetygroup.org
Needles
Newhaven Stations also monitor local weather conditions and provide
Solent information to mariners on request.
Selsey
Solent (Daedalus) Ship Reporting System
Hartland Point
United Kingdom Ship Movement Report System (MAREP)
Swansea Mumbles Hill The United Kingdom Ship Movement Report System
Severn Bridge (MAREP) is a voluntary reporting system which applies to the
following vessels:
Langham 1. All merchant vessels of 300 gross tons and over. Ves-
Yarmouth
Mablethorpe sels of less than 300 gross tons are strongly encouraged to
participate.
The routine updating of data into the AIS should be included 2. Any vessels “not under command” or at anchor in a
in the navigating officer’s checklist. The following data should Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) or an Inshore Traffic Zone
be manually entered at the start of the voyage: (ITZ).
1. Vessel’s draft. 3. Any vessel “restricted in its ability to maneuver.”
2. Hazardous cargo on board. 4. Any vessel with defective navigational aids.
3. Destination and ETA. There are multiple areas off the coast of the United Kingdom
4. Route plan (way points). where MAREP regulations apply, as follows:
5. Correct navigational status. 1. English Channel and Dover Strait—See Appendix
6. Short safety-related messages. II—United Kingdom Ship Movement Reporting System
(MAREP).
It is recommended that the UN/LOCODE be used for 2. Fair Isle Channel—See Pub. 141, Sailing Directions
destination name to avoid any confusion caused by incorrect (Enroute) Scotland.
spelling.
Further information may be obtained from: 3. Pentland Firth—See Pub. 141, Sailing Directions (En-
Navigation Safety Branch route) Scotland.
Maritime and Coastguard Agency 4. The Minches—See Pub. 141, Sailing Directions (En-
Spring Place route) Scotland.
105, Commercial Road 5. Kyle of Lochalsh—See Pub. 141, Sailing Directions
Southampton (Enroute) Scotland.
SO15 1EG 6. Land’s End/Isles of Scilly—See Pub. 191, Sailing Di-
United Kingdom rections (Enroute) English Channel.
Telephone: 44-2380-829332
Facsimile: 44-2380-329204 Dover Strait Reporting System (CALDOVREP)
E-mail: navigationsafety@mcga.gov.uk CALDOVREP, a mandatory reporting system under SOLAS
regulations, has been established in a 65-mile stretch of the
Dover Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS). All vessels 300 gross
Voluntary Search and Rescue Organizations tons and over are required to participate in this system; speci-
National Coastwatch Institute (NCI).—A voluntary orga- fied vessels under 300 gross tons are also required to partici-
nization keeping a visual watch and monitoring VHF radio dis- pate in the system.Vessels participating in this system are
tress frequencies along the shores of the United Kingdom and tracked by radar and AIS. Vessels which appear to be navigat-
report these incidents to the Coastguard. The NCI operates 57 ing within a TSS contrary to the requirements of Rule 10 of the
NCI stations situated along the coast from Cornwall in the SW International Collision Regulations (72 COLREGS) will be re-
to Wearside in the NE. The stations also monitor the local ported to their flag state.
weather and provide information to the mariner upon request. Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc-
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 807
tions (Enroute) English Channel. E-W line the cone is changed accordingly.
Inshore mariners, for whose benefit the visual gale warning
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP) service is primarily intended, are advised that a cone signal
CORSEN-OUESSANT (OUESSREP), a Vessel Traffic Ser- now relates solely to the operation of a local sea area gale
vice (VTS) system, has been established in the W approaches warning. Information given by these cone signals is to be re-
to the English Channel. It is a mandatory reporting system un- garded only as supplementary to the more detailed weather
der SOLAS regulations and operates within an area with a radi- bulletins for shipping which are regularly broadcast from the
us of 40 miles centered on Ile d’Ouessant. All vessels over 300 BBC and GPO radio transmitters.
gross tons are required to participate in this system. Special
IMO provisions have also been established for vessels using Traffic and Tidal Signals
the Traffic Separation Scheme (TSS) situated off Ouessant Most British ports use a form of the International Traffic and
(Ushant). Tidal Signals which may vary to the specific need of the indi-
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- vidual harbors. In general, tidal locks and basins display these
tions (Enroute) English Channel. type signals to indicate entrance depths and traffic conditions
and specific details are published in the appropriate volume of
Jobourg Vessel Traffic Service (MANCHEREP) Sailing Directions (Enroute) for the area.
MANCHEREP is a mandatory reporting system operating
under SOLAS regulations which has been established in an ar- Port Entry Control Signals
ea covering the Traffic Separation Scheme off Les Casquets. Certain ports under the control of the Ministry of Defense of
All vessels over 300 gross tons are required to participate in the United Kingdom may find it necessary to control the en-
this system; specified vessels under 300 gross tons are also re- trance of ships into and the movement of ships within these
quired to participate in the system. ports. Further information on these signals can be found under
Further information can be found in Pub. 191, Sailing Direc- Regulations.
tions (Enroute) English Channel.
Submarine Operating Areas
Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP)
The Western Europe Tanker Reporting System (WETREP), The British Admiralty indicates that British submarines may
a mandatory reporting system covering the waters off Belgium, be met day or night while operating in any of the waters of the
the W coast and English Channel coasts of France, Ireland, British Isles, but most particularly in the vicinity of the ports of
Portugal; the N and W coasts of Spain, and the English Chan- Clyde, North Channel, the Minches, Plymouth, and Barrow.
nel and W coasts of the United Kingdom, including the Shet- Submarines may be surfaced or submerged, operating inde-
land Isles, is in effect. pendently or with surface ships or aircraft. Submarines also op-
Further information can be found in North Atlantic erate, as follows:
Ocean—Ship Reporting System. 1. In the Firth of Forth and its approaches centered on po-
sition 56°10'N, 2°00'W.
Signals 2. Off Flamborough Head centered on position 54°26'N,
0°22'E.
The display of a visual gale warning signal indicates that a 3. In the Irish Sea between the W coast of the Isle of Man
gale is expected within 12 hours, or is already in progress, in and the E coast of Northern Ireland.
the coastal area on the landward boundary of which the station 4. In an area centered on position 56°45'N, 1°30'E.
flying the cone is situated. 5. In an area centered on position 54°05'N, 2°32'E.
The cone signal will be lowered when the wind is below gale 6. In the Firth of Clyde and the lochs leading from it.
force and a renewal of gale force winds is not expected within 7. In the Inner Sound and the Sound of Raasay E of the
6 hours, so that the cone signal is left flying during a temporary Isle of Skye.
abatement of a gale if a renewal is expected. 8. In North Channel between Northern Ireland and Scot-
The coastal sea areas are those designated for use in the land.
weather reports for shipping and for dissemination through the 9. Off the N coast of Ireland and Northern Ireland be-
medium of the BBC and GPO coast radio stations broadcasts tween Tory Island and Lough Swilly.
which abut the coasts of the United Kingdom. Submarines also operate in the Firth of Lorne (56°18'N.,
The warning signals are, as follows: 5°47'W.), The Minches (58°00'N., 6°00'W.), and the approach-
1. By day—A black or a white cone, 1m high and 1m es to Belfast Lough (54°46'N., 5°30'W.).
wide at the base. Submarines operate frequently in the English Channel, in the
2. By night—Three lights in the form of a triangle, 1m SW approaches to the English Channel and the Bristol Chan-
wide at the base. nel, S of 50°30'N and E of 10°00'W. A good lookout should be
The N cone (point up) is hoisted for gales from any point N kept for them when passing through these waters.
of the E-W line. The S cone (point down) is hoisted for gales It must not be inferred from the above that submarines exer-
from any point S of the E-W line. cise only when in company with escorting vessels. The notice
When the direction of the gale is expected to change from “Submarine Exercise Area” on certain charts should not be
the N side to the S side of the E-W line, the N cone is lowered read to mean that submarines do not exercise outside such ar-
and the S cone hoisted. Conversely, when the direction of the eas. Warnings that submarines are exercising in specified areas
gale is expected to change from the S side to the N side of the will be broadcast by a British Telecom coast radio station.
Pub. 140
808 United Kingdom
Submarines occasionally tow sonar equipment. Vessels are green with a red band.
recommended to remain at least 1,500m clear when crossing
astern of a surfaced submarine. Sonobuoys
Submarine operating areas are shown on a special series of These are dropped from aircraft to detect submarines and
charts (PEXA charts) published by the British Hydrographic may be encountered anywhere at sea. The sonobuoy has a yel-
Department. low flotation bag.
Submarine Indicator Buoys Smoke and Flame Flares and Marine Markers
British submarines are fitted with two indicator buoys, one at These are dropped from aircraft to aid in search operations.
each end of the ship, which can be released from inside in case They burn for varying durations. The flares and markers have
of emergency or if for any reason the submarine is unable to pale blue and luminous orange tips. Other versions are in ser-
surface. vice and may be encountered.
The buoy, known as Type 0070, is made of expanded plastic British vessels fly the appropriate group of the International
foam covered with a 3mm thick GRP skin for physical protec- Code of Signals to denote that submarines, which may be sub-
tion. It is semi-spherical in shape, 76cm in diameter and 90cm merged, are in the vicinity. Vessels are cautioned to steer so as
deep. to give a wide berth to any vessel flying this signal.
Anchorage for the 5mm braided nylon rope mooring at the If from any cause it is necessary to approach the vessel, a
bottom of the buoy is slightly offset from the center. good lookout must be kept for submarines whose presence may
The buoy floats end up with a freeboard of about 15cm in be indicated only by their periscopes or snorts showing above
slack water. It is international orange in color. For identifica- the water.
tion purposes each buoy is allocated a three digit serial number A submarine submerged at a depth too great to show the
which is displayed on each side under the words “Forward” or periscope may sometimes indicate the position by red and
“Aft.” white or red and yellow buffs or floats, which tow on the sur-
Also inscribed around the top of the buoy are the words: face close astern.
“FINDER INFORM NAVY, COASTGUARD OR POLICE. Submerged submarines also use white or yellow smoke can-
DO NOT SECURE TO OR TOUCH.” dles, or yellow and green pyrotechnic flares to indicate their
A light which flashes approximately every 2 seconds, over a positions in response to requests from surface ships or aircraft
period of about 72 hours, is mounted in the center of the top or as required. Red pyrotechnic flares are released to indicate
surface. In darkness and during good weather, the unassisted emergency surfacing procedures are in effect and all vessels in
visibility of the light is 5 miles. the vicinity should clear the immediate area at once without
The buoy carries UHF whip aerials (200cm and 100cm long) stopping their propellers and thence standby at a distance to
and is fitted with two automatic transmitting radio units which render assistance.
operate on 406.0 MHz and 243.0 MHz. Two white or yellow smoke candles released singly about 3
The 243.0 MHz SABRE emission will consist of three audio minutes apart indicate the submarine is preparing to surface.
sweeps from 1600 Hz down to not lower than 300 Hz, occupy- Vessels should clear area immediately without stopping pro-
ing a period of 1.2 seconds. The emission will then be silent for pellers.
0.8 second. The transmission duration should continue for a
minimum of 72 hours. Distress Signals
The 406.0 MHz emission will consist of a SARSET trans- A bottomed submarine which is unable to surface will try to
mission. indicate its position by the following methods:
1. Releasing a red and white striped indicator buoy
Visual Signals (which carries a vertical whip aerial) as soon as the accident
The following signals may frequently be met with in areas occurs.
where British ships and aircraft exercise, whether or not sub- 2. On the approach of surface vessels and at regular inter-
marines are present, and should not be confused with subma- vals by firing candles giving off a red flame and white smoke
rine indicator buoys. or just yellow smoke.
In case of doubt the object should be approached to confirm, 3. Pumping out oil, fuel, or lubricating oil.
visually, whether or not it is a submarine indicator buoy before 4. Blowing out air.
reporting it. If the red pyrotechnic flare signal is sighted and the subma-
White Smoke Candles.—These are fired from submarines rine does not surface within 5 minutes, it should be assumed
to indicate their position. They burn for up to 10 minutes emit- that the submarine is in distress and has sunk.
ting white smoke and flame and can thus be seen by day or An immediate attempt should be made to fix the position in
night; they can easily be confused with aircraft marine markers which the signal was sighted, after which action in accordance
and floats, smoke, and flame. The candle can also give off a with emergency reported procedures should be taken.
yellowish-green dye indicating that a message is attached at its It should be remembered that it may be impossible for a sub-
top end; the candle is green. marine to fire its smoke candles. Correspondingly, a partially
Yellow Smoke Candles.—These are fired from submarines flooded submarine may have only a certain number of its
to indicate their position. They burn for about 5 minutes, emit- smoke candles available and searching ships should not there-
ting yellow smoke. fore expect many to appear.
They can be seen more easily than the white smoke candles Some submarine pyrotechnics can be fitted with message
in rough weather, but cannot be seen at night. The candle is carriers. If a message has been attached, the pyrotechnic will
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 809
be fitted with a dye marker, giving off a yellowish-green dye on In order that those trapped in the submarine know that help is
the surface. Such a pyrotechnic should be recovered as soon as at hand, naval vessels drop patterns of very small explosive
it has finished burning. charges, the meanings of which are known to the submarine.
Since oil slicks or debris may be the only indication of the Rather than do this, other vessels can indicate their presence by
presence or whereabouts of the sunken submarine, it is vitally the intermittent running of an echo sounder on high power, or
important that surface ships refrain from discharging anything by banging on the outer skin of an underwater portion of the
which might appear to have come from a submarine while they ship’s hull with a hammer. Such sounds are likely to be heard
are in the submarine probability area. Searching ships and air- by the submarine and should be carried out at frequent inter-
craft can waste many valuable hours investigating these false vals. The submarine may, if possible, acknowledge this by re-
contacts. leasing a flare which gives off a flame or smoke once reaching
In any submarine accident, time is the most vital factor af- the surface. Once naval forces arrive, such noise-making
fecting the chances of rescue of survivors, and as the sighting should be stopped so as not to interfere with other underwater
of an indicator buoy may be the first intimation that an accident communications.
has in fact occurred, it is vital that no time should be lost in tak- If the escape option is started, escapees will ascend nearly
ing action. vertically from the bottomed submarine, either individually or
The sighting of an indicator buoy or other submarine distress in small groups. On arrival at the surface, they may be exhaust-
signal should be reported by the quickest available means to ed or ill, and the presence of an already lowered boat to assist
the Navy, Coast Guard, or Police. However, if vessels are un- in their recovery is very desirable. Some men may require re-
able to establish communications without leaving the vicinity compression treatment, and naval authorities will aim to get
of the submarine, it should be borne in mind that the primary such recompression chambers to the scene as soon as possible.
consideration should be for vessels to remain standing by to Naval authorities are always ready to put an escape and res-
rescue survivors and not leave the scene of the accident. cue operation into effect, but it remains clear that any vessel
Every effort should be made to include in the report the seri- finding evidence of a submarine disaster may be in a unique
al number of the buoy; this number is affixed below the word position to assist lifesaving by taking prompt action as de-
“Forward” or “Aft.” scribed above.
Indicator buoys are attached to the submarine by a 1,000m
braided line. Buoys found in areas where the depth of water is Navigation Lights
less than 1,000m may be secured to a sunken submarine. In ar- The masthead and side lights of British submarines are
eas where strong tidal streams or currents are prevalent the placed well forward and very low over the water in proportion
depth from which the buoy may be expected to watch is con- to the length and tonnage of these vessels. Stern lights are
siderably reduced and in these areas it is possible that a buoy placed very low and may at times be partially obscured by
may only watch at slack tide. spray and wash. They are invariably lower than the sidelights.
It is possible that indicator buoys may break adrift acciden- While at anchor or a buoy by night submarines display an
tally even though the parent submarine may not have sunk, all-round white light amidships in addition to the normal an-
similarly a buoy found to be adrift is not necessarily an indica- chor lights. The after anchor light of nuclear submarines is
tion that all is well since it may have broken adrift after being mounted on the upper rudder which is some distance astern of
deliberately released following an accident. the hull’s surface waterline. Care must be taken to avoid confu-
In any case it is therefore important to establish whether or sion with two separate vessels of less than 50m in length.
not the buoy is adrift and it is considered that the only practical The overall arrangement of submarine lights are unusual and
means of determining movement is by observing its behavior may well give the impression of markedly smaller and shorter
in a tidal stream or seaway, or periodically fixing its position. vessels than they are.
In any event, it is absolutely vital that the mooring wire is not Their vulnerability to collision when proceeding on the sur-
parted, nor any tension applied to it. Boats should not secure to face and the fact that some submarines are nuclear powered
it. dictates particular caution when approaching them.
The preferred method of saving the lives of personnel in a Some submarines are fitted with an amber quick-flashing
sunken submarine is by rescue. This involves the use of spe- light situated about 1 to 2m above or below the masthead light.
cialized submersible and support craft, and is likely to take a This additional light is for use as an aid to identification in
considerable period of time before they can all arrive at the narrow waters and areas of dense traffic. The rate of flash of
scene of the accident. The first assisting personnel on the scene the submarine fitted light is 70 to 180 flashes per minute or
are likely to be parachuted in with their own inflatable boats. flashing (3) at a short interval; this should not be confused with
Once a rescue operation gets underway, it is vital that vessels a similar light used by hovercraft currently with a rate of 120
not involved keep well clear. Most submarines are now fitted to flashes per minute. Some British submarines display an all
receive rescue vehicles, but for those that are not, escape is the round flashing amber light showing 90 flashes per minute.
only option. The showing of one of these quick-flashing lights is intended
At any time between the accident and the arrival of assisting to indicate to an approaching vessel the need for added caution
or rescue forces, conditions in the bottomed submarine may rather than to give immediate identification of the type of ves-
deteriorate to the point where the crew have to escape. The pre- sel exhibiting such lights. Subsequent identification of subma-
cise time at which an escape may be conducted will not be rine or hovercraft can usually be made by observation.
known in the early stages of any operation, and thus it is im-
portant that any ship finding an indicator buoy should stand by SUBFACTS
ready to receive escapees until relieved by naval forces. SUBFACTS is a warning service providing information con-
Pub. 140
810 United Kingdom
cerning planned or known submarine activity to the mariner. a. Approaches to the River Humber. (IMO adopted)
Submarines may operate for the entire period or for any part of b. In the Sunk area and Northern Approaches to the
the notified areas. Thames Estuary. (IMO adopted)
SUBFACTS are issued, as follows: c. Off Freisland. (IMO adopted)
1. South coast of England—Issued by Flag Officer Sea d. At North Hinder (comprising North Hinder North
Training (FOST), Plymouth (SUBFACTS—South Coast). and North Hinder South Traffic Separation Schemes).
SUBFACTS—South Coast only apply to submarines (IMO adopted)
which will be conducting submerged operations. e. In the approaches to the Hook of Holland (compris-
2. West coast of Scotland—Issued by Fleet Operations, ing Maas West Outer, Maas West Inner, Maas Northwest,
Northwood (SUBFACTS—Clyde). and Maas North Traffic Separation Schemes). (IMO ad-
SUBFACTS—Clyde apply to both surfaced submarines opted)
which will be conducting submerged operations in allocated f. At West Hinder. (IMO adopted)
areas as well as submerged submarines. 2. South Coast
General information on SUBFACTS is also broadcast by a. In the Strait of Dover and adjacent waters. (IMO ad-
NAVTEX. opted)
b. Off Land’s End between Seven Stones and Long-
SUBFACTS—South Coast ships. (IMO adopted)
c. South of the Scilly Isles. (IMO adopted)
FOST, Plymouth Call sign: FOST OPS d. West of the Scilly Isles. (IMO adopted)
VHF: VHF channel 74 * e. Off The Smalls. (IMO adopted)
3. West Coast (Wales).—Holyhead Harbor. (Stena Line
Telephone: 44-1752-557550 Ports Limited, Holyhead)
* Within a range of 40 miles from Portsmouth. 4. West Coast (England)
a. Liverpool Bay. (IMO adopted)
Falmouth Coastguard also broadcasts SUBFACTS—South b. Off Land’s End between Seven Stones and Long-
Coast. ships. (IMO adopted)
SUBFACTS—Clyde 5. West Coast (Scotland)
a. Off The Skerries. (IMO adopted)
Fleet Operations, 44-1923-956371 b. Off Neist Point. (IMO adopted)
Telephone:
Northwood 44-1923-956366 6. North Coast (Scotland).—In the North Channel.
Belfast Coastguard and Stornoway Coastguard also (IMO adopted)
broadcast SUBFACTS—Clyde.
U.S. Embassy
SUBFACTS are also available on request from MRCC
Stornway Coastguard (telephone: 44-1851-702013 or 44-1851- The embassy is situated at 33 Nine Elms Lane, London.
702014) or VHF channel 16 (call sign: Stornoway Coastguard) The mailing addresses are, as follows:
or from MRCC Belfast Coastguard (telephone: 44-2891- 1. United Kingdom address—
463933) or VHF channel 16 (call sign: Belfast Coastguard). 33 Nine Elms Lane
London SW11 7US
Tides 2. U. S. address—
PSC 801, Box 40
Tides on the N coast of Scotland are predominantly semi-di- FPO AE (09498-4040)
urnal and progress E along the N coast, then through the Or-
kney Island and the Shetland Islands, and then S down the E U. S. Embassy United Kingdom Home Page
coast.
Tidal ranges are about 3m in the Orkney Islands, 2m in the https://uk.usembassy.gov
Shetland Islands, and 4m at the head of Moray Firth. Orkney
Island and the Shetland Islands, and then S down the E coast.
Vessel Traffic Service
Time Zone A Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) is a service implemented by
a Statutory Harbor Authority to improve the safety and effi-
The Time Zone description is ZULU. Daylight Savings Time ciency of vessel traffic and to protect the environment.
(ALFA (-1)) is maintained from the last Sunday in March until
The VTS should have the capability to interact with the traf-
the last Sunday in October. fic and to respond to traffic situations developing in the VTS
area. Three types of services are available, as follows:
Traffic Separation Schemes 1. Information Service (INS).—Defined by the IMO as
a service to ensure that essential information becomes avail-
Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS) in the United Kingdom
able in time for onboard decision making. An INS does not
are, as follows: participate in onboard decision making. It involves maintain-
1. East Coast ing a traffic image and allows interaction with traffic and re-
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 811
sponse to developing traffic situations. An INS provides 11. Holyhead (53°20'N., 4°37'W.).
timely and essential marine information to assist the onboard 12. Ipswich (52°02'N., 1°09'E.).
decision-making process. 13. King’s Lynn (52°46'N., 0°23'E.).
2. Traffic Organization Service (TOS).—Defined by 14. Langstone Harbour (50°47'N., 1°02'W.).
the IMO as a service to prevent the development of danger- 15. Littlehampton (50°48'N., 0°32'W.).
ous maritime traffic situations and to provide for the safe and 16. Loch Ryan Port (54°58'N., 5°03'W.).
efficient movement of vessel traffic within the VTS area. A 17. Lowestoft (52°28'N., 1°45'E.).
TOS concerns the forward planning of movements to main- 18. Manchester Ship Canal (51°19'N., 2°57'W.).
tain vessel safety and to achieve efficiency. It provides timely 19. Mostyn (53°20'N., 3°16'W.).
and essential marine information to assist the onboard deci- 20. Newhaven(50°47'N., 0°04'E.).
sion-making process and may involve the provision of infor- 21. Newport (51°33'N., 2°59'W.).
mation, advice, and instructions. 22. Ramsgate (51°20'N., 1°25'E.).
3. Navigational Assistance Service (NAS).—Defined 23. Scalloway (60°08'N., 1°17'W.).
by the IMO as a service to assist onboard navigational deci- 24. Shoreham (50°49'N., 0°15'W.).
sion-making and to monitor its effects, especially in difficult 25. Silloth (54°52'N., 3°24'W.).
navigational or meteorological circumstance or in case of de- 26. Sunderland (54°55'N., 1°21'W.).
fects or deficiencies. An NAS may be provided in addition to 27. Weymouth and Portland (50°34'N., 2°26'W.).
an INS or TOS. It provides essential and timely navigational 28. Whitstable (51°22'N., 1°01'E.).
information to assist in the onboard navigational decision-
making process. It may also involve navigational advice and/ Wrecks
or instruction.
The service may be provided at the request of a vessel or As promulgated by U.K. authorities, the Protection of
when a navigational situation is observed and intervention by Wrecks Act (1973), enables the Secretary of State to make or-
the VTS is deemed necessary. This assistance requires posi- ders to protect certain wreck sites in United Kingdom waters
tive identification and continuous communication between from unauthorized interference on account of either:
the vessel and the VTS providing the service. Acceptance by 1. Their historic, archaeological or artistic importance or
the vessel of the NAS should be established and the begin- 2. Their potentially dangerous condition
ning and end of the navigational assistance should be clearly In the case of historic wrecks as in 1 above, “unauthorized
stated. interference” includes tampering with, damaging or removing
Clear operational procedures should be in place for the any part of a wreck within the area indicated, or carrying out
provision of the NAS when requested by a vessel or when diving or salvage operations within the area without a special
observed and intervention is deemed necessary by the VTS. license issued by the Secretary of State.
The authorization of VTS personnel to provide this service In dangerous condition as at 2 above, entry into the area is
should also be identified. prohibited.
Information on Vessel Traffic Services in operation in the The wreck sites are shown in magenta on NIMA charts.
United Kingdom and the type of service(s) provided (INS/ Anyone convicted under the terms of this Act will be liable to a
TOS/NAS) can be found in Appendix III—United Kingdom fine not exceeding 1,000 pounds sterling.
Vessel Traffic Services. There are 37 historic wrecks within the waters of the UK.
Local Port Service (LPS).—An LPS has been established in under this Act. They have been declared restricted on account
ports where it has been determined that a VTS is excessive or of the historical and archaeological importance of these sites.
inappropriate. Providing an LPS is designed to improve port The stranded wreck Richard Montgomery (51°27.9'N.,
safety and the coordination of port services within the port 00°47.2'E.) has been declared a prohibited area due to explo-
community by disseminating port information to both vessels sives contained within the wreck.
and terminal berth operators. It is mainly concerned with the There are over 2,000 wrecks in the English Channel area; al-
management of the port by supplying information on berth and though the least depth over the most critical ones has been ob-
port conditions. An LPS can also act as a method for liaison tained by wire sweep, experience shows that unknown wrecks,
between vessels and port services, as well as providing a basis most of vessels sunk in the two world wars, do sometimes exist
for implementing port emergency plans. The following ports in the vicinity of the shipping lanes, since a number or previ-
have an LPS in operation: ously unknown wrecks have been found in recent surveys.
1. Ardrossan (55°39'N., 4°50'W.). Sonar searches to locate wrecks are carried out simultane-
2. Barrow-in-Furness (54°06'N., 3°14'W.). ously with modern surveys, but sonar conditions in the area are
3. Barry (51°23'N., 3°15'W.). particularly bad and wrecks may also be screened by sand
4. Boston (52°58'N., 0°01'W.). banks making their location difficult. In addition, wrecks previ-
5. Cairnryan (54°58'N., 5°01'W.). ously covered by sand may become uncovered in newly
6. Cardiff (51°27'N., 3°10'W.). formed navigational channels.
7. Clydeport (55°58'N., 4°44'W.). Strong tidal currents cause deep scouring close to wrecks,
8. Falmouth (50°09'N., 5°03'W.). which may sometimes capsize into the scour. In most cases this
9. Great Yarmouth (52°34'N., 1°44'E.). results in a greater depth over the wreck, but a decrease of
10. Heysham (54°02'N., 3°14'W.). depth from this cause can sometimes occur.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 813
Pub. 140
814 United Kingdom
Key
The following details should be included:
1 Type of oil or the correct technical name(s) of the noxious liquid discharged into the sea.
2 UN number(s).
3 Pollution category (A, B, C, or D) for noxious liquid substances.
4 Name(s) of manufacturer(s) of substances, if appropriate, when known, or consignee(s) or consignor(s).
X5 5 An estimate of the quantity of the substances.
6 Whether lost substances floated or sank.
7 Whether loss is continuing.
8 Cause of loss.
9 Estimate of the movement of the discharge or lost substances, giving current position, if known.
10 Estimate of the surface area of the spill, if possible.
The following details should be included:
1 Correct technical name(s) of cargo.
2 UN number(s).
3 IMO hazard class(es).
4 Name(s) of manufacturer(s), when known, or consignee(s) or consignor(s).
5 Types of packages, including identification marks. Specify whether portable tanks or tank vehicles, whether
X6 vehicle or freight container, or other transport unit containing packages. Include official registration marks and
numbers assigned to the unit.
6 An estimate of the quantity and likely condition of the cargo.
7 Whether lost cargo floated or sank.
8 Whether loss is continuing.
9 Cause of loss.
The following details should be included:
1 Action being taken with regard to the discharge and the movement of the vessel.
X7 2 Assistance or salvage efforts which have been requested or which have been provided by others.
3 The master of an assisting or salvaging vessel should report the particulars of the action undertaken or
planned.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 815
Pub. 140
816 United Kingdom
Key
The following details should be included:
1 Type of oil or the correct technical name(s) of the noxious liquid discharged into the sea.
2 UN number(s).
3 Pollution category (A, B, C, or D) for noxious liquid substances.
4 Name(s) of manufacturer(s) of substances, if appropriate, when known, or consignee(s) or consignor(s).
X5 5 An estimate of the quantity of the substances.
6 Whether lost substances floated or sank.
7 Whether loss is continuing.
8 Cause of loss.
9 Estimate of the movement of the discharge or lost substances, giving current position, if known.
10 Estimate of the surface area of the spill, if possible.
The following details should be included:
1 Correct technical name(s) of cargo.
2 UN number(s).
3 IMO hazard class(es).
4 Name(s) of manufacturer(s), when known, or consignee(s) or consignor(s).
5 Types of packages, including identification marks. Specify whether portable tanks or tank vehicles, whether
X6 vehicle or freight container, or other transport unit containing packages. Include official registration marks and
numbers assigned to the unit.
6 An estimate of the quantity and likely condition of the cargo.
7 Whether lost cargo floated or sank.
8 Whether loss is continuing.
9 Cause of loss.
The following details should be included:
1 Action being taken with regard to the discharge and the movement of the vessel.
X7 2 Assistance or salvage efforts which have been requested or which have been provided by others.
3 The master of an assisting or salvaging vessel should report the particulars of the action undertaken or
planned.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 817
MAREP—Reporting Information
Designator Information Required
ALFA Name and call sign of vessel.
Pub. 140
818 United Kingdom
MAREP—Reporting Information
Designator Information Required
BRAVO Day of month (2 figures) and time in hours and minutes (UTC in 4 figures).
CHARLIE * Latitude (4 figures N or S) and longitude (5 figures E or W).
DELTA * True bearing (3 figures) and distance in miles (2 figures) from a clearly-identified landmark.
ECHO True course in degrees (3 figures).
FOXTROT Speed in knots and tenths of knots (3 figures).
GOLF Last port of call.
INDIA Destination.
MIKE VHF channels monitored.
OSCAR Maximum present draft, in meters and centimeters.
PAPA Type and quantity (in tons) of cargo.
Defects in steering, navigational equipment, etc., and restrictions on maneuverability (Omit if
QUEBEC
nothing to report).
XRAY Any other useful information (Omit if nothing to report).
* Either format may be used.
Pub. 140
United Kingdom 819
Pub. 140
819
VENEZUELA
Pub. 140
820 Venezuela
Fishing vessels are usually encountered in large numbers in October 12 Columbus Day (Dia de
the approaches to Puerto La Guaira (10°36'N., 66°57'W.). la Raza)
These vessels may not show up on radar and only exhibit lights
on the approach of other vessels. November 1 All Saints’ Day
December 8 Immaculate Conception
Government December 24 Christmas Eve
December 25 Christmas Day
December 31 New Year’s Eve
Industries
The main industries are agricultural products, livestock, raw
materials, machinery and equipment, transport equipment,
construction materials, medical equipment, pharmaceuticals,
chemicals, iron and steel products, crude oil, and petroleum
products.
The main exports are petroleum and petroleum products,
Flag of Venezuela bauxite and aluminum, minerals, chemicals, and agricultural
products. The main export-trading partners are the United
Venezuela is a republic. The country is divided into 23 states, States, India, and Singapore.
one federal district, and one federal dependency. The main imports are agricultural products, livestock, raw
Venezuela is governed by a directly-elected president who materials, machinery and equipment, transport equipment,
serves a 6-year term. The unicameral National Assembly is construction materials, medical equipment, petroleum prod-
composed of 167 directly-elected members who serve 5-year ucts, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, and iron and steel products.
terms. The main export-trading partners are the United States, China,
The legal system is based on Spanish civil law. and Mexico.
The capital is Caracas.
Languages
Holidays
Spanish is the official language.
The following holidays are observed:
Pub. 140
Venezuela 821
Maritime Boundary Disputes the Port Captain in advance prior to discharge or transit.
Barbados, Dominica, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Lucia, and Vessels navigating in channels may not overtake other ves-
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines are countering Venezuela’s sels in the channel except in an emergency, provided there is no
claim that Isla Aves (15°42'N., 63°38'W.) sustains human habi- other vessel approaching from ahead. When crossing, vessels
tation, which would permit Venezuela to extend its Exclusive should keep as far to starboard as possible. Vessels proceeding
Economic Zone over a large portion of the Caribbean Sea. in the same direction should keep at least 1 mile apart.
Maritime boundary dispute in the Gulf of Venezuela with Vessels in a channel have priority over vessels about to enter
Colombia. the channel. A vessel in a main channel has priority over a ves-
Venezuela’s claim of all territory W of the River Essequibo sel entering from a secondary channel. When crossing or over-
has prevented any discussions regarding the maritime bound- taking, speed must be reduced to avoid heavy or the effects of
ary between Guyana and Venezuela. Based on a recent oil dis- suction.
covery, which Guyana claims is within the Guyanese Exclusive
Economic Zone, it has been reported (2015) Venezuela has is- Pre-arrival Quarantine Reporting
sued a decree that would annex Guyanese maritime waters as a Messages should be sent, via telex, through the agent at least
theoretical new “defense zone” which would leave Guyana 48 to 72 hours prior to arrival. Messages should include the fol-
with no direct access to the Atlantic Ocean. lowing information:
Guyana has expressed its intention to challenge the N limit 1. Name of vessel.
of Trinidad and Tobago’s maritime boundary with Venezuela 2. Last port entered before arrival at Puerto Cabello.
under the claim that this boundary extends into the territorial 3. ETA at Puerto Cabello.
waters of Guyana. 4. Number of officers and total number of crew members.
5. Declaration that no sick persons are on board and that
Offshore Drilling no suspicion of illness exists.
6. Request for free access.
Drilling platforms, well heads, and pipelines occupy the 7. Name of captain.
greater portion of Lago de Maracaibo. Drilling platforms, drill
rigs, and associated vessels are also found up to 35 miles N of Search and Rescue
Peninsula de Paria (10°40'N., 62°20'W.).
The INEA is responsible for search and rescue operations in
Pilotage Venezuelan waters. Supervision, control, and execution of mar-
itime rescue operations is undertaken through 17 port captains.
Pilotage is compulsory in all ports, rivers, and lakes where In emergencies, VHF channel 16 should be utilized, although
the government has established a pilotage zone. See the indi- 24-hour watchkeeping is not guaranteed. Working hours are
vidual ports in Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (Enroute) Caribbe- normally 0800-1700 (Monday-Friday) and 0800-1900 (Satur-
an Sea, Volume II for further information. day and Sunday).
Port authorities maintain a continuous listening watch only
Regulations during working hours for distress traffic on VHF channel 16.
Contact information for the Maritime Rescue Coordination
General Centers (MRCC) and the Maritime Rescue Coordination Sub-
In Venezuelan territorial waters, the Venezuelan flag must be centers (RCC) in Venezuela can be found in the table titled
displayed continuously. At night, on demand, the name of the Venezuela—MRCC and MRSC Contact Information.
vessel must be signaled by Morse lamp.
Petroleum or other oils must not be discharged overboard in- Signals
to the territorial waters surrounding the Venezuelan coasts.
Heavy fines may be imposed for such violations. In addition to the International Code of Signals, dredges
Vessels are not permitted by Venezuelan authorities to an- working in the Rio Orinoco also use additional special signals.
chor within territorial waters except in ports and places usually For further information, see Pub. 148, Sailing Directions (En-
used for commerce or under stress of weather. route) Caribbean Sea Volume II.
There are strict dress regulations in force in Venezuelan
ports. Time Zone
Accommodation is to be provided to the same standard as
ships’ officers for Customs guards on board vessels. The time zone description is QUEBEC (+4). Daylight Sav-
Vessels carrying explosive or inflammable cargo must notify ings Time is not observed.
Pub. 140
822 Venezuela
Pub. 140